diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:26:10 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:26:10 -0700 |
| commit | 51146a632a091e439339795372f3a4d635a09a70 (patch) | |
| tree | 9400bcfa621780dc730d9f4c95ed09a29b432c9d | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5776-0.txt | 10718 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5776-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 210180 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5776-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 215721 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5776-h/5776-h.htm | 12229 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5776.txt | 10718 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 5776.zip | bin | 0 -> 208992 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/5776-h.htm.2021-01-27 | 12228 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/strpt10.zip | bin | 0 -> 208648 bytes |
11 files changed, 45909 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/5776-0.txt b/5776-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5667d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/5776-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10718 @@ +Project Gutenberg’s 100%: The Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: 100%: The Story of a Patriot + +Author: Upton Sinclair + + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5776] +This file was first posted on September 1, 2002 +Last Updated: October 13, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo + + + + + + +100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT + +By Upton Sinclair + +Published By The Author + +Pasadena, California + +1920 + + + +TO MY WIFE + +Who is the creator of the most charming character in this story, +“Mrs. Godd,” and who positively refuses to permit the book to go to +press until it has been explained that the character is a Grecian +Godd and not a Hebrew Godd, so that no one may accuse the creator of +sacrilege. + + + + +Section 1 + + +Now and then it occurs to one to reflect upon what slender threads +of accident depend the most important circumstances of his life; to +look back and shudder, realizing how close to the edge of +nothingness his being has come. A young man is walking down the +street, quite casually, with an empty mind and no set purpose; he +comes to a crossing, and for no reason that he could tell he takes +the right hand turn instead of the left; and so it happens that he +encounters a blue-eyed girl, who sets his heart to beating. He meets +the girl, marries her--and she became your mother. But now, suppose +the young man had taken the left hand turn instead of the right, and +had never met the blue-eyed girl; where would you be now, and what +would have become of those qualities of mind which you consider of +importance to the world, and those grave affairs of business to +which your time is devoted? + +Something like that it was which befell Peter Gudge; just such an +accident, changing the whole current of his life, and making the +series of events with which this story deals. Peter was walking down +the street one afternoon, when a woman approached and held out to +him a printed leaflet. “Read this, please,” she said. + +And Peter, who was hungry, and at odds with the world, answered +gruffly: “I got no money.” He thought it was an advertising dodger, +and he said: “I can’t buy nothin’.” + +“It isn’t anything for sale,” answered the woman. “It’s a message.” + +“Religion?” said Peter. “I just got kicked out of a church.” + +“No, not a church,” said the woman. “It’s something different; put +it in your pocket.” She was an elderly woman with gray hair, and she +followed along, smiling pleasantly at this frail, poor-looking +stranger, but nagging at him. “Read it some time when you’ve nothing +else to do.” And so Peter, just to get rid of her, took the leaflet +and thrust it into his pocket, and went on, and in a minute or two +had forgotten all about it. + +Peter was thinking--or rather Peter’s stomach was thinking for him; +for when you have had nothing to eat all day, and nothing on the day +before but a cup of coffee and one sandwich, your thought-centers +are transferred from the top to the middle of you. Peter was +thinking that this was a hell of a life. Who could have foreseen +that just because he had stolen one miserable fried doughnut, he +would lose his easy job and his chance of rising in the world? +Peter’s whole being was concentrated on the effort to rise in the +world; to get success, which means money, which means ease and +pleasure--the magic names which lure all human creatures. + +But who could have foreseen that Mrs. Smithers would have kept count +of those fried doughnuts every time anybody passed thru her pantry? +And it was only that one ridiculous circumstance which had brought +Peter to his present misery. But for that he might have had his +lunch of bread and dried herring and weak tea in the home of the +shoe-maker’s wife, and might have still been busy with his job of +stirring up dissension in the First Apostolic Church, otherwise +known as the Holy Rollers, and of getting the Rev. Gamaliel Lunk +turned out, and Shoemaker Smithers established at the job of pastor, +with Peter Gudge as his right hand man. + +Always it had been like that, thru Peter’s twenty years of life. +Time after time he would get his feeble clutch fixed upon the ladder +of prosperity, and then something would happen--some wretched thing +like the stealing of a fried doughnut--to pry him loose and tumble +him down again into the pit of misery. + +So Peter walked along, with his belt drawn tight, and his restless +blue eyes wandering here and there, looking for a place to get a +meal. There were jobs to be had, but they were hard jobs, and Peter +wanted an easy one. There are people in this world who live by their +muscles, and others who live by their wits; Peter belonged to the +latter class; and had missed many a meal rather than descend in the +social scale. + +Peter looked into the faces of everyone he passed, searching for a +possible opening. Some returned his glance, but never for more than +a second, for they saw an insignificant looking man, undersized, +undernourished, and with one shoulder higher than the other, a weak +chin and mouth, crooked teeth, and a brown moustache too feeble to +hold itself up at the corners. Peters’ straw hat had many straws +missing, his second-hand brown suit was become third-hand, and his +shoes were turning over at the sides. In a city where everybody was +“hustling,” everybody, as they phrased it, “on the make,” why should +anyone take a second glance at Peter Gudge? Why should anyone care +about the restless soul hidden inside him, or dream that Peter was, +in his own obscure way, a sort of genius? No one did care; no one +did dream. + +It was about two o’clock of an afternoon in July, and the sun beat +down upon the streets of American City. There were crowds upon the +streets, and Peter noticed that everywhere were flags and bunting. +Once or twice he heard the strains of distant music, and wondered +what was “up.” Peter had not been reading the newspapers; all his +attention had been taken up by the quarrels of the Smithers faction +and the Lunk faction in the First Apostolic Church, otherwise known +as the Holy Rollers, and great events that had been happening in the +world outside were of no concern to him. Peter knew vaguely that on +the other side of the world half a dozen mighty nations were locked +together in a grip of death; the whole earth was shaken with their +struggles, and Peter had felt a bit of the trembling now and then. +But Peter did not know that his own country had anything to do with +this European quarrel, and did not know that certain great interests +thruout the country had set themselves to rouse the public to +action. + +This movement had reached American City, and the streets had broken +out in a blaze of patriotic display. In all the windows of the +stores there were signs: “Wake up, America!” Across the broad Main +Street there were banners: “America Prepare!” Down in the square at +one end of the street a small army was gathering--old veterans of +the Civil War, and middle-aged veterans of the Spanish War, and +regiments of the state militia, and brigades of marines and sailors +from the ships in the harbor, and members of fraternal lodges with +their Lord High Chief Grand Marshals on horseback with gold sashes +and waving white plumes, and all the notables of the city in +carriages, and a score of bands to stir their feet and ten thousand +flags waving above their heads. “Wake up America!” And here was +Peter Gudge, with an empty stomach, coming suddenly upon the +swarming crowds in Main Street, and having no remotest idea what it +was all about. + +A crowd suggested one thing to Peter. For seven years of his young +life he had been assistant to Pericles Priam, and had traveled over +America selling Priam’s Peerless Pain Paralyzer; they had ridden in +an automobile, and wherever there was a fair or a convention or an +excursion or a picnic, they were on hand, and Pericles Priam would +stop at a place where the crowds were thickest, and ring a dinner +bell, and deliver his super-eloquent message to humanity--the elixir +of life revealed, suffering banished from the earth, and all +inconveniences of this mortal state brought to an end for one dollar +per bottle of fifteen per cent opium. It had been Peter’s job to +handle the bottles and take in the coin; and so now, when he saw the +crowd, he looked about him eagerly. Perhaps there might be here some +vender of corn-plasters or ink-stain removers, or some three card +monte man to whom Peter could attach himself for the price of a +sandwich. + +Peter wormed his way thru the crowd for two or three blocks, but saw +nothing more promising than venders of American flags on little +sticks, and of patriotic buttons with “Wake up America!” But then, +on the other side of the street at one of the crossings Peter saw a +man standing on a truck making a speech, and he dug his way thru the +crowd, elbowing, sliding this way and that, begging everybody’s +pardon--until at last he was out of the crowd, and standing in the +open way which had been cleared for the procession, a seemingly +endless road lined with solid walls of human beings, with +blue-uniformed policemen holding them back. Peter started to run +across--and at that same instant came the end of the world. + + + + +Section 2 + + +One who seeks to tell about events in words comes occasionally upon +a fundamental difficulty. An event of colossal and overwhelming +significance may happen all at once, but the words which describe it +have to come one by one in a long chain. The event may reveal itself +without a moment’s warning; but if one is to give a sense of it in +words, one must prepare for it, build up to it, awaken anticipation, +establish a climax. If the description of this event which fate +sprung upon Peter Gudge as he was crossing the street were limited +to the one word “BANG” in letters a couple of inches high across the +page, the impression would hardly be adequate. + +The end of the world, it seemed to Peter, when he was able to +collect enough of his terrified wits to think about it. But at first +there was no thinking; there was only sensation--a terrific roar, as +if the whole universe had suddenly turned to sound; a blinding white +glare, as of all the lightnings of the heavens; a blow that picked +him up as if he had been a piece of thistledown, and flung him +across the street and against the side of a building. Peter fell +upon the sidewalk in a heap, deafened, blinded, stunned; and there +he lay--he had no idea how long-until gradually his senses began to +return to him, and from the confusion certain factors began to stand +out: a faint gray smoke that seemed to lie upon the ground, a bitter +odor that stung the nostrils and tongue, and screams of people, +moaning and sobbing and general uproar. Something lay across Peter’s +chest, and he felt that he was suffocating, and struggled +convulsively to push it away; the hands with which he pushed felt +something hot and wet and slimy, and the horrified Peter realized +that it was half the body of a mangled human being. + +Yes, it was the end of the world. Only a couple of days previously +Peter Gudge had been a devout member of the First Apostolic Church, +otherwise known as the Holy Rollers, and had listened at +prayer-meetings to soul-shaking imaginings out of the Book of +Revelations. So Peter knew that this was it; and having many sins +upon his conscience, and being in no way eager to confront his God, +he looked out over the bodies of the dead and the writhing wounded, +and saw a row of boxes standing against the building, having been +placed there by people who wished to see over the heads of the +crowd. Peter started to crawl, and found that he was able to do so, +and wormed his way behind one of these packing-boxes, and got inside +and lay hidden from his God. + +There was blood on him, and he did not know whether it was his own +or other peoples’. He was trembling with fright, his crooked teeth +were hammering together like those of an angry woodchuck. But the +effects of the shock continued to pass away, and his wits to come +back to him, and at last Peter realized that he never had taken +seriously the ideas of the First Apostolic Church of American City. +He listened to the moans of the wounded, and to the shouts and +uproar of the crowd, and began seriously figuring out what could +have happened. There had once been an earthquake in American City; +could this be another one? Or had a volcano opened up in the midst +of Main Street? Or could it have been a gas-main? And was this the +end, or would it explode some more? Would the volcano go on +erupting, and blow Peter and his frail packing-box thru the walls of +Guggenheim’s Department-store? + +So Peter waited, and listened to the horrible sounds of people in +agony, and pleading with others to put them out of it. Peter heard +voices of men giving orders, and realized that these must be +policemen, and that no doubt there would be ambulances coming. Maybe +there was something the matter with him, and he ought to crawl out +and get himself taken care of. All of a sudden Peter remembered his +stomach; and his wits, which had been sharpened by twenty years’ +struggle against a hostile world, realized in a flash the +opportunity which fate had brought to him. He must pretend to be +wounded, badly wounded; he must be unconscious, suffering from shock +and shattered nerves; then they would take him to the hospital and +put him in a soft bed and give him things to eat--maybe he might +stay there for weeks, and they might give him money when he came +out. + +Or perhaps he might get a job in the hospital, something that was +easy, and required only alert intelligence. Perhaps the head doctor +in the hospital might want somebody to watch the other doctors, to +see if they were neglecting the patients, or perhaps flirting with +some of the nurses--there was sure to be something like that going +on. It had been that way in the orphans’ home where Peter had spent +a part of his childhood till he ran away. It had been that way again +in the great Temple of Jimjambo, conducted by Pashtian el Kalandra, +Chief Magistrian of Eleutherinian Exoticism. Peter had worked as +scullion in the kitchen in that mystic institution, and had worked +his way upward until he possessed the confidence of Tushbar Akrogas, +major-domo and right hand man of the Prophet himself. + +Wherever there was a group of people, and a treasure to be +administered, there Peter knew was backbiting and scandal and +intriguing and spying, and a chance for somebody whose brains were +“all there.” It might seem strange that Peter should think about +such things, just then when the earth had opened up in front of him +and the air had turned to roaring noise and blinding white flame, +and had hurled him against the side of a building and dropped the +bleeding half of a woman’s body across his chest; but Peter had +lived from earliest childhood by his wits and by nothing else, and +such a fellow has to learn to use his wits under any and all +circumstances, no matter how bewildering. Peter’s training covered +almost every emergency one could think of; he had even at times +occupied himself by imagining what he would do if the Holy Rollers +should turn out to be right, and if suddenly Gabriel’s trumpet were +to blow, and he were to find himself confronting Jesus in a long +white night-gown. + + + + +Section 3 + + +Peter’s imaginings were brought to an end by the packing-box being +pulled out from the wall. “Hello!” said a voice. + +Peter groaned, but did not look up. The box was pulled out further, +and a face peered in. “What you hidin’ in there for?” + +Peter stammered feebly: “Wh-wh-what?” + +“You hurt?” demanded the voice. + +“I dunno,” moaned Peter. + +The box was pulled out further, and its occupant slid out. Peter +looked up, and saw three or four policemen bending over him; he +moaned again. + +“How did you get in there?” asked one. + +“I crawled in.” + +“What for?” + +“To g-g-get away from the--what was it?” + +“Bomb,” said one of the policemen; and Peter was astounded that for +a moment he forgot to be a nervous wreck. + +“Bomb!” he cried; and at the same moment one of the policemen lifted +him to his feet. + +“Can you stand up?” he demanded; and Peter tried, and found that he +could, and forgot that he couldn’t. He was covered with blood and +dirt, and was an unpresentable object, but he was really relieved to +discover that his limbs were intact. + +“What’s your name?” demanded one of the policemen, and when Peter +answered, he asked, “Where do you work?” + +“I got no job,” replied Peter. + +“Where’d you work last?” And then another broke in, “What did you +crawl in there for?” + +“My God!” cried Peter. “I wanted to get away!” + +The policemen seemed to find it suspicious that he had stayed hidden +so long. They were in a state of excitement themselves, it appeared; +a terrible crime had been committed, and they were hunting for any +trace of the criminal. Another man came up, not dressed in uniform, +but evidently having authority, and he fell onto Peter, demanding to +know who he was, and where he had come from, and what he had been +doing in that crowd. And of course Peter had no very satisfactory +answers to give to any of these questions. His occupations had been +unusual, and not entirely credible, and his purposes were hard to +explain to a suspicious questioner. The man was big and burly, at +least a foot taller than Peter, and as he talked he stooped down and +stared into Peter’s eyes as if he were looking for dark secrets +hidden back in the depths of Peter’s skull. Peter remembered that he +was supposed to be sick, and his eyelids drooped and he reeled +slightly, so that the policemen had to hold him up. + +“I want to talk to that fellow,” said the questioner. “Take him +inside.” One of the officers took Peter under one arm, and the other +under the other arm, and they half walked and half carried him +across the street and into a building. + + + + +Section 4 + + +It was a big store which the police had opened up. Inside there were +wounded people lying on the floor, with doctors and others attending +them. Peter was marched down the corridor, and into a room where sat +or stood several other men, more or less in a state of collapse like +himself; people who had failed to satisfy the police, and were being +held under guard. + +Peter’s two policemen backed him against the wall and proceeded to +go thru his pockets, producing the shameful contents--a soiled rag, +and two cigarette butts picked up on the street, and a broken pipe, +and a watch which had once cost a dollar, but was now out of order, +and too badly damaged to be pawned. That was all they had any right +to find, so far as Peter knew. But there came forth one thing +more--the printed circular which Peter had thrust into his pocket. +The policeman who pulled it out took a glance at it, and then cried, +“Good God!” He stared at Peter, then he stared at the other +policeman and handed him the paper. + +At that moment the man not in uniform entered the room. “Mr. +Guffey!” cried the policeman. “See this!” The man took the paper, +and glanced at it, and Peter, watching with bewildered and +fascinated eyes, saw a most terrifying sight. It was as if the man +went suddenly out of his mind. He glared at Peter, and under his +black eyebrows the big staring eyes seemed ready to jump out of his +head. + +“Aha!” he exclaimed; and then, “So I’ve got you!” The hand that held +the paper was trembling, and the other hand reached out like a great +claw, and fastened itself in the neck of Peter’s coat, and drew it +together until Peter was squeezed tight. “You threw that bomb!” + hissed the man. + +“Wh-what?” gasped Peter, his voice almost fainting. “B-b-bomb?” + +“Out with it!” cried the man, and his face came close to Peter’s, +his teeth gleaming as if he were going to bite off Peter’s nose. +“Out with it! Quick! Who helped you?” + +“My G-God!” said Peter. “I d-dunno what you mean.” + +“You dare lie to me?” roared the man; and he shook Peter as if he +meant to jar his teeth out. “No nonsense now! Who helped you make +that bomb?” + +Peter’s voice rose to a scream of terror: “I never saw no bomb! I +dunno what you’re talkin’ about!” + +“You, come this way,” said the man, and started suddenly toward the +door. It might have been more convenient if he had turned Peter +around, and got him by the back of his coat-collar; but he +evidently held Peter’s physical being as a thing too slight for +consideration--he just kept his grip in the bosom of Peter’s jacket, +and half lifted him and half shoved him back out of the room, and +down a long passage to the back part of the building. And all the +time he was hissing into Peter’s face: “I’ll have it out of you! +Don’t think you can lie to me! Make up your mind to it, you’re going +to come thru!” + +The man opened a door. It was some kind of storeroom, and he walked +Peter inside and slammed the door behind him. “Now, out with it!” he +said. The man thrust into his pocket the printed circular, or +whatever it was--Peter never saw it again, and never found out what +was printed on it. With his free hand the man grabbed one of Peter’s +hands, or rather one finger of Peter’s hand, and bent it suddenly +backward with terrible violence. “Oh!” screamed Peter. “Stop!” And +then, with a wild shriek, “You’ll break it.” + +“I mean to break it! mean to break every bone in your body! I’ll +tear your finger-nails out; I’ll tear the eyes out of your head, if +I have to! You tell me who helped you make that bomb!” + +Peter broke out in a storm of agonized protest; he had never heard +of any bomb, he didn’t know what the man was talking about; he +writhed and twisted and doubled himself over backward, trying to +evade the frightful pain of that pressure on his finger. + +“You’re lying!” insisted Guffey. “I know you’re lying. You’re one of +that crowd.” + +“What crowd? Ouch! I dunno what you mean!” + +“You’re one of them Reds, aint you?” + +“Reds? What are Reds?” + +“You want to tell me you don’t know what a Red is? Aint you been +giving out them circulars on the street?” + +“I never seen the circular!” repeated Peter. “I never seen a word in +it; I dunno what it is.” + +“You try to stuff me with that?” + +“Some woman gimme that circular on the street! Ouch! Stop! Jesus! I +tell you I never looked at the circular!” + +“You dare go on lying?” shouted the man, with fresh access of rage. +“And when I seen you with them Reds? I know about your plots, I’m +going to get it out of you.” He grabbed Peter’s wrist and began to +twist it, and Peter half turned over in the effort to save himself, +and shrieked again, in more piercing tones, “I dunno! I dunno!” + +“What’s them fellows done for you that you protect them?” demanded +the other. “What good’ll it do you if we hang you and let them +escape?” + +But Peter only screamed and wept the louder. + +“They’ll have time to get out of town,” persisted the other. “If you +speak quick we can nab them all, and then I’ll let you go. You +understand, we won’t do a thing to you, if you’ll come thru and tell +us who put you up to this. We know it wasn’t you that planned it; +it’s the big fellows we want.” + +He began to wheedle and coax Peter; but then, when Peter answered +again with his provoking “I dunno,” he would give another twist to +Peter’s wrist, and Peter would yell, almost incoherent with terror +and pain--but still declaring that he could tell nothing, he knew +nothing about any bomb. + +So at last Guffey wearied of this futile inquisition; or perhaps it +occurred to him that this was too public a place for the prosecution +of a “third degree”--there might be some one listening outside the +door. He stopped twisting Peter’s wrist, and tilted back Peter’s +head so that Peter’s frightened eyes were staring into his. + +“Now, young fellow,” he said, “look here. I got no time for you just +now, but you’re going to jail, you’re my prisoner, and make up your +mind to it, sooner or later I’m going to get it out of you. It may +take a day, or it may take a month, but you’re going to tell me +about this bomb plot, and who printed this here circular opposed to +Preparedness, and all about these Reds you work with. I’m telling +you now--so you think it over; and meantime, you hold your mouth, +don’t say a word to a living soul, or if you do I’ll tear your +tongue out of your throat.” + +Then, paying no attention to Peter’s wailings, he took him by the +back of the collar and marched him down the hall again, and turned +him over to one of the policemen. “Take this man to the city jail,” + he said, “and put him in the hole, and keep him there until I come, +and don’t let him speak a word to anybody. If he tries it, mash his +mouth for him.” So the policeman took poor sobbing Peter by the arm +and marched him out of the building. + + + + +Section 5 + + +The police had got the crowds driven back by now, and had ropes +across the street to hold them, and inside the roped space were +several ambulances and a couple of patrol-wagons. Peter was shoved +into one of these latter, and a policeman sat by his side, and the +bell clanged, and the patrol-wagon forced its way slowly thru the +struggling crowd. Half an hour later they arrived at the huge stone +jail, and Peter was marched inside. There were no formalities, they +did not enter Peter on the books, or take his name or his finger +prints; some higher power had spoken, and Peter’s fate was already +determined. He was taken into an elevator, and down into a basement, +and then down a flight of stone steps into a deeper basement, and +there was an iron door with a tiny slit an inch wide and six inches +long near the top. This was the “hole,” and the door was opened and +Peter shoved inside into utter darkness. The door banged, and the +bolts rattled; and then silence. Peter sank upon a cold stone floor, +a bundle of abject and hideous misery. + +These events had happened with such terrifying rapidity that Peter +Gudge had hardly time to keep track of them. But now he had plenty +of time, he had nothing but time. He could think the whole thing +out, and realize the ghastly trick which fate had played upon him. +He lay there, and time passed; he had no way of measuring it, no +idea whether it was hours or days. It was cold and clammy in the +stone cell; they called it the “cooler,” and used it to reduce the +temperature of the violent and intractable. It was a trouble-saving +device; they just left the man there and forgot him, and his own +tormented mind did the rest. + +And surely no more tormented mind than the mind of Peter Gudge had +ever been put in that black hole. It was the more terrible, because +so utterly undeserved, so preposterous. For such a thing to happen +to him, Peter Gudge, of all people--who took such pains to avoid +discomfort in life, who was always ready to oblige anybody, to do +anything he was told to do, so as to have’an easy time, a +sufficiency of food, and a warm corner to crawl into! What could +have persuaded fate to pick him for the victim of this cruel prank; +to put him into this position, where he could not avoid suffering, +no matter what he did? They wanted him to tell something, and Peter +would have been perfectly willing to tell anything--but how could he +tell it when he did not know it? + +The more Peter thought about it, the more outraged he became. It was +monstrous! He sat up and glared into the black darkness. He talked +to himself, he talked to the world outside, to the universe which +had forgotten his existence. He stormed, he wept. He got on his feet +and flung himself about the cell, which was six feet square, and +barely tall enough for him to stand erect. He pounded on the door +with his one hand which Guffey had not lamed, he kicked, and he +shouted. But there was no answer, and so far as he could tell, there +was no one to hear. + +When he had exhausted himself, he sank down, and fell into a haunted +sleep; and then he wakened again, to a reality worse than any +nightmare. That awful man was coming after him again! He was going +to torture him, to make him tell what he did not know! All the ogres +and all the demons that had ever been invented to frighten the +imagination of children were as nothing compared to the image of the +man called Guffey, as Peter thought of him. + +Several ages after Peter had been locked up, he heard sounds +outside, and the door was opened. Peter was cowering in the corner, +thinking that Guffey had come. There was a scraping on the floor, +and then the door was banged again, and silence fell. Peter +investigated and discovered that they had put in a chunk of bread +and a pan of water. + +Then more ages passed, and Peter’s impotent ragings were repeated; +then once more they brought bread and water, and Peter wondered, was +it twice a day they brought it, or was this a new day? And how long +did they mean to keep him here? Did they mean to drive him mad? He +asked these questions of the man who brought the bread and water, +but the man made no answer, he never at any time spoke a word. Peter +had no company in that “hole” but his God; and Peter was not well +acquainted with his God, and did not enjoy a tete-a-tete with Him. + +What troubled Peter most was the cold; it got into his bones, and +his teeth were chattering all the time. Despite all his moving +about, he could not keep warm. When the man opened the door, he +cried out to him, begging for a blanket; each time the man came, +Peter begged more frantically than ever. He was ill, he had been +injured in the explosion, he needed a doctor, he was going to die! +But there was never any answer. Peter would lie there and shiver and +weep, and writhe, and babble, and lose consciousness for a while, +and not know whether he was awake or asleep, whether he was living +or dead. He was becoming delirious, and the things that were +happening to him, the people who were tormenting him, became +monsters and fiends who carried him away upon far journeys, and +plunged him thru abysses of terror and torment. + +And yet, many and strange as were the phantoms which Peter’s sick +imagination conjured up, there was no one of them as terrible as the +reality which prevailed just then in the life of American City, and +was determining the destiny of a poor little man by the name of +Peter Gudge. There lived in American City a group of men who had +taken possession of its industries and dominated the lives of its +population. This group, intrenched in power in the city’s business +and also in its government, were facing the opposition of a new and +rapidly rising power, that of organized labor, determined to break +the oligarchy of business and take over its powers. The struggle of +these two groups was coming to its culmination. They were like two +mighty wrestlers, locked in a grip of death; two giants in combat, +who tear up trees by the roots and break off fragments of cliffs +from the mountains to smash in each other’s skulls. And poor +Peter--what was he? An ant which happened to come blundering across +the ground where these combatants met. The earth was shaken with +their trampling, the dirt was kicked this way and that, and the +unhappy ant was knocked about, tumbled head over heels, buried in +the debris; and suddenly--Smash!--a giant foot came down upon the +place where he was struggling and gasping! + + + + +Section 6 + + +Peter had been in the “hole” perhaps three days, perhaps a week--he +did not know, and no one ever told him. The door was opened again, +and for the first time he heard a voice, “Come out here.” + +Peter had been longing to hear a voice; but now he shrunk terrified +into a corner. The voice was the voice of Guffey, and Peter knew +what it meant. His teeth began to rattle again, and he wailed, “I +dunno anything! I can’t tell anything!” + +A hand reached in and took him by the collar, and he found himself +walking down the corridor in front of Guffey. “Shut up!” said the +man, in answer to all his wailings, and took him into a room and +threw him into a chair as if he had been a bundle of bedding, and +pulled up another chair and sat down in front of Peter. + +“Now look here,” he said. “I want to have an understanding with you. +Do you want to go back into that hole again?” + +“N-n-no,” moaned Peter. + +“Well, I want you to know that you’ll spend the rest of your life in +that hole, except when you’re talking to me. And when you’re talking +to me you’ll be having your arms twisted off you, and splinters +driven into your finger nails, and your skin burned with +matches--until you tell me what I want to know. Nobody’s going to +help you, nobody’s going to know about it. You’re going to stay here +with me until you come across.” + +Peter could only sob and moan. + +“Now,” continued Guffey, “I been finding out all about you, I got +your life story from the day you were born, and there’s no use your +trying to hide anything. I know your part in this here bomb plot, +and I can send you to the gallows without any trouble whatever. But +there’s some things I can’t prove on the other fellows. They’re the +big ones, the real devils, and they’re the ones I want, so you’ve +got a chance to save yourself, and you better be thankful for it.” + +Peter went on moaning and sobbing. + +“Shut up!” cried the man. And then, fixing Peter’s frightened gaze +with his own, he continued, “Understand, you got a chance to save +yourself. All you got to do is to tell what you know. Then you can +come out and you won’t have any more trouble. We’ll take good care +of you; everything’ll be easy for you.” + +Peter continued to gaze like a fascinated rabbit. And such a longing +as surged up in his soul--to be free, and out of trouble, and taken +care of! If only he had known anything to tell; if only there was +some way he could find out something to tell! + + + + +Section 7 + + +Suddenly the man reached out and grasped one of Peter’s hands. He +twisted the wrist again, the sore wrist which still ached from the +torture. “Will you tell?” + +“I’d tell if I could!” screamed Peter. “My God, how can I?” + +“Don’t lie to me,” hissed the man. “I know about it now, you can’t +fool me. You know Jim Goober.” + +“I never heard of him!” wailed Peter. + +“You lie!” declared the other, and he gave Peter’s wrist a twist. + +“Yes, yes, I know him!” shrieked Peter. + +“Oh, that’s more like it!” said the other. “Of course you know him. +What sort of a looking man is he?” + +“I--I dunno. He’s a big man.” + +“You lie! You know he’s a medium-sized man!” + +“He’s a medium-sized man.” + +“A dark man?” + +“Yes, a dark man.” + +“And you know Mrs. Goober, the music teacher?” + +“Yes, I know her.” + +“And you’ve been to her house?” + + + +“Yes, I’ve been to her house.” + +“Where is their house?” + +“I dunno--that is--” + +“It’s on Fourth Street?” + +“Yes, it’s on Fourth Street.” + +“And he hired you to carry that suit-case with the bombs in it, +didn’t he?” + +“Yes, he hired me.” + +“And he told you what was in it, didn’t he?” + +“He--he--that is--I dunno.” + +“You don’t know whether he told you?” + +“Y-y-yes, he told me.” + +“You knew all about the plot, didn’t you?” + +“Y-y-yes, I knew.” + +“And you know Isaacs, the Jew?” + +“Y-y-yes, I know him.” + +“He was the fellow that drove the jitney, wasn’t he?” + +“Y-y-yes, he drove the jitney.” + +“Where did he drive it?” + +“H-h-he drove it everywhere.” + +“He drove it over here with the suit-case, didn’t he?” + +“Yes, he did.” + +“And you know Biddle, and you know what he did, don’t you?” + +“Yes, I know.” + +“And you’re willing to tell all you know about it, are you?” + +“Yes, I’ll tell it all. I’ll tell whatever you--” + +“You’ll tell whatever you know, will you?” + +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + +“And you’ll stand by it? You’ll not try to back out? You don’t want +to go back into the hole?” + +“No, sir.” + +And suddenly Guffey pulled from his pocket a paper folded up. It was +several typewritten sheets. “Peter Gudge,” he said, “I been looking +up your record, and I’ve found out what you did in this case. You’ll +see when you read how perfectly I’ve got it. You won’t find a single +mistake in it.” Guffey meant this for wit, but poor Peter was too +far gone with terror to have any idea that there was such a thing as +a smile in the world. + +“This is your story, d’you see?” continued Guffey. “Now take it and +read it.” + +So Peter took the paper in his trembling hand, the one which had not +been twisted lame. He tried to read it, but his hand shook so that +he had to put it on his knee, and then he discovered that his eyes +had not yet got used to the light. He could not see the print. “I +c-c-can’t,” he wailed. + +And the other man took the paper from him. “I’ll read it to you,” he +said. “Now you listen, and put your mind on it, and make sure I’ve +got it all right.” + +And so Guffey started to read an elaborate legal document: “I, Peter +Gudge, being duly sworn do depose and declare--” and so on. It was +an elaborate and detailed story about a man named Jim Goober, and +his wife and three other men, and how they had employed Peter to buy +for them certain materials to make bombs, and how Peter had helped +them to make the bombs in a certain room at a certain given address, +and how they had put the bombs in a suit-case, with a time clock to +set them off, and how Isaacs, the jitney driver, had driven them to +a certain corner on Main Street, and how they had left the suit-case +with the bombs on the street in front of the Preparedness Day +parade. + +It was very simple and clear, and Peter, as he listened, was almost +ready to cry with delight, realizing that this was all he had to do +to escape from his horrible predicament. He knew now what he was +supposed to know; and he knew it. Why had not Guffey told him long +ago, so that he might have known it without having his fingers bent +out of place and his wrist twisted off? + +“Now then,” said Guffey, “that’s your confession, is it?” + +“Y-y-yes,” said Peter. + +“And you’ll stand by it to the end?” + +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + +“We can count on you now? No more nonsense?” + +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + +“You swear it’s all true?” + +“I do.” + +“And you won’t let anybody persuade you to go back on it--no matter +what they say to you?” + +“N-n-no, sir,” said Peter. + +“All right,” said Guffey; and his voice showed the relief of a +business man who has closed an important deal. He became almost +human as lie went on. “Now, Peter,” he said, “you’re our man, and +we’re going to count on you. You understand, of course, that we have +to hold you as a witness, but you’re not to be a prisoner, and we’re +going to treat you well. We’ll put you in the hospital part of the +jail, and you’ll have good grub and nothing to do. In a week or so, +we’ll want you to appear before the grand jury. Meantime, you +understand--not a word to a soul! People may try to worm something +out of you, but don’t you open your mouth about this case except to +me. I’m your boss, and I’ll tell you what to do, and I’ll take care +of you all the way. You got that all straight?” + +“Y-y-yes, sir,” said Peter. + + + + +Section 8 + + +There was once, so legend declares, a darky who said that he liked +to stub his toe because it felt so good when it stopped hurting. On +this same principle Peter had a happy time in the hospital of the +American City jail. He had a comfortable bed, and plenty to eat, and +absolutely nothing to do. His sore joints became gradually healed, +and he gained half a pound a day in weight, and his busy mind set to +work to study the circumstances about him, to find out how he could +perpetuate these comfortable conditions, and add to them the little +luxuries which make life really worth living. + +In charge of this hospital was an old man by the name of Doobman. He +had been appointed because he was the uncle of an alderman, and he +had held the job for the last six years, and during that time had +gained weight almost as rapidly as Peter was gaining. He had now +come to a condition where he did not like to get out of his armchair +if it could be avoided. Peter discovered this, and so found it +possible to make himself useful in small ways. Also Mr. Doobman had +a secret vice; he took snuff, and for the sake of discipline he did +not want this dreadful fact to become known. Therefore he would wait +until everybody’s back was turned before he took a pinch of snuff; +and Peter learned this, and would tactfully turn his back. + +Everybody in this hospital had some secret vice, and it was Mr. +Doobman’s duty to repress the vices of the others. The inmates of +the hospital included many of the prisoners who had money, and could +pay to make themselves comfortable. They wanted tobacco, whiskey, +cocaine and other drugs, and some of them wanted a chance to +practice unnamable horrors. All the money they could smuggle in they +were ready to spend for license to indulge themselves. As for the +attendants in the hospital, they were all political appointees, +derelicts who had been unable to hold a job in the commercial world, +and had sought an easy berth, like Peter himself. They took bribes, +and were prepared to bribe Peter to outwit Mr. Doobman; Mr. Doobman, +on the other hand, was prepared to reward Peter with many favors, if +Peter would consent to bring him secret information. In such a +situation it was possible for a man with his wits about him to +accumulate quite a little capital. + +For the most part Peter stuck by Doobman; having learned by bitter +experience that in the long run it pays to be honest. Doobman was +referred to by the other attendants as the “Old Man”; and always in +Peter’s life, from the very dawn of childhood, there had been some +such “Old Man,” the fountain-head of authority, the dispenser of +creature comforts. First had been “Old Man” Drubb, who from early +morning until late at night wore green spectacles, and a sign across +his chest, “I am blind,” and made a weary little child lead him thru +the streets by the hand. At night, when they got home to their +garret-room, “Old Man” Drubb would take off his green goggles, and +was perfectly able to see Peter, and if Peter had made the slightest +mistake during the day he would beat him. + +When Drubb was arrested, Peter was taken to the orphan asylum, and +there was another “Old Man,” and the same harsh lesson of +subservience to be learned. Peter had run away from the asylum; and +then had come Pericles Priam with his Pain Paralyzer, and Peter had +studied his whims and served his interests. When Pericles had +married a rich widow and she had kicked Peter out, there had come +the Temple of Jimjambo, where the “Old Man” had been Tushbar +Akrogas, the major-domo--terrible when he was thwarted, but a +generous dispenser of favors when once you had learned to flatter +him, to play upon his weaknesses, to smooth the path of his +pleasures. All these years Peter had been forced to “crook the +pregnant hinges of the knee”; it had become an instinct with him--an +instinct that went back far behind the twenty years of his conscious +life, that went back twenty thousand years, perhaps ten times twenty +thousand years, to a time when Peter had chipped flint spear-heads +at the mouth of some cave, and broiled marrow-bones for some “Old +Man” of the borde, and seen rebellious young fellows cast out to +fall prey to the sabre-tooth tiger. + + + + +Section 9 + + +Peter found that he was something of a personality in this hospital. +He was the “star” witness in the sensational Goober case, about +which the whole city, and in fact the whole country was talking. It +was known that he had “turned State’s”; but just what he knew and +what he had told was a mighty secret, and Peter “held his mouth” and +looked portentous, and enjoyed thrills of self-importance. + +But meantime there was no reason why he should not listen to others +talk; no reason why he should not inform himself fully about this +case, so that in future he might be able to take care of himself. He +listened to what “Old Man” Doobman had to say, and to what Jan +Christian, his Swedish assistant had to say, and to what Gerald +Leslie, the “coke” fiend, had to say. All these, and others, had +friends on the outside, people who were “in the know.” Some told one +thing, and others told exactly the opposite; but Peter put this and +that together, and used his own intrigue-sharpened wits upon it, and +before long he was satisfied that he had got the facts. + +Jim Goober was a prominent labor leader. He had organized the +employees of the Traction Trust, and had called and led a tremendous +strike. Also he had called building strikes, and some people said he +had used dynamite upon uncompleted buildings, and made a joke of it. +Anyhow, the business men of the city wanted to put him where he +could no longer trouble them; and when some maniac unknown had flung +a dynamite bomb into the path of the Preparedness parade, the big +fellows of the city had decided that now was the opportunity they +were seeking. Guffey, the man who had taken charge of Peter, was +head of the secret service of the Traction Trust, and the big +fellows had put him in complete charge. They wanted action, and +would take no chances with the graft-ridden and incompetent police +of the city. They had Goober in jail, with his wife and three of his +gang, and thru the newspapers of the city they were carrying on a +propaganda to prepare the public for the hanging of all five. + +And that was all right, of course; Jim Goober was only a name to +Peter, and of less importance than a single one of Peter’s meals. +Peter understood what Guffey had done, and his only grudge was +because Guffey had not had the sense to tell him his story at the +beginning, instead of first nearly twisting his arm off. However, +Peter reflected, no doubt Guffey had meant to teach him a lesson, to +make sure of him. Peter had learned the lesson, and his purpose now +was to make this clear to Guffey and to Doobman. + +“Hold your mouth,” Guffey had said, and Peter never once said a word +about the Goober case. But, of course, he talked about other +matters. A fellow could not go around like a mummy all day long, and +it was Peter’s weakness that he liked to tell about his exploits, +the clever devices by which he had outwitted his last “Old Man.” So +to Gerald Leslie, the “coke” fiend, he told the story of Pericles +Priam, and how many thousands of dollars he had helped to wheedle +out of the public, and how twice he and Pericles had been arrested +for swindling. Also he told about the Temple of Jimjambo, and all +the strange and incredible things that had gone on there. Pashtian +el Kalandra, who called himself the Chief Magistrian of +Eleutherinian Exoticism, gave himself out to his followers to be +eighty years of age, but as a matter of fact he was less than forty. +He was supposed to be a Persian prince, but had been born in a small +town in Indiana, and had begun life as a grocer-boy. He was supposed +to live upon a handful of fruit, but every day it had been Peter’s +job to assist in the preparation of a large beef-steak or a roast +chicken. These were “for sacrificial purposes,” so the prophet +explained to his attendants; and Peter would get the remains of the +sacrificial beef-steaks and chickens, and would sacrificially devour +them behind the pantry door. That had been one of his private +grafts, which he got in return for keeping secret from the prophet +some of the stealings of Tushbar Akrogas, the major-domo. + +A wonderful place had been this Temple of Jimjambo. There were +mystic altars with seven veils before them, and thru these the Chief +Magistrian would appear, clad in a long cream-colored robe with gold +and purple borders, and with pink embroidered slippers and symbolic +head-dress. His lectures and religious rites had been attended by +hundreds--many of them rich society women, who came rolling up to +the temple in their limousines. Also there had been a school, where +children had been initiated into the mystic rites of the cult. The +prophet would take these children into his private apartments, and +there were awful rumors--which had ended in the raiding of the +temple by the police, and the flight of the prophet, and likewise of +the majordomo, and of Peter Gudge, his scullion and confederate. + +Also, Peter thought it was fun to tell Gerald Leslie about his +adventures with the Holy Rollers, into whose church he had drifted +during his search for a job. Peter had taken up with this sect, and +learned the art of “talking in tongues,” and how to fall over the +back of your chair in convulsions of celestial glory. Peter had +gained the confidence of the Rev. Gamaliel Lunk, and had been +secretly employed by him to carry on a propaganda among the +congregation to obtain a raise in salary for the underpaid +convulsionist. But certain things which Peter had learned had caused +him to go over to the faction of Shoemaker Smithers, who was trying +to persuade the congregation that he could roll harder and faster +than the Rev. Gamaliel. Peter had only held this latter job a few +days before he had been fired for stealing the fried doughnut. + + + + +Section 10 + + +All these things and more Peter told; thinking that he was safe now, +under the protection of authority. But after he had spent about two +months in the hospital, he was summoned one day into the office, and +there stood Guffey, glowering at him in a black fury. “You damned +fool!” were Guffey’s first words. + +Peter’s knees went weak and his teeth began to chatter again. +“Wh-wh-what?” he cried. + +“Didn’t I tell you to hold your mouth?” And Guffey looked as if he +were going to twist Peter’s wrist again. + +“Mr. Guffey, I ain’t told a soul! I ain’t said one word about the +Goober case, not one word!” + +Peter rushed on, pouring out protests. But Guffey cut him short. +“Shut up, you nut! Maybe you didn’t talk about the Goober case, but +you talked about yourself. Didn’t you tell somebody you’d worked +with that fellow Kalandra?” + +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + +“And you knew the police were after him, and after you, too?” + +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + +“And you said you’d been arrested selling fake patent medicines?” + +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + +“Christ almighty!” cried Guffey. “And what kind of a witness do you +think you’ll make?” + +“But,” cried Peter in despair, “I didn’t tell anybody that would +matter. I only--” + +“What do you know what would matter?” roared the detective, adding +a stream of furious oaths. “The Goober people have got spies on us; +they’ve got somebody right here in this jail. Anyhow, they’ve found +out about you and your record. You’ve gone and ruined us with your +blabbing mouth!” + +“My Lord!” whispered Peter, his voice dying away. + +“Look at yourself on a witness-stand! Look at what they’ll do to you +before a jury! Traveling over the country, swindling people with +patent medicines--and getting in jail for it! Working for that +hell-blasted scoundrel Kalandra--” and Guffey added some dreadful +words, descriptive of the loathsome vices of which the Chief +Magistrian had been accused. “And you mixed up in that kind of +thing!” + +“I never done anything like that!” cried Peter wildly. “I didn’t +even know for sure.” + +“Tell that to the jury!” sneered Guffey. “Why, they’ve even been to +that Shoemaker Smithers, and they’ll put his wife on the stand to +prove you a sneak thief, and tell how she kicked you out. And all +because you couldn’t hold your mouth as I told you to!” + +Peter burst into tears. He fell down on his knees, pleading that he +hadn’t meant any harm; he hadn’t had any idea that he was not +supposed to talk about his past life; he hadn’t realized what a +witness was, or what he was supposed to do. All he had been told was +to keep quiet about the Goober case, and he had kept quiet. So Peter +sobbed and pleaded--but in vain. Guffey ordered him back to the +hole, declaring his intention to prove that Peter was the one who +had thrown the bomb, and that Peter, instead of Jim Goober, had been +the head and front of the conspiracy. Hadn’t Peter signed a +confession that he had helped to make the bomb? + + + + +Section 11 + + +Again Peter did not know how long he lay shivering in the black +dungeon. He only knew that they brought him bread and water three +times, before Guffey came again and summoned him forth. Peter now +sat huddled into a chair, twisting his trembling hands together, +while the chief detective of the Traction Trust explained to him his +new program. Peter was permanently ruined as a witness in the case. +The labor conspirators had raised huge sums for their defense; they +had all the labor unions of the city, and in fact of the entire +country behind them, and they were hiring spies and informers, and +trying to find out all they could about the prosecution, the +evidence it had collected and the moves it was preparing. Guffey did +not say that he had been afraid to kick Peter out because of the +possibility that Peter might go over to the Goober side and tell all +he knew; but Peter guessed this while he sat listening to Guffey’s +explanation, and realized with a thrill of excitement that at last +he had really got a hold upon the ladder of prosperity. Not in vain +had his finger been almost broken and his wrist almost dislocated! + +“Now,” said Guffey, “here’s my idea: As a witness you’re on the bum, +but as a spy, you’re it. They know that you blabbed, and that I know +it; they know I’ve had you in the hole. So now what I want to do is +to make a martyr of you. D’you see?” + +Peter nodded; yes, he saw. It was his specialty, seeing things like +that. + +“You’re an honest witness, you understand? I tried to get you to +lie, and you wouldn’t, so now you go over to the other side, and +they take you in, and you find out all you can, and from time to +time you meet somebody as I’ll arrange it, and send me word what +you’ve learned. You get me?” + +“I get you,” said Peter, eagerly. No words could portray his relief. +He had a real job now! He was going to be a sleuth, like Guffey +himself. + +“Now,” said Guffey, “the first thing I want to know is, who’s +blabbing in this jail; we can’t do anything but they get tipped off. +I’ve got witnesses that I want kept hidden, and I don’t dare put +them here for fear of the Goober crowd. I want to know who are the +traitors. I want to know a lot of things that I’ll tell you from +time to time. I want you to get next to these Reds, and learn about +their ideas, so you can talk their lingo. + +“Sure,” said Peter. He could not help smiling a little. He was +supposed to be a “Red” already, to have been one of their leading +conspirators. But Guffey had abandoned that pretence--or perhaps had +forgotten about it! + +It was really an easy job that Peter had set before him. He did not +have to pretend to be anything different from what he was. He would +call himself a victim of circumstances, and would be honestly +indignant against those who had sought to use him in a frame-up +against Jim Goober. The rest would follow naturally. He would get +the confidence of the labor people, and Guffey would tell him what +to do next. + +“We’ll put you in one of the cells of this jail,” said the chief +detective, “and we’ll pretend to give you a `third degree.’ You’ll +holler and make a fuss, and say you won’t tell, and finally we’ll +give up and kick you out. And then all you have to do is just hang +around. They’ll come after you, or I miss my guess.” + +So the little comedy was arranged and played thru. Guffey took Peter +by the collar and led him out into the main part of the jail, and +locked him in one of a row of open cells. He grabbed Peter by the +wrist and pretended to twist it, and Peter pretended to protest. He +did not have to draw on his imagination; he knew how it felt, and +how he was supposed to act, and he acted. He sobbed and screamed, +and again and again he vowed that he had told the truth, that he +knew nothing else than what he had told, and that nothing could make +him tell any more. Guffey left him there until late the next +afternoon, and then came again, and took him by the collar, and led +him out to the steps of the jail, and gave him a parting kick. + +Peter was free! What a wonderful sensation--freedom! God! Had there +ever been anything like it? He wanted to shout and howl with joy. +But instead he staggered along the street, and sank down upon a +stone coping, sobbing, with his head clasped in his hands, waiting +for something to happen. And sure enough, it happened. Perhaps an +hour passed, when he was touched lightly on the shoulder. “Comrade,” + said a soft voice, and Peter, looking between his fingers, saw the +skirts of a girl. A folded slip of paper was pressed into his hand +and the soft voice said: “Come to this address.” The girl walked on, +and Peter’s heart leaped with excitement. Peter was a sleuth at +last! + + + + +Section 12 + + +Peter waited until after dark, in order to indulge his sense of the +romantic; also he flattered his self-importance by looking carefully +about him as he walked down the street. He did not know just who +would be shadowing him, but Peter wanted to be sleuthy. + +Also he had a bit of genuine anxiety. He had told the truth when he +said to Guffey that he didn’t know what a “Red” was; but since then +he had been making in quiries, and now he knew. A “Red” was a fellow +who sympathized with labor unions and with strikes; who wanted to +murder the rich and divide their property, and believed that the +quickest way to do the dividing was by means of dynamite. All “Reds” + made bombs, and carried concealed weapons, and perhaps secret +poisons--who could tell? And now Peter was going among them, he was +going to become one of them! It was almost too interesting, for a +fellow who aimed above everything to be comfortable. Something in +him whispered, “Why not skip; get out of town and be done with it?” + But then he thought of the rewards and honors that Guffey had +promised him. Also there was the spirit of curiosity; he might skip +at any time, but first he would like to know a bit more about being +a “dick.” + +He came to the number which had been given him, a tiny bungalow in a +poor neighborhood, and rang the doorbell. It was answered by a girl, +and at a glance Peter saw that it was the girl who had spoken to +him. She did not wait for him to announce himself, but cried +impulsively, “Mr. Gudge! Oh, I’m so glad you’ve come!” She added, +“Comrade!”--just as if Peter were a well-known friend. And then, +“But _are_ you a comrade?” + +“How do you mean?” asked Peter. + +“You’re not a Socialist? Well, we’ll make one of you.” She brought +him in and showed him to a chair, saying, “I know what they did to +you; and you stood out against them! Oh, you were wonderful! +Wonderful!” + +Peter was at a loss what to say. There was in this girl’s voice a +note of affection, as well as of admiration; and Peter in his hard +life had had little experience with emotions of this sort. Peter had +watched the gushings and excitements of girls who were seeking +flirtations; but this girl’s attitude he felt at once was not +flirtatious. Her voice tho soft, was just a trifle too solemn for a +young girl; her deep-set, wistful grey eyes rested on Peter with the +solicitude of a mother whose child has just escaped a danger. + +She called: “Sadie, here’s Mr. Gudge.” And there entered another +girl, older, taller, but thin and pale like her sister. Jennie and +Sadie Todd were their names, Peter learned; the older was a +stenographer, and supported the family. The two girls were in a +state of intense concern. They started to question Peter about his +experiences, but he had only talked for a minute or two before the +elder went to the telephone. There were various people who must see +Peter at once, important people who were to be notified as soon as +he turned up. She spent some time at the phone, and the people she +talked with must have phoned to others, because for the next hour or +two there was a constant stream of visitors coming in, and Peter had +to tell his story over and over again. + +The first to come was a giant of a man with tight-set mouth and so +powerful a voice that it frightened Peter. He was not surprised to +learn that this man was the leader of one of the most radical of the +city’s big labor unions, the seamen’s. Yes, he was a “Red,” all +right; he corresponded to Peter’s imaginings--a grim, dangerous man, +to be pictured like Samson, seizing the pillars of society and +pulling them down upon his head. “They’ve got you scared, my boy,” + he said, noting Peter’s hesitating answers to his questions. “Well, +they’ve had me scared for forty-five years, but I’ve never let them +know it yet.” Then, in order to cheer Peter up and strengthen his +nerves, he told how he, a runaway seaman, had been hunted thru the +Everglades of Florida with bloodhounds, and tied to a tree and +beaten into insensibility. + +Then came David Andrews, whom Peter had heard of as one of the +lawyers in the Goober case, a tall, distinguished-looking man with +keen, alert features. What was such a man doing among these +outcasts? Peter decided that he must be one of the shrewd ones who +made money out of inciting the discontented. Then came a young girl, +frail and sensitive, slightly crippled. As she crossed the room to +shake his hand tears rolled down her cheeks, and Peter stood +embarrassed, wondering if she had just lost a near relative, and +what was he to say about it. From her first words he gathered, to +his great consternation, that she had been moved to tears by the +story of what he himself had endured. + +Ada Ruth was a poet, and this was a new type for Peter; after much +groping in his mind he set her down for one of the dupes of the +movement--a poor little sentimental child, with no idea of the +wickedness by which she was surrounded. With her came a Quaker boy +with pale, ascetic face and black locks which he had to shake back +from his eyes every now and then; he wore a Windsor tie, and a black +felt hat, and other marks of eccentricity and from his speeches +Peter gathered that he was ready to blow up all the governments of +the world in the interests of Pacificism. The same was true of +McCormick, an I. W. W. leader who had just served sixty days in +jail, a silent young Irishman with drawn lips and restless black +eyes, who made Peter uneasy by watching him closely and saying +scarcely a word. + + + + +Section 13 + + +They continued to come, one at a time or in groups; old women and +young women, old men and young men, fanatics and dreamers, agitators +who could hardly open their mouths without some white-hot words +escaping, revealing a blaze of passion smouldering in the deeps of +them. Peter became more and more uneasy, realizing that he was +actually in the midst of all the most dangerous “Reds” of American +City. They it was whom our law-abiding citizens dreaded, who were +the objects of more concern to the police than all the plain, +everyday burglars and bandits. Peter now could see the reason--he +had not dreamed that such angry and hate-tormented people existed in +the world. Such people would be capable of anything! He sat, with +his restless eyes wandering from one face to another. Which one of +this crowd had helped to set off the bomb? And would they boast +about it to him this evening? + +Peter half expected this; but then again, he wondered. They were +such strange criminals! They called him “Comrade”; and they spoke +with that same affection that had so bewildered him in little +Jennie. Was this just a ruse to get his confidence, or did these +people really think that they loved him--Peter Gudge, a stranger and +a secret enemy? Peter had been at great pains to fool them; but they +seemed to him so easy to fool that his pains were wasted. He +despised them for this, and all the while he listened to them he was +saying to himself, “The poor nuts!” + +They had come to hear his story, and they plied him with questions, +and made him tell over and over again every detail. Peter, of +course, had been carefully instructed; he was not to mention the +elaborate confession he had been made to sign; that would be giving +too dangerous a weapon to these enemies of law and order. He must +tell as brief a story as possible; how he had happened to be near +the scene of the explosion, and how the police had tried to force +him to admit that he knew something about the case. Peter told this, +according to orders; but he had not been prepared for the minute +questioning to which he was subjected by Andrews, the lawyer, aided +by old John Durand, the leader of the seamen. They wanted to know +everything that had been done to him, and who had done it, and how +and when and where and why. Peter had a sense of the dramatic, and +enjoyed being the center of attention and admiration, even tho it +was from a roomful of criminal “Reds.” So he told all the +picturesque details of how Guffey had twisted his wrist and shut him +in a dungeon; the memory of the pain was still poignant, and came +out of him now, with a realism that would have moved a colder group. + +So pretty soon here were all these women sobbing and raging. Little +Ada Ruth became inspired, and began reciting a poem--or was she +composing it right here, before his eyes? She seemed entranced with +indignation. It was something about the workers arising--the outcry +of a mob-- + + “No further patience with a heedless foe-- + Get off our backs, or else to hell you go!” + +Peter listened, and thought to himself, “The poor nut!” And then +Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy, took the floor, and began shaking his +long black locks, and composing a speech, it seemed. And Peter +listened, and thought again, “The poor nut!” Then another man, the +editor of a labor journal, revealed the fact that he was composing +an editorial; he knew Guffey, and was going to publish Guffey’s +picture, and brand him as an “Inquisitionist.” He asked for Peter’s +picture, and Peter agreed to have one taken, and to be headlined as +“The Inquisitionist’s Victim.” Peter had no idea what the long word +meant; but he assented, and thought again, “The poor nut!” All of +them were “nuts”--taking other people’s troubles with such +excitement! + +But Peter was frightened, too; he couldn’t altogether enjoy being a +hero, in this vivid and startling fashion; having his name and fame +spread from one end of the country to the other, so that organized +labor might know the methods which the great traction interests of +American City were employing to send a well-known labor leader to +the gallows! The thing seemed to grow and grow before Peter’s +frightened eyes. Peter, the ant, felt the earth shaking, and got a +sudden sense of the mountain size of the mighty giants who were +stamping in combat over his head. Peter wondered, had Guffey +realized what a stir his story would make, what a powerful weapon he +was giving to his enemies? What could Guffey expect to get from +Peter, to compensate for this damage to his own case? Peter, as he +listened to the stormy oratory in the crowded little room, found +himself thinking again and again of running away. He had never seen +anything like the rage into which these people worked themselves, +the terrible things they said, the denunciations, not merely of the +police of American City, but of the courts and the newspapers, the +churches and the colleges, everything that seemed respectable and +sacred to law-abiding citizens like Peter Gudge. + +Peter’s fright became apparent. But why shouldn’t he be frightened? +Andrews, the lawyer, offered to take him away and hide him, lest the +opposition should try to make way with him. Peter would be a most +important witness for the Goober defense, and they must take good +care of him. But Peter recovered his self-possession, and took up +his noble role. No, he would take his chances with the rest of them, +he was not too much afraid. + +Sadie Todd, the stenographer, rewarded him for his heroism. They had +a spare bedroom in their little home, and if Peter cared to stay +with them for a while, they would try to make him comfortable. Peter +accepted this invitation, and at a late hour in the evening the +gathering broke up. The various groups of “Reds” went their way, +their hands clenched and their faces portraying a grim resolve to +make out of Peter’s story a means of lashing discontented labor to +new frenzies of excitement. The men clasped Peter’s hand cordially; +the ladies gazed at him with soulful eyes, and whispered their +admiration for his brave course, their hope, indeed their +conviction, that he would stand by the truth to the end, and would +study their ideas and join their “movement.” All the while Peter +watched them, and continued saying to himself: “The poor nuts!” + + + + +Section 14 + + +The respectable newspapers of American City of course did not waste +their space upon fantastic accusations brought by radicals, charging +the police authorities with using torture upon witnesses. But there +was a Socialist paper published every week in American City, and +this paper had a long account of Peter’s experiences on the front +page, together with his picture. Also there were three labor papers +which carried the story, and the Goober Defense Committee prepared a +circular about it and mailed out thousands of copies all over the +country. This circular was written by Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy. +He brought Peter a proof of it, to make sure that he had got all the +details right, and Peter read it, and really could not help being +thrilled to discover what a hero he was. Peter had not said anything +about his early career, and whoever among the Goober Defense +Committee had learned those details chose to be diplomatically +silent. Peter smiled to himself as he thought about that. They were +foxy, these people! They were playing their hand for all it was +worth--and Peter admired them for that. In Donald Gordon’s narrative +Peter appeared as a poor workingman; and Peter grinned. He was used +to the word “working,” but when he talked about “working people,” he +meant something different from what these Socialists meant. + +The story went out, and of course all sorts of people wanted to meet +Peter, and came to the home of the Todd girls. So Peter settled down +to his job of finding out all he could about these visitors, their +names and occupations, their relations to the radical movement. +Guffey had advised him not to make notes, for fear of detection, but +Peter could not carry all this in his head, so he would retire to +his room and make minute notes on slips of paper, and carefully sew +these up in the lining of his coat, with a thrill of mystery. + +Except for this note-taking, however, Peter’s sleuthing was easy +work, for these people all seemed eager to talk about what they were +doing; sometimes it frightened Peter--they were so open and defiant! +Not merely did they express their ideas to one another and to him, +they were expressing them on public platforms, and in their +publications, in pamphlets and in leaflets--what they called +“literature.” Peter had had no idea their “movement” was so +widespread or so powerful. He had expected to unearth a secret +conspiracy, and perhaps a dynamite-bomb or two; instead of which, +apparently, he was unearthing a volcano! + +However, Peter did the best he could. He got the names and details +about some forty or fifty people of all classes; obscure workingmen +and women, Jewish tailors, Russian and Italian cigar-workers, +American-born machinists and printers; also some “parlor +Reds”--large, immaculate and shining ladies who came rolling up to +the little bungalow in large, immaculate and shining automobiles, +and left their uniformed chauffeurs outside for hours at a time +while they listened to Peter’s story of his “third degree.” One +benevolent lady with a flowing gray veil, who wafted a sweet perfume +about the room, suggested that Peter might be in need, and pressed a +twenty dollar bill into his hand. Peter, thrilled, but also +bewildered, got a new sense of the wonders of this thing called “the +movement,” and decided that when Guffey got thru with him he might +turn into a “Red” in earnest for a while. + +Meantime he settled down to make himself comfortable with the Todd +sisters. Sadie went off to her work before eight o’clock every +morning, and that was before Peter got up; but Jennie stayed at +home, and fixed his breakfast, and opened the door for his visitors, +and in general played the hostess for him. She was a confirmed +invalid; twice a week she went off to a doctor to have something +done to her spine, and the balance of the time she was supposed to +be resting, but Peter very seldom saw her doing this. She was always +addressing circulars, or writing letters for the “cause,” or going +off to sell literature and take up collections at meetings. When she +was not so employed, she was arguing with somebody--frequently with +Peter--trying to make him think as she did. + +Poor kid, she was all wrought up over the notions she had got about +the wrongs of the working classes. She gave herself no peace about +it, day or night, and this, of course, was a bore to Peter, who +wanted peace above all things. Over in Europe millions of men were +organized in armies, engaged in slaughtering one another. That, of +course, was, very terrible, but what was the good of thinking about +it? There was no way to stop it, and it certainly wasn’t Peter’s +fault. But this poor, deluded child was acting all the time as if +she were to blame for this European conflict, and had the job of +bringing it to a close. The tears would come into her deep-set grey +eyes, and her soft chin would quiver with pain whenever she talked +about it; and it seemed to Peter she was talking about it all the +time. It was her idea that the war must be stopped by uprisings on +the part of the working people in Europe. Apparently she thought +this might be hastened if the working people of American City would +rise up and set an example! + + + + +Section 15 + + +Jennie talked about this plan quite openly; she would put a red +ribbon in her hair, and pin a red badge on her bosom, and go into +meeting-places and sell little pamphlets with red covers. So, of +course, it would be Peter’s duty to report her to the head of the +secret service of the Traction Trust. Peter regretted this, and was +ashamed of having to do it; she was a nice little girl, and pretty, +too, and a fellow might have had some fun with her if she had not +been in such a hysterical state. He would sit and look at her, as +she sat bent over her typewriter. She had soft, fluffy hair, the +color of twilight, and even white teeth, and a faint flush that came +and went in her cheeks--yes, she would not be bad looking at all, if +only she would straighten up, and spend a little time on her looks, +as other girls did. + +But no, she was always in a tension, and the devil of it was, she +was trying to get Peter into the same state. She was absolutely +determined that Peter must get wrought up over the wrongs of the +working classes. She took it for granted that he would, when he was +instructed. She would tell him harrowing stories, and it was his +duty to be duly harrowed; he must be continually acting an emotional +part. She would give him some of her “literature” to read, and then +she would pin him down and make sure that he had read it. He knew +how to read--Pericles Priam had seen to that, because he wanted him +to attend to the printing of his circulars and his advertisements in +the country newspapers where he was traveling. So now Peter was +penned in a corner and compelled to fix his attention upon “The A. +B. C. of Socialism,” or “Capital and Proletariat,” or “The Path to +Power.” + +Peter told himself that it was part of his job to acquire this +information. He was going to be a “Red,” and he must learn their +lingo; but he found it awfully tiresome, full of long technical +words which he had never heard before. Why couldn’t these fellows at +least talk American? He had known that there were Socialists, and +also “Arnychists,” as he called them, and he thought they were all +alike. But now he learned, not merely about Socialists and +“Arnychists,” but about State Socialists and Communist Anarchists, +and Communist Syndicalists and Syndicalist Anarchists and Socialist +Syndicalists, and Reformist Socialists and Guild Socialists, to say +nothing about Single Taxers and Liberals and Progressives and +numerous other varieties, whom he had to meet and classify and +listen to respectfully and sympathetically. Each particular group +insisted upon the distinctions which made it different, and each +insisted that it had the really, truly truth; and Peter became +desperately bored with their everlasting talk--how much more simple +to lump them all together, as did Guffey and McGivney, calling them +all “Reds!” + +Peter had got it clearly fixed in his mind that what these “Reds” + wanted was to divide up the property of the rich. Everyone he had +questioned about them had said this. But now he learned that this +wasn’t it exactly. What they wanted was to have the State take over +the industries, or to have the labor unions do it, or to have the +working people in general do it. They pointed to the post office and +the army and the navy, as examples of how the State could run +things. Wasn’t that all right? demanded Jennie. And Peter said Yes, +that was all right; but hidden back in Peter’s soul all the time was +a whisper that it wouldn’t make a damn bit of difference. There was +a sucker born every minute, and you might be sure that no matter how +they fixed it up, there would always be some that would find it easy +to live off the rest. This poor kid, for example, who was ready to +throw herself away for any fool notion, or for anybody that came +along and told her a hard-luck story--would there ever be a state of +society in which she wouldn’t be a juicy morsel to be gobbled up by +some fellow with a normal appetite? + +She was alone in the house all day with Peter, and she got to seem +more and more pretty as he got to know her better. Also it was +evident that she liked Peter more and more as Peter played his game. +Peter revealed himself as deeply sympathetic, and a quick convert to +the cause; he saw everything that Jennie explained to him, he was +horrified at the horrible stories, he was ready to help her end the +European war by starting a revolution among the working people of +American City. Also, he told her about himself, and awakened her +sympathy for his harsh life, his twenty years of privation and +servitude; and when she wept over this, Peter liked it. It was fine, +somehow, to have her so sorry for him; it helped to compensate him +for the boredom of hearing her be sorry for the whole working class. + +Peter didn’t know whether Jennie had learned about his bad record, +but he took no chances--he told her everything, and thus took the +sting out of it. Yes, he had been trapped into evil ways, but it +wasn’t his fault, he hadn’t known any better, he had been a pitiful +victim of circumstances. He told how he had been starved and driven +about and beaten by “Old Man” Drubb, and the tears glistened in +Jennie’s grey eyes and stole down her cheeks. He told about +loneliness and heartsickness and misery in the orphan asylum. And +how could he, poor lad, realize that it was wrong to help Pericles +Priam sell his Peerless Pain Paralyzer? How could he know whether +the medicine was any good or not--he didn’t even know now, as a +matter of fact. As for the Temple of Jimjambo, all that Peter had +done was to wash dishes and work as a kitchen slave, as in any hotel +or restaurant. + +It was a story easy to fix up, and especially easy because the first +article in the creed of Socialist Jennie was that economic +circumstances were to blame for human frailties. That opened the +door for all varieties of grafters, and made the child such an easy +mark that Peter would have been ashamed to make a victim of her, had +it not been that she happened to stand in the path of his higher +purposes--and also that she happened to be young, only seventeen, +with tender grey eyes, and tempting, sweet lips, alone there in the +house all day. + + + + +Section 16 + + +Peter’s adventures in love had so far been pretty much of a piece +with the rest of his life experiences; there had been hopes, and +wonderful dreams, but very few realizations. Peter knew a lot about +such matters; in the orphan asylum there were few vicious practices +which he did not witness, few obscene imaginings with which he was +not made familiar. Also, Pericles Priam had been a man like the +traditional sailor, with a girl in every port; and generally in +these towns and villages there had been no place for Peter to go +save where Pericles went, so Peter had been the witness of many of +his master’s amours and the recipient of his confidences. But none +of these girls and women had paid any attention to Peter. Peter was +only a “kid”; and when he grew up and was no longer a kid, but a +youth tormented with sharp desires, they still paid no attention to +him--why should they? Peter was nothing; he had no position, no +money, no charms; he was frail and undersized, his teeth were +crooked, and one shoulder higher than the other. What could he +expect from women and girls but laughter and rebuffs? + +Then Peter moved on to the Temple of Jimjambo, and there a +devastating experience befell him--he tumbled head over heels and +agonizingly in love. There was a chambermaid in the institution, a +radiant creature from the Emerald Isles with hair like sunrise and +cheeks like apples, and a laugh that shook the dish-pans on the +kitchen walls. She laughed at Peter, she laughed at the major-domo, +she laughed at all the men in the place who tried to catch her round +the waist. Once or twice a month perhaps she would let them succeed, +just to keep them interested, and to keep herself in practice. + +The only one she really favored was the laundry deliveryman, and +Peter soon realized why. This laundry fellow had the use of an +automobile on Sundays, and Nell would dress herself up to kill, and +roll away in state with him. He would spend all his week’s earnings +entertaining her at the beach; Peter knew, because she would tell +the whole establishment on Monday morning. “Gee, but I had a swell +time!” she would say; and would count the ice-creams and the +merry-go-rounds and the whirly-gigs and all the whang-doodle things. +She would tell about the tattooed men and the five-legged calf and +the woman who was half man, and all the while she would make the +dishpans rattle. + +Yes, she was a marvelous creature, and Peter suddenly realized that +his ultimate desire in life was to possess a “swell lady-friend” + like Nell. He realized that there was one essential prerequisite, +and that was money. None of them would look at you without money. +Nell had gone out with him only once, and that was upon the savings +of six months, and Peter had not been able to conceal the effort it +cost him to spend it all. So he had been set down as a “tight-wad,” + and had made no headway. + +Nell had disappeared, along with everybody else when the police +raided the Temple. Peter never knew what had become of her, but the +old longings still haunted him, and he would find himself +imagining--suppose the police had got her; suppose she were in jail, +and he with his new “pull” were able to get her out, and carry her +away and keep her hid from the laundry man! + +These were dreams; but meantime here was reality, here was a new +world. Peter had settled down in the home of the Todd sisters; and +what was their attitude toward these awful mysteries of love? + + + + +Section 17 + + +It had been arranged with Guffey that at the end of a week Peter was +to have a secret meeting with one of the chief detective’s men. So +Peter told the girls that he was tired of being a prisoner in the +house and must get some fresh air. + +“Oh please, Mr. Gudge, don’t take such a chance!” cried Sadie, her +thin, anxious face suddenly growing more anxious and thin. “Don’t +you know this house is being watched? They are just hoping to catch +you out alone. It would be the last of you.” + +“I’m not so important as that,” said Peter; but she insisted that he +was, and Peter was pleased, in spite of his boredom, he liked to +hear her insist upon his importance. + +“Oh!” she cried. “Don’t you know yet how much depends on you as a +witness for the Goober defense? This case is of concern to millions +of people all over the world! It is a test case, Mr. Gudge--are they +to be allowed to murder the leaders of the working class without a +struggle? No, we must show them that there is a great movement, a +world-wide awakening of the workers, a struggle for freedom for the +wage slaves--” + +But Peter could stand no more of this. “All right,” he said, +suddenly interrupting Sadie’s eloquence. “I suppose it’s my duty to +stay, even if I die of consumption, being shut up without any fresh +air.” He would play the martyr; which was not so hard, for he was +one, and looked like one, with his thin, one-sided little figure, +and his shabby clothes. Both Sadie and Jennie gazed at him with +admiration, and sighed with relief. + +But later on, Peter thought of an idea. He could go out at night, he +told Sadie, and slip out the back way, so that no one would see him; +he would not go into crowds or brightly lighted streets, so there +would be no chance of his being recognized. There was a fellow he +absolutely had to see, who owed him some money; it was way over on +the other side of the city--that was why he rejected Jennie’s offer +to accompany him. + +So that evening Peter climbed a back fence and stole thru a +neighbor’s chicken-yard and got away. He had a fine time ducking and +dodging in the crowds, making sure that no one was trailing him to +his secret rendezvous--no “Red” who might chance to be suspicious of +his “comradeship.” It was in the “American House,” an obscure hotel, +and Peter was to take the elevator to the fourth floor, without +speaking to any one, and to tap three times on the door of Room 427. +Peter did so, and the door opened, and he slipped in, and there he +met Jerry McGivney, with the face of a rat. + +“Well, what have you got?” demanded McGivney; and Peter sat down +and started to tell. With eager fingers he undid the amateur sewing +in the lining of his coat, and pulled out his notes with the names +and descriptions of people who had come to see him. + +McGivney glanced over them quickly. “Jesus!” he said, “What’s the +good of all this?” + +“Well, but they’re Reds!” exclaimed Peter. + +“I know,” said the other, “but what of that? We can go hear them +spout at meetings any night. We got membership lists of these +different organizations. But what about the Goober case?” + +“Well,” said Peter, “they’re agitating about it all the time; +they’ve been printing stuff about me.” + +“Sure, we know that,” said McGivney. “And the hell of a fine story +you gave them; you must have enjoyed hearing yourself talk. But what +good does that do us?” + +“But what do you want to know?” cried Peter, in dismay. + +“We want to know their secret plans,” said the other. “We want to +know what they’re doing to get our witnesses; we want to know who it +is that is selling us out, who’s the spy in the jail. Didn’t you +find that out?” + +“N-no,” said Peter. “Nobody said anything about it.” + +“Good God!” said the detective. “D’you expect them to bring you +things on a silver tray?” He began turning over Peter’s notes +again, and finally threw them on the bed in disgust. He began +questioning Peter, and Peter’s dismay turned to despair. He had not +got a single thing that McGivney wanted. His whole week of +“sleuthing” had been wasted! + +The detective did not mince words. “It’s plain that you’re a boob,” + he said. “But such as you are, we’ve got to do the best we can with +you. Now, put your mind on it and get it straight: we know who these +Reds are, and we know what they’re teaching; we can’t send ‘em to +jail for that. What we want you to find out is the name of their +spy, and who are their witnesses in the Goober case, and what +they’re going to say.” + +“But how can I find out things like that?” cried Peter. + +“You’ve got to use your wits,” said McGivney. “But I’ll give you one +tip; get yourself a girl.” + +“A girl?” cried Peter, in wonder. + +“Sure thing,” said the other. “That’s the way we always work. Guffey +says there’s just three times when people tell their secrets: The +first is when they’re drunk, and the second is when they’re in +love--” + +Then McGivney stopped. Peter, who wanted to complete his education, +inquired, “And the third?” + +“The third is when they’re both drunk and in love,” was the reply. +And Peter was silent, smitten with admiration. This business of +sleuthing was revealing itself as more complicated and more +fascinating all the time. + +“Ain’t you seen any girl you fancy in that crowd?” demanded the +other. + +“Well--it might be--” said Peter, shyly. + +“It ought to be easy,” continued the detective. “Them Reds are all +free lovers, you know.” + +“Free lovers!” exclaimed Peter. “How do you mean?” + +“Didn’t you know about that?” laughed the other. + +Peter sat staring at him. All the women that Peter had ever known or +heard of took money for their love. They either took it directly, or +they took it in the form of automobile rides and flowers and candy +and tickets to the whang-doodle things. Could it be that there were +women who did not take money in either form, but whose love was +entirely free? + +The detective assured him that such was the case. “They boast about +it,” said he. “They think it’s right.” And to Peter that seemed the +most shocking thing he had yet heard about the Reds. + +To be sure, when he thought it over, he could see that it had some +redeeming points; it was decidedly convenient from the point of view +of the man; it was so much money in his pocket. If women chose to be +that silly--and Peter found himself suddenly thinking about little +Jennie Todd. Yes, she would be that silly, it was plain to see. She +gave away everything she had; so of course she would be a “free +lover!” + +Peter went away from his rendezvous with McGivney, thrilling with a +new and wonderful idea. You couldn’t have got him to give up his job +now. This sleuthing business was the real thing! + +It was late when Peter got home, but the two girls were sitting up +for him, and their relief at his safe return was evident. He noticed +that Jennie’s face expressed deeper concern than her sister’s, and +this gave him a sudden new emotion. Jennie’s breath came and went +more swiftly because he had entered the room; and this affected his +own breath in the same way. He had a swift impulse towards her, an +entirely unselfish desire to reassure her and relieve her anxiety; +but with an instinctive understanding of the sex game which he had +not before known he possessed, he checked this impulse and turned +instead to the older sister, assuring her that nobody had followed +him. He told an elaborate story, prepared on the way; he had worked +for ten days for a fellow at sawing wood--hard work, you bet, and +then the fellow had tried to get out of paying him! Peter had caught +him at his home that evening, and had succeeded in getting five +dollars out of him, and a promise of a few dollars more every week. +That was to cover future visits to McGivney. + + + + +Section 18 + + +Peter lay awake a good part of the night, thinking over this new +job--that of getting himself a girl. He realized that for some time +he had been falling in love with little Jennie; but he wanted to be +sane and practical, he wanted to use his mind in choosing a girl. He +was after information, first of all. And who had the most to give +him? He thought of Miss Nebbins, who was secretary to Andrews, the +lawyer; she would surely know more secrets than anyone else; but +then, Miss Nebbins was an old maid, who wore spectacles and +broad-toed shoes, and was evidently out of the question for +love-making. Then he thought of Miss Standish, a tall, blond beauty +who worked in an insurance office and belonged to the Socialist +Party. She was a “swell dresser,” and Peter would have been glad to +have something like that to show off to McGivney and the rest of +Guffey’s men; but with the best efforts of his self-esteem, Peter +could not imagine himself persuading Miss Standish to look at him. +There was a Miss Yankovich, one of the real Reds, who trained with +the I. W. W.; but she was a Jewess, with sharp, black eyes that +clearly indicated a temper, and frightened Peter. Also, he had a +suspicion that she was interested in McCormick--tho of course with +these “free lovers” you could never tell. + +But one girl Peter was quite sure about, and that was little Jennie; +he didn’t know if Jennie knew many secrets, but surely she could +find some out for him. Once he got her for his own, he could use her +to question others. And so Peter began to picture what love with +Jennie would be like. She wasn’t exactly what you would call +“swell,” but there was something about her that made him sure he +needn’t be ashamed of her. With some new clothes she would be +pretty, and she had grand manners--she had not shown the least fear +of the rich ladies who came to the house in their automobiles; also +she knew an awful lot for a girl--even if most of what she knew +wasn’t so! + +Peter lost no time in setting to work at his new job. In the papers +next morning appeared the usual details from Flanders; thousands of +men being shot to pieces almost every hour of the day and night, a +million men on each side locked in a ferocious combat that had +lasted for weeks, that might last for months. And sentimental little +Jennie sat there with brimming eyes, talking about it while Peter +ate his oatmeal and thin milk. And Peter talked about it too; how +wicked it was, and how they must stop it, he and Jennie together. He +agreed with her now; he was a Socialist, he called her “Comrade,” + and told her she had converted him. Her eyes lighted up with joy, as +if she had really done something to end the war. + +They were sitting on the sofa, looking at the paper, and they were +alone in the house. Peter suddenly looked up from the reading and +said, very much embarrassed, “But Comrade Jennie--” + +“Yes,” she said, and looked at him with her frank grey eyes. Peter +was shy, truly a little frightened, this kind of detective business +being new to him. + +“Comrade Jennie,” he said, “I--I--don’t know just how to say it, but +I’m afraid I’m falling a little in love.” + +Jennie drew back her hands, and Peter heard her breath come quickly. +“Oh, Mr. Gudge!” she exclaimed. + +“I--I don’t know--” stammered Peter. “I hope you won’t mind.” + +“Oh, don’t let’s do that!” she cried. + +“Why not, Comrade Jennie?” And he added, “I don’t know as I can +help it.” + +“Oh, we were having such a happy time, Mr. Gudge! I thought we were +going to work for the cause!” + +“Well, but it won’t interfere--” + +“Oh, but it does, it does; it makes people unhappy!” + +“Then--” and Peter’s voice trembled--“then you don’t care the least +bit for me, Comrade Jennie?” + +She hesitated a moment. “I don’t know,” she said. “I hadn’t +thought--” + +And Peter’s heart gave a leap inside him. It was the first time that +any girl had ever had to hesitate in answering that question for +Peter. Something prompted him--just as if he had been doing this +kind of “sleuthing” all his life. He reached over, and very gently +took her hand. “You do care just a little for me?” he whispered. + +“Oh, Comrade Gudge,” she answered, and Peter said, “Call me `Peter.’ +Please, please do.” + +“Comrade Peter,” she said, and there was a little catch in her +throat, and Peter, looking at her, saw that her eyes were cast down. + +“I know I’m not very much to love,” he pleaded. “I’m poor and +obscure--I’m not good looking--” + +“Oh, it isn’t that!” she cried, “Oh, no, no! Why should I think +about such things? You are a comrade!” + +Peter had known, of course, just how she would take this line of +talk. “Nobody has ever loved me,” he said, sadly. “Nobody cares +anything about you, when you are poor, and have nothing to offer--” + +“I tell you, that isn’t it!” she insisted. “Please don’t think that! +You are a hero. You have sacrificed for the cause, and you are going +on and become a leader.” + +“I hope so,” said Peter, modestly. “But then, what is it, Comrade +Jennie? Why don’t you care for me?” + +She looked up at him, and their eyes met, and with a little sob in +her voice she answered, “I’m not well, Comrade Peter. I’m of no use; +it would be wicked for me to marry.” + +Somewhere back in the depths of Peter, where his inner self was +crouching, it was as if a sudden douche of ice-cold water were let +down on him. “Marry!” Who had said anything about marrying? Peter’s +reaction fitted the stock-phrase of the comic papers: “This is so +sudden!” + +But Peter was too clever to reveal such dismay. He humored little +Jennie, saying, “We don’t have to marry right away. I could wait, if +only I knew that you cared for me; and some day, when you get +well--” + +She shook her head sadly. “I’m afraid I’ll never get really well. +And besides, neither of us have any money, Comrade Peter.” + +Ah, there it was! Money, always money! This “free love” was nothing +but a dream. + +“I could get a job,” said Peter--just like any other tame and +conventional wooer. + +“But you couldn’t earn enough for two of us,” protested the girl; +and suddenly she sprang up. “Oh, Comrade Peter, let’s not fall in +love with each other! Let’s not make ourselves unhappy, let’s work +for the cause! Promise me that you will!” + +Peter promised; but of course he had no remotest intention of +keeping the promise. He was not only a detective, he was a man--and +in both capacities he wanted Comrade Jennie. He had all the rest of +the day, and over the addressing of envelopes which he undertook +with her, he would now and then steal love-glances; and Jennie knew +now what these looks meant, and the faint flush would creep over her +cheeks and down into her neck and throat. She was really very pretty +when she was falling in love, and Peter found his new job the most +delightful one of his lifetime. He watched carefully, and noted the +signs, and was sure he was making no mistake; before Sadie came back +at supper-time he had his arms about Comrade Jennie, and was +pressing kisses upon the lovely white throat; and Comrade Jennie was +sobbing softly, and her pleading with him to stop had grown faint +and unconvincing. + + + + +Section 19 + + +There was the question of Sadie to be settled. There was a certain +severe look that sometimes came about Sadie’s lips, and that caused +Peter to feel absolutely certain that Comrade Sadie had no sympathy +with “free love,” and very little sympathy with any love save her +own for Jennie. She had nursed her “little sister” and tended her +like a mother for many years; she took the food out of her mouth to +give to Jennie--and Jennie in turn gave it to any wandering agitator +who came along and hung around until mealtime. Peter didn’t want +Sadie to know what had been going on in her absence, and yet he was +afraid to suggest to Jennie that she should deceive her sister. + +He managed it very tactfully. Jennie began pleading again: “We ought +not to do this, Comrade Peter!” And so Peter agreed, perhaps they +oughtn’t, and they wouldn’t any more. So Jennie put her hair in +order, and straightened her blouse, and her lover could see that she +wasn’t going to tell Sadie. + +And the next day they were kissing again and agreeing again that +they mustn’t do it; and so once more Jennie didn’t tell Sadie. +Before long Peter had managed to whisper the suggestion that their +love was their own affair, and they ought not to tell anybody for +the present; they would keep the delicious secret, and it would do +no one any harm. Jennie had read somewhere about a woman poet by the +name of Mrs. Browning, who had been an invalid all her life, and +whose health had been completely restored by a great and wonderful +love. Such a love had now come to her; only Sadie might not +understand, Sadie might think they did not know each other well +enough, and that they ought to wait. They knew, of course, that they +really did know each other perfectly, so there was no reason for +uncertainty or fear. Peter managed deftly to put these suggestions +into Jennie’s mind as if they were her own. + +And all the time he was making ardent love to her; all day long, +while he was helping her address envelopes and mail out circulars +for the Goober Defense Committee. He really did work hard; he didn’t +mind working, when he had Jennie at the table beside him, and could +reach over and hold her hand every now and then, or catch her in his +arms and murmur passionate words. Delicious thrills and raptures +possessed him; his hopes would rise like a flood-tide--but then, +alas, only to ebb again! He would get so far, and every time it +would be as if he had run into a stone wall. No farther! + +Peter realized that McGivney’s “free love” talk had been a cruel +mistake. Little Jennie was like all the other women--her love wasn’t +going to be “free.” Little Jennie wanted a husband, and every time +you kissed her, she began right away to talk about marriage, and you +dared not hint at anything else because you knew it would spoil +everything. So Peter was thrown back upon devices older than the +teachings of any “Reds.” He went after little Jennie, not in the way +of “free lovers,” but in the way of a man alone in the house with a +girl of seventeen, and wishing to seduce her. He vowed that he loved +her with an overwhelming and eternal love. He vowed that he would +get a job and take care of her. And then he let her discover that he +was suffering torments; he could not live without her. He played +upon her sympathy, he played upon her childish innocence, he played +upon that pitiful, weak sentimentality which caused her to believe +in pacifism and altruism and socialism and all the other “isms” that +were jumbled up in her head. + +And so in a couple of weeks Peter had succeeded in his purpose of +carrying little Jennie by storm. And then, how enraptured he was! +Peter, with his first girl, decided that being a detective was the +job for him! Peter knew that he was a real detective now, using the +real inside methods, and on the trail of the real secrets of the +Goober case! + +And sure enough, he began at once to get them. Jennie was in love; +Jennie was, as you might say, “drunk with love,” and so she +fulfilled both the conditions which Guffey had laid down. So Jennie +told the truth! Sitting on Peter’s knee, with her arms clasped about +him, and talking about her girlhood, the happy days before her +mother and father had been killed in the factory where they worked, +little Jennie mentioned the name of a young man, Ibbetts. + +“Ibbetts?” said Peter. It was a peculiar name, and sounded +familiar. + +“A cousin of ours,” said Jennie. + +“Have I met him?” asked Peter, groping in his mind. + +“No, he hasn’t been here.” + +“Ibbetts?” he repeated, still groping; and suddenly he remembered. +“Isn’t his name Jack?” + +Jennie did not answer for a moment. He looked at her, and their eyes +met, and he saw that she was frightened. “Oh, Peter!” she whispered. +“I wasn’t to tell! I wasn’t to tell a soul!” + +Inside Peter, something was shouting with delight. To hide his +emotion he had to bury his face in the soft white throat. +“Sweetheart!” he whispered. “Darling!” + +“Uh, Peter!” she cried. “You know--don’t you?” + +“Of course!” he laughed. “But I won’t tell. You needn’t mind +trusting me.” + +“Oh, but Mr. Andrews was so insistent!” said Jennie, “He made Sadie +and me swear that we wouldn’t breathe it to a soul.” + +“Well, you didn’t tell,” said Peter. “I found it out by accident. +Don’t mention it, and nobody will be any the wiser. If they should +find out that I know, they wouldn’t blame you; they’d understand +that I know Jack Ibbetts--me being in jail so long.” + +So Jennie forgot all about the matter, and Peter went on with the +kisses, making her happy, as a means of concealing his own +exultation. He had done the job for which Guffey had sent him! He +had solved the first great mystery of the Goober case! The spy in +the jail of American City, who was carrying out news to the Defense +Committee, was Jack Ibbetts, one of the keepers in the jail, and a +cousin of the Todd sisters! + + + + +Section 20 + + +It was fortunate that this was the day of Peter’s meeting with +McGivney. He could really not have kept this wonderful secret to +himself over night. He made excuses to the girls, and dodged thru +the chicken-yard as before, and made his way to the American House. +As he walked, Peter’s mind was working busily. He had really got his +grip on the ladder of prosperity now; he must not fail to tighten +it. + +McGivney saw right away from Peter’s face that something had +happened. “Well?” he inquired. + +“I’ve got it!” exclaimed Peter. + +“Got what?” + +“The name of the spy in the jail.” + +“Christ! You don’t mean it!” cried the other. + +“No doubt about it,” answered Peter. + +“Who is he?” + +Peter clenched his hands and summoned his resolution. “First,” he +said, “you and me got to have an understanding. Mr. Guffey said I +was to be paid, but he didn’t say how much, or when.” + +“Oh, hell!” said McGivney. “If you’ve got the name of that spy, you +don’t need to worry about your reward.” + +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter, “but I’d like to know what I’m +to get and how I’m to get it.” + +“How much do you want?” demanded the man with the face of a rat. +Rat-like, he was retreating into a corner, his sharp black eyes +watching his enemy. “How much?” he repeated. + +Peter had tried his best to rise to this occasion. Was he not +working for the greatest and richest concern in American City, the +Traction Trust? Tens and hundreds of millions of dollars they were +worth--he had no idea how much, but he knew they could afford to pay +for his secret. “I think it ought to be worth two hundred dollars,” + he said. + +“Sure,” said McGivney, “that’s all right. We’ll pay you that.” + +And straightway Peter’s heart sank. What a fool he had been! Why +hadn’t he had more courage, and asked for five hundred dollars? He +might even have asked a thousand, and made himself independent for +life! + +“Well,” said McGivney, “who’s the spy?” + +Peter made an agonizing, effort, and summoned yet more nerve. +“First, I got to know, when do I get that money?” + +“Oh, good God!” said McGivney. “You give us the information, and +you’ll get your money all right. What kind of cheap skates do you +take us for?” + +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter. “But you know, Mr. Guffey +didn’t give me any reason to think he loved me. I still can hardly +use this wrist like I used to.” + +“Well, he was trying to get some information out of you,” said +McGivney. “He thought you were one of them dynamiters--how could you +blame him? You give me the name of that spy, and I’ll see you get +your money.” + +But still Peter wouldn’t yield. He was afraid of the rat-faced +McGivney, and his heart was thumping fast, but he stood his ground. +“I think I ought to see that money,” he said, doggedly. + +“Say, what the hell do you take me for?” demanded the detective. +“D’you suppose I’m going to give you two hundred dollars and then +have you give me some fake name and skip?” + +“Oh, I wouldn’t do that!” cried Peter. + +“How do I know you wouldn’t?” + +“Well, I want to go on working for you.” + +“Sure, and we want you to go on working for us. This ain’t the last +secret we’ll get from you, and you’ll find we play straight with our +people--how’d we ever get anywheres otherwise? There’s a million +dollars been put up to hang that Goober crowd, and if you deliver +the goods, you’ll get your share, and get it right on time.” + +He spoke with conviction, and Peter was partly persuaded. But most +of Peter’s lifetime had been spent in watching people bargaining +with one another--watching scoundrels trying to outwit one +another--and when it was a question of some money to be got, Peter +was like a bulldog that has got his teeth fixed tight in another +dog’s nose; he doesn’t consider the other dog’s feelings, nor does +he consider whether the other dog admires him or not. + +“On time?” said Peter. “What do you mean by `on time’?” + +“Oh, my God!” said McGivney, in disgust. + +“Well, but I want to know,” said Peter. “D’you mean when I give the +name, or d’you mean after you’ve gone and found out whether he +really is the spy or not?” + +So they worried back and forth, these snarling bulldogs, growing +more and more angry. But Peter was the one who had got his teeth in, +and Peter hung on. Once McGivney hinted quite plainly that the great +Traction Trust had had power enough to shut Peter in the “hole” on +two occasions and keep him there, and it might have power enough to +do it a third time. Peter’s heart failed with terror, but all the +same, he hung on to McGivney’s nose. + +“All right,” said the rat-faced man, at last. He said it in a tone +of wearied scorn; but that didn’t worry Peter a particle. “All +right, I’ll take a chance with you.” And he reached into his pocket +and pulled out a roll of bills--twenty dollar bills they were, and +he counted out ten of them. Peter saw that there was still a lot +left to the roll, and knew that he hadn’t asked as much money as +McGivney had been prepared to have him ask; so his heart was sick +within him. At the same time his heart was leaping with +exultation--such a strange thing is the human heart! + + + + +Section 21 + + +McGivney laid the money on the bed. “There it is,” he said, “and if +you give me the name of the spy you can take it. But you’d better +take my advice and not spend it, because if it turns out that you +haven’t got the spy, by God, I believe Ed Guffey’d twist the arms +out of you!” + +Peter was easy about that. “I know he’s the spy all right.” + +“Well, who is he?” + +“He’s Jack Ibbetts.” + +“The devil you say!” cried McGivney, incredulously. + +“Jack Ibbetts, one of the night keepers in the jail.” + +“I know him,” said the other. “But what put that notion into your +head?” + +“He’s a cousin of the Todd sisters.” + +“Who are the Todd sisters?” + +“Jennie Todd is my girl,” said Peter. + +“Girl!” echoed the other; he stared at Peter, and a grin spread over +his face. “You got a girl in two weeks? I didn’t know you had it in +you!” + +It was a doubtful compliment, but Peter’s smile was no less +expansive, and showed all his crooked teeth. “I got her all right,” + he said, “and she blabbed it out the first thing--that Ibbetts was +her cousin. And then she was scared, because Andrews, the lawyer, +had made her and her sister swear they wouldn’t mention his name to +a soul. So you see, they’re using him for a spy--there ain’t a +particle of doubt about it.” + +“Good God!” said McGivney, and there was genuine dismay in his tone. +“Who’d think it possible? Why, Ibbetts is as decent a fellow as ever +you talked to--and him a Red, and a traitor at that! You know, +that’s what makes it the devil trying to handle these Reds--you +never can tell who they’ll get; you never know who to trust. How, +d’you suppose they manage it?” + +“I dunno,” said Peter. “There’s a sucker born every minute, you +know!” + +“Well, anyhow, I see you ain’t one of ‘em,” said the rat-faced man, +as he watched Peter take the roll of bills from the bed and tuck +them away in an inside pocket. + + + + +Section 22 + + +Peter was warned by the rat-faced man that he must be careful how he +spent any of that money. Nothing would be more certain to bring +suspicion on him than to have it whispered about that he was “in +funds.” He must be able to show how he had come honestly by +everything he had. And Peter agreed to that; he would hide the money +away in a safe place until he was thru with his job. + +Then he in turn proceeded to warn McGivney. If they were to fire +Ibbetts from his job, it would certainly cause talk, and might +direct suspicion against Peter. McGivney answered with a smile that +he wasn’t born yesterday. They would “promote” Jack Ibbetts, giving +him some job where he couldn’t get any news about the Goober case; +then, after a bit, they would catch him up on some mistake, or get +him into some trouble, and fire him. + +At this meeting, and at later meetings, Peter and the rat-faced man +talked out every aspect of the Goober case, which was becoming more +and more complicated, and bigger as a public issue. New people were +continually being involved, and new problems continually arising; it +was more fascinating than a game of chess. McGivney had spoken the +literal truth when he said that the big business interests of +American City had put up a million dollars to hang Goober and his +crowd. At the very beginning there had been offered seventeen +thousand dollars in rewards for information, and these rewards +naturally had many claimants. The trouble was that people who wanted +this money generally had records that wouldn’t go well before a +jury; the women nearly always turned out to be prostitutes, and the +men to be ex-convicts, forgers, gamblers, or what not. Sometimes +they didn’t tell their past records until the other side unearthed +them, and then it was necessary to doctor court records, and pull +wires all over the country. + +There were a dozen such witnesses as this in the Goober case. They +had told their stories before the grand jury, and innumerable flaws +and discrepancies had been discovered, which made more work and +trouble for Guffey and his lieutenants. Thru a miserable mischance +it happened that Jim Goober and his wife had been watching the +parade from the roof of a building a couple of miles away, at the +very hour when they were accused of having planted the suit-case +with the bomb in it. Somebody had taken a photograph of the parade +from this roof, which showed both Goober and his wife looking over, +and also a big clock in front of a jewelry store, plainly indicating +the very minute. Fortunately the prosecution got hold of this +photograph first; but now the defense had learned of its existence, +and was trying to get a look at it. The prosecution didn’t dare +destroy it, because its existence could be proven; but they had +photographed the photograph, and re-photographed that, until they +had the face of the clock so dim that the time could not be seen. +Now the defense was trying to get evidence that this trick had been +worked. + +Then there were all the witnesses for the defense. Thru another +mischance it had happened that half a dozen different people had +seen the bomb thrown from the roof of Guggenheim’s Department Store; +which entirely contradicted the suit-case theory upon which the +prosecution was based. So now it was necessary to “reach” these +various witnesses. One perhaps had a mortgage on his home which +could be bought and foreclosed; another perhaps had a wife who +wanted to divorce him, and could be persuaded to help get him into +trouble. Or perhaps he was engaged in an intrigue with some other +man’s wife; or perhaps some woman could be sent to draw him into an +intrigue. + +Then again, it appeared that very soon after the explosion some of +Guffey’s men had taken a sledge hammer and smashed the sidewalk, +also the wall of the building where the explosion had taken place. +This was to fit in with the theory of the suit-case bomb, and they +had taken a number of photographs of the damage. But now it +transpired that somebody had taken a photograph of the spot before +this extra damage had been done, and that the defense was in +possession of this photograph. Who had taken this photograph, and +how could he be “fixed”? If Peter could help in such matters, he +would come out of the Goober case a rich man. + +Peter would go away from these meetings with McGivney with his head +full of visions, and would concentrate all his faculties upon the +collecting of information. He and Jennie and Sadie talked about the +case incessantly, and Jennie and Sadie would tell freely everything +they had heard outside. Others would come in--young McCormick, and +Miriam Yankovitch, and Miss Nebbins, the secretary to Andrews, and +they would tell what they had learned and what they suspected, and +what the defense was hoping to find out. They got hold of a cousin +of the man who had taken the photograph on the roof; they were +working on him, to get him to persuade the photographer to tell the +truth. Next day Donald Gordon would come in, cast down with despair, +because it had been learned that one of the most valuable witnesses +of the defense, a groceryman, had once pleaded guilty to selling +spoilt cheese! Thus every evening, before he went to sleep, Peter +would jot down notes, and sew them up inside his jacket, and once a +week he would go to the meeting with McGivney, and the two would +argue and bargain over the value of Peter’s news. + + + + +Section 23 + + +It had become a fascinating game, and Peter would never have tired +of it, but for the fact that he had to stay all day in the house +with little Jennie. A honeymoon is all right for a few weeks, but no +man can stand it forever. Little Jennie apparently never tired of +being kissed, and never seemed satisfied that Peter thoroughly loved +her. A man got thru with his love-making after awhile, but a woman, +it appeared, never knew how to drop the subject; she was always +looking before and after, and figuring consequences and +responsibilities, her duty and her reputation and all the rest of +it. Which, of course, was a bore. + +Jennie was unhappy because she was deceiving Sadie; she wanted to +tell Sadie, and yet somehow it was easier to go on concealing than +admit that one had concealed. Peter didn’t see why Sadie had to be +told at all; he didn’t see why things couldn’t stay just as they +were, and why he and his sweetheart couldn’t have some fun now and +then, instead of always being sentimental, always having agonies +over the class war, to say nothing of the world war, and the +prospects of America becoming involved in it. + +This did not mean that Peter was hard and feelingless. No, when +Peter clasped trembling little Jennie in his arms he was very deeply +moved; he had a real sense of what a gentle and good little soul she +was. He would have been glad to help her--but what could he do about +it? The situation was such that he could not plead with her, he +could not try to change her; he had to give himself up to all her +crazy whims and pretend to agree with her. Little Jennie was by her +weakness marked for destruction, and what good would it do for him +to go to destruction along with her? + +Peter understood clearly that there are two kinds of people in the +world, those who eat, and those who are eaten; and it was his +intention to stay among the former, group. Peter had come in his +twenty years of life to a definite understanding of the things +called “ideas” and “causes” and “religions.” They were bait to catch +suckers; and there is a continual competition between the suckers, +who of course don’t want to be caught, and those people of superior +wits who want to catch them, and therefore are continually inventing +new and more plausible and alluring kinds of bait. Peter had by now +heard enough of the jargon of the “comrades” to realize that theirs +was an especially effective kind; and here was poor little Jennie, +stuck fast on the hook, and what could Peter do about it? + +Yet, this was Peter’s first love, and when he was deeply thrilled, +he understood the truth of Guffey’s saying that a man in love wants +to tell the truth. Peter would have the impulse to say to her: “Oh, +drop all that preaching, and give yourself a rest! Let’s you and me +enjoy life a bit.” + +Yes, it would be all he could do to keep from saying this--despite +the fact that he knew it would ruin everything. Once little Jennie +appeared in a new silk dress, brought to her by one of the rich +ladies whose heart was touched by her dowdy appearance. It was of +soft grey silk--cheap silk, but fresh and new, and Peter had never +had anything so fine in his arms before. It matched Jennie’s grey +eyes, and its freshness gave her a pink glow; or was it that Peter +admired her, and loved her more, and so brought the blood to her +cheeks? Peter had an impulse to take her out and show her off, and +he pressed his face into the soft folds of the dress and whispered, +“Say kid, some day you an me got to cut all this hard luck business +for a bit!” + +He felt little Jennie stiffen, and draw away from him; so quickly he +had to set to work to patch up the damage. “I want you to get well,” + he pleaded. “You’re so good to everybody--you treat everybody well +but yourself!” + +It had been something in his tone rather than his actual words that +had frightened the girl. “Oh Peter!” she cried. “What does it matter +about me, or about any other one person, when millions of young men +are being shot to fragments, and millions of women and children are +starving to death!” + +So there they were, fighting the war again; Peter had to take up her +burden, be a hero, and a martyr, and a “Red.” That same afternoon, +as fate willed it, three “wobblies” out of a job came to call; and +oh, how tired Peter was of these wandering agitators--insufferable +“grouches!” Peter would want to say: “Oh, cut it out! What you call +your `cause’ is nothing but your scheme to work with your tongues +instead of with a pick and a shovel.” And this would start an +imaginary quarrel in Peter’s mind. He would hear one of the fellows +demanding, “How much pick and shovel work you ever done?” Another +saying, “Looks to me like you been finding the easy jobs wherever +you go!” The fact that this was true did not make Peter’s irritation +any less, did not make it easier for him to meet with Comrade Smith, +and Brother Jones, and Fellow-worker Brown just out of jail, and +listen to their hard-luck stories, and watch them take from the +table food that Peter wanted, and--the bitterest pill of all--let +them think that they were fooling him with their patter! + +The time came when Peter wasn’t able to stand it any longer. Shut up +in the house all day, he was becoming as irritable as a chained dog. +Unless he could get out in the world again, he would surely give +himself away. He pleaded that the doctors had warned him that his +health would not stand indoor life; he must get some fresh air. So +he got away by himself, and after that he found things much easier. +He could spend a little of his money; he could find a quiet corner +in a restaurant and get himself a beefsteak, and eat all he wanted +of it, without feeling the eyes of any “comrades” resting upon him +reprovingly. Peter had lived in a jail, and in an orphan asylum, and +in the home of Shoemaker Smithers, but nowhere had he fared so +meagerly as in the home of the Todd sisters, who were contributing +nearly everything they owned to the Goober defense, and to the +“Clarion,” the Socialist paper of American City. + + + + +Section 24 + + +Peter went to see Andrews, the lawyer, and asked for a job; he +wanted to be active in the case, he said, so he was set to work in +the offices of the Defense Committee, where he heard people talking +about the case all day, and he could pick up no end of valuable +tips. He made himself agreeable and gained friends; before long he +was intimate with one of the best witnesses of the defense, and +discovered that this man had once been named as co-respondent in a +divorce case. Peter found out the name of the woman, and Guffey set +to work to bring her to American City. The job was to be done +cleverly, without the woman’s even knowing that she was being used. +She would have a little holiday, and the spell of old love would +reassert itself, and Guffey would have a half dozen men to spring +the trap--and there would be a star witness of the Goober defense +clean down and out! “There’s always something you can get them on!” + said McGivney, and cheerfully paid Peter Gudge five hundred dollars +for the information he had brought. + +Peter would have been wildly happy, but just at this moment a +dreadful calamity befell him. Jennie had been talking about marriage +more and more, and now she revealed to him a reason which made +marriage imperative. She revealed it with downcast eyes, with +blushes and trembling; and Peter was so overcome with consternation +that he could not play the part that was expected of him. Hitherto +in these love crises he had caught Jennie in his arms and comforted +her; but now for a moment he let her see his real emotions. + +Jennie promptly had a fit. What was the matter with him? Didn’t he +mean to marry her, as he had promised? Surely he must realize now +that they could no longer delay! And Peter, who was not familiar +with the symptoms of hysterics, lost his head completely and could +think of nothing to do but rush out of the house and slam the door. + +The more he considered it, the more clearly he realized that he was +in the devil of a predicament. As a servant of the Traction Trust, +he had taken it for granted that he was immune to all legal +penalties and obligations; but here, he had a feeling, was a trouble +from which the powerful ones of the city would be unable to shield +their agent. Were they able to arrange it so that one could marry a +girl, and then get out of it when one’s job was done? + +Peter was so uneasy that he had to call up the office of Guffey and +get hold of McGivney. This was dangerous, because the prosecution +was tapping telephone wires, and they feared the defense might be +doing the same. But Peter took a chance; he told McGivney to come +and meet him at the usual place; and there they argued the matter +out, and Peter’s worst fears were confirmed. When he put the +proposition up to McGivney, the rat-faced man guffawed in his face. +He found it so funny that he did not stop laughing until he saw that +he was putting his spy into a rage. + +“What’s the joke?” demanded Peter. “If I’m ruined, where’ll you get +any more information?” + +“But, my God!” said McGivney. “What did you have to go and get that +kind of a girl for?” + +“I had to take what I could,” answered Peter. “Besides, they’re all +alike--they get into trouble, and you can’t help it.” + +“Sure, you can help it!” said McGivney. “Why didn’t you ask long +ago? Now if you’ve got yourself tied up with a marrying proposition, +it’s your own lookout; you can’t put it off on me.” + +They argued back and forth. The rat-faced man was positive that +there was no way Peter could pretend to marry Jennie and not have +the marriage count. He might get himself into no end of trouble and +certainly he would be ruined as a spy. What he must do was to pay +the girl some money and send her somewhere to get fixed up. McGivney +would find out the name of a doctor to do the job. + +“Yes, but what excuse can I give her?” cried Peter. “I mean, why I +don’t marry her!” + +“Make something up,” said McGivney. “Why not have a wife already?” + Then, seeing Peter’s look of dismay: “Sure, you can fix that. I’ll +get you one, if you need her. But you won’t have to take that +trouble--just tell your girl a hard luck story. You’ve got a wife, +you thought you could get free from her, but now you find you can’t; +your wife’s got wind of what you’re doing here, and she’s trying to +blackmail you. Fix it up so your girl can’t do anything on account +of hurting the Goober defense. If she’s really sincere about it, she +won’t disgrace you; maybe she won’t even tell her sister.” + +Peter hated to do anything like that. He had a vision of little +Jennie lying on the sofa in hysterics as he had left her, and he +dreaded the long emotional scene that would be necessary. However, +it seemed that he must go thru with it; there was no better way that +he could think of. Also, he must be quick, because in a couple of +hours Sadie would be coming home from work, and it might be too +late. + + + + +Section 25 + + +Peter hurried back to the Todd home, and there was white-faced +little Jennie lying on the bed, still sobbing. One would think she +might have used up her surplus stock of emotions; but no, there is +never any limit to the emotions a woman can pour out. As soon as +Peter had got fairly started on the humiliating confession that he +had a wife, little Jennie sprang up from the bed with a terrified +shriek, and confronted him with a face like the ghost of an escaped +lunatic. Peter tried to explain that it wasn’t his fault, he had +really expected to be free any day. But Jennie only clasped her +hands to her forehead and screamed: “You have deceived me! You have +betrayed me!” It was just like a scene in the movies, the bored +little devil inside Peter was whispering. + +He tried to take her hand and reason with her, but she sprang away +from him, she rushed to the other side of the room and stood there, +staring at him as if she were some wild thing that he had in a +corner and was threatening to kill. She made so much noise that he +was afraid that she would bring the neighbors in; he had to point +out to her that if this matter became public he would be ruined +forever as a witness, and thus she might be the means of sending Jim +Goober to the gallows. + +Thereupon Jennie fell silent, and it was possible for Peter to get +in a word. He told her of the intrigues against him; the other side +had sent somebody to him and offered him ten thousand dollars if he +would sell out the Goober defense. Now, since he had refused, they +were trying to blackmail him, using his wife. They had somehow come +to suspect that he was involved in a love affair, and this was to be +the means of ruining him. + +Jennie still would not let Peter touch, her, but she consented to +sit down quietly in a chair, and figure out what they were going to +do. Whatever happened, she said, they must do no harm to the Goober +case. Peter had done her a monstrous wrong in keeping the truth from +her, but she would suffer the penalty, whatever it might be; she +would never involve him. + +Peter started to explain; perhaps it wasn’t so serious as she +feared. He had been thinking things over; he knew where Pericles +Priam, his old employer, was living, and Pericles was rich now, and +Peter felt sure that he could borrow two hundred dollars, and there +were places where little Jennie could go--there were ways to get out +of this trouble-- + +But little Jennie stopped him. She was only a child in some ways, +but in others she was a mature woman. She had strange fixed ideas, +and when you ran into them it was like running into a stone wall. +She would not hear of the idea Peter suggested; it would be murder. + +“Nonsense,” said Peter, echoing McGivney. “It’s nothing; everybody +does it.” But Jennie was apparently not listening. She sat staring +with her wild, terrified eyes, and pulling at her dress with her +fingers. Peter got to watching these fingers, and they got on his +nerves. They behaved like insane fingers; they manifested all the +emotions which the rest of little Jennie was choking back and +repressing. + +“If you would only not take it so seriously!” Peter pleaded. “It’s a +miserable accident, but it’s happened, and now we’ve got to make the +best of it. Some day I’ll get free; some day I’ll marry you.” + +“Stop, Peter!” the girl whispered, in her tense voice. “I don’t want +to talk to you any more, if that’s all you have to say. I don’t know +that I’d be willing to marry you--now that I know you could deceive +me--that you could go on deceiving me day after day for months.” + +Peter thought she was going to break out into hysterics again, and +he was frightened. He tried to plead with her, but suddenly she +sprang up. “Go away!” she exclaimed. “Please go away and let me +alone. I’ll think it over and decide what to do myself. Whatever I +do, I won’t disgrace you, so leave me alone, go quickly!” + + + + +Section 26 + + +She drove him out of the house, and Peter went, though with many +misgivings. He wandered about the streets, not knowing what to do +with himself, looking back over the blunders he had made and +tormenting himself with that most tormenting of all thoughts: how +different my life might have been, if only I had had sense enough to +do this, or not to do that! Dinner time came, and Peter blew himself +to a square meal, but even that did not comfort him entirely. He +pictured Sadie coming home at this hour. Was Jennie telling her or +not? + +There was a big mass meeting called by the Goober Defense Committee +that evening, and Peter attended, and it proved to be the worst +thing he could have done. His mind was in no condition to encounter +the fierce passions of this crowded assemblage. Peter had the +picture of himself being exposed and denounced; he wasn’t sure yet +that it mightn’t happen to him. And here was this meeting--thousands +of workingmen, horny handed blacksmiths, longshoremen with shoulders +like barns and truckmen with fists like battering rams, long-haired +radicals of a hundred dangerous varieties, women who waved red +handkerchiefs and shrieked until to Peter they seemed like gorgons +with snakes instead of hair. + +Such were the mob-frenzies engendered by the Goober case; and Peter +knew, of course, that to all these people he was a traitor, a +poisonous worm, a snake in the grass. If ever they were to find out +what he was doing--if for instance, someone were to rise up and +expose him to this crowd--they would seize him and tear him to +pieces. And maybe, right now, little Jennie was telling Sadie; and +Sadie would tell Andrews, and Andrews would become suspicious, and +set spies on Peter Gudge! Maybe they had spies on him already, and +knew of his meetings with McGivney! + +Haunted by such terrors, Peter had to listen to the tirades of +Donald Gordon, of John Durand, and of Sorensen, the longshoremen’s +leader. He had to listen to exposure after exposure of the tricks +which Guffey had played; he had to hear the district attorney of the +county denounced as a suborner of perjury, and his agents as +blackmailers and forgers. Peter couldn’t understand why such things +should be permitted--why these speakers were not all clapped into +jail. But instead, he had to sit there and listen; he even had to +applaud and pretend to approve! All the other secret operatives of +the Traction Trust and of the district attorney’s office had to +listen and pretend to approve! In the hall Peter had met Miriam +Yankovich, and was sitting next to her. “Look,” she said, “there’s a +couple of dicks over there. Look at the mugs on them!” + +“Which?” said Peter. + +And she answered: “That fellow that looks like a bruiser, and that +one next to him, with the face of a rat.” Peter looked, and saw that +it was McGivney; and McGivney looked at Peter, but gave no sign. + +The meeting lasted until nearly midnight. It subscribed several +thousand dollars to the Goober defense fund, and adopted ferocious +resolutions which it ordered printed and sent to every local of +every labor union in the country. Peter got out before it was over, +because he could no longer stand the strain of his own fears and +anxieties. He pushed his way thru the crowd, and in the lobby he ran +into Pat McCormick, the I. W. W. leader. + +There was more excitement in this boy’s grim face than Peter had +ever seen there before. Peter thought it was the meeting, but the +other rushed up to him, exclaiming: “Have you heard the news?” + +“What news?” + +“Little Jennie Todd has killed herself!” + +“My God!” gasped Peter, starting back. + +“Ada Ruth just told me. Sadie found a note when she got home. Jennie +had left--she was going to drown herself.” + +“But what--why?” cried Peter, in horror. + +“She was suffering so, her health was so wretched, she begs Sadie +not to look for her body, not to make a fuss--they’ll never find +her.” + +And horrified and stunned as Peter was, there was something inside +him that drew a deep breath of relief. Little Jennie had kept her +promise! Peter was, safe! + + + + +Section 27 + + +Yes, Peter was safe, but it had been a close call, and he still had +painful scenes to play his part in. He had to go back to the Todd +home and meet the frantic Sadie, and weep and be horrified with the +rest of them. It would have been suspicious if he had not done this; +the “comrades” would never have forgiven him. Then to his dismay, he +found that Sadie had somehow come to a positive conviction as to +Jennie’s trouble. She penned Peter up in a corner and accused him of +being responsible; and there was poor Peter, protesting vehemently +that he was innocent, and wishing that the floor would open up and +swallow him. + +In the midst of his protestations a clever scheme occurred to him. +He lowered his voice in shame. There was a man, a young man, who +used to come to see Jennie off and on. “Jennie asked me not to +tell.” Peter hesitated a moment, and added his master-stroke. +“Jennie explained to me that she was a free-lover; she told me all +about free love. I told her I didn’t believe in it, but you know, +Sadie, when Jennie believed in anything, she would stand by it and +act on it. So I felt certain it wouldn’t do any good for me to butt +in.” + +Sadie almost went out of her mind at this. She glared at Peter. +“Slanderer! Devil!” she cried. “Who was this man?” + +Peter answered, “He went by the name of Ned. That’s what Jennie +called him. It wasn’t my business to pin her down about him.” + +“It wasn’t your business to look out for an innocent child?” + +“Jennie herself said she wasn’t an innocent child, she knew exactly +what she was doing--all Socialists did it.” And to this parting shot +he added that he hadn’t thought it was decent, when he was a guest +in a home, to spy on the morals of the people in it. When Sadie +persisted in doubting him, and even in calling him names, he took +the easiest way out of the difficulty--fell into a rage and stormed +out of the house. + +Peter felt pretty certain that Sadie would not spread the story very +far; it was too disgraceful to her sister and to herself; and maybe +when she had thought it over she might come to believe Peter’s +story; maybe she herself was a “free lover.” McGivney had certainly +said that all Socialists were, and he had been studying them a lot. +Anyhow, Sadie would have to think first of the Goober case, just as +little Jennie had done. Peter had them there all right, and realized +that he could afford to be forgiving, so he went to the telephone +and called up Sadie and said: “I want you to know that I’m not going +to say anything about this story; it won’t become known except thru +you.” + +There were half a dozen people whom Sadie must have told. Miss +Nebbins was icy-cold to Peter the next time he came in to see Mr. +Andrews; also Miriam Yankovich lost her former cordiality, and +several other women treated him with studied reserve. But the only +person who spoke about the matter was Pat McCormick, the I. W. W. +boy who had given Peter the news of little Jennie’s suicide. Perhaps +Peter hadn’t been able to act satisfactorily on that occasion; or +perhaps the young fellow had observed something for himself, some +love-glances between Peter and Jennie. Peter had never felt +comfortable in the presence of this silent Irish boy, whose dark +eyes would roam from one person to another in the room, and seemed +to be probing your most secret thoughts. + +Now Peter’s worst fears were justified. “Mac” got him off in a +corner, and put his fist under his nose, and told him that he was “a +dirty hound,” and if it hadn’t been for the Goober case, he, “Mac,” + would kill him without a moment’s concern. + +And Peter did not dare open his mouth; the look on the Irishman’s +face was so fierce that he was really afraid for his life. God, what +a hateful lot these Reds were! And now here was Peter with the worst +one of all against him! From now on his life would be in danger from +this maniac Irishman! Peter hated him--so heartily and genuinely +that it served to divert his thoughts from little Jennie, and to +make him regard himself as a victim. + +Yes, in the midnight hours when Jennie’s gentle little face haunted +him and his conscience attacked him, Peter looked back upon the +tangled web of events, and saw quite clearly how inevitable this +tragedy had been, how naturally it had grown out of circumstances +beyond his control. The fearful labor struggle in American City was +surely not Peter’s fault; nor was it his fault that he had been +drawn into it, and forced to act first as an unwilling witness, and +then as a secret agent. Peter read the American City “Times” every +morning, and knew that the cause of Goober was the cause of anarchy +and riot, while the cause of the district attorney and of Guffey’s +secret service was the cause of law and order. Peter was doing his +best in this great cause, he was following the instructions of those +above him, and how could he be blamed because one poor weakling of a +girl had got in the way of the great chariot of the law? + +Peter knew that it wasn’t his fault; and yet grief and terror gnawed +at him. For one thing, he missed little Jennie, he missed her by day +and he missed her by night. He missed her gentle voice, her fluffy +soft hair, her body in his empty arms. She was his first love, and +she was gone, and it is human weakness to appreciate things most +when they have been lost. + +Peter aspired to be a strong man, a “he-man,” according to the slang +that was coming into fashion; he now tried to live up to that role. +He didn’t want to go mooning about over this accident; yet Jennie’s +face stayed with him--sometimes wild, as he had seen it at their +last meeting, sometimes gentle and reproachful. Peter would remember +how good she had been, how tender, how never-failing in instant +response to an advance of love on his part. Where would he ever find +another girl like that? + +Another thing troubled him especially--a strange, inexplicable +thing, for which Peter had no words, and about which he found +himself frequently thinking. This weak, frail slip of a girl had +deliberately given her life for her convictions; she had died, in +order that he might be saved as a witness for the Goobers! Of course +Peter had known all along that little Jennie was doomed, that she +was throwing herself away, that nothing could save her. But somehow, +it does frighten the strongest heart when people are so fanatical as +to throw away their very lives for a cause. Peter found himself +regarding the ideas of these Reds from a new angle; before this they +had been just a bunch of “nuts,” but now they seemed to him +creatures of monstrous deformity, products of the devil, or of a God +gone insane. + + + + +Section 28 + + +There was only one person whom Peter could take into his confidence, +and that was McGivney. Peter could not conceal from McGivney the +fact that he was troubled over his bereavement; and so McGivney took +him in hand and gave him a “jacking up.” It was dangerous work, this +of holding down the Reds; dangerous, because their doctrines were so +insidious, they were so devilishly cunning in their working upon +people’s minds. McGivney had seen more than one fellow start fooling +with their ideas and turn into one himself. Peter must guard against +that danger. + +“It ain’t that,” Peter explained. “It ain’t their ideas. It’s just +that I was soft on that kid.” + +“Well, it comes to the same thing,” said McGivney. “You get sorry +for them, and the first thing you know, you’re listening to their +arguments. Now, Peter, you’re one of the best men I’ve got on this +case--and that’s saying a good deal, because I’ve got charge of +seventeen.” The rat-faced man was watching Peter, and saw Peter +flush with pleasure. Yes, he continued, Peter had a future before +him, he would make all kinds of money, he would be given +responsibility, a permanent position. But he might throw it all away +if he got to fooling with these Red doctrines. And also, he ought to +understand, he could never fool McGivney; because McGivney had spies +on him! + +So Peter clenched his hands and braced himself up. Peter was a real +“he-man,” and wasn’t going to waste himself. “It’s just that I can’t +help missing the girl!” he explained; to which the other answered: +“Well, that’s only natural. What you want to do is to get yourself +another one.” + +Peter went on with his work in the office of the Goober Defense +Committee. The time for the trial had come, and the struggle between +the two giants had reached its climax. The district attorney, who +was prosecuting the case, and who was expecting to become governor +of the state on the strength of it, had the backing of half a dozen +of the shrewdest lawyers in the city, their expenses being paid by +the big business men. A small army of detectives were at work, and +the court where the trial took place was swarming with spies and +agents. Every one of the hundreds of prospective jurors had been +investigated and card-cataloged, his every weakness and every +prejudice recorded; not merely had his psychology been studied, but +his financial status, and that of his relatives and friends. Peter +had met half a dozen other agents beside McGivney, men who had come +to question him about this or that detail; and from the conversation +of these men he got glimpses of the endless ramifications of the +case. It seemed to him that the whole of American City had been +hired to help send Jim Goober to the gallows. + +Peter was now getting fifty dollars a week and expenses, in addition +to special tips for valuable bits of news. Hardly a day passed that +he didn’t get wind of some important development, and every night he +would have to communicate with McGivney. The prosecution had a +secret office, where there was a telephone operator on duty, and +couriers traveling to the district attorney’s office and to Guffey’s +office--all this to forestall telephone tapping. Peter would go +from the headquarters of the Goober Defense Committee to a +telephone-booth in some hotel, and there he would give the secret +number, and then his own number, which was six forty-two. Everybody +concerned was known by numbers, the principal people, both of the +prosecution and of the defense; the name “Goober” was never spoken +over the phone. + +After the trial had got started it was hard to get anybody to work +in the office of the Defense Committee--everybody wanted to be in +court! Someone would come in every few minutes, with the latest +reports of sensational developments. The prosecution had succeeded +in making away with the police court records, proving the conviction +of its star witness of having kept a brothel for negroes. The +prosecution had introduced various articles alleged to have been +found on the street by the police after the explosion; one was a +spring, supposed to have been part of a bomb--but it turned out to +be a part of a telephone! Also they had introduced parts of a +clock--but it appeared that in their super-zeal they had introduced +the parts of _two_ clocks! There was some excitement like this every +day. + + + + +Section 29 + + +The time came when the prosecution closed its case, and Peter was +summoned to the office of Andrews, to be coached in his part as a +witness. He would be wanted in two or three days, the lawyers told +him. + +Now Peter had never intended to appear as a witness; he had been +fooling the defense all this time--“stringing them along,” as he +phrased it, so as to keep in favor with them to the end. Meantime he +had been figuring out how to justify his final refusal. Peter was +eating his lunch when this plan occurred to him, and he was so much +excited that he swallowed a piece of pie the wrong way, and had to +jump up and run out of the lunch-room. It was his first stroke of +genius; hitherto it was McGivney who had thought these things out, +but now Peter was on the way to becoming his own boss! Why should he +go on taking orders, when he had such brains of his own? He took the +plan to McGivney, and McGivney called it a “peach,” and Peter was so +proud he asked for a raise, and got it. + +This plan had the double advantage that not merely would it save +Peter’s prestige and reputation, among the Reds, it would ruin +McCormick, who was one of the hardest workers for the defense, and +one of the most dangerous Reds in American City, as well as being a +personal enemy of Peter’s. McGivney pulled some of his secret wires, +and the American City “Times,” in the course of its accounts of the +case, mentioned a rumor that the defense proposed to put on the +stand a man who claimed to have been tortured in the city jail, in +an effort to make him give false testimony against Goober; the +prosecution had investigated this man’s record and discovered that +only recently he had seduced a young girl, and she had killed +herself because of his refusal to marry her. Peter took this copy of +the American City “Times” to the office of David Andrews, and +insisted upon seeing the lawyer before he went to court; he laid the +item on the desk, and declared that there was his finish as a +witness in the Goober case. “It’s a cowardly, dirty lie!” he +declared. “And the man responsible for circulating it is Pat +McCormick.” + +Such are the burdens that fall upon the shoulders of lawyers in +hard-fought criminal trials! Poor Andrews did his best to patch +things up; he pleaded with Peter--if the story was false, Peter +ought to be glad of a chance to answer his slanderers. The defense +would put witnesses on the stand to deny it. They would produce +Sadie Todd to deny it. + +“But Sadie told me she suspected me!” + +“Yes,” said Andrews, “but she told me recently she wasn’t sure.” + +“Much good that’ll do me!” retorted Peter. “They’ll ask me if +anybody ever accused me, and who, and I’ll have to say McCormick, +and if they put him on the stand, will he deny that he accused me?” + +Peter flew into a rage against McCormick; a fine sort of radical he +was, pretending to be devoted to the cause, and having no better +sense than to repeat a cruel slander against a comrade! Here Peter +had been working on this case for nearly six months, working for +barely enough to keep body and soul together, and now they expected +him to go on the and have a story like that brought out in the +papers, and have the prosecution hiring witnesses to prove him a +villain. “No, sir!” said Peter. “I’m thru with this case right now. +You put McCormick on the witness stand and let him save Goober’s +life. You can’t use me, I’m out!” And shutting his ears to the +lawyer’s pleading, he stormed out of the office, and over to the +office of the Goober Defense Committee, where he repeated the same +scene. + + + + +Section 30 + + +Thus Peter was done with the Goober case, and mighty glad of it he +was. He was tired of the strain, he needed a rest and a little +pleasure. He had his pockets stuffed with money, and a good fat bank +account, and proposed to take things easy for the first time in his +hard and lonely life. + +The opportunity was at hand: for he had taken McGivney’s advise and +got himself another girl. It was a little romance, very worldly and +delightful. To understand it, you must know that in the judicial +procedure of American City they used both men and women jurors; and +because busy men of affairs did not want to waste their time in the +jury-box, nor to have the time of their clerks and workingmen +wasted, there had gradually grown up a class of men and women who +made their living by working as jurors. They hung around the +courthouse and were summoned on panel after panel, being paid six +dollars a day, with numerous opportunities to make money on the side +if they were clever. + +Among this group of professional jurors, there was the keenest +competition to get into the jury-box of the Goober case. It was to +be a long and hard-fought case, there would be a good deal of +prestige attached to it, and also there were numerous sums of money +floating round. Anybody who got in, and who voted right, might be +sure of an income for life, to say nothing of a life-job as a juror +if he wanted it. + +Peter happened to be in court while the talesmen were being +questioned. A very charming and petite brunette--what Peter +described as a “swell dresser”--was on the stand, and was cleverly +trying to satisfy both sides. She knew nothing about the case, she +had never read anything about it, she knew nothing and cared nothing +about social problems; so she was accepted by the prosecution. But +then the defense took her in hand, and it appeared that once upon a +time she had been so indiscreet as to declare to somebody her +conviction that all labor leaders ought to be stood up against the +wall and filled with lead; so she was challenged by the defense, and +very much chagrined she came down from the stand, and took a seat in +the courtroom next to Peter. He saw a trace of tears in her eyes, +and realizing her disappointment, ventured a word of sympathy. The +acquaintance grew, and they went out to lunch together. + +Mrs. James was her name, and she was a widow, a grass widow as she +archly mentioned. She was quick and lively, with brilliant white +teeth, and cheeks with the glow of health in them; this glow came +out of a little bottle, but Peter never guessed it. Peter had got +himself a good suit of clothes now, and made bold to spend some +money on the lunch. As it happened, both he and Mrs. James were thru +with the Goober case; both were tired and wanted a change, and +Peter, blushing shyly, suggested that a sojourn at the beach might +be fun. Mrs. James agreed immediately, and the matter was arranged. + +Peter had seen enough of the detective business by this time to know +what you can safely do, and what you had better not do. He didn’t +travel with his grass widow, he didn’t pay her car-fare, nor do +anything else to constitute her a “white slave.” He simply went to +the beach and engaged himself a comfortable apartment; and next day, +strolling on the board walk, he happened to meet the widow. + +So for a couple of months Peter and Mrs. James set up housekeeping +together. It was a wonderful experience for the former, because Mrs. +James was what is called a “lady,” she had rich relatives, and took +pains to let Peter know that she had lived in luxury before her +husband had run away to Paris with a tight-rope walker. She taught +Peter all those worldly arts which one misses when one is brought up +in an orphan asylum, and on the road with a patent medicine vender. +Tactfully, and without hurting his feelings, she taught him how to +hold a knife and fork, and what color tie to select. At the same +time she managed to conduct a propaganda which caused him to regard +himself as the most favored of mankind; he was overwhelmed with +gratitude for every single kiss from the lips of his grass widow. Of +course he could not expect such extraordinary favors of fortune +without paying for them; he had learned by now that there was no +such thing as “free love.” So he paid, hand over fist; he not only +paid all the expenses of the unregistered honeymoon, he bought +numerous expensive presents at the lady’s tactful suggestion. She +was always so vivacious and affectionate when Peter had given her a +present! Peter lived in a kind of dream, his money seemed to go out +of his pockets without his having to touch it. + +Meantime great events were rolling by, unheeded by Peter and his +grass widow who never read the newspapers. For one thing Jim Goober +was convicted and sentenced to die on the gallows, and Jim Goober’s +associate, Biddle, was found guilty, and sentenced to prison for +life. Also, America entered the war, and a wave of patriotic +excitement swept like a prairie fire over the country. Peter could +not help hearing about this; his attention was attracted to one +aspect of the matter--Congress was about to pass a conscription act. +And Peter was within the age limit; Peter would almost certainly be +drafted into the army! + +No terror that he had ever felt in his life was equal to this +terror. He had tried to forget the horrible pictures of battle and +slaughter, of machine-guns and hand-grenades and torpedoes and +poison gas, with which little Jennie had filled his imagination; but +now these imaginings came crowding back upon him, now for the first +time they concerned him. From that time on his honeymoon was +spoiled. Peter and his grass widow were like a party of picnickers +who are far away in the wilderness, and see a black thunder-storm +come rolling up the sky! + +Also, Peter’s bank account was running low. Peter had had no +conception how much money you could spend on a grass widow who is a +“swell dresser” and understands what is “proper.” He was overwhelmed +with embarrassment; he put off telling Mrs. James until the last +moment--in fact, until he wasn’t quite sure whether he had enough +money in bank to meet the last check he had given to the landlady. +Then, realizing that the game was up, he told. + +He was surprised to see how charmingly a grass widow of “good +breeding” could take bad tidings. Evidently it wasn’t the first time +that Mrs. James had been to the beach. She smiled cheerfully, and +said that it was the jury-box for her once more. She gave Peter her +card, and told him she would be glad to have him call upon her +again--when he had restored his fortunes. She packed up her +suit-case and her new trunk full of Peter’s presents, and departed +with the most perfect sweetness and good taste. + + + + +Section 31 + + +So there was Peter, down and out once more. But fate was kind to +him. That very day came a letter signed “Two forty-three,” which +meant McGivney. “Two forty-three” had some important work for Peter, +so would he please call at once? Peter pawned his last bit of +jewelry for his fare to American City, and met McGivney at the usual +rendezvous. + + +The purpose of the meeting was quickly explained. America was now at +war, and the time had come when the mouths of these Reds were to be +stopped for good. You could do things in war-time that you couldn’t +do in peace-time, and one of the things you were going to do was to +put an end to the agitation against property. Peter licked his lips, +metaphorically speaking. It was something he had many times told +McGivney ought to be done. Pat McCormick especially ought to be put +away for good. These were a dangerous bunch, these Reds, and Mac was +the worst of all. It was every man’s duty to help, and what could +Peter do? + +McGivney answered that the authorities were making a complete list +of all the radical organizations and their members, getting evidence +preliminary to arrests. Guffey was in charge of the job; as in the +Goober case, the big business interests of the city were going ahead +while the government was still wiping the sleep out of its eyes. +Would Peter take a job spying upon the Reds in American City? + +“I can’t!” exclaimed Peter. “They’re all sore at me because I didn’t +testify in the Goober case.” + +“We can easily fix that up,” answered the rat-faced man. “It may +mean a little inconvenience for you. You may have to go to jail for +a few days.” + +“To jail!” cried Peter, in dismay. + +“Yes,” said the other, “you’ll have to get arrested, and made into a +martyr. Then, you see, they’ll all be sure you’re straight, and +they’ll take you back again and welcome you.” + +Peter didn’t like the idea of going to jail; his memories of the +jail in American City were especially painful. But McGivney +explained that this was a time when men couldn’t consider their own +feelings; the country was in danger, public safety must be +protected, and it was up to everybody to make some patriotic +sacrifice. The rich men were all subscribing to liberty bonds; the +poor men were going to give their lives; and what was Peter Gudge +going to give? “Maybe I’ll be drafted into the army,” Peter +remarked. + +“No, you won’t--not if you take this job,” said McGivney. “We can +fix that. A man like you, who has special abilities, is too precious +to be wasted.” Peter decided forthwith that he would accept the +proposition. It was much more sensible to spend a few days in jail +than to spend a few years in the trenches, and maybe the balance of +eternity under the sod of France. + +Matters were quickly arranged. Peter took off his good clothes, and +dressed himself as became a workingman, and went into the +eating-room where Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy, always got his +lunch. Peter was quite sure that Donald would be one of the leading +agitators against the draft, and in this he was not mistaken. + +Donald was decidedly uncordial in his welcoming of Peter; without +saying a word the young Quaker made Peter aware that he was a +renegade, a coward who had “thrown down” the Goober defense. But +Peter was patient and tactful; he did not try to defend himself, nor +did he ask any questions about Donald and Donald’s activities. He +simply announced that he had been studying the subject of +militarism, and had come to a definite point of view. He was a +Socialist and an Internationalist; he considered America’s entry +into the war a crime, and he was willing to do his part in agitating +against it. He was going to take his stand as a conscientious +objector; they might send him to jail if they pleased, or even stand +him against a wall and shoot him, but they would never get him to +put on a uniform. + +It was impossible for Donald Gordon to hold out against a man who +talked like that; a man who looked him in the eye and expressed his +convictions so simply and honestly. And that evening Peter went to a +meeting of Local American City of the Socialist Party, and renewed +his acquaintance with all the comrades. He didn’t make a speech or +do anything conspicuous, but simply got into the spirit of things; +and next day he managed to meet some of the members, and whenever +and wherever he was asked, he expressed his convictions as a +conscientious objector. So before a week had passed Peter found that +he was being tolerated, that nobody was going to denounce him as a +traitor, or kick him out of the room. + +At the next weekly meeting of Local American City, Peter ventured to +say a few words. It was a red-hot meeting, at which the war and the +draft were the sole subjects of discussion. There were some Germans +in the local, some Irishmen, and one or two Hindoos; they, +naturally, were all ardent pacifists. Also there were agitators of +what was coming to be called the “left wing”; the group within the +party who considered it too conservative, and were always clamoring +for more radical declarations, for “mass action” and general strikes +and appeals to the proletariat to rise forthwith and break their +chains. These were days of great events; the Russian revolution had +electrified the world, and these comrades of the “left wing” felt +themselves lifted upon pinions of hope. + +Peter spoke as one who had been out on the road, meeting the rank +and file; he could speak for the men on the job. What was the use of +opposing the draft here in a hall, where nobody but party members +were present? What was wanted was for them to lift up their voices +on the street, to awaken the people before it was too late! Was +there anybody in this gathering bold enough to organize a street +meeting? + +There were some who could not resist this challenge, and in a few +minutes Peter had secured the pledges of half a dozen young +hot-heads, Donald Gordon among them. Before the evening was past it +had been arranged that these would-be-martyrs should hire a truck, +and make their debut on Main Street the very next evening. Old hands +in the movement warned them that they would only get their heads +cracked by the police. But the answer to that was obvious--they +might as well get their heads cracked by the police as get them +blown to pieces by German artillery. + + + + +Section 32 + + +Peter reported to McGivney what was planned, and McGivney promised +that the police would be on hand. Peter warned him to be careful and +have the police be gentle; at which McGivney grinned, and answered +that he would see to that. + +It was all very simple, and took less than ten minutes of time. The +truck drew up on Main Street, and a young orator stepped forward and +announced to his fellow citizens that the time had come for the +workers to make known their true feelings about the draft. Never +would free Americans permit themselves to be herded into armies and +shipped over seas and be slaughtered for the benefit of +international bankers. Thus far the orator had got, when a policeman +stepped forward and ordered him to shut up. When he refused, the +policeman tapped on the sidewalk with his stick, and a squad of +eight or ten came round the corner, and the orator was informed that +he was under arrest. Another orator stepped forward and took up the +harangue, and when he also had been put under arrest, another, and +another, until the whole six of them, including Peter, were in hand. + +The crowd had had no time to work up any interest one way or the +other, A patrol-wagon was waiting, and the orators were bundled in +and driven to the station-house, and next morning they were haled +before a magistrate and sentenced each to fifteen days. As they had +been expecting to get six months, they were a happy bunch of “left +wingers.” + +And they were still happier when they saw how they were to be +treated in jail. Ordinarily it was the custom of the police to +inflict all possible pain and humiliation upon the Reds. They would +put them in the revolving tank, a huge steel structure of many cells +which was turned round and round by a crank. In order to get into +any cell, the whole tank had to be turned until that particular cell +was opposite the entrance, which meant that everybody in the tank +got a free ride, accompanied by endless groaning and scraping of +rusty machinery; also it meant that nobody got any consecutive +sleep. The tank was dark, too dark to read, even if they had had +books or papers. There was nothing to do save to smoke cigarettes +and shoot craps, and listen to the smutty stories of the criminals, +and plot revenge against society when they got out again. But up in +the new wing of the jail were some cells which were clean and bright +and airy, being only three or four feet from a row of windows. In +these cells they generally put the higher class of criminals--women +who had cut the throats of their sweethearts, and burglars who had +got I away with the swag, and bankers who had plundered whole +communities. But now, to the great surprise of five out of the six +anti-militarists, the entire party was put in one of these big +cells, and allowed the privilege of having reading matter and of +paying for their own food. Under these circumstances martyrdom +became a joke, and the little party settled down to enjoy life. It +never once occurred to them to think of Peter Gudge as the source of +this bounty. They attributed it, as the French say, “to their +beautiful eyes.” + +There was Donald Gordon, who was the son of a well-to-do business +man, and had been to college, until he was expelled for taking the +doctrines of Christianity too literally and expounding them too +persistently on the college campus. There was a big, brawny +lumber-jack from the North, Jim Henderson by name, who had been +driven out of the camps for the same reason, and had appalling +stories to tell of the cruelties and hardships of the life of a +logger. There was a Swedish sailor by the name of Gus, who had +visited every port in the world, and a young Jewish cigar-worker who +had never been outside of American City, but had travelled even more +widely in his mind. + +The sixth man was the strangest character of all to Peter; a shy, +dreamy fellow with eyes so full of pain and a face so altogether +mournful that it hurt to look at him. Duggan was his name, and he +was known in the movement as the “hobo poet.” He wrote verses, +endless verses about the lives of society’s outcasts; he would get +himself a pencil and paper and sit off in the corner of the cell by +the hour, and the rest of the fellows, respecting his work, would +talk in whispers so as not to disturb him. He wrote all the time +while the others slept, it seemed to Peter. He wrote verses about +the adventures of his fellow-prisoners, and presently he was writing +verses about the jailers, and about other prisoners in this part of +the jail. He would have moods of inspiration, and would make up +topical verses as he went along; then again he would sink back into +his despair, and say that life was hell, and making rhymes about it +was childishness. + +There was no part of America that Tom Duggan hadn’t visited, no +tragedy of the life of outcasts that he hadn’t seen. He was so +saturated with it that he couldn’t think of anything else. He would +tell about men who had perished of thirst in the desert, about +miners sealed up for weeks in an exploded mine, about matchmakers +poisoned until their teeth fell out, and their finger nails and even +their eyes. Peter could see no excuse for such morbidness, such +endless harping upon the horrible things of life. It spoiled all his +happiness in the jail--it was worse than little Jennie’s talking +about the war! + + + + +Section 33 + + +One of Duggan’s poems had to do with a poor devil named Slim, who +was a “snow-eater,” that is to say, a cocaine victim. This Slim +wandered about the streets of New York in the winter-time without +any shelter, and would get into an office building late in the +afternoon, and hide in one of the lavatories to spend the night. If +he lay down, he would be seen and thrown out, so his only chance was +to sit up; but when he fell asleep, he would fall off the +seat--therefore he carried a rope in his pocket, and would tie +himself in a sitting position. + +Now what was the use of a story like that? Peter didn’t want to hear +about such people! He wanted to express his disgust; but he knew, of +course, that he must hide it. He laughed as he exclaimed, “Christ +Almighty, Duggan, can’t you give us something with a smile? You +don’t think it’s the job of Socialists to find a cure for the dope +habit, do you? That’s sure one thing that ain’t caused by the profit +system.” + +Duggan smiled his bitterest smile. “If there’s any misery in the +world today that ain’t kept alive by the profit system, I’d like to +see it! D’you think dope sells itself? If there wasn’t a profit in +it, would it be sold to any one but doctors? Where’d you get your +Socialism, anyhow?” + +So Peter beat a hasty retreat. “Oh, sure, I know all that. But here +you’re shut up in jail because you want to change things. Ain’t you +got a right to give yourself a rest while you’re in?” + +The poet looked at him, as solemn as an owl. He shook his head. +“No,” he said. “Just because we’re fixed up nice and comfortable in +jail, have we got the right to forget the misery of those outside?” + +The others laughed; but Duggan did not mean to be funny at all. He +rose slowly to his feet and with his arms outstretched, in the +manner of one offering himself as a sacrifice, he proclaimed: + +“While there is a lower class, I am in it. + +“While there is a criminal element, I am of it. + +“While there is a soul in jail, I am not free.” + +Then he sat down and buried his face in his hands. The group of +rough fellows sat in solemn silence. Presently Gus, the Swedish +sailor, feeling perhaps that the rebuke to Peter had been too +severe, spoke timidly: “Comrade Gudge, he ban in jail twice +already.” + +So the poet looked up again. He held out his hand to Peter. “Sure, I +know that!” he said, clasping Peter in the grip of comradeship. And +then he added: “I’ll tell you a story with a smile!” + +Once upon a time, it appeared, Duggan had been working in a moving +picture studio, where they needed tramps and outcasts and all sorts +of people for crowds. They had been making a “Preparedness” picture, +and wanted to show the agitators and trouble-makers, mobbing the +palace of a banker. They got two hundred bums and hoboes, and took +them in trucks to the palace of a real banker, and on the front lawn +the director made a speech to the crowd, explaining his ideas. +“Now,” said he, “remember, the guy that owns this house is the guy +that’s got all the wealth that you fellows have produced. You are +down and out, and you know that he’s robbed you, so you hate him. +You gather on his lawn and you’re going to mob his home; if you can +get hold of him, you’re going to tear him to bits for what he’s done +to you.” So the director went on, until finally Duggan interrupted: +“Say, boss, you don’t have to teach us. This is a real palace, and +we’re real bums!” + +Apparently the others saw the “smile” in this story, for they +chuckled for some time over it. But it only added to Peter’s hatred +of these Reds; it made him realize more than ever that they were a +bunch of “sore heads,” they were green and yellow with jealousy. +Everybody that had succeeded in the world they hated--just because +they had succeeded! Well, _they_ would never succeed; they could go +on forever with their grouching, but the mass of the workers in +America had a normal attitude toward the big man, who could do +things. They did not want to wreck his palace; they admired him for +having it, and they followed his leadership gladly. + +It seemed as if Henderson, the lumber-jack, had read Peter’s +thought. “My God!” he said. “What a job it is to make the workers +class-conscious!” He sat on the edge of his cot, with his broad +shoulders bowed and his heavy brows knit in thought over the problem +of how to increase the world’s discontent. He told of one camp where +he had worked--so hard and dangerous was the toil that seven men had +given up their lives in the course of one winter. The man who owned +this tract, and was exploiting it, had gotten the land by the +rankest kind of public frauds; there were filthy bunk-houses, +vermin, rotten food, poor wages and incessant abuse. And yet, in the +spring-time, here came the young son of this owner, on a honeymoon +trip with his bride. “And Jesus,” said Henderson, “if you could have +seen those stiffs turn out and cheer to split their throats! They +really meant it, you know; they just loved that pair of idle, +good-for-nothing kids!” + +Gus, the sailor, spoke up, his broad, good-natured face wearing a +grin which showed where three of his front teeth had been knocked +out with a belaying pin. It was exactly the same with the seamen, he +declared. They never saw the ship-owners, they didn’t know even the +names of the people who were getting the profit of their toil, but +they had a crazy loyalty to their ship, Some old tanker would be +sent out to sea on purpose to be sunk, so that the owners might get +the insurance. But the poor A. Bs. would love that old tub so that +they would go down to the bottom with her--or perhaps they would +save her, to the owners great disgust! + +Thus, for hours on end, Peter had to sit listening to this ding +donging about the wrongs of the poor and the crimes of the rich. +Here he had been sentenced for fifteen days and nights to listen to +Socialist wrangles! Every one of these fellows had a different idea +of how he wanted the world to be run, and every one had a different +idea of how to bring about the change. Life was an endless struggle +between the haves and the have-nots, and the question of how the +have-nots were to turn out the haves was called “tactics.” When you +talked about “tactics” you used long technical terms which made your +conversation unintelligible to a plain, ordinary mortal. It seemed +to Peter that every time he fell asleep it was to the music of +proletariat and surplus value and unearned increment, possibilism +and impossibilism, political action, direct action, mass action, and +the perpetual circle of Syndicalist-Anarchist, Anarchist-Communist, +Communist-Socialist and Socialist-Syndicalist. + + + + +Section 34 + + +In company such as this Peter’s education for the role of detective +was completed by force, as it were. He listened to everything, and +while he did not dare make any notes, he stored away treasures in +his mind, and when he came out of the jail he was able to give +McGivney a pretty complete picture of the various radical +organizations in American City, and the attitude of each one toward +the war. + +Peter found that McGivney’s device had worked perfectly. Peter was +now a martyr and a hero; his position as one of the “left wingers” + was definitely established, and anyone who ventured to say a word +against him would be indignantly rebuked. As a matter of fact, no +one desired to say much. Pat McCormick, Peter’s enemy, was out on an +organizing trip among the oil workers. + +Duggan had apparently taken a fancy to Peter, and took him to meet +some of his friends, who lived in an old, deserted warehouse, which +happened to have skylights in the roof; this constituted each room a +“studio,” and various radicals rented the rooms, and lived here a +sort of picnic existence which Peter learned was called “Bohemian.” + They were young people, most of them, with one or two old fellows, +derelicts; they wore flannel shirts, and soft ties, or no ties at +all, and their fingers were always smeared with paint. Their life +requirements were simple; all they wanted was an unlimited quantity +of canvas and paint, some cigarettes, and at long intervals a pickle +or some sauer-kraut and a bottle of beer. They would sit all day in +front of an easel, painting the most inconceivable pictures--pink +skies and green-faced women and purple grass and fantastic splurges +of color which they would call anything from “The Woman with a +Mustard Pot” to “A Nude Coming Downstairs.” And there would be +others, like Duggan, writing verses all day; pounding away on a +typewriter, if they could manage to rent or borrow one. There were +several who sang, and one who played the flute and caused all the +others to tear their hair. There was a boy fresh from the country, +who declared that he had run away from home because the family sang +hymns all day Sunday, and never sang in tune. + +From people such as these you would hear the most revolutionary +utterances; but Peter soon realized that it was mostly just talk +with them. They would work off their frenzies with a few dashes of +paint or some ferocious chords on the piano. The really dangerous +ones were not here; they were hidden away in offices or dens of +their own, where they were prompting strikes and labor agitations, +and preparing incendiary literature to be circulated among the poor. + +You met such people in the Socialist local, and in the I. W. W. +headquarters, and in numerous clubs and propaganda societies which +Peter investigated, and to which he was welcomed as a member. In the +Socialist local there was a fierce struggle going on over the war. +What should be the attitude of the party? There was a group, a +comparatively small group, which believed that the interests of +Socialism would best be served by helping the Allies to the +overthrow of the Kaiser. There was another group, larger and still +more determined, which believed that the war was a conspiracy of +allied capitalism to rivet its power upon the world, and this group +wanted the party to stake its existence upon a struggle against +American participation. These two groups contested for the minds of +the rank and file of the members, who seemed to be bewildered by the +magnitude of the issue and the complexity of the arguments. Peter’s +orders were to go with the extreme anti-militarists; they were the +ones whose confidence he wished to gain, also they were the +trouble-makers of the movement, and McGivney’s instructions were to +make all the trouble possible. + +Over at the I. W. W. headquarters was another group whose members +were debating their attitude to the war. Should they call strikes +and try to cripple the leading industries of the country? Or should +they go quietly on with their organization work, certain that in the +end the workers would sicken of the military adventure into which +they were being snared? Some of these “wobblies” were Socialist +party members also, and were active in both gatherings; two of them, +Henderson, the lumber-jack, and Gus Lindstrom, the sailor, had been +in jail with Peter, and had been among his intimates ever since. + +Also Peter met the Pacifists; the “Peoples’ Council,” as they called +themselves. Many of these were religious people, two or three +clergymen, and Donald Gordon, the Quaker, and a varied assortment of +women--sentimental young girls who shrunk from the thought of +bloodshed, and mothers with tear-stained cheeks who did not want +their darlings to be drafted. Peter saw right away that these +mothers had no “conscientious objections.” Each mother was thinking +about her own son and about nothing else. Peter was irritated at +this, and took it for his special job to see that those mother’s +darlings did their duty. + +He attended a gathering of Pacifists in the home of a +school-teacher. They made heart-breaking speeches, and finally +little Ada Ruth, the poetess, got up and wanted to know, was it all +to end in talk, or would they organize and prepare to take some +action against the draft? Would they not at least go out on the +street, get up a parade with banners of protest, and go to jail as +Comrade Peter Gudge had so nobly done? + +Comrade Peter was called on for “a few words.” Comrade Peter +explained that he was no speaker; after all, actions spoke louder +than words, and he had tried to show what he believed. The others +were made ashamed by this, and decided for a bold stand at once. Ada +Ruth became president and Donald Gordon secretary of the +“Anti-conscription League”--a list of whose charter members was +turned over to McGivney the same evening. + + + + +Section 35 + + +All this time the country had been going to war. The huge military +machine was getting under way, the storm of public feeling was +rising. Congress had voted a huge loan, a country-wide machine of +propaganda was being organized, and the oratory of Four Minute Men +was echoing from Maine to California. Peter read the American City +“Times” every morning, and here were speeches of statesmen and +sermons of clergymen, here were cartoons and editorials, all burning +with the fervor’s of patriotism. Peter absorbed these, and his soul +became transfigured. Hitherto Peter had been living for himself; but +there comes a time in the life of every man who can use his brain at +all when he realizes that he is not the one thing of importance in +the universe, the one end to be served. Peter very often suffered +from qualms of conscience, waves of doubt as to his own +righteousness. Peter, like every other soul that ever lived, needed +a religion, an ideal. + +The Reds had a religion, as you might call it; but this religion had +failed to attract Peter. In the first place it was low; its devotees +were wholly lacking in the graces of life, in prestige, and that +ease which comes with assurance of power. They were noisy in their +fervors, and repelled Peter as much as the Holy Rollers. Also, they +were always harping upon the sordid and painful facts of life; who +but a pervert would listen to “sob stories,” when he might have all +the things that are glorious and shining and splendid in the world? + +But now here was the religion Peter wanted. These clergymen in their +robes of snow white linen, preaching in churches with golden altars +and stained-glass windows; these statesmen who wore the halo of +fame, and went about with the cheering of thousands in their ears; +these mighty captains of industry whose very names were magic--with +power, when written on pieces of paper, to cause cities to rise in +the desert, and then to fall again beneath a rain of shells and +poison gas; these editors and cartoonists of the American City +“Times,” with all their wit and learning--these people all combined +to construct for Peter a religion and an ideal, and to hand it out +to him, ready-made and precisely fitted to his understanding. Peter +would go right on doing the things he had been doing before; but he +would no longer do them in the name of Peter Gudge, the ant, he +would do them in the name of a mighty nation of a hundred and ten +million people, with all its priceless memories of the past and its +infinite hopes for the future; he would do them in the sacred name +of patriotism, and the still more sacred name of democracy. +And--most convenient of circumstances--the big business men of +American City, who had established a secret service bureau with +Guffey in charge of it, would go right on putting up their funds, +and paying Peter fifty dollars a week and expenses while he served +the holy cause! + +It was the fashion these days for orators and public men to vie with +one another in expressing the extremes of patriotism, and Peter +would read these phrases, and cherish them; they came to seem a part +of him, he felt as if he had invented them. He became greedy for +more and yet more of this soul-food; and there was always more to be +had--until Peter’s soul was become swollen, puffed up as with a +bellows. Peter became a patriot of patriots, a super-patriot; Peter +was a red-blooded American and no mollycoddle; Peter was a +“he-American,” a 100% American--and if there could have been such a +thing as a 101% American, Peter would have been that. Peter was so +much of an American that the very sight of a foreigner filled him +with a fighting impulse. As for the Reds--well, Peter groped for +quite a time before he finally came upon a formula which expressed +his feelings. It was a famous clergyman who achieved it for +him--saying that if he could have his way he would take all the +Reds, and put them in a ship of stone with sails of lead, and send +them forth with hell for their destination. + +So Peter chafed more and more at his inability to get action. How +much more evidence did the secret service of the Traction Trust +require? Peter would ask this question of McGivney again and again, +and McGivney would answer: “Keep your shirt on. You’re getting your +pay every week. What’s the matter with you?” + +“The matter is, I’m tired of listening to these fellows ranting,” + Peter would say. “I want to stop their mouths.” + +Yes, Peter had come to take it as a personal affront that these +radicals should go on denouncing the cause which Peter had espoused. +They all thought of Peter as a comrade, they were most friendly to +him; but Peter had the knowledge of how they would regard him when +they knew the real truth, and this imagined contempt burned him like +an acid. Sometimes there would be talk about spies and informers, +and then these people would exhaust their vocabulary of abuse, and +Peter, of course, would apply every word of it to himself and become +wild with anger. He would long to answer back; he was waiting for +the day when he might vindicate himself and his cause by smashing +these Reds in the mouth. + + + + +Section 36 + + +“Well,” said McGivney one day, “I’ve got something interesting for +you now. You’re going into high society for a while!” + +And the rat-faced man explained that there was a young man in a +neighboring city, reputed to be a multi-millionaire, who had written +a book against the war, and was the financial source of much +pacificism and sedition. “These people are spending lots of money +for printing,” said McGivney, “and we hear this fellow Lackman is +putting it up. We’ve learned that he is to be in town tomorrow, and +we want you to find out all about his affairs.” + +So Peter was to meet a millionaire! Peter had never known one of +these fortunate beings, but he was for them--he had always been for +them. Ever since he had learned to read, he had liked to find +stories about them in the newspapers, with pictures of them and +their palaces. He had read these stories as a child reads fairy +tales. They were his creatures of dreams, belonging to a world above +reality, above pain and inconvenience. + +And then in the days when Peter had been a servant in the Temple of +Jimjambo, devoted to the cult of Eleutherinian Exoticism, he had +found hanging in the main assembly room a picture labelled, “Mount +Olympus,” showing a dozen gods and goddesses reclining at ease on +silken couches, sipping nectar from golden goblets and gazing down +upon the far-off troubles of the world. Peter would peer from behind +the curtains and see the Chief Magistrian emerging from behind the +seven mystic veils, lifting his rolling voice and in a kind of chant +expounding life to his flock of adoring society ladies. He would +point to the picture and explain those golden, Olympian days when +the Eleutherinian cult had originated. The world had changed much +since then, and for the worse; those who had power must take it as +their task to restore beauty and splendor to the world, and to +develop the gracious possibilities of being. + +Peter, of course, hadn’t really believed in anything that went on in +the Temple of Jimjambo; and yet he had been awed by its richness, +and by the undoubtedly exclusive character of its worshippers; he +had got the idea definitely fixed in his head that there really had +been a Mount Olympus, and when he tried to imagine the millionaires +and their ways, it was these gods and goddesses, reclining on silken +couches and sipping nectar, that came to his mind! + +Now since Peter had come to know the Reds, who wanted to blow up the +palaces of the millionaires, he was more than ever on the side of +his gods and goddesses. His fervors for them increased every time he +heard them assailed; he wanted to meet some of them, and +passionately, yet respectfully, pour out to them his allegiance. A +glow of satisfaction came over him as he pictured himself in some +palace, lounging upon a silken conch and explaining to a millionaire +his understanding of the value of beauty and splendor in the world. + +And now he was to meet one; it was to be a part of his job to +cultivate one! True, there was something wrong with this particular +millionaire--he was one of those freaks who for some reason beyond +imagining gave their sympathy to the dynamiters and assassins. Peter +had met “Parlor Reds” at the home of the Todd sisters; the large +shining ladies who came in large shining cars to hear him tell of +his jail experiences. But he hadn’t been sure as to whether they +were really millionaires or not, and Sadie, when he had inquired +particularly, had answered vaguely that every one in the radical +movement who could afford an automobile or a dress-suit was called a +millionaire by the newspapers. + +But young Lackman was a real millionaire, McGivney positively +assured him; and so Peter was free to admire him in spite of all his +freak ideas, which the rat-faced man explained with intense +amusement. Young Lackman conducted a school for boys, and when one +of the boys did wrong, the teacher would punish himself instead of +the boy! Peter must pretend to be interested in this kind of +“education,” said McGivney, and he must learn at least the names of +Lackman’s books. + +“But will he pay any attention to me?” demanded Peter. + +“Sure, he will,” said McGivney. “That’s the point--you’ve been in +jail, you’ve really done something as a pacifist. What you want to +do is to try to interest him in your Anti-conscription League. Tell +him you want to make it into a national organization, you want to +get something done besides talking.” + +The address of young Lackman was the Hotel de Soto; and as he heard +this, Peter’s heart gave a leap. The Hotel de Soto was the Mount +Olympus of American City! Peter had walked by the vast white +structure, and seen the bronze doors swing outward, and the favored +ones of the earth emerging to their magic chariots; but never had it +occurred to him that he might pass thru those bronze doors, and gaze +upon those hidden mysteries! + +“Will they let me in?” he asked McGivney, and the other laughed. +“Just walk in as if you owned the place,” he said. “Hold up your +head, and pretend you’ve lived there all your life.” + +That was easy for McGivney to say, but not so easy for Peter to +imagine. However, he would try it; McGivney must be right, for it +was the same thing Mrs. James had impressed upon him many times. You +must watch what other people did, and practice by yourself, and then +go in and do it as if you had never done anything else. All life was +a gigantic bluff, and you encouraged yourself in your bluffing by +the certainty that everybody else was bluffing just as hard. + +At seven o’clock that evening Peter strolled up to the magic bronze +doors, and touched them; and sure enough, the blue-uniformed +guardians drew them back without a word, and the tiny brass-button +imps never even glanced at Peter as he strode up to the desk and +asked for Mr. Lackman. + +The haughty clerk passed him on to a still more haughty telephone +operator, who condescended to speak into her trumpet, and then +informed him that Mr. Lackman was out; he had left word that he +would return at eight. Peter was about to go out and wander about +the streets for an hour, when he suddenly remembered that everybody +else was bluffing; so he marched across the lobby and seated himself +in one of the huge leather arm-chairs, big enough to hold three of +him. There he sat, and continued to sit--and nobody said a word! + + + + +Section 37 + + +Yes, this was Mount Olympus, and here were the gods: the female ones +in a state of divine semi-nudity, the male ones mostly clad in black +coats with pleated shirt-fronts puffing out. Every time one of them +moved up to the desk Peter would watch and wonder, was this Mr. +Lackman? He might have been able to pick out a millionaire from an +ordinary crowd; but here every male god was got up for the precise +purpose of looking like a millionaire, so Peter’s job was an +impossible one. + +In front of him across the lobby floor there arose a ten-foot pillar +to a far-distant roof. This pillar was of pale, green-streaked +marble, and Peter’s eyes followed it to the top, where it exploded +in a snow-white cloud-burst, full of fascination. There were four +cornucopias, one at each corner, and out of each cornucopia came +tangled ropes of roses, and out of these roses came other ropes, +with what appeared to be apples and leaves, and still more roses, +and still more emerging ropes, spreading in a tangle over the +ceiling. Here and there, in the midst of all this splendor, was the +large, placidly smiling face of a boy angel; four of these placidly +smiling boy angels gazed from the four sides of the snow-white +cloud-burst, and Peter’s eye roamed from one to another, fascinated +by the mathematics of this architectural marvel. There were fourteen +columns in a row, and four such rows in the lobby. That made +fifty-six columns in all, or two hundred and twenty-four boy angels’ +heads. How many cornucopias and how many roses and how many apples +it meant, defied all calculation. The boy angels’ heads were exactly +alike, every head with the same size and quality of smile; and Peter +marvelled--how many days would it take a sculptor to carve the +details of two hundred and twenty-four boy angel smiles? + +All over the Hotel de Soto was this same kind of sumptuous +magnificence; and Peter experienced the mental effect which it was +contrived to produce upon him--a sense of bedazzlement and awe, a +realization that those who dwelt in the midst of this splendor were +people to whom money was nothing, who could pour out treasures in a +never-ceasing flood. And everything else about the place was of the +same character, contrived for the same effect--even the gods and the +goddesses! One would sweep by with a tiara of jewels in her hair; +you might amuse yourself by figuring out the number of the jewels, +as you had figured out the number of the boy angels’ heads. Or you +might take her gown of black lace, embroidered with golden +butterflies, every one patiently done by hand; you might figure--so +many yards of material, and so many golden butterflies to the yard! +You might count the number of sparkling points upon her jet +slippers, or trace the intricate designs upon her almost transparent +stockings--only there was an inch or two of the stockings which you +could not see. + +Peter watched these gorgeous divinities emerge from the elevators, +and sweep their way into the dining-room beyond. Some people might +have been shocked by their costumes; but to Peter, who had the +picture of Mount Olympus in mind, they seemed most proper. It all +depended on the point of view: whether you thought of a goddess as +fully clothed from chin to toes, and proceeded with a pair of shears +to cut away so much of her costume, or whether you imagined the +goddess in a state of nature, and proceeded to put veils of gauze +about her, and a ribbon over each shoulder to hold the veils in +place. + +Twice Peter went to the desk, to inquire if Mr. Lackman had come in +yet; but still he had not come; and Peter--growing bolder, like the +fox who spoke to the lion--strolled about the lobby, gazing at the +groups of gods at ease. He had noticed a great balcony around all +four sides of this lobby, the “mezzanine floor,” as it was called; +he decided he would see what was up there, and climbed the white +marble stairs, and beheld more rows of chairs and couches, done in +dark grey velvet. Here, evidently, was where the female gods came to +linger, and Peter seated himself as unobtrusively as possible, and +watched. + +Directly in front of him sat a divinity, lolling on a velvet couch +with one bare white arm stretched out. It was a large stout arm, and +the possessor was large and stout, with pale golden hair and many +sparkling jewels. Her glance roamed lazily from place to place. It +rested for an instant on Peter, and then moved on, and Peter felt +the comment upon his own insignificance. + +Nevertheless, he continued to steal glances now and then, and +presently saw an interesting sight. In her lap this Juno had a +gold-embroidered bag, and she opened it, disclosing a collection of +mysterious apparatus of which she proceeded to make use: first a +little gold hand-mirror, in which she studied her charms; then a +little white powder-puff with which she deftly tapped her nose and +cheeks; then some kind of red pencil with which she proceeded to rub +her lips; then a golden pencil with which she lightly touched her +eyebrows. Then it seemed as if she must have discovered a little +hair which had grown since she left her dressing-room. Peter +couldn’t be sure, but she had a little pair of tweezers, and seemed +to pull something out of her chin. She went on with quite an +elaborate and complicated toilet, paying meantime not the slightest +attention to the people passing by. + +Peter looked farther, and saw that just as when one person sneezes +or yawns everybody else in the room is irresistibly impelled to +sneeze or yawn, so all these Dianas and Junos and Hebes on the +“mezzanine floor” had suddenly remembered their little gold or +silver hand-mirrors, their powder-puffs and red or golden or black +pencils. One after another, the little vanity-bags came forth, and +Peter, gazing in wonder, thought that Mount Olympus had turned into +a beauty parlor. + +Peter rose again and strolled and watched the goddesses, big and +little, old and young, fat and thin, pretty and ugly--and it seemed +to him the fatter and older and uglier they were, the more intently +they gazed into the little hand-mirrors. He watched them with hungry +eyes, for he knew that here he was in the midst of high life, the +real thing, the utmost glory to which man could ever hope to attain, +and he wanted to know all there was to know about it. He strolled +on, innocent and unsuspecting, and the two hundred and twenty-four +white boy angels in the ceiling smiled their bland and placid smiles +at him, and Peter knew no more than they what complications fate had +prepared for him on that mezzanine floor! + +On one of the big lounges there sat a girl, a radiant creature from +the Emerald Isles, with hair like sunrise and cheeks like apples. +Peter took one glance at her, and his heart missed three successive +beats, and then, to make up for lost time, began leaping like a +runaway race-horse. He could hardly believe what his eyes told him; +but his eyes insisted, his eyes knew; yes, his eyes had gazed for +hours and hours on end upon that hair like sunrise and those cheeks +like apples. The girl was Nell, the chambermaid of the Temple of +Jimjambo! + +She had not looked Peter’s way, so there was time for him to start +back and hide himself behind a pillar; there he stood, peering out +and watching her profile, still arguing with his eyes. It couldn’t +be Nell; and yet it was! Nell transfigured, Nell translated to +Olympus, turned into a goddess with a pale grey band about her +middle, and a pale grey ribbon over each shoulder to hold it in +place! Nell reclining at ease and chatting vivaciously to a young +man with the face of a bulldog and the dinner-jacket of a magazine +advertisement! + +Peter gazed and waited, while his heart went on misbehaving. Peter +learned in those few fearful minutes what real love is, a most +devastating force. Little Jennie was forgotten, Mrs. James, the +grass widow was forgotten, and Peter knew that he had never really +admired but one woman in the world, and that was Nell, the Irish +chambermaid of the Temple of Jimjambo. The poets have seen fit to +represent young love as a mischievous little archer with a sharp and +penetrating arrow, and now Peter understood what they had meant; +that arrow had pierced him thru, and he had to hold on to the column +to keep himself from falling. + + + + +Section 38 + + +Presently the couple rose and strolled away to the elevator, and +Peter followed. He did not dare get into the elevator with them, for +he had suddenly become accutely aware of the costume he was wearing +in his role of proletarian anti-militarist! But Peter was certain +that Nell and her escort were not going out of the building, for +they had no hats or wraps; so he went downstairs and hunted thru the +lobby and the dining-room, and then thru the basement, from which he +heard strains of music. Here was another vast room, got up in mystic +oriental fashion, with electric lights hidden in bunches of +imitation flowers on each table. This room was called the “grill,” + and part of it was bare for dancing, and on a little platform sat a +band playing music. + +The strangest music that ever assailed human ears! If Peter had +heard it before seeing Nell, he would not have understood it, but +now its weird rhythms fitted exactly to the moods which were +tormenting him. This music would groan, it would rattle and squeak; +it would make noises like swiftly torn canvas, or like a steam siren +in a hurry. It would climb up to the heavens and come banging down +to hell. And every thing with queer, tormenting motions, gliding and +writhing, wriggling, jerking, jumping. Peter would never have known +what to make of such music, if he had not had it here made visible +before his eyes, in the behavior of the half-naked goddesses and the +black-coated gods on this dancing floor. These celestial ones came +sliding across the floor like skaters, they came writhing like +serpents, they came strutting like turkeys, jumping like rabbits, +stalking solemnly like giraffes. They came clamped in one another’s +arms like bears trying to hug each other to death; they came +contorting themselves as if they were boa-constrictors trying to +swallow each other. And Peter, watching them and listening to their +music, made a curious discovery about himself. Deeply buried in +Peter’s soul were the ghosts of all sorts of animals; Peter had once +been a boa-constrictor, Peter had once been a bear, Peter had once +been a rabbit and a giraffe, a turkey and a fox; and now under the +spell of this weird music these dead creatures came to life in his +soul. So Peter discovered the meaning of “jazz,” in all its weirdly +named and incredible varieties. + +Also Peter discovered that he had once been a caveman, and had hit +his rival over the head with a stone axe and carried off his girl by +the hair. All this he discovered while he stood in the doorway of +the Hotel de Soto grill, and watched Nell, the ex-chambermaid of the +Temple of Jimjambo, doing the turkey-trot and the fox-trot and the +grizzly-bear and the bunny-hug in the arms of a young man with the +face of a bulldog. + +Peter stood for a long while in a daze. Nell and the young man sat +down at one of the tables to have a meal, but still Peter stood +watching and trying to figure out what to do. He knew that he must +not speak to her in his present costume; there would be no way to +make her understand that he was only playing a role--that he who +looked like a “dead one” was really a prosperous man of important +affairs, a 100% red-blooded patriot disguised as a proletarian +pacifist. No, he must wait, he must get into his best before he +spoke to her. But meantime, she might go away, and he might not be +able to find her again in this huge city! + +After an hour or two he succeeded in figuring out a way, and hurried +upstairs to the writing-room and penned a note: + +“Nell: This is your old friend Peter Gudge. I have struck it rich +and have important news for you. Be sure to send word to me. Peter.” + To this he added his address, and sealed it in an envelope to “Miss +Nell Doolin.” + +Then he went out into the lobby, and signalled to one of the +brass-button imps who went about the place calling names in shrill +sing-song; he got this youngster off in a corner and pressed a +dollar bill into his hand. There was a young lady in the grill who +was to have this note at once. It was very important. Would the +brass-button imp do it? + +The imp said sure, and Peter stood in the doorway and watched him +walk back and forth thru the aisles of the grill, calling in his +shrill sing-song, “Miss Nell Doolin! Miss Nell Doolin!” He walked +right by the table where Nell sat eating; he sang right into her +face, it seemed to Peter; but she never gave a sign. + +Peter did not know what to make of it, but he was bound to get that +note to Nell. So when the imp returned, he pointed her out, and the +imp went again and handed the note to her. Peter saw her take +it--then he darted away; and remembering suddenly that he was +supposed to be on duty, be rushed back to the office and inquired +for Mr. Lackman. To his horror he learned that Mr. Lackman had +returned, paid his bill, and departed with his suitcase to a +destination unknown! + + + + +Section 39 + + +Peter had a midnight appointment with McGivney, and now had to go +and admit this humiliating failure. He had done his best, he +declared; he had inquired at the desk, and waited and waited, but +the hotel people had failed to notify him of Lackman’s arrival. All +this was strictly true; but it did not pacify McGivney, who was in a +black fury. “It might have been worth thousands of dollars to you!” + he declared. “He’s the biggest fish we’ll ever get on our hook.” + +“Won’t he come again?” asked grief-stricken Peter. + +“No,” declared the other. “They’ll get him at his home city.” + +“But won’t that do?” asked Peter, naively. + +“You damned fool!” was McGivney’s response. “We wanted to get him +here, where we could pluck him ourselves.” + +The rat-faced man hadn’t intended to tell Peter so much, but in his +rage he let it out. He and a couple of his friends had planned to +“get something” on this young millionaire, and scare the wits out of +him, with the idea that he would put up a good many thousand dollars +to be let off. Peter might have had his share of this--only he had +been fool enough to let the bird get out of his net! + +Peter offered to follow the young man to his home city, and find +some way to lure him back into McGivney’s power. After McGivney had +stormed for a while, he decided that this might be possible. He +would talk it over with the others, and let Peter know. But alas, +when Peter picked up an afternoon newspaper next day, he read on the +front page how young Lackman, stepping off the train in his home +city that morning, had been placed under arrest; his school had been +raided, and half a dozen of the teachers were in jail, and a ton of +Red literature had been confiscated, and a swarm of dire +conspiracies against the safety of the country had been laid bare! + +Peter read this news, and knew that he was in for another stormy +hour with his boss. But he hardly gave a thought to it, because of +something which had happened a few minutes before, something of so +much greater importance. A messenger had brought him a special +delivery letter, and with thumping heart he had torn it open and +read: + +“All right. Meet me in the waiting-room of Guggenheim’s Department +Store at two o’clock this afternoon. But for God’s sake forget Nell +Doolin. Yours, Edythe Eustace.” + +So here was Peter dressed in his best clothes, as for his temporary +honeymoon with the grass widow, and on the way to the rendezvous an +hour ahead of time. And here came Nell, also dressed, every garment +so contrived that a single glance would tell the beholder that their +owner was moving in the highest circles, and regardless of expense. +Nell glanced over her shoulder now and then as she talked, and +explained that Ted Crothers, the man with the bulldog face, was a +terror, and it was hard to get away from him, because he had nothing +to do all day. + +The waiting-room of a big department-store was not the place Peter +would have selected for the pouring out of his heart; but he had to +make the best of it, so he told Nell that he loved her, that he +would never be able to love anybody else, and that he had made piles +of money now, he was high up on the ladder of prosperity. Nell did +not laugh at him, as she had laughed in the Temple of Jimjambo, for +it was easily to be seen that Peter Gudge was no longer a scullion, +but a man of the world with a fascinating air of mystery. Nell +wanted to know forthwith what was he doing; he answered that he +could not tell, it was a secret of the most desperate import; he was +under oath. These were the days of German spies and bomb-plots, when +kings and kaisers and emperors and tsars were pouring treasures into +America for all kinds of melodramatic purposes; also the days of +government contracts and secret deals, when in the lobbies and +private meeting-places of hotels like the de Soto there were +fortunes made and unmade every hour. So it was easy for Nell to +believe in a real secret, and being a woman, she put all her +faculties upon the job of guessing it. + +She did not again ask Peter to tell her; but she let him talk, and +tactfully guided the conversation, and before long she knew that +Peter was intimate with a great many of the most desperate Reds, and +likewise that he knew all about the insides of the Goober case, and +about the great men of American City who had put up a million +dollars for the purpose of hanging Goober, and about the various +ways in which this money had been spent and wires had been pulled to +secure a conviction. Nell put two and two together, and before long +she figured out that the total was four; she suddenly confronted +Peter with this total, and Peter was dumb with consternation, and +broke down and confessed everything, and told Nell all about his +schemes and his achievements and his adventures--omitting only +little Jennie and the grass widow. + +He told about the sums he had been making and was expecting to make; +he told about Lackman, and showed Nell the newspaper with pictures +of the young millionaire and his school. “What a handsome fellow!” + said Nell. “It’s a shame!” + +“How do you mean?” asked Peter, a little puzzled. Could it be that +Nell had any sympathy for these Reds? + +“I mean,” she answered, “that he’d have been worth more to you than +all the rest put together.” + +Nell was a woman, and her mind ran to the practical aspect of +things. “Look here, Peter,” she said, “you’ve been letting those +`dicks’ work you. They’re getting the swag, and just giving you +tips. What you need is somebody to take care of you.” + +Peter’s heart leaped. “Will you do it?” he cried. + +“I’ve got Ted on my hands,” said the girl. “He’d cut my throat, and +yours too, if he knew I was here. But I’ll try to get myself free, +and then maybe--I won’t promise, but I’ll think over your problem, +Peter, and I’ll certainly try to help, so that McGivney and Guffey +and those fellows can’t play you for a sucker any longer.” + +She must have time to think it over, she said, and to make inquiries +about the people involved--some of whom apparently she knew. She +would meet Peter again the next day, and in a more private place +than here. She named a spot in the city park which would be easy to +find, and yet sufficiently remote for a quiet conference. + + + + +Section 40 + + +Peter had been made so bold by Nell’s flattery and what she had said +about his importance, that he did not go back to McGivney to take +his second scolding about the Lackman case. He was getting tired of +McGivney’s scoldings; if McGivney didn’t like his work, let McGivney +go and be a Red for a while himself. Peter walked the streets all +day and a part of the night, thinking about Nell, and thrilling over +the half promises she had made him. + +They met next day in the park. No one was following them, and they +found a solitary place, and Nell let him kiss her several times, and +in between the kisses she unfolded to him a terrifying plan. Peter +had thought that he was something of an intriguer, but his +self-esteem shriveled to nothingness in the presence of the superb +conception which had come to ripeness in the space of twenty-four +hours in the brain of Nell Doolin, alias Edythe Eustace. + +Peter had been doing the hard work, and these big fellows had been +using him, handing him a tip now and then, and making fortunes out +of the information he brought them. McGivney had let the cat out of +the bag in this case of Lackman; you might be sure they had been +making money, big money, out of all the other cases. What Peter must +do was to work up something of his own, and get the real money, and +make himself one of the big fellows. Peter had the facts, he knew +the people; he had watched in the Goober case exactly how a +“frame-up” was made, and now he must make one for himself, and one +that would pay. It was a matter of duty to rid the country of all +these Reds; but why should he not have the money as well? + +Nell had spent the night figuring over it, trying to pick out the +right person. She had hit on old “Nelse” Ackerman, the banker. +Ackerman was enormously and incredibly wealthy; he was called the +financial king of American City. Also he was old, and Nell happened +to know he was a coward; he was sick in bed just now, and when a man +is sick he is still more of a coward. What Peter must do was to +discover some kind of a bomb-plot against old “Nelse” Ackerman. +Peter might talk up the idea among some of his Reds and get them +interested in it, or he might frame up some letters to be found upon +them, and hide some dynamite in their rooms. When the plot was +discovered, it would make a frightful uproar, needless to say; the +king would hear of it, and of Peter’s part as the discoverer of it, +and he would unquestionably reward Peter. Perhaps Peter might +arrange to be retained as a secret agent to protect the king from +the Reds. Thus Peter would be in touch with real money, and might +hire Guffey and McGivney, instead of their hiring him. + +If Peter had stood alone, would he have dared so perilous a dream as +this? Or was he a “piker”; a little fellow, the victim of his own +fears and vanities? Anyhow, Peter was not alone; he had Nell, and it +was necessary that he should pose before Nell as a bold and +desperate blade. Just as in the old days in the Temple, it was +necessary that Peter should get plenty of money, in order to take +Nell away from another man. So he said all right, he would go in on +that plan; and proceeded to discuss with Nell the various +personalities he might use. + +The most likely was Pat McCormick. “Mac,” with his grim, set face +and his silent, secretive habits, fitted perfectly to Peter’s +conception of a dynamiter. Also “Mac” was Peter’s personal enemy; +“Mac” had just returned from his organizing trip in the oil fields, +and had been denouncing Peter and gossiping about him in the various +radical groups. “Mac” was the most dangerous Red of them all! He +must surely be one of the dynamiters! + +Another likely one was Joe Angell, whom Peter had met at a recent +gathering of Ada Ruth’s “Anti-conscription League.” People made +jokes about this chap’s name because he looked the part, with his +bright blue eyes that seemed to have come out of heaven, and his +bright golden hair, and even the memory of dimples in his cheeks. +But when Joe opened his lips, you discovered that he was an angel +from the nether regions. He was the boldest and most defiant of all +the Reds that Peter had yet come upon. He had laughed at Ada Ruth +and her sentimental literary attitude toward the subject of the +draft. It wasn’t writing poems and passing resolutions that was +wanted; it wasn’t even men who would refuse to put on the uniform, +but men who would take the guns that were offered to them, and drill +themselves, and at the proper time face about and use the guns in +the other direction. Agitating and organizing were all right in +their place, but now, when the government dared challenge the +workers and force them into the army, it was men of action that were +needed in the radical movement. + +Joe Angell had been up in the lumber country, and could tell what +was the mood of the real workers, the “huskies” of the timberlands. +Those fellows weren’t doing any more talking; they had their secret +committees that were ready to take charge of things as soon as they +had put the capitalists and their governments out of business. +Meantime, if there was a sheriff or prosecuting attorney that got +too gay, they would “bump him off.” This was a favorite phrase of +“Blue-eyed Angell.” He would use it every half hour or so as he told +about his adventures. “Yes,” he would say; “he got gay, but we +bumped him off all right.” + + + + +Section 41 + + +So Nell and Peter settled down to work out the details of their +“frame-up” on Joe Angell and Pat McCormick. Peter must get a bunch +of them together and get them to talking about bombs and killing +people; and then he must slip a note into the pockets of all who +showed interest, calling them to meet for a real conspiracy. Nell +would write the notes, so that no one could fasten the job onto +Peter. She pulled out a pencil and a little pad from her handbag, +and began: “If you really believe in a bold stroke for the workers’ +rights, meet me--” And then she stopped. “Where?” + +“In the studios,” put in Peter. + +And Nell wrote, “In the studios. Is that enough?” + +“Room 17.” Peter knew that this was the room of Nikitin, a Russian +painter who called himself an Anarchist. + +So Nell wrote “Room 17,” and after further discussion she added: +“Tomorrow morning at eight o’clock. No names and no talk. Action!” + This time was set because Peter recollected that there was to be a +gathering of the “wobblies” in their headquarters this very evening. +It was to be a business meeting, but of course these fellows never +got together very long without starting the subject of “tactics.” + There was a considerable element among them who were dissatisfied +with what they called the “supine attitude” of the organization, and +were always arguing for action. Peter was sure he would be able to +get some of them interested in the idea of a dynamite conspiracy. + +As it turned out, Peter had no trouble at all; the subject was +started without his having to put in a word. Were the workers to be +driven like sheep to the slaughter, and the “wobblies” not to make +one move? So asked the “Blue-eyed Angell,” vehemently, and added +that if they were going to move, American City was as good a place +as any. He had talked with enough of the rank and file to realize +that they were ready for action; all they needed was a battle-cry +and an organization to guide them. + +Henderson, the big lumber-jack, spoke up. That was just the trouble; +you couldn’t get an organization for such a purpose. The authorities +would get spies among you, they would find out what you were doing, +and drive you underground. + +“Well,” cried Joe, “we’ll go underground!” + +“Yes,” agreed the other, “but then your organization goes bust. +Nobody knows who to trust, everybody’s accusing the rest of being a +spy.” + +“Hell!” said Joe Angell. “I’ve been in jail for the movement, I’ll +take my chances of anybody’s calling me a spy. What I’m not going to +do is to sit down and see the workers driven to hell, because I’m so +damn careful about my precious organization.” + +When others objected, Angell rushed on still more vehemently. +Suppose they did fail in a mass-uprising, suppose they were driven +to assassination and terrorism? At least they would teach the +exploiters a lesson, and take a little of the joy out of their +lives. + +Peter thought it would be a good idea for him to pose as a +conservative just now. “Do you really think the capitalists would +give up from fear?” he asked. + +And the other answered: “You bet I do! I tell you if we’d made it +understood that every congressman who voted this country into war +would be sent to the front trenches, our country would still be at +peace.” + +“But,” put in Peter, deftly, “it ain’t the congressmen. It’s people +higher up than them.” + +“You bet,” put in Gus, the Swedish sailor. “You bet you! I name you +one dozen big fellows in dis country--you make it clear if we don’t +get peace dey all get killed--we get peace all right!” + +So Peter had things where he wanted them. “Who are those fellows?” + he asked, and got the crowd arguing over names. Of course they +didn’t argue very long before somebody mentioned “Nelse” Ackerman, +who was venomously hated by the Reds because he had put up a hundred +thousand dollars of the Anti-Goober fund. Peter pretended not to +know about Nelse; and Jerry Rudd, a “blanket-stiff” whose head was +still sore from being cracked open in a recent harvesters’ strike, +remarked that by Jesus, if they’d put a few fellows like that in the +trenches, there’d be some pacifists in Ameriky sure enough all +right. + + +It seemed almost as if Joe Angell had come there to back up Peter’s +purpose. “What we want,” said he, “is a few fellows to fight as hard +for themselves as they fight for the capitalists.” + +“Yes,” assented Henderson, grimly. “We’re all so good--we wait till +our masters tell us we can kill.” + +That was the end of the discussion; but it seemed quite enough to +Peter. He watched his chance, and one by one he managed to slip his +little notes into the coat-pockets of Joe Angell, Jerry Rudd, +Henderson, and Gus, the sailor. And then Peter made his escape, +trembling with excitement. The great dynamite conspiracy was on! +“They must be got rid of!” he was whispering to himself. “They must +be got rid of by any means! It’s my duty I’m doing.” + + + + +Section 42 + + +Peter had an appointment to meet Nell on a street corner at eleven +o’clock that same night, and when she stepped off the street-car, +Peter saw that she was carrying a suit-case. “Did you get your job +done?” she asked quickly, and when Peter answered in the +affirmative, she added: “Here’s your bomb!” + +Peter’s jaw fell. He looked so frightened that she hastened to +reassure him. It wouldn’t go off; it was only the makings of a bomb, +three sticks of dynamite and some fuses and part of a clock. The +dynamite was wrapped carefully, and there was no chance of its +exploding--if he didn’t drop it! But Peter wasn’t much consoled. He +had had no idea that Nell would go so far, or that he would actually +have to handle dynamite. He wondered where and how she had got it, +and wished to God he was out of this thing. + +But it was too late now, of course. Said Nell: “You’ve got to get +this suit-case into the headquarters, and you’ve got to get it there +without anybody seeing you. They’ll be shut up pretty soon, won’t +they?” + +“We locked up when we left,” said Peter. + +“And who has the key?” + +“Grady, the secretary.” + +“There’s no way you can get it?” + +“I can get into the room,” said Peter, quickly. “There’s a fire +escape, and the window isn’t tight. Some of us that know about it +have got in that way when the place was locked.” + +“All right,” said Nell. “We’ll wait a bit; we mustn’t take chances +of anyone coming back.” + +They started to stroll along the street, Nell still carrying the +suit-case, as if distrusting the state of Peter’s nerves, Meantime +she explained, “I’ve got two pieces of paper that we’ve got to plant +in the room. One’s to be torn up and thrown into the trash-basket. +It’s supposed to be part of a letter about some big plan that’s to +be pulled off, and it’s signed `Mac.’ That’s for McCormick, of +course. I had to type it, not having any sample of his handwriting. +The other piece is a drawing; there’s no marks to show what it is, +but of course the police’ll soon find out. It’s a plan of +old Ackerman’s home, and there’s a cross mark showing his +sleeping-porch. Now, what we want to do is to fix this on McCormick. +Is there anything in the room that belongs to him?” + +Peter thought, and at last remembered that in the bookshelves were +some books which had been donated by McCormick, and which had his +name written in. That was the trick! exclaimed Nell. They would hide +the paper in one of these books, and when the police made a thorough +search they would find it. Nell asked what was in these books, and +Peter thought, and remembered that one was a book on sabotage. “Put +the paper in that,” said Nell. “When the police find it, the +newspapers’ll print the whole book.” + +Peter’s knees were trembling so that he could hardly walk, but he +kept reminding himself that he was a “he-man,” a 100% American, and +that in these times of war every patriot must do his part. His part +was to help rid the country of these Reds, and he must not flinch. +They made their way to the old building in which the I. W. W. +headquarters were located, and Peter climbed up on the fence and +swung over to the fire-escape, and Nell very carefully handed the +suit-case to him, and Peter opened the damaged window and slipped +into the room. + +He knew just where the cupboard was, and quickly stored the +suit-case in the corner, and piled some odds and ends of stuff in +front of it, and threw an old piece of canvas over it. He took out +of his right-hand pocket a typewritten letter, and tore it into +small pieces and threw them into the trash-basket. Then he took out +of his left-hand pocket the other paper, with the drawing of +Ackerman’s house. He went to the bookcase and with shaking fingers +struck a match, picked out the little redbound book entitled +“Sabotage,” and stuck the paper inside, and put the book back in +place. Then he climbed out on the fire-escape and dropped to the +ground, jumped over the fence, and hurried down the alley to where +Nell was waiting for him. + +“It’s for my country!” he was whispering to himself. + + + + +Section 43 + + +The job was now complete, except for getting McCormick to the +rendezvous next morning. Nell had prepared and would mail in the +postoffice a special delivery letter addressed to McCormick’s home. +This would be delivered about seven o’clock in the morning, and +inside was a typewritten note, as follows: + +“Mac: Come to Room 17 of the studios at eight in the morning. Very +important. Our plan is all ready, my part is done. Joe.” + +Nell figured that McCormick would take this to be a message from +Angell. He wouldn’t know what it was about, but he’d be all the more +certain to come and find out. The essential thing was that the raid +by the detectives must occur the very minute the conspirators got +together, for as soon as they compared notes they would become +suspicious, and might scatter at once. McGivney must have his men +ready; he must be notified and have plenty of time to get them +ready. + +But there was a serious objection to this--if McGivney had time, he +would demand a talk with Peter, and Nell was sure that Peter +couldn’t stand a cross-questioning at McGivney’s hands. Peter, +needless to say, agreed with her; his heart threatened to collapse +at the thought of such an ordeal. What Peter really wanted to do was +to quit the whole thing right there and then; but he dared not say +so, he dared not face the withering scorn of his confederate. Peter +clenched his hands and set his teeth, and when he passed a street +light he turned his face away, so that Nell might not read the +humiliating terror written there. But Nell read it all the same; +Nell believed that she was dealing with a quivering, pasty-faced +coward, and proceeded on that basis; she worked out the plans, she +gave Peter his orders, and she stuck by him to see that he carried +them out. + +Peter had McGivney’s home telephone number, which he was only +supposed to use in the most desperate emergency. He was to use it +now, and tell McGivney that he had just caught some members of the +I. W. W., with Pat McCormick as their leader, preparing to blow up +some people with dynamite bombs. They had some bombs in a suit-case +in their headquarters, and were just starting out with other bombs +in their pockets. Peter must follow them, otherwise he would lose +them, and some crime might be committed before he could interfere. +McGivney must have his agents ready with automobiles to swoop down +upon any place that Peter indicated. Peter would follow up the +conspirators, and phone McGivney again at the first opportunity he +could find. + +Nell was especially insistent that when Peter spoke to McGivney he +must have only a moment to spare, no time for questions, and he must +not stop to answer any. He must be in a state of trembling +excitement; and Peter was sure that would be very easy! He rehearsed +over to Nell every word he must say, and just how he was to cut +short the conversation and hang up the receiver. Then he went into +an all night drug-store just around the corner from the +headquarters, and from a telephone booth called McGivney’s home. + +It was an apartment house, and after some delay Peter heard the +voice of his employer, surly with sleep. But Peter waked him up +quickly. “Mr. McGivney, there’s a dynamite plot!” + +“_What_?” + +“I. W. W. They’ve got bombs in a suit-case! They’re starting off to +blow somebody up tonight.” + +“By God! What do you mean? Who?” + +“I dunno yet. I only heard part of it, and I’ve got to go. They’re +starting, I’ve got to follow them. I may lose them and it’ll be too +late. You hear me, I’ve got to follow them!” + +“I hear you. What do you want me to do?” + +“I’ll phone you again the first chance I get. You have your men +ready, a dozen of them! Have automobiles, so you can come quick. You +get me?” + +“Yes, but--” + +“I can’t talk any more, I may lose them, I haven’t a second! You be +at your phone, and have your men ready--everything ready. You get +me?” + +“Yes, but listen, man! You sure you’re not mistaken?” + +“Yes, yes, I’m sure!” cried Peter, his voice mounting in excitement. +“They’ve got the dynamite, I tell you--everything! It’s a man named +Nelse.” + +“Nelse what?” + +“The man they’re going to kill. I’ve got to go now, you get ready. +Good-bye!” And Peter hung up the receiver. He had got so excited +over the part he was playing that he sprang up and ran out of the +drug-store, as if he really had to catch up with some I. W. W. +conspirators carrying a dynamite bomb! + +But there was Nell, and they strolled down the street again. They +came to a small park, and sat on one of the benches, because Peter’s +legs would no longer hold him up. Nell walked about to make sure +there was no one on any of the other benches; then she came back and +rehearsed the next scene with Peter. They must go over it most +carefully, because before long the time was coming when Peter +wouldn’t have Nell to coach him, and must be prepared to stand on +his own legs. Peter knew that, and his legs failed him. He wanted to +back down, and declare that he couldn’t go ahead with it; he wanted +to go to McGivney and confess everything. Nell divined what was +going on in his soul, and wished to save him the humiliation of +having it known. She sat close to him on the bench, and put her hand +on his as she talked to him, and presently Peter felt a magic thrill +stealing over him. He ventured to put his arm about Nell, to get +still more of this delicious sensation; and Nell permitted the +embraces, for the first time she even encouraged them. Peter was a +hero now, he was undertaking a bold and desperate venture; he was +going to put it thru like a man, and win Nell’s real admiration. +“Our country’s at war!” she exclaimed. “And these devils are +stopping it!” + +So pretty soon Peter was ready to face the whole world; Peter was +ready to go himself and blow up the king of American City with a +dynamite bomb! In that mood he stayed thru the small hours of the +morning, sitting on the bench clasping his girl in his arms, and +wishing she would give a little more time to heeding his +love-making, and less to making him recite his lessons. + + + + +Section 44 + + +So the day began to break and the birds to sing. The sun rose on +Peter’s face gray with exhaustion and the Irish apples in Nell’s +cheeks badly faded. But the time for action had come, and Peter went +off to watch McCormick’s home until seven o’clock, when the special +delivery letter was due to arrive. + +It came on time, and Peter saw McCormick come out of the house and +set forth in the direction of the studios. It was too early for the +meeting, so Peter figured that he would stop to get his breakfast; +and sure enough “Mac” turned into, a little dairy lunch, and Peter +hastened to the nearest telephone and called his boss. + +“Mr. McGivney,” he said, “I lost those fellows last night, but now I +got them again. They decided not to do anything till today. They’re +having a meeting this morning and we’ve a chance to nab them all.” + +“Where?” demanded McGivney. + +“Room seventeen in the studios; but don’t let any of your men go +near there, till I make sure the right fellows are in.” + +“Listen here, Peter Gudge!” cried McGivney. “Is this straight goods?” + +“My God!” cried Peter. “What do you take me for? I tell you they’ve +got loads of dynamite.” + +“What have they done with it?” + +“They’ve got some in their headquarters. About the rest I dunno. +They carried it off and I lost them last night. But then I found a +note in my pocket--they were inviting me to come in.” + +“By God!” exclaimed the rat-faced man. + +“We’ve got the whole thing, I tell you! Have you got your men ready?” + +“Yes.” + +“Well then, have them come to the corner of Seventh and Washington +Streets, and you come to Eighth and Washington. Meet me there just +as quick as you can.” + +“I get you,” was the answer, and Peter hung up, and rushed off to +the appointed rendezvous. He was so nervous that he had to sit on +the steps of a building. As time passed and McGivney didn’t appear, +wild imaginings began to torment him. Maybe McGivney hadn’t +understood him correctly! Or maybe his automobile might break down! +Or his telephone might have got out of order at precisely the +critical moment! He and his men would arrive too late, they would +find the trap sprung, and the prey escaped. + +Ten minutes passed, fifteen minutes, twenty minutes. At last an +automobile rushed up the street, and McGivney stepped out, and the +automobile sped on. Peter got McGivney’s eye, and then stepped back +into the shelter of a doorway. McGivney followed. “Have you got +them?” he cried. + +“I d-d-dunno!” chattered Peter. “They s-s-said they were c-coming at +eight!” + +“Let me see that note!” commanded McGivney; so Peter pulled out one +of Nell’s notes which he had saved for himself: + +“If you really believe in a bold stroke for the workers’ rights, +meet me in the studios, Room 17, tomorrow morning at eight o’clock. +No names and no talk. Action!” + +“You found that in your pocket?” demanded the other. + +“Y-yes, sir.” + +“And you’ve no idea who put it there.” + +“N-no, but I think Joe Angell--” + +McGivney looked at his watch. “You’ve got twenty minutes yet,” be +said. + +“You got the dicks?” asked Peter. + +“A dozen of them. What’s your idea now?” + +Peter stammered out his suggestions. There was a little grocery +store just across the street from the entrance to the studio +building. Peter would go in there, and pretend to get something to +eat, and would watch thru the window, and the moment he saw the +right men come in, he would hurry out and signal to McGivney, who +would be in a drugstore at the next corner. McGivney must keep out +of sight himself, because the “Reds” knew him as one of Guffey’s +agents. + +It wasn’t necessary to repeat anything twice. McGivney was keyed up +and ready for business, and Peter hurried down the street, and +stepped into the little grocery store without being observed by +anyone. He ordered some crackers and cheese, and seated himself on a +box by the window and pretended to eat. But his hands were trembling +so that he could hardly get the food into his mouth; and this was +just as well, because his mouth was dry with fright, and crackers +and cheese are articles of diet not adapted to such a condition. + +He kept his eyes glued on the dingy doorway of the old studio +building, and presently--hurrah!--he saw McCormick coming down the +street! The Irish boy turned into the building, and a couple of +minutes later came Gus the sailor, and before another five minutes +had passed here came Joe Angell and Henderson. They were walking +quickly, absorbed in conversation, and Peter could imagine he heard +them talking about those mysterious notes, and who could be the +writer, and what the devil could they mean? + +Peter was now wild with nervousness; he was afraid somebody in the +grocery store would notice him, and he made desperate efforts to eat +the crackers and cheese, and scattered the crumbs all over himself +and over the floor. Should he wait for Jerry Rudd, or should he take +those he had already? He had got up and started for the door, when +he saw the last of his victims coming down the street. Jerry was +walking slowly, and Peter couldn’t wait until he got inside. A car +was passing, and Peter took the chance to slip out and bolt for the +drug store. Before he had got half way there McGivney had seen him, +and was on the run to the next corner. + +Peter waited only long enough to see a couple of automobiles come +whirling down the street, packed solid with husky detectives. Then +he turned off and hurried down a side street. He managed to get a +couple of blocks away, and then his nerves gave way entirely, and he +sat down on the curbstone and began to cry--just the way little +Jennie had cried when he told her he couldn’t marry her! People +stopped to stare at him, and one benevolent old gentleman came up +and tapped him on the shoulder and asked what was the trouble. +Peter, between his tear-stained fingers, gasped: “My m-m-mother +died!” And so they let him alone, and after a while he got up and +hurried off again. + + + + +Section 45 + + +Peter was now in a state of utter funk. He knew that he would have +to face McGivney, and he just couldn’t do it. All he wanted was +Nell; and Nell, knowing that he would want her, had agreed to be in +the park at half past eight. She had warned him not to talk to a +soul until he had talked to her. Meantime she had gone home and +renewed her Irish roses with French rouge, and restored her energy +with coffee and cigarettes, and now she was waiting for him, smiling +serenely, as fresh as any bird or flower in the park that summer +morning. She asked him in even tones how things had gone, and when +Peter began to stammer that he didn’t think he could face McGivney, +she proceeded to build up his courage once more. She let him put his +arms about her, even there in broad daylight; she whispered to him +to get himself together, to be a man, and worthy of her. + +What had he to be afraid of, anyway? They hadn’t a single thing on +him, and there was no possible way they could get anything. His +hands were clean all the way thru, and all he had to do was to stick +it out; he must make up his mind in advance, that no matter what +happened, he would never break down, he would never vary from the +story he had rehearsed with her. She made him go over the story +again; how on the previous evening, at the gathering in the I. W. W. +headquarters, they had talked about killing Nelse Ackerman as a +means of bringing the war to an end. And after the talk he had heard +Joe Angell whisper to Jerry Rudd that he had the makings of a bomb +already; he had a suit-case full of dynamite stored there in the +closet, and he and Pat McCormick had been planning to pull off +something that very night. Peter had gone out, but had watched +outside, and had seen Angell, Henderson, Rudd and Gus come out. +Peter had noticed that Angell’s pockets were stuffed, and had +assumed that they were going to do their dynamiting, so he had +phoned to McGivney from the drug-store. By this phoning he had +missed the crowd, and then he had been ashamed and afraid to tell +McGivney, and had spent the night wandering in the park. But early +in the morning he had found the note, and had understood that it +must have been slipped into his pocket, and that the conspirators +wanted him to come in on their scheme. That was all, except for +three or four sentences or fragments of sentences which Peter had +overheard between Joe Angell and Jerry Rudd. Nell made him learn +these sentences by heart, and she insisted that he must not under +any circumstances try to remember or be persuaded to remember +anything further. + +At last Peter was adjudged ready for the ordeal, and went to Room +427 in the American House, and threw himself on the bed. He was so +exhausted that once or twice he dozed; but then he would think of +some new question that McGivney might ask him, and would start into +wakefulness. At last he heard a key turn, and started up. There +entered one of the detectives, a man named Hammett. “Hello, Gudge,” + said he. “The boss wants you to get arrested.” + +“Arrested!” exclaimed Peter. “Good Lord!” He had a sudden swift +vision of himself shut up in a cell with those Reds, and forced to +listen to “hard luck stories.” + +“Well,” said Hammett, “we’re arresting all the Reds, and if we skip +you, they’ll be suspicious. You better go somewhere right away and +get caught.” + +Peter saw the wisdom of this, and after a little thought he chose +the home of Miriam Yankovitch. She was a real Red, and didn’t like +him; but if he was arrested in her home, she would have to like him, +and it would tend to make him “solid” with the “left wingers.” He +gave the address to Hammett, and added, “You better come as soon as +you can, because she may kick me out of the house.” + +“That’s all right,” replied the other, with a laugh. “Tell her the +police are after you, and ask her to hide you.” + +So Peter hurried over to the Jewish quarter of the city, and knocked +on a door in the top story of a tenement house. The door was opened +by a stout woman with her sleeves rolled up and her arms covered +with soap-suds. Yes, Miriam was in. She was out of a job just now, +said Mrs. Yankovitch. They had fired her because she talked +Socialism. Miriam entered the room, giving the unexpected visitor a +cold stare that said as plain as words: “Jennie Todd!” + +But this changed at once when Peter told her that he had been to I. +W. W. headquarters and found the police in charge. They had made a +raid, and claimed to have discovered some kind of plot; fortunately +Peter had seen the crowd outside, and had got away. Miriam took him +into an inside room and asked him a hundred questions which he could +not answer. He knew nothing, except that he had been to a meeting at +headquarters the night before, and this morning he had gone there to +get a book, and had seen the crowd and run. + +Half an hour later came a bang on the door, and Peter dived under +the bed. The door was burst open, and he heard angry voices +commanding, and vehement protests from Miriam and her mother. To +judge from the sounds, the men began throwing the furniture this way +and that; suddenly a hand came under the bed, and Peter was grabbed +by the ankle, and hauled forth to confront four policemen in +uniform. + +It was an awkward situation, because apparently these policemen +hadn’t been told that Peter was a spy; the boobs thought they were +getting a real dynamiter! One grabbed each of Peter’s wrists, and +another kept him and Miriam covered with a revolver, while the +fourth proceeded to go thru his pockets, looking for bombs. When +they didn’t find any, they seemed vexed, and shook him and hustled +him about, and made clear they would be glad of some pretext to +batter in his head. Peter was careful not to give them such a +pretext; he was frightened and humble, and kept declaring that he +didn’t know anything, he hadn’t done any harm. + +“We’ll see about that, young fellow!” said the officer, as he +snapped the handcuffs on Peter’s wrists. Then, while one of them +remained on guard with the revolver, the other three proceeded to +ransack the place, pulling out the bureau-drawers and kicking the +contents this way and that, grabbing every scrap of writing they +could find and jamming it into a couple of suit-cases. There were +books with red bindings and terrifying titles, but no bombs, and no +weapons more dangerous than a carving knife and Miriam’s tongue. The +girl stood there with her black eyes flashing lightnings, and told +the police exactly what she thought of them. She didn’t know what +had happened in the I. W. W. headquarters, but she knew that +whatever it was, it was a frame-up, and she dared them to arrest +her, and almost succeeded in her fierce purpose. However, the police +contented themselves with kicking over the washtub and its contents, +and took their departure, leaving Mrs. Yankovitch screaming in the +midst of a flood. + + + + +Section 46 + + +They dragged Peter out thru a swarming tenement crowd, and clapped +him into an automobile, and whirled him away to police headquarters, +where they entered him in due form and put him in a cell. He was +uneasy right away, because he had failed to arrange with Hammett how +long he was to stay locked up. But barely an hour had passed before +a jailer came, and took him to a private room, where he found +himself confronted by McGivney and Hammett, also the Chief of Police +of the city, a deputy district attorney, and last but most important +of all--Guffey. It was the head detective of the Traction Trust who +took Peter in charge. + +“Now, Gudge,” said he, “what’s this job you’ve been putting up on +us?” + +It struck Peter like a blow in the face. His heart went down, his +jaw dropped, he stared like an idiot. Good God! + +But he remembered Nell’s last solemn words: “Stick it out, Peter; +stick it out!” So he cried: “What do you mean, Mr. Guffey?” + +“Sit down in that chair there,” said Guffey. “Now, tell us what you +know about this whole business. Begin at the beginning and tell us +everything--every word.” So Peter began. He had been at a meeting at +the I. W. W. headquarters the previous evening. There had been a +long talk about the inactivity of the organization, and what could +be done to oppose the draft. Peter detailed the arguments, the +discussion of violence, of dynamite and killing, the mention of +Nelse Ackerman and the other capitalists who were to be put out of +the way. He embellished all this, and exaggerated it greatly--it +being the one place where Nell had said he could do no harm by +exaggerating. + +Then he told how after the meeting had broken up he had noticed +several of the men whispering among themselves. By pretending to be +getting a book from the bookcase he had got close to Joe Angell and +Jerry Rudd; he had heard various words and fragments of sentences, +“dynamite,” “suit-case in the cupboard,” “Nelse,” and so on. And +when the crowd went out he noticed that Angell’s pockets were +bulging, and assumed that he had the bombs, and that they were going +to do the job. He rushed to the drug-store and phoned McGivney. It +took a long time to get McGivney, and when he had given his message +and run out again, the crowd was out of sight. Peter was in despair, +he was ashamed to confront McGivney, he wandered about the streets +for hours looking for the crowd. He spent the rest of the night in +the park. But then in the morning he discovered the piece of paper +in his pocket, and understood that somebody had slipped it to him, +intending to invite him to the conspiracy; so he had notified +McGivney, and that was all he knew. + +McGivney began to cross-question him. He had heard Joe Angell +talking to Jerry Rudd; had he heard him talking to anybody else? Had +he heard any of the others talking? Just what had he heard Joe +Angell say? Peter must repeat every word all over. This time, as +instructed by Nell, he remembered one sentence more, and repeated +this sentence: “Mac put it in the `sab-cat.’” He saw the others +exchange glances. “That’s just what I heard,” said Peter--“just those +words. I couldn’t figure out what they meant?” + +“Sab-cat?” said the Chief of Police, a burly figure with a brown +moustache and a quid of tobacco tucked in the corner of his mouth. +“That means `sabotage,’ don’t it?” + +“Yes,” said the rat-faced man. + +“Do you know anything in the office that has to do with sabotage?” + demanded Guffey of Peter. + +And Peter thought. “No, I don’t,” he said. + +They talked among themselves for a minute or two. The Chief said +they had got all McCormick’s things out of his room, and might find +some clue to the mystery in these. Guffey went to the telephone, and +gave a number with which Peter was familiar--that of I. W. W. +headquarters. “That you, Al?” he said. “We’re trying to find if +there’s something in those rooms that has to do with sabotage. Have +you found anything--any apparatus or pictures, or writing--anything?” + Evidently the answer was in the negative, for Guffey said: “Go +ahead, look farther; if you get anything, call me at the chief’s +office quick. It may give us a lead.” + +Then Guffey hung up the receiver and turned to Peter. “Now Gudge,” + he said, “that’s all your story, is it; that’s all you got to tell +us?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Well then, you might as well quit your fooling right away. We +understand that you framed this thing up, and we’re not going to be +taken in.” + +Peter stared at Guffey, speechless; and Guffey, for his part, took a +couple of steps toward Peter, his brows gathering into a terrible +frown, and his fists clenched. In a wave of sickening horror Peter +remembered the scenes after the Preparedness Day explosion. Were +they going to put him thru that again? + +“We’ll have a show-down, Gudge, right here,” the head detective +continued. “You tell us all this stuff about Angell--his talk with +Jerry Rudd, and his pockets stuffed with bombs and all the rest of +it--and he denies every word of it.” + +“But, m-m-my God! Mr. Guffey,” gasped Peter. “Of _course_ he’ll deny +it!” Peter could hardly believe his ears--that they were taking +seriously the denial of a dynamiter, and quoting it to him! + +“Yes, Gudge,” responded Guffey, “but you might as well know the +truth now as later--Angell is one of our men; we’ve had him planted +on these `wobblies’ for the last year.” + +The bottom fell out of Peter’s world; Peter went tumbling heels over +head--down, down into infinite abysses of horror and despair. Joe +Angell was a secret agent like himself! The Blue-eyed Angell, who +talked dynamite and assassination at a hundred radical gatherings, +who shocked the boldest revolutionists by his reckless +language--Angell a spy, and Peter had proceeded to plant a +“frame-up” on him! + + + + +Section 47 + + +It was all up with Peter. He would go back into the hole! He would +be tortured for the balance of his days! In his ears rang the +shrieks of ten thousand lost souls and the clang of ten thousand +trumpets of doom; and yet, in the midst of all the noise and +confusion, Peter managed somehow to hear the voice of Nell, +whispering over and over again: “Stick it out, Peter; stick it out!” + +He flung out his hands and started toward his accuser. “Mr. Guffey, +as God is my witness, I don’t know a thing about it but what I’ve +told you. That’s what happened, and if Joe Angell tells you anything +different he’s lying.” + +“But why should he lie?” + +“I don’t know why; I don’t know anything about it!” + +Here was where Peter reaped the advantage of his lifelong training +as an intriguer. In the midst of all his fright and his despair, +Peter’s subconscious mind was working, thinking of schemes. “Maybe +Angell was framing something up on you! Maybe he was fixing some +plan of his own, and I come along and spoiled it; I sprung it too +soon. But I tell you it’s straight goods I’ve given you.” And +Peter’s very anguish gave him the vehemence to check Guffey’s +certainty. As he rushed on, Peter could read in the eyes of the +detective that he wasn’t really as sure as he talked. + +“Did you see that suit-case?” he demanded. + +“No, I didn’t see no suit-case!” answered Peter. “I don’t even know +if there was a suit-case. I only know I heard Joe Angell say +`suit-case,’ and I heard him say `dynamite.’” + +“Did you see anybody writing anything in the place?” + +“No, I didn’t,” said Peter. “But I seen Henderson sitting at the +table working at some papers he had in his pocket, and I seen him +tear something up and throw it into the trash-basket.” Peter saw the +others look at one another, and he knew that he was beginning to +make headway. + +A moment later came a diversion that helped to save him. The +telephone rang, and the Chief of Police answered and nodded to +Guffey, who came and took the receiver. “A book?” he cried, with +excitement in his tone. “What sort of a plan? Well, tell one of your +men to take the car and bring that book and the plan here to the +chief’s office as quick as he can move; don’t lose a moment, +everything may depend on it.” + +And then Guffey turned to the others. “He says they found a book on +sabotage in the book-case, and in it there’s some kind of a drawing +of a house. The book has McCormick’s name in it.” + +There were many exclamations over this, and Peter had time to think +before the company turned upon him again. The Chief of Police now +questioned him, and then the deputy of the district attorney +questioned him; still he stuck to his story. “My God!” he cried. +“Would you think I’d be mad enough to frame up a job like this? +Where’d I get all that stuff? Where’d I get that dynamite?”--Peter +almost bit off his tongue as he realized the dreadful slip he had +made. No one had ever told him that the suit-case actually contained +dynamite! How had he known there was dynamite in it? He was +desperately trying to think of some way he could have heard; but, as +it happened, no one of the five men caught him up. They all knew +that there was dynamite in the suit-case; they knew it with +overwhelming and tremendous certainty, and they overlooked entirely +the fact that Peter wasn’t supposed to know it. So close to the edge +of ruin can a man come and yet escape! + +Peter made haste to get away from that danger-spot. “Does Joe Angell +deny that he was whispering to Jerry Rudd?” + +“He doesn’t remember that,” said Guffey. “He may have talked with +him apart, but nothing special, there wasn’t any conspiracy.” + +“Does he deny that he talked about dynamite?” + +“They may have talked about it in the general discussion, but he +didn’t whisper anything.” + +“But I heard him!” cried Peter, whose quick wits had thought up a +way of escape, “I know what I heard! It was just before they were +leaving, and somebody had turned out some of the lights. He was +standing with his back to me, and I went over to the book-case right +behind him.” + +Here the deputy district attorney put in. He was a young man, a +trifle easier to fool than the others. “Are you sure it was Joe +Angell?” he demanded. + +“My God! Of course it was!” said Peter. “I couldn’t have been +mistaken.” But he let his voice die away, and a note of bewilderment +be heard in it. + +“You say he was whispering?” + +“Yes, he was whispering.” + +“But mightn’t it have been somebody else?” + +“Why, I don’t know what to say,” said Peter. “I thought for sure it +was Joe Angell; but I had my back turned, I’d been talking to Grady, +the secretary, and then I turned around and moved over to the +book-case.” + +“How many men were there in the room?” + +“About twenty, I guess.” + +“Were the lights turned off before you turned around, or after?” + +“I don’t remember that; it might have been after.” And suddenly poor +bewildered Peter cried: “It makes me feel like a fool. Of course I +ought to have talked to the fellow, and made sure it was Joe Angell +before I turned away again; but I thought sure it was him. The idea +it could be anybody else never crossed my mind.” + +“But you’re sure it was Jerry Rudd that was talking to him?” + +“Yes, it was Jerry Rudd, because his face was toward me.” + +“Was it Rudd or was it the other fellow that made the reply about +the `sab-cat’?” And then Peter was bewildered and tied himself up, +and led them into a long process of cross-questioning; and in the +middle of it came the detective, bringing the book on sabotage with +McCormick’s name written in the fly-leaf, and with the ground plan +of a house between the pages. + +They all crowded around to look at the plan, and the idea occurred +to several of them at once: Could it be Nelse Ackerman’s house? The +Chief of Police turned to his phone, and called up the great +banker’s secretary. Would he please describe Mr. Ackerman’s house; +and the chief listened to the description. “There’s a cross mark on +this plan--the north side of the house, a little to the west of the +center. What could that be?” Then, “My God!” And then, “Will you +come down here to my office right away and bring the architect’s +plan of the house so we can compare them?” The Chief turned to the +others, and said, “That cross mark in the house is the sleeping +porch on the second floor where Mr. Ackerman sleeps!” + +So then they forgot for a while their doubts about Peter. It was +fascinating, this work of tracing out the details of the conspiracy, +and fitting them together like a picture puzzle. It seemed quite +certain to all of them that this insignificant and scared little man +whom they had been examining could never have prepared so ingenious +and intricate a design. No, it must really be that some master mind, +some devilish intriguer was at work to spread red ruin in American +City! + + + + +Section 48 + + +They dismissed Peter for the present, sending him back to his cell. +He stayed there for two days with no one to advise him, and no hint +as to his fate. They did not allow newspapers in the jail, but they +had left Peter his money, and so on the second day he succeeded in +bribing one of his keepers and obtaining a copy of the American City +“Times,” with all the details of the amazing sensation spread out on +the front page. + +For thirty years the “Times” had been standing for law and order +against all the forces of red riot and revolution; for thirty years +the “Times” had been declaring that labor leaders and walking +delegates and Socialists and Anarchists were all one and the same +thing, and all placed their reliance fundamentally upon one +instrument, the dynamite bomb. Here at last the “Times” was +vindicated, this was the “Times” great day! They had made the most +of it, not merely on the front page, but on two other pages, with +pictures of all the conspicuous conspirators, including Peter, and +pictures of the I. W. W. headquarters, and the suit-case, and the +sticks of dynamite and the fuses and the clock; also of the “studio” + in which the Reds had been trapped, and of Nikitin, the Russian +anarchist who owned this den. Also there were columns of speculation +about the case, signed statements and interviews with leading +clergymen and bankers, the president of the Chamber of Commerce and +the secretary of the Real Estate Exchange. Also there was a +two-column, double-leaded editorial, pointing out how the “Times” + had been saying this for thirty years, and not failing to connect up +the case with the Goober case, and the Lackman case, and the case of +three pacifist clergymen who had been arrested several days before +for attempting to read the Sermon on the Mount at a public meeting. + +And Peter knew that he, Peter Gudge, had done all this! The forces +of law and order owed it all to one obscure little secret service +agent! Peter would get no credit, of course; the Chief of Police and +the district attorney were issuing solemn statements, taking the +honors to themselves, and with never one hint that they owed +anything to the secret service department of the Traction Trust. +That was necessary, of course; for the sake of appearances it had to +be pretended that the public authorities were doing the work, +exercising their legal functions in due and regular form. It would +never do to have the mob suspect that these activities were being +financed and directed by the big business interests of the city. But +all the same, it made Peter sore! He and McGivney and the rest of +Guffey’s men had a contempt for the public officials, whom they +regarded as “pikers”; the officials had very little money to spend, +and very little power. If you really wanted to get anything done in +America, you didn’t go to any public official, you went to the big +men of affairs, the ones who had the “stuff,” and were used to doing +things quickly and efficiently. It was the same in this business of +spying as in everything else. + +Now and then Peter would realize how close he had come to ghastly +ruin. He would have qualms of terror, picturing himself shut up in +the hole, and Guffey proceeding to torture the truth out of him. But +he was able to calm these fears. He was sure this dynamite +conspiracy would prove too big a temptation for the authorities; it +would sweep them away in spite of themselves. They would have to go +thru with it, they would have to stand by Peter. + +And sure enough, on the evening of the second day a jailer came and +said: “You’re to be let out.” And Peter was ushered thru the barred +doors and turned loose without another word. + + + + +Section 49 + + +Peter went to Room 427 of the American House and there was McGivney +waiting for him. McGivney said nothing about any suspicion of Peter, +nor did Peter say anything--he understood that by-gones were to be +by-gones. The authorities were going to take this gift which the +fates had handed to them on a silver platter. For years they had +been wanting to get these Reds, and now magically and incredibly, +they had got them! + +“Now, Gudge,” said McGivney, “here’s your story. You’ve been +arrested on suspicion, you’ve been cross-questioned and put thru the +third degree, but you succeeded in satisfying the police that you +didn’t know anything about it, and they’ve released you. We’ve +released a couple of others at the same time, so’s to cover you all +right; and now you’re to go back and find out all you can about the +Reds, and what they’re doing, and what they’re planning. They’re +shouting, of course, that this is a `frame-up.’ You must find out +what they know. You must be careful, of course--watch every step you +take, because they’ll be suspicious for a while. We’ve been to your +room and turned things upside down a bit, so that will help to make +it look all right.” + +Peter sallied forth; but he did not go to see the Reds immediately. +He spent an hour dodging about the city to make sure no one was +shadowing him; then he called up Nell at a telephone number she had +given him, and an hour later they met in the park, and she flew to +his arms and kissed him with rapturous delight. He had to tell her +everything, of course; and when she learned that Joe Angell was a +secret agent, she first stared at him in horror, and then she +laughed until she almost cried. When Peter told how he had met that +situation and got away with it, for the first time he was sure that +he had won her love. + +“Now, Peter,” she said, when they were calm again, we’ve got to get +action at once. The papers are full of it, and old Nelse Ackerman +must be scared out of his life. Here’s a letter I’m going to mail +tonight--you notice I’ve used a different typewriter from the one I +used last time. I went into a typewriter store, and paid them to let +me use one for a few minutes, so they can never trace this letter to +me. + +The letter was addressed to Nelson Ackerman at his home, and marked +“Personal.” Peter read: + +“This is a message from a friend. The Reds had an agent in your +home. They drew a plan of your house. The police are hiding things +from you, because they can’t get the truth, and don’t want you to +know they are incompetent. There is a man who discovered all this +plot, and you should see him. They won’t let you see him if they can +help it. You should demand to see him. But do not mention this +letter. If you do not get to the right man, I will write you again. +If you keep this a secret, you may trust me to help you to the end. +If you tell anybody, I will be unable to help you.” + +“Now,” said Nell, “when he gets that letter he’ll get busy, and +you’ve got to know what to do, because of course everything depends +on that.” So Nell proceeded to drill Peter for his meeting with the +King of American City. Peter now stood in such awe of her judgment +that he learned his lessons quite patiently, and promised solemnly +that he would do exactly what she said and nothing else. He reaped +his reward of kisses, and went home to sleep the sleep of the just. + +Next morning Peter set out to do some of his work for McGivney, so +that McGivney would have no ground for complaint. He went to see +Miriam Yankovich, and this time Miriam caught him by his two hands +and wrung them, and Peter knew that he had atoned for his crime +against little Jennie. Peter was a martyr once more. He told how he +had been put thru the third degree; and she told how the water from +the washtub had leaked thru the ceiling, and the plaster had fallen, +and ruined the dinner of a poor workingman’s family. + +Also, she told him all about the frame-up as the Reds saw it. +Andrews, the lawyer, was demanding the right to see the prisoners, +but this was refused, and they were all being held without bail. On +the previous evening Miriam had attended a gathering at Andrews’ +home, at which the case was talked out. All the I. W. W.’s declared +that the thing was the rankest kind of frame-up; the notes were +obviously fake, and the dynamite had undoubtedly been planted by the +police. They had used it as a pretext to shut up the I. W. W. +headquarters, and to arrest a score of radicals. Worst of all, of +course, was the propaganda; the hideous stories with which they were +filling the papers. Had Peter seen this morning’s “Times?” A +perfectly unmistakable incitement to mobs to gather and lynch the +Reds! + + + + +Section 50 + + +From Miriam’s, Peter went back to Room 427. It was Nell’s idea that +Nelse Ackerman would not lose a minute next morning; and sure +enough, Peter found a note on the dressing-table: “Wait for me, I +want to see you.” + +Peter waited, and before long McGivney came in and sat down in front +of him, and began very solemnly: “Now Peter Gudge, you know I’m your +friend.” + +“Yes, of course.” + +“I’ve stood by you,” said McGivney. “If it hadn’t been for me, the +boss would have had you in the hole right now, trying to sweat you +into confessing you planted that dynamite. I want you to know that, +and I want you to know that I’m going to stand by you, and I expect +you to stand by me and give me a square deal.” + +“Why, sure!” said Peter. “What is it?” Then McGivney proceeded to +explain: Old Nelse Ackerman had got the idea that the police were +holding back something from him. He was scared out of his wits about +this case, of course. He had himself shut up in a cupboard at night, +and made his wife pull down the curtains of her limousine when she +went driving. And now he was insisting that he must have a talk with +the man who had discovered this plot against him. McGivney hated to +take the risk of having Peter become acquainted with anybody, but +Nelse Ackerman was a man whose word was law. Really, he was Peter’s +employer; he had put up a lot of the money for the secret service +work which Guffey was conducting, and neither Guffey or any of the +city authorities dared try to fool him. + +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter; “it won’t hurt for me to see +him.” + +“He’s going to question you about this case,” said McGivney. “He’s +going to try to find out everything he can. So you got to protect +us; you got to make him understand that we’ve done everything +possible. You got to put us right with him.” + +Peter promised solemnly he would do so; but McGivney wasn’t +satisfied. He was in a state of trepidation, and proceeded to hammer +and hammer at Peter, impressing upon him the importance of +solidarity, of keeping faith with his fellows. It sounded exactly +like some of the I. W. W.’s talking among themselves! + +“You may think, here’s a chance to jump on us and climb out on top, +but don’t you forget it, Peter Gudge, we’ve got a machine, and in +the long run it’s the machine that wins. We’ve broken many a fellow +that’s tried to play tricks on us, and we’ll break you. Old Nelse +will get what he wants out of you; he’ll offer you a big price, no +doubt--but before long he’ll be thru with you, and then you’ll come +back to us, and I give you fair warning, by God, if you play us +dirty, Guffey will have you in the hole in a month or two, and +you’ll come out on a stretcher.” + +So Peter pledged his faith again; but, seeing his chance, he added: +“Don’t you think Mr. Guffey ought to do something for me, because of +that plot I discovered?” + +“Yes, I think that,” said McGivney; “that’s only fair.” + +And so they proceeded to bargain. Peter pointed out all the dangers +he had run, and all the credit which the others had got. Guffey +hadn’t got credit in the papers, but he had got it with his +employers, all right, and he would get still more if Peter stood by +him with the king of American City. Peter said it ought to be worth +a thousand dollars, and he said he ought to have it right away, +before he went to see the king. At which Guffey scowled ferociously. +“Look here, Gudge! you got the nerve to charge us such a price for +standing by your frame-up?” + +McGivney generally treated Peter as a coward and a feeble bluffer; +but he had learned also that there was one time when the little man +completely changed his nature, and that was when it was a question +of getting hold of some cash. That was the question now; and Peter +met McGivney scowl for scowl. “If you don’t like my frame-up,” he +snarled, “you go kick to the newspapers about it!” + +Peter was the bulldog again, and had got his teeth in the other +bulldog’s nose, and he hung right there. He had seen the rat-faced +man pull money out of his clothes before this, and he knew that this +time, above all other times, McGivney would come prepared. So he +insisted--a thousand or nothing; and as before, his heart went down +into his boots when McGivney produced his wad, and revealed that +there was more in the wad than Peter had demanded! + +However, Peter consoled himself with the reflection that a thousand +dollars was a tidy sum of money, and he set out for the home of +Nelse Ackerman in a jovial frame of mind. Incidentally he decided +that it might be the part of wisdom not to say anything to Nell +about this extra thousand. When women found out that you had money, +they’d never rest till they had got every cent of it, or at least +had made you spend it on them! + + + + +Section 51 + + +Nelse Ackerman’s home was far out in the suburbs of the city, upon a +knoll surrounded by forest. It was a couple of miles from the +nearest trolley line, which forced Peter to take a hot walk in the +sun. Apparently the great banker, in selecting the site of his +residence, had never once thought that anybody might want to get to +it without an automobile. Peter reflected as he walked that if he +continued to move in these higher circles, he too would have to join +the motor-driving class. + +About the estate there ran a great bronze fence, ten feet high, with +sharp, inhospitable spikes pointing outwards. Peter had read about +this fence a long time ago in the American City “Times”; it was so +and so many thousand yards long, and had so and so many spikes, and +had cost so and so many tens of thousands of dollars. There were big +bronze gates locked tight, and a sign that said: “Beware the dogs!” + Inside the gates were three guards carrying rifles and walking up +and down; they were a consequence of the recent dynamite conspiracy, +but Peter did not realize this, he took them for a regular +institution, and a symbol of the importance of the man he was to +visit. + +He pressed a button by the side of the gate, and a lodgekeeper came +out, and Peter, according to orders, gave the name “Arthur G. +McGillicuddy.” The lodge-keeper went inside and telephoned, and then +came back and opened the gate, just enough to admit Peter. “You’re +to be searched,” said the lodge-keeper; and Peter, who had been +arrested many times, took no offense at this procedure, but found it +one more evidence of the importance of Nelse Ackerman. The guards +went thru his pockets, and felt him all over, and then one of them +marched him up the long gravel avenue thru the forest, climbed a +flight of marble steps to the palace on the knoll, and turned him +over to a Chinese butler who walked on padded slippers. + +If Peter had not known that this was a private home he would have +thought it was an art gallery. There were great marble columns, and +paintings bigger than Peter, and tapestries with life-size horses; +there were men in armor, and battle axes and Japanese dancing +devils, and many other strange sights. Ordinarily Peter would have +been interested in learning how a great millionaire decorated his +house, and would have drunk deep of the joy of being amid such +luxury. But now all his thoughts were taken up with his dangerous +business. Nell had told him what to look for, and he looked. +Mounting the velvet-carpeted staircase, he noted a curtain behind +which a man might hide, and a painting of a Spanish cavalier on the +wall just opposite. He would make use of these two sights. + +They went down a hall, like a corridor in the Hotel de Soto, and at +the end of it the butler tapped softly upon a door, and Peter was +ushered into a big apartment in semi-darkness. The butler retired +without a sound, closing the door behind him and Peter stood +hesitating, looking about to get his bearings. From the other side +of the room he heard three faint coughs, suggesting a sick man. +There was a four-poster bed of some dark wood, with a canopy over it +and draperies at the side, and a man in the bed, sitting propped up +with pillows. There were more coughs, and then a faint whisper, +“This way.” So Peter crossed over and stood about ten feet from the +bed, holding his hat in his hands; he was not able to see very much +of the occupant of the bed, nor was he sure it would be respectful +for him to try to see. + +“So you’re--(cough) what’s your name?” + +“Gudge,” said Peter. + +“You are the man--(cough) that knows about the Reds?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +The occupant of the bed coughed every two or three minutes thru the +conversation that followed, and each time Peter noticed that he put +his hand up to his mouth as if he were ashamed of the noise. +Gradually Peter got used to the twilight, and could see that Nelse +Ackerman was an old man with puffy, droopy cheeks and chin, and dark +puffy crescents under his eyes. He was quite bald, and had on his +head a skull cap of embroidered black silk, and a short, embroidered +jacket over his night shirt. Beside the bed stood a table covered +with glasses and bottles and pill-boxes, and also a telephone. Every +few minutes this telephone would ring, and Peter would wait +patiently while Mr. Ackerman settled some complex problem of +business. “I’ve told them my terms,” he would say with irritation, +and then he would cough; and Peter, who was sharply watching every +detail of the conduct of the rich, noted that he was too polite even +to cough into the telephone. “If they will pay a hundred and +twenty-five thousand dollars on account, I will wait, but not a cent +less,” Nelse Ackerman would say. And Peter, awe-stricken, realized +that he had now reached the very top of Mount Olympus, he was at the +highest point he could hope to reach until he went to heaven. + +The old man fixed his dark eyes on his visitor. “Who wrote me that +letter?” whispered the husky voice. + +Peter had been expecting this. “What letter, sir?” + +“A letter telling me to see you.” + +“I don’t know anything about it, sir.” + +“You mean--(cough) you didn’t write me an anonynious letter?” + +“No, sir, I didn’t.” + +“Then some friend of yours must have written it.” + +“I dunno that. It might have been some enemy of the police.” + +“Well, now, what’s this about the Reds having an agent in my home?” + +“Did the letter say that?” + +“It did.” + +“Well, sir, that’s putting it too strong. I ain’t sure, it’s just an +idea I’ve had. It’ll need a lot of explaining.” + +“You’re the man who discovered this plot, I understand?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +“Well, take a chair, there,” said the banker. There was a chair near +the bedside, but it seemed to Peter too close to be respectful, so +he pulled it a little farther away, and sat down on the front six +inches of it, still holding his hat in his hands and twisting it +nervously. “Put down that hat,” said the old man, irritably. So +Peter stuck the hat under his chair, and said: “I beg pardon, sir.” + + + + +Section 52 + + +The old plutocrat was feeble and sick, but his mind was all there, +and his eyes seemed to be boring Peter through. Peter realized that +he would have to be very careful--the least little slip would be +fatal here. + +“Now, Gudge,” the old man began, “I want you to tell me all about +it. To begin with, how did you come to be among these Reds? Begin at +the beginning.” + +So Peter told how he had happened to get interested in the radical +movement, laying particular stress upon the dangerousness of these +Reds, and his own loyalty to the class which stood for order and +progress and culture in the country. “It ought to be stopped, Mr. +Ackerman!” he exclaimed, with a fine show of feeling; and the old +banker nodded. Yes, yes, it ought to be stopped! + +“Well,” said Peter, “I said to myself, `I’m going to find out about +them fellows.’ I went to their meetings, and little by little I +pretended to get converted, and I tell you, Mr. Ackerman, our police +are asleep; they don’t know what these agitators are doing, what +they’re preaching. They don’t know what a hold they’ve got on the +mobs of the discontented!” + +Peter went on to tell in detail about the propaganda of social +revolution, and about conspiracies against law and order, and the +property and even the lives of the rich. Peter noticed that when the +old man took a sip of water his hand trembled so that he could +hardly keep the water from spilling; and presently, when the phone +rang again, his voice became shrill and imperious. “I understand +they’re applying for bail for those men. Now Angus, that’s an +outrage! We’ll not hear to anything like that! I want you to see the +judge at once, and make absolutely certain that those men are held +in jail.” + +Then again the old banker had a coughing fit. “Now, Gudge,” he said, +“I know more or less about all that. What I want to know is about +this conspiracy against me. Tell me how you came to find out about +it.” + +And Peter told; but of course he embellished it, in so far as it +related to Mr. Ackerman--these fellows were talking about Mr. +Ackerman all the time, they had a special grudge against him. + +“But why?” cried the old man. “Why?” + +“They think you’re fighting them, Mr. Ackerman.” + +“But I’m not! That’s not true!” + +“Well, they say you put up money to hang Goober. They call +you--you’ll excuse me?” + +“Yes, yes, of course.” + +“They call you the `head money devil.’ They call you the financial +king of American City.” + +“King!” cried the banker. “What rubbish! Why, Gudge, that’s fool +newspaper talk! I’m a poor man today. There are two dozen men in +this city richer than I am, and who have more power. Why--” But the +old man fell to coughing and became so exhausted that he sank back +into his pillows until he recovered his breath. Peter waited +respectfully; but of course he wasn’t fooled. Peter had carried on +bargaining many times in his life, and had heard people proclaim +their poverty and impotence. + +“Now, Gudge,” the old man resumed. “I don’t want to be killed; I +tell you I don’t want to be killed.” + +“No, of course not,” said Peter. It was perfectly comprehensible to +him that Mr. Ackerman didn’t want to be killed. But Mr. Ackerman +seemed to think it necessary to impress the idea upon him; in the +course of the conversation he came back to it a number of times, and +each time he said it with the same solemn assurance, as if it were a +brand new idea, and a very unusual and startling idea. “I don’t want +to be killed, Gudge; I tell you I don’t want to let those fellows +get me. No, no; we’ve got to circumvent them, we’ve got to take +precautions--every precaution--I tell you every possible +precaution.” + +“I’m here for that purpose, Mr. Ackerman,” said Peter, solemnly. +“I’ll do everything. We’ll do everything, I’m sure.” + +“What’s this about the police?” demanded the banker. “What’s this +about Guffey’s bureau? You say they’re not competent?” + +“Well now, I’ll tell you, Mr. Ackerman,” said Peter, “It’s a little +embarrassing. You see, they employ me--” + +“Nonsense!” exclaimed the other. “_I_ employ you! I’m putting up the +money for this work, and I want the facts!--I want them all.” + +“Well,” said Peter, “they’ve been very decent to me--” + +“I say tell me everything!” exclaimed the old man. He was a most +irritable old man, and couldn’t stand for a minute not having what +he asked for. “What’s the matter with them?” + +Peter answered, as humbly as he could: “I could tell you a great +deal that’d be of use to you, Mr. Ackerman, but you got to keep it +between you and me.” + +“All right!” said the other, quickly. “What is it?” + +“If you give a hint of it to anybody else,” persisted Peter, “then +I’ll get fired.” + +“You’ll not get fired, I’ll see to that. If necessary I’ll hire you +direct.” + +“Ah, but you don’t understand, Mr. Ackerman. It’s a machine, and you +can’t run against it; you gotta understand it, you gotta handle it +right. I’d like to help you, and I know I can help you, but you +gotta let me explain it, and you gotta understand some things.” + +“All right,” said the old man. “Go ahead, what is it?” + +“Now,” said Peter, “it’s like this. These police and all these +fellows mean well, but they don’t understand; it’s too complicated, +they ain’t been in this movement long enough. They’re used to +dealing with criminals; but these Reds, you see, are cranks. +Criminals ain’t organized, at least they don’t stand together; but +these Reds do, and if you fight ‘em, they fight back, and they make +what they call `propaganda.’ And that propaganda is dangerous--if +you make a wrong move, you may find you’ve made ‘em stronger than +they were before.” + +“Yes, I see that,” said the old man. “Well?” + +“Then again, the police dunno how dangerous they are. You try to +tell them things, they won’t really believe you. I’ve known for a +long time there was a group of these people getting together to kill +off all the rich men, the big men all over the country. They’ve been +spying on these rich men, getting ready to kill them. They know a +lot about them that you can’t explain their knowing. That’s how I +got the idea they had somebody in your house, Mr. Ackerman.” + +“Tell me what you mean. Tell me at once.” + +“Well, sir, every once in a while I pick up scraps of conversation. +One day I heard Mac--” + +“Mac?” + +“That’s McCormick, the one who’s in jail. He’s an I. W. W. leader, +and I think the most dangerous of all. I heard him whispering to +another fellow, and it scared me, because it had to do with killing +a rich man. He’d been watching this rich man, and said he was going +to shoot him down right in his own house! I didn’t hear the name of +the man--I walked away, because I didn’t want him to think I was +trying to listen in. They’re awful suspicious, these fellows; if you +watch Mac you see him looking around over his shoulder every minute +or two. So I strolled off, and then I strolled back again, and he +was laughing about something, and I heard him say these words; I +heard him say, `I was hiding behind the curtain, and there was a +Spanish fellow painted on the wall, and every time I peeked out that +bugger was looking at me, and I wondered if he wasn’t going to give +me away.’” + +And Peter stopped. His eyes had got used to the twilight now, and he +could see the old banker’s eyes starting out from the crescents of +dark, puffy flesh underneath. “My God!” whispered Nelse Ackerman. + +“Now, that was all I heard,” said Peter. “And I didn’t know what it +meant. But when I learned about that drawing that Mac had made of +your house, I thought to myself, Jesus, I bet that was Mr. Ackerman +he was waiting to shoot!” + +“Good God! Good God!” whispered the old man; and his trembling +fingers pulled at the embroidery on the coverlet. The telephone +rang, and he took up the receiver, and told somebody he was too busy +now to talk; they would have to call him later. He had another +coughing spell, so that Peter thought he was going to choke, and had +to help him get some medicine down his throat. Peter was a little +bit shocked to see such obvious and abject fear in one of the gods. +After all, they were just men, these Olympians, as much subject to +pain and death as Peter Gudge himself! + +Also Peter was surprised to find how “easy” Mr. Ackerman was. He +made no lofty pretence of being indifferent to the Reds. He put +himself at Peter’s mercy, to be milked at Peter’s convenience. And +Peter would make the most of this opportunity. + +“Now, Mr. Ackerman,” he began, “You can see it wouldn’t be any use +to tell things like that to the police. They dunno how to handle +such a situation; the honest truth is, they don’t take these Reds +serious. They’ll spend ten times as much money to catch a plain +burglar as they will to watch a whole gang like this.” + +“How can they have got into my home?” cried the old man. + +“They get in by ways you’d never dream of, Mr. Ackerman. They have +people who agree with them. Why, you got no idea, there’s some +preachers that are Reds, and some college teachers, and some rich +men like yourself.” + +“I know, I know,” said Ackerman. “But surely--” + +“How can you tell? You may have a traitor right in your own family.” + +So Peter went on, spreading the Red Terror in the soul of this old +millionaire who did not want to be killed. He said again that he did +not want to be killed, and explained his reluctance in some detail. +So many people were dependent upon him for their livings, Peter +could have no conception of it! There were probably a hundred +thousand men with their families right here in American City, whose +jobs depended upon plans which Ackerman was carrying, and which +nobody but Ackerman could possibly carry. Widows and orphans looked +to him for protection of their funds; a vast net-work of +responsibilities required his daily, even his hourly decisions. And +sure enough, the telephone rang, and Peter heard Nelse Ackerman +declare that the Amalgamated Securities Company would have to put +off a decision about its dividends until tomorrow, because he was +too busy to sign certain papers just then. He hung up the receiver +and said: “You see, you see! I tell you, Gudge, we must not let them +get me!” + + + + +Section 53 + + +They came down to the question of practical plans, and Peter was +ready with suggestions. In the first place, Mr. Ackerman must give +no hint either to the police authorities or to Guffey that he was +dissatisfied with their efforts. He must simply provide for an +interview with Peter now and then, and he and Peter, quite +privately, must take certain steps to get Mr. Ackerman that +protection which his importance to the community made necessary. The +first thing was to find out whether or not there was a traitor in +Mr. Ackerman’s home, and for that purpose there must be a spy, a +first-class detective working in some capacity or other. The only +trouble was, there were so few detectives you could trust; they were +nearly all scoundrels, and if they weren’t scoundrels, it was +because they didn’t have sense enough to be--they were boobs, and +any Red could see thru them in five minutes. + +“But I tell you,” said Peter, “what I’ve thought. I’ve got a wife +that’s a wonder, and just now while we were talking about it, I +thought, if I could only get Edythe in here for a few days, I’d find +out everything about all the people in your home, your relatives as +well as your servants.” + +“Is she a professional detective?” asked the banker. + +“Why no, sir,” said Peter. “She was an actress, her name was Edythe +Eustace; perhaps you might have heard of her on the stage.” + +“No, I’m too busy for the theatre,” said Mr. Ackerman. + +“Of course,” said Peter. “Well, I dunno whether she’d be willing to +do it; she don’t like having me mix up with these Reds, and she’s +been begging me to quit for a long time, and I’d just about promised +her I would. But if I tell her about your trouble maybe she might, +just as a favor.” + +But how could Peter’s wife be introduced into the Ackerman household +without attracting suspicion? Peter raised this question, pointing +out that his wife was a person of too high a social class to come as +a servant. Mr. Ackerman added that he had nothing to do with +engaging his servants, any more than with engaging the bookkeepers +in his bank. It would look suspicious for him to make a suggestion +to his housekeeper. But finally he remarked that he had a niece who +sometimes came to visit him, and would come at once if requested, +and would bring Edythe Eustace as her maid. Peter was sure that +Edythe would be able to learn this part quickly, she had acted it +many times on the stage, in fact, it had been her favorite role. Mr. +Ackerman promised to get word to his niece, and have her meet Edythe +at the Hotel de Soto that same afternoon. + +Then the old banker pledged his word most solemnly that he would not +whisper a hint about this matter except to his niece. Peter was most +urgent and emphatic; he specified that the police were not to be +told, that no member of the household was to be told, not even Mr. +Ackerman’s private secretary. After Mr. Ackerman had had this duly +impressed upon him, he proceeded in turn to impress upon Peter the +idea which he considered of most importance in the world: “I don’t +want to be killed, Gudge, I tell you I don’t want to be killed!” And +Peter solemnly promised to make it his business to listen to all +conversations of the Reds in so far as they might bear upon Mr. +Ackerman. + +When he rose to take his departure, Mr. Ackerman slipped his +trembling fingers into the pocket of his jacket, and pulled out a +crisp and shiny note. He unfolded it, and Peter saw that it was a +five hundred dollar bill, fresh from the First National Bank of +American City, of which Mr. Ackerman was chairman of the board of +directors. “Here’s a little present for you, Gudge,” he said. “I +want you to understand that if you protect me from these villains, +I’ll see that you are well taken care of. From now on I want you to +be my man.” + +“Yes, sir,” said Peter, “I’ll be it, sir. I thank you very much, +sir.” And he thrust the bill into his pocket, and bowed himself step +by step backwards toward the door. “You’re forgetting your hat,” + said the banker. + +“Why, yes,” said the trembling Peter, and he came forward again, and +got his hat from under the chair, and bowed himself backward again. + +“And remember, Gudge,” said the old man, “I don’t want to be killed! +I don’t want them to get me!” + + + + +Section 54 + + +Peter’s first care when he got back into the city was to go to Mr. +Ackerman’s bank and change that five hundred dollar bill. The +cashier gazed at him sternly, and scrutinized the bill carefully, +but he gave Peter five one hundred dollar bills without comment. +Peter tucked three of them away in a safe hiding-place, and put the +other two in his pocketbook, and went to keep his appointment with +Nell. + +He told her all that had happened, and where she was to meet Mr. +Ackerman’s niece. “What did he give you?” Nell demanded, at once, +and when Peter produced the two bills, she exclaimed, “My God! the +old skint-flint!” “He said there’d be more,” remarked Peter. + +“It didn’t cost him anything to say that,” was Nell’s answer. “We’ll +have to put the screws on him.” Then she added, “You’d better let me +take care of this money for you, Peter.” + +“Well,” said Peter, “I have to have some for my own expenses, you +know.” + +“You’ve got your salary, haven’t you?” + +“Yes, that’s true, but--” + +“I can keep it safe for you,” said Nell, “and some day when you need +it you’ll be glad to have it. You’ve never saved anything yourself; +that’s a woman’s job.” + +Peter tried to haggle with her, but it wasn’t the same as haggling +with McGivney; she looked at him with her melting glances, and it +made Peter’s head swim, and automatically he put out his hand and +let her take the two bills. Then she smiled, so tenderly that he +made bold to remind her, “You know, Nell, you’re my wife now!” + +“Yes, yes,” she answered, “of course. But we’ve got to get rid of +Ted Crothers somehow. He watches me all the time, and I have no end +of trouble making excuses and getting away.” + +“How’re you’re going to get rid of him?” asked Peter, hungrily. + +“We’ll have to skip,” she answered; “just as soon as we have pulled +off our new frame-up--” + +“Another one?” gasped Peter, in dismay. + +And the girl laughed. “You wait!” she said. “I’m going to pull some +real money out of Nelse Ackerman this time! Then when we’ve made our +killing, we’ll skip, and be fixed for life. You wait--and don’t talk +love to me now, because my mind is all taken up with my plans, and I +can’t think about anything else.” + +So they parted, and Peter went to see McGivney in the American +House. “Stand up to him!” Nell had said. But it was not easy to do, +for McGivney pulled and hauled him and turned him about, upside down +and inside outwards, to know every single thing that had happened +between him and Nelse Ackerman. Lord, how these fellows did hang on +to their sources of graft! Peter repeated and insisted that he +really had played entirely fair--he hadn’t told Nelse Ackerman a +thing except just the truth as he had told it to Guffey and +McGivney. He had said that the police were all right, and that +Guffey’s bureau was stepping right on the tail of the Reds all the +time. + +“And what does he want you to do?” demanded the rat-faced man. + +Peter answered, “He just wanted to make sure that he was learning +everything of importance, and he wanted me to promise him that he +would get every scrap of information that I collected about the plot +against him; and of course I promised him that we’d bring it all to +him.” + +“You going to see him any more?” demanded McGivney. + +“He didn’t say anything about that.” + +“Did he get your address?” + +“No, I suppose if he wants me he’ll let you know, the same as +before.” + +“All right,” said McGivney. “Did he give you any money?” + +“Yes,” said Peter, “he gave me two hundred dollars, and he said +there was plenty more where that came from, so that we’d work hard +to help him. He said he didn’t want to get killed; he said that a +couple of dozen times, I guess. He spent more time saying that than +anything else. He’s sick, and he’s scared out of his wits.” + +So at last McGivney condescended to thank Peter for his +faithfulness, and went on to give him further orders. + +The Reds were raising an awful howl. Andrews, the lawyer, had +succeeded in getting a court order to see the arrested men, and of +course the prisoners had all declared that the case was a put-up +job. Now the Reds were preparing to send out a circular to their +fellow Reds all over the country, appealing for publicity, and for +funds to fight the “frame-up.” + +They were very secret about it, and McGivney wanted to know where +they were getting their money. He wanted a copy of the circular they +were printing, and to know where and when the circulars were to be +mailed. Guffey had been to see the post office authorities, and they +were going to confiscate the circulars and destroy them all without +letting the Reds know it. + +Peter rubbed his hands with glee. That was the real business! That +was going after these criminals in the way Peter had been urging! +The rat-faced man answered that it was nothing to what they were +going to do in a few days. Let Peter keep on his job, and he would +see! Now, when the public was wrought up over this dynamite +conspiracy, was the time to get things done. + + + + +Section 55 + + +Peter took a street car to the home of Miriam Yankovitch, and on the +way he read the afternoon edition of the American City “Times.” The +editors of this paper were certainly after the Reds, and no mistake! +They had taken McCormick’s book on Sabotage, just as Nell had +predicted, and printed whole chapters from it, with the most +menacing sentences in big type, and some boxed up in little frames +and scattered here and there over the page so that no one could +possibly miss them. They had a picture of McCormick taken in the +jail; he hadn’t had a chance to shave for several days, and probably +hadn’t felt pleasant about having his picture taken--anyhow, he +looked ferocious enough to frighten the most skeptical, and Peter +was confirmed in his opinion that Mac was the most dangerous Red of +them all. + +Columns and columns of material this paper published about the case, +subtly linking it up with all the other dynamitings and +assassinations in American history, and with German spy plots and +bomb plots. There was a nation-wide organization of these assassins, +so the paper said; they published hundreds of papers, with millions +of readers, all financed by German gold. Also, there was a +double-leaded editorial calling on the citizens to arise and save +the republic, and put an end to the Red menace once for all. Peter +read this, and like every other good American, he believed every +word that he read in his newspaper, and boiled with hatred of the +Reds. + +He found Miriam Yankovitch away from home. Her mother was in a state +of excitement, because Miriam had got word that the police were +giving the prisoners the “third degree,” and she had gone to the +offices of the Peoples’ Council to get the radicals together and try +to take some immediate action. So Peter hurried over to these +offices, where he found some twenty-five Reds and Pacifists +assembled, all in the same state of excitement. Miriam was walking +up and down the room, clasping and unclasping her hands, and her +eyes looked as if she had been crying all day. Peter remembered his +suspicion that Miriam and Mac were lovers. He questioned her. They +had put Mac in the “hole,” and Henderson, the lumber-jack, was laid +up in the hospital as a result of the ordeal he had undergone. + +The Jewish girl went into details, and Peter found himself +shuddering--he had such a vivid memory of the third degree himself! +He did not try to stop his shuddering, but took to pacing up and +down the room like Miriam, and told them how it felt to have your +wrists twisted and your fingers bent backward, and how damp and +horrible it was in the “hole.” So he helped to work them into a +state of hysteria, hoping that they would commit some overt action, +as McGivney wanted. Why not storm the jail and set free the +prisoners? + +Little Ada Ruth said that was nonsense; but might they not get +banners, and parade up and down in front of the jail, protesting +against this torturing of men who had not been convicted of any +crime? The police would fall on them, of course, the crowds would +mob them and probably tear them to pieces, but they must do +something. Donald Gordon answered that this would only make them +impotent to keep up the agitation. What they must try to get was a +strike of labor. They must send telegrams to the radical press, and +go out and raise money, and call a mass-meeting three days from +date. Also, they must appeal to all the labor unions, and see if it +was possible to work up sentiment for a general strike. + +Peter, somewhat disappointed, went back and reported to McGivney +this rather tame outcome. But McGivney said that was all right, he +had something that would fix them; and he revealed to Peter a +startling bit of news. Peter had been reading in the papers about +German spies, but he had only half taken it seriously; the war was a +long way off, and Peter had never seen any of that German gold that +they talked so much about--in fact, the Reds were in a state of +perpetual poverty, one and all of them stinting himself eternally to +put up some portion of his scant earnings to pay for pamphlets and +circulars and postage and defence funds, and all the expenses of an +active propaganda organization. But now, McGivney declared, there +was a real, sure-enough agent of the Kaiser in American City! The +government had pretty nearly got him in his nets, and one of the +things McGivney wanted to do before the fellow was arrested was to +get him to contribute some money to the radical cause. + +It wasn’t necessary to point out to Peter the importance of this. If +the authorities could show that the agitation on behalf of McCormick +and the rest had been financed by German money, the public would +justify any measures taken to bring it to an end. Could Peter +suggest to McGivney the name of a German Socialist who might be +persuaded to approach this agent of the Kaiser, and get him to +contribute money for the purpose of having a general strike called +in American City? Several of the city’s big manufacturing plants +were being made over for war purposes, and obviously the enemy had +much to gain by strikes and labor discontent. Guffey’s men had been +trying for a long time to get Germans to contribute to the Goober +Defense fund, but here was an even better opportunity. + +Peter thought of Comrade Apfel, who was one of the extreme +Socialists, and a temporary Pacifist like most Germans. Apfel worked +in a bakery, and his face was as pasty as the dough he kneaded, but +it would show a tinge of color when he rose in the local to denounce +the “social patriots,” those party members who were lending their +aid to British plans for world domination. McGivney said he would +send somebody to Apfel at once, and give him the name of the +Kaiser’s agent as one who might be induced to contribute to the +radical defense fund. Apfel would, of course, have no idea that the +man was a German agent; he would go to see him, and ask him for +money, and McGivney and his fellow-sleuths would do the rest. Peter +said that was fine, and offered to go to Apfel himself; but the +rat-faced man answered no, Peter was too precious, and no chance +must be taken of directing Apfel’s suspicions against him. + + + + +Section 56 + + +Peter had received a brief scrawl from Nell, telling him that it was +all right, she had gone to her new job, and would soon have results. +So Peter went cheerfully about his own duties of trying to hold down +the protest campaign of the radicals. It was really quite +terrifying, the success they were having, in spite of all the best +efforts of the authorities. Bundles of circulars appeared at their +gatherings as if by magic, and were carried away and distributed +before the authorities could make any move. Every night at the Labor +Temple, where the workers gathered, there were agitators howling +their heads off about the McCormick case. To make matters worse, +there was an obscure one cent evening paper in American City which +catered to working-class readers, and persisted in publishing +evidence tending to prove that the case was a “frame-up.” The Reds +had found out that their mail was being interfered with, and were +raising a terrific howl about that--pretending, of course, that it +was “free speech” they cared about! + +The mass meeting was due for that evening, and Peter read an +indignant editorial in the American City “Times,” calling upon the +authorities to suppress it. “Down with the Red Flag!” the editorial +was headed; and Peter couldn’t see how any red-blooded, 100% +American could read it, and not be moved to do something. + +Peter said that to McGivney, who answered: “We’re going to do +something; you wait!” And sure enough, that afternoon the papers +carried the news that the mayor of American City had notified the +owners of the Auditorium that they would be held strictly +responsible under the law for all incendiary and seditious +utterances at this meeting; thereupon, the owners of the Auditorium +had cancelled the contract. Furthermore, the mayor declared that no +crowds should be gathered on the street, and that the police would +be there to see to it, and to protect law and order. Peter hurried +to the rooms of the Peoples’ Council, and found the radicals +scurrying about, trying to find some other hall; every now and then +Peter would go to the telephone, and let McGivney know what hall +they were trying to get, and McGivney would communicate with Guffey, +and Guffey would communicate with the secretary of the Chamber of +Commerce, and the owner of this hall would be called up and warned +by the president of the bank which held a mortgage on the hall, or +by the chairman of the board of directors of the Philharmonic +Orchestra which gave concerts there. + +So there was no Red mass meeting that night--and none for many a +night thereafter in American City! Guffey’s office had got its +German spy story ready, and next morning, here was the entire front +page of the American City “Times” given up to the amazing revelation +that Karl von Stroeme, agent of the German government, and reputed +to be a nephew of the German Vice-chancellor, had been arrested in +American City, posing as a Swedish sewing-machine agent, but in +reality having been occupied in financing the planting of dynamite +bombs in the buildings of the Pioneer Foundry Company, now being +equipped for the manufacture of machine-guns. Three of von Stroeme’s +confederates had been nabbed at the same time, and a mass of papers +full of important revelations--not the least important among them +being the fact that only yesterday von Stroeme had been caught +dealing with a German Socialist of the ultra-Red variety, an +official of the Bread and Cake-Makers’ Union Number 479, by the name +of Ernst Apfel. The government had a dictagraph record of +conversations in which von Stroeme had contributed one hundred +dollars to the Liberty Defense League, an organization which the +Reds had got up for the purpose of carrying on agitation for the +release of the I. W. W.s arrested in the dynamite plot against the +life of Nelse Ackerman. Moreover it was proven that Apfel had taken +this money and distributed it among several German Reds, who had +turned it in to the defense fund, or used it in paying for circulars +calling for a general strike. + +Peter’s heart was leaping with excitement; and it leaped even faster +when he had got his breakfast and was walking down Main Street. He +saw crowds gathered, and American flags flying from all the +buildings, just as on the day of the Preparedness parade. It caused +Peter to feet queer spasms of fright; he imagined another bomb, but +he couldn’t resist the crowds with their eager faces and contagious +enthusiasm. Presently here came a band, with magnificent martial +music, and here came soldiers marching--tramp, tramp, tramp--line +after line of khaki-clad boys with heavy packs upon their backs and +shiny new rifles. Our boys! Our boys! God bless them! + +It was three regiments of the 223rd Division, coming from Camp +Lincoln to be entrained for the war. They might better have been +entrained at the camp, of course, but everyone had been clamoring +for some glimpse of the soldiers, and here they were with their +music and their flags, and their crowds of flushed, excited +admirers--two endless lines of people, wild with patriotic fervor, +shouting, singing, waving hats and handkerchiefs, until the whole +street became a blur, a mad delirium. Peter saw these closely +pressed lines, straight and true, and the legs that moved like +clock-work, and the feet that shook the ground like thunder. He saw +the fresh, boyish faces, grimly set and proud, with eyes fixed +ahead, never turning, even tho they realized that this might be +their last glimpse of their home city, that they might never come +back from this journey. Our boys! Our boys! God bless them! Peter +felt a choking in his throat, and a thrill of gratitude to the boys +who were protecting him and his country; he clenched his hands and +set his teeth, with fresh determination to punish the evil men and +women--draft-dodgers, slackers, pacifists and seditionists--who were +failing to take their part in this glorious emprise. + + + + +Section 57 + + +Peter went to the American House and met McGivney, and was put to +work on a job that precisely suited his mood. The time had come for +action, said the rat-faced man. The executive committee of the I. W. +W. local had been drafting an appeal to the main organization for +help, and the executive committee was to meet that evening; Peter +was to get in touch with the secretary, Grady, and find out where +this meeting was to be, and make the suggestion that all the +membership be gathered, and other Reds also. The business men of the +city were going to pull off their big stroke that night, said +McGivney; the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association had got together and +worked out a secret plan, and all they wanted was to have the Reds +collected in one place. + +So Peter set out and found Shawn Grady, the young Irish boy who kept +the membership lists and other papers of the organization, in a +place so secret that not even Peter had been able to find them. +Peter brought the latest news about the sufferings of Mac in the +“hole,” and how Gus, the sailor, had joined Henderson in the +hospital. He was so eloquent in his indignation that presently Grady +told him about the meeting for that evening, and about the place, +and Peter said they really ought to get some of their friends +together, and work out some way to get their protest literature +distributed quickly, because it was evident they could no longer use +the mails. What was the use of resolutions of executive committees, +when what was wanted was action by the entire membership? Grady said +all right, they would notify the active members and sympathizers, +and he gave Peter the job of telephoning and travelling about town +getting word to a dozen people. + +At six o’clock that evening Peter reported the results to McGivney, +and then he got a shock. “You must go to that meeting yourself,” + said the rat-faced man. “You mustn’t take any chance of their +suspecting you.” + +“But, my God!” cried Peter. “What’s going to happen there?” + +“You don’t need to worry about that,” answered the other. “I’ll see +that you’re protected.” + +The gathering was to take place at the home of Ada Ruth, the +poetess, and McGivney had Peter describe this home to him. Beyond +the living-room was a hallway, and in this hallway was a big clothes +closet. At the first alarm Peter must make for this place. He must +get into the closet, and McGivney would be on hand, and they would +pen Peter up and pretend to club him, but in reality would protect +him from whatever happened to the rest. Peter’s knees began to +tremble, and he denounced the idea indignantly; what would happen to +him if anything were to happen to McGivney, or to his automobile, +and were to fail to get there in time? McGivney declared that Peter +need not worry--he was too valuable a man for them to take any +chances with. McGivney would be there, and all Peter would have to +do was to scream and raise a rumpus, and finally fall unconscious, +and McGivney and Hammett and Cummings would carry him out to their +automobile and take him away! + +Peter was so frightened that he couldn’t eat any dinner, but +wandered about the street talking to himself and screwing up his +courage. He had to stop and look at the American flags, still waving +from the buildings, and read the evening edition of the American +City “Times,” in order to work up his patriotic fervor again. As he +set out for the home of the little cripple who wrote pacifist +poetry, he really felt like the soldier boys marching away to war. + +Ada Ruth was there, and her mother, a dried-up old lady who knew +nothing about all these dreadful world movements, but whose +pleadings had no effect upon her inspired daughter; also Ada’s +cousin, a lean old-maid school teacher, secretary of the Peoples’ +Council; also Miriam Yankovitch, and Sadie Todd, and Donald Gordon. +On the way Peter had met Tom Duggan, and the mournful poet revealed +that he had composed a new poem about Mac in the “hole.” Immediately +afterwards came Grady, the secretary, his pockets stuffed with his +papers. Grady, a tall, dark-eyed, impulsive-tempered Irish boy, was +what the Socialists called a “Jimmie Higgins,” that is, one of the +fellows who did the hard and dreary work of the movement, who were +always on hand no matter what happened, always ready to have some +new responsibility put upon their shoulders. Grady had no use for +the Socialists, being only interested in “industrial action,” but he +was willing to be called a “Jimmie Higgins”; he had said that Peter +was one too, and Peter had smiled to himself, thinking that a +“Jimmie Higgins” was about the last thing in the world he ever would +be. Peter was on the way to independence and prosperity, and it did +not occur to him to reflect that he might be a “Jimmie Higgins” to +the “Whites” instead of to the Reds! + +Grady now pulled out his papers, and began to talk over with Donald +Gordon the proceedings of the evening. He had had a telegram from +the national headquarters of the I. W. W., promising support, and +his thin, hungry face lighted up with pride as he showed this. Then +he announced that “Bud” Connor was to be present--a well-known +organizer, who had been up in the oil country with McCormick, and +brought news that the workers there were on the verge of a big +strike. Then came Mrs. Jennings, a poor, tormented little woman who +was slowly dying of a cancer, and whose husband was suing her for +divorce because she had given money to the I. W. W. With her, and +helping her along, came “Andy” Adams, a big machinist, who had been +kicked out of his lodge for talking too much “direct action.” He +pulled from his pocket a copy of the “Evening Telegraph,” and read a +few lines from an editorial, denouncing “direct action” as meaning +dynamiting, which it didn’t, of course, and asking how long it would +be before the friends of law and order in American City would use a +little “direct action” of their own. + + + + +Section 58 + + +So they gathered, until about thirty were present, and then the +meeting speedily got down to business. It was evident, said Grady, +that the authorities had deliberately framed-up the dynamite +conspiracy, in order to have an excuse for wiping out the I. W. W. +organization; they had closed the hall, and confiscated everything, +typewriters and office furniture and books--including a book on +Sabotage which they had turned over to the editor of the “Evening +Times”! There was a hiss of anger at this. Also, they had taken to +interfering with the mail of the organization; the I. W. W. were +having to get out their literature by express. They were fighting +for their existence, and they must find some way of getting the +truth to people. If anybody had any suggestions to make, now was the +time. + +There came one suggestion after another; and meantime Peter sat as +if his chair were full of pins. Why didn’t they come--the younger +members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association--and do what they were going to do +without any further delay? Did they expect Peter to sit there all +night, trembling with alarm--and he not having any dinner besides? + +Suddenly Peter gave a jump. Outside came a yell, and Donald Gordon, +who was making a speech, stopped suddenly, and the members of the +company stared at one another, and some sprang to their feet. There +were more yells, rising to screams, and some of the company made for +the front doors, and some for the back doors, and yet others for the +windows and the staircase. Peter wasted no time, but dived into the +clothes closet in the hallway back of the living-room, and got into +the farthest corner of this closet, and pulled some of the clothes +on top of him; and then, to make him safer yet, came several other +people piling on top of him. + +From his place of refuge he listened to the confusion that reigned. +The place was a bedlam of women’s shrieks, and the curses of +fighting men, and the crash of overturning furniture, and of clubs +and monkey-wrenches on human heads. The younger members of the +Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ +Association had come in sufficient force to make sure of their +purpose. There were enough to crowd the room full, and to pack all +the doorways, and two or three to guard each window, and a flying +squadron to keep watch for anybody who jumped from the roof or tried +to hide in the trees of the garden. + +Peter cowered, and listened to the furious uproar, and presently he +heard the cries of those on top of him, and realized that they were +being pulled off and clubbed; he felt hands reach down and grab him, +and he cringed and cried in terror; but nothing happened to him, and +presently he glanced up and he saw a man wearing a black mask, but +easily to be recognized as McGivney. Never in all his life had Peter +been gladder to see a human face than he was to see that masked face +of a rat! McGivney had a club in his hand, and was dealing ferocious +blows to the clothes heaped around Peter. Behind McGivney were +Hammett and Cummings, covering the proceedings, and now and then +carefully putting in a blow of their own. + +Most of the fighting inside the house and outside came quickly to an +end, because everybody who fought was laid out or overpowered. Then +several of the agents of Guffey, who had been studying these Reds +for a year or two and knew them all, went about picking out the ones +who were especially wanted, and searching them for arms, and then +handcuffing them. One of these men approached Peter, who instantly +fell unconscious, and closed his eyes; then Hammett caught him under +the armpits and Cummings by the feet, and McGivney walked alongside +as a bodyguard, remarking now and then, “We want this fellow, we’ll +take care of him.” + +They carried Peter outside, and in the darkness he opened his eyes +just enough to see that the street was lined with automobiles, and +that the Reds were being loaded aboard. Peter’s friends carried him +to one car and drove him away, and then Peter returned to +consciousness, and the four of them sat up and laughed to split +their sides, and slapped one another on the back, and mentioned the +satisfactory things they had seen. Had Hammett noticed that slice +Grady had got over the eyes, and the way the blood had run all over +him? Well, he wanted to be a Red--they had helped him be one--inside +and out! Had McGivney noticed how “Buck” Ellis, one of their men, +had put the nose of the hobo poet out of joint? And young Ogden, son +of the president of the Chamber of Commerce, had certainly managed +to show how he felt about these cattle, the female ones as well as +the males; when that Yankovich slut had slapped his face, he had +caught her by the breasts and nearly twisted them off, and she had +screamed and fainted! + +Yes, they had cleaned them out. But that wasn’t all of it, they were +going to finish the job tonight, by God! They were going to give +these pacifists a taste of the war, they were going to put an end to +the Red Terror in American City! Peter might go along if he liked +and see the good work; they were going into the country, and it +would be dark, and if he kept a mask on he would be quite safe. And +Peter said yes; his blood was up, he was full of the spirit of the +hunt, he wanted to be in at the death, regardless of everything. + + + + +Section 59 + + +The motor purred softly, and the car sped as if upon wings thru the +suburbs of American City, and to the country beyond. There were cars +in front, and other cars behind, a long stream of white lights +flying out into the country. They came to a grove of big pine trees, +which rose two or three feet thick, like church arches, and covered +the ground beneath them with a soft, brown carpet. It was a +well-known picnic place, and here all the cars were gathering by +appointment. Evidently it had all been pre-arranged, with that +efficiency which is the pride of 100% Americans. A man with a black +mask over his face stood in the center of the grove, and shouted his +directions thru a megaphone, and each car as it swept in ranged +itself alongside the next car in a broad circle, more than a hundred +feet across. These cars of the younger members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association were well +behaved--they were accustomed to sliding precisely into place +according to orders of a megaphone man, when receptions were being +given, or when the younger members and their wives and +fiancees, clad in soft silks and satins, came rolling up to +their dinner-parties and dances. + +The cars came and came, until there was just room enough for the +last one to slide in. Then at a shouted command, “Number one!” a +group of men stepped out of one of the cars, dragging a handcuffed +prisoner. It was Michael Dubin, the young Jewish tailor who had +spent fifteen days in jail with Peter. Michael was a student and +dreamer, and not used to scenes of violence; also, he belonged to a +race which expresses its emotions, and consequently is offensive to +100% Americans. He screamed and moaned while the masked men +un-handcuffed him, and took off his coat and tore his shirt in the +back. They dragged him to a tree in the center of the ring, a +somewhat smaller tree, just right for his wrists to meet around and +be handcuffed again. There he stood in the blinding glare of thirty +or forty cars, writhing and moaning, while one of the black-masked +men stripped off his coat and got ready for action. He produced a +long black-snake whip, and stood poised for a moment; then in a +booming voice the man with the megaphone shouted, “Go!” and the whip +whistled thru the air and was laid across the back of Michael, and +tore into the flesh so that the blood leaped into sight. There was a +scream of anguish, and the victim began to twist and turn and kick +about as if in his death-throes. Again the whip whistled, and again +you heard the thud as it tore into the flesh, and another red stripe +leaped to view. + +Now the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association were in excellent +condition for this evening’s labor. They were not pale and thin, +underfed and overworked, as were their prisoners; they were sleek +and rosy, and ashine with health. It was as if long years ago their +fathers had foreseen the Red menace, and the steps that would have +to be taken to preserve 100% Americanism; the fathers had imported a +game which consisted of knocking little white balls around a field +with various styles and sizes of clubs. They had built magnificent +club-houses out here in the suburbs, and had many hundreds of acres +of ground laid out for this game, and would leave their occupations +of merchanting and manufacturing early in the afternoon, in order to +repair to these fields and keep their muscles in condition. They +would hold tournaments, and vie with one another, and tell over the +stories of the mighty strokes which they had made with their clubs, +and of the hundreds of strokes they had made in a single afternoon. +So the man with the black-snake whip was “fit,” and didn’t need to +stop for breath. Stroke after stroke he laid on, with a splendid +rhythmic motion; he kept it up easily, on and on. Had he forgotten? + +Did he think this was a little white ball he was swinging down upon? +He kept on and on, until you could no longer count the welts, until +the whole back of Michael Dubin was a mass of raw and bleeding +flesh. The screams of Michael Dubin died away, and his convulsive +struggling ceased, and his head hung limp, and he sunk lower and +lower upon the tree. + +At last the master of ceremonies stepped forward and ordered a halt, +and the man with the whip wiped the sweat from his forehead with his +shirt-sleeve, and the other men unchained the body of Michael Dubin, +and dragged it a few feet to one side and dumped it face downward in +the pine-leaves. + +“Number two!” called the master of ceremonies, in a clear, +compelling voice, as if he were calling the figures of a quadrille; +and from another car another set of men emerged, dragging another +prisoner. It was Bert Glikas, a “blanket-stiff” who was a member of +the I. W. W.’s executive committee, and had had two teeth knocked +out in a harvest-strike only a couple of weeks previously. While +they were getting off his coat, he managed to get one hand free, and +he shook it at the spectators behind the white lights of the +automobiles. “God damn you!” he yelled; and so they tied him up, and +a fresh man stepped forward and picked up the whip, and spit on his +hands for good luck, and laid on with a double will; and at every +stroke Glikas yelled a fresh curse; first in English, and then, as +if he were delirious, in some foreign language. But at last his +curses died away, and he too sank insensible, and was unhitched and +dragged away and dumped down beside the first man. “Number three!” + called the master of ceremonies. + + + + +Section 60 + + +Now Peter was sitting in the back seat of his car, wearing the mask +which McGivney had given him, a piece of cloth with two holes for +his eyes and another hole for him to breathe thru. Peter hated these +Reds, and wanted them punished, but he was not used to bloody +sights, and was finding this endless thud, thud of the whip on human +flesh rather more than he could stand. Why had he come? This wasn’t +his part of the job of saving his country from the Red menace. He +had done his share in pointing out the dangerous ones; he was a man +of brains, not a man of violence. Peter saw that the next victim was +Tom Duggan with his broken and bloody nose, and in spite of himself, +Peter started with dismay. He realized that without intending it he +had become a little fond of Tom Duggan. For all his queerness, +Duggan was loyal, he was a good fellow when you had got underneath +his surly manners. He had never done anything except just to +grumble, and to put his grumbles into verses; they were making a +mistake in whipping him, and for a moment Peter had a crazy impulse +to interfere and tell them so. + +The poet never made a sound. Peter got one glimpse of his face in +the blazing white light, and in spite of the fact that it was +smashed and bloody, Peter read Tom Duggan’s resolve--he would die +before they would get a moan out of him. Each time the lash fell you +could see a quiver all over his form; but there was never a sound, +and he stood, hugging the tree in a convulsive grip. They lashed him +until the whip was spattering blood all over them, until blood was +running to the ground. They had taken the precaution to bring along +a doctor with a little black case, and he now stepped up and +whispered to the master of ceremonies. They unfastened Duggan, and +broke the grip of his arms about the tree, and dumped him down +beside Glikas. + +Next came the turn of Donald Gordon, the Socialist Quaker, which +brought a bit of cheap drama. Donald took his religion seriously; he +was always shouting his anti-war sentiments in the name of Jesus, +which made him especially obnoxious. Now he saw a chance to get off +one of his theatrical stunts; he raised his two manacled hands into +the air as if he were praying, and shouted in piercing tones: +“Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do!” + +A murmur started in the crowd; you could hear it mounting to a roar. +“Blasphemy!” they cried. “Stop his dirty mouth!” It was the same +mouth that had been heard on a hundred platforms, denouncing the war +and those who made money out of the war. They were here now, the men +who had been denounced, the younger members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association, the best +people of the city, those who were saving the country, and charging +no more than the service was worth. So they roared with fury at this +sacreligious upstart. A man whose mask was a joke, because he was so +burly and hearty that everybody in the crowd knew him, took up the +bloody whip. It was Billy Nash, secretary of the “Improve America +League,” and the crowd shouted, “Go to it, Billy! Good eye, old +boy!” Donald Gordon might tell God that Billy Nash didn’t know what +he was doing, but Billy thought that he knew, and he meant before he +got thru to convince Donald that he knew. It didn’t take very long, +because there was nothing much to the young Quaker but voice, and he +fainted at the fourth or fifth stroke, and after the twentieth +stroke the doctor interfered. + +Then came the turn of Grady, secretary of the I. W. W., and here a +terrible thing happened. Grady, watching this scene from one of the +cars, had grown desperate, and when they loosed the handcuffs to get +off his coat, he gave a sudden wrench and broke free, striking down +one man after another. He had been brought up in the lumber country, +and his strength was amazing, and before the crowd quite realized +it, he was leaping between two of the cars. A dozen men sprang upon +him from a dozen directions, and he went down in the midst of a wild +melee. They pinned him with his face mashed into the dirt, and from +the crowd there rose a roar as from wild beasts in the night-time, + +“String him up! String him up!” One man came running with a rope, +shouting, “Hang him!” + +The master of ceremonies tried to protest thru his megaphone, but +the instrument was knocked out of his hands, and he was hauled to +one side, and presently there was a man climbing up the pine tree +and hanging the rope over a limb. You could not see Grady for the +jostling throng about him, but suddenly there was a yell from the +crowd, and you saw him quite plainly--he shot high up into the air, +with the rope about his neck and his feet kicking wildly. +Underneath, men danced about and yelled and waved their hats in the +air, and one man leaped up and caught one of the kicking feet and +hung onto it. + +Then, above all the din, a voice was heard thru the megaphone, “Let +him down a bit! Let me get at him!” And those who held the rope gave +way, and the body came down toward the ground, still kicking, and a +man took out a clasp-knife, and cut the clothing away from the body, +and cut off something from the body; there was another yell from the +crowd, and the men in the automobiles slapped their knees and +shrieked with satisfaction. Those in the car with Peter whispered +that it was Ogden, son of the president of the Chamber of Commerce; +and all over town next day and for weeks thereafter men would nudge +one another, and whisper about what Bob Ogden had done to the body +of Shawn Grady, secretary of the “damned wobblies.” And every one +who nudged and whispered about it felt certain that by this means +the Red Terror had been forever suppressed, and 100% Americanism +vindicated, and a peaceful solution of the problem of capital and +labor made certain. + +Strange as it might seem, there was one member of the I. W. W. who +agreed with them. One of the victims of that night had learned his +lesson! When Tom Duggan was able to sit up again, which was six +weeks later, he wrote an article about his experience, which was +published in an I. W. W. paper, and afterwards in pamphlet form was +read by many hundreds of thousands of workingmen. In it the poet +said: + +“The preamble of the I. W. W. opens with the statement that the +employing class and the working class have nothing in common; but on +this occasion I learned that the preamble is mistaken. On this +occasion I saw one thing in common between the employing class and +the working class, and that thing was a black-snake whip. The butt +end of the whip was in the hands of the employing class, and the +lash of the whip was on the backs of the working class, and thus to +all eternity was symbolized the truth about the relationship of the +classes!” + + + + +Section 61 + + +Peter awoke next morning with a vivid sense of the pain and terror +of life. He had been clamoring to have those Reds punished; but +somehow or other he had thought of this punishment in an abstract +way, a thing you could attend to by a wave of the hand. He hadn’t +quite realized the physical side of it, what a messy and bloody job +it would prove. Two hours and more he had listened to the thud of a +whip on human flesh, and each separate stroke had been a blow upon +his own nerves. Peter had an overdose of vengeance; and now, the +morning after, his conscience was gnawing at him. He had known every +one of those boys, and their faces rose up to haunt him. What had +any of them done to deserve such treatment? Could he say that he had +ever known a single one of them to do anything as violent as the +thing they had all suffered? + +But more than anything else Peter was troubled by fear. Peter, the +ant, perceived the conflict of the giants becoming more ferocious, +and realized the precariousness of his position under the giants’ +feet. The passions of both sides were mounting, and the fiercer +their hate became, the greater the chance of Peter’s being +discovered, the more dreadful his fate if he were discovered. It was +all very well for McGivney to assure him that only four of Guffey’s +men knew the truth, and that all these might be trusted to the +death. Peter remembered a remark he had heard Shawn Grady make, and +which had caused him to lose his appetite for more than one meal. +“They’ve got spies among us,” the young Irishman had said. “Well, +sooner or later we’ll do a bit of spying of our own!” + +And now these words came back to Peter like a voice from the grave. +Suppose one of the Reds who had money were to hire somebody to get a +job in Guffey’s office! Suppose some Red girl were to try Peter’s +device, and seduce one of Guffey’s men--by no means a difficult +task! The man mightn’t even mean to reveal that Peter Gudge was a +secret agent; he might just let it slip, as little Jennie had let +slip the truth about Jack Ibbetts! Thus Mac would know who had +framed him up; and what would Mac do to Peter when he got out on +bail? When Peter thought of things like that he realized what it +meant to go to war; he saw that he had gained nothing by staying at +home, he might as well have been in the front-line trenches! After +all, this was war, class-war; and in all war the penalty for spying +is death. + +Also Peter was worried about Nell. She had been in her new position +for nearly a week, and he hadn’t heard a word from her. She had +forbidden him to write, for fear he might write something +injudicious. Let him just wait, Edythe Eustace would know how to +take care of herself. And that was all right, Peter had no doubt +about the ability of Edythe Eustace to take care of herself. What +troubled him was the knowledge that she was working on another +“frame-up,” and he stood in fear of the exuberance of her +imagination. The last time that imagination had been pregnant, it +had presented him with a suit-case full of dynamite. What it might +bring forth next time he did not know, and was afraid to think. Nell +might cause him to be found out by Guffey; and that would be nearly +as horrible as to be found out by Mac! + +Peter got his morning “Times,” and found a whole page about the +whipping of the Reds, portraying the job as a patriotic duty +heroically performed; and that naturally cheered Peter up +considerably. He turned to the editorial page, and read a two column +“leader” that was one whoop of exultation. It served still more to +cure Peter’s ache of conscience; and when he read on and found a +series of interviews with leading citizens, giving cordial +endorsement to the acts of the “vigilantes,” Peter became ashamed of +his weakness, and glad that he had not revealed it to anyone. Peter +was trying his best to become a real “he-man,” a 100% red-blooded +American, and he had the “Times” twice each day, morning and +evening, to guide, sustain and inspire him. + +Peter had been told by McGivney to fix himself up and pose as one of +the martyrs of the night’s affair, and this appealed to his sense of +humor. He cut off the hair from a part of his head, and stuck some +raw cotton on top, and plastered it over with surgical tape. He +stuck another big wad of surgical tape across his forehead, and a +criss-cross of it on his cheek, and tied up his wrist in an +excellent imitation of a sprain. Thus rigged out he repaired to the +American House, and McGivney rewarded him with a hearty laugh, and +then proceeded to give some instructions which, entirely restored +Peter’s usual freshness of soul. Peter was going up on Mount Olympus +again! + +The rat-faced man explained in detail. There was a lady of great +wealth--indeed, she was said to be several times a millionaire--who +was an openly avowed Red, a pacifist of the most malignant variety. +Since the arrest of young Lackman she had come forward and put up +funds to finance the “People’s Council,” and the “Anti-Conscription +League,” and all the other activities which for the sake of +convenience were described by the term “pro-German.” The only +trouble was this lady was so extremely wealthy it was hard to do +anything to her. Her husband was a director in a couple of Nelse +Ackerman’s banks, and had other powerful connections. The husband +was a violent, anti-Socialist, and a buyer of liberty bonds; he +quarrelled with his wife, but nevertheless he did not want to see +her in jail, and this made an embarrassing situation for the police +and the district attorney’s office, and even for the Federal +authorities, who naturally did not want to trouble one of the +courtiers of the king of American City. “But something’s got to be +done,” said McGivney. “This camouflaged German propaganda can’t go +on.” So Peter was to try to draw Mrs. Godd into some kind of “overt +action.” + +“Mrs. Godd?” said Peter. It seemed to him a singular coincidence +that one of the dwellers on Mount Olympus should bear that name. The +great lady lived on a hilltop out in the suburbs, not so far from +the hilltop of Nelse Ackerman. One of the adventures looked forward +to by Reds and pacifists in distress was to make a pilgrimage to +this palace and obtain some long, green plasters to put over their +wounds. Now was the time at all times for Peter to go, said +McGivney. Peter had many wounds to be plastered, and Mrs. Godd would +be indignant at the proceedings of last night, and would no doubt +express herself without restraint. + + + + +Section 62 + + +Peter hadn’t been so excited since the time when he had waited to +meet young Lackman. He had never quite forgiven himself for this +costly failure, and now he was to have another chance. He took a +trolley ride out into the country, and walked a couple of miles to +the palace on the hilltop, and mounted thru a grove of trees and +magnificent Italian gardens. According to McGivney’s injunctions, he +summoned his courage, and went to the front door of the stately +mansion and rang the bell. + +Peter was hot and dusty from his long walk, the sweat had made +streaks down his face and marred the pristine whiteness of his +plasters. He was never a distinguished-looking person at best, and +now, holding his damaged straw hat in his hands, he looked not so +far from a hobo. However, the French maid who came to the door was +evidently accustomed to strange-looking visitors. She didn’t order +Peter to the servant’s entrance, nor threaten him with the dogs; she +merely said, “Be seated, please. I will tell madame”--putting the +accent on the second syllable, where Peter had never heard it +before. + +And presently here came Mrs. Godd in her cloud of Olympian +beneficence; a large and ample lady, especially built for the role +of divinity. Peter felt suddenly awe-stricken. How had he dared come +here? Neither in the Hotel de Soto, with its many divinities, nor in +the palace of Nelse Ackerman, the king, had he felt such a sense of +his own lowliness as the sight of this calm, slow-moving great lady +inspired. She was the embodiment of opulence, she was “the real +thing.” Despite the look of kindliness in her wide-open blue eyes, +she impressed him with a feeling of her overwhelming superiority. He +did not know it was his duty as a gentleman to rise from his chair +when a lady entered, but some instinct brought him to his feet and +caused him to stand blinking as she crossed to him from the opposite +end of the big room. + +“How do you do?” she said in a low, full voice, gazing at him +steadily out of the kind, wide-open blue eyes. Peter stammered, “How +d-dy do, M--Mrs. Godd.” + +In truth, Peter was almost dumb with bewilderment. Could it really, +possibly be that this grand personage was a Red? One of the things +that had most offended him about all radicals was their noisiness, +their aggressiveness; but here was a grand serenity of looks and +manner, a soft, slow voice--here was beauty, too, a skin unlined, +despite middle years, and glowing with health and a fine cleanness. +Nell Doolin had had a glowing complexion, but there was always a lot +of powder stuck on, and when you investigated closely, as Peter had +done, you discovered muddy spots in the edges of her hair and on her +throat. But Mrs. Godd’s skin shone just as the skin of a goddess +would be expected to shine, and everything about her was of a divine +and compelling opulence. Peter could not have explained just what it +was that gave this last impression so overwhelmingly. It was not +that she wore many jewels, or large ones, for Mrs. James had beaten +her at that; it was not her delicate perfume, for Nell Doolin +scattered more sweetness on the air; yet somehow even poor, ignorant +Peter felt the difference--it seemed to him that none of Mrs. Godd’s +costly garments had ever been worn before, that the costly rugs on +the floor had never been stepped on before, the very chair on which +he sat had never been sat on before! + +Little Ada Ruth had called Mrs. Godd “the mother of all the world;” + and now suddenly she became the mother of Peter Gudge. She had read +the papers that morning, she had received a half dozen telephone +calls from horrified and indignant Reds, and so a few words sufficed +to explain to her the meaning of Peter’s bandages and plasters. She +held out to him a beautiful cool hand, and quite without warning, +tears sprang into the great blue eyes. + +“Oh, you are one of those poor boys! Thank God they did not kill +you!” And she led him to a soft couch and made him lie down amid +silken pillows. Peter’s dream of Mount Olympus had come literally +true! It occurred to him that if Mrs. Godd were willing to play +permanently the role of mother to Peter Gudge, he would be willing +to give up his role of anti-Red agent with its perils and its +nervous strains; he would forget duty, forget the world’s strife and +care; he would join the lotus-eaters, the sippers of nectar on Mount +Olympus! + +She sat and talked to him in the soft, gentle voice, and the kind +blue eyes watched him, and Peter thought that never in all his life +had he encountered such heavenly emotions. To be sure, when he had +gone to see Miriam Yankovich, old Mrs. Yankovich had been just as +kind, and tears of sympathy had come into her eyes just the same. +But then, Mrs. Yankovich was nothing but a fat old Jewess, who lived +in a tenement and smelt of laundry soap and partly completed +washing; her hands had been hot and slimy, and so Peter had not been +in the least grateful for her kindness. But to encounter tender +emotions in these celestial regions, to be talked to maternally and +confidentially by this wonderful Mrs. Godd in soft white chiffons +just out of a band-box _this _was quite another matter! + + + + +Section 63 + + +Peter did not want to set traps for this mother of Mount Olympus, he +didn’t want to worm any secrets from her. And as it happened, he +found that he did not have to, because she told him everything right +away, and without the slightest hesitation. She talked just as the +“wobblies” had talked in their headquarters; and Peter, when he +thought it over, realized that there are two kinds of people who can +afford to be frank in their utterance--those who have nothing to +lose, and those who have so much to lose that they cannot possibly +lose it. + +Mrs. Godd said that what had been done to those men last night was a +crime, and it ought to be punished if ever a crime was punished, and +that she would like to engage detectives and get evidence against +the guilty ones. She said furthermore that she sympathized with the +Reds of the very reddest shade, and if there were any color redder +than Red she would be of that color. She said all this in her quiet, +soft voice. Tears came into her eyes now and then, but they were +well-behaved tears, they disappeared of their own accord, and +without any injury to Mrs. Godd’s complexion, or any apparent effect +upon her self-possession. + +Mrs. Godd said that she didn’t see how anybody could fail to be a +Red who thought about the injustices of present-day society. Only a +few days before she had been in to see the district attorney, and +had tried to make a Red out of him! Then she told Peter how there +had come to see her a man who had pretended to be a radical, but she +had realized that he didn’t know anything about radicalism, and had +told him she was sure he was a government agent. The man had finally +admitted it, and showed her his gold star--and then Mrs. Godd had +set to work to convert him! She had argued with him for an hour or +two, and then had invited him to go to the opera with her. “And do +you know,” said Mrs. Godd, in an injured tone, “he wouldn’t go! They +don’t want to be converted, those men; they don’t want to listen to +reason. I believe the man was actually afraid I might influence +him.” + +“I shouldn’t wonder,” put in Peter, sympathetically; for he was a +tiny bit afraid himself. + +“I said to him, `Here I live in this palace, and back in the +industrial quarter of the city are several thousand men and women +who slave at machines for me all day, and now, since the war, all +night too. I get the profits of these peoples’ toil--and what have I +done to earn it? Absolutely nothing! I never did a stroke of useful +work in my life.’ And he said to me, `Suppose the dividends were to +stop, what would you do?’ ‘I don’t know what I’d do,’ I answered, +`I’d be miserable, of course, because I hate poverty, I couldn’t +stand it, it’s terrible to think of--not to have comfort and +cleanliness and security. I don’t see how the working-class stand +it--that’s exactly why I’m a Red, I know it’s wrong for anyone to be +poor, and there’s no excuse for it. So I shall help to overthrow the +capitalist system, even if it means I have to take in washing for my +living!” + +Peter sat watching her in the crisp freshness of her snowy chiffons. +The words brought a horrible image to his mind; he suddenly found +himself back in the tenement kitchen, where fat and steaming Mrs. +Yankovich was laboring elbow deep in soap-suds. It was on the tip of +Peter’s tongue to say: “If you really had done a day’s washing, Mrs. +Godd, you wouldn’t talk like that!” + +But he remembered that he must play the game, so he said, “They’re +terrible fellows, them Federal agents. It was two of them pounded me +over the head last night.” And then he looked faint and pitiful, and +Mrs. Godd was sympathetic again, and moved to more recklessness of +utterance. + +“It’s because of this hideous war!” she declared. “We’ve gone to war +to make the world safe for democracy, and meantime we have to +sacrifice every bit of democracy at home. They tell you that you +must hold your peace while they murder one another, but they may try +all they please, they’ll never be able to silence me! I know that +the Allies are just as much to blame as the Germans, I know that +this is a war of profiteers and bankers; they may take my sons and +force them into the army, but they cannot take my convictions and +force them into their army. I am a pacifist, and I am an +internationalist; I want to see the workers arise and turn out of +office these capitalist governments, and put an end to this hideous +slaughter of human beings. I intend to go on saying that so long as +I live.” There sat Mrs. Godd, with her lovely firm white hands +clasped as if in prayer, one large diamond ring on the left fourth +finger shining defiance, and a look of calm, child-like conviction +upon her face, confronting in her imagination all the federal agents +and district attorneys and capitalist judges and statesmen and +generals and drill sergeants in the civilized world. + +She went on to tell how she had attended the trial of three pacifist +clergymen a week or two previously. How atrocious that Christians in +a Christian country should be sent to prison for trying to repeat +the words of Christ! “I was so indignant,” declared Mrs. Godd, “that +I wrote a letter to the judge. My husband said I would be committing +contempt of court by writing to a judge during the trial, but I +answered that my contempt for that court was beyond anything I could +put into writing. Wait--” + +And Mrs. Godd rose gravely from her chair and went over to a desk by +the wall, and got a copy of the letter. “I’ll read it to you,” she +said, and Peter listened to a manifesto of Olympian Bolshevism-- + +To His Honor: + +As I entered the sanctuary, I gazed upward to the stained glass +dome, upon which were inscribed four words: Peace. Justice. Truth. +Law--and I felt hopeful. Before me were men who had violated no +constitutional right, who had not the slightest criminal tendency, +who, were opposed to violence of every kind. + +The trial proceeded. I looked again at the beautiful stained glass +dome, and whispered to myself those majestic-sounding words: “Peace. +Justice. Truth. Law.” I listened to the prosecutors; the Law in +their hands was a hard, sharp, cruel blade, seeking insistently, +relentlessly for a weak spot in the armor of its victims. I listened +to their Truth, and it was Falsehood. Their Peace was a cruel and +bloody War. Their justice was a net to catch the victims at any +cost--at the cost of all things but the glory of the Prosecutor’s +office. + +I grew sick at heart. I can only ask myself the old, old question: +What can we, the people do? How can we bring Peace, justice, Truth +and Law to the world? Must we go on bended knees and ask our public +servants to see that justice is done to the defenceless, rather than +this eternal prosecuting of the world’s noblest souls! You will find +these men guilty, and sentence them to be shut behind iron +bars--which should never be for human beings, no matter what their +crime, unless you want to make beasts of them. Is that your object, +sir? It would seem so; and so I say that we must overturn the system +that is brutalizing, rather than helping and uplifting mankind. + +Yours for Peace..Justice..Truth..Law-- + +Mary Angelica Godd. + +What were you going to do with such a woman? Peter could understand +the bewilderment of His Honor, and of the district attorney’s +office, and of the secret service department of the Traction +Trust--as well as of Mrs. Godd’s husband! Peter was bewildered +himself; what was the use of his coming out here to get more +information, when Mrs. Godd had already committed contempt of court +in writing, and had given all the information there was to give to a +Federal agent? She had told this man that she had contributed +several thousand dollars to the Peoples’ Council, and that she +intended to contribute more. She had put up bail for a whole bunch +of Reds and Pacifists, and she intended to put up bail for McCormick +and his friends, just as soon as the corrupt capitalist courts had +been forced to admit them to bail. “I know McCormick well, and he’s +a lovely boy,” she said. “I don’t believe he had anything more to do +with dynamite bombs than I have.” + +Now all this time Peter had sat there, entirely under the spell of +Mrs. Godd’s opulence. Peter was dwelling among the lotus-eaters, and +forgetting the world’s strife and care; he was reclining on a silken +couch, sipping nectar with the shining ones of Mount Olympus. But +now suddenly, Peter was brought back to duty, as one wakes from a +dream to the sound of an alarm-clock. Mrs. Godd was a friend of +Mac’s, Mrs. Godd proposed to get Mac out on bail! Mac, the most +dangerous Red of them all! Peter saw that he must get something on +this woman at once! + + + + +Section 64 + + +Peter sat up suddenly among his silken cushions, and began to tell +Mrs. Godd about the new plan of the Anti-conscription League, to +prepare a set of instructions for young conscientious objectors. +Peter represented the purpose of these instructions to be the +advising of young men as to their legal and constitutional rights. +But it was McGivney’s idea that Peter should slip into the +instructions some phrase advising the young men to refuse military +duty; if this were printed and circulated, it would render every +member of the Anti-conscription League liable to a sentence of ten +or twenty years in jail. McGivney had warned Peter to be very +cautious about this, but again Peter found that there was no need of +caution. Mrs. Godd was perfectly willing to advise young men to +refuse military service. She had advised many such, she said, +including her own sons, who unfortunately agreed with their father +in being blood-thirsty. + +It came to be lunch-time, and Mrs. Godd asked if Peter could sit at +table--and Peter’s curiosity got the better of all caution. He +wanted to see the Godd family sipping their nectar out of golden +cups. He wondered, would the disapproving husband and the +blood-thirsty sons be present? + +There was nobody present but an elderly woman companion, and Peter +did not see any golden cups. But he saw some fine china, so fragile +that he was afraid to touch it, and he saw a row of silver +implements, so heavy that it gave him a surprise each time he picked +one up. Also, he saw foods prepared in strange and complicated ways, +so chopped up and covered with sauces that it was literally true he +couldn’t give the name of a single thing he had eaten, except the +buttered toast. + +He was inwardly quaking with embarrassment during this meal, but he +saved himself by Mrs. James’s formula, to watch and see what the +others were doing and then do likewise. Each time a new course was +brought, Peter would wait, and when he saw Mrs. Godd pick up a +certain fork or a certain spoon, he would pick up the same one, or +as near to it as he could guess. He could put his whole mind on +this, because he didn’t have to do any talking; Mrs. Godd poured out +a steady stream of sedition and high treason, and all Peter had to +do was to listen and nod. Mrs. Godd would understand that his mouth +was too full for utterance. + +After the luncheon they went out on the broad veranda which +overlooked a magnificent landscape. The hostess got Peter settled in +a soft porch chair with many cushions, and then waved her hand +toward the view of the city with its haze of thick black smoke. + +“That’s where my wage slaves toil to earn my dividends,” said she. +“They’re supposed to stay there--in their `place,’ as it’s called, +and I stay here in my place. If they want to change places, it’s +called `revolution,’ and that is `violence.’ What I marvel at is +that they use so little violence, and feel so little. Look at those +men being tortured in jail! Could anyone blame them if they used +violence? Or if they made an effort to escape?” + +That suggested a swift, stabbing idea to Peter. Suppose Mrs. Godd +could be induced to help in a jail delivery! + +“It might be possible to help them to escape,” he suggested. + +“Do you think so?” asked Mrs. Godd, showing excitement for the +first time during that interview. + +“It might be,” said Peter. “Those jailors are not above taking +bribes, you know. I met nearly all of them while I was in that jail, +and I think I might get in touch with one or two that could be paid. +Would you like me to try it?” + +“Well, I don’t know--” began the lady, hesitatingly. “Do you really +think--” + +“You know they never ought to have been put in at all!” Peter +interjected. + +“That’s certainly true!” declared Mrs. Godd. + +“And if they could escape without hurting anyone, if they didn’t +have to fight the jailors, it wouldn’t do any real harm--” + +That was as far as Peter got with his impromptu conspiracy. Suddenly +he heard a voice behind him: “What does this mean?” It was a male +voice, fierce and trembling with anger; and Peter started from his +silken cushions, and glanced around, thrusting up one arm with the +defensive gesture of a person who has been beaten since earliest +childhood. + +Bearing down on him was a man; possibly he was not an abnormally big +man, but certainly he looked so to Peter. His smooth-shaven face was +pink with anger, his brows gathered in a terrible frown, and his +hands clenched with deadly significance. “You dirty little skunk!” + he hissed. “You infernal young sneak!” + +“John!” cried Mrs. Godd, imperiously; but she might as well have +cried to an advancing thunder-storm. The man made a leap upon Peter, +and Peter, who had dodged many hundreds of blows in his lifetime, +rolled off the lounging chair, and leaped to his feet, and started +for the stairs of the veranda. The man was right behind him, and as +Peter reached the first stair the man’s foot shot out, and caught +Peter fairly in the seat of his trousers, and the first stair was +the only one of the ten or twelve stairs of the veranda that Peter +touched in his descent. + +Landing at the bottom, he did not stop even for a glance; he could +hear the snorting of Mr. Godd, it seemed right behind his ear, and +Peter ran down the driveway as he had seldom run in his life before. +Every now and then Mr. Godd would shoot out another kick, but he had +to stop slightly to do this, and Peter gained just enough to keep +the kicks from reaching him. So at last the pursuer gave up, and +Peter dashed thru the gates of the Godd estate and onto the main +highway. + +Then he looked over his shoulder, and seeing that Mr. Godd was a +safe distance away, he stopped and turned and shook his clenched +fist with the menace of a street-rat, shrieking, “Damn you! Damn +you!” A whirlwind of impotent rage laid hold upon him. He shouted +more curses and menaces, and among them some strange, some almost +incredible words. “Yes, I’m a Red, damn your soul, and I’ll stay a +Red!” + +Yes, Peter Gudge, the friend of law and order, Peter Gudge, the +little brother to the rich, shouted, “I’m a Red, and what’s more, +we’ll blow you up some day for this--Mac and me’ll put a bomb under +you!” Mr. Godd turned and stalked with contemptuous dignity back to +his own private domestic controversy. + +Peter walked off down the road, rubbing his sore trousers and +sobbing to himself. Yes, Peter understood now exactly how the Reds +felt. Here were these rich parasites, exploiting the labor of +working men and living off in palaces by themselves--and what had +they done to earn it? What would they ever do for the poor man, +except to despise him, and to kick him in the seat of his trousers? +They were a set of wilful brutes! Peter suddenly saw the happenings +of last night from a new angle, and wished he had all the younger +members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association right there along with Mr. Godd, so that +he could bundle them all off to the devil at once. + +And that was no passing mood either. The seat of Peter’s trousers +hurt so that he could hardly endure the trolley ride home, and all +the way Peter was plotting how he could punish Mr. Godd. He +remembered suddenly that Mr. Godd was an associate of Nelse +Ackerman; and Peter now had a spy in Nelse Ackerman’s home, and was +preparing some kind of a “frame-up!” Peter would see if he couldn’t +find some way to start a dynamite conspiracy against Mr. Godd! He +would start a campaign against Mr. Godd in the radical movement, and +maybe he could find some way to get a bunch of the “wobblies” to +carry him off and tie him up and beat him with a black-snake whip! + + + + +Section 65 + + +With these reflections Peter went back to the American House, where +McGivney had promised to meet him that evening. Peter went to Room +427, and being tired after the previous night’s excitement, he lay +down and fell fast asleep. And when again he opened his eyes, he +wasn’t sure whether it was a nightmare, or whether he had died in +his sleep and gone to hell with Mr. Godd. Somebody was shaking him, +and bidding him in a gruff voice, “Wake up!” Peter opened his eyes, +and saw that it was McGivney; and that was all right, it was natural +that McGivney should be waking him up. But what was this? McGivney’s +voice was angry, McGivney’s face was dark and glowering, and--most +incredible circumstance of all--McGivney had a revolver in his hand, +and was pointing it into Peter’s face! + +It really made it much harder for Peter to get awake, because he +couldn’t believe that he was awake; also it made it harder for +McGivney to get any sense out of him, because his jaw hung down, and +he stared with terrified eyes into the muzzle of the revolver. + +“M-m-my God, Mr. McGivney! w-w-what’s the matter?” + +“Get up here!” hissed the rat-faced man, and he added a vile name. +He gripped Peter by the lapel of his coat and half jerked him to his +feet, still keeping the muzzle of the revolver in Peter’s face. And +poor Peter, trying desperately to get his wits together, thought of +half a dozen wild guesses one after another. Could it be that +McGivney had heard him denouncing Mr. Godd and proclaiming himself a +Red? Could it be that some of the Reds had framed up something on +Peter? Could it be that McGivney had gone just plain crazy; that +Peter was in the room with a maniac armed with a revolver? + +“Where did you put that money I gave you the other day;” demanded +McGivney, and added some more vile names. + +Instantly, of course, Peter was on the defensive. No matter how +frightened he might be, Peter would never fail to hang on to his +money. + +“I-I s-s-spent it, Mr. McGivney.” + +“You’re lying to me!” + +“N-n-no.” + +“Tell me where you put that money!” insisted the man, and his face +was ugly with anger, and the muzzle of the revolver seemed to be +trembling with anger. Peter started to insist that he had spent +every cent. “Make him cough up, Hammett!” said McGivney; and Peter +for the first time realized that there was another man in the room. +His eyes had been so fascinated by the muzzle of the revolver that +he hadn’t taken a glance about. + +Hammett was a big fellow, and he strode up to Peter and grabbed one +of Peter’s arms, and twisted it around behind Peter’s back and up +between Peter’s shoulders. When Peter started to scream, Hammett +clapped his other hand over his mouth, and so Peter knew that it was +all up. He could not hold on to money at that cost. When McGivney +asked him, “Will you tell me where it is?” Peter nodded, and tried +to answer thru his nose. + +So Hammett took his hand from his mouth. “Where is it?” And Peter +replied, “In my right shoe.” + +Hammett unlaced the shoe and took it off, and pulled out the inside +sole, and underneath was a little flat package wrapped in tissue +paper, and inside the tissue paper was the thousand dollars that +McGivney had given Peter, and also the three hundred dollars which +Peter had saved from Nelse Ackerman’s present, and two hundred +dollars which he had saved from his salary. Hammett counted the +money, and McGivney stuck it into his pocket, and then he commanded +Peter to put on his shoe again. Peter obeyed with his trembling +fingers, meantime keeping his eye in part on the revolver and in +part on the face of the rat. + +“W-w-what’s the matter, Mr. McGivney?” + +“You’ll find out in time,” was the answer. “Now, you march +downstairs, and remember, I’ve got this gun on you, and there’s +eight bullets in it, and if you move a finger I’ll put them all into +you.” + +So Peter and McGivney and Hammett went down in the elevator of the +hotel, and out of doors, and into an automobile. Hammett drove, and +Peter sat in the rear seat with McGivney, who had the revolver in +his coat pocket, his finger always on the trigger and the muzzle +always pointed into Peter’s middle. So Peter obeyed all orders +promptly, and stopped asking questions because he found he could get +no answers. + +Meantime he was using his terrified wits on the problem. The best +guess he could make was that Guffey had decided to believe Joe +Angell’s story instead of Peter’s. But then, why all this gun-play, +this movie stuff? Peter gave up in despair; and it was just as well, +for what had happened lay entirely beyond the guessing power of +Peter’s mind or any other mind. + + + + +Section 66 + + +They went to the office of the secret service department of the +Traction Trust, a place where Peter had never been allowed to come +hitherto. It was on the fourteenth floor of the Merchant’s Trust +Building, and the sign on the door read: “The American City Land & +Investment Company. Walk In.” When you walked in, you saw a +conventional real estate office, and it was only when you had +penetrated several doors that you came to the secret rooms where +Guffey and his staff conducted the espionage work of the big +business interests of the city. + +Peter was hustled into one of these rooms, and there stood Guffey; +and the instant Guffey saw him, he bore down upon him, shaking his +fist. “You stinking puppy!” he exclaimed. “You miserable little +whelp! You dirty, sneaking hound!” He added a number of other +descriptive phrases taken from the vocabulary of the kennel. + +Peter’s knees were shaking, his teeth were chattering, and he +watched every motion of Guffey’s angry fingers, and every grimace of +Guffey’s angry features. Peter had been fully prepared for the most +horrible torture he had experienced yet; but gradually he realized +that he wasn’t going to be tortured, he was only going to be scolded +and raged at, and no words could describe the wave of relief in his +soul. In the course of his street-rat’s life Peter had been called +more names than Guffey could think of if he spent the next month +trying. If all Guffey was going to do was to pace up and down the +room, and shake his fist under Peter’s nose every time he passed +him, and compare him with every kind of a domestic animal, Peter +could stand it all night without a murmur. + +He stopped trying to find out what it was that had happened, because +he saw that this only drove Guffey to fresh fits of exasperation. +Guffey didn’t want to talk to Peter, he didn’t want to hear the +sound of Peter’s whining gutter-pup’s voice. All he wanted was to +pour out his rage, and have Peter listen in abject abasement, and +this Peter did. But meantime, of course, Peter’s wits were working +at high speed, he was trying to pick up hints as to what the devil +it could mean. One thing was quite clear--the damage, whatever it +was, was done; the jig was up, it was all over but the funeral. They +had taken Peter’s money to pay for the funeral, and that was all +they hoped to get out of him. + +Gradually came other hints. “So you thought you were going into +business on your own!” snarled Guffey, and his fist, which was under +Peter’s nose, gave an upward poke that almost dislocated Peter’s +neck. + +“Aha!” thought Peter. “Nelse Ackerman has given me away!” + +“You thought you were going to make your fortune and retire for life +on your income!” + +Yes, that was it, surely! But what could Nelse Ackerman have told +that was so very bad? + +“You were going to have a spy of your own, set up your own bureau, +and kick me out, perhaps!” + +“My God!” thought Peter. “Who told that?” + +Then suddenly Guffey stopped in front of him. “Was that what you +thought?” he demanded. He repeated the question, and it appeared +that he really wanted an answer, and so Peter stammered, “N-n-no, +sir.” But evidently the answer didn’t suit Guffey, for he grabbed +Peter’s nose and gave it a tweak that brought the tears into his +eyes. + +“What was it then?” A nasty sneer came on the head detective’s +face, and he laughed at Peter with a laugh of venomous contempt. “I +suppose you thought she really loved you! Was it that? You thought +she really loved you?” And McGivney and Hammett and Guffey ha-ha-ed +together, and to Peter it seemed like the mockery of demons in the +undermost pit of hell. Those words brought every pillar of Peter’s +dream castle tumbling in ruins about his ears. Guffey had found out +about Nell! + +Again and again on the automobile ride to Guffey’s office Peter had +reminded himself of Nell’s command, “Stick it out, Peter! Stick it +out!” He had meant to stick it out in spite of everything; but now +in a flash he saw that all was lost. How could he stick it out when +they knew about Nell, and when Nell, herself, was no longer sticking +it out? + +Guffey saw these thoughts plainly written in Peter’s face, and his +sneer turned into a snarl. “So you think you’ll tell me the truth +now, do you? Well, it happens there’s nothing left to tell!” + +Again he turned and began pacing up and down the room. The pressure +of rage inside him was so great that it took still more time to work +it off. But finally the head detective sat down at his desk, and +opened the drawer and took out a paper. “I see you’re sitting there, +trying to think up some new lie to tell me,” said he. And Peter did +not try to deny it, because any kind of denial only caused a fresh +access of rage. “All right,” Guffey said, “I’ll read you this, and +you can see just where you stand, and just how many kinds of a boob +you are.” + +So he started to read the letter; and before Peter had heard one +sentence, he knew this was a letter from Nell, and he knew that the +castle of his dreams was flat in the dust forever. The ruins of +Sargon and Nineveh were not more hopelessly flat! + +“Dear Mr. Guffey,” read the letter, “I am sorry to throw you down, +but fifty thousand dollars is a lot of money, and we all get tired +of work and need a rest. This is to tell you that Ted Crothers has +just broke into Nelse Ackerman’s safe in his home, and we have got +some liberty bonds and some jewels which we guess to be worth fifty +thousand dollars, and you know Ted is a good judge of jewels. + +“Now of course you will find out that I was working in Mr. +Ackerman’s home and you will be after me hot-foot, so I might as +well tell you about it, and tell you it won’t do you any good to +catch us, because we have got all the inside dope on the Goober +frame-up, and everything else your bureau has been pulling off in +American City for the last year. You can ask Peter Gudge and he’ll +tell you. It was Peter and me that fixed up that dynamite +conspiracy, but you mustn’t blame Peter, because he only did what I +told him to do. He hasn’t got sense enough to be really dangerous, +and he will make you a perfectly good agent if you treat him kind +and keep him away from the women. You can do that easy enough if you +don’t let him get any money, because of course he’s nothing much on +looks, and the women would never bother with him if you didn’t pay +him too much. + +“Now Peter will tell you how we framed up that dynamite job, and of +course you wouldn’t want that to get known to the Reds, and you may +be sure that if Ted and me get pinched, we’ll find some way to let +the Reds know all about it. If you keep quiet we’ll never say a +word, and you’ve got a perfectly good dynamite conspiracy, with all +the evidence you need to put the Reds out of business, and you can +just figure it cost you fifty thousand dollars, and it was cheap at +the price, because Nelse Ackerman has paid a whole lot more for your +work, and you never got anything half as big as this. I know you’ll +be mad when you read this, but think it over and keep your shirt on. +I send it to you by messenger so you can get hold of Nelse Ackerman +right quick, and have him not say anything to the police; because +you know how it is--if those babies find it out, it will get to the +Reds and the newspapers, and it’ll be all over town and do a lot of +harm to your frame-up. And you know after those Reds have got beaten +up and Shawn Grady lynched, you wouldn’t like to have any rumor get +out that that dynamite was planted by your own people. Ted and me +will keep out of sight, and we won’t sell the jewels for a while, +and everything will be all right. + +“Yours respectfully, + +“Edythe. + +“P. S. It really ain’t Peter’s fault that he’s silly about women, +and he would have worked for you all right if it hadn’t been for my +good looks!” + + + + +Section 67 + + +So there it was. When Peter had heard this letter, he understood +that there was no more to be said, and he said it. His own weight +had suddenly become more than he could support, and he saw a chair +nearby and slipped into it, and sat with eyes of abject misery +roaming from Guffey to McGivney, and from McGivney to Hammett, and +then back to Guffey again. + +The head detective, for all his anger, was a practical man; he could +not have managed the very important and confidential work of the +Traction Trust if he had not been. So now he proceeded to get down +to business. Peter would please tell him everything about that +dynamite frame-up; just how they had managed it and just who knew +about it. And Peter, being also a practical man, knew that there was +no use trying to hide anything. He told the story from beginning to +end, taking particular pains to make clear that he and Nell alone +were in the secret---except that beyond doubt Nell had told her +lover, Ted Crothers. It was probably Crothers that got the dynamite. +From the conversation that ensued Peter gathered that this young man +with the face of a bull-dog was one of the very fanciest +safecrackers in the country, and no doubt he was the real brains of +the conspiracy; he had put Nell up to it, and managed every step. +Suddenly Peter remembered all the kisses which Nell had given him in +the park, and he found a blush of shame stealing over him. Yes, +there was no doubt about it, he was a boob where women were +concerned! + +Peter began to plead for himself, Really it wasn’t his fault because +Nell had got a hold on him. In the Temple of Jimjambo, when he was +only a kid, he had been desperately in love with her. She was not +only beautiful, she was so smart; she was the smartest woman he had +ever known. McGivney remarked that she had been playing with Peter +even then--she had been in Guffey’s pay at that time, collecting +evidence to put Pashtian el Kalandra in jail and break up the cult +of Eleutherinian Exoticism. She had done many such jobs for the +secret service of the Traction Trust, while Peter was still +traveling around with Pericles Priam selling patent medicine. Nell +had been used by Guffey to seduce a prominent labor leader in +American City; she had got him caught in a hotel room with her, and +thus had broken the back of the biggest labor strike ever known in +the city’s history. + +Peter felt suddenly that he had a good defense. Of course a woman +like that had been too much for him! It was Guffey’s own fault if he +hired people like that and turned them loose! It suddenly dawned on +Peter--Nell must have found out that he, Peter, was going to meet +young Lackman in the Hotel de Soto, and she must have gone there +deliberately to ensnare him. When McGivney admitted that that was +possibly true, Peter felt that he had a case, and proceeded to urge +it with eloquence. He had been a fool, of course, every kind of fool +there was, and he hadn’t a word to say for himself; but he had +learned his lesson and learned it thoroughly. No more women for him, +and no more high life, and if Mr. Guffey would give him another +chance-- + +Guffey, of course, snorted at him. He wouldn’t have a pudding-head +like Peter Gudge within ten miles of his office! But Peter only +pleaded the more abjectly. He really did know the Reds thoroughly, +and where could Mr. Guffey find anybody that knew them as well? The +Reds all trusted him; he was a real martyr--look at the plasters all +over him now! And he had just added another Red laurel to his +brow--he had been to see Mrs. Godd, and had had the seat of his +trousers kicked by Mr. Godd, and of course he could tell that story, +and maybe he could catch some Reds in a conspiracy against Mr. Godd. +Anyhow, they had that perfectly good case against McCormick and the +rest of the I. W. Ws. And now that things had gone so far, surely +they couldn’t back down on that case! All that was necessary was to +explain matters to Mr. Ackerman-- + +Peter realized that this was an unfortunate remark. Guffey was on +his feet again, pacing up and down the room, calling Peter the names +of all the barnyard animals, and incidentally revealing that he had +already had an interview with Mr. Ackerman, and that Mr. Ackerman +was not disposed to receive amicably the news that the secret +service bureau which he had been financing, and which was supposed +to be protecting him, had been the means of introducing into his +home a couple of high-class criminals who had cracked his safe and +made off with jewels that they guessed were worth fifty thousand +dollars, but that Mr. Ackerman claimed were worth eighty-five +thousand dollars. Peter was informed that he might thank his lucky +stars that Guffey didn’t shut him in the hole for the balance of his +life, or take him into a dungeon and pull him to pieces inch by +inch. As it was, all he had to do was to get himself out of Guffey’s +office, and take himself to hell by the quickest route he could +find. “Go on!” said Guffey. “I mean it, get out!” + +And so Peter got to his feet and started unsteadily toward the door. +He was thinking to himself: “Shall I threaten them? Shall I say I’ll +go over to the Reds and tell what I know?” No, he had better not do +that; the least hint of that might cause Guffey to put him in the +hole! But then, how was it possible for Guffey to let him go, to +take a chance of his telling? Right now, Guffey must be thinking to +himself that Peter might go away, and in a fit of rage or of despair +might let out the truth to one of the Reds, and then everything +would be ruined forever. No, surely Guffey would not take such a +chance! Peter walked very slowly to the door, he opened the door +reluctantly, he stood there, holding on as if he were too weak to +keep his balance; he waited--waited-- + +And sure enough, Guffey spoke. “Come back here, you mut!” And Peter +turned and started towards the head detective, stretching out his +hands in a gesture of submission; if it had been in an Eastern +country, he would have fallen on his knees and struck his forehead +three times in the dust. “Please, please, Mr. Guffey!” he wailed. +“Give me another chance!” + +“If I put you to work again,” snarled Guffey, “will you do what I +tell you, and not what you want to do yourself?” + +“Yes, yes, Mr. Guffey.” + +“You’ll do no more frame-ups but my frame-ups?” + +“Yes, yes, Mr. Guffey.” + +“All right, then, I’ll give you one more chance. But by God, if I +find you so much as winking at another girl, I’ll pull your eye +teeth out!” + +And Peter’s heart leaped with relief. “Oh, thank you, thank you, Mr. +Guffey!” + +“I’ll pay you twenty dollars a week, and no more,” said Guffey. +“You’re worth more, but I can’t trust you with money, and you can +take it or leave it.” + +“That’ll be perfectly satisfactory, Mr. Guffey,” said Peter. + + + + +Section 68 + + +So there was the end of high life for Peter Gudge. He moved no more +in the celestial circles of Mount Olympus. He never again saw the +Chinese butler of Mr. Ackerman, nor the French parlor-maid of Mrs. +Godd. He would no more be smiled at by the two hundred and +twenty-four boy angels of the ceiling of the Hotel de Soto lobby. +Peter would eat his meals now seated on a stool in front of a lunch +counter, he would really be the humble proletarian, the “Jimmie +Higgins” of his role. He put behind him bright dreams of an +accumulated competence, and settled down to the hard day’s work of +cultivating the acquaintance of agitators, visiting their homes and +watching their activities, getting samples of the literature they +were circulating, stealing their letters and address-books and +note-books, and taking all these to Room 427 of the American House. + +These were busy times just now. In spite of the whippings and the +lynchings and the jailings--or perhaps because of these very +things--the radical movement was seething. The I. W. Ws. had +reorganized secretly, and were accumulating a defense fund for their +prisoners; also, the Socialists of all shades of red and pink were +busy, and the labor men had never ceased their agitation over the +Goober case. Just now they were redoubling their activities, because +Mrs. Goober was being tried for her life. Over in Russia a mob of +Anarchists had made a demonstration in front of the American +Legation, because of the mistreatment of a man they called “Guba.” + At any rate, that was the way the news came over the cables, and the +news-distributing associations of the country had been so successful +in keeping the Goober case from becoming known that the editors of +the New York papers really did not know any better, and printed the +name as it came, “Guba!” which of course gave the radicals a fine +chance to laugh at them, and say, how much they cared about labor! + +The extreme Reds seemed to have everything their own way in Russia. +Late in the fall they overthrew the Russian government, and took +control of the country, and proceeded to make peace with Germany; +which put the Allies in a frightful predicament, and introduced a +new word into the popular vocabulary, the dread word “Bolshevik.” + After that, if a man suggested municipal ownership of ice-wagons, +all you had to do was to call him a “Bolshevik” and he was done for. + +However, the extremists replied to this campaign of abuse by taking +up the name and wearing it as a badge. The Socialist local of +American City adopted amid a storm of applause a resolution to call +itself the “Bolshevik local,” and the “left-wingers” had everything +their own way for a time. The leader in this wing was a man named +Herbert Ashton, editor of the American City “Clarion,” the party’s +paper. A newspaper-man, lean, sallow, and incredibly bitter, Ashton +apparently had spent all his life studying the intrigues of +international capital, and one never heard an argument advanced that +he was not ready with an answer. He saw the war as a struggle +between the old established commercialism of Great Britain, whose +government he described as “a gigantic trading corporation,” and the +newly arisen and more aggressive commercialism of Germany. + +Ashton would take the formulas of the war propagandists and treat +them as a terrier treats a rat. So this was a war for democracy! The +bankers of Paris had for the last twenty years been subsidizing the +Russian Tsars, who had shipped a hundred thousand exiles to Siberia +to make the world safe for democracy! The British Empire also had +gone to war for democracy--first in Ireland, then in India and +Egypt, then in the Whitechapel slums! No, said Ashton, the workers +were not to be fooled with such bunk. Wall Street had loaned some +billions of dollars to the Allied bankers, and now the American +people were asked to shed their blood to make the world safe for +those loans! + +Peter had been urging McGivney to put an end to this sort of +agitation, and now the rat-faced man told him that the time for +action had come. There was to be a big mass meeting to celebrate the +Bolshevik revolution, and McGivney warned Peter to keep out of sight +at that meeting, because there might be some clubbing. Peter left +off his red badge, and the button with the clasped hands and went up +into the gallery and lost himself in the crowd. He saw a great many +“bulls” whom he knew scattered thru the audience, and also he saw +the Chief of Police and the head of the city’s detective bureau. +When Herbert Ashton was half way thru his tirade, the Chief strode +up to the platform and ordered him under arrest, and a score of +policemen put themselves between the prisoner and the howling +audience. + +Altogether they arrested seven people; and next morning, when they +saw how much enthusiasm their action had awakened in the newspapers, +they decided to go farther yet. A dozen of Guffey’s men, with +another dozen from the District Attorney’s office, raided the office +of Ashton’s paper, the “Clarion,” kicked the editorial staff +downstairs or threw them out of the windows, and proceeded to smash +the typewriters and the printing presses, and to carry off the +subscription lists and burn a ton or two of “literature” in the back +yard. Also they raided the headquarters of the “Bolshevik local,” + and placed the seven members of the executive committee under +arrest, and the judge fixed the bail of each of them at twenty-five +thousand dollars, and every day for a week or two the American City +“Times” would send a man around to Guffey’s office, and Guffey would +furnish him with a mass of material which Peter had prepared, +showing that the Socialist program was one of terrorism and murder. + +Almost every day now Peter rendered some such service to his +country. He discovered where the I. W. W. had hidden a printing +press with which they were getting out circulars and leaflets, and +this place was raided, and the press confiscated, and half a dozen +more agitators thrown into jail. These men declared a hunger strike, +and tried to starve themselves to death as a protest against the +beatings they got; and then some hysterical women met in the home of +Ada Ruth, and drew up a circular of protest, and Peter kept track of +the mailing of this circular, and all the copies were confiscated in +the post-office, and so one more conspiracy was foiled. They now had +several men at work in the post-office, secretly opening the mail of +the agitators; and every now and then they would issue an order +forbidding mail to be delivered to persons whose ideas were not +sound. + +Also the post-office department cancelled the second class mailing +privileges of the “Clarion,” and later it barred the paper from the +mails entirely. A couple of “comrades” with automobiles then took up +the work of delivering the paper in the nearby towns; so Peter was +sent to get acquainted with these fellows, and in the night time +some of Guffey’s men entered the garage, and fixed one of the cars +so that its steering gear went wrong and very nearly broke the +driver’s neck. So yet another conspiracy was foiled! + + + + +Section 69 + + +Peter was really happy now, because the authorities were thoroughly +roused, and when he brought them new facts, he had the satisfaction +of seeing something done about it. Ostensibly the action was taken +by the Federal agents, or by the District Attorney’s office, or by +the city police and detectives; but Peter knew that it was always +himself and the rest of Guffey’s agents, pulling the wires behind +the scenes. Guffey had the money, he was working for the men who +really counted in American City; Guffey was the real boss. And all +over the country it was the same; the Reds were being put out of +business by the secret agents of the Chambers of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Associations, and the “Improve America +League,” and such like camouflaged organizations. + +They had everything their own way, because the country was at war, +the war excitement was blazing like a prairie fire all over the +land, and all you had to do was to call a man a pro-German or a +Bolshevik, and to be sufficiently excited about it, and you could +get a mob together and go to his home and horsewhip him or tar and +feather him or lynch him. For years the big business men had been +hating the agitators, and now at last they had their chance, and in +every town, in every shop and mill and mine they had some Peter +Gudge at work, a “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Whites,” engaged in spying +and “snooping” upon the “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Reds.” Everywhere +they had Guffeys and McGivneys to direct these activities, and they +had “strong arm men,” with guns on their hips and deputy sheriffs’ +and other badges inside their coats, giving them unlimited right to +protect the country from traitors. + +There were three or four million men in the training camps, and +every week great convoys were sent out from the Eastern ports, +loaded with troops for “over there.” Billions of dollars worth of +munitions and supplies were going, and all the yearnings and +patriotic fervors of the country were likewise going “over there.” + Peter read more speeches and sermons and editorials, and was proud +and glad, knowing that he was taking his humble part in the great +adventure. When he read that the biggest captains of industry and +finance were selling their services to the government for the sum of +one dollar a year, how could he complain, who was getting twenty +dollars every week? When some of the Reds in their meetings or in +their “literature” declared that these captains of industry and +finance were the heads of companies which were charging the +government enormous prices and making anywhere from three to ten +times the profits they had made before the war--then Peter would +know that he was listening to an extremely dangerous Bolshevik; he +would take the name of the man to McGivney, and McGivney would pull +his secret wires, and the man would suddenly find himself out of a +job--or maybe being prosecuted by the health department of the city +for having set out a garbage can without a cover. + +After persistent agitation, the radicals had succeeded in persuading +a judge to let out McCormick and the rest of the conspirators on +fifty thousand dollars bail apiece. That was most exasperating to +Peter, because it was obvious that when you put a Red into jail, you +made him a martyr to the rest of the Reds you made him conspicuous +to the whole community, and then if you let him out again, his +speaking and agitating were ten times as effective as before. Either +you ought to keep an agitator in jail for good, or else you ought +not put him in at all. But the judges didn’t see that--their heads +were full of a lot of legal bunk, and they let David Andrews and the +other Red lawyers hood-wink them. Herbert Ashton and his Socialist +crowd also got out on bail, and the “Clarion” was still published +and openly sold on the news-stands. While it didn’t dare oppose the +war any more, it printed every impolite thing it could possibly +collect about the “gigantic trading corporation” known as the +British Government, and also about the “French bankers” and the +“Italian imperialists.” It clamored for democracy for Ireland and +Egypt and India, and shamelessly defended the Bolsheviki, those +pro-German conspirators and nationalizers of women. + +So Peter proceeded to collect more evidence against the “Clarion” + staff, and against the I. W. Ws. Presently he read the good news +that the government had arrested a couple of hundred of the I. W. W. +leaders all over the country, and also the national leaders of the +Socialists, and was going to try them all for conspiracy. Then came +the trial of McCormick and Henderson and Gus and the rest; and Peter +picked up his “Times” one morning, and read on the front page some +news that caused him to gasp. Joe Angell, one of the leaders in the +dynamite conspiracy, had turned state’s evidence! He had revealed to +the District Attorney, not only the part which he himself had played +in the plan to dynamite Nelse Ackerman’s home, but he had told +everything that the others had done--just how the dynamite had been +got and prepared, and the names of all the leading citizens of the +community who were to share Nelse Ackerman’s fate! Peter read, on +and on, breathless with wonder, and when he got thru with the story +he rolled back on his bed and laughed out loud. By heck, that was +the limit! Peter had framed a frame-up on Guffey’s man, and of +course Guffey couldn’t send this man to prison; so he had had him +turn state’s evidence, and was letting him go free, as his reward +for telling on the others! + +The court calendars were now crowded with “espionage” cases; +pacifist clergymen who had tried to preach sermons, and +labor leaders who had tried to call strikes; members of the +Anti-conscription League and their pupils, the draft-dodgers and +slackers; Anarchists and Communists and Quakers, I. W. Ws., and +Socialists and “Russellites.” There were several trials going on all +the time, and in almost every case Peter had a finger, Peter was +called on to get this bit of evidence, or to investigate that juror, +or to prepare some little job against a witness for the defense. +Peter was wrapped up in the fate of each case, and each conviction +was a personal triumph. As there was always a conviction, Peter +began to swell up again with patriotic fervor, and the memory of +Nell Doolin and Ted Crothers slipped far into the background. When +“Mac” and his fellow dynamiters were sentenced to twenty years +apiece, Peter felt that he had atoned for all his sins, and he +ventured timidly to point out to McGivney that the cost of living +was going up all the time, and that he had kept his promise not to +wink at a woman for six months. McGivney said all right, they would +raise him to thirty dollars a week. + + + + +Section 70 + + +Of course Peter’s statement to McGivney had not been literally true. +He had winked at a number of women, but the trouble was none had +returned his wink. First he had made friendly advances toward Miriam +Yankovich, who was buxom and not bad looking; but Miriam’s thoughts +were evidently all with McCormick in jail; and then, after her +experience with Bob Ogden, Miriam had to go to a hospital, and of +course Peter didn’t want to fool with an invalid. He made himself +agreeable to others of the Red girls, and they seemed to like him; +they treated him as a good comrade, but somehow they did not seem to +act up to McGivney’s theories of “free love.” So Peter made up his +mind that he would find him a girl who was not a Red. It would give +him a little relief now and then, a little fun. The Reds seldom had +any fun--their idea of an adventure was to get off in a room by +themselves and sing the International or the Red Flag in whispers, +so the police couldn’t hear them. + +It was Saturday afternoon, and Peter went to a clothing store kept +by a Socialist, and bought himself a new hat and a new suit of +clothes on credit. Then he went out on the street, and saw a neat +little girl going into a picture-show, and followed her, and they +struck up an acquaintance and had supper together. She was what +Peter called a “swell dresser,” and it transpired that she worked in +a manicure parlor. Her idea of fun corresponded to Peter’s, and +Peter spent all the money he had that Saturday evening, and made up +his mind that if he could get something new on the Reds in the +course of the week, he would strike McGivney for forty dollars. + +Next morning was Easter Sunday, and Peter met his manicurist by +appointment, and they went for a stroll on Park Avenue, which was +the aristocratic street of American City and the scene of the +“Easter parade.” It was war time, and many of the houses had flags +out, and many of the men were in uniform, and all of the sermons +dealt with martial themes. Christ, it appeared, was risen +again to make the world safe for democracy, and to establish +self-determination for all people; and Peter and Miss Frisbie both +had on their best clothes, and watched the crowds in the “Easter +parade,” and Miss Frisbie studied the costumes and make-up of the +ladies, and picked up scraps of their conversation and whispered +them to Peter, and made Peter feel that he was back on Mount Olympus +again. + +They turned into one of the swell Park Avenue churches; the Church +of the Divine Compassion it was called, and it was very “high,” with +candles and incense--althogh you could hardly smell the incense on +this occasion for the scent of the Easter lilies and the ladies. +Peter and his friend were escorted to one of the leather covered +pews, and they heard the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge, a famous +pulpit orator, deliver one of those patriotic sermons which were +quoted in the “Times” almost every Monday morning. The Rev. de +Willoughby Stotterbridge quoted some Old Testament text about +exterminating the enemies of the Lord, and he sang the triumph of +American arms, and the overwhelming superiority of American +munitions. He denounced the Bolsheviks and all other traitors, and +called for their instant suppression; he didn’t say that he had +actually been among the crowd which had horse-whipped the I. W. Ws. +and smashed the printing presses and typewriters of the Socialists, +but he made it unmistakably clear that that was what he wanted, and +Peter’s bosom swelled with happy pride. It was something to a man to +know that he was serving his country and keeping the old flag +waving; but it was still more to know that he was enlisted in the +service of the Almighty, that Heaven and all its hosts were on his +side, and that everything he had done had the sanction of the +Almighty’s divinely ordained minister, speaking in the Almighty’s +holy temple, in the midst of stained-glass windows and brightly +burning candles and the ravishing odor of incense, and of Easter +lilies and of mignonette and lavender in the handkerchiefs of +delicately gowned and exquisite ladies from Mount Olympus. This, to +be sure, was mixing mythologies, but Peter’s education had been +neglected in his youth, and Peter could not be blamed for taking the +great ones of the earth as they were, and believing what they taught +him. + +The white robed choir marched out, and the music of “Onward +Christian Soldiers” faded away, and Peter and his lady went out from +the Church of the Divine Compassion, and strolled on the avenue +again, and when they had sufficiently filled their nostrils with the +sweet odors of snobbery, they turned into the park, where there were +places of seclusion for young couples interested in each other. But +alas, the fates which dogged Peter in his love-making had prepared +an especially cruel prank that morning. At the entrance to the park, +whom should Peter meet but Comrade Schnitzelmann, a fat little +butcher who belonged to the “Bolshevik local” of American City. +Peter tried to look the other way and hurry by, but Comrade +Schnitzelmann would not have it so. He came rushing up with one +pudgy hand stretched out, and a beaming smile on his rosy Teutonic +countenance. “Ach, Comrade Gudge!” cried he. “Wie geht’s mit you dis +morning?” + +“Very well, thank you,” said Peter, coldly, and tried to hurry on. + +But Comrade Schnitzelmann held onto his hand. “So! You been seeing +dot Easter barade!” said he. “Vot you tink, hey? If we could get all +de wage slaves to come und see dot barade, we make dem all +Bolsheviks pretty quick! Hey, Comrade Gudge?” + +“Yes, I guess so,” said Peter, still more coldly. + +“We show dem vot de money goes for--hey, Comrade Gudge!” And Comrade +Schnitzelmann chuckled, and Peter said, quickly, “Well, good-bye,” + and without introducing his lady-love took her by the arm and +hurried away. + +But alas, the damage had been done! They walked for a minute or two +amid ominous silence. Then suddenly the manicurist stood still and +confronted Peter. “Mr. Gudge,” she demanded, “what does that mean?” + +And Peter of course could not answer. He did not dare to meet her +flashing eyes, but stood digging the toe of his shoe into the path. +“I want to know what it means,” persisted the girl. “Are you one of +those Reds?” + +And what could poor Peter say? How could he explain his acquaintance +with that Teutonic face and that Teutonic accent? + +The girl stamped her foot with impatient anger. “So you’re one of +those Reds! You’re one of those pro-German traitors! You’re an +imposter, a spy!” + +Peter was helpless with embarrassment and dismay. “Miss Frisbie,” he +began, “I can’t explain--” + +“_Why_ can’t you explain? Why can’t any honest man explain?” + +“But--but--I’m not what you think--it isn’t true! I--I--” It was on +the tip of Peter’s tongue to say, “I’m a patriot! I’m a 100% +American, protecting my country against these traitors!” But +professional honor sealed his tongue, and the little manicurist +stamped her foot again, and her eyes flashed with indignation. + +“You dare to seek my acquaintance! You dare to take me to church! +Why--if there was a policeman in sight, I’d report you, I’d send you +to jail!” And actually she looked around for a policeman! But it is +well known that there never is a policeman in sight when you look +for one; so Miss Frisbie stamped her foot again and snorted in +Peter’s face. “Goodbye, _Comrade_ Gudge!” The emphasis she put upon +that word “comrade” would have frozen the fieriest Red soul; and she +turned with a swish of her skirts and strode off, and Peter stood +looking mournfully at her little French heels going crunch, crunch, +crunch on the gravel path. When the heels were clean gone out of +sight, Peter sought out the nearest bench and sat down and buried +his face in his hands, a picture of woe. Was there ever in the world +a man who had such persistent ill luck with women? + + + + +Section 71 + + +These were days of world-agony, when people bought the newspapers +several times every day, and when crowds gathered in front of +bulletin boards, looking at the big maps with little flags, and +speculating, were the Germans going to get to Paris, were they going +to get to the Channel and put France out of the war? And then +suddenly the Americans struck their first blow, and hurled the +Germans back at Chateau-Thierry, and all America rose up with one +shout of triumph! + +You would think that was a poor time for pacifist agitation; but the +members of the Anti-conscription League had so little discretion +that they chose this precise moment to publish a pamphlet, +describing the torturing of conscientious objectors in military +prisons and training camps! Peter had been active in this +organization from the beginning, and he had helped to write into the +pamphlet a certain crucial phrase which McGivney had suggested. So +now here were the pamphlets seized by the Federal government, and +all the members of the Anti-conscription League under arrest, +including Sadie Todd and little Ada Ruth and Donald Gordon! Peter +was sorry about Sadie Todd, in spite of the fact that she had called +him names. He couldn’t be very sorry about Ada Ruth, because she was +obviously a fanatic, bent on getting herself into trouble. As for +Donald Gordon, if he hadn’t learned his lesson from that whipping, +he surely had nobody to blame but himself. + +Peter was a member of this Anti-conscription League, so he pretended +to be in hiding, and carried on a little comedy with Ada Ruth’s +cousin, an Englishwoman, who hid him out in her place in the +country. Peter had an uncomfortable quarter of an hour when Donald +Gordon was released on bail, because the Quaker boy insisted that +the crucial phrase which had got them all into trouble had been +stricken out of the manuscript before he handed it to Peter Gudge to +take to the printer. But Peter insisted that Donald was mistaken, +and apparently he succeeded in satisfying the others, and after they +were all out on bail, he made bold to come out of his hiding place +and to attend one or two protest meetings in private homes. + +Then began a new adventure, in some ways the most startling of all. +It had to do with another girl, and the beginning was in the home of +Ada Ruth, where a few of the most uncompromising of the pacifists +gathered to discuss the question of raising money to pay for their +legal defense. To this meeting came Miriam Yankovich, pale from an +operation for cancer of the breast, but with a heart and mind as Red +as ever. Miriam had brought along a friend to help her, because she +wasn’t strong enough to walk; and it was this friend who started +Peter on his new adventure. + +Rosie Stern was her name, and she was a solid little Jewish working +girl, with bold black eyes, and a mass of shining black hair, and +flaming cheeks and a flashing smile. She was dressed as if she knew +about her beauty, and really appreciated it; so Peter wasn’t +surprised when Miriam, introducing her, remarked that Rosie wasn’t a +Red and didn’t like the Reds, but had just come to help her, and to +see what a pacifist meeting was like. Perhaps Peter might help to +make a Red out of her! And Peter was very glad indeed, for he was +never more bored with the whining of pacifists than now when our +boys were hurling the Germans back from the Marne and writing their +names upon history’s most imperishable pages. + +Rosie was something new and unforeseen, and Peter went right after +her, and presently he realized with delight that she was interested +in him. Peter knew, of course, that he was superior to all this +crowd, but he wasn’t used to having the fact recognized, and as +usual when a woman smiled upon him, the pressure of his self-esteem +rose beyond the safety point. Rosie was one of those people who take +the world as it is and get some fun out of it, so while the pacifist +meeting went on, Peter sat over in the corner and told her in +whispers his funny adventures with Pericles Priam and in the Temple +of Jimjambo. Rosie could hardly repress her laughter, and her black +eyes flashed, and before the evening was over their hands had +touched several times. Then Peter offered to escort her and Miriam, +and needless to say they took Miriam home first. The tenement +streets were deserted at this late hour, so they found a chance for +swift embraces, and Peter went home with his feet hardly touching +the ground. + +Rosie worked in a paper-box factory, and next evening Peter took her +out to dinner, and their eager flirtation went on. But Rosie showed +a tendency to retreat, and when Peter pressed her, she told him the +reason. She had no use for Reds; she was sick of the jargon of the +Reds, she would never love a Red. Look at Miriam Yankovich--what a +wreck she had made of her life! She had been a handsome girl, she +might have got a rich husband, but now she had had to be cut to +pieces! And look at Sadie Todd, slaving herself to death, and Ada +Ruth with her poems that made you tired. Rosie jeered at them all, +and riddled them with the arrows of her wit, and of course Peter in +his heart agreed with everything she said; yet Peter had to pretend +to disagree, and that made Rosie cross and spoiled their fun, and +they almost quarreled. + +Under these circumstances, naturally it was hard for Peter not to +give some hint of his true feeling. After he had spent all of his +money on Rosie and a lot of his time and hadn’t got anywhere, he +decided to make some concession to her--he told her he would give up +trying to make a Red out of her. Whereupon Rosie made a face at him. +“Very kind indeed of you, Mr. Gudge! But how about my making a +`White’ out of you?” And she went on to inform him that she wanted +a fellow that could make money and take care of a girl. Peter +answered that he was making money all right. Well, how was he making +money, asked Rosie. Peter wouldn’t tell, but he was making it, and +he would prove it by taking her to the theater every night. + +So the little duel went on, evening after evening. Peter got more +and more crazy about this black-eyed beauty, and she got more and +more coquettish, and more and more impatient with his radical +leanings. Rosie’s father had brought her as a baby from Kisheneff, +but she was 100% American all the same, so she told him; those boys +in khaki who were over there walloping the Huns were the boys for +her, and she was waiting for one of them to come back. What was the +matter with Peter that he wasn’t doing his part? Was he a +draft-dodger? Rosie had never had anything to do with slackers, and +wasn’t keen for the company of a man who couldn’t give an account of +himself. Only that day she had been reading in the paper about the +atrocities committed by the Huns. How could any man with red blood +in his veins sympathize with these pacifists and traitors? And if +Peter didn’t sympathize with them, why did he travel round with them +and give them his moral support? When Peter made a feeble effort at +repeating some of the pacifists’ arguments, Rosie just said, “Oh, +fudge! You’ve got too much sense to talk that kind of stuff to me.” + And Peter knew, of course, that he _had_ too much sense, and it was +hard to keep from letting Rosie see it. He had just lost one girl +because of his Red entanglements. Was it up to him to lose another? + +For a couple of weeks they sparred and fought. Rosie would let Peter +kiss her, and Peter’s head would be quite turned with desire. He +decided that she was the most wonderful girl he had ever known; even +Nell Doolin had nothing on her. But then once more she would pin +Peter down on this business of his Redness, and would spurn him, and +refuse to see him any more. At last Peter admitted to her that he +had lost his sympathy with the Reds, she had converted him, and he +despised them. So Rosie replied that she was delighted; they would +go at once to see Miriam Yankovich, and Peter would tell her, and +try to convert her also. Peter was then in a bad dilemma; he had to +insist that Rosie should keep his conversion a secret. But Rosie +became indignant, she set her lips and declared that a conversion +that had to be kept secret was no conversion at all, it was simply a +low sham, and Peter Gudge was a coward, and she was sick of him! So +poor Peter went away, heartbroken and bewildered. + + + + +Section 72 + + +There was only one way out of this plight for Peter, and that was +for him to tell Rosie the truth. And why should he not do it? He was +wild about her, and he knew that she was wild about him, and only +one thing--his great secret--stood in the way of their perfect +bliss. If he told her that great secret, he would be a hero of +heroes in her eyes; he would be more wonderful even than the men who +were driving back the Germans from the Marne and writing their names +upon history’s most imperishable pages! So why should he not tell? + +He was in her room one evening, and his arms were about her, and she +had almost but not quite yielded. “Please, please, Peter,” she +pleaded, “stop being one of those horrid Reds!” And Peter could +stand it no longer. He told her that he really wasn’t a Red, but a +secret agent employed by the very biggest business men of American +City to keep track of the Reds and bring their activities to naught. +And when he told this, Rosie stared at him in consternation. She +refused to believe him; when he insisted, she laughed at him, and +finally became angry. It was a silly yarn, and did he imagine he +could string her along like that? + +So Peter, irritated, set out to convince her. He told her about +Guffey and the American City Land & Investment Company; he told her +about McGivney, and how he met McGivney regularly at Room 427 of the +American House. He told her about his thirty dollars a week, and how +it was soon to be increased to forty, and he would spend it all on +her. And perhaps she might pretend to be converted by him, and +become a Red also, and if she could satisfy McGivney that she was +straight, he would pay her too, and it would be a lot better than +working ten and a half hours a day in Isaac & Goldstein’s paper box +factory. + +At last Peter succeeded in convincing the girl. She was subdued and +frightened; she hadn’t been prepared for anything like that, she +said, and would have to have a little time to think it over. Peter +then became worried in turn. He hoped she wouldn’t mind, he said, +and set to work to explain to her how important his work was, how it +had the sanction of all the very best people in the city--not merely +the great bankers and business men, but mayors and public officials +and newspaper editors and college presidents, and great Park Avenue +clergymen like the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge of the Church of +the Divine Compassion. And Rosie said that was all right, of course, +but she was a little scared and would have to think it over. She +brought the evening to an abrupt end, and Peter went home much +disconcerted. + +Perhaps an hour later there came a sharp tap on the door of his +lodging-house room, and he went to the door, and found himself +confronted by David Andrews, the lawyer, Donald Gordon, and John +Durand, the labor giant, president of the Seamen’s Union. They never +even said, “Howdy do,” but stalked into the room, and Durand shut +the door behind him, and stood with his back to it, folded his arms +and glared at Peter like the stone image of an Aztec chieftain. So +before they said a word Peter knew what had happened. He knew that +the jig was up for good this time; his career as savior of the +nation was at an end. And again it was all on account of a +woman--all because he hadn’t taken Guffey’s advice about winking! + +But all other thoughts were driven from Peter’s mind by one emotion, +which was terror. His teeth began giving their imitation of an angry +woodchuck, and his knees refused to hold him; he sat down on the +edge of the bed, staring from one to another of these three stone +Aztec faces. “Well, Gudge,” said Andrews, at last, “so you’re the +spy we’ve been looking for all this time!” + +Peter remembered Nell’s injunction, “Stick it out, Peter! Stick it +out!” + +“Wh-wh-what do you mean, Mr. Andrews?” + +“Forget it, Gudge,” said Andrews. “We’ve just been talking with +Rosie, and Rosie was our spy.” + +“She’s been lying to you!” Peter cried. + +But Andrews said: “Oh rubbish! We’re not that easy! Miriam Yankovich +was listening behind the door, and heard your talk.” + +So then Peter knew that the case was hopeless, and there was nothing +left but to ascertain his fate. Had they come just to scold him and +appeal to his conscience? Or did they plan to carry him away and +strangle him and torture him to death? The latter was the terror +that had been haunting Peter from the beginning of his career, and +when gradually be made out that the three Aztecs did not intend +violence, and that all they hoped for was to get him to admit how +much he had told to his employers--then there was laughter inside +Peter, and he broke down and wept tears of scalding shame, and said +that it had all been because McCormick had told that cruel lie about +him and little Jennie Todd. He had resisted the temptation for a +year, but then he had been out of a job, and the Goober Defense +Committee had refused him any work; he had actually been starving, +and so at last he had accepted McGivney’s offer to let him know +about the seditious activities of the extreme Reds. But he had never +reported anybody who hadn’t really broken the law, and he had never +told McGivney anything but the truth. + +Then Andrews proceeded to examine him. Peter denied that he had ever +reported anything about the Goober case. He denied most strenuously +that he had ever had anything to do with the McCormick “frame-up.” + When they tried to pin him down on this case and that, he suddenly +summoned his dignity and declared that Andrews had no right to +cross-question him, he was a 100%, red-blooded American patriot, and +had been saving his country and his God from German agents and +Bolshevik traitors. + +Donald Gordon almost went wild at that. “What you’ve been doing was +to slip stuff into our pamphlet about conscientious objectors, so as +to get us all indicted!” + +“That’s a lie!” cried Peter. “I never done nothing of the kind!” + +“You know perfectly well you rubbed out those pencil marks that I +drew through that sentence in the pamphlet.” + +“I never done it!” cried Peter, again and again. + +And suddenly big John Durand clenched his hands, and his face became +terrible with his pent-up rage. “You white-livered little sneak!” he +hissed. “What we ought to do with you is to pull the lying tongue +out of you!” He took a step forward, as if he really meant to do it. + +But David Andrews interfered. He was a lawyer, and knew the +difference between what he could do and what Guffey’s men could do. +“No, no, John,” he said, “nothing like that. I guess we’ve got all +we can get out of this fellow. We’ll leave him to his own conscience +and his Jingo God. Come on, Donald.” And he took the white-faced +Quaker boy with one hand, and the big labor giant with the other, +and walked them out of the room, and Peter heard them tramping down +the stairs of his lodging house, and he lay on his bed and buried +his face in the pillows, and felt utterly wretched, because once +more he had been made a fool of, and as usual it was a woman that +had done it. + + + + +Section 73 + + +Peter could see it all very clearly when he came to figure over the +thing; he could see what a whooping jackass he had been. He might +have known that it was up to him to be careful, at this time of all +times, when he was suspected of having rubbed out Donald Gordon’s +pencil marks. They had picked out a girl whom Peter had never seen +before, and she had come and posed as Miriam’s friend, and had +proceeded to take Peter by the nose and lead him to the edge of the +precipice and shove him over. And now she would be laughing at him, +telling all her friends about her triumph, and about Peter’s thirty +dollars a week that he would never see again. + +Peter spent a good part of the night getting up the story that he +was to tell McGivney next morning. He wouldn’t mention Rosie Stern, +of course; he would say that the Reds had trailed him to Room 427, +and it must be they had a spy in Guffey’s office. Peter repeated +this story quite solemnly, and again realized too late that he had +made a fool of himself. It wasn’t twenty-four hours before every Red +in American City knew the true, inside history of the unveiling of +Peter Gudge as a spy of the Traction Trust. The story occupied a +couple of pages in that week’s issue of the “Clarion,” and included +Peter’s picture, and an account of the part that Peter had played in +various frame-ups. It was nearly all true, and the fact that it was +guess-work on Donald Gordon’s part did not make it any the better +for Peter. Of course McGivney and Guffey and all his men read the +story, and knew Peter for the whooping jackass that Peter knew +himself. + +“You go and get yourself a job with a pick and shovel,” said +McGivney, and Peter sorrowfully took his departure. He had only a +few dollars in his pocket, and these did not last very long, and he +had got down to his last nickel, and was confronting the wolf of +starvation again, when McGivney came to his lodging house room with +a new proposition. There was one job left, and Peter might take it +if he thought he could stand the gaff. + +It was the job of state’s witness. Peter had been all thru the Red +movement, he knew all these pacifists and Socialists and +Syndicalists and I. W. Ws. who were now in jail. In some cases the +evidence of the government was far from satisfactory; so Peter might +have his salary back again, if he were willing to take the witness +stand and tell what he was told to tell, and if he could manage to +sit in a courtroom without falling in love with some of the lady +jurors, or some of the lady spies of the defense. These deadly +shafts of sarcasm Peter did not even feel, because he was so +frightened by the proposition which McGivney put up to him. To come +out into the open and face the blinding glare of the Red hate! To +place himself, the ant, between the smashing fists of the battling +giants! + +Yes, it might seem dangerous, said McGivney, for a cowardly little +whelp like himself; but then a good many men had had the nerve to do +it, and none of them had died yet. McGivney himself did not pretend +to care very much whether Peter did it or not; he put the matter up +to him on Guffey’s orders. The job was worth forty dollars a week, +and he might take it or leave it. + +And there sat Peter, with only a nickel and a couple of pennies in +his pocket, and the rent for his room two weeks over-due, and his +landlady lying in wait in the hallway like an Indian with a +tomahawk. Peter objected, what about all those bad things in his +early record, Pericles Priam and the Temple of Jimjambo, which had +ruined him as a witness in the Goober case. McGivney answered dryly +that he couldn’t let himself out with that excuse; he was invited to +pose as a reformed “wobbly,” and the more crimes and rascalities he +had in his record, the more convinced the jury would be that he had +been a real “wobbly.” + +Peter asked, just when would he be expected to appear? And McGivney +answered, the very next week. They were trying seventeen of the +“wobblies” on a conspiracy charge, and Peter would be expected to +take the stand and tell how he had heard them advocate violence, and +heard them boast of having set fire to barns and wheat fields, and +how they had put phosphorus bombs into haystacks, and copper nails +into fruit trees, and spikes into sawmill logs, and emery powder +into engine bearings. Peter needn’t worry about what he would have +to say, McGivney would tell him everything, and would see him +thoroughly posted, and he would find himself a hero in the +newspapers, which would make clear that he had done everything from +the very highest possible motives of 100% Americanism, and that no +soldier in the war had been performing a more dangerous service. + +To Peter it seemed they might say that without troubling their +conscience very much. But McGivney went on to declare that he +needn’t be afraid; it was no part of Guffey’s program to give the +Reds the satisfaction of putting his star witness out of business. +Peter would be kept in a safe place, and would always have a +body-guard. While he was in the city, giving his testimony, they +would put him up at the Hotel de Soto. + +And that of course settled it. Here was poor Peter, with only a +nickel and two coppers in his pocket, and before him stood a chariot +of fire with magic steeds, and all he had to do was to step in, and +be whirled away to Mount Olympus. Peter stepped in! + + + + +Section 74 + + +McGivney took him to Guffey’s office, and Guffey wasted no time upon +preliminaries, but turned to his desk, and took out a long +typewritten document, a complete account of what the prosecution +meant to prove against the seventeen I. W. Ws. First, Peter told +what he himself had seen and heard--not very much, but a beginning, +a hook to hang his story upon. The I. W. W. hall was the meeting +place for the casual and homeless labor of the country, the +“bindle-stiffs” who took the hardest of the world’s hard knocks, and +sometimes returned them. There was no kind of injustice these +fellows hadn’t experienced, and now and then they had given blow for +blow. Also there were loose talkers among them, who worked off their +feelings by threats of vengeance upon their enemies. Now and then a +real criminal came along, and now and then a paid inciter, a Peter +Gudge or a Joe Angell. Peter told the worst that he had heard, and +all he knew about the arrested men, and Guffey wrote it all down, +and then proceeded to build upon it. This fellow Alf Guinness had +had a row with a farmer in Wheatland County; there had been a barn +burned nearby, and Guffey would furnish an automobile and a couple +of detectives to travel with Peter, and they would visit the scene +of that fire and the nearby village, and familiarize themselves with +the locality, and Peter would testify how he had been with Guinness +when he and a half dozen of the defendants had set fire to that +barn. + +Peter hadn’t intended anything quite so serious as that, but Guffey +was so business-like, and took it all so much as a matter of course, +that Peter was afraid to show the white feather. After all, this was +war-time; hundreds of men were giving up their lives every day in +the Argonne, and why shouldn’t Peter take a little risk in order to +put out of business his country’s most dangerous enemies? + +So Peter and his two detectives blew themselves to a joy ride in the +country. And then Peter was brought back and made comfortable in a +room on the twelfth floor of the Hotel de Soto, where he diligently +studied the typewritten documents which McGivney brought him, and +thoroughly learned the story he was to tell. There was always one of +Guffey’s men walking up and down in the hallway outside with a gun +on his hip, and they brought Peter three meals a day, not forgetting +a bottle of beer and a package of cigarettes. Twice a day Peter read +in the newspapers about the heroic deeds of our boys over there, and +also about the latest bomb plots which had been discovered all over +the country, and about various trials under the espionage act. + +Also, Peter had the thrill of reading about himself in a real +newspaper. Hitherto he had been featured in labor papers, and +Socialist papers like the “Clarion,” which did not count; but now +the American City “Times” came out with a long story of how the +district attorney’s office had “planted” a secret agent with the I. +W. W., and how this man, whose name was Peter Gudge, had been +working as one of them for the past two years, and was going to +reveal the whole story of I. W. W. infamy on the witness stand. + +Two days before the trial Peter was escorted by McGivney and another +detective to the district attorney’s office, and spent the best part +of the day in conference with Mr. Burchard and his deputy, Mr. +Stannard, who were to try the case. McGivney had told Peter that the +district attorney was not in the secret, he really believed that +Peter’s story was all true; but Peter suspected that this was +camouflage, to save Mr. Burchard’s face, and to protect him in case +Peter ever tried to “throw him down.” Peter noticed that whenever he +left any gap in his story, the district attorney and the deputy told +him to fill it, and he managed to guess what to fill it with. + +Henry Clay Burchard came from the far South, and followed a style of +oratory long since gone out of date. He wore his heavy black hair a +little long, and when he mounted the platform he would pull out the +tremulo stop, stretching out his hands and saying in tones of +quivering emotion: “The ladies, God bless them!” Also he would say: +“I am a friend of the common man. My heart beats with sympathy for +those who constitute the real backbone of America, the toilers of +the shop and farm.” And then all the banqueters of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association would +applaud, and would send their checks to the campaign fund of this +friend of the common man. Mr. Burchard’s deputy, Mr. Stannard, was a +legal fox who told his chief what to do and how to do it; a dried-up +little man who looked like a bookworm, and sat boring you thru with +his keen eyes, watching for your weak points and preparing to pierce +you thru with one of his legal rapiers. He would be quite friendly +about it--he would joke with you in the noon hour, assuming that you +would of course understand it was all in the line of business, and +no harm meant. + + + + +Section 75 + + +The two men heard Peter’s story and changed it a little, and then +heard him over again and pronounced him all right, and Peter went +back to his hotel room and waited in trepidation for his hour in the +limelight. When they took him to court his knees were shaking, but +also he had a thrill of real importance, for they had provided him +with a body-guard of four big huskies; also he saw two “bulls” whom +he recognized in the hallway outside the court-room, and many others +scattered thru the audience. The place was packed with Red +sympathizers, but they had all been searched before they were +allowed to enter, and were being watched every moment during the +trial. + +When Peter stepped into the witness box he felt as Tom Duggan and +Donald Gordon must have felt that night when the white glare from +thirty or forty automobiles was beating upon them. Peter felt the +concentrated Red hate of two or three hundred spectators, and now +and then their pent-up fury would break restraint; there would be a +murmur of protest, or perhaps a wave of sneering laughter, and the +bailiff would bang on the table with his wooden mallet, and the +judge would half rise from his seat, and declare that if that +happened again he would order the court-room cleared. + +Not far in front of Peter at a long table sat the seventeen +defendants, looking like trapped rats, and every one of their +thirty-four rat eyes were fixed upon Peter’s face, and never moved +from it. Peter only glanced that way once; they bared their rats’ +teeth at him, and he quickly looked in another direction. But there +also he saw a face that brought him no comfort; there sat Mrs. Godd, +in her immaculate white chiffons, her wide-open blue eyes fixed upon +his face, her expression full of grief and reproach. “Oh, Mr. +Gudge!” she seemed to be saying. “How can you? Mr. Gudge, is this +Peace. . . justice. . . Truth. . . Law?” And Peter realized with a +pang that he had cut himself off forever from Mount Olympus, and +from the porch chair with the soft silken pillows! He turned away +toward the box where sat the twelve jurymen and women. One old lady +gave him a benevolent smile, and a young farmer gave him a sly wink, +so Peter knew that he had friends in that quarter--and after all, +they were the ones who really counted in this trial. Mrs. Godd was +as helpless as any “wobbly,” in the presence of this august court. + +Peter told his story, and then came his cross-questioning, and who +should rise and start the job but David Andrews, suave and humorous +and deadly. Peter had always been afraid of Andrews, and now he +winced. Nobody had told him he was to face an ordeal like this! +Nobody had told him that Andrews would be allowed to question him +about every detail of these crimes which he said he had witnessed, +and about all the conversations that had taken place, and who else +was present, and what else had been said, and how he had come to be +there, and what he had done afterwards, and what he had had to eat +for breakfast that morning. Only two things saved Peter, first the +constant rapid-fire of objections which Stannard kept making, to +give Peter time to think; and second, the cyclone-cellar which +Stannard had provided for him in advance. “You can always fail to +remember,” the deputy had said; “nobody can punish you for +forgetting something.” So Peter would repeat the minute details of a +conversation in which Alf Guinness had told of burning down the +barn, but he didn’t remember who else had heard the conversation, +and he didn’t remember what else had been said, nor what was the +date of the conversation. + +Then came the blessed hour of noon, with a chance for Peter to get +fixed up again before the court resumed at two. He was questioned +again by Stannard, who patched up all the gaps in his testimony, and +then again he failed to remember things, and so avoided the traps +which Andrews set for his feet. He was told that he had “done fine,” + and was escorted back to the Hotel de Soto in triumph, and there for +a week he stayed while the defense made a feeble effort to answer +his testimony. Peter read in the papers the long speeches in which +the district attorney and the deputy acclaimed him as a patriot, +protecting his country from its “enemies within;” also he read a +brief reference to the “tirade” of David Andrews, who had called him +a “rat” and a “slinking Judas.” Peter didn’t mind that, of +course--it was all part of the game, and the calling of names is a +pretty sure sign of impotence. + +Less easy to accept placidly, however, was something which came to +Peter that same day--a letter from Mrs. Godd! It wasn’t written to +him, but he saw Hammett and another of the “bulls” chuckling +together, and he asked what was the joke, and they told him that +Mrs. Godd had somehow found out about Guffey, and had written him a +letter full of insults, and Guffey was furious. Peter asked what was +in it, and they told him, and later on when he insisted, they +brought it and showed it to him, and Peter was furious too. On very +expensive stationery with a stately crest at the top, the mother of +Mount Olympus had written in a large, bland, girlish hand her +opinion of “under cover” men and those who hired them: + +“You sit like a big spider and weave a net to catch men and destroy +them. You destroy alike your victims and your tools. The poor boy, +Peter Gudge, whom you sent to my home--my heart bleeds when I think +of him, and what you have put him up to! A wretched, feeble-minded +victim of greed, who ought to be sent to a hospital for deformed +souls, you have taken him and taught him a piece of villainy to +recite, so that he may send a group of sincere idealists to prison.” + +That was enough! Peter put down the letter--he would not dignify +such stuff by reading it. He realized that he would have to put his +mind on the problem of Mrs. Godd once more. One woman like that, in +her position of power, was more dangerous than all the seventeen +“wobblies” who had been haled before the court. Peter inquired, and +learned that Guffey had already been to see Nelse Ackerman about it, +and Mr. Ackerman had been to see Mr. Godd, and Mr. Godd had been to +see Mrs. Godd. Also the “Times” had an editorial referring to the +“nest of Bolshevism” upon Mount Olympus, and all Mrs. Godd’s friends +were staying away from her luncheon-parties--so she was being made +to suffer for her insolence to Peter Gudge! + +“A hospital for deformed souls,” indeed! Peter was so upset that his +joy in life was not restored even by the news that the jury had +found the defendants guilty on the first ballot. He told McGivney +that the strain of this trial had been too much for his nerves, and +they must take care of him; so an automobile was provided, and Peter +was taken to a secret hiding place in the country to recuperate. + +Hammett went with him, and Hammett was a first-class gunman, and +Peter stayed close by him; in the evening he stayed up in the second +story of the farm-house, lest perchance one of the “wobblies” should +take too literally the testimony Peter had given concerning their +habit of shooting at their enemies out of the darkness. Peter knew +how they all must hate him; he read in the paper how the judge +summoned the guilty men before him and sentenced them, incidentally +forcing them to listen to a scathing address, which was published in +full in the “Times.” The law provided a penalty of from one to +fourteen years, and the judge sentenced sixteen of them to fourteen +years, and one to ten years, thus tempering justice with mercy. + +Then one day McGivney sent an automobile, and Peter was brought to +Guffey’s office, and a new plan was unfolded to him. They had +arrested another bunch of “wobblies” in the neighboring city of +Eldorado, and Peter was wanted there to repeat his testimony. It +happened that he knew one of the accused men, and that would be +sufficient to get his testimony in--his prize stuff about the +burning barns and the phosphorus bombs. He would be taken care of +just as thoroughly by the district attorney’s office of Eldorado +County; or better yet, Guffey would write to his friend Steve +Ellman, who did the detective work for the Home and Fireside +Association, the big business organization of that city. + +Peter hemmed and hawed. This was a pretty hard and dangerous kind of +work, it really played the devil with a man’s nerves, sitting up +there in the hotel room all day, with nothing to do but smoke +cigarettes and imagine the “wobblies” throwing bombs at you. Also, +it wouldn’t last very long; it ought to be better paid. Guffey +answered that Peter needn’t worry about the job’s lasting; if he +cared to give this testimony, he might have a joy ride from one end +of the country to the other, and everywhere he would live on the fat +of the land, and be a hero in the newspapers. + +But still Peter hemmed and hawed. He had learned from the American +City “Times” how valuable a witness he was, and he ventured to +demand his price, even from the terrible Guffey; he stuck it out, in +spite of Guffey’s frowns, and the upshot was that Guffey said, All +right, if Peter would take the trip he might have seventy-five +dollars a week and expenses, and Guffey would guarantee to keep him +busy for not less than six months. + + + + +Section 76 + + +So Peter went to Eldorado, and helped to send eleven men to the +penitentiary for periods varying from three to fourteen years. Then +he went to Flagland, and testified in three different trials, and +added seven more scalps to his belt. By this time he got to realize +that the worst the Reds could do was to make faces at him and show +the teeth of trapped rats. He learned to take his profession more +easily, and would sometimes venture to go out for an evening’s +pleasure without his guards. When he was hidden in the country he +would take long walks regardless of the thousands of blood-thirsty +Reds on his trail. + +It was while Peter was testifying in Flagland that a magic word was +flashed from Europe, and the whole city went mad with joy. Everyone, +from babies to old men, turned out on the streets and waved flags +and banged tin cans and shouted for peace with victory. When it was +learned that the newspapers had fooled them, they waited three days, +and then turned out and went thru the same performance again. Peter +was a bit worried at first, for fear the coming of peace might end +his job of saving the country; but presently he realized that there +was no need for concern, the smashing of the Reds was going on just +the same. + +They had some raids on the Socialists while Peter was in Flagland, +and the detectives told him he might come along for the fun of it. +So Peter armed himself with a black-jack and a revolver, and helped +to rush the Socialist headquarters. The war was over, but Peter felt +just as military as if it were still going on; when he got the +little Jewish organizer of the local pent up in a corner behind his +desk and proceeded to crack him over the head, Peter understood +exactly how our boys had felt in the Argonne. When he discovered the +thrill of dancing on typewriter keys with his boots, he even +understood how the Huns had felt. + +The detectives were joined by a bunch of college boys, who took to +that kind of thing with glee. Having got their blood up, they +decided they might as well clean out the Red movement entirely, so +they rushed a place called the “International Book-Shop,” kept by a +Hawaiian. The proprietor dodged into the kitchen of a Chinese +restaurant next door, and put on an apron; but no one had ever seen +a Chinaman with a black mustache, so they fell on him and broke +several of the Chinaman’s sauce-pans over his head. They took the +contents of the “International Book-Shop” into the back yard and +started a bon-fire with it, and detectives and college boys on a +lark joined hands and danced an imitation of the Hawaiian hula-hula +around the blaze. + +So Peter lived a merry life for several months. He had one or two +journeys for nothing, because an obstinate judge refused to admit +that anything that any I. W. W. had ever said or done anywhere +within the last ten years was proper testimony to be introduced +against a particular I. W. W. on trial. But most judges were willing +to co-operate with the big business men in ridding the country of +the Red menace, and Peter’s total of scalps amounted to over a +hundred before his time was up, and Guffey sent him his last cheek +and turned him loose. + +That was in the city of Richport, and Peter having in an inside +pocket something over a thousand dollars in savings, felt that he +had earned a good time. He went for a stroll on the Gay White Way of +the city, and in front of a moving picture palace a golden-haired +girl smiled at him. This was still in the days of two and +three-fourths per cent beer, and Peter invited her into a saloon to +have a glass, and when he opened his eyes again it was dark, and he +had a splitting headache, and he groped around and discovered that +he was lying in a dark corner of an alleyway. Terror gripped his +heart, and he clapped his hand to the inside pocket where his wallet +had been, and there was nothing but horrible emptiness. So Peter was +ruined once again, and as usual it was a woman that had done it! + +Peter went to the police-station, but they never found the woman, or +if they did, they divided with her and not with Peter. He threw +himself on the mercy of the sergeant at the desk, and succeeded in +convincing the sergeant that he, Peter, was a part of the machinery +of his country’s defense, and the sergeant agreed to stand sponsor +for ten words to Guffey. So Peter sat himself down with a pencil and +paper, and figured over it, and managed to get it into ten words, as +follows: “Woman again broke any old job any pay wire fare.” And it +appeared that Guffey must have sat himself down with a pencil and +paper and figured over it also, for the answer came back in ten +words, as follows: “Idiot have wired secretary chamber commerce will +give you ticket.” + +So Peter repaired forthwith to the stately offices of the Chamber of +Commerce, and the hustling, efficient young business-man secretary +sent his clerk to buy Peter a ticket and put him on the train. In a +time of need like that Peter realized what it meant to have the +backing of a great and powerful organization, with stately offices +and money on hand for all emergencies, even when they arose by +telegraph. He took a new vow of sobriety and decency, so that he +might always have these forces of law and order on his side. + + + + +Section 77 + + +Peter was duly scolded, and put to work as an “office man” at his +old salary of twenty dollars a week. It was his duty to consult with +Guffey’s many “operatives,” to tell them everything he knew about +this individual Red or that organization of Reds. He would use his +inside knowledge of personalities and doctrines and movements to +help in framing up testimony, and in setting traps for too ardent +agitators. He could no longer pose as a Red himself, but sometimes +there were cases where he could do detective work without being +recognized; when, for example, there was a question of fixing a +juror, or of investigating the members of a panel. + +The I. W. Ws. had been put out of business in American City, but the +Socialists were still active, in spite of prosecutions and +convictions. Also there was a new peril looming up; the returned +soldiers were coming back, and a lot of them were dissatisfied, +presuming to complain of their treatment in the army, and of the +lack of good jobs at home, and even of the peace treaty which the +President was arranging in Paris. They had fought to make the world +safe for democracy, and here, they said, it had been made safe for +the profiteers. This was plain Bolshevism, and in its most dangerous +form, because these fellows had learned to use guns, and couldn’t +very well be expected to become pacifists right off the bat. + +There had been a great labor shortage during the war, and some of +the more powerful unions had taken the general rise in prices as an +excuse for demanding higher wages. This naturally had made the +members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association indignant, and now they saw their chance +to use these returned soldiers to smash strikes and to break the +organizations of the labor men. They proceeded to organize the +soldiers for this purpose; in American City the Chamber of Commerce +contributed twenty-five thousand dollars to furnish the club-rooms +for them, and when the trolley men went on strike the cars were run +by returned soldiers in uniform. + +There was one veteran, a fellow by the name of Sydney, who objected +to this program. He was publishing a paper, the “Veteran’s Friend,” + and began to use the paper to protest against his comrades acting as +what he called “scabs.” The secretary of the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association sent for him and gave him a straight +talking to, but he went right ahead with his campaign, and so +Guffey’s office was assigned the task of shutting him up. Peter, +while he could not take an active part in the job, was the one who +guided it behind the scenes. They proceeded to plant spies in +Sydney’s office, and they had so many that it was really a joke; +they used to laugh and say that they trod on one another’s toes. +Sydney was poor, and had not enough money to run his paper, so he +accepted any volunteer labor that came along. And Guffey sent him +plenty of volunteers--no less than seven operatives--one keeping +Sydney’s books, another helping with his mailing, two more helping +to raise funds among the labor unions, others dropping in every day +or two to advise him. Nevertheless Sydney went right ahead with his +program of denouncing the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association, +and denouncing the government for its failure to provide farms and +jobs for the veterans. + +One of Guffey’s “under cover operatives”--that was the technical +term for the Peter Gudges and Joe Angells--was a man by the name of +Jonas. This Jonas called himself a “philosophic anarchist,” and +posed as the reddest Red in American City; it was his habit to rise +up in radical meetings and question the speaker, and try to tempt +him to justify violence and insurrection and “mass-action.” If he +repudiated these ideas, then Jonas would denounce him as a +“mollycoddle,” a “pink tea Socialist,” a “labor faker.” Other people +in the audience would applaud, and so Guffey’s men would find out +who were the real Red sympathizers. + +Peter had long suspected Jonas, and now he was sent to meet him in +Room 427 of the American House, and together they framed up a job on +Sydney. Jonas wrote a letter, supposed to come from a German +“comrade,” giving the names of some papers in Europe to which the +editor should send sample copies of his magazine. This letter was +mailed to Sydney, and next morning Jonas wandered into the office, +and Sydney showed him the letter, and Jonas told him that these were +labor papers, and the editors would no doubt be interested to know +of the feelings of American soldiers since the war. Sydney sat down +to write a letter, and Jonas stood by his side and told him what to +write: “To my erstwhile enemies in arms I send fraternal greetings, +and welcome you as brothers in the new co-operative commonwealth +which is to be”--and so on, the usual Internationalist patter, which +all these agitators were spouting day and night, and which ran off +the ends of their pens automatically. Sydney mailed these letters, +and the sample copies of the magazine, and Guffey’s office tipped +off the postoffice authorities, who held up the letters. The +book-keeper, one of Guffey’s operatives, went to the Federal +attorney and made affidavit that Sydney had been carrying on a +conspiracy with the enemy in war-time, and a warrant was issued, and +the offices of the magazine were raided, the subscription-lists +confiscated, and everything in the rooms dumped out into the middle +of the floor. + +So there was a little job all Peter’s own; except that Jonas, the +scoundrel, claimed it for his, and tried to deprive Peter of the +credit! So Peter was glad when the Federal authorities looked the +case over and said it was a bum job, and they wouldn’t monkey with +it. However, the evidence was turned over to District-attorney +Burchard, who wasn’t quite so fastidious, and his agents made +another raid, and smashed up the office again, and threw the +returned soldier into jail. The judge fixed the bail at fifteen +thousand dollars, and the American City “Times” published the story +with scare-headlines all the way across the front page--how the +editor of the “Veteran’s Friend” had been caught conspiring with the +enemy, and here was a photographic copy of his treasonable letter, +and a copy of the letter of the mysterious German conspirator with +whom he had been in relations! They spent more than a year trying +that editor, and although he was out on bail, Guffey saw to it that +he could not get a job anywhere in American City; his paper was +smashed and his family near to starvation. + + + + +Section 78 + + +Peter had now been working faithfully for six or eight months, and +all that time he religiously carried out his promise to Guffey and +did not wink at a woman. But that is an unnatural life for a man, +and Peter was lonely, his dreams were haunted by the faces of Nell +Doolin and Rosie Stern, and even of little Jennie Todd. One day +another face came back to him, the face of Miss Frisbie, the little +manicurist who had spurned him because he was a Red. Now suddenly +Peter realized that he was no longer a Red! On the contrary, he was +a hero, his picture had been published in the American City “Times,” + and no doubt Miss Frisbie had seen it. Miss Frisbie was a good girl, +a straight girl, and surely all right for him to know! + +So Peter went to the manicure parlor, and sure enough, there was the +little golden-haired lady; and sure enough, she had read all about +him, she had been dreaming that some day she might meet him +again--and so Peter invited her to go to a picture show. On the way +home they became very chummy, and before a week went by it was as if +they had been friends for life. When Peter asked Miss Frisbie if he +might kiss her, she answered coyly that he might, but after he had +kissed her a few times she explained to him that she was a +self-supporting woman, alone and defenseless in the world, and she +had nobody to speak for her but herself; she must tell him that she +had always been a respectable woman, and that she wanted him to know +that before he kissed her any more. And Peter thought it over and +decided that he had sowed his full share of wild oats in this life; +he was ready to settle down, and the next time he saw Miss Frisbie +he told her so, and before the evening was by they were engaged. + +Then Peter went to see Guffey, and seated himself on the edge of the +chair alongside Guffey’s desk, and twisted his hat in his hands, and +flushed very red, and began to stammer out his confession. He +expected to be received with a gale of ridicule; he was immensely +relieved when Guffey said that if Peter had really found a good girl +and wanted to marry her, he, Guffey, was for it. There was nothing +like the influence of a good woman, and Guffey much preferred his +operatives should be married men, living a settled and respectable +life. They could be trusted then, and sometimes when a woman +operative was needed, they had a partner ready to hand. If Peter had +got married long ago, he might have had a good sum of money in the +bank by now. + +Peter ventured to point out that twenty dollars a week was not +exactly a marrying salary, in the face of the present high cost of +living. Guffey answered that that was true, and he would raise Peter +to thirty dollars right away--only first he demanded the right to +talk to Peter’s fiancee, and judge for himself whether she +was worthy. Peter was delighted, and Miss Frisbie had a private and +confidential interview with Peter’s boss. But afterwards Peter +wasn’t quite so delighted, for he realized what Guffey had done. +Peter’s future wife had been told all about Peter’s weakness, and +how Peter’s boss looked to her to take care of her husband and make +him walk the chalkline. So a week after Peter had entered the holy +bonds of matrimony, when he and Mrs. Gudge had their first little +family tiff, Peter suddenly discovered who was going to be top dog +in that family. He was shown his place once for all, and he took +it,--alongside that husband who described his domestic arrangements +by saying that he and his wife got along beautifully together, they +had come to an arrangement by which he was to have his way on all +major issues, and she was to have her way on all minor issues, and +so far no major issues had arisen. + +But really it was a very good thing; for Gladys Frisbie Gudge was an +excellent manager, and set to work making herself a nest as busily +as any female beaver. She still hung on to her manicurist job, for +she had figured it out that the Red movement must be just about +destroyed by now, and pretty soon Peter might find himself without +work. In the evenings she took to house-hunting, and during her noon +hour, without consulting Peter she selected the furniture and the +wall-paper, and pretty nearly bought out the stock of a +five-and-ten-cent store to equip the beaver’s nest. + +Gladys Frisbie Gudge was a diligent reader of the fashion magazines, +and kept herself right up to the minute with the styles; also she +had got herself a book on etiquette, and learned it by heart from +cover to cover, and now she took Peter in hand and taught it to him. +Why must he always be a “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Whites?” Why +should he not acquire the vocabulary of an educated man, the arts +and graces of the well-to-do? Gladys knew that it is these +subtleties which determine your salary in the long run; so every +Sunday morning she would dress him up with a new brown derby and a +new pair of brown kid gloves, and take him to the Church of the +Divine Compassion, and they would listen to the patriotic sermon of +the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge, and Gladys would bow her head +in prayer, and out of the corner of her eye would get points on +costumes from the lady in the next pew. And afterwards they would +join the Sunday parade, and Gladys would point out to Peter the +marks of what she called “gentility.” In the evenings they would go +walking, and she would stop in front of the big shop-windows, or +take him into the hotel lobbies where the rich could be seen free of +charge. Peter would be hungry, and would want to go to a cheap +restaurant and fill himself up with honest grub; but Gladys, who had +the appetite of a bird, would insist on marching him into the +dining-room of the Hotel de Soto and making a meal upon a cup of +broth and some bread and butter--just in order that they might gaze +upon a scene of elegance and see bow “genteel” people ate their +food. + + + + +Section 79 + + +And just as ardently as Gladys Frisbie Gudge adored the rich, so +ardently did she object to the poor. If you pinned her down to it, +she would admit that there had to be poor; there could not be +gentility, except on the basis of a large class of ungentility. The +poor were all right in their place; what Gladys objected to was +their presuming to try to get out of their place, or to criticise +their betters. She had a word by which she summed up everything that +she despised in the world, and that word was “common;” she used it +to describe the sort of people she declined to meet, and she used it +in correcting Peter’s manners and his taste in hats. To be “common” + was to be damned; and when Gladys saw people who were indubitably +and inescapably “common,” presuming to set themselves up and form +standards of their own, she took it as a personal affront, she +became vindictive and implacable towards them. Each and every one of +them became to her a personal enemy, an enemy to something far more +precious than her person, an enemy to the thing she aspired to +become, to her ideal. + +Peter had once been like that himself, but now he was so +comfortable, he had a tendency to become lazy and easy-going. It was +well, therefore, that he had Gladys to jack him up, and keep him on +his job. Gladys at first did not meet any Reds face to face, she +knew them only by the stories that Peter brought home to her when +his day’s work was done. But each new group that he was hounding +became to Gladys an assemblage of incarnate fiends, and while she +sat polishing the finger-nails of stout society ladies who were too +sleepy to talk, Gladys’ busy mind would be working over schemes to +foil these fiends. + +Sometimes her ideas were quite wonderful. She had a woman’s +intuition, the knowledge of human foibles, all the intricate +subtleties of the emotional life; she would bring to Peter a program +for the undoing of some young radical, as complete as if she had +known the man or woman all her life. Peter took her ideas to +McGivney, and then to Guffey, and the result was that her talents +were recognized, and by the lever of a generous salary she was pried +loose from the manicure parlor. Guffey sent her to make the +acquaintance of the servants in the household of a certain rich man +who was continually making contributions to the Direct Primary +Association and other semi-Red organizations, and who was believed +to have a scandal in his private life. So successful was Gladys at +this job that presently Guffey set her at the still more delicate +task of visiting rich ladies, and impressing upon them the +seriousness of the Red peril, and persuading them to meet the +continually increasing expenses of Guffey’s office. + +Just now was a busy time in the anti-Red campaign. For nearly two +years, ever since the Bolshevik revolution in Russia, there had been +gradually developing a split in the Socialist movement, and the +“under-cover” operatives of the Traction Trust, as well as those of +the district attorney’s office and of the Federal government, had +been working diligently to widen this split and develop dissensions +in the organization. There were some Socialists who believed in +politics, and were prepared to devote their lives to the slow and +tedious job of building up a party. There were others who were +impatient, looking for a short cut, a general strike or a mass +insurrection of the workers which would put an end to the slavery of +capitalism. The whole game of politics was rotten, these would +argue; a politician could find more ways to fool the workers in a +minute than the workers could thwart in a year. They pointed to the +German Socialists, those betrayers of internationalism. There were +people who called themselves Socialists right here in American City +who wanted to draw the movement into the same kind of trap! + +This debate was not conducted in the realm of abstractions; the two +wings of the movement would attack one another with bitterness. The +“politicians” would denounce the “impossibilists,” calling them +“anarchists;” and the other side, thus goaded, would accuse their +enemies of being in the hire of the government. Peter would supply +McGivney with bits of scandal which the “under cover” men would +start going among the “left-wingers;” and in the course of the long +wrangles in the local these accusations would come out. Herbert +Ashton would mention them with his biting sarcasm, or “Shorty” + Gunton would shout them in one of his tirades--“hurling them into +his opponents teeth,” as he phrased it. + +“Shorty” Gunton was a tramp printer, a wandering agitator who was +all for direct action, and didn’t care a hang who knew it. +“Violence?” he would say. “How many thousand years shall we submit +to the violence of capitalist governments, and never have the right +to reply?” And then again he would say, “Violence? Yes, of course +we must repudiate violence--until we get enough of it!” Peter had +listened to “Shorty’s” railings at the “compromisers” and the +“political traders,” and had thought him one of the most dangerous +men in American City. But later on, after the episode of Joe Angell +had opened Peter’s eyes, he decided that “Shorty” must also be a +secret agent like himself. + +Peter was never told definitely, but he picked up a fact here and +there, and fitted them together, and before long his suspicion had +become certainty. The “left wing” Socialists split off from the +party, and called a convention of their own, and this convention in +turn split up, one part forming the Communist Party, and another +part forming the Communist Labor Party. While these two conventions +were in session, McGivney came to Peter, and said that the Federal +government had a man on the platform committee of the Communist +Party, and they wanted to write in some phrases that would make +membership in that party in itself a crime, so that everybody who +held a membership card could be sent to prison without further +evidence. These phrases must be in the orthodox Communist lingo, and +this was where Peter’s specialized knowledge was needed. + +So Peter wrote the phrases, and a couple of days later he read in +the newspapers an account of the convention proceedings. The +platform committee had reported, and “Shorty” Gunton had submitted a +minority report, and had made a fiery speech in the convention, with +the result that his minority report was carried by a narrow margin. +This minority report contained all the phrases that Peter had +written. A couple of months later, when the government had its case +ready, and the wholesale raids upon the Communists took place, +“Shorty” Gunton was arrested, but a few days later he made a +dramatic escape by sawing his way thru the roof of the jail! + + + + +Section 80 + + +The I. W. W. had bobbed up again in American City, and had ventured +to open another headquarters. Peter did not dare go to the place +himself, but he coached a couple of young fellows whom McGivney +brought to him, teaching them the Red lingo, and how to worm their +way into the movement. Before long one of them was secretary of the +local; and Peter, directing their activities, received reports twice +a week of everything the “wobblies” were planning and doing. Peter +and Gladys were figuring out another bomb conspiracy to direct +attention to these dangerous men, when one day Peter picked up the +morning paper and discovered that a kind Providence had delivered +the enemy into his hands. + +Up in the lumber country of the far Northwest, in a little town +called Centralia, the “wobblies” had had their headquarters raided +and smashed, just as in American City. They had got themselves +another meeting-place, and again the members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association had held +a secret meeting and resolved to wipe them out. The “wobblies” had +appealed to the authorities for protection, and when protection was +refused, they had printed a leaflet appealing to the public. But the +business men went ahead with their plans. They arranged for a parade +of returned soldiers on the anniversary of Armistice Day, and they +diverted this parade out of its path so that it would pass in front +of the I. W. W. headquarters. Some of the more ardent members +carried ropes, symbolic of what they meant to do; and they brought +the parade to a halt in front of the headquarters, and set up a yell +and started to rush the hall. They battered in the door, and had +pushed their way half thru it when the “wobblies” opened fire from +inside, killing several of the paraders. + +Then, of course, the mob flew into a frenzy of fury. They beat the +men in the hall, some of them into insensibility; they flung them +into jail, and battered and tortured them, and took one of them out +of jail and carried him away in an automobile, and after they had +mutilated him as Shawn Grady had been mutilated, they hanged him +from a bridge. Of course they saw to it that the newspaper stories +which went out from Centralia that night were the right kind of +stories; and next morning all America read how a group of “wobblies” + had armed themselves with rifles, and concealed themselves on the +roof of the I. W. W. headquarters, and deliberately and in cold +blood had opened fire upon a peaceful parade of unarmed war +veterans. + +Of course the country went wild, and the Guffeys and McGivneys and +Gudges all over the United States realized that their chance had +come. Peter instructed the secretary of the I. W. W. local of +American City to call a meeting for that evening, to adopt a +resolution declaring the press stories from Centralia to be lies. At +the same time another of Guffey’s men, an ex-army officer still +wearing his, uniform, caused a meeting of the American Legion to be +summoned; he made a furious address to the boys, and at nine o’clock +that night some two-score of them set out, armed with big +monkey-wrenches from their automobiles, and raided the I. W. W. +headquarters, and battered the members over the head with the +monkey-wrenches, causing several to leap from the window and break +their legs. Next morning the incident was reported in the American +City “Times” with shouts of glee, and District-attorney Burchard +issued a public statement to the effect that no effort would be made +to punish the soldier boys; the “wobblies” had wanted “direct +action,” and they had got it, and it would be assumed that they were +satisfied. + +Then the members of the American Legion, encouraged by this +applause, and instigated by Guffey’s ex-army officer, proceeded to +invade and wreck every radical meeting-place in the city. They +smashed the “Clarion” office and the Socialist Party headquarters +again, and confiscated more tons of literature. They wrecked a +couple of book-stores, and then, breaking up into small groups, they +inspected all the news-stands in the city, and wherever they found +Red magazines like the Nation or the New Republic, they tore up the +copies and threatened the agents with arrest. They invaded the rooms +of a literary society called the Ruskin Club, frequented mostly by +amiable old ladies, and sent some of these elderly dames into +hysterics. They discovered the “Russian Peoples’ Club,” which had +hitherto been overlooked because it was an educational organization. +But of course no Russian could be trusted these days--all of them +were Bolsheviks, or on the way to becoming Bolsheviks, which was the +same thing; so Guffey organized a raid on this building, and some +two hundred Russians were clubbed and thrown downstairs or out of +windows, and an elderly teacher of mathematics had his skull +cracked, and a teacher of music had some teeth knocked out. + +There were several million young Americans who had been put into +military uniform, and had guns put into their hands, and been put +thru target practice and bayonet drill, and then had not seen any +fighting. These fellows were, as the phrase has it, “spoiling for a +fight;” and here was their chance. It was just as much fun as trench +warfare, and had the advantage of not being dangerous. When the +raiding parties came back, there were no missing members, and no +casualties to be telegraphed to heartbroken parents. Some fool women +got together and tried to organize a procession to protest against +the blockade of Russia; the raiders fell upon these women, and +wrecked their banners, and tore their clothing to bits, and the +police hustled what was left of them off to jail. It happened that a +well-known “sporting man,” that is to say a race-track frequenter, +came along wearing a red necktie, and the raiders, taking him for a +Bolshevik, fell upon him and pretty nearly mauled the life out of +him. After that there was protest from people who thought it unwise +to break too many laws while defending law and order, so the +district attorney’s office arranged to take on the young soldier +boys as deputy sheriffs, and give them all badges, legal and proper. + + + + +Section 81 + + +Peter Gudge often went along on these hunting parties. Peter, +curiously enough, discovered in himself the same “complex” as the +balked soldier boys. Peter had been reading war news for five years, +but had missed the fighting; and now he discovered that he liked to +fight. What had kept him from liking to fight in the past was the +danger of getting hurt; but now that there was no such danger, he +could enjoy it. In past times people had called him a coward, and he +had heard it so often that he had come to believe it; but now he +realized that it was not true, he was just as brave as anybody else +in the crowd. + +The truth was that Peter had not had a happy time in his youth, he +had never learned, like the younger members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association, to knock +a little white ball about a field with various shapes and sizes of +clubs. Peter was like a business man who has missed his boyhood, and +then in later years finds the need of recreation, and takes up some +form of sport by the orders of his physician. It became Peter’s, +form of sport to stick an automatic revolver in his hip-pocket, and +take a blackjack in his hand, and rush into a room where thirty or +forty Russians or “Sheenies” of all ages and lengths of beard were +struggling to learn the intricacies of English spelling. Peter would +give a yell, and see this crowd leap and scurry hither and thither, +and chase them about and take a whack at a head wherever he saw one, +and jump into a crowd who were bunched together like sheep, trying +to hide their heads, and pound them over the exposed parts of their +anatomy until they scattered into the open again. He liked to get a +lot of them started downstairs and send them tumbling heels over +head; or if he could get them going out a window, that was more +exhilarating yet, and he would yell and whoop at them. He learned +some of their cries--outlandish gibberish it was--and he would curse +them in their own language. He had a streak of the monkey in him, +and as he got to know these people better he would imitate their +antics and their gestures of horror, and set a whole room full of +the “bulls” laughing to split their sides. There was a famous +“movie” comedian with big feet, and Peter would imitate this man, +and waddle up to some wretched sweat-shop worker and boot him in the +trousers’ seat, or step on his toes, or maybe spit in his eye. So he +became extremely popular among the “bulls,” and they would insist on +his going everywhere with them. + +Later on, when the government set to work to break up the Communist +Party and the Communist Labor Party, Peter’s popularity and prestige +increased still more. For now, instead of just raiding and smashing, +the police and detectives would round up the prisoners and +arrest them by hundreds, and carry them off and put them thru +“examinations.” And Peter was always needed for this; his special +knowledge made him indispensable, and he became practically the boss +of the proceedings. It had been arranged thru “Shorty” Gunton and +the other “under cover” men that the meetings of the Communist and +Communist Labor parties should be held on the same night; and all +over the country this same thing was done, and next morning the +world was electrified by the news that all these meetings had been +raided at the same hour, and thousands of Reds placed under arrest. +In American City the Federal government had hired a suite of about a +dozen rooms adjoining the offices of Guffey, and all night and next +morning batches of prisoners were brought in, until there were about +four hundred in all. They were crowded into these rooms with barely +space to sit down; of course there was an awful uproar, moaning and +screaming of people who had been battered, and a smell that beat the +monkey cage at the zoological gardens. + +The prisoners were kept penned up in this place for several weeks, +and all the time more were being brought in; there were so many that +the women had to be stored in the toilets. Many of the prisoners +fell ill, or pretended to fall ill, and several of them went insane, +or pretended to go insane, and several of them died, or pretended to +die. And of course the parlor Reds and sympathizers were busy +outside making a terrible fuss about it. They had no more papers, +and could not hold any more meetings, and when they tried to +circulate literature the post-office authorities tied them up; but +still somehow they managed to get publicity, and Peter’s “under +cover” men would report to him who was doing this work, and Peter +would arrange to have more raids and more batches of prisoners +brought in. In one of the “bomb-plots” which had been unveiled in +the East they had discovered some pink paper, used either for +printing leaflets, or for wrapping explosives, one could not be +sure. Anyhow, the secret agencies with which Guffey was connected +had distributed samples of this paper over the country, and any time +the police wanted to finish some poor devil, they would find this +deadly “pink paper” in his possession, and the newspapers would +brand him as one of the group of conspirators who were sending +infernal machines thru the mails. + + + + +Section 82 + + +Peter was so busy these days that he missed several nights’ sleep, +and hardly even stopped to eat. He had his own private room, where +the prisoners were brought for examination, and he had half a dozen +men under his orders to do the “strong arm” work. It was his task to +extract from these prisoners admissions which would justify their +being sent to prison if they were citizens, or being deported if +they were aliens. There was of course seldom any way to distinguish +between citizens and aliens; you just had to take a chance on it, +proceeding on the certainty that all were dangerous. Many years ago, +when Peter had been working for Pericles Priam, they had spent +several months in a boarding house, and you could tell when there +was going to be beef-steak for dinner, because you heard the cook +pounding it with the potato-masher to “tender it up;” and Peter +learned this phrase, and now used the process upon his alien Reds. +When they came into the room, Peter’s men would fall upon them and +beat them and cuff them, knocking them about from one fist to +another. If they were stubborn and would not “come across,” Peter +would take them in hand himself, remembering how successful Guffey +had been in getting things out of him by the twisting of wrists and +the bending back of fingers. + +It was amazing how clever and subtle some of these fellows were. +They were just lousy foreign laborers, but they spent all their +spare time reading; you would find large collections of books in +their rooms when you made your raids, and they knew exactly what you +wanted, and would parry your questions. Peter would say: “You’re an +Anarchist, aren’t you?” And the answer would be: “I’m not an +Anarchist in the sense of the word you mean”--as if there could be +two meanings of the word “Anarchist!” Peter would say, “You believe +in violence, do you not?” And then the fellow would become +impertinent: “It is you who believe in violence, look at my face +that you have smashed.” Or Peter would say, “You don’t like this +government, do you?” And the answer would be, “I always liked it +until it treated me so badly”--all kinds of evasions like that, and +there would be a stenographer taking it down, and unless Peter could +get something into the record that was a confession, it would not be +possible to deport that Red. So Peter would fall upon him and +“tender him up” until he would answer what he was told to answer; or +maybe Peter would prepare an interview as he wanted it to be, and +the detectives would grab the man’s hand and make him sign it; or +maybe Peter would just sign it himself. + +These were harsh methods, but there was no way to help it, the Reds +were so cunning. They were secretly undermining the government, and +was the government to lie down and admit its helplessness? The +answer of 100% Americanism was thundered from every wood and templed +hill in the country; also from every newspaper office. The answer +was “No!” 100% Americanism would find a way to preserve itself from +the sophistries of European Bolshevism; 100% Americanism had worked +out its formula: “If they don’t like this country, let them go back +where they come from.” But of course, knowing in their hearts that +America was the best country in the world, they didn’t want to go +back, and it was necessary to make them go. + +Peter was there for that purpose, and his devoted wife was by his +side, egging him on with her feminine implacability. Gladys had +always been accustomed to refer to these people as “cattle,” and +now, when she smelled them herded together in these office rooms for +several weeks, she knew that she was right, and that no fate could +be too stern for them. Presently with Peter’s help she discovered +another bomb-plot, this time against the Attorney-General of the +country, who was directing these wholesale raids. They grabbed four +Italian Anarchists in American City, and kept them apart in special +rooms, and for a couple of months Peter labored with them to get +what he wanted out of them. Just as Peter thought he had succeeded, +his efforts were balked by one of them jumping out of the window. +The room being on the fourteenth story, this Italian Anarchist was +no longer available as a witness against himself. The incident set +the parlor Bolsheviks all over the country to raging, and caused +David Andrews to get some kind of court injunction, and make a lot +of inconvenience to Guffey’s office. + +However, the work went on; the Reds were gradually sorted out, and +some who proved not to be Reds were let go again, and others were +loaded onto special Red trains and taken to the nearest ports. Some +of them went in grim silence, others went with furious cursings, and +yet others with wailings and shriekings; for many of them had +families, and they had the nerve to demand that the government +should undertake to ship their families also, or else to take care +of their families for them! The government, naturally, admitted no +such responsibility. The Reds had no end of money for printing +seditious literature, so let them use it to take care of their own! + +In these various raids and examinations Peter of course met a great +many of the Reds whom he had once known as friends and intimates. +Peter had been wont to imagine himself meeting them, and to tremble +at the bare idea; but now he found that he rather enjoyed it. He was +entirely delivered from that fear of them, which had formerly +spoiled his appetite and disturbed his sleep. He had learned that +the Reds were poor creatures who did not fight back; they had no +weapons, and many of them did not even have muscles; there was +really nothing to them but talk. And Peter knew that he had the +power of organized society behind him, the police and the courts and +the jails, if necessary the army with its machine guns and airplanes +and poison gas. Not merely was it safe to pound these people, to +tread on their toes and spit in their eyes; it was safe also to +frame up anything on them, because the newspapers would always back +you up, and the public would of course believe whatever it read in +its newspapers. + +No, Peter was no longer afraid of the Reds! He made up his mind that +he was not even afraid of Mac, the most dangerous Red of them all. +Mac was safely put away in jail for twenty years, and although his +case had been appealed, the court had refused to grant a stay of +sentence or to let him out on bail. As it happened, Peter got a +glimpse into Mac’s soul in jail, and knew that even that proud, grim +spirit was breaking. Mac in jail had written a letter to one of his +fellow-Reds in American City, and the post-office authorities had +intercepted the letter, and Guffey had shown it to Peter. “Write to +us!” Mac had pleaded. “For God’s sake, write to us! The worst horror +of being in jail is that you are forgotten. Do at least let us know +that somebody is thinking about us!” + +So Peter knew that he was the victor, he was “top dog.” And when he +met these Reds whom he had been so afraid of, he took pleasure in +letting them feel the weight of his authority, and sometimes of his +fist. It was amusing to see the various ways in which they behaved +toward him. Some would try to plead with him, for the sake of old +times; some would cringe and whine to him; some would try to reason +with him, to touch his conscience. But mostly they would be haughty, +they would glare at him with hate, or put a sneer of contempt on +their faces. So Peter would set his “bulls” to work to improve their +manners, and a little thumb-bending and wrist-twisting would soon do +the work. + + + + +Section 83 + + +Among the first load to be brought in was Miriam Yankovich. Miriam +had joined the Communist Party, and she had been born in Russia, so +that was all there was to her case. Peter, knew, of course that it +was Miriam who had set Rosie Stern after him and brought about his +downfall. Still, he could not help but be moved by her appearance. +She looked haggard and old, and she had a cough, and her eyes were +wild and crazy. Peter remembered her as proud and hot-tempered, but +now her pride was all gone--she flung herself on her knees before +him, and caught hold of his coat, sobbing hysterically. It appeared +that she had a mother and five young brothers and sisters who were +dependent upon her earnings; all her money had been consumed by +hospital expenses, and now she was to be deported to Russia, and +what would become of her loved ones? + +Peter answered, what could he do? She had violated the law, they had +her membership card in the Communist Party, and she had admitted +that she was alien born. He tried to draw away, but she clung to +him, and went on sobbing and pleading. At least she ought to have a +chance to talk with her old mother, to tell her what to do, where to +go for help, how to communicate with Miriam in future. They were +sending her away without allowing her to have a word with her loved +ones, without even a chance to get her clothing! + +Peter, as we know, had always been soft-hearted towards women, so +now he was embarrassed. In the handling of these cattle he was +carrying out the orders of his superiors; he had no power to grant +favors to any one, and he told Miriam this again and again. But she +would not listen to him. “Please, Peter, please! For God’s sake, +Peter! You know you were once a little in love with me, Peter--you +told me so--” + +Yes, that was true, but it hadn’t done Peter much good. Miriam had +been interested in Mac--in Mac, that most dangerous devil, who had +given Peter so many anxious hours! She had brushed Peter to one +side, she had hardly been willing to listen to what he said; and now +she was trying to use that love she had spurned! + +She had got hold of his hand, and he could not get it away from her +without violence. “If you ever felt a spark of love for a woman,” + she cried, “surely you cannot deny such a favor--such a little +favor! Please, Peter, for the sake of old times!” + +Suddenly Peter started, and Miriam too. There came a voice from the +doorway. “So this is one of your lady friends, is it?” And there +stood Gladys, staring, rigid with anger, her little hands clenched. +“So this is one of your Red sweethearts, one of your nationalized +women?” And she stamped her foot. “Get up, you hussy! Get up, you +slut!” And as Miriam continued to kneel, motionless with surprise, +Gladys rushed at her, and clutched two handfuls of her heavy black +hair, and pulled so that Miriam fell prone on the floor. “I’ll teach +you, you free lover!” she screamed. “I’ll teach you to make love to +my husband!” And she dragged Miriam about by that mop of black hair, +kicking her and clawing her, until finally several of the bulls had +to interfere to save the girl’s life. + +As a matter of fact Gladys had been told about Peter’s shameful past +before she married him; Guffey had told her, and she had told Peter +that Guffey had told her, she had reminded Peter of it many, many +times. But the actual sight of one of these “nationalized women” had +driven her into a frenzy, and it was a week before peace was +restored in the Gudge family. Meantime poor Peter was buffeted by +storms of emotion, both at home and in his office. They were getting +ready the first Red train, and it seemed as if every foreign Red +that Peter had ever known was besieging him, trying to get at him +and harrow his soul and his conscience. Sadie Todd’s cousin, who had +been born in England, was shipped out on this first train, and also +a Finnish lumberman whom Peter had known in the I. W. W., and a +Bohemian cigar worker at whose home he had several times eaten, and +finally Michael Dubin, the Jewish boy with whom he had spent fifteen +days in jail, and who had been one of the victims of the black-snake +whippings. + +Michael made no end of wailing, because he had a wife and three +babies, and he set up the claim that when the “bulls” had raided his +home they had stolen all his savings, two or three hundred dollars. +Peter, of course, insisted that he could do nothing; Dubin was a Red +and an alien, and he must go. When they were loading them on the +train, there was Dubin’s wife and half a hundred other women, +shrieking and wringing their hands, and trying to break thru the +guards to get near their loved ones. The police had to punch them in +the stomachs with their clubs to hold them back, and in spite of all +these blows, the hysterical Mrs. Dubin succeeded in breaking thru +the guards, and she threw herself under the wheels of the train, and +they were barely able to drag her away in time to save her life. +Scenes like this would, of course, have a bad effect upon the +public, and so Guffey called up the editors of all the newspapers, +and obtained a gentleman’s agreement that none of them would print +any details. + + + + +Section 84 + + +All over the country the Red trains were moving eastward, loaded +with “wobblies” and communists, pacifists and anarchists, and a +hundred other varieties of Bolsheviks. They got a shipload together +and started them off for Russia--the “Red Ark” it was called, and +the Red soap-boxers set tip a terrific uproar, and one Red clergyman +compared the “Red Ark” to the Mayflower! Also there was some Red +official in Washington, who made a fuss and cancelled a whole block +of deportation orders, including some of Peter’s own cases. This, +naturally, was exasperating to Peter and his wife; and on top of it +came another incident that was still more humiliating. + +There was a “pink” mass meeting held in American City, to protest +against the deportations. Guffey said they would quite probably raid +the meeting, and Peter must go along, so as to point out the Reds to +the bulls. The work was in charge of a police detective by the name +of Garrity, head of what was called the “Bomb Squad”; but this man +didn’t know very much, so he had the habit of coming to Peter for +advice. Now he had the whole responsibility of this meeting, and he +asked Peter to come up on the platform with him, and Peter went. +Here was a vast audience--all the Red fury which had been pent up +for many months, breaking loose in a whirlwind of excitement. Here +were orators, well dressed and apparently respectable men, not in +any way to be distinguished from the born rulers of the country, +coming forward on the platform and uttering the most treasonable +sentences, denouncing the government, denouncing the blockade +against Russia, praising the Bolshevik government of Russia, +declaring that the people who went away in the “Soviet Ark” were +fortunate, because they were escaping from a land of tyranny into a +land of freedom. At every few sentences the orator would be stopped +by a storm of applause that broke from the audience. + +And what was a poor Irish Catholic police detective to make of a +proposition like that? Here stood an orator declaring: “Whenever any +form of government becomes destructive to these ends, it is the +right of the people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new +government, laying its foundations on such principles and organizing +its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect +their safety and happiness.” And Garrity turned to Peter. “What do +you think of that?” he said, his good-natured Irish face blank with +dismay. + +Peter thought it was the limit. Peter knew that thousands of men all +over America had been sent to prison for saying things less +dangerous than that. Peter had read many sets of instructions from +the office of the Attorney-General of the United States, and knew +officially that that was precisely the thing you were never under +any circumstances permitted to say, or to write, or even to think. +So Peter said to Garrity: “That fellow’s gone far enough. You better +arrest him.” Garrity spoke to his men, and they sprang forward on +the platform, and stopped the orator and placed him and all his +fellow-orators under arrest, and ordered the audience out of the +building. There were a couple of hundred policemen and detectives on +hand to carry out Garrity’s commands, and they formed a line with +their clubs, and drove the crowd before them, and carted the +speakers off in a patrol wagon. Then Peter went back to Guffey’s +office, and told what he had done--and got a reception that reminded +him of the time Guffey had confronted him with the letter from Nell +Doolin! “Who do you think that was you pinched?” cried Guffey. +“He’s the brother of a United States senator! And what do you think +he was saying? That was a sentence from the Declaration of +Independence!” + + +Peter couldn’t “get it”; Peter was utterly lost. Could a man go +ahead and break the law, just because he happened to be a brother of +a United States senator? And what difference did it make whether a +thing was in the Declaration of Independence, if it was seditious, +if it wasn’t allowed to be said? This incident brought Guffey and +the police authorities of the city so much ridicule that Guffey got +all his men together and read them a lecture, explaining to them +just what were the limits of the anti-Red activities, just who it +was they mustn’t arrest, and just what it was they couldn’t keep +people from saying. For example, a man couldn’t be arrested for +quoting the Bible. + +“But Jesus Christ, Guffey,” broke in one of the men, “have all of us +got to know the Bible by heart?” + +There was a laugh all round. “No,” Guffey admitted, “but at least be +careful, and don’t arrest anybody for saying anything that sounds as +if it came from the Bible.” + +“But hell!” put in another of the men, who happened to be an +ex-preacher. “That’ll tie us up tighter than a jail-sentence! Look +what’s in the Bible!” + +And he proceeded to quote some of the things, and Peter knew that he +had never heard any Bolshevik talk more outrageous than that. It +made one realize more than ever how complicated was this Red +problem; for Guffey insisted, in spite of everything, that every +word out of the Bible was immune. “Up in Winnipeg,” said he, “they +indicted a clergyman for quoting two passages from the prophet +Isaiah, but they couldn’t face it, they had to let the fellow go.” + And the same thing was true of the Declaration of Independence; +anybody might read it, no matter how seditious it was. And the same +thing was true of the Constitution, even tho the part called the +Bill of Rights declared that everybody in America might do all the +things that Guffey’s office was sending them to jail for doing! + +This seemed a plain crazy proposition; but Guffey explained it as a +matter of politics. If they went too far, these fellows would go out +and capture the votes from them, and maybe take away the government +from them, and where would they be then? Peter had never paid any +attention to politics before this, but both he and Gladys realized +after this lecture that they must broaden their view-point. It was +not enough to put the Reds in jail and crack their skulls, you had +to keep public sympathy for what you were doing, you had to make the +public understand that it was necessary, you had to carry on what +was called “propaganda,” to keep the public aware of the odiousness +of these cattle, and the desperate nature of their purposes. + +The man who perceived that most clearly was the Attorney-General of +the country, and Guffey in his lecture pointed out the double nature +of his activities. Not merely was the Attorney-General breaking up +the Communist and the Communist Labor parties and sending their +members to jail; he was using the funds of his office to send out an +endless stream of propaganda, to keep the country frightened about +these Red plots. Right now he had men in American City working over +the data which Guffey had collected, and every week or two he would +make a speech somewhere, or would issue a statement to the +newspapers, telling of new bomb plots and new conspiracies to +overthrow the government. And how clever he was about it! He would +get the pictures of the very worst-looking of the Reds, pictures +taken after they had been kept in jail for weeks without a shave, +and with the third degree to spoil their tempers; and these pictures +would be spread on a sheet with the caption: “MEN LIKE THESE WOULD +RULE YOU.” This would be sent to ten thousand country newspapers all +over the nation, and ninety-nine hundred would publish it, and +ninety-nine million Americans would want to murder the Reds +next morning. So successful had this plan proven that the +Attorney-General was expecting to be nominated for President by +means of it, and all the agencies of his department were working to +that end. + +The same thing was being done by all the other agencies of big +business all over the country. The “Improve America League” of +American City was publishing full-page advertisements in the +“Times,” and the “Home and Fireside Association” of Eldorado was +doing the same thing in the Eldorado “Times,” and the “Patriot’s +Defense Legion” was doing the same thing in the Flagland “Banner.” + They were investigating the records of all political candidates, and +if any of them showed the faintest tinge of pink, Guffey’s office +would set to work to rake up their records and get up scandals on +them, and the business men would contribute a big campaign fund, and +these candidates would be snowed under at the polls. That was the +kind of work they were doing, and all Guffey’s operatives must bear +in mind the importance of it, and must never take any step that +would hamper this political campaign, this propaganda on behalf of +law and order. + + + + +Section 85 + + +Peter went out from this conference a sober man, realizing for the +first time his responsibilities as a voter, and a shepherd to other +voters. Peter agreed with Gladys that his views had been too narrow; +his conception of the duties of a secret agent had been of the +pre-war order. Now he must realize that the world was changed; now, +in this new world made safe for democracy, the secret agent was the +real ruler of society, the real master of affairs, the trustee, as +it were, for civilization. Peter and his wife must take up this new +role and make themselves fit for it. They ought of course not be +moved by personal considerations, but at the same time they must +recognize the fact that this higher role would be of great advantage +to them; it would enable them to move up in the world, to meet the +best people. Thru five or six years of her young life Gladys had sat +polishing the fingernails and fondling the soft white hands of the +genteel; and always a fire of determination had burnt in her breast, +that some day she would belong to this world of gentility, she would +meet these people, not as an employee, but as an equal, she would +not merely hold their hands, but would have them hold hers. + +Now the chance had come. She had a little talk with Guffey, and +Guffey said it would be a good idea, and he would speak to Billy +Nash, the secretary of the “Improve America League”; and he did so, +and next week the American City “Times” announced that on the +following Sunday evening the Men’s Bible Class of the Bethlehem +Church would have an interesting meeting. It would be addressed by +an “under cover” operative of the government, a former Red who had +been for many years a most dangerous agitator, but had seen the +error of his ways, and had made amends by giving his services to the +government in the recent I. W. W. trials. + +The Bethlehem Church didn’t amount to very much, it was an obscure +sect like the Holy Rollers; but Gladys had been shrewd, and had +insisted that you mustn’t try to climb to the top of the mountain in +one step. Peter must first “try it on the dog,” and if he failed, +there would be no great harm done. + +But Gladys worked just as hard to make a success of this lecture as +if they had been going into real society. She spent several days +getting up her costume and Peter’s, and she spent a whole day +getting her toilet ready, and before they set out she spent at least +an hour putting the finishing touches upon herself in front of a +mirror, and seeing that Peter was proper in every detail. When Mr. +Nash introduced her personally to the Rev. Zebediah Muggins, and +when this apostle of the second advent came out upon the platform +and introduced her husband to the crowded working-class audience, +Gladys was so a-quiver with delight that it was more a pain than a +pleasure. + +Peter did not do perfectly, of course. He lost himself a few times, +and stammered and floundered about; but he remembered Glady’s +advice--if he got stuck, to smile and explain that he had never +spoken in public before. So everything went along nicely, and +everybody in the Men’s Bible Class was aghast at the incredible +revelations of this ex-Red and secret agent of law and order. So +next week Peter was invited again--this time by the Young Saints’ +League; and when he had made good there, he was drafted by the Ad. +Men’s Association, and then by the Crackers and Cheese Club. By this +time he had acquired what Gladys called “savwaa fair”; his fame +spread rapidly, and at last came the supreme hour--he was summoned +to Park Avenue to address the members of the Friendly Society, a +parish organization of the Church of the Divine Compassion! + +This was the goal upon which the eyes of Gladys had been fixed. This +was the time that really counted, and Peter was groomed and +rehearsed all over again. Their home was only a few blocks from the +church, but Gladys insisted that they must positively arrive in a +taxi-cab, and when they entered the Parish Hall and the Rev. de +Willoughby Stotterbridge, that exquisite almost-English gentleman, +came up and shook hands with them, Gladys knew that she had at last +arrived. The clergyman himself escorted her to the platform, and +after he had introduced Peter, he seated himself beside her, thus +definitely putting a seal upon her social position. + +Peter, having learned his lecture by heart, having found out just +what brought laughter and what brought tears and what brought +patriotic applause, was now an assured success. After the lecture he +answered questions, and two clerks in the employ of Billy Nash +passed around membership cards of the “Improve America League,” + membership dues five dollars a year, sustaining membership +twenty-five dollars a year, life membership two hundred dollars +cash. Peter was shaken hands with by members of the most exclusive +social set in American City, and told by them all to keep it up--his +country needed him. Next morning there was an account of his lecture +in the “Times,” and the morning after there was an editorial about +his revelations, with the moral: “Join the Improve America League.” + + + + +Section 86 + + +That second morning, when Peter got to his office, he found a letter +waiting for him, a letter written on very conspicuous and expensive +stationery, and addressed in a woman’s tall and sharp-pointed +handwriting. Peter opened it and got a start, for at the top of the +letter was some kind of crest, and a Latin inscription, and the +words: “Society of the Daughters of the American Revolution.” The +letter informed him by the hand of a secretary that Mrs. Warring +Sammye requested that Mr. Peter Gudge would be so good as to call +upon her that afternoon at three o’clock. Peter studied the letter, +and tried to figure out what kind of Red this was. He was impressed +by the stationery and the regal tone, but that word “Revolution” was +one of the forbidden words. Mrs. Warren Sammye must be one of the +“Parlor Reds,” like Mrs. Godd. + +So Peter took the letter to McGivney, and said suspiciously, “What +kind of a Red plot is this?” + +McGivney read the letter, and said, “Red plot? How do you mean?” + +“Why,” explained Peter, “it says `Daughters of the American +Revolution.’” + +And McGivney looked at him; at first he thought that Peter was +joking, but when he saw that the fellow was really in earnest, he +guffawed in his face. “You boob!” he said. “Didn’t you ever hear of +the American Revolution? Don’t you know anything about the Fourth of +July?” + +Just then the telephone rang and interrupted them, and McGivney +shoved the letter to him saying, “Ask your wife about it!” So when +Gladys came in, Peter gave her the letter, and she was much excited. +It appeared that Mrs. Warring Sammye was a very tip-top society lady +in American City, and this American Revolution of which she was a +daughter was a perfectly respectable revolution that had happened a +long time ago; the very best people belonged to it, and it was legal +and proper to write about, and even to put on your letterheads. +Peter must go home and get himself into his best clothes at once, +and telephone to the secretary that he would be pleased to call upon +Mrs. Warring Sammye at the hour indicated. Incidentally, there were +a few more things for Peter to study. He must get a copy of the +social register, “Who’s Who in American City,” and he must get a +history of his country, and learn about the Declaration of +Independence, and what was the difference between a revolution that +had happened a long time ago and one that was happening now. + +So Peter went to call on the great society lady in her grey stone +mansion, and found her every bit as opulent as Mrs. Godd, with the +addition that she respected her own social position; she did not +make the mistake of treating Peter as an equal, and so it did not +occur to Peter that he might settle down permanently in her home. +Her purpose was to tell Peter that she had heard of his lecture +about the Red menace, and that she was chairman of the Board of +Directors of the Lady Patronesses of the Home for Disabled War +Veterans in American City, and she wanted to arrange to have Peter +deliver this lecture to the veterans. And Peter, instructed in +advance by Gladys, said that he would be very glad to donate this +lecture as a patriotic contribution. Mrs. Warring Sammye thanked him +gravely in the name of his country, and said she would let him know +the date. + +Peter went home, and Gladys made a wry face, because the lecture was +to be delivered before a lot of good-for-nothing soldiers in some +hall, when it had been her hope that it was to be delivered to the +Daughters themselves, and in Mrs. Warring Sammye’s home. However, to +have attracted Mrs. Warring Sammye’s attention for anything was in +itself a triumph. So Gladys was soon cheerful again, and she told +Peter about Mrs. Warring Sammye’s life; one picked up such valuable +knowledge in the gossip at the manicure parlors, it appeared. + +Then, being in a friendly mood, Gladys talked to Peter about +himself. They had mounted to a height from which they could look +back upon the past and see it as a whole, and in the intimacy and +confidence of their domestic partnership they could draw lessons +from their mistakes and plan their future wisely. Peter had made +many blunders--he must surely admit that. Did Peter admit that? Yes, +Peter did. But, continued Gladys, he had struggled bravely, and he +had the supreme good fortune to have secured for himself that +greatest of life’s blessings, the cooperation of a good and capable +woman. Gladys was very emphatic about this latter, and Peter agreed +with her. He agreed also when she stated that it is the duty of a +good and capable wife to protect her husband for the balance of +their life’s journey, so that he would be able to avoid the traps +which his enemies set for his feet. Peter, having learned by bitter +experience, would never again go chasing after a pretty face, and +wake up next morning to find his pockets empty. Peter admitted this +too. As this conversation progressed, he realized that the tour of +triumph his life had become was a thing entirely of his wife’s +creation; at least, he realized that there would be no use in trying +to change his wife’s conviction on the subject. Likewise he meekly +accepted her prophecies as to his future conduct; he would bring +home his salary at the end of each week, and his wife would use it, +together with her own salary, to improve the appearance and tone of +both of them, and to aid them to climb to a higher social position. + +Peter, following his wife’s careful instructions, has already become +more dignified in his speech, more grave in his movements. She tells +him that the future of society depends on his knowledge and his +skill, and he agrees to this also. He has learned what you can do +and what you had better not do; he will never again cross the +dead-line into crime, or take chances with experiments in blackmail. +He will try no more free lance work under the evil influence of low +creatures like Nell Doolin, but will stand in with the “machine,” + and bear in mind that honesty is the best policy. So he will +steadily progress; he will meet the big men of the country, and will +go to them, not cringing and twisting his hat in his hands, but +with quiet self-possession. He will meet the agents of the +Attorney-General aspiring to become President, and will furnish them +with material for their weekly Red scares. He will meet legislators +who want to unseat elected Socialists, and governors who wish to +jail the leaders of “outlaw” strikes. He will meet magazine writers +getting up articles, and popular novelists looking for local Red +color. + +But Peter’s best bid of all will be as a lecturer. He will be able +to travel all over the country, making a sensation. Did he know why? +No, Peter answered, he was not sure he did. Well, Gladys could tell +him; it was because he was romantic. Peter didn’t know just what +this word meant, but it sounded flattering, so he smiled sheepishly, +showing his crooked teeth, and asked how Gladys found out that he +was romantic. The reply was a sudden order for him to stand up and +turn around slowly. + +Peter didn’t like to get up from his comfortable Morris chair, but +he did what his wife asked him. She inspected him on all sides and +exclaimed, “Peter, you must go on a diet; you’re getting +ombongpoing!” She said this in horrified tones, and Peter was +frightened, because it sounded like a disease. But Gladys added: +“You can not be a romantic figure on a lecture platform if you’ve +got a bay-window!” + +Peter found it interesting to be talked about, so he asked again why +Gladys thought he was romantic. There were several reasons, she +said, but the main one was that he had been a dangerous criminal, +and had reformed, which pleased the church people; he had made a +happy ending by marriage, which pleased those who read novels. + +“Is that so?” said Peter, guilelessly, and she assured him that it +was. “And what else?” he asked, and she explained that he had known +intimately and at first hand those dreadful and dangerous people, +those ogres of the modern world, the Bolsheviks, about whom the +average man and woman learned only thru the newspapers. And not +merely did he tell a sensational story, but he ended it with a +money-making lesson. The lesson was “Contribute to the Improve +America League. Make out your checks to the Home and Fireside +Association. The existence of your country depends upon your +sustaining the Patriot’s Defense Legion.” So the fame of Peter’s +lecture would spread, and the Guffeys and Billy Nashes of every city +and town in America would clamor for him to come, and when he came, +the newspapers would publish his picture, and he and his wife would +be welcomed by leaders of the best society. They would become social +lions, and would see the homes of the rich, and gradually become one +of the rich. + +Gladys looked her spouse over again, as they started to +their sleeping apartment. Yes, he was undoubtedly putting on +“ombongpoing”; he would have to take up golf. He was wearing a +little American flag dangling from his watch chain, and she wondered +if that wasn’t a trifle crude. Gladys herself now wore a real +diamond ring, and had learned to say “vahse” and “baahth.” She +yawned prettily as she took off her lovely brown “tailor-made,” and +reflected that such things come with ease and security. + +Both she and Peter now had these in full measure. They had lost all +fear of ever finding themselves out of a job. They had come to +understand that the Red menace is not to be so easily exterminated; +it is a distemper that lurks in the blood of society, and breaks out +every now and then in a new rash. Gladys had come to agree with the +Reds to this extent, that so long as there is a class of the rich +and prosperous, so long will there be social discontent, so long +will there be some that make their living by agitating, denouncing +and crying out for change. Society is like a garden; each year when +you plant your vegetables there springs up also a crop of weeds, and +you have to go down the rows and chop off the heads of these weeds. +Gladys’ husband is an expert gardener, he knows how to chop weeds, +and he knows that society will never be able to dispense with his +services. So long as gardening continues, Peter will be a head +weedchopper, and a teacher of classes of young weedchoppers. + +Ah, it was fine to have married such a man! It was the reward a good +woman received for helping her husband, making him into a good +citizen, a patriot and an upholder of law and order: For always, of +course, those who own the garden would see that their head +weedchopper was taken care of, and had his share of the best that +the garden produced. Gladys stood before her looking-glass, braiding +her hair for the night, and thinking of the things she would ask +from this garden. She and Peter had earned, and they would demand, +the sweetest flowers, the most luscious fruits. Suddenly Gladys +stretched wide her arms in an ecstasy of realization. “We’re a +Success, Peter! We’re a Success! We’ll have money and all the lovely +things it will buy! Do you realize, Peter, what a hit you’ve made?” + +Peter saw her face of joy, but he was a tiny bit frightened and +uncertain, because of this unusual sharing of the honors. So Gladys +was impelled to affection, mingled with pity. She held out her arms +to him. “Poor, dear Peter! He’s had such a hard life! It was cruel +he didn’t have me sooner to help him!” + +And then Gladys reflected for a moment, and was moved to another +outburst. “Just think, Peter, how wonderful it is to be an American! +In America you can always rise if you do your duty! America is the +land of the free! Your example of a poor boy’s success ought to +convince even the fool Reds that they’re wrong--that any boy can +rise if he works hard! Why, I’ve heard it said that in America the +poorest boy can rise to be President! How would you like to be +President, Peter?” + +Peter hesitated. He doubted if he was equal to that big a job, but +he knew that it would not please Gladys for him to say so. He +murmured, “Perhaps--some day--” + +“Anyhow, Peter,” his wife continued, “I’m for this country! I’m an +American!” + +And this time Peter didn’t have to hesitate. “You bet!” he said, and +added his favorite formula--“100%!” + + + + +APPENDIX + + +A little experimenting with the manuscript of “100%” has revealed to +the writer that everybody has a series of questions they wish +immediately to ask: How much of it is true? To what extent have the +business men of America been compelled to take over the detection +and prevention of radicalism? Have they, in putting down the Reds, +been driven to such extreme measures as you have here shown? + +A few of the incidents in “100%” are fictional, for example the +story of Nell Doolin and Nelse Ackerman; but everything that has +social significance is truth, and has been made to conform to facts +personally known to the writer or to his friends. Practically all +the characters in “100%” are real persons. Peter Gudge is a real +person, and has several times been to call upon the writer in the +course of his professional activities; Guffey and McGivney are real +persons, and so is Billy Nash, and so is Gladys Frisbie. + +To begin at the beginning: the “Goober case” parallels in its main +outlines the case of Tom Mooney. If you wish to know about this +case, send fifteen cents to the Mooney Defense Committee, Post +Office Box 894, San Francisco, for the pamphlet, “Shall Mooney +Hang,” by Robert Minor. The business men of San Francisco raised a +million dollars to save the city from union labor, and the Mooney +case was the way they did it. It happened, however, that the judge +before whom Mooney was convicted weakened, and wrote to the +Attorney-General of the State to the effect that he had become +convinced that Mooney was convicted by perjured testimony. But +meantime Mooney was in jail, and is there still. Fremont Older, +editor of the San Francisco “Call,” who has been conducting an +investigation into this case, has recently written to the author: +“Altogether, it is the most amazing story I have ever had anything +to do with. When all is known that I think can be known, it will be +shown clearly that the State before an open-eyed community was able +to murder a man with the instruments that the people have provided +for bringing about justice. There isn’t a scrap of testimony in +either of the Mooney or Billings cases that wasn’t perjured, except +that of the man who drew the blue prints of Market Street.” + +To what extent has the detection and punishment of radicalism in +America passed out of the hands of public authorities and into the +hands of “Big Business?” Any business man will of course agree that +when “Big Business” has interests to protect, it must and will +protect them. So far as possible it will make use of the public +authorities; but when thru corruption or fear of politics these +fail, “Big Business” has to act for itself. In the Colorado coal +strike the coal companies raised the money to pay the state militia, +and recruited new companies of militia from their private +detectives. The Reds called this “Government by Gunmen,” and the +writer in his muckraking days wrote a novel about it, “King Coal.” + The man who directed the militia during this coal strike was A. C. +Felts of the Baldwin-Felts Detective Agency, who was killed just the +other day while governing several coal counties in West Virginia. + +You will find this condition in the lumber country of Washington and +Oregon, in the oil country of Oklahoma and Kansas, in the copper +country of Michigan, Montana and Arizona, and in all the big coal +districts. In the steel country of Western Pennsylvania you will +find that all the local authorities are officials of the steel +companies. If you go to Bristol, R. I., you will find that the +National India Rubber Company has agreed to pay the salaries of +two-thirds of the town’s police force. + +In every large city in America the employers’ associations have +raised funds to hold down the unions and smash the Reds, and these +funds are being expended in the way portrayed in “100%.” In Los +Angeles the employers’ association raised a million dollars, and the +result was the case of Sydney R. Flowers, briefly sketched in this +story under the name of “Sydney.” The reader who wishes the details +of this case is referred to Chapter LXVI of “The Brass Cheek.” + Flowers has been twice tried, and is about to be tried a third time, +and our District-Attorney is quoted as saying that he will be tried +half a dozen times if necessary. At the last trial there were +produced a total of twenty-five witnesses against Flowers, and out +of these nineteen were either Peter Gudges and McGivneys, or else +police detectives, or else employees of the local political machine. +A deputy United States attorney, talking to me about the case, told +me that he had refused to prosecute it because he realized that the +“Paul letter,” upon which the arrest had been based, was a frame-up, +and that he was quite sure he knew who had written it. He also told +me that there had been formed in Los Angeles a secret committee of +fifty of the most active rich men of the town; that he could not +find out what they were doing, but they came to his offices and +demanded the secret records of the government; and that when he +refused to prosecute Flowers they had influence enough to have the +governor of California telegraph to Washington in protest. +Questioned on the witness stand, I repeated these statements, and +the deputy United States attorney was called to the stand and +attributed them to my “literary imagination.” + +In the old Russian and Austrian empires the technique of trapping +agitators was well developed, and the use of spies and “under cover” + men for the purpose of luring the Reds into crime was completely +worked out. We have no English equivalent for the phrase “agent +provocateur,” but in the last four years we have put thousands of +them at work in America. In the case against Flowers three witnesses +were produced who had been active among the I. W. Ws., trying to +incite crime, and were being paid to give testimony for the state. +One of these men admitted that he had himself burned some forty +barns, and was now receiving three hundred dollars a month and +expenses. At the trial of William Bross Lloyd in Chicago, charged +with membership in the Communist party, a similar witness was +produced. Santeri Nourteva, of, the Soviet Bureau in New York, has +charged that Louis C. Fraina, editor of the “Revolutionary Age,” was +a government agent, and Fraina wrote into the platform of the +Communist party the planks which were used in prosecuting and +deporting its members. On December 27, 1919, the chief of the Bureau +of Investigation of the Department of Justice in Washington sent to +the head of his local bureau in Boston a telegram containing the +following sentences: “You should arrange with your under cover +informants to have meetings of the Communist Party and Communist +Labor Party held on the night set. I have been informed by some of +the bureau officers that such arrangements will be made.” So much +evidence of the activity of the provocateur was produced before +Federal Judge G. W. Anderson that he declared as follows: “What does +appear beyond reasonable dispute is that the Government owns and +operates some part of the Communist Party.” + +It appears that Judge Anderson does not share the high opinion of +the “under cover” operative set forth by the writer of “100%.” Says +Judge Anderson: “I cannot adopt the contention that Government spies +are any more trustworthy, or less disposed to make trouble in order +to profit therefrom, than are spies in private industry. Except in +time of war, when a Nathan Hale may be a spy, spies are always +necessarily drawn from the unwholesome and untrustworthy classes. A +right-minded man refuses such a job. The evil wrought by the spy +system in industry has, for decades, been incalculable. Until it is +eliminated, decent human relations cannot exist between employers +and employees, or even among employees. It destroys trust and +confidence; it kills human kindliness; it propagates hate.” + +To what extent have the governmental authorities of America been +forced to deny to the Reds the civil rights guaranteed to good +Americans by the laws and the constitution? The reader who is +curious on this point may send the sum of twenty-five cents to the +American Civil Liberties Union, 138 West 13th Street, New York, for +the pamphlet entitled, “Report upon the Illegal Practices of the +United States Department of Justice,” signed by twelve eminent +lawyers in the country, including a dean of the Harvard Law school, +and a United States attorney who resigned because of his +old-fashioned ideas of law. This pamphlet contains sixty-seven +pages, with numerous exhibits and photographs. The practices set +forth are listed under six heads: Cruel and unusual punishments; +arrests without warrant; unreasonable searches and seizures; +provocative agents; compelling persons to be witnesses against +themselves; propaganda by the Department of Justice. The reader may +also ask for the pamphlet entitled “Memorandum Regarding the +Persecution of the Radical Labor Movement in the United States;” + also for the pamphlet entitled “War Time Prosecution and Mob +Violence,” dated March, 1919, giving a list of cases which occupies +forty pages of closely printed type. Also he might read “The Case of +the Rand School,” published by the Rand School of Social Science, 7 +East Fifteenth Street, New York, and the pamphlets published by the +National Office of the Socialist Party, 220 South Ashland Blvd., +Chicago, dealing with the prosecutions of that organization. + +To what extent has it been necessary to torture the Reds in prison +in America? Those who are interested are advised to write to Harry +Weinberger, 32 Union Square, New York, for the pamphlet entitled +“Twenty Years Prison,” dealing with the case of Mollie Steimer, and +three others who were sentenced for distributing a leaflet +protesting against the war on Russia; also to the American Civil +Liberties Union for the pamphlet entitled “Political Prisoners in +Federal Military Prisons,” also the pamphlet, “Uncle Sam: Jailer,” + by Winthrop D. Lane, reprinted from the “Survey;” also the pamphlet +entitled “The Soviet of Deer Island, Boston Harbor,” published by +the Boston Branch of the American Civil Liberties Union; also for +the publications of the American Industrial Company, and the +American Freedom Foundation, 166 West Washington St., Chicago. + +There may be some reader with a sense of humor who asks about the +brother of a United States senator being arrested for reading a +paragraph from the Declaration of Independence. This gentleman was +the brother of United States Senator France of Maryland, and +curiously enough, the arrest took place in the city of Philadelphia, +where the Declaration of Independence was adopted. There may be some +reader who is curious about a clergyman being indicted and arrested +in Winnipeg for having quoted the prophet Isaiah. The paragraph from +the indictment in question reads as follows: “That J. S. Woodsworth, +on or about the month of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand +nine hundred and nineteen, at the City of Winnipeg, in the Province +of Manitoba, unlawfully and seditiously published seditious libels +in the words and figures following: `Woe unto them that decree +unrighteous decrees, and that write grievousness which they have +prescribed; to turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take away +their right from the poor of my people that widows may be their prey +and that they may rob the fatherless. . . . And they shall build +houses and inhabit them, and they shall plant vineyards and eat the +fruit of them. They shall not build and another inhabit, they shall +not plant and another eat; for as the days of a tree are the days of +my people, and mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands.’” + +There has been reference in this book to the Centralia case. No one +can consider that he understands the technique of holding down the +Reds until he has studied this case, and therefore every friend of +“Big Business” should send fifty cents, either to the I. W. W. +Headquarters, 1001 West Madison Street, Chicago, or to the +“Liberator,” New York, or to the “Appeal to Reason,” Girard, Kansas, +for the booklet, “The Centralia Conspiracy,” by Ralph Chaplin, who +attended the Centralia trial, and has collected all the details and +presents them with photographs and documents. Many other stories +about the I. W. W. have been told in the course of “100%.” The +reader will wish to know, are these men really so dangerous, and +have the business men of America been driven to treat them as here +described. The reader may again address the I. W. W. National +Headquarters for a four-page leaflet with the quaint title, “With +Drops of Blood the History of the Industrial Workers of the World +has Been Written.” Despite the fact that it is a bare record of +cases, there are many men serving long terms in prison in the United +States for the offense of having in their possession a copy of this +leaflet, “With Drops of Blood.” But the readers of this book, being +all of them 100% Americans engaged in learning the technique of +smashing the Reds, will, I feel sure, not be interfered with by the +business men. Also I trust that the business men will not object to +my reprinting a few paragraphs from the leaflet, in order to make +the public realize how dangerously these Reds can write. I will, of +course, not follow their incendiary example and spatter my page with +big drops of imitation blood. I quote: + +“We charge that I. W. W. members have been murdered, and mention +here a few of those who have lost their lives: + +“Joseph Michalish was shot to death by a mob of so-called citizens. +Michael Hoey was beaten to death in San Diego. Samuel Chinn was so +brutally beaten in the county jail at Spokane, Washington, that he +died from the injuries. Joseph Hillstrom was judicially murdered +within the walls of the penitentiary at Salt Lake City, Utah. Anna +Lopeza, a textile worker, was shot and killed, and two other Fellow +Workers were murdered during the strike at Lawrence, Massachusetts. +Frank Little, a cripple, was lynched by hirelings of the Copper +Trust at Butte, Montana. John Looney, A. Robinowitz, Hugo Gerlot, +Gustav Johnson, Felix Baron, and others were killed by a mob of +Lumber Trust gunmen on the Steamer Verona at the dock at Everett, +Washington. J. A. Kelly was arrested and re-arrested at Seattle, +Washington; finally died from the effects of the frightful treatment +he received. Four members of the I. W. W. were killed at Grabow, +Louisiana, where thirty were shot and seriously wounded. Two members +were dragged to death behind an automobile at Ketchikan, Alaska. + +“These are but a few of the many who have given up their lives on +the altar of Greed, sacrificed in the ages-long struggle for +Industrial Freedom. + +“We charge that many thousands of members of this organization have +been imprisoned, on most occasions arrested without warrant and held +without charge. To verify this statement it is but necessary that +you read the report of the Commission on Industrial Relations +wherein is given testimony of those who know of conditions at +Lawrence, Massachusetts, where nearly 900 men and women were thrown +into prison during the Textile Workers’ Strike at that place. This +same report recites the fact that during the Silk Workers’ Strike at +Paterson, New Jersey, nearly 1,900 men and women were cast into jail +without charge or reason. Throughout the northwest these kinds of +outrages have been continually perpetrated against members of the I. +W. W. County jails and city prisons in nearly every state in the +Union have held or are holding members of this organization. + +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been tarred and +feathered. Frank H. Meyers was tarred and feathered by a gang of +prominent citizens at North Yakima, Washington. D. S. Dietz was +tarred and feathered by a mob led by representatives of the Lumber +Trust at Sedro, Wooley, Washington. John L. Metzen, attorney for the +Industrial Workers of the World, was tarred and feathered and +severely beaten by a mob of citizens of Staunton, Illinois. At +Tulsa, Oklahoma, a mob of bankers and other business men gathered up +seventeen members of the I. W. W., loaded them in automobiles, +carried them out of town to a patch of woods, and there tarred and +feathered and beat them with rope. + +“We charge that members of the Industrial Workers of the World have +been deported, and cite the cases of Bisbee, Arizona, where 1,164 +miners, many of them members of the I. W. W., and their friends, +were dragged out of their homes, loaded upon box cars, and sent out +of the camp. They were confined for months at Columbus, New Mexico. +Many cases are now pending against the copper companies and business +men of Bisbee. A large number of members were deported from Jerome, +Arizona. Seven members of the I. W. W. were deported from Florence, +Oregon, and were lost for days in the woods, Tom Lassiter, a +crippled news vender, was taken out in the middle of the night and +badly beaten by a mob for selling the Liberator and other radical +papers. + +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been cruelly and +inhumanly beaten. Hundreds of members can show scars upon their +lacerated bodies that were inflicted upon them when they were +compelled to run the gauntlet. Joe Marko and many others were +treated in this fashion at San Diego, California. James Rowan was +nearly beaten to death at Everett, Washington. At Lawrence, +Massachusetts, the thugs of the Textile Trust beat men and women who +had been forced to go on strike to get a little more of the good +things of life. The shock and cruel whipping which they gave one +little Italian woman caused her to give premature birth to a child. +At Red Lodge, Montana, a member’s home was invaded and he was hung +by the neck before his screaming wife and children. At Franklin, New +Jersey, August 29, 1917, John Avila, an I. W. W., was taken in broad +daylight by the chief of police and an auto-load of business men to +a woods near the town and there hung to a tree. He was cut down +before death ensued, and badly beaten. It was five hours before +Avila regained consciousness, after which the town ‘judge’ sentenced +him to three months at hard labor. + +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been starved. This +statement can be verified by the conditions existing in most any +county jail where members of the I. W. W. are confined. A very +recent instance is at Topeka, Kansas, where members were compelled +to go on a hunger strike as a means of securing food for themselves +that would sustain life. Members have been forced to resort to the +hunger strike as a means of getting better food in many places. You +are requested to read the story written by Winthrop D. Lane, which +appears in the Sept. 6, 1919, number of `The Survey.’ This story is +a graphic description of the county jails in Kansas. + +“We charge that I. W. W. members have been denied the right of +citizenship, and in each instance the judge frankly told the +applicants that they were refused on account of membership in the +Industrial Workers of the World, accompanying this with abusive +remarks; members were denied their citizenship papers by judge +Hanford at Seattle, Washington, and judge Paul O’Boyle at Scranton, +Pennsylvania. + +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been denied the +privilege of defense. This being an organization of working men who +had little or no funds of their own, it was necessary to appeal to +the membership and the working class generally for funds to provide +a proper defense. The postal authorities, acting under orders from +the Postmaster-General at Washington, D. C., have deliberately +prevented the transportation of our appeals, our subscription lists, +our newspapers. These have been piled up in the postoffices and we +have never received a return of the stamps affixed for mailing. + +“We charge that the members of the I. W. W. have been held in +exorbitant bail. As an instance there is the case of Pietro Pierre +held in the county jail at Topeka, Kansas. His bond was fixed at +$5,000, and when the amount was tendered it was immediately raised +to $10,000. This is only one of the many instances that could be +recorded. + +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been compelled to +submit to involuntary servitude. This does not refer to members +confined in the penitentiaries, but would recall the reader’s +attention to an I. W. W. member under arrest in Birmingham, Alabama, +taken from the prison and placed on exhibition at a fair given in +that city where admission of twenty-five cents was charged to see +the I. W. W.” + +Finally, for the benefit of the reader who asks how it happens that +such incidents are not more generally known to the public, I will +reprint the following, from pages 382-383 of “The Brass Check,” + dealing with the “New York Times,” and its treatment of the writer’s +novel, “Jimmie Higgins”: + +“In the last chapters of this story an American soldier is +represented as being tortured in an American military prison. Says +the `Times’: + +“`Mr. Sinclair should produce the evidence upon which he bases his +astounding accusations, if he has any. If he has simply written on +hearsay evidence, or, worse still, let himself be guided by his +craving to be sensational, he has laid himself open not only to +censure but to punishment.’ + +“In reply to this, I send to the `Times’ a perfectly respectful +letter, citing scores of cases, and telling the `Times’ where +hundreds of other cases may be found. The `Times’ returns this +letter without comment. A couple of months pass, and as a result of +the ceaseless agitation of the radicals, there is a congressional +investigation, and evidence of atrocious cruelties is forced into +the newspapers. The `Times’ publishes an editorial entitled, `Prison +Camp Cruelties,’ the first sentence of which reads: `The fact that +American soldiers confined in prison-camps have been treated with +extreme brutality may now be regarded as established.’ So again I +write a polite letter to the `Times,’ pointing out that I think they +owe me an apology. And how does the `Times’ treat that? It alters my +letter without my permission. It cuts out my request for an apology, +and also my quotation of its own words calling for my punishment! +The `Times,’ caught in a hole, refuses to let me remind its readers +that it wanted me `punished’ for telling the truth! `All the News +that’s Fit to Print!’” + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg’s 100%: The Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT *** + +***** This file should be named 5776-0.txt or 5776-0.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/7/5776/ + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation’s web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/5776-0.zip b/5776-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3596b95 --- /dev/null +++ b/5776-0.zip diff --git a/5776-h.zip b/5776-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c1dde63 --- /dev/null +++ b/5776-h.zip diff --git a/5776-h/5776-h.htm b/5776-h/5776-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90c12b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/5776-h/5776-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,12229 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html +PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> +<head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" /> +<title> +100%: the Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair +</title> +<style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + +body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} +P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } +H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } +hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} +.foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } +blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} +.mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} +.toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} +.toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} +div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } +div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } +.figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} +.figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} +.pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; +margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; +text-align: right;} +pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's 100%: The Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: 100%: The Story of a Patriot + +Author: Upton Sinclair + + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5776] +This file was first posted on September 1, 2002 +Last Updated: October 13, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT *** + + + + +Text file produced by Charles Aldarondo + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + + +</pre> + +<div style="height: 8em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h1> +100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT +</h1> +<h2> +By Upton Sinclair +</h2> +<h4> +Published By The Author <br /> <br /> Pasadena, California <br /> <br /> 1920 +</h4> +<p> +<b>TO MY WIFE</b> +</p> +<p> +Who is the creator of the most charming character in this story, “Mrs. +Godd,” and who positively refuses to permit the book to go to press until +it has been explained that the character is a Grecian Godd and not a +Hebrew Godd, so that no one may accuse the creator of sacrilege. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<p> +<b>CONTENTS</b> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0001"> Section 1 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0002"> Section 2 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0003"> Section 3 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0004"> Section 4 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0005"> Section 5 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0006"> Section 6 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0007"> Section 7 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0008"> Section 8 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0009"> Section 9 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0010"> Section 10 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0011"> Section 11 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0012"> Section 12 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0013"> Section 13 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0014"> Section 14 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0015"> Section 15 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0016"> Section 16 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0017"> Section 17 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0018"> Section 18 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0019"> Section 19 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0020"> Section 20 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0021"> Section 21 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0022"> Section 22 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0023"> Section 23 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0024"> Section 24 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0025"> Section 25 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0026"> Section 26 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0027"> Section 27 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0028"> Section 28 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0029"> Section 29 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0030"> Section 30 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0031"> Section 31 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0032"> Section 32 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0033"> Section 33 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0034"> Section 34 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0035"> Section 35 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0036"> Section 36 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0037"> Section 37 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0038"> Section 38 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0039"> Section 39 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0040"> Section 40 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0041"> Section 41 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0042"> Section 42 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0043"> Section 43 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0044"> Section 44 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0045"> Section 45 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0046"> Section 46 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0047"> Section 47 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0048"> Section 48 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0049"> Section 49 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0050"> Section 50 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0051"> Section 51 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0052"> Section 52 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0053"> Section 53 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0054"> Section 54 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0055"> Section 55 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0056"> Section 56 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0057"> Section 57 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0058"> Section 58 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0059"> Section 59 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0060"> Section 60 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0061"> Section 61 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0062"> Section 62 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0063"> Section 63 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0064"> Section 64 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0065"> Section 65 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0066"> Section 66 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0067"> Section 67 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0068"> Section 68 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0069"> Section 69 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0070"> Section 70 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0071"> Section 71 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0072"> Section 72 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0073"> Section 73 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0074"> Section 74 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0075"> Section 75 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0076"> Section 76 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0077"> Section 77 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0078"> Section 78 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0079"> Section 79 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0080"> Section 80 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0081"> Section 81 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0082"> Section 82 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0083"> Section 83 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0084"> Section 84 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0085"> Section 85 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0086"> Section 86 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_APPE"> APPENDIX </a> +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 1 +</h2> +<p> +Now and then it occurs to one to reflect upon what slender threads of +accident depend the most important circumstances of his life; to look back +and shudder, realizing how close to the edge of nothingness his being has +come. A young man is walking down the street, quite casually, with an +empty mind and no set purpose; he comes to a crossing, and for no reason +that he could tell he takes the right hand turn instead of the left; and +so it happens that he encounters a blue-eyed girl, who sets his heart to +beating. He meets the girl, marries her—and she became your mother. +But now, suppose the young man had taken the left hand turn instead of the +right, and had never met the blue-eyed girl; where would you be now, and +what would have become of those qualities of mind which you consider of +importance to the world, and those grave affairs of business to which your +time is devoted? +</p> +<p> +Something like that it was which befell Peter Gudge; just such an +accident, changing the whole current of his life, and making the series of +events with which this story deals. Peter was walking down the street one +afternoon, when a woman approached and held out to him a printed leaflet. +“Read this, please,” she said. +</p> +<p> +And Peter, who was hungry, and at odds with the world, answered gruffly: +“I got no money.” He thought it was an advertising dodger, and he said: “I +can’t buy nothin’.” + </p> +<p> +“It isn’t anything for sale,” answered the woman. “It’s a message.” + </p> +<p> +“Religion?” said Peter. “I just got kicked out of a church.” + </p> +<p> +“No, not a church,” said the woman. “It’s something different; put it in +your pocket.” She was an elderly woman with gray hair, and she followed +along, smiling pleasantly at this frail, poor-looking stranger, but +nagging at him. “Read it some time when you’ve nothing else to do.” And so +Peter, just to get rid of her, took the leaflet and thrust it into his +pocket, and went on, and in a minute or two had forgotten all about it. +</p> +<p> +Peter was thinking—or rather Peter’s stomach was thinking for him; +for when you have had nothing to eat all day, and nothing on the day +before but a cup of coffee and one sandwich, your thought-centers are +transferred from the top to the middle of you. Peter was thinking that +this was a hell of a life. Who could have foreseen that just because he +had stolen one miserable fried doughnut, he would lose his easy job and +his chance of rising in the world? Peter’s whole being was concentrated on +the effort to rise in the world; to get success, which means money, which +means ease and pleasure—the magic names which lure all human +creatures. +</p> +<p> +But who could have foreseen that Mrs. Smithers would have kept count of +those fried doughnuts every time anybody passed thru her pantry? And it +was only that one ridiculous circumstance which had brought Peter to his +present misery. But for that he might have had his lunch of bread and +dried herring and weak tea in the home of the shoe-maker’s wife, and might +have still been busy with his job of stirring up dissension in the First +Apostolic Church, otherwise known as the Holy Rollers, and of getting the +Rev. Gamaliel Lunk turned out, and Shoemaker Smithers established at the +job of pastor, with Peter Gudge as his right hand man. +</p> +<p> +Always it had been like that, thru Peter’s twenty years of life. Time +after time he would get his feeble clutch fixed upon the ladder of +prosperity, and then something would happen—some wretched thing like +the stealing of a fried doughnut—to pry him loose and tumble him +down again into the pit of misery. +</p> +<p> +So Peter walked along, with his belt drawn tight, and his restless blue +eyes wandering here and there, looking for a place to get a meal. There +were jobs to be had, but they were hard jobs, and Peter wanted an easy +one. There are people in this world who live by their muscles, and others +who live by their wits; Peter belonged to the latter class; and had missed +many a meal rather than descend in the social scale. +</p> +<p> +Peter looked into the faces of everyone he passed, searching for a +possible opening. Some returned his glance, but never for more than a +second, for they saw an insignificant looking man, undersized, +undernourished, and with one shoulder higher than the other, a weak chin +and mouth, crooked teeth, and a brown moustache too feeble to hold itself +up at the corners. Peters’ straw hat had many straws missing, his +second-hand brown suit was become third-hand, and his shoes were turning +over at the sides. In a city where everybody was “hustling,” everybody, as +they phrased it, “on the make,” why should anyone take a second glance at +Peter Gudge? Why should anyone care about the restless soul hidden inside +him, or dream that Peter was, in his own obscure way, a sort of genius? No +one did care; no one did dream. +</p> +<p> +It was about two o’clock of an afternoon in July, and the sun beat down +upon the streets of American City. There were crowds upon the streets, and +Peter noticed that everywhere were flags and bunting. Once or twice he +heard the strains of distant music, and wondered what was “up.” Peter had +not been reading the newspapers; all his attention had been taken up by +the quarrels of the Smithers faction and the Lunk faction in the First +Apostolic Church, otherwise known as the Holy Rollers, and great events +that had been happening in the world outside were of no concern to him. +Peter knew vaguely that on the other side of the world half a dozen mighty +nations were locked together in a grip of death; the whole earth was +shaken with their struggles, and Peter had felt a bit of the trembling now +and then. But Peter did not know that his own country had anything to do +with this European quarrel, and did not know that certain great interests +thruout the country had set themselves to rouse the public to action. +</p> +<p> +This movement had reached American City, and the streets had broken out in +a blaze of patriotic display. In all the windows of the stores there were +signs: “Wake up, America!” Across the broad Main Street there were +banners: “America Prepare!” Down in the square at one end of the street a +small army was gathering—old veterans of the Civil War, and +middle-aged veterans of the Spanish War, and regiments of the state +militia, and brigades of marines and sailors from the ships in the harbor, +and members of fraternal lodges with their Lord High Chief Grand Marshals +on horseback with gold sashes and waving white plumes, and all the +notables of the city in carriages, and a score of bands to stir their feet +and ten thousand flags waving above their heads. “Wake up America!” And +here was Peter Gudge, with an empty stomach, coming suddenly upon the +swarming crowds in Main Street, and having no remotest idea what it was +all about. +</p> +<p> +A crowd suggested one thing to Peter. For seven years of his young life he +had been assistant to Pericles Priam, and had traveled over America +selling Priam’s Peerless Pain Paralyzer; they had ridden in an automobile, +and wherever there was a fair or a convention or an excursion or a picnic, +they were on hand, and Pericles Priam would stop at a place where the +crowds were thickest, and ring a dinner bell, and deliver his +super-eloquent message to humanity—the elixir of life revealed, +suffering banished from the earth, and all inconveniences of this mortal +state brought to an end for one dollar per bottle of fifteen per cent +opium. It had been Peter’s job to handle the bottles and take in the coin; +and so now, when he saw the crowd, he looked about him eagerly. Perhaps +there might be here some vender of corn-plasters or ink-stain removers, or +some three card monte man to whom Peter could attach himself for the price +of a sandwich. +</p> +<p> +Peter wormed his way thru the crowd for two or three blocks, but saw +nothing more promising than venders of American flags on little sticks, +and of patriotic buttons with “Wake up America!” But then, on the other +side of the street at one of the crossings Peter saw a man standing on a +truck making a speech, and he dug his way thru the crowd, elbowing, +sliding this way and that, begging everybody’s pardon—until at last +he was out of the crowd, and standing in the open way which had been +cleared for the procession, a seemingly endless road lined with solid +walls of human beings, with blue-uniformed policemen holding them back. +Peter started to run across—and at that same instant came the end of +the world. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 2 +</h2> +<p> +One who seeks to tell about events in words comes occasionally upon a +fundamental difficulty. An event of colossal and overwhelming significance +may happen all at once, but the words which describe it have to come one +by one in a long chain. The event may reveal itself without a moment’s +warning; but if one is to give a sense of it in words, one must prepare +for it, build up to it, awaken anticipation, establish a climax. If the +description of this event which fate sprung upon Peter Gudge as he was +crossing the street were limited to the one word “BANG” in letters a +couple of inches high across the page, the impression would hardly be +adequate. +</p> +<p> +The end of the world, it seemed to Peter, when he was able to collect +enough of his terrified wits to think about it. But at first there was no +thinking; there was only sensation—a terrific roar, as if the whole +universe had suddenly turned to sound; a blinding white glare, as of all +the lightnings of the heavens; a blow that picked him up as if he had been +a piece of thistledown, and flung him across the street and against the +side of a building. Peter fell upon the sidewalk in a heap, deafened, +blinded, stunned; and there he lay—he had no idea how long-until +gradually his senses began to return to him, and from the confusion +certain factors began to stand out: a faint gray smoke that seemed to lie +upon the ground, a bitter odor that stung the nostrils and tongue, and +screams of people, moaning and sobbing and general uproar. Something lay +across Peter’s chest, and he felt that he was suffocating, and struggled +convulsively to push it away; the hands with which he pushed felt +something hot and wet and slimy, and the horrified Peter realized that it +was half the body of a mangled human being. +</p> +<p> +Yes, it was the end of the world. Only a couple of days previously Peter +Gudge had been a devout member of the First Apostolic Church, otherwise +known as the Holy Rollers, and had listened at prayer-meetings to +soul-shaking imaginings out of the Book of Revelations. So Peter knew that +this was it; and having many sins upon his conscience, and being in no way +eager to confront his God, he looked out over the bodies of the dead and +the writhing wounded, and saw a row of boxes standing against the +building, having been placed there by people who wished to see over the +heads of the crowd. Peter started to crawl, and found that he was able to +do so, and wormed his way behind one of these packing-boxes, and got +inside and lay hidden from his God. +</p> +<p> +There was blood on him, and he did not know whether it was his own or +other peoples’. He was trembling with fright, his crooked teeth were +hammering together like those of an angry woodchuck. But the effects of +the shock continued to pass away, and his wits to come back to him, and at +last Peter realized that he never had taken seriously the ideas of the +First Apostolic Church of American City. He listened to the moans of the +wounded, and to the shouts and uproar of the crowd, and began seriously +figuring out what could have happened. There had once been an earthquake +in American City; could this be another one? Or had a volcano opened up in +the midst of Main Street? Or could it have been a gas-main? And was this +the end, or would it explode some more? Would the volcano go on erupting, +and blow Peter and his frail packing-box thru the walls of Guggenheim’s +Department-store? +</p> +<p> +So Peter waited, and listened to the horrible sounds of people in agony, +and pleading with others to put them out of it. Peter heard voices of men +giving orders, and realized that these must be policemen, and that no +doubt there would be ambulances coming. Maybe there was something the +matter with him, and he ought to crawl out and get himself taken care of. +All of a sudden Peter remembered his stomach; and his wits, which had been +sharpened by twenty years’ struggle against a hostile world, realized in a +flash the opportunity which fate had brought to him. He must pretend to be +wounded, badly wounded; he must be unconscious, suffering from shock and +shattered nerves; then they would take him to the hospital and put him in +a soft bed and give him things to eat—maybe he might stay there for +weeks, and they might give him money when he came out. +</p> +<p> +Or perhaps he might get a job in the hospital, something that was easy, +and required only alert intelligence. Perhaps the head doctor in the +hospital might want somebody to watch the other doctors, to see if they +were neglecting the patients, or perhaps flirting with some of the nurses—there +was sure to be something like that going on. It had been that way in the +orphans’ home where Peter had spent a part of his childhood till he ran +away. It had been that way again in the great Temple of Jimjambo, +conducted by Pashtian el Kalandra, Chief Magistrian of Eleutherinian +Exoticism. Peter had worked as scullion in the kitchen in that mystic +institution, and had worked his way upward until he possessed the +confidence of Tushbar Akrogas, major-domo and right hand man of the +Prophet himself. +</p> +<p> +Wherever there was a group of people, and a treasure to be administered, +there Peter knew was backbiting and scandal and intriguing and spying, and +a chance for somebody whose brains were “all there.” It might seem strange +that Peter should think about such things, just then when the earth had +opened up in front of him and the air had turned to roaring noise and +blinding white flame, and had hurled him against the side of a building +and dropped the bleeding half of a woman’s body across his chest; but +Peter had lived from earliest childhood by his wits and by nothing else, +and such a fellow has to learn to use his wits under any and all +circumstances, no matter how bewildering. Peter’s training covered almost +every emergency one could think of; he had even at times occupied himself +by imagining what he would do if the Holy Rollers should turn out to be +right, and if suddenly Gabriel’s trumpet were to blow, and he were to find +himself confronting Jesus in a long white night-gown. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 3 +</h2> +<p> +Peter’s imaginings were brought to an end by the packing-box being pulled +out from the wall. “Hello!” said a voice. +</p> +<p> +Peter groaned, but did not look up. The box was pulled out further, and a +face peered in. “What you hidin’ in there for?” + </p> +<p> +Peter stammered feebly: “Wh-wh-what?” + </p> +<p> +“You hurt?” demanded the voice. +</p> +<p> +“I dunno,” moaned Peter. +</p> +<p> +The box was pulled out further, and its occupant slid out. Peter looked +up, and saw three or four policemen bending over him; he moaned again. +</p> +<p> +“How did you get in there?” asked one. +</p> +<p> +“I crawled in.” + </p> +<p> +“What for?” + </p> +<p> +“To g-g-get away from the—what was it?” + </p> +<p> +“Bomb,” said one of the policemen; and Peter was astounded that for a +moment he forgot to be a nervous wreck. +</p> +<p> +“Bomb!” he cried; and at the same moment one of the policemen lifted him +to his feet. +</p> +<p> +“Can you stand up?” he demanded; and Peter tried, and found that he could, +and forgot that he couldn’t. He was covered with blood and dirt, and was +an unpresentable object, but he was really relieved to discover that his +limbs were intact. +</p> +<p> +“What’s your name?” demanded one of the policemen, and when Peter +answered, he asked, “Where do you work?” + </p> +<p> +“I got no job,” replied Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Where’d you work last?” And then another broke in, “What did you crawl in +there for?” + </p> +<p> +“My God!” cried Peter. “I wanted to get away!” + </p> +<p> +The policemen seemed to find it suspicious that he had stayed hidden so +long. They were in a state of excitement themselves, it appeared; a +terrible crime had been committed, and they were hunting for any trace of +the criminal. Another man came up, not dressed in uniform, but evidently +having authority, and he fell onto Peter, demanding to know who he was, +and where he had come from, and what he had been doing in that crowd. And +of course Peter had no very satisfactory answers to give to any of these +questions. His occupations had been unusual, and not entirely credible, +and his purposes were hard to explain to a suspicious questioner. The man +was big and burly, at least a foot taller than Peter, and as he talked he +stooped down and stared into Peter’s eyes as if he were looking for dark +secrets hidden back in the depths of Peter’s skull. Peter remembered that +he was supposed to be sick, and his eyelids drooped and he reeled +slightly, so that the policemen had to hold him up. +</p> +<p> +“I want to talk to that fellow,” said the questioner. “Take him inside.” + One of the officers took Peter under one arm, and the other under the +other arm, and they half walked and half carried him across the street and +into a building. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 4 +</h2> +<p> +It was a big store which the police had opened up. Inside there were +wounded people lying on the floor, with doctors and others attending them. +Peter was marched down the corridor, and into a room where sat or stood +several other men, more or less in a state of collapse like himself; +people who had failed to satisfy the police, and were being held under +guard. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s two policemen backed him against the wall and proceeded to go thru +his pockets, producing the shameful contents—a soiled rag, and two +cigarette butts picked up on the street, and a broken pipe, and a watch +which had once cost a dollar, but was now out of order, and too badly +damaged to be pawned. That was all they had any right to find, so far as +Peter knew. But there came forth one thing more—the printed circular +which Peter had thrust into his pocket. The policeman who pulled it out +took a glance at it, and then cried, “Good God!” He stared at Peter, then +he stared at the other policeman and handed him the paper. +</p> +<p> +At that moment the man not in uniform entered the room. “Mr. Guffey!” + cried the policeman. “See this!” The man took the paper, and glanced at +it, and Peter, watching with bewildered and fascinated eyes, saw a most +terrifying sight. It was as if the man went suddenly out of his mind. He +glared at Peter, and under his black eyebrows the big staring eyes seemed +ready to jump out of his head. +</p> +<p> +“Aha!” he exclaimed; and then, “So I’ve got you!” The hand that held the +paper was trembling, and the other hand reached out like a great claw, and +fastened itself in the neck of Peter’s coat, and drew it together until +Peter was squeezed tight. “You threw that bomb!” hissed the man. +</p> +<p> +“Wh-what?” gasped Peter, his voice almost fainting. “B-b-bomb?” + </p> +<p> +“Out with it!” cried the man, and his face came close to Peter’s, his +teeth gleaming as if he were going to bite off Peter’s nose. “Out with it! +Quick! Who helped you?” + </p> +<p> +“My G-God!” said Peter. “I d-dunno what you mean.” + </p> +<p> +“You dare lie to me?” roared the man; and he shook Peter as if he meant to +jar his teeth out. “No nonsense now! Who helped you make that bomb?” + </p> +<p> +Peter’s voice rose to a scream of terror: “I never saw no bomb! I dunno +what you’re talkin’ about!” + </p> +<p> +“You, come this way,” said the man, and started suddenly toward the door. +It might have been more convenient if he had turned Peter around, and got +him by the back of his coat-collar; but he evidently held Peter’s physical +being as a thing too slight for consideration—he just kept his grip +in the bosom of Peter’s jacket, and half lifted him and half shoved him +back out of the room, and down a long passage to the back part of the +building. And all the time he was hissing into Peter’s face: “I’ll have it +out of you! Don’t think you can lie to me! Make up your mind to it, you’re +going to come thru!” + </p> +<p> +The man opened a door. It was some kind of storeroom, and he walked Peter +inside and slammed the door behind him. “Now, out with it!” he said. The +man thrust into his pocket the printed circular, or whatever it was—Peter +never saw it again, and never found out what was printed on it. With his +free hand the man grabbed one of Peter’s hands, or rather one finger of +Peter’s hand, and bent it suddenly backward with terrible violence. “Oh!” + screamed Peter. “Stop!” And then, with a wild shriek, “You’ll break it.” + </p> +<p> +“I mean to break it! mean to break every bone in your body! I’ll tear your +finger-nails out; I’ll tear the eyes out of your head, if I have to! You +tell me who helped you make that bomb!” + </p> +<p> +Peter broke out in a storm of agonized protest; he had never heard of any +bomb, he didn’t know what the man was talking about; he writhed and +twisted and doubled himself over backward, trying to evade the frightful +pain of that pressure on his finger. +</p> +<p> +“You’re lying!” insisted Guffey. “I know you’re lying. You’re one of that +crowd.” + </p> +<p> +“What crowd? Ouch! I dunno what you mean!” + </p> +<p> +“You’re one of them Reds, aint you?” + </p> +<p> +“Reds? What are Reds?” + </p> +<p> +“You want to tell me you don’t know what a Red is? Aint you been giving +out them circulars on the street?” + </p> +<p> +“I never seen the circular!” repeated Peter. “I never seen a word in it; I +dunno what it is.” + </p> +<p> +“You try to stuff me with that?” + </p> +<p> +“Some woman gimme that circular on the street! Ouch! Stop! Jesus! I tell +you I never looked at the circular!” + </p> +<p> +“You dare go on lying?” shouted the man, with fresh access of rage. “And +when I seen you with them Reds? I know about your plots, I’m going to get +it out of you.” He grabbed Peter’s wrist and began to twist it, and Peter +half turned over in the effort to save himself, and shrieked again, in +more piercing tones, “I dunno! I dunno!” + </p> +<p> +“What’s them fellows done for you that you protect them?” demanded the +other. “What good’ll it do you if we hang you and let them escape?” + </p> +<p> +But Peter only screamed and wept the louder. +</p> +<p> +“They’ll have time to get out of town,” persisted the other. “If you speak +quick we can nab them all, and then I’ll let you go. You understand, we +won’t do a thing to you, if you’ll come thru and tell us who put you up to +this. We know it wasn’t you that planned it; it’s the big fellows we +want.” + </p> +<p> +He began to wheedle and coax Peter; but then, when Peter answered again +with his provoking “I dunno,” he would give another twist to Peter’s +wrist, and Peter would yell, almost incoherent with terror and pain—but +still declaring that he could tell nothing, he knew nothing about any +bomb. +</p> +<p> +So at last Guffey wearied of this futile inquisition; or perhaps it +occurred to him that this was too public a place for the prosecution of a +“third degree”—there might be some one listening outside the door. +He stopped twisting Peter’s wrist, and tilted back Peter’s head so that +Peter’s frightened eyes were staring into his. +</p> +<p> +“Now, young fellow,” he said, “look here. I got no time for you just now, +but you’re going to jail, you’re my prisoner, and make up your mind to it, +sooner or later I’m going to get it out of you. It may take a day, or it +may take a month, but you’re going to tell me about this bomb plot, and +who printed this here circular opposed to Preparedness, and all about +these Reds you work with. I’m telling you now—so you think it over; +and meantime, you hold your mouth, don’t say a word to a living soul, or +if you do I’ll tear your tongue out of your throat.” + </p> +<p> +Then, paying no attention to Peter’s wailings, he took him by the back of +the collar and marched him down the hall again, and turned him over to one +of the policemen. “Take this man to the city jail,” he said, “and put him +in the hole, and keep him there until I come, and don’t let him speak a +word to anybody. If he tries it, mash his mouth for him.” So the policeman +took poor sobbing Peter by the arm and marched him out of the building. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 5 +</h2> +<p> +The police had got the crowds driven back by now, and had ropes across the +street to hold them, and inside the roped space were several ambulances +and a couple of patrol-wagons. Peter was shoved into one of these latter, +and a policeman sat by his side, and the bell clanged, and the +patrol-wagon forced its way slowly thru the struggling crowd. Half an hour +later they arrived at the huge stone jail, and Peter was marched inside. +There were no formalities, they did not enter Peter on the books, or take +his name or his finger prints; some higher power had spoken, and Peter’s +fate was already determined. He was taken into an elevator, and down into +a basement, and then down a flight of stone steps into a deeper basement, +and there was an iron door with a tiny slit an inch wide and six inches +long near the top. This was the “hole,” and the door was opened and Peter +shoved inside into utter darkness. The door banged, and the bolts rattled; +and then silence. Peter sank upon a cold stone floor, a bundle of abject +and hideous misery. +</p> +<p> +These events had happened with such terrifying rapidity that Peter Gudge +had hardly time to keep track of them. But now he had plenty of time, he +had nothing but time. He could think the whole thing out, and realize the +ghastly trick which fate had played upon him. He lay there, and time +passed; he had no way of measuring it, no idea whether it was hours or +days. It was cold and clammy in the stone cell; they called it the +“cooler,” and used it to reduce the temperature of the violent and +intractable. It was a trouble-saving device; they just left the man there +and forgot him, and his own tormented mind did the rest. +</p> +<p> +And surely no more tormented mind than the mind of Peter Gudge had ever +been put in that black hole. It was the more terrible, because so utterly +undeserved, so preposterous. For such a thing to happen to him, Peter +Gudge, of all people—who took such pains to avoid discomfort in +life, who was always ready to oblige anybody, to do anything he was told +to do, so as to have’an easy time, a sufficiency of food, and a warm +corner to crawl into! What could have persuaded fate to pick him for the +victim of this cruel prank; to put him into this position, where he could +not avoid suffering, no matter what he did? They wanted him to tell +something, and Peter would have been perfectly willing to tell anything—but +how could he tell it when he did not know it? +</p> +<p> +The more Peter thought about it, the more outraged he became. It was +monstrous! He sat up and glared into the black darkness. He talked to +himself, he talked to the world outside, to the universe which had +forgotten his existence. He stormed, he wept. He got on his feet and flung +himself about the cell, which was six feet square, and barely tall enough +for him to stand erect. He pounded on the door with his one hand which +Guffey had not lamed, he kicked, and he shouted. But there was no answer, +and so far as he could tell, there was no one to hear. +</p> +<p> +When he had exhausted himself, he sank down, and fell into a haunted +sleep; and then he wakened again, to a reality worse than any nightmare. +That awful man was coming after him again! He was going to torture him, to +make him tell what he did not know! All the ogres and all the demons that +had ever been invented to frighten the imagination of children were as +nothing compared to the image of the man called Guffey, as Peter thought +of him. +</p> +<p> +Several ages after Peter had been locked up, he heard sounds outside, and +the door was opened. Peter was cowering in the corner, thinking that +Guffey had come. There was a scraping on the floor, and then the door was +banged again, and silence fell. Peter investigated and discovered that +they had put in a chunk of bread and a pan of water. +</p> +<p> +Then more ages passed, and Peter’s impotent ragings were repeated; then +once more they brought bread and water, and Peter wondered, was it twice a +day they brought it, or was this a new day? And how long did they mean to +keep him here? Did they mean to drive him mad? He asked these questions of +the man who brought the bread and water, but the man made no answer, he +never at any time spoke a word. Peter had no company in that “hole” but +his God; and Peter was not well acquainted with his God, and did not enjoy +a tete-a-tete with Him. +</p> +<p> +What troubled Peter most was the cold; it got into his bones, and his +teeth were chattering all the time. Despite all his moving about, he could +not keep warm. When the man opened the door, he cried out to him, begging +for a blanket; each time the man came, Peter begged more frantically than +ever. He was ill, he had been injured in the explosion, he needed a +doctor, he was going to die! But there was never any answer. Peter would +lie there and shiver and weep, and writhe, and babble, and lose +consciousness for a while, and not know whether he was awake or asleep, +whether he was living or dead. He was becoming delirious, and the things +that were happening to him, the people who were tormenting him, became +monsters and fiends who carried him away upon far journeys, and plunged +him thru abysses of terror and torment. +</p> +<p> +And yet, many and strange as were the phantoms which Peter’s sick +imagination conjured up, there was no one of them as terrible as the +reality which prevailed just then in the life of American City, and was +determining the destiny of a poor little man by the name of Peter Gudge. +There lived in American City a group of men who had taken possession of +its industries and dominated the lives of its population. This group, +intrenched in power in the city’s business and also in its government, +were facing the opposition of a new and rapidly rising power, that of +organized labor, determined to break the oligarchy of business and take +over its powers. The struggle of these two groups was coming to its +culmination. They were like two mighty wrestlers, locked in a grip of +death; two giants in combat, who tear up trees by the roots and break off +fragments of cliffs from the mountains to smash in each other’s skulls. +And poor Peter—what was he? An ant which happened to come blundering +across the ground where these combatants met. The earth was shaken with +their trampling, the dirt was kicked this way and that, and the unhappy +ant was knocked about, tumbled head over heels, buried in the debris; and +suddenly—Smash!—a giant foot came down upon the place where he +was struggling and gasping! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 6 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had been in the “hole” perhaps three days, perhaps a week—he +did not know, and no one ever told him. The door was opened again, and for +the first time he heard a voice, “Come out here.” + </p> +<p> +Peter had been longing to hear a voice; but now he shrunk terrified into a +corner. The voice was the voice of Guffey, and Peter knew what it meant. +His teeth began to rattle again, and he wailed, “I dunno anything! I can’t +tell anything!” + </p> +<p> +A hand reached in and took him by the collar, and he found himself walking +down the corridor in front of Guffey. “Shut up!” said the man, in answer +to all his wailings, and took him into a room and threw him into a chair +as if he had been a bundle of bedding, and pulled up another chair and sat +down in front of Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Now look here,” he said. “I want to have an understanding with you. Do +you want to go back into that hole again?” + </p> +<p> +“N-n-no,” moaned Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Well, I want you to know that you’ll spend the rest of your life in that +hole, except when you’re talking to me. And when you’re talking to me +you’ll be having your arms twisted off you, and splinters driven into your +finger nails, and your skin burned with matches—until you tell me +what I want to know. Nobody’s going to help you, nobody’s going to know +about it. You’re going to stay here with me until you come across.” + </p> +<p> +Peter could only sob and moan. +</p> +<p> +“Now,” continued Guffey, “I been finding out all about you, I got your +life story from the day you were born, and there’s no use your trying to +hide anything. I know your part in this here bomb plot, and I can send you +to the gallows without any trouble whatever. But there’s some things I +can’t prove on the other fellows. They’re the big ones, the real devils, +and they’re the ones I want, so you’ve got a chance to save yourself, and +you better be thankful for it.” + </p> +<p> +Peter went on moaning and sobbing. +</p> +<p> +“Shut up!” cried the man. And then, fixing Peter’s frightened gaze with +his own, he continued, “Understand, you got a chance to save yourself. All +you got to do is to tell what you know. Then you can come out and you +won’t have any more trouble. We’ll take good care of you; everything’ll be +easy for you.” + </p> +<p> +Peter continued to gaze like a fascinated rabbit. And such a longing as +surged up in his soul—to be free, and out of trouble, and taken care +of! If only he had known anything to tell; if only there was some way he +could find out something to tell! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 7 +</h2> +<p> +Suddenly the man reached out and grasped one of Peter’s hands. He twisted +the wrist again, the sore wrist which still ached from the torture. “Will +you tell?” + </p> +<p> +“I’d tell if I could!” screamed Peter. “My God, how can I?” + </p> +<p> +“Don’t lie to me,” hissed the man. “I know about it now, you can’t fool +me. You know Jim Goober.” + </p> +<p> +“I never heard of him!” wailed Peter. +</p> +<p> +“You lie!” declared the other, and he gave Peter’s wrist a twist. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, I know him!” shrieked Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, that’s more like it!” said the other. “Of course you know him. What +sort of a looking man is he?” + </p> +<p> +“I—I dunno. He’s a big man.” + </p> +<p> +“You lie! You know he’s a medium-sized man!” + </p> +<p> +“He’s a medium-sized man.” + </p> +<p> +“A dark man?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, a dark man.” + </p> +<p> +“And you know Mrs. Goober, the music teacher?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I know her.” + </p> +<p> +“And you’ve been to her house?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I’ve been to her house.” + </p> +<p> +“Where is their house?” + </p> +<p> +“I dunno—that is—” + </p> +<p> +“It’s on Fourth Street?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, it’s on Fourth Street.” + </p> +<p> +“And he hired you to carry that suit-case with the bombs in it, didn’t +he?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, he hired me.” + </p> +<p> +“And he told you what was in it, didn’t he?” + </p> +<p> +“He—he—that is—I dunno.” + </p> +<p> +“You don’t know whether he told you?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, he told me.” + </p> +<p> +“You knew all about the plot, didn’t you?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, I knew.” + </p> +<p> +“And you know Isaacs, the Jew?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, I know him.” + </p> +<p> +“He was the fellow that drove the jitney, wasn’t he?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, he drove the jitney.” + </p> +<p> +“Where did he drive it?” + </p> +<p> +“H-h-he drove it everywhere.” + </p> +<p> +“He drove it over here with the suit-case, didn’t he?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, he did.” + </p> +<p> +“And you know Biddle, and you know what he did, don’t you?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I know.” + </p> +<p> +“And you’re willing to tell all you know about it, are you?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I’ll tell it all. I’ll tell whatever you—” + </p> +<p> +“You’ll tell whatever you know, will you?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“And you’ll stand by it? You’ll not try to back out? You don’t want to go +back into the hole?” + </p> +<p> +“No, sir.” + </p> +<p> +And suddenly Guffey pulled from his pocket a paper folded up. It was +several typewritten sheets. “Peter Gudge,” he said, “I been looking up +your record, and I’ve found out what you did in this case. You’ll see when +you read how perfectly I’ve got it. You won’t find a single mistake in +it.” Guffey meant this for wit, but poor Peter was too far gone with +terror to have any idea that there was such a thing as a smile in the +world. +</p> +<p> +“This is your story, d’you see?” continued Guffey. “Now take it and read +it.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter took the paper in his trembling hand, the one which had not been +twisted lame. He tried to read it, but his hand shook so that he had to +put it on his knee, and then he discovered that his eyes had not yet got +used to the light. He could not see the print. “I c-c-can’t,” he wailed. +</p> +<p> +And the other man took the paper from him. “I’ll read it to you,” he said. +“Now you listen, and put your mind on it, and make sure I’ve got it all +right.” + </p> +<p> +And so Guffey started to read an elaborate legal document: “I, Peter +Gudge, being duly sworn do depose and declare—” and so on. It was an +elaborate and detailed story about a man named Jim Goober, and his wife +and three other men, and how they had employed Peter to buy for them +certain materials to make bombs, and how Peter had helped them to make the +bombs in a certain room at a certain given address, and how they had put +the bombs in a suit-case, with a time clock to set them off, and how +Isaacs, the jitney driver, had driven them to a certain corner on Main +Street, and how they had left the suit-case with the bombs on the street +in front of the Preparedness Day parade. +</p> +<p> +It was very simple and clear, and Peter, as he listened, was almost ready +to cry with delight, realizing that this was all he had to do to escape +from his horrible predicament. He knew now what he was supposed to know; +and he knew it. Why had not Guffey told him long ago, so that he might +have known it without having his fingers bent out of place and his wrist +twisted off? +</p> +<p> +“Now then,” said Guffey, “that’s your confession, is it?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“And you’ll stand by it to the end?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“We can count on you now? No more nonsense?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“You swear it’s all true?” + </p> +<p> +“I do.” + </p> +<p> +“And you won’t let anybody persuade you to go back on it—no matter +what they say to you?” + </p> +<p> +“N-n-no, sir,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“All right,” said Guffey; and his voice showed the relief of a business +man who has closed an important deal. He became almost human as lie went +on. “Now, Peter,” he said, “you’re our man, and we’re going to count on +you. You understand, of course, that we have to hold you as a witness, but +you’re not to be a prisoner, and we’re going to treat you well. We’ll put +you in the hospital part of the jail, and you’ll have good grub and +nothing to do. In a week or so, we’ll want you to appear before the grand +jury. Meantime, you understand—not a word to a soul! People may try +to worm something out of you, but don’t you open your mouth about this +case except to me. I’m your boss, and I’ll tell you what to do, and I’ll +take care of you all the way. You got that all straight?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 8 +</h2> +<p> +There was once, so legend declares, a darky who said that he liked to stub +his toe because it felt so good when it stopped hurting. On this same +principle Peter had a happy time in the hospital of the American City +jail. He had a comfortable bed, and plenty to eat, and absolutely nothing +to do. His sore joints became gradually healed, and he gained half a pound +a day in weight, and his busy mind set to work to study the circumstances +about him, to find out how he could perpetuate these comfortable +conditions, and add to them the little luxuries which make life really +worth living. +</p> +<p> +In charge of this hospital was an old man by the name of Doobman. He had +been appointed because he was the uncle of an alderman, and he had held +the job for the last six years, and during that time had gained weight +almost as rapidly as Peter was gaining. He had now come to a condition +where he did not like to get out of his armchair if it could be avoided. +Peter discovered this, and so found it possible to make himself useful in +small ways. Also Mr. Doobman had a secret vice; he took snuff, and for the +sake of discipline he did not want this dreadful fact to become known. +Therefore he would wait until everybody’s back was turned before he took a +pinch of snuff; and Peter learned this, and would tactfully turn his back. +</p> +<p> +Everybody in this hospital had some secret vice, and it was Mr. Doobman’s +duty to repress the vices of the others. The inmates of the hospital +included many of the prisoners who had money, and could pay to make +themselves comfortable. They wanted tobacco, whiskey, cocaine and other +drugs, and some of them wanted a chance to practice unnamable horrors. All +the money they could smuggle in they were ready to spend for license to +indulge themselves. As for the attendants in the hospital, they were all +political appointees, derelicts who had been unable to hold a job in the +commercial world, and had sought an easy berth, like Peter himself. They +took bribes, and were prepared to bribe Peter to outwit Mr. Doobman; Mr. +Doobman, on the other hand, was prepared to reward Peter with many favors, +if Peter would consent to bring him secret information. In such a +situation it was possible for a man with his wits about him to accumulate +quite a little capital. +</p> +<p> +For the most part Peter stuck by Doobman; having learned by bitter +experience that in the long run it pays to be honest. Doobman was referred +to by the other attendants as the “Old Man”; and always in Peter’s life, +from the very dawn of childhood, there had been some such “Old Man,” the +fountain-head of authority, the dispenser of creature comforts. First had +been “Old Man” Drubb, who from early morning until late at night wore +green spectacles, and a sign across his chest, “I am blind,” and made a +weary little child lead him thru the streets by the hand. At night, when +they got home to their garret-room, “Old Man” Drubb would take off his +green goggles, and was perfectly able to see Peter, and if Peter had made +the slightest mistake during the day he would beat him. +</p> +<p> +When Drubb was arrested, Peter was taken to the orphan asylum, and there +was another “Old Man,” and the same harsh lesson of subservience to be +learned. Peter had run away from the asylum; and then had come Pericles +Priam with his Pain Paralyzer, and Peter had studied his whims and served +his interests. When Pericles had married a rich widow and she had kicked +Peter out, there had come the Temple of Jimjambo, where the “Old Man” had +been Tushbar Akrogas, the major-domo—terrible when he was thwarted, +but a generous dispenser of favors when once you had learned to flatter +him, to play upon his weaknesses, to smooth the path of his pleasures. All +these years Peter had been forced to “crook the pregnant hinges of the +knee”; it had become an instinct with him—an instinct that went back +far behind the twenty years of his conscious life, that went back twenty +thousand years, perhaps ten times twenty thousand years, to a time when +Peter had chipped flint spear-heads at the mouth of some cave, and broiled +marrow-bones for some “Old Man” of the borde, and seen rebellious young +fellows cast out to fall prey to the sabre-tooth tiger. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 9 +</h2> +<p> +Peter found that he was something of a personality in this hospital. He +was the “star” witness in the sensational Goober case, about which the +whole city, and in fact the whole country was talking. It was known that +he had “turned State’s”; but just what he knew and what he had told was a +mighty secret, and Peter “held his mouth” and looked portentous, and +enjoyed thrills of self-importance. +</p> +<p> +But meantime there was no reason why he should not listen to others talk; +no reason why he should not inform himself fully about this case, so that +in future he might be able to take care of himself. He listened to what +“Old Man” Doobman had to say, and to what Jan Christian, his Swedish +assistant had to say, and to what Gerald Leslie, the “coke” fiend, had to +say. All these, and others, had friends on the outside, people who were +“in the know.” Some told one thing, and others told exactly the opposite; +but Peter put this and that together, and used his own intrigue-sharpened +wits upon it, and before long he was satisfied that he had got the facts. +</p> +<p> +Jim Goober was a prominent labor leader. He had organized the employees of +the Traction Trust, and had called and led a tremendous strike. Also he +had called building strikes, and some people said he had used dynamite +upon uncompleted buildings, and made a joke of it. Anyhow, the business +men of the city wanted to put him where he could no longer trouble them; +and when some maniac unknown had flung a dynamite bomb into the path of +the Preparedness parade, the big fellows of the city had decided that now +was the opportunity they were seeking. Guffey, the man who had taken +charge of Peter, was head of the secret service of the Traction Trust, and +the big fellows had put him in complete charge. They wanted action, and +would take no chances with the graft-ridden and incompetent police of the +city. They had Goober in jail, with his wife and three of his gang, and +thru the newspapers of the city they were carrying on a propaganda to +prepare the public for the hanging of all five. +</p> +<p> +And that was all right, of course; Jim Goober was only a name to Peter, +and of less importance than a single one of Peter’s meals. Peter +understood what Guffey had done, and his only grudge was because Guffey +had not had the sense to tell him his story at the beginning, instead of +first nearly twisting his arm off. However, Peter reflected, no doubt +Guffey had meant to teach him a lesson, to make sure of him. Peter had +learned the lesson, and his purpose now was to make this clear to Guffey +and to Doobman. +</p> +<p> +“Hold your mouth,” Guffey had said, and Peter never once said a word about +the Goober case. But, of course, he talked about other matters. A fellow +could not go around like a mummy all day long, and it was Peter’s weakness +that he liked to tell about his exploits, the clever devices by which he +had outwitted his last “Old Man.” So to Gerald Leslie, the “coke” fiend, +he told the story of Pericles Priam, and how many thousands of dollars he +had helped to wheedle out of the public, and how twice he and Pericles had +been arrested for swindling. Also he told about the Temple of Jimjambo, +and all the strange and incredible things that had gone on there. Pashtian +el Kalandra, who called himself the Chief Magistrian of Eleutherinian +Exoticism, gave himself out to his followers to be eighty years of age, +but as a matter of fact he was less than forty. He was supposed to be a +Persian prince, but had been born in a small town in Indiana, and had +begun life as a grocer-boy. He was supposed to live upon a handful of +fruit, but every day it had been Peter’s job to assist in the preparation +of a large beef-steak or a roast chicken. These were “for sacrificial +purposes,” so the prophet explained to his attendants; and Peter would get +the remains of the sacrificial beef-steaks and chickens, and would +sacrificially devour them behind the pantry door. That had been one of his +private grafts, which he got in return for keeping secret from the prophet +some of the stealings of Tushbar Akrogas, the major-domo. +</p> +<p> +A wonderful place had been this Temple of Jimjambo. There were mystic +altars with seven veils before them, and thru these the Chief Magistrian +would appear, clad in a long cream-colored robe with gold and purple +borders, and with pink embroidered slippers and symbolic head-dress. His +lectures and religious rites had been attended by hundreds—many of +them rich society women, who came rolling up to the temple in their +limousines. Also there had been a school, where children had been +initiated into the mystic rites of the cult. The prophet would take these +children into his private apartments, and there were awful rumors—which +had ended in the raiding of the temple by the police, and the flight of +the prophet, and likewise of the majordomo, and of Peter Gudge, his +scullion and confederate. +</p> +<p> +Also, Peter thought it was fun to tell Gerald Leslie about his adventures +with the Holy Rollers, into whose church he had drifted during his search +for a job. Peter had taken up with this sect, and learned the art of +“talking in tongues,” and how to fall over the back of your chair in +convulsions of celestial glory. Peter had gained the confidence of the +Rev. Gamaliel Lunk, and had been secretly employed by him to carry on a +propaganda among the congregation to obtain a raise in salary for the +underpaid convulsionist. But certain things which Peter had learned had +caused him to go over to the faction of Shoemaker Smithers, who was trying +to persuade the congregation that he could roll harder and faster than the +Rev. Gamaliel. Peter had only held this latter job a few days before he +had been fired for stealing the fried doughnut. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0010" id="link2H_4_0010"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 10 +</h2> +<p> +All these things and more Peter told; thinking that he was safe now, under +the protection of authority. But after he had spent about two months in +the hospital, he was summoned one day into the office, and there stood +Guffey, glowering at him in a black fury. “You damned fool!” were Guffey’s +first words. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s knees went weak and his teeth began to chatter again. +“Wh-wh-what?” he cried. +</p> +<p> +“Didn’t I tell you to hold your mouth?” And Guffey looked as if he were +going to twist Peter’s wrist again. +</p> +<p> +“Mr. Guffey, I ain’t told a soul! I ain’t said one word about the Goober +case, not one word!” + </p> +<p> +Peter rushed on, pouring out protests. But Guffey cut him short. “Shut up, +you nut! Maybe you didn’t talk about the Goober case, but you talked about +yourself. Didn’t you tell somebody you’d worked with that fellow +Kalandra?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“And you knew the police were after him, and after you, too?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“And you said you’d been arrested selling fake patent medicines?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“Christ almighty!” cried Guffey. “And what kind of a witness do you think +you’ll make?” + </p> +<p> +“But,” cried Peter in despair, “I didn’t tell anybody that would matter. I +only—” + </p> +<p> +“What do you know what would matter?” roared the detective, adding a +stream of furious oaths. “The Goober people have got spies on us; they’ve +got somebody right here in this jail. Anyhow, they’ve found out about you +and your record. You’ve gone and ruined us with your blabbing mouth!” + </p> +<p> +“My Lord!” whispered Peter, his voice dying away. +</p> +<p> +“Look at yourself on a witness-stand! Look at what they’ll do to you +before a jury! Traveling over the country, swindling people with patent +medicines—and getting in jail for it! Working for that hell-blasted +scoundrel Kalandra—” and Guffey added some dreadful words, +descriptive of the loathsome vices of which the Chief Magistrian had been +accused. “And you mixed up in that kind of thing!” + </p> +<p> +“I never done anything like that!” cried Peter wildly. “I didn’t even know +for sure.” + </p> +<p> +“Tell that to the jury!” sneered Guffey. “Why, they’ve even been to that +Shoemaker Smithers, and they’ll put his wife on the stand to prove you a +sneak thief, and tell how she kicked you out. And all because you couldn’t +hold your mouth as I told you to!” + </p> +<p> +Peter burst into tears. He fell down on his knees, pleading that he hadn’t +meant any harm; he hadn’t had any idea that he was not supposed to talk +about his past life; he hadn’t realized what a witness was, or what he was +supposed to do. All he had been told was to keep quiet about the Goober +case, and he had kept quiet. So Peter sobbed and pleaded—but in +vain. Guffey ordered him back to the hole, declaring his intention to +prove that Peter was the one who had thrown the bomb, and that Peter, +instead of Jim Goober, had been the head and front of the conspiracy. +Hadn’t Peter signed a confession that he had helped to make the bomb? +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0011" id="link2H_4_0011"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 11 +</h2> +<p> +Again Peter did not know how long he lay shivering in the black dungeon. +He only knew that they brought him bread and water three times, before +Guffey came again and summoned him forth. Peter now sat huddled into a +chair, twisting his trembling hands together, while the chief detective of +the Traction Trust explained to him his new program. Peter was permanently +ruined as a witness in the case. The labor conspirators had raised huge +sums for their defense; they had all the labor unions of the city, and in +fact of the entire country behind them, and they were hiring spies and +informers, and trying to find out all they could about the prosecution, +the evidence it had collected and the moves it was preparing. Guffey did +not say that he had been afraid to kick Peter out because of the +possibility that Peter might go over to the Goober side and tell all he +knew; but Peter guessed this while he sat listening to Guffey’s +explanation, and realized with a thrill of excitement that at last he had +really got a hold upon the ladder of prosperity. Not in vain had his +finger been almost broken and his wrist almost dislocated! +</p> +<p> +“Now,” said Guffey, “here’s my idea: As a witness you’re on the bum, but +as a spy, you’re it. They know that you blabbed, and that I know it; they +know I’ve had you in the hole. So now what I want to do is to make a +martyr of you. D’you see?” + </p> +<p> +Peter nodded; yes, he saw. It was his specialty, seeing things like that. +</p> +<p> +“You’re an honest witness, you understand? I tried to get you to lie, and +you wouldn’t, so now you go over to the other side, and they take you in, +and you find out all you can, and from time to time you meet somebody as +I’ll arrange it, and send me word what you’ve learned. You get me?” + </p> +<p> +“I get you,” said Peter, eagerly. No words could portray his relief. He +had a real job now! He was going to be a sleuth, like Guffey himself. +</p> +<p> +“Now,” said Guffey, “the first thing I want to know is, who’s blabbing in +this jail; we can’t do anything but they get tipped off. I’ve got +witnesses that I want kept hidden, and I don’t dare put them here for fear +of the Goober crowd. I want to know who are the traitors. I want to know a +lot of things that I’ll tell you from time to time. I want you to get next +to these Reds, and learn about their ideas, so you can talk their lingo. +</p> +<p> +“Sure,” said Peter. He could not help smiling a little. He was supposed to +be a “Red” already, to have been one of their leading conspirators. But +Guffey had abandoned that pretence—or perhaps had forgotten about +it! +</p> +<p> +It was really an easy job that Peter had set before him. He did not have +to pretend to be anything different from what he was. He would call +himself a victim of circumstances, and would be honestly indignant against +those who had sought to use him in a frame-up against Jim Goober. The rest +would follow naturally. He would get the confidence of the labor people, +and Guffey would tell him what to do next. +</p> +<p> +“We’ll put you in one of the cells of this jail,” said the chief +detective, “and we’ll pretend to give you a ‘third degree.’ You’ll holler +and make a fuss, and say you won’t tell, and finally we’ll give up and +kick you out. And then all you have to do is just hang around. They’ll +come after you, or I miss my guess.” + </p> +<p> +So the little comedy was arranged and played thru. Guffey took Peter by +the collar and led him out into the main part of the jail, and locked him +in one of a row of open cells. He grabbed Peter by the wrist and pretended +to twist it, and Peter pretended to protest. He did not have to draw on +his imagination; he knew how it felt, and how he was supposed to act, and +he acted. He sobbed and screamed, and again and again he vowed that he had +told the truth, that he knew nothing else than what he had told, and that +nothing could make him tell any more. Guffey left him there until late the +next afternoon, and then came again, and took him by the collar, and led +him out to the steps of the jail, and gave him a parting kick. +</p> +<p> +Peter was free! What a wonderful sensation—freedom! God! Had there +ever been anything like it? He wanted to shout and howl with joy. But +instead he staggered along the street, and sank down upon a stone coping, +sobbing, with his head clasped in his hands, waiting for something to +happen. And sure enough, it happened. Perhaps an hour passed, when he was +touched lightly on the shoulder. “Comrade,” said a soft voice, and Peter, +looking between his fingers, saw the skirts of a girl. A folded slip of +paper was pressed into his hand and the soft voice said: “Come to this +address.” The girl walked on, and Peter’s heart leaped with excitement. +Peter was a sleuth at last! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0012" id="link2H_4_0012"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 12 +</h2> +<p> +Peter waited until after dark, in order to indulge his sense of the +romantic; also he flattered his self-importance by looking carefully about +him as he walked down the street. He did not know just who would be +shadowing him, but Peter wanted to be sleuthy. +</p> +<p> +Also he had a bit of genuine anxiety. He had told the truth when he said +to Guffey that he didn’t know what a “Red” was; but since then he had been +making in quiries, and now he knew. A “Red” was a fellow who sympathized +with labor unions and with strikes; who wanted to murder the rich and +divide their property, and believed that the quickest way to do the +dividing was by means of dynamite. All “Reds” made bombs, and carried +concealed weapons, and perhaps secret poisons—who could tell? And +now Peter was going among them, he was going to become one of them! It was +almost too interesting, for a fellow who aimed above everything to be +comfortable. Something in him whispered, “Why not skip; get out of town +and be done with it?” But then he thought of the rewards and honors that +Guffey had promised him. Also there was the spirit of curiosity; he might +skip at any time, but first he would like to know a bit more about being a +“dick.” + </p> +<p> +He came to the number which had been given him, a tiny bungalow in a poor +neighborhood, and rang the doorbell. It was answered by a girl, and at a +glance Peter saw that it was the girl who had spoken to him. She did not +wait for him to announce himself, but cried impulsively, “Mr. Gudge! Oh, +I’m so glad you’ve come!” She added, “Comrade!”—just as if Peter +were a well-known friend. And then, “But <i>are</i> you a comrade?” + </p> +<p> +“How do you mean?” asked Peter. +</p> +<p> +“You’re not a Socialist? Well, we’ll make one of you.” She brought him in +and showed him to a chair, saying, “I know what they did to you; and you +stood out against them! Oh, you were wonderful! Wonderful!” + </p> +<p> +Peter was at a loss what to say. There was in this girl’s voice a note of +affection, as well as of admiration; and Peter in his hard life had had +little experience with emotions of this sort. Peter had watched the +gushings and excitements of girls who were seeking flirtations; but this +girl’s attitude he felt at once was not flirtatious. Her voice tho soft, +was just a trifle too solemn for a young girl; her deep-set, wistful grey +eyes rested on Peter with the solicitude of a mother whose child has just +escaped a danger. +</p> +<p> +She called: “Sadie, here’s Mr. Gudge.” And there entered another girl, +older, taller, but thin and pale like her sister. Jennie and Sadie Todd +were their names, Peter learned; the older was a stenographer, and +supported the family. The two girls were in a state of intense concern. +They started to question Peter about his experiences, but he had only +talked for a minute or two before the elder went to the telephone. There +were various people who must see Peter at once, important people who were +to be notified as soon as he turned up. She spent some time at the phone, +and the people she talked with must have phoned to others, because for the +next hour or two there was a constant stream of visitors coming in, and +Peter had to tell his story over and over again. +</p> +<p> +The first to come was a giant of a man with tight-set mouth and so +powerful a voice that it frightened Peter. He was not surprised to learn +that this man was the leader of one of the most radical of the city’s big +labor unions, the seamen’s. Yes, he was a “Red,” all right; he +corresponded to Peter’s imaginings—a grim, dangerous man, to be +pictured like Samson, seizing the pillars of society and pulling them down +upon his head. “They’ve got you scared, my boy,” he said, noting Peter’s +hesitating answers to his questions. “Well, they’ve had me scared for +forty-five years, but I’ve never let them know it yet.” Then, in order to +cheer Peter up and strengthen his nerves, he told how he, a runaway +seaman, had been hunted thru the Everglades of Florida with bloodhounds, +and tied to a tree and beaten into insensibility. +</p> +<p> +Then came David Andrews, whom Peter had heard of as one of the lawyers in +the Goober case, a tall, distinguished-looking man with keen, alert +features. What was such a man doing among these outcasts? Peter decided +that he must be one of the shrewd ones who made money out of inciting the +discontented. Then came a young girl, frail and sensitive, slightly +crippled. As she crossed the room to shake his hand tears rolled down her +cheeks, and Peter stood embarrassed, wondering if she had just lost a near +relative, and what was he to say about it. From her first words he +gathered, to his great consternation, that she had been moved to tears by +the story of what he himself had endured. +</p> +<p> +Ada Ruth was a poet, and this was a new type for Peter; after much groping +in his mind he set her down for one of the dupes of the movement—a +poor little sentimental child, with no idea of the wickedness by which she +was surrounded. With her came a Quaker boy with pale, ascetic face and +black locks which he had to shake back from his eyes every now and then; +he wore a Windsor tie, and a black felt hat, and other marks of +eccentricity and from his speeches Peter gathered that he was ready to +blow up all the governments of the world in the interests of Pacificism. +The same was true of McCormick, an I. W. W. leader who had just served +sixty days in jail, a silent young Irishman with drawn lips and restless +black eyes, who made Peter uneasy by watching him closely and saying +scarcely a word. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0013" id="link2H_4_0013"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 13 +</h2> +<p> +They continued to come, one at a time or in groups; old women and young +women, old men and young men, fanatics and dreamers, agitators who could +hardly open their mouths without some white-hot words escaping, revealing +a blaze of passion smouldering in the deeps of them. Peter became more and +more uneasy, realizing that he was actually in the midst of all the most +dangerous “Reds” of American City. They it was whom our law-abiding +citizens dreaded, who were the objects of more concern to the police than +all the plain, everyday burglars and bandits. Peter now could see the +reason—he had not dreamed that such angry and hate-tormented people +existed in the world. Such people would be capable of anything! He sat, +with his restless eyes wandering from one face to another. Which one of +this crowd had helped to set off the bomb? And would they boast about it +to him this evening? +</p> +<p> +Peter half expected this; but then again, he wondered. They were such +strange criminals! They called him “Comrade”; and they spoke with that +same affection that had so bewildered him in little Jennie. Was this just +a ruse to get his confidence, or did these people really think that they +loved him—Peter Gudge, a stranger and a secret enemy? Peter had been +at great pains to fool them; but they seemed to him so easy to fool that +his pains were wasted. He despised them for this, and all the while he +listened to them he was saying to himself, “The poor nuts!” + </p> +<p> +They had come to hear his story, and they plied him with questions, and +made him tell over and over again every detail. Peter, of course, had been +carefully instructed; he was not to mention the elaborate confession he +had been made to sign; that would be giving too dangerous a weapon to +these enemies of law and order. He must tell as brief a story as possible; +how he had happened to be near the scene of the explosion, and how the +police had tried to force him to admit that he knew something about the +case. Peter told this, according to orders; but he had not been prepared +for the minute questioning to which he was subjected by Andrews, the +lawyer, aided by old John Durand, the leader of the seamen. They wanted to +know everything that had been done to him, and who had done it, and how +and when and where and why. Peter had a sense of the dramatic, and enjoyed +being the center of attention and admiration, even tho it was from a +roomful of criminal “Reds.” So he told all the picturesque details of how +Guffey had twisted his wrist and shut him in a dungeon; the memory of the +pain was still poignant, and came out of him now, with a realism that +would have moved a colder group. +</p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +So pretty soon here were all these women sobbing and raging. Little +Ada Ruth became inspired, and began reciting a poem—or was she +composing it right here, before his eyes? She seemed entranced with +indignation. It was something about the workers arising—the outcry +of a mob— + +“No further patience with a heedless foe— +Get off our backs, or else to hell you go!” + </pre> +<p> +Peter listened, and thought to himself, “The poor nut!” And then Donald +Gordon, the Quaker boy, took the floor, and began shaking his long black +locks, and composing a speech, it seemed. And Peter listened, and thought +again, “The poor nut!” Then another man, the editor of a labor journal, +revealed the fact that he was composing an editorial; he knew Guffey, and +was going to publish Guffey’s picture, and brand him as an +“Inquisitionist.” He asked for Peter’s picture, and Peter agreed to have +one taken, and to be headlined as “The Inquisitionist’s Victim.” Peter had +no idea what the long word meant; but he assented, and thought again, “The +poor nut!” All of them were “nuts”—taking other people’s troubles +with such excitement! +</p> +<p> +But Peter was frightened, too; he couldn’t altogether enjoy being a hero, +in this vivid and startling fashion; having his name and fame spread from +one end of the country to the other, so that organized labor might know +the methods which the great traction interests of American City were +employing to send a well-known labor leader to the gallows! The thing +seemed to grow and grow before Peter’s frightened eyes. Peter, the ant, +felt the earth shaking, and got a sudden sense of the mountain size of the +mighty giants who were stamping in combat over his head. Peter wondered, +had Guffey realized what a stir his story would make, what a powerful +weapon he was giving to his enemies? What could Guffey expect to get from +Peter, to compensate for this damage to his own case? Peter, as he +listened to the stormy oratory in the crowded little room, found himself +thinking again and again of running away. He had never seen anything like +the rage into which these people worked themselves, the terrible things +they said, the denunciations, not merely of the police of American City, +but of the courts and the newspapers, the churches and the colleges, +everything that seemed respectable and sacred to law-abiding citizens like +Peter Gudge. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s fright became apparent. But why shouldn’t he be frightened? +Andrews, the lawyer, offered to take him away and hide him, lest the +opposition should try to make way with him. Peter would be a most +important witness for the Goober defense, and they must take good care of +him. But Peter recovered his self-possession, and took up his noble role. +No, he would take his chances with the rest of them, he was not too much +afraid. +</p> +<p> +Sadie Todd, the stenographer, rewarded him for his heroism. They had a +spare bedroom in their little home, and if Peter cared to stay with them +for a while, they would try to make him comfortable. Peter accepted this +invitation, and at a late hour in the evening the gathering broke up. The +various groups of “Reds” went their way, their hands clenched and their +faces portraying a grim resolve to make out of Peter’s story a means of +lashing discontented labor to new frenzies of excitement. The men clasped +Peter’s hand cordially; the ladies gazed at him with soulful eyes, and +whispered their admiration for his brave course, their hope, indeed their +conviction, that he would stand by the truth to the end, and would study +their ideas and join their “movement.” All the while Peter watched them, +and continued saying to himself: “The poor nuts!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0014" id="link2H_4_0014"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 14 +</h2> +<p> +The respectable newspapers of American City of course did not waste their +space upon fantastic accusations brought by radicals, charging the police +authorities with using torture upon witnesses. But there was a Socialist +paper published every week in American City, and this paper had a long +account of Peter’s experiences on the front page, together with his +picture. Also there were three labor papers which carried the story, and +the Goober Defense Committee prepared a circular about it and mailed out +thousands of copies all over the country. This circular was written by +Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy. He brought Peter a proof of it, to make +sure that he had got all the details right, and Peter read it, and really +could not help being thrilled to discover what a hero he was. Peter had +not said anything about his early career, and whoever among the Goober +Defense Committee had learned those details chose to be diplomatically +silent. Peter smiled to himself as he thought about that. They were foxy, +these people! They were playing their hand for all it was worth—and +Peter admired them for that. In Donald Gordon’s narrative Peter appeared +as a poor workingman; and Peter grinned. He was used to the word +“working,” but when he talked about “working people,” he meant something +different from what these Socialists meant. +</p> +<p> +The story went out, and of course all sorts of people wanted to meet +Peter, and came to the home of the Todd girls. So Peter settled down to +his job of finding out all he could about these visitors, their names and +occupations, their relations to the radical movement. Guffey had advised +him not to make notes, for fear of detection, but Peter could not carry +all this in his head, so he would retire to his room and make minute notes +on slips of paper, and carefully sew these up in the lining of his coat, +with a thrill of mystery. +</p> +<p> +Except for this note-taking, however, Peter’s sleuthing was easy work, for +these people all seemed eager to talk about what they were doing; +sometimes it frightened Peter—they were so open and defiant! Not +merely did they express their ideas to one another and to him, they were +expressing them on public platforms, and in their publications, in +pamphlets and in leaflets—what they called “literature.” Peter had +had no idea their “movement” was so widespread or so powerful. He had +expected to unearth a secret conspiracy, and perhaps a dynamite-bomb or +two; instead of which, apparently, he was unearthing a volcano! +</p> +<p> +However, Peter did the best he could. He got the names and details about +some forty or fifty people of all classes; obscure workingmen and women, +Jewish tailors, Russian and Italian cigar-workers, American-born +machinists and printers; also some “parlor Reds”—large, immaculate +and shining ladies who came rolling up to the little bungalow in large, +immaculate and shining automobiles, and left their uniformed chauffeurs +outside for hours at a time while they listened to Peter’s story of his +“third degree.” One benevolent lady with a flowing gray veil, who wafted a +sweet perfume about the room, suggested that Peter might be in need, and +pressed a twenty dollar bill into his hand. Peter, thrilled, but also +bewildered, got a new sense of the wonders of this thing called “the +movement,” and decided that when Guffey got thru with him he might turn +into a “Red” in earnest for a while. +</p> +<p> +Meantime he settled down to make himself comfortable with the Todd +sisters. Sadie went off to her work before eight o’clock every morning, +and that was before Peter got up; but Jennie stayed at home, and fixed his +breakfast, and opened the door for his visitors, and in general played the +hostess for him. She was a confirmed invalid; twice a week she went off to +a doctor to have something done to her spine, and the balance of the time +she was supposed to be resting, but Peter very seldom saw her doing this. +She was always addressing circulars, or writing letters for the “cause,” + or going off to sell literature and take up collections at meetings. When +she was not so employed, she was arguing with somebody—frequently +with Peter—trying to make him think as she did. +</p> +<p> +Poor kid, she was all wrought up over the notions she had got about the +wrongs of the working classes. She gave herself no peace about it, day or +night, and this, of course, was a bore to Peter, who wanted peace above +all things. Over in Europe millions of men were organized in armies, +engaged in slaughtering one another. That, of course, was, very terrible, +but what was the good of thinking about it? There was no way to stop it, +and it certainly wasn’t Peter’s fault. But this poor, deluded child was +acting all the time as if she were to blame for this European conflict, +and had the job of bringing it to a close. The tears would come into her +deep-set grey eyes, and her soft chin would quiver with pain whenever she +talked about it; and it seemed to Peter she was talking about it all the +time. It was her idea that the war must be stopped by uprisings on the +part of the working people in Europe. Apparently she thought this might be +hastened if the working people of American City would rise up and set an +example! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0015" id="link2H_4_0015"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 15 +</h2> +<p> +Jennie talked about this plan quite openly; she would put a red ribbon in +her hair, and pin a red badge on her bosom, and go into meeting-places and +sell little pamphlets with red covers. So, of course, it would be Peter’s +duty to report her to the head of the secret service of the Traction +Trust. Peter regretted this, and was ashamed of having to do it; she was a +nice little girl, and pretty, too, and a fellow might have had some fun +with her if she had not been in such a hysterical state. He would sit and +look at her, as she sat bent over her typewriter. She had soft, fluffy +hair, the color of twilight, and even white teeth, and a faint flush that +came and went in her cheeks—yes, she would not be bad looking at +all, if only she would straighten up, and spend a little time on her +looks, as other girls did. +</p> +<p> +But no, she was always in a tension, and the devil of it was, she was +trying to get Peter into the same state. She was absolutely determined +that Peter must get wrought up over the wrongs of the working classes. She +took it for granted that he would, when he was instructed. She would tell +him harrowing stories, and it was his duty to be duly harrowed; he must be +continually acting an emotional part. She would give him some of her +“literature” to read, and then she would pin him down and make sure that +he had read it. He knew how to read—Pericles Priam had seen to that, +because he wanted him to attend to the printing of his circulars and his +advertisements in the country newspapers where he was traveling. So now +Peter was penned in a corner and compelled to fix his attention upon “The +A. B. C. of Socialism,” or “Capital and Proletariat,” or “The Path to +Power.” + </p> +<p> +Peter told himself that it was part of his job to acquire this +information. He was going to be a “Red,” and he must learn their lingo; +but he found it awfully tiresome, full of long technical words which he +had never heard before. Why couldn’t these fellows at least talk American? +He had known that there were Socialists, and also “Arnychists,” as he +called them, and he thought they were all alike. But now he learned, not +merely about Socialists and “Arnychists,” but about State Socialists and +Communist Anarchists, and Communist Syndicalists and Syndicalist +Anarchists and Socialist Syndicalists, and Reformist Socialists and Guild +Socialists, to say nothing about Single Taxers and Liberals and +Progressives and numerous other varieties, whom he had to meet and +classify and listen to respectfully and sympathetically. Each particular +group insisted upon the distinctions which made it different, and each +insisted that it had the really, truly truth; and Peter became desperately +bored with their everlasting talk—how much more simple to lump them +all together, as did Guffey and McGivney, calling them all “Reds!” + </p> +<p> +Peter had got it clearly fixed in his mind that what these “Reds” wanted +was to divide up the property of the rich. Everyone he had questioned +about them had said this. But now he learned that this wasn’t it exactly. +What they wanted was to have the State take over the industries, or to +have the labor unions do it, or to have the working people in general do +it. They pointed to the post office and the army and the navy, as examples +of how the State could run things. Wasn’t that all right? demanded Jennie. +And Peter said Yes, that was all right; but hidden back in Peter’s soul +all the time was a whisper that it wouldn’t make a damn bit of difference. +There was a sucker born every minute, and you might be sure that no matter +how they fixed it up, there would always be some that would find it easy +to live off the rest. This poor kid, for example, who was ready to throw +herself away for any fool notion, or for anybody that came along and told +her a hard-luck story—would there ever be a state of society in +which she wouldn’t be a juicy morsel to be gobbled up by some fellow with +a normal appetite? +</p> +<p> +She was alone in the house all day with Peter, and she got to seem more +and more pretty as he got to know her better. Also it was evident that she +liked Peter more and more as Peter played his game. Peter revealed himself +as deeply sympathetic, and a quick convert to the cause; he saw everything +that Jennie explained to him, he was horrified at the horrible stories, he +was ready to help her end the European war by starting a revolution among +the working people of American City. Also, he told her about himself, and +awakened her sympathy for his harsh life, his twenty years of privation +and servitude; and when she wept over this, Peter liked it. It was fine, +somehow, to have her so sorry for him; it helped to compensate him for the +boredom of hearing her be sorry for the whole working class. +</p> +<p> +Peter didn’t know whether Jennie had learned about his bad record, but he +took no chances—he told her everything, and thus took the sting out +of it. Yes, he had been trapped into evil ways, but it wasn’t his fault, +he hadn’t known any better, he had been a pitiful victim of circumstances. +He told how he had been starved and driven about and beaten by “Old Man” + Drubb, and the tears glistened in Jennie’s grey eyes and stole down her +cheeks. He told about loneliness and heartsickness and misery in the +orphan asylum. And how could he, poor lad, realize that it was wrong to +help Pericles Priam sell his Peerless Pain Paralyzer? How could he know +whether the medicine was any good or not—he didn’t even know now, as +a matter of fact. As for the Temple of Jimjambo, all that Peter had done +was to wash dishes and work as a kitchen slave, as in any hotel or +restaurant. +</p> +<p> +It was a story easy to fix up, and especially easy because the first +article in the creed of Socialist Jennie was that economic circumstances +were to blame for human frailties. That opened the door for all varieties +of grafters, and made the child such an easy mark that Peter would have +been ashamed to make a victim of her, had it not been that she happened to +stand in the path of his higher purposes—and also that she happened +to be young, only seventeen, with tender grey eyes, and tempting, sweet +lips, alone there in the house all day. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0016" id="link2H_4_0016"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 16 +</h2> +<p> +Peter’s adventures in love had so far been pretty much of a piece with the +rest of his life experiences; there had been hopes, and wonderful dreams, +but very few realizations. Peter knew a lot about such matters; in the +orphan asylum there were few vicious practices which he did not witness, +few obscene imaginings with which he was not made familiar. Also, Pericles +Priam had been a man like the traditional sailor, with a girl in every +port; and generally in these towns and villages there had been no place +for Peter to go save where Pericles went, so Peter had been the witness of +many of his master’s amours and the recipient of his confidences. But none +of these girls and women had paid any attention to Peter. Peter was only a +“kid”; and when he grew up and was no longer a kid, but a youth tormented +with sharp desires, they still paid no attention to him—why should +they? Peter was nothing; he had no position, no money, no charms; he was +frail and undersized, his teeth were crooked, and one shoulder higher than +the other. What could he expect from women and girls but laughter and +rebuffs? +</p> +<p> +Then Peter moved on to the Temple of Jimjambo, and there a devastating +experience befell him—he tumbled head over heels and agonizingly in +love. There was a chambermaid in the institution, a radiant creature from +the Emerald Isles with hair like sunrise and cheeks like apples, and a +laugh that shook the dish-pans on the kitchen walls. She laughed at Peter, +she laughed at the major-domo, she laughed at all the men in the place who +tried to catch her round the waist. Once or twice a month perhaps she +would let them succeed, just to keep them interested, and to keep herself +in practice. +</p> +<p> +The only one she really favored was the laundry deliveryman, and Peter +soon realized why. This laundry fellow had the use of an automobile on +Sundays, and Nell would dress herself up to kill, and roll away in state +with him. He would spend all his week’s earnings entertaining her at the +beach; Peter knew, because she would tell the whole establishment on +Monday morning. “Gee, but I had a swell time!” she would say; and would +count the ice-creams and the merry-go-rounds and the whirly-gigs and all +the whang-doodle things. She would tell about the tattooed men and the +five-legged calf and the woman who was half man, and all the while she +would make the dishpans rattle. +</p> +<p> +Yes, she was a marvelous creature, and Peter suddenly realized that his +ultimate desire in life was to possess a “swell lady-friend” like Nell. He +realized that there was one essential prerequisite, and that was money. +None of them would look at you without money. Nell had gone out with him +only once, and that was upon the savings of six months, and Peter had not +been able to conceal the effort it cost him to spend it all. So he had +been set down as a “tight-wad,” and had made no headway. +</p> +<p> +Nell had disappeared, along with everybody else when the police raided the +Temple. Peter never knew what had become of her, but the old longings +still haunted him, and he would find himself imagining—suppose the +police had got her; suppose she were in jail, and he with his new “pull” + were able to get her out, and carry her away and keep her hid from the +laundry man! +</p> +<p> +These were dreams; but meantime here was reality, here was a new world. +Peter had settled down in the home of the Todd sisters; and what was their +attitude toward these awful mysteries of love? +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 17 +</h2> +<p> +It had been arranged with Guffey that at the end of a week Peter was to +have a secret meeting with one of the chief detective’s men. So Peter told +the girls that he was tired of being a prisoner in the house and must get +some fresh air. +</p> +<p> +“Oh please, Mr. Gudge, don’t take such a chance!” cried Sadie, her thin, +anxious face suddenly growing more anxious and thin. “Don’t you know this +house is being watched? They are just hoping to catch you out alone. It +would be the last of you.” + </p> +<p> +“I’m not so important as that,” said Peter; but she insisted that he was, +and Peter was pleased, in spite of his boredom, he liked to hear her +insist upon his importance. +</p> +<p> +“Oh!” she cried. “Don’t you know yet how much depends on you as a witness +for the Goober defense? This case is of concern to millions of people all +over the world! It is a test case, Mr. Gudge—are they to be allowed +to murder the leaders of the working class without a struggle? No, we must +show them that there is a great movement, a world-wide awakening of the +workers, a struggle for freedom for the wage slaves—” + </p> +<p> +But Peter could stand no more of this. “All right,” he said, suddenly +interrupting Sadie’s eloquence. “I suppose it’s my duty to stay, even if I +die of consumption, being shut up without any fresh air.” He would play +the martyr; which was not so hard, for he was one, and looked like one, +with his thin, one-sided little figure, and his shabby clothes. Both Sadie +and Jennie gazed at him with admiration, and sighed with relief. +</p> +<p> +But later on, Peter thought of an idea. He could go out at night, he told +Sadie, and slip out the back way, so that no one would see him; he would +not go into crowds or brightly lighted streets, so there would be no +chance of his being recognized. There was a fellow he absolutely had to +see, who owed him some money; it was way over on the other side of the +city—that was why he rejected Jennie’s offer to accompany him. +</p> +<p> +So that evening Peter climbed a back fence and stole thru a neighbor’s +chicken-yard and got away. He had a fine time ducking and dodging in the +crowds, making sure that no one was trailing him to his secret rendezvous—no +“Red” who might chance to be suspicious of his “comradeship.” It was in +the “American House,” an obscure hotel, and Peter was to take the elevator +to the fourth floor, without speaking to any one, and to tap three times +on the door of Room 427. Peter did so, and the door opened, and he slipped +in, and there he met Jerry McGivney, with the face of a rat. +</p> +<p> +“Well, what have you got?” demanded McGivney; and Peter sat down and +started to tell. With eager fingers he undid the amateur sewing in the +lining of his coat, and pulled out his notes with the names and +descriptions of people who had come to see him. +</p> +<p> +McGivney glanced over them quickly. “Jesus!” he said, “What’s the good of +all this?” + </p> +<p> +“Well, but they’re Reds!” exclaimed Peter. +</p> +<p> +“I know,” said the other, “but what of that? We can go hear them spout at +meetings any night. We got membership lists of these different +organizations. But what about the Goober case?” + </p> +<p> +“Well,” said Peter, “they’re agitating about it all the time; they’ve been +printing stuff about me.” + </p> +<p> +“Sure, we know that,” said McGivney. “And the hell of a fine story you +gave them; you must have enjoyed hearing yourself talk. But what good does +that do us?” + </p> +<p> +“But what do you want to know?” cried Peter, in dismay. +</p> +<p> +“We want to know their secret plans,” said the other. “We want to know +what they’re doing to get our witnesses; we want to know who it is that is +selling us out, who’s the spy in the jail. Didn’t you find that out?” + </p> +<p> +“N-no,” said Peter. “Nobody said anything about it.” + </p> +<p> +“Good God!” said the detective. “D’you expect them to bring you things on +a silver tray?” He began turning over Peter’s notes again, and finally +threw them on the bed in disgust. He began questioning Peter, and Peter’s +dismay turned to despair. He had not got a single thing that McGivney +wanted. His whole week of “sleuthing” had been wasted! +</p> +<p> +The detective did not mince words. “It’s plain that you’re a boob,” he +said. “But such as you are, we’ve got to do the best we can with you. Now, +put your mind on it and get it straight: we know who these Reds are, and +we know what they’re teaching; we can’t send ‘em to jail for that. What we +want you to find out is the name of their spy, and who are their witnesses +in the Goober case, and what they’re going to say.” + </p> +<p> +“But how can I find out things like that?” cried Peter. +</p> +<p> +“You’ve got to use your wits,” said McGivney. “But I’ll give you one tip; +get yourself a girl.” + </p> +<p> +“A girl?” cried Peter, in wonder. +</p> +<p> +“Sure thing,” said the other. “That’s the way we always work. Guffey says +there’s just three times when people tell their secrets: The first is when +they’re drunk, and the second is when they’re in love—” + </p> +<p> +Then McGivney stopped. Peter, who wanted to complete his education, +inquired, “And the third?” + </p> +<p> +“The third is when they’re both drunk and in love,” was the reply. And +Peter was silent, smitten with admiration. This business of sleuthing was +revealing itself as more complicated and more fascinating all the time. +</p> +<p> +“Ain’t you seen any girl you fancy in that crowd?” demanded the other. +</p> +<p> +“Well—it might be—” said Peter, shyly. +</p> +<p> +“It ought to be easy,” continued the detective. “Them Reds are all free +lovers, you know.” + </p> +<p> +“Free lovers!” exclaimed Peter. “How do you mean?” + </p> +<p> +“Didn’t you know about that?” laughed the other. +</p> +<p> +Peter sat staring at him. All the women that Peter had ever known or heard +of took money for their love. They either took it directly, or they took +it in the form of automobile rides and flowers and candy and tickets to +the whang-doodle things. Could it be that there were women who did not +take money in either form, but whose love was entirely free? +</p> +<p> +The detective assured him that such was the case. “They boast about it,” + said he. “They think it’s right.” And to Peter that seemed the most +shocking thing he had yet heard about the Reds. +</p> +<p> +To be sure, when he thought it over, he could see that it had some +redeeming points; it was decidedly convenient from the point of view of +the man; it was so much money in his pocket. If women chose to be that +silly—and Peter found himself suddenly thinking about little Jennie +Todd. Yes, she would be that silly, it was plain to see. She gave away +everything she had; so of course she would be a “free lover!” + </p> +<p> +Peter went away from his rendezvous with McGivney, thrilling with a new +and wonderful idea. You couldn’t have got him to give up his job now. This +sleuthing business was the real thing! +</p> +<p> +It was late when Peter got home, but the two girls were sitting up for +him, and their relief at his safe return was evident. He noticed that +Jennie’s face expressed deeper concern than her sister’s, and this gave +him a sudden new emotion. Jennie’s breath came and went more swiftly +because he had entered the room; and this affected his own breath in the +same way. He had a swift impulse towards her, an entirely unselfish desire +to reassure her and relieve her anxiety; but with an instinctive +understanding of the sex game which he had not before known he possessed, +he checked this impulse and turned instead to the older sister, assuring +her that nobody had followed him. He told an elaborate story, prepared on +the way; he had worked for ten days for a fellow at sawing wood—hard +work, you bet, and then the fellow had tried to get out of paying him! +Peter had caught him at his home that evening, and had succeeded in +getting five dollars out of him, and a promise of a few dollars more every +week. That was to cover future visits to McGivney. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0018" id="link2H_4_0018"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 18 +</h2> +<p> +Peter lay awake a good part of the night, thinking over this new job—that +of getting himself a girl. He realized that for some time he had been +falling in love with little Jennie; but he wanted to be sane and +practical, he wanted to use his mind in choosing a girl. He was after +information, first of all. And who had the most to give him? He thought of +Miss Nebbins, who was secretary to Andrews, the lawyer; she would surely +know more secrets than anyone else; but then, Miss Nebbins was an old +maid, who wore spectacles and broad-toed shoes, and was evidently out of +the question for love-making. Then he thought of Miss Standish, a tall, +blond beauty who worked in an insurance office and belonged to the +Socialist Party. She was a “swell dresser,” and Peter would have been glad +to have something like that to show off to McGivney and the rest of +Guffey’s men; but with the best efforts of his self-esteem, Peter could +not imagine himself persuading Miss Standish to look at him. There was a +Miss Yankovich, one of the real Reds, who trained with the I. W. W.; but +she was a Jewess, with sharp, black eyes that clearly indicated a temper, +and frightened Peter. Also, he had a suspicion that she was interested in +McCormick—tho of course with these “free lovers” you could never +tell. +</p> +<p> +But one girl Peter was quite sure about, and that was little Jennie; he +didn’t know if Jennie knew many secrets, but surely she could find some +out for him. Once he got her for his own, he could use her to question +others. And so Peter began to picture what love with Jennie would be like. +She wasn’t exactly what you would call “swell,” but there was something +about her that made him sure he needn’t be ashamed of her. With some new +clothes she would be pretty, and she had grand manners—she had not +shown the least fear of the rich ladies who came to the house in their +automobiles; also she knew an awful lot for a girl—even if most of +what she knew wasn’t so! +</p> +<p> +Peter lost no time in setting to work at his new job. In the papers next +morning appeared the usual details from Flanders; thousands of men being +shot to pieces almost every hour of the day and night, a million men on +each side locked in a ferocious combat that had lasted for weeks, that +might last for months. And sentimental little Jennie sat there with +brimming eyes, talking about it while Peter ate his oatmeal and thin milk. +And Peter talked about it too; how wicked it was, and how they must stop +it, he and Jennie together. He agreed with her now; he was a Socialist, he +called her “Comrade,” and told her she had converted him. Her eyes lighted +up with joy, as if she had really done something to end the war. +</p> +<p> +They were sitting on the sofa, looking at the paper, and they were alone +in the house. Peter suddenly looked up from the reading and said, very +much embarrassed, “But Comrade Jennie—” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” she said, and looked at him with her frank grey eyes. Peter was +shy, truly a little frightened, this kind of detective business being new +to him. +</p> +<p> +“Comrade Jennie,” he said, “I—I—don’t know just how to say it, +but I’m afraid I’m falling a little in love.” + </p> +<p> +Jennie drew back her hands, and Peter heard her breath come quickly. “Oh, +Mr. Gudge!” she exclaimed. +</p> +<p> +“I—I don’t know—” stammered Peter. “I hope you won’t mind.” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, don’t let’s do that!” she cried. +</p> +<p> +“Why not, Comrade Jennie?” And he added, “I don’t know as I can help it.” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, we were having such a happy time, Mr. Gudge! I thought we were going +to work for the cause!” + </p> +<p> +“Well, but it won’t interfere—” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, but it does, it does; it makes people unhappy!” + </p> +<p> +“Then—” and Peter’s voice trembled—“then you don’t care the +least bit for me, Comrade Jennie?” + </p> +<p> +She hesitated a moment. “I don’t know,” she said. “I hadn’t thought—” + </p> +<p> +And Peter’s heart gave a leap inside him. It was the first time that any +girl had ever had to hesitate in answering that question for Peter. +Something prompted him—just as if he had been doing this kind of +“sleuthing” all his life. He reached over, and very gently took her hand. +“You do care just a little for me?” he whispered. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, Comrade Gudge,” she answered, and Peter said, “Call me ‘Peter.’ +Please, please do.” + </p> +<p> +“Comrade Peter,” she said, and there was a little catch in her throat, and +Peter, looking at her, saw that her eyes were cast down. +</p> +<p> +“I know I’m not very much to love,” he pleaded. “I’m poor and obscure—I’m +not good looking—” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, it isn’t that!” she cried, “Oh, no, no! Why should I think about such +things? You are a comrade!” + </p> +<p> +Peter had known, of course, just how she would take this line of talk. +“Nobody has ever loved me,” he said, sadly. “Nobody cares anything about +you, when you are poor, and have nothing to offer—” + </p> +<p> +“I tell you, that isn’t it!” she insisted. “Please don’t think that! You +are a hero. You have sacrificed for the cause, and you are going on and +become a leader.” + </p> +<p> +“I hope so,” said Peter, modestly. “But then, what is it, Comrade Jennie? +Why don’t you care for me?” + </p> +<p> +She looked up at him, and their eyes met, and with a little sob in her +voice she answered, “I’m not well, Comrade Peter. I’m of no use; it would +be wicked for me to marry.” + </p> +<p> +Somewhere back in the depths of Peter, where his inner self was crouching, +it was as if a sudden douche of ice-cold water were let down on him. +“Marry!” Who had said anything about marrying? Peter’s reaction fitted the +stock-phrase of the comic papers: “This is so sudden!” + </p> +<p> +But Peter was too clever to reveal such dismay. He humored little Jennie, +saying, “We don’t have to marry right away. I could wait, if only I knew +that you cared for me; and some day, when you get well—” + </p> +<p> +She shook her head sadly. “I’m afraid I’ll never get really well. And +besides, neither of us have any money, Comrade Peter.” + </p> +<p> +Ah, there it was! Money, always money! This “free love” was nothing but a +dream. +</p> +<p> +“I could get a job,” said Peter—just like any other tame and +conventional wooer. +</p> +<p> +“But you couldn’t earn enough for two of us,” protested the girl; and +suddenly she sprang up. “Oh, Comrade Peter, let’s not fall in love with +each other! Let’s not make ourselves unhappy, let’s work for the cause! +Promise me that you will!” + </p> +<p> +Peter promised; but of course he had no remotest intention of keeping the +promise. He was not only a detective, he was a man—and in both +capacities he wanted Comrade Jennie. He had all the rest of the day, and +over the addressing of envelopes which he undertook with her, he would now +and then steal love-glances; and Jennie knew now what these looks meant, +and the faint flush would creep over her cheeks and down into her neck and +throat. She was really very pretty when she was falling in love, and Peter +found his new job the most delightful one of his lifetime. He watched +carefully, and noted the signs, and was sure he was making no mistake; +before Sadie came back at supper-time he had his arms about Comrade +Jennie, and was pressing kisses upon the lovely white throat; and Comrade +Jennie was sobbing softly, and her pleading with him to stop had grown +faint and unconvincing. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0019" id="link2H_4_0019"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 19 +</h2> +<p> +There was the question of Sadie to be settled. There was a certain severe +look that sometimes came about Sadie’s lips, and that caused Peter to feel +absolutely certain that Comrade Sadie had no sympathy with “free love,” + and very little sympathy with any love save her own for Jennie. She had +nursed her “little sister” and tended her like a mother for many years; +she took the food out of her mouth to give to Jennie—and Jennie in +turn gave it to any wandering agitator who came along and hung around +until mealtime. Peter didn’t want Sadie to know what had been going on in +her absence, and yet he was afraid to suggest to Jennie that she should +deceive her sister. +</p> +<p> +He managed it very tactfully. Jennie began pleading again: “We ought not +to do this, Comrade Peter!” And so Peter agreed, perhaps they oughtn’t, +and they wouldn’t any more. So Jennie put her hair in order, and +straightened her blouse, and her lover could see that she wasn’t going to +tell Sadie. +</p> +<p> +And the next day they were kissing again and agreeing again that they +mustn’t do it; and so once more Jennie didn’t tell Sadie. Before long +Peter had managed to whisper the suggestion that their love was their own +affair, and they ought not to tell anybody for the present; they would +keep the delicious secret, and it would do no one any harm. Jennie had +read somewhere about a woman poet by the name of Mrs. Browning, who had +been an invalid all her life, and whose health had been completely +restored by a great and wonderful love. Such a love had now come to her; +only Sadie might not understand, Sadie might think they did not know each +other well enough, and that they ought to wait. They knew, of course, that +they really did know each other perfectly, so there was no reason for +uncertainty or fear. Peter managed deftly to put these suggestions into +Jennie’s mind as if they were her own. +</p> +<p> +And all the time he was making ardent love to her; all day long, while he +was helping her address envelopes and mail out circulars for the Goober +Defense Committee. He really did work hard; he didn’t mind working, when +he had Jennie at the table beside him, and could reach over and hold her +hand every now and then, or catch her in his arms and murmur passionate +words. Delicious thrills and raptures possessed him; his hopes would rise +like a flood-tide—but then, alas, only to ebb again! He would get so +far, and every time it would be as if he had run into a stone wall. No +farther! +</p> +<p> +Peter realized that McGivney’s “free love” talk had been a cruel mistake. +Little Jennie was like all the other women—her love wasn’t going to +be “free.” Little Jennie wanted a husband, and every time you kissed her, +she began right away to talk about marriage, and you dared not hint at +anything else because you knew it would spoil everything. So Peter was +thrown back upon devices older than the teachings of any “Reds.” He went +after little Jennie, not in the way of “free lovers,” but in the way of a +man alone in the house with a girl of seventeen, and wishing to seduce +her. He vowed that he loved her with an overwhelming and eternal love. He +vowed that he would get a job and take care of her. And then he let her +discover that he was suffering torments; he could not live without her. He +played upon her sympathy, he played upon her childish innocence, he played +upon that pitiful, weak sentimentality which caused her to believe in +pacifism and altruism and socialism and all the other “isms” that were +jumbled up in her head. +</p> +<p> +And so in a couple of weeks Peter had succeeded in his purpose of carrying +little Jennie by storm. And then, how enraptured he was! Peter, with his +first girl, decided that being a detective was the job for him! Peter knew +that he was a real detective now, using the real inside methods, and on +the trail of the real secrets of the Goober case! +</p> +<p> +And sure enough, he began at once to get them. Jennie was in love; Jennie +was, as you might say, “drunk with love,” and so she fulfilled both the +conditions which Guffey had laid down. So Jennie told the truth! Sitting +on Peter’s knee, with her arms clasped about him, and talking about her +girlhood, the happy days before her mother and father had been killed in +the factory where they worked, little Jennie mentioned the name of a young +man, Ibbetts. +</p> +<p> +“Ibbetts?” said Peter. It was a peculiar name, and sounded familiar. +</p> +<p> +“A cousin of ours,” said Jennie. +</p> +<p> +“Have I met him?” asked Peter, groping in his mind. +</p> +<p> +“No, he hasn’t been here.” + </p> +<p> +“Ibbetts?” he repeated, still groping; and suddenly he remembered. “Isn’t +his name Jack?” + </p> +<p> +Jennie did not answer for a moment. He looked at her, and their eyes met, +and he saw that she was frightened. “Oh, Peter!” she whispered. “I wasn’t +to tell! I wasn’t to tell a soul!” + </p> +<p> +Inside Peter, something was shouting with delight. To hide his emotion he +had to bury his face in the soft white throat. “Sweetheart!” he whispered. +“Darling!” + </p> +<p> +“Uh, Peter!” she cried. “You know—don’t you?” + </p> +<p> +“Of course!” he laughed. “But I won’t tell. You needn’t mind trusting me.” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, but Mr. Andrews was so insistent!” said Jennie, “He made Sadie and me +swear that we wouldn’t breathe it to a soul.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, you didn’t tell,” said Peter. “I found it out by accident. Don’t +mention it, and nobody will be any the wiser. If they should find out that +I know, they wouldn’t blame you; they’d understand that I know Jack +Ibbetts—me being in jail so long.” + </p> +<p> +So Jennie forgot all about the matter, and Peter went on with the kisses, +making her happy, as a means of concealing his own exultation. He had done +the job for which Guffey had sent him! He had solved the first great +mystery of the Goober case! The spy in the jail of American City, who was +carrying out news to the Defense Committee, was Jack Ibbetts, one of the +keepers in the jail, and a cousin of the Todd sisters! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0020" id="link2H_4_0020"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 20 +</h2> +<p> +It was fortunate that this was the day of Peter’s meeting with McGivney. +He could really not have kept this wonderful secret to himself over night. +He made excuses to the girls, and dodged thru the chicken-yard as before, +and made his way to the American House. As he walked, Peter’s mind was +working busily. He had really got his grip on the ladder of prosperity +now; he must not fail to tighten it. +</p> +<p> +McGivney saw right away from Peter’s face that something had happened. +“Well?” he inquired. +</p> +<p> +“I’ve got it!” exclaimed Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Got what?” + </p> +<p> +“The name of the spy in the jail.” + </p> +<p> +“Christ! You don’t mean it!” cried the other. +</p> +<p> +“No doubt about it,” answered Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Who is he?” + </p> +<p> +Peter clenched his hands and summoned his resolution. “First,” he said, +“you and me got to have an understanding. Mr. Guffey said I was to be +paid, but he didn’t say how much, or when.” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, hell!” said McGivney. “If you’ve got the name of that spy, you don’t +need to worry about your reward.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter, “but I’d like to know what I’m to +get and how I’m to get it.” + </p> +<p> +“How much do you want?” demanded the man with the face of a rat. Rat-like, +he was retreating into a corner, his sharp black eyes watching his enemy. +“How much?” he repeated. +</p> +<p> +Peter had tried his best to rise to this occasion. Was he not working for +the greatest and richest concern in American City, the Traction Trust? +Tens and hundreds of millions of dollars they were worth—he had no +idea how much, but he knew they could afford to pay for his secret. “I +think it ought to be worth two hundred dollars,” he said. +</p> +<p> +“Sure,” said McGivney, “that’s all right. We’ll pay you that.” + </p> +<p> +And straightway Peter’s heart sank. What a fool he had been! Why hadn’t he +had more courage, and asked for five hundred dollars? He might even have +asked a thousand, and made himself independent for life! +</p> +<p> +“Well,” said McGivney, “who’s the spy?” + </p> +<p> +Peter made an agonizing, effort, and summoned yet more nerve. “First, I +got to know, when do I get that money?” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, good God!” said McGivney. “You give us the information, and you’ll +get your money all right. What kind of cheap skates do you take us for?” + </p> +<p> +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter. “But you know, Mr. Guffey didn’t +give me any reason to think he loved me. I still can hardly use this wrist +like I used to.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, he was trying to get some information out of you,” said McGivney. +“He thought you were one of them dynamiters—how could you blame him? +You give me the name of that spy, and I’ll see you get your money.” + </p> +<p> +But still Peter wouldn’t yield. He was afraid of the rat-faced McGivney, +and his heart was thumping fast, but he stood his ground. “I think I ought +to see that money,” he said, doggedly. +</p> +<p> +“Say, what the hell do you take me for?” demanded the detective. “D’you +suppose I’m going to give you two hundred dollars and then have you give +me some fake name and skip?” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, I wouldn’t do that!” cried Peter. +</p> +<p> +“How do I know you wouldn’t?” + </p> +<p> +“Well, I want to go on working for you.” + </p> +<p> +“Sure, and we want you to go on working for us. This ain’t the last secret +we’ll get from you, and you’ll find we play straight with our people—how’d +we ever get anywheres otherwise? There’s a million dollars been put up to +hang that Goober crowd, and if you deliver the goods, you’ll get your +share, and get it right on time.” + </p> +<p> +He spoke with conviction, and Peter was partly persuaded. But most of +Peter’s lifetime had been spent in watching people bargaining with one +another—watching scoundrels trying to outwit one another—and +when it was a question of some money to be got, Peter was like a bulldog +that has got his teeth fixed tight in another dog’s nose; he doesn’t +consider the other dog’s feelings, nor does he consider whether the other +dog admires him or not. +</p> +<p> +“On time?” said Peter. “What do you mean by ‘on time’?” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, my God!” said McGivney, in disgust. +</p> +<p> +“Well, but I want to know,” said Peter. “D’you mean when I give the name, +or d’you mean after you’ve gone and found out whether he really is the spy +or not?” + </p> +<p> +So they worried back and forth, these snarling bulldogs, growing more and +more angry. But Peter was the one who had got his teeth in, and Peter hung +on. Once McGivney hinted quite plainly that the great Traction Trust had +had power enough to shut Peter in the “hole” on two occasions and keep him +there, and it might have power enough to do it a third time. Peter’s heart +failed with terror, but all the same, he hung on to McGivney’s nose. +</p> +<p> +“All right,” said the rat-faced man, at last. He said it in a tone of +wearied scorn; but that didn’t worry Peter a particle. “All right, I’ll +take a chance with you.” And he reached into his pocket and pulled out a +roll of bills—twenty dollar bills they were, and he counted out ten +of them. Peter saw that there was still a lot left to the roll, and knew +that he hadn’t asked as much money as McGivney had been prepared to have +him ask; so his heart was sick within him. At the same time his heart was +leaping with exultation—such a strange thing is the human heart! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0021" id="link2H_4_0021"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 21 +</h2> +<p> +McGivney laid the money on the bed. “There it is,” he said, “and if you +give me the name of the spy you can take it. But you’d better take my +advice and not spend it, because if it turns out that you haven’t got the +spy, by God, I believe Ed Guffey’d twist the arms out of you!” + </p> +<p> +Peter was easy about that. “I know he’s the spy all right.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, who is he?” + </p> +<p> +“He’s Jack Ibbetts.” + </p> +<p> +“The devil you say!” cried McGivney, incredulously. +</p> +<p> +“Jack Ibbetts, one of the night keepers in the jail.” + </p> +<p> +“I know him,” said the other. “But what put that notion into your head?” + </p> +<p> +“He’s a cousin of the Todd sisters.” + </p> +<p> +“Who are the Todd sisters?” + </p> +<p> +“Jennie Todd is my girl,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Girl!” echoed the other; he stared at Peter, and a grin spread over his +face. “You got a girl in two weeks? I didn’t know you had it in you!” + </p> +<p> +It was a doubtful compliment, but Peter’s smile was no less expansive, and +showed all his crooked teeth. “I got her all right,” he said, “and she +blabbed it out the first thing—that Ibbetts was her cousin. And then +she was scared, because Andrews, the lawyer, had made her and her sister +swear they wouldn’t mention his name to a soul. So you see, they’re using +him for a spy—there ain’t a particle of doubt about it.” + </p> +<p> +“Good God!” said McGivney, and there was genuine dismay in his tone. +“Who’d think it possible? Why, Ibbetts is as decent a fellow as ever you +talked to—and him a Red, and a traitor at that! You know, that’s +what makes it the devil trying to handle these Reds—you never can +tell who they’ll get; you never know who to trust. How, d’you suppose they +manage it?” + </p> +<p> +“I dunno,” said Peter. “There’s a sucker born every minute, you know!” + </p> +<p> +“Well, anyhow, I see you ain’t one of ‘em,” said the rat-faced man, as he +watched Peter take the roll of bills from the bed and tuck them away in an +inside pocket. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0022" id="link2H_4_0022"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 22 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was warned by the rat-faced man that he must be careful how he spent +any of that money. Nothing would be more certain to bring suspicion on him +than to have it whispered about that he was “in funds.” He must be able to +show how he had come honestly by everything he had. And Peter agreed to +that; he would hide the money away in a safe place until he was thru with +his job. +</p> +<p> +Then he in turn proceeded to warn McGivney. If they were to fire Ibbetts +from his job, it would certainly cause talk, and might direct suspicion +against Peter. McGivney answered with a smile that he wasn’t born +yesterday. They would “promote” Jack Ibbetts, giving him some job where he +couldn’t get any news about the Goober case; then, after a bit, they would +catch him up on some mistake, or get him into some trouble, and fire him. +</p> +<p> +At this meeting, and at later meetings, Peter and the rat-faced man talked +out every aspect of the Goober case, which was becoming more and more +complicated, and bigger as a public issue. New people were continually +being involved, and new problems continually arising; it was more +fascinating than a game of chess. McGivney had spoken the literal truth +when he said that the big business interests of American City had put up a +million dollars to hang Goober and his crowd. At the very beginning there +had been offered seventeen thousand dollars in rewards for information, +and these rewards naturally had many claimants. The trouble was that +people who wanted this money generally had records that wouldn’t go well +before a jury; the women nearly always turned out to be prostitutes, and +the men to be ex-convicts, forgers, gamblers, or what not. Sometimes they +didn’t tell their past records until the other side unearthed them, and +then it was necessary to doctor court records, and pull wires all over the +country. +</p> +<p> +There were a dozen such witnesses as this in the Goober case. They had +told their stories before the grand jury, and innumerable flaws and +discrepancies had been discovered, which made more work and trouble for +Guffey and his lieutenants. Thru a miserable mischance it happened that +Jim Goober and his wife had been watching the parade from the roof of a +building a couple of miles away, at the very hour when they were accused +of having planted the suit-case with the bomb in it. Somebody had taken a +photograph of the parade from this roof, which showed both Goober and his +wife looking over, and also a big clock in front of a jewelry store, +plainly indicating the very minute. Fortunately the prosecution got hold +of this photograph first; but now the defense had learned of its +existence, and was trying to get a look at it. The prosecution didn’t dare +destroy it, because its existence could be proven; but they had +photographed the photograph, and re-photographed that, until they had the +face of the clock so dim that the time could not be seen. Now the defense +was trying to get evidence that this trick had been worked. +</p> +<p> +Then there were all the witnesses for the defense. Thru another mischance +it had happened that half a dozen different people had seen the bomb +thrown from the roof of Guggenheim’s Department Store; which entirely +contradicted the suit-case theory upon which the prosecution was based. So +now it was necessary to “reach” these various witnesses. One perhaps had a +mortgage on his home which could be bought and foreclosed; another perhaps +had a wife who wanted to divorce him, and could be persuaded to help get +him into trouble. Or perhaps he was engaged in an intrigue with some other +man’s wife; or perhaps some woman could be sent to draw him into an +intrigue. +</p> +<p> +Then again, it appeared that very soon after the explosion some of +Guffey’s men had taken a sledge hammer and smashed the sidewalk, also the +wall of the building where the explosion had taken place. This was to fit +in with the theory of the suit-case bomb, and they had taken a number of +photographs of the damage. But now it transpired that somebody had taken a +photograph of the spot before this extra damage had been done, and that +the defense was in possession of this photograph. Who had taken this +photograph, and how could he be “fixed”? If Peter could help in such +matters, he would come out of the Goober case a rich man. +</p> +<p> +Peter would go away from these meetings with McGivney with his head full +of visions, and would concentrate all his faculties upon the collecting of +information. He and Jennie and Sadie talked about the case incessantly, +and Jennie and Sadie would tell freely everything they had heard outside. +Others would come in—young McCormick, and Miriam Yankovitch, and +Miss Nebbins, the secretary to Andrews, and they would tell what they had +learned and what they suspected, and what the defense was hoping to find +out. They got hold of a cousin of the man who had taken the photograph on +the roof; they were working on him, to get him to persuade the +photographer to tell the truth. Next day Donald Gordon would come in, cast +down with despair, because it had been learned that one of the most +valuable witnesses of the defense, a groceryman, had once pleaded guilty +to selling spoilt cheese! Thus every evening, before he went to sleep, +Peter would jot down notes, and sew them up inside his jacket, and once a +week he would go to the meeting with McGivney, and the two would argue and +bargain over the value of Peter’s news. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0023" id="link2H_4_0023"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 23 +</h2> +<p> +It had become a fascinating game, and Peter would never have tired of it, +but for the fact that he had to stay all day in the house with little +Jennie. A honeymoon is all right for a few weeks, but no man can stand it +forever. Little Jennie apparently never tired of being kissed, and never +seemed satisfied that Peter thoroughly loved her. A man got thru with his +love-making after awhile, but a woman, it appeared, never knew how to drop +the subject; she was always looking before and after, and figuring +consequences and responsibilities, her duty and her reputation and all the +rest of it. Which, of course, was a bore. +</p> +<p> +Jennie was unhappy because she was deceiving Sadie; she wanted to tell +Sadie, and yet somehow it was easier to go on concealing than admit that +one had concealed. Peter didn’t see why Sadie had to be told at all; he +didn’t see why things couldn’t stay just as they were, and why he and his +sweetheart couldn’t have some fun now and then, instead of always being +sentimental, always having agonies over the class war, to say nothing of +the world war, and the prospects of America becoming involved in it. +</p> +<p> +This did not mean that Peter was hard and feelingless. No, when Peter +clasped trembling little Jennie in his arms he was very deeply moved; he +had a real sense of what a gentle and good little soul she was. He would +have been glad to help her—but what could he do about it? The +situation was such that he could not plead with her, he could not try to +change her; he had to give himself up to all her crazy whims and pretend +to agree with her. Little Jennie was by her weakness marked for +destruction, and what good would it do for him to go to destruction along +with her? +</p> +<p> +Peter understood clearly that there are two kinds of people in the world, +those who eat, and those who are eaten; and it was his intention to stay +among the former, group. Peter had come in his twenty years of life to a +definite understanding of the things called “ideas” and “causes” and +“religions.” They were bait to catch suckers; and there is a continual +competition between the suckers, who of course don’t want to be caught, +and those people of superior wits who want to catch them, and therefore +are continually inventing new and more plausible and alluring kinds of +bait. Peter had by now heard enough of the jargon of the “comrades” to +realize that theirs was an especially effective kind; and here was poor +little Jennie, stuck fast on the hook, and what could Peter do about it? +</p> +<p> +Yet, this was Peter’s first love, and when he was deeply thrilled, he +understood the truth of Guffey’s saying that a man in love wants to tell +the truth. Peter would have the impulse to say to her: “Oh, drop all that +preaching, and give yourself a rest! Let’s you and me enjoy life a bit.” + </p> +<p> +Yes, it would be all he could do to keep from saying this—despite +the fact that he knew it would ruin everything. Once little Jennie +appeared in a new silk dress, brought to her by one of the rich ladies +whose heart was touched by her dowdy appearance. It was of soft grey silk—cheap +silk, but fresh and new, and Peter had never had anything so fine in his +arms before. It matched Jennie’s grey eyes, and its freshness gave her a +pink glow; or was it that Peter admired her, and loved her more, and so +brought the blood to her cheeks? Peter had an impulse to take her out and +show her off, and he pressed his face into the soft folds of the dress and +whispered, “Say kid, some day you an me got to cut all this hard luck +business for a bit!” + </p> +<p> +He felt little Jennie stiffen, and draw away from him; so quickly he had +to set to work to patch up the damage. “I want you to get well,” he +pleaded. “You’re so good to everybody—you treat everybody well but +yourself!” + </p> +<p> +It had been something in his tone rather than his actual words that had +frightened the girl. “Oh Peter!” she cried. “What does it matter about me, +or about any other one person, when millions of young men are being shot +to fragments, and millions of women and children are starving to death!” + </p> +<p> +So there they were, fighting the war again; Peter had to take up her +burden, be a hero, and a martyr, and a “Red.” That same afternoon, as fate +willed it, three “wobblies” out of a job came to call; and oh, how tired +Peter was of these wandering agitators—insufferable “grouches!” + Peter would want to say: “Oh, cut it out! What you call your ‘cause’ is +nothing but your scheme to work with your tongues instead of with a pick +and a shovel.” And this would start an imaginary quarrel in Peter’s mind. +He would hear one of the fellows demanding, “How much pick and shovel work +you ever done?” Another saying, “Looks to me like you been finding the +easy jobs wherever you go!” The fact that this was true did not make +Peter’s irritation any less, did not make it easier for him to meet with +Comrade Smith, and Brother Jones, and Fellow-worker Brown just out of +jail, and listen to their hard-luck stories, and watch them take from the +table food that Peter wanted, and—the bitterest pill of all—let +them think that they were fooling him with their patter! +</p> +<p> +The time came when Peter wasn’t able to stand it any longer. Shut up in +the house all day, he was becoming as irritable as a chained dog. Unless +he could get out in the world again, he would surely give himself away. He +pleaded that the doctors had warned him that his health would not stand +indoor life; he must get some fresh air. So he got away by himself, and +after that he found things much easier. He could spend a little of his +money; he could find a quiet corner in a restaurant and get himself a +beefsteak, and eat all he wanted of it, without feeling the eyes of any +“comrades” resting upon him reprovingly. Peter had lived in a jail, and in +an orphan asylum, and in the home of Shoemaker Smithers, but nowhere had +he fared so meagerly as in the home of the Todd sisters, who were +contributing nearly everything they owned to the Goober defense, and to +the “Clarion,” the Socialist paper of American City. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0024" id="link2H_4_0024"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 24 +</h2> +<p> +Peter went to see Andrews, the lawyer, and asked for a job; he wanted to +be active in the case, he said, so he was set to work in the offices of +the Defense Committee, where he heard people talking about the case all +day, and he could pick up no end of valuable tips. He made himself +agreeable and gained friends; before long he was intimate with one of the +best witnesses of the defense, and discovered that this man had once been +named as co-respondent in a divorce case. Peter found out the name of the +woman, and Guffey set to work to bring her to American City. The job was +to be done cleverly, without the woman’s even knowing that she was being +used. She would have a little holiday, and the spell of old love would +reassert itself, and Guffey would have a half dozen men to spring the trap—and +there would be a star witness of the Goober defense clean down and out! +“There’s always something you can get them on!” said McGivney, and +cheerfully paid Peter Gudge five hundred dollars for the information he +had brought. +</p> +<p> +Peter would have been wildly happy, but just at this moment a dreadful +calamity befell him. Jennie had been talking about marriage more and more, +and now she revealed to him a reason which made marriage imperative. She +revealed it with downcast eyes, with blushes and trembling; and Peter was +so overcome with consternation that he could not play the part that was +expected of him. Hitherto in these love crises he had caught Jennie in his +arms and comforted her; but now for a moment he let her see his real +emotions. +</p> +<p> +Jennie promptly had a fit. What was the matter with him? Didn’t he mean to +marry her, as he had promised? Surely he must realize now that they could +no longer delay! And Peter, who was not familiar with the symptoms of +hysterics, lost his head completely and could think of nothing to do but +rush out of the house and slam the door. +</p> +<p> +The more he considered it, the more clearly he realized that he was in the +devil of a predicament. As a servant of the Traction Trust, he had taken +it for granted that he was immune to all legal penalties and obligations; +but here, he had a feeling, was a trouble from which the powerful ones of +the city would be unable to shield their agent. Were they able to arrange +it so that one could marry a girl, and then get out of it when one’s job +was done? +</p> +<p> +Peter was so uneasy that he had to call up the office of Guffey and get +hold of McGivney. This was dangerous, because the prosecution was tapping +telephone wires, and they feared the defense might be doing the same. But +Peter took a chance; he told McGivney to come and meet him at the usual +place; and there they argued the matter out, and Peter’s worst fears were +confirmed. When he put the proposition up to McGivney, the rat-faced man +guffawed in his face. He found it so funny that he did not stop laughing +until he saw that he was putting his spy into a rage. +</p> +<p> +“What’s the joke?” demanded Peter. “If I’m ruined, where’ll you get any +more information?” + </p> +<p> +“But, my God!” said McGivney. “What did you have to go and get that kind +of a girl for?” + </p> +<p> +“I had to take what I could,” answered Peter. “Besides, they’re all alike—they +get into trouble, and you can’t help it.” + </p> +<p> +“Sure, you can help it!” said McGivney. “Why didn’t you ask long ago? Now +if you’ve got yourself tied up with a marrying proposition, it’s your own +lookout; you can’t put it off on me.” + </p> +<p> +They argued back and forth. The rat-faced man was positive that there was +no way Peter could pretend to marry Jennie and not have the marriage +count. He might get himself into no end of trouble and certainly he would +be ruined as a spy. What he must do was to pay the girl some money and +send her somewhere to get fixed up. McGivney would find out the name of a +doctor to do the job. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, but what excuse can I give her?” cried Peter. “I mean, why I don’t +marry her!” + </p> +<p> +“Make something up,” said McGivney. “Why not have a wife already?” Then, +seeing Peter’s look of dismay: “Sure, you can fix that. I’ll get you one, +if you need her. But you won’t have to take that trouble—just tell +your girl a hard luck story. You’ve got a wife, you thought you could get +free from her, but now you find you can’t; your wife’s got wind of what +you’re doing here, and she’s trying to blackmail you. Fix it up so your +girl can’t do anything on account of hurting the Goober defense. If she’s +really sincere about it, she won’t disgrace you; maybe she won’t even tell +her sister.” + </p> +<p> +Peter hated to do anything like that. He had a vision of little Jennie +lying on the sofa in hysterics as he had left her, and he dreaded the long +emotional scene that would be necessary. However, it seemed that he must +go thru with it; there was no better way that he could think of. Also, he +must be quick, because in a couple of hours Sadie would be coming home +from work, and it might be too late. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0025" id="link2H_4_0025"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 25 +</h2> +<p> +Peter hurried back to the Todd home, and there was white-faced little +Jennie lying on the bed, still sobbing. One would think she might have +used up her surplus stock of emotions; but no, there is never any limit to +the emotions a woman can pour out. As soon as Peter had got fairly started +on the humiliating confession that he had a wife, little Jennie sprang up +from the bed with a terrified shriek, and confronted him with a face like +the ghost of an escaped lunatic. Peter tried to explain that it wasn’t his +fault, he had really expected to be free any day. But Jennie only clasped +her hands to her forehead and screamed: “You have deceived me! You have +betrayed me!” It was just like a scene in the movies, the bored little +devil inside Peter was whispering. +</p> +<p> +He tried to take her hand and reason with her, but she sprang away from +him, she rushed to the other side of the room and stood there, staring at +him as if she were some wild thing that he had in a corner and was +threatening to kill. She made so much noise that he was afraid that she +would bring the neighbors in; he had to point out to her that if this +matter became public he would be ruined forever as a witness, and thus she +might be the means of sending Jim Goober to the gallows. +</p> +<p> +Thereupon Jennie fell silent, and it was possible for Peter to get in a +word. He told her of the intrigues against him; the other side had sent +somebody to him and offered him ten thousand dollars if he would sell out +the Goober defense. Now, since he had refused, they were trying to +blackmail him, using his wife. They had somehow come to suspect that he +was involved in a love affair, and this was to be the means of ruining +him. +</p> +<p> +Jennie still would not let Peter touch, her, but she consented to sit down +quietly in a chair, and figure out what they were going to do. Whatever +happened, she said, they must do no harm to the Goober case. Peter had +done her a monstrous wrong in keeping the truth from her, but she would +suffer the penalty, whatever it might be; she would never involve him. +</p> +<p> +Peter started to explain; perhaps it wasn’t so serious as she feared. He +had been thinking things over; he knew where Pericles Priam, his old +employer, was living, and Pericles was rich now, and Peter felt sure that +he could borrow two hundred dollars, and there were places where little +Jennie could go—there were ways to get out of this trouble— +</p> +<p> +But little Jennie stopped him. She was only a child in some ways, but in +others she was a mature woman. She had strange fixed ideas, and when you +ran into them it was like running into a stone wall. She would not hear of +the idea Peter suggested; it would be murder. +</p> +<p> +“Nonsense,” said Peter, echoing McGivney. “It’s nothing; everybody does +it.” But Jennie was apparently not listening. She sat staring with her +wild, terrified eyes, and pulling at her dress with her fingers. Peter got +to watching these fingers, and they got on his nerves. They behaved like +insane fingers; they manifested all the emotions which the rest of little +Jennie was choking back and repressing. +</p> +<p> +“If you would only not take it so seriously!” Peter pleaded. “It’s a +miserable accident, but it’s happened, and now we’ve got to make the best +of it. Some day I’ll get free; some day I’ll marry you.” + </p> +<p> +“Stop, Peter!” the girl whispered, in her tense voice. “I don’t want to +talk to you any more, if that’s all you have to say. I don’t know that I’d +be willing to marry you—now that I know you could deceive me—that +you could go on deceiving me day after day for months.” + </p> +<p> +Peter thought she was going to break out into hysterics again, and he was +frightened. He tried to plead with her, but suddenly she sprang up. “Go +away!” she exclaimed. “Please go away and let me alone. I’ll think it over +and decide what to do myself. Whatever I do, I won’t disgrace you, so +leave me alone, go quickly!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0026" id="link2H_4_0026"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 26 +</h2> +<p> +She drove him out of the house, and Peter went, though with many +misgivings. He wandered about the streets, not knowing what to do with +himself, looking back over the blunders he had made and tormenting himself +with that most tormenting of all thoughts: how different my life might +have been, if only I had had sense enough to do this, or not to do that! +Dinner time came, and Peter blew himself to a square meal, but even that +did not comfort him entirely. He pictured Sadie coming home at this hour. +Was Jennie telling her or not? +</p> +<p> +There was a big mass meeting called by the Goober Defense Committee that +evening, and Peter attended, and it proved to be the worst thing he could +have done. His mind was in no condition to encounter the fierce passions +of this crowded assemblage. Peter had the picture of himself being exposed +and denounced; he wasn’t sure yet that it mightn’t happen to him. And here +was this meeting—thousands of workingmen, horny handed blacksmiths, +longshoremen with shoulders like barns and truckmen with fists like +battering rams, long-haired radicals of a hundred dangerous varieties, +women who waved red handkerchiefs and shrieked until to Peter they seemed +like gorgons with snakes instead of hair. +</p> +<p> +Such were the mob-frenzies engendered by the Goober case; and Peter knew, +of course, that to all these people he was a traitor, a poisonous worm, a +snake in the grass. If ever they were to find out what he was doing—if +for instance, someone were to rise up and expose him to this crowd—they +would seize him and tear him to pieces. And maybe, right now, little +Jennie was telling Sadie; and Sadie would tell Andrews, and Andrews would +become suspicious, and set spies on Peter Gudge! Maybe they had spies on +him already, and knew of his meetings with McGivney! +</p> +<p> +Haunted by such terrors, Peter had to listen to the tirades of Donald +Gordon, of John Durand, and of Sorensen, the longshoremen’s leader. He had +to listen to exposure after exposure of the tricks which Guffey had +played; he had to hear the district attorney of the county denounced as a +suborner of perjury, and his agents as blackmailers and forgers. Peter +couldn’t understand why such things should be permitted—why these +speakers were not all clapped into jail. But instead, he had to sit there +and listen; he even had to applaud and pretend to approve! All the other +secret operatives of the Traction Trust and of the district attorney’s +office had to listen and pretend to approve! In the hall Peter had met +Miriam Yankovich, and was sitting next to her. “Look,” she said, “there’s +a couple of dicks over there. Look at the mugs on them!” + </p> +<p> +“Which?” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +And she answered: “That fellow that looks like a bruiser, and that one +next to him, with the face of a rat.” Peter looked, and saw that it was +McGivney; and McGivney looked at Peter, but gave no sign. +</p> +<p> +The meeting lasted until nearly midnight. It subscribed several thousand +dollars to the Goober defense fund, and adopted ferocious resolutions +which it ordered printed and sent to every local of every labor union in +the country. Peter got out before it was over, because he could no longer +stand the strain of his own fears and anxieties. He pushed his way thru +the crowd, and in the lobby he ran into Pat McCormick, the I. W. W. +leader. +</p> +<p> +There was more excitement in this boy’s grim face than Peter had ever seen +there before. Peter thought it was the meeting, but the other rushed up to +him, exclaiming: “Have you heard the news?” + </p> +<p> +“What news?” + </p> +<p> +“Little Jennie Todd has killed herself!” + </p> +<p> +“My God!” gasped Peter, starting back. +</p> +<p> +“Ada Ruth just told me. Sadie found a note when she got home. Jennie had +left—she was going to drown herself.” + </p> +<p> +“But what—why?” cried Peter, in horror. +</p> +<p> +“She was suffering so, her health was so wretched, she begs Sadie not to +look for her body, not to make a fuss—they’ll never find her.” + </p> +<p> +And horrified and stunned as Peter was, there was something inside him +that drew a deep breath of relief. Little Jennie had kept her promise! +Peter was, safe! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0027" id="link2H_4_0027"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 27 +</h2> +<p> +Yes, Peter was safe, but it had been a close call, and he still had +painful scenes to play his part in. He had to go back to the Todd home and +meet the frantic Sadie, and weep and be horrified with the rest of them. +It would have been suspicious if he had not done this; the “comrades” + would never have forgiven him. Then to his dismay, he found that Sadie had +somehow come to a positive conviction as to Jennie’s trouble. She penned +Peter up in a corner and accused him of being responsible; and there was +poor Peter, protesting vehemently that he was innocent, and wishing that +the floor would open up and swallow him. +</p> +<p> +In the midst of his protestations a clever scheme occurred to him. He +lowered his voice in shame. There was a man, a young man, who used to come +to see Jennie off and on. “Jennie asked me not to tell.” Peter hesitated a +moment, and added his master-stroke. “Jennie explained to me that she was +a free-lover; she told me all about free love. I told her I didn’t believe +in it, but you know, Sadie, when Jennie believed in anything, she would +stand by it and act on it. So I felt certain it wouldn’t do any good for +me to butt in.” + </p> +<p> +Sadie almost went out of her mind at this. She glared at Peter. +“Slanderer! Devil!” she cried. “Who was this man?” + </p> +<p> +Peter answered, “He went by the name of Ned. That’s what Jennie called +him. It wasn’t my business to pin her down about him.” + </p> +<p> +“It wasn’t your business to look out for an innocent child?” + </p> +<p> +“Jennie herself said she wasn’t an innocent child, she knew exactly what +she was doing—all Socialists did it.” And to this parting shot he +added that he hadn’t thought it was decent, when he was a guest in a home, +to spy on the morals of the people in it. When Sadie persisted in doubting +him, and even in calling him names, he took the easiest way out of the +difficulty—fell into a rage and stormed out of the house. +</p> +<p> +Peter felt pretty certain that Sadie would not spread the story very far; +it was too disgraceful to her sister and to herself; and maybe when she +had thought it over she might come to believe Peter’s story; maybe she +herself was a “free lover.” McGivney had certainly said that all +Socialists were, and he had been studying them a lot. Anyhow, Sadie would +have to think first of the Goober case, just as little Jennie had done. +Peter had them there all right, and realized that he could afford to be +forgiving, so he went to the telephone and called up Sadie and said: “I +want you to know that I’m not going to say anything about this story; it +won’t become known except thru you.” + </p> +<p> +There were half a dozen people whom Sadie must have told. Miss Nebbins was +icy-cold to Peter the next time he came in to see Mr. Andrews; also Miriam +Yankovich lost her former cordiality, and several other women treated him +with studied reserve. But the only person who spoke about the matter was +Pat McCormick, the I. W. W. boy who had given Peter the news of little +Jennie’s suicide. Perhaps Peter hadn’t been able to act satisfactorily on +that occasion; or perhaps the young fellow had observed something for +himself, some love-glances between Peter and Jennie. Peter had never felt +comfortable in the presence of this silent Irish boy, whose dark eyes +would roam from one person to another in the room, and seemed to be +probing your most secret thoughts. +</p> +<p> +Now Peter’s worst fears were justified. “Mac” got him off in a corner, and +put his fist under his nose, and told him that he was “a dirty hound,” and +if it hadn’t been for the Goober case, he, “Mac,” would kill him without a +moment’s concern. +</p> +<p> +And Peter did not dare open his mouth; the look on the Irishman’s face was +so fierce that he was really afraid for his life. God, what a hateful lot +these Reds were! And now here was Peter with the worst one of all against +him! From now on his life would be in danger from this maniac Irishman! +Peter hated him—so heartily and genuinely that it served to divert +his thoughts from little Jennie, and to make him regard himself as a +victim. +</p> +<p> +Yes, in the midnight hours when Jennie’s gentle little face haunted him +and his conscience attacked him, Peter looked back upon the tangled web of +events, and saw quite clearly how inevitable this tragedy had been, how +naturally it had grown out of circumstances beyond his control. The +fearful labor struggle in American City was surely not Peter’s fault; nor +was it his fault that he had been drawn into it, and forced to act first +as an unwilling witness, and then as a secret agent. Peter read the +American City “Times” every morning, and knew that the cause of Goober was +the cause of anarchy and riot, while the cause of the district attorney +and of Guffey’s secret service was the cause of law and order. Peter was +doing his best in this great cause, he was following the instructions of +those above him, and how could he be blamed because one poor weakling of a +girl had got in the way of the great chariot of the law? +</p> +<p> +Peter knew that it wasn’t his fault; and yet grief and terror gnawed at +him. For one thing, he missed little Jennie, he missed her by day and he +missed her by night. He missed her gentle voice, her fluffy soft hair, her +body in his empty arms. She was his first love, and she was gone, and it +is human weakness to appreciate things most when they have been lost. +</p> +<p> +Peter aspired to be a strong man, a “he-man,” according to the slang that +was coming into fashion; he now tried to live up to that role. He didn’t +want to go mooning about over this accident; yet Jennie’s face stayed with +him—sometimes wild, as he had seen it at their last meeting, +sometimes gentle and reproachful. Peter would remember how good she had +been, how tender, how never-failing in instant response to an advance of +love on his part. Where would he ever find another girl like that? +</p> +<p> +Another thing troubled him especially—a strange, inexplicable thing, +for which Peter had no words, and about which he found himself frequently +thinking. This weak, frail slip of a girl had deliberately given her life +for her convictions; she had died, in order that he might be saved as a +witness for the Goobers! Of course Peter had known all along that little +Jennie was doomed, that she was throwing herself away, that nothing could +save her. But somehow, it does frighten the strongest heart when people +are so fanatical as to throw away their very lives for a cause. Peter +found himself regarding the ideas of these Reds from a new angle; before +this they had been just a bunch of “nuts,” but now they seemed to him +creatures of monstrous deformity, products of the devil, or of a God gone +insane. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0028" id="link2H_4_0028"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 28 +</h2> +<p> +There was only one person whom Peter could take into his confidence, and +that was McGivney. Peter could not conceal from McGivney the fact that he +was troubled over his bereavement; and so McGivney took him in hand and +gave him a “jacking up.” It was dangerous work, this of holding down the +Reds; dangerous, because their doctrines were so insidious, they were so +devilishly cunning in their working upon people’s minds. McGivney had seen +more than one fellow start fooling with their ideas and turn into one +himself. Peter must guard against that danger. +</p> +<p> +“It ain’t that,” Peter explained. “It ain’t their ideas. It’s just that I +was soft on that kid.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, it comes to the same thing,” said McGivney. “You get sorry for +them, and the first thing you know, you’re listening to their arguments. +Now, Peter, you’re one of the best men I’ve got on this case—and +that’s saying a good deal, because I’ve got charge of seventeen.” The +rat-faced man was watching Peter, and saw Peter flush with pleasure. Yes, +he continued, Peter had a future before him, he would make all kinds of +money, he would be given responsibility, a permanent position. But he +might throw it all away if he got to fooling with these Red doctrines. And +also, he ought to understand, he could never fool McGivney; because +McGivney had spies on him! +</p> +<p> +So Peter clenched his hands and braced himself up. Peter was a real +“he-man,” and wasn’t going to waste himself. “It’s just that I can’t help +missing the girl!” he explained; to which the other answered: “Well, +that’s only natural. What you want to do is to get yourself another one.” + </p> +<p> +Peter went on with his work in the office of the Goober Defense Committee. +The time for the trial had come, and the struggle between the two giants +had reached its climax. The district attorney, who was prosecuting the +case, and who was expecting to become governor of the state on the +strength of it, had the backing of half a dozen of the shrewdest lawyers +in the city, their expenses being paid by the big business men. A small +army of detectives were at work, and the court where the trial took place +was swarming with spies and agents. Every one of the hundreds of +prospective jurors had been investigated and card-cataloged, his every +weakness and every prejudice recorded; not merely had his psychology been +studied, but his financial status, and that of his relatives and friends. +Peter had met half a dozen other agents beside McGivney, men who had come +to question him about this or that detail; and from the conversation of +these men he got glimpses of the endless ramifications of the case. It +seemed to him that the whole of American City had been hired to help send +Jim Goober to the gallows. +</p> +<p> +Peter was now getting fifty dollars a week and expenses, in addition to +special tips for valuable bits of news. Hardly a day passed that he didn’t +get wind of some important development, and every night he would have to +communicate with McGivney. The prosecution had a secret office, where +there was a telephone operator on duty, and couriers traveling to the +district attorney’s office and to Guffey’s office—all this to +forestall telephone tapping. Peter would go from the headquarters of the +Goober Defense Committee to a telephone-booth in some hotel, and there he +would give the secret number, and then his own number, which was six +forty-two. Everybody concerned was known by numbers, the principal people, +both of the prosecution and of the defense; the name “Goober” was never +spoken over the phone. +</p> +<p> +After the trial had got started it was hard to get anybody to work in the +office of the Defense Committee—everybody wanted to be in court! +Someone would come in every few minutes, with the latest reports of +sensational developments. The prosecution had succeeded in making away +with the police court records, proving the conviction of its star witness +of having kept a brothel for negroes. The prosecution had introduced +various articles alleged to have been found on the street by the police +after the explosion; one was a spring, supposed to have been part of a +bomb—but it turned out to be a part of a telephone! Also they had +introduced parts of a clock—but it appeared that in their super-zeal +they had introduced the parts of <i>two</i> clocks! There was some +excitement like this every day. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0029" id="link2H_4_0029"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 29 +</h2> +<p> +The time came when the prosecution closed its case, and Peter was summoned +to the office of Andrews, to be coached in his part as a witness. He would +be wanted in two or three days, the lawyers told him. +</p> +<p> +Now Peter had never intended to appear as a witness; he had been fooling +the defense all this time—“stringing them along,” as he phrased it, +so as to keep in favor with them to the end. Meantime he had been figuring +out how to justify his final refusal. Peter was eating his lunch when this +plan occurred to him, and he was so much excited that he swallowed a piece +of pie the wrong way, and had to jump up and run out of the lunch-room. It +was his first stroke of genius; hitherto it was McGivney who had thought +these things out, but now Peter was on the way to becoming his own boss! +Why should he go on taking orders, when he had such brains of his own? He +took the plan to McGivney, and McGivney called it a “peach,” and Peter was +so proud he asked for a raise, and got it. +</p> +<p> +This plan had the double advantage that not merely would it save Peter’s +prestige and reputation, among the Reds, it would ruin McCormick, who was +one of the hardest workers for the defense, and one of the most dangerous +Reds in American City, as well as being a personal enemy of Peter’s. +McGivney pulled some of his secret wires, and the American City “Times,” + in the course of its accounts of the case, mentioned a rumor that the +defense proposed to put on the stand a man who claimed to have been +tortured in the city jail, in an effort to make him give false testimony +against Goober; the prosecution had investigated this man’s record and +discovered that only recently he had seduced a young girl, and she had +killed herself because of his refusal to marry her. Peter took this copy +of the American City “Times” to the office of David Andrews, and insisted +upon seeing the lawyer before he went to court; he laid the item on the +desk, and declared that there was his finish as a witness in the Goober +case. “It’s a cowardly, dirty lie!” he declared. “And the man responsible +for circulating it is Pat McCormick.” + </p> +<p> +Such are the burdens that fall upon the shoulders of lawyers in +hard-fought criminal trials! Poor Andrews did his best to patch things up; +he pleaded with Peter—if the story was false, Peter ought to be glad +of a chance to answer his slanderers. The defense would put witnesses on +the stand to deny it. They would produce Sadie Todd to deny it. +</p> +<p> +“But Sadie told me she suspected me!” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” said Andrews, “but she told me recently she wasn’t sure.” + </p> +<p> +“Much good that’ll do me!” retorted Peter. “They’ll ask me if anybody ever +accused me, and who, and I’ll have to say McCormick, and if they put him +on the stand, will he deny that he accused me?” + </p> +<p> +Peter flew into a rage against McCormick; a fine sort of radical he was, +pretending to be devoted to the cause, and having no better sense than to +repeat a cruel slander against a comrade! Here Peter had been working on +this case for nearly six months, working for barely enough to keep body +and soul together, and now they expected him to go on the and have a story +like that brought out in the papers, and have the prosecution hiring +witnesses to prove him a villain. “No, sir!” said Peter. “I’m thru with +this case right now. You put McCormick on the witness stand and let him +save Goober’s life. You can’t use me, I’m out!” And shutting his ears to +the lawyer’s pleading, he stormed out of the office, and over to the +office of the Goober Defense Committee, where he repeated the same scene. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0030" id="link2H_4_0030"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 30 +</h2> +<p> +Thus Peter was done with the Goober case, and mighty glad of it he was. He +was tired of the strain, he needed a rest and a little pleasure. He had +his pockets stuffed with money, and a good fat bank account, and proposed +to take things easy for the first time in his hard and lonely life. +</p> +<p> +The opportunity was at hand: for he had taken McGivney’s advise and got +himself another girl. It was a little romance, very worldly and +delightful. To understand it, you must know that in the judicial procedure +of American City they used both men and women jurors; and because busy men +of affairs did not want to waste their time in the jury-box, nor to have +the time of their clerks and workingmen wasted, there had gradually grown +up a class of men and women who made their living by working as jurors. +They hung around the courthouse and were summoned on panel after panel, +being paid six dollars a day, with numerous opportunities to make money on +the side if they were clever. +</p> +<p> +Among this group of professional jurors, there was the keenest competition +to get into the jury-box of the Goober case. It was to be a long and +hard-fought case, there would be a good deal of prestige attached to it, +and also there were numerous sums of money floating round. Anybody who got +in, and who voted right, might be sure of an income for life, to say +nothing of a life-job as a juror if he wanted it. +</p> +<p> +Peter happened to be in court while the talesmen were being questioned. A +very charming and petite brunette—what Peter described as a “swell +dresser”—was on the stand, and was cleverly trying to satisfy both +sides. She knew nothing about the case, she had never read anything about +it, she knew nothing and cared nothing about social problems; so she was +accepted by the prosecution. But then the defense took her in hand, and it +appeared that once upon a time she had been so indiscreet as to declare to +somebody her conviction that all labor leaders ought to be stood up +against the wall and filled with lead; so she was challenged by the +defense, and very much chagrined she came down from the stand, and took a +seat in the courtroom next to Peter. He saw a trace of tears in her eyes, +and realizing her disappointment, ventured a word of sympathy. The +acquaintance grew, and they went out to lunch together. +</p> +<p> +Mrs. James was her name, and she was a widow, a grass widow as she archly +mentioned. She was quick and lively, with brilliant white teeth, and +cheeks with the glow of health in them; this glow came out of a little +bottle, but Peter never guessed it. Peter had got himself a good suit of +clothes now, and made bold to spend some money on the lunch. As it +happened, both he and Mrs. James were thru with the Goober case; both were +tired and wanted a change, and Peter, blushing shyly, suggested that a +sojourn at the beach might be fun. Mrs. James agreed immediately, and the +matter was arranged. +</p> +<p> +Peter had seen enough of the detective business by this time to know what +you can safely do, and what you had better not do. He didn’t travel with +his grass widow, he didn’t pay her car-fare, nor do anything else to +constitute her a “white slave.” He simply went to the beach and engaged +himself a comfortable apartment; and next day, strolling on the board +walk, he happened to meet the widow. +</p> +<p> +So for a couple of months Peter and Mrs. James set up housekeeping +together. It was a wonderful experience for the former, because Mrs. James +was what is called a “lady,” she had rich relatives, and took pains to let +Peter know that she had lived in luxury before her husband had run away to +Paris with a tight-rope walker. She taught Peter all those worldly arts +which one misses when one is brought up in an orphan asylum, and on the +road with a patent medicine vender. Tactfully, and without hurting his +feelings, she taught him how to hold a knife and fork, and what color tie +to select. At the same time she managed to conduct a propaganda which +caused him to regard himself as the most favored of mankind; he was +overwhelmed with gratitude for every single kiss from the lips of his +grass widow. Of course he could not expect such extraordinary favors of +fortune without paying for them; he had learned by now that there was no +such thing as “free love.” So he paid, hand over fist; he not only paid +all the expenses of the unregistered honeymoon, he bought numerous +expensive presents at the lady’s tactful suggestion. She was always so +vivacious and affectionate when Peter had given her a present! Peter lived +in a kind of dream, his money seemed to go out of his pockets without his +having to touch it. +</p> +<p> +Meantime great events were rolling by, unheeded by Peter and his grass +widow who never read the newspapers. For one thing Jim Goober was +convicted and sentenced to die on the gallows, and Jim Goober’s associate, +Biddle, was found guilty, and sentenced to prison for life. Also, America +entered the war, and a wave of patriotic excitement swept like a prairie +fire over the country. Peter could not help hearing about this; his +attention was attracted to one aspect of the matter—Congress was +about to pass a conscription act. And Peter was within the age limit; +Peter would almost certainly be drafted into the army! +</p> +<p> +No terror that he had ever felt in his life was equal to this terror. He +had tried to forget the horrible pictures of battle and slaughter, of +machine-guns and hand-grenades and torpedoes and poison gas, with which +little Jennie had filled his imagination; but now these imaginings came +crowding back upon him, now for the first time they concerned him. From +that time on his honeymoon was spoiled. Peter and his grass widow were +like a party of picnickers who are far away in the wilderness, and see a +black thunder-storm come rolling up the sky! +</p> +<p> +Also, Peter’s bank account was running low. Peter had had no conception +how much money you could spend on a grass widow who is a “swell dresser” + and understands what is “proper.” He was overwhelmed with embarrassment; +he put off telling Mrs. James until the last moment—in fact, until +he wasn’t quite sure whether he had enough money in bank to meet the last +check he had given to the landlady. Then, realizing that the game was up, +he told. +</p> +<p> +He was surprised to see how charmingly a grass widow of “good breeding” + could take bad tidings. Evidently it wasn’t the first time that Mrs. James +had been to the beach. She smiled cheerfully, and said that it was the +jury-box for her once more. She gave Peter her card, and told him she +would be glad to have him call upon her again—when he had restored +his fortunes. She packed up her suit-case and her new trunk full of +Peter’s presents, and departed with the most perfect sweetness and good +taste. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0031" id="link2H_4_0031"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 31 +</h2> +<p> +So there was Peter, down and out once more. But fate was kind to him. That +very day came a letter signed “Two forty-three,” which meant McGivney. +“Two forty-three” had some important work for Peter, so would he please +call at once? Peter pawned his last bit of jewelry for his fare to +American City, and met McGivney at the usual rendezvous. +</p> +<p> +The purpose of the meeting was quickly explained. America was now at war, +and the time had come when the mouths of these Reds were to be stopped for +good. You could do things in war-time that you couldn’t do in peace-time, +and one of the things you were going to do was to put an end to the +agitation against property. Peter licked his lips, metaphorically +speaking. It was something he had many times told McGivney ought to be +done. Pat McCormick especially ought to be put away for good. These were a +dangerous bunch, these Reds, and Mac was the worst of all. It was every +man’s duty to help, and what could Peter do? +</p> +<p> +McGivney answered that the authorities were making a complete list of all +the radical organizations and their members, getting evidence preliminary +to arrests. Guffey was in charge of the job; as in the Goober case, the +big business interests of the city were going ahead while the government +was still wiping the sleep out of its eyes. Would Peter take a job spying +upon the Reds in American City? +</p> +<p> +“I can’t!” exclaimed Peter. “They’re all sore at me because I didn’t +testify in the Goober case.” + </p> +<p> +“We can easily fix that up,” answered the rat-faced man. “It may mean a +little inconvenience for you. You may have to go to jail for a few days.” + </p> +<p> +“To jail!” cried Peter, in dismay. +</p> +<p> +“Yes,” said the other, “you’ll have to get arrested, and made into a +martyr. Then, you see, they’ll all be sure you’re straight, and they’ll +take you back again and welcome you.” + </p> +<p> +Peter didn’t like the idea of going to jail; his memories of the jail in +American City were especially painful. But McGivney explained that this +was a time when men couldn’t consider their own feelings; the country was +in danger, public safety must be protected, and it was up to everybody to +make some patriotic sacrifice. The rich men were all subscribing to +liberty bonds; the poor men were going to give their lives; and what was +Peter Gudge going to give? “Maybe I’ll be drafted into the army,” Peter +remarked. +</p> +<p> +“No, you won’t—not if you take this job,” said McGivney. “We can fix +that. A man like you, who has special abilities, is too precious to be +wasted.” Peter decided forthwith that he would accept the proposition. It +was much more sensible to spend a few days in jail than to spend a few +years in the trenches, and maybe the balance of eternity under the sod of +France. +</p> +<p> +Matters were quickly arranged. Peter took off his good clothes, and +dressed himself as became a workingman, and went into the eating-room +where Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy, always got his lunch. Peter was quite +sure that Donald would be one of the leading agitators against the draft, +and in this he was not mistaken. +</p> +<p> +Donald was decidedly uncordial in his welcoming of Peter; without saying a +word the young Quaker made Peter aware that he was a renegade, a coward +who had “thrown down” the Goober defense. But Peter was patient and +tactful; he did not try to defend himself, nor did he ask any questions +about Donald and Donald’s activities. He simply announced that he had been +studying the subject of militarism, and had come to a definite point of +view. He was a Socialist and an Internationalist; he considered America’s +entry into the war a crime, and he was willing to do his part in agitating +against it. He was going to take his stand as a conscientious objector; +they might send him to jail if they pleased, or even stand him against a +wall and shoot him, but they would never get him to put on a uniform. +</p> +<p> +It was impossible for Donald Gordon to hold out against a man who talked +like that; a man who looked him in the eye and expressed his convictions +so simply and honestly. And that evening Peter went to a meeting of Local +American City of the Socialist Party, and renewed his acquaintance with +all the comrades. He didn’t make a speech or do anything conspicuous, but +simply got into the spirit of things; and next day he managed to meet some +of the members, and whenever and wherever he was asked, he expressed his +convictions as a conscientious objector. So before a week had passed Peter +found that he was being tolerated, that nobody was going to denounce him +as a traitor, or kick him out of the room. +</p> +<p> +At the next weekly meeting of Local American City, Peter ventured to say a +few words. It was a red-hot meeting, at which the war and the draft were +the sole subjects of discussion. There were some Germans in the local, +some Irishmen, and one or two Hindoos; they, naturally, were all ardent +pacifists. Also there were agitators of what was coming to be called the +“left wing”; the group within the party who considered it too +conservative, and were always clamoring for more radical declarations, for +“mass action” and general strikes and appeals to the proletariat to rise +forthwith and break their chains. These were days of great events; the +Russian revolution had electrified the world, and these comrades of the +“left wing” felt themselves lifted upon pinions of hope. +</p> +<p> +Peter spoke as one who had been out on the road, meeting the rank and +file; he could speak for the men on the job. What was the use of opposing +the draft here in a hall, where nobody but party members were present? +What was wanted was for them to lift up their voices on the street, to +awaken the people before it was too late! Was there anybody in this +gathering bold enough to organize a street meeting? +</p> +<p> +There were some who could not resist this challenge, and in a few minutes +Peter had secured the pledges of half a dozen young hot-heads, Donald +Gordon among them. Before the evening was past it had been arranged that +these would-be-martyrs should hire a truck, and make their debut on Main +Street the very next evening. Old hands in the movement warned them that +they would only get their heads cracked by the police. But the answer to +that was obvious—they might as well get their heads cracked by the +police as get them blown to pieces by German artillery. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0032" id="link2H_4_0032"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 32 +</h2> +<p> +Peter reported to McGivney what was planned, and McGivney promised that +the police would be on hand. Peter warned him to be careful and have the +police be gentle; at which McGivney grinned, and answered that he would +see to that. +</p> +<p> +It was all very simple, and took less than ten minutes of time. The truck +drew up on Main Street, and a young orator stepped forward and announced +to his fellow citizens that the time had come for the workers to make +known their true feelings about the draft. Never would free Americans +permit themselves to be herded into armies and shipped over seas and be +slaughtered for the benefit of international bankers. Thus far the orator +had got, when a policeman stepped forward and ordered him to shut up. When +he refused, the policeman tapped on the sidewalk with his stick, and a +squad of eight or ten came round the corner, and the orator was informed +that he was under arrest. Another orator stepped forward and took up the +harangue, and when he also had been put under arrest, another, and +another, until the whole six of them, including Peter, were in hand. +</p> +<p> +The crowd had had no time to work up any interest one way or the other, A +patrol-wagon was waiting, and the orators were bundled in and driven to +the station-house, and next morning they were haled before a magistrate +and sentenced each to fifteen days. As they had been expecting to get six +months, they were a happy bunch of “left wingers.” + </p> +<p> +And they were still happier when they saw how they were to be treated in +jail. Ordinarily it was the custom of the police to inflict all possible +pain and humiliation upon the Reds. They would put them in the revolving +tank, a huge steel structure of many cells which was turned round and +round by a crank. In order to get into any cell, the whole tank had to be +turned until that particular cell was opposite the entrance, which meant +that everybody in the tank got a free ride, accompanied by endless +groaning and scraping of rusty machinery; also it meant that nobody got +any consecutive sleep. The tank was dark, too dark to read, even if they +had had books or papers. There was nothing to do save to smoke cigarettes +and shoot craps, and listen to the smutty stories of the criminals, and +plot revenge against society when they got out again. But up in the new +wing of the jail were some cells which were clean and bright and airy, +being only three or four feet from a row of windows. In these cells they +generally put the higher class of criminals—women who had cut the +throats of their sweethearts, and burglars who had got I away with the +swag, and bankers who had plundered whole communities. But now, to the +great surprise of five out of the six anti-militarists, the entire party +was put in one of these big cells, and allowed the privilege of having +reading matter and of paying for their own food. Under these circumstances +martyrdom became a joke, and the little party settled down to enjoy life. +It never once occurred to them to think of Peter Gudge as the source of +this bounty. They attributed it, as the French say, “to their beautiful +eyes.” + </p> +<p> +There was Donald Gordon, who was the son of a well-to-do business man, and +had been to college, until he was expelled for taking the doctrines of +Christianity too literally and expounding them too persistently on the +college campus. There was a big, brawny lumber-jack from the North, Jim +Henderson by name, who had been driven out of the camps for the same +reason, and had appalling stories to tell of the cruelties and hardships +of the life of a logger. There was a Swedish sailor by the name of Gus, +who had visited every port in the world, and a young Jewish cigar-worker +who had never been outside of American City, but had travelled even more +widely in his mind. +</p> +<p> +The sixth man was the strangest character of all to Peter; a shy, dreamy +fellow with eyes so full of pain and a face so altogether mournful that it +hurt to look at him. Duggan was his name, and he was known in the movement +as the “hobo poet.” He wrote verses, endless verses about the lives of +society’s outcasts; he would get himself a pencil and paper and sit off in +the corner of the cell by the hour, and the rest of the fellows, +respecting his work, would talk in whispers so as not to disturb him. He +wrote all the time while the others slept, it seemed to Peter. He wrote +verses about the adventures of his fellow-prisoners, and presently he was +writing verses about the jailers, and about other prisoners in this part +of the jail. He would have moods of inspiration, and would make up topical +verses as he went along; then again he would sink back into his despair, +and say that life was hell, and making rhymes about it was childishness. +</p> +<p> +There was no part of America that Tom Duggan hadn’t visited, no tragedy of +the life of outcasts that he hadn’t seen. He was so saturated with it that +he couldn’t think of anything else. He would tell about men who had +perished of thirst in the desert, about miners sealed up for weeks in an +exploded mine, about matchmakers poisoned until their teeth fell out, and +their finger nails and even their eyes. Peter could see no excuse for such +morbidness, such endless harping upon the horrible things of life. It +spoiled all his happiness in the jail—it was worse than little +Jennie’s talking about the war! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0033" id="link2H_4_0033"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 33 +</h2> +<p> +One of Duggan’s poems had to do with a poor devil named Slim, who was a +“snow-eater,” that is to say, a cocaine victim. This Slim wandered about +the streets of New York in the winter-time without any shelter, and would +get into an office building late in the afternoon, and hide in one of the +lavatories to spend the night. If he lay down, he would be seen and thrown +out, so his only chance was to sit up; but when he fell asleep, he would +fall off the seat—therefore he carried a rope in his pocket, and +would tie himself in a sitting position. +</p> +<p> +Now what was the use of a story like that? Peter didn’t want to hear about +such people! He wanted to express his disgust; but he knew, of course, +that he must hide it. He laughed as he exclaimed, “Christ Almighty, +Duggan, can’t you give us something with a smile? You don’t think it’s the +job of Socialists to find a cure for the dope habit, do you? That’s sure +one thing that ain’t caused by the profit system.” + </p> +<p> +Duggan smiled his bitterest smile. “If there’s any misery in the world +today that ain’t kept alive by the profit system, I’d like to see it! +D’you think dope sells itself? If there wasn’t a profit in it, would it be +sold to any one but doctors? Where’d you get your Socialism, anyhow?” + </p> +<p> +So Peter beat a hasty retreat. “Oh, sure, I know all that. But here you’re +shut up in jail because you want to change things. Ain’t you got a right +to give yourself a rest while you’re in?” + </p> +<p> +The poet looked at him, as solemn as an owl. He shook his head. “No,” he +said. “Just because we’re fixed up nice and comfortable in jail, have we +got the right to forget the misery of those outside?” + </p> +<p> +The others laughed; but Duggan did not mean to be funny at all. He rose +slowly to his feet and with his arms outstretched, in the manner of one +offering himself as a sacrifice, he proclaimed: +</p> +<p> +“While there is a lower class, I am in it. +</p> +<p> +“While there is a criminal element, I am of it. +</p> +<p> +“While there is a soul in jail, I am not free.” + </p> +<p> +Then he sat down and buried his face in his hands. The group of rough +fellows sat in solemn silence. Presently Gus, the Swedish sailor, feeling +perhaps that the rebuke to Peter had been too severe, spoke timidly: +“Comrade Gudge, he ban in jail twice already.” + </p> +<p> +So the poet looked up again. He held out his hand to Peter. “Sure, I know +that!” he said, clasping Peter in the grip of comradeship. And then he +added: “I’ll tell you a story with a smile!” + </p> +<p> +Once upon a time, it appeared, Duggan had been working in a moving picture +studio, where they needed tramps and outcasts and all sorts of people for +crowds. They had been making a “Preparedness” picture, and wanted to show +the agitators and trouble-makers, mobbing the palace of a banker. They got +two hundred bums and hoboes, and took them in trucks to the palace of a +real banker, and on the front lawn the director made a speech to the +crowd, explaining his ideas. “Now,” said he, “remember, the guy that owns +this house is the guy that’s got all the wealth that you fellows have +produced. You are down and out, and you know that he’s robbed you, so you +hate him. You gather on his lawn and you’re going to mob his home; if you +can get hold of him, you’re going to tear him to bits for what he’s done +to you.” So the director went on, until finally Duggan interrupted: “Say, +boss, you don’t have to teach us. This is a real palace, and we’re real +bums!” + </p> +<p> +Apparently the others saw the “smile” in this story, for they chuckled for +some time over it. But it only added to Peter’s hatred of these Reds; it +made him realize more than ever that they were a bunch of “sore heads,” + they were green and yellow with jealousy. Everybody that had succeeded in +the world they hated—just because they had succeeded! Well, <i>they</i> +would never succeed; they could go on forever with their grouching, but +the mass of the workers in America had a normal attitude toward the big +man, who could do things. They did not want to wreck his palace; they +admired him for having it, and they followed his leadership gladly. +</p> +<p> +It seemed as if Henderson, the lumber-jack, had read Peter’s thought. “My +God!” he said. “What a job it is to make the workers class-conscious!” He +sat on the edge of his cot, with his broad shoulders bowed and his heavy +brows knit in thought over the problem of how to increase the world’s +discontent. He told of one camp where he had worked—so hard and +dangerous was the toil that seven men had given up their lives in the +course of one winter. The man who owned this tract, and was exploiting it, +had gotten the land by the rankest kind of public frauds; there were +filthy bunk-houses, vermin, rotten food, poor wages and incessant abuse. +And yet, in the spring-time, here came the young son of this owner, on a +honeymoon trip with his bride. “And Jesus,” said Henderson, “if you could +have seen those stiffs turn out and cheer to split their throats! They +really meant it, you know; they just loved that pair of idle, +good-for-nothing kids!” + </p> +<p> +Gus, the sailor, spoke up, his broad, good-natured face wearing a grin +which showed where three of his front teeth had been knocked out with a +belaying pin. It was exactly the same with the seamen, he declared. They +never saw the ship-owners, they didn’t know even the names of the people +who were getting the profit of their toil, but they had a crazy loyalty to +their ship, Some old tanker would be sent out to sea on purpose to be +sunk, so that the owners might get the insurance. But the poor A. Bs. +would love that old tub so that they would go down to the bottom with her—or +perhaps they would save her, to the owners great disgust! +</p> +<p> +Thus, for hours on end, Peter had to sit listening to this ding donging +about the wrongs of the poor and the crimes of the rich. Here he had been +sentenced for fifteen days and nights to listen to Socialist wrangles! +Every one of these fellows had a different idea of how he wanted the world +to be run, and every one had a different idea of how to bring about the +change. Life was an endless struggle between the haves and the have-nots, +and the question of how the have-nots were to turn out the haves was +called “tactics.” When you talked about “tactics” you used long technical +terms which made your conversation unintelligible to a plain, ordinary +mortal. It seemed to Peter that every time he fell asleep it was to the +music of proletariat and surplus value and unearned increment, possibilism +and impossibilism, political action, direct action, mass action, and the +perpetual circle of Syndicalist-Anarchist, Anarchist-Communist, +Communist-Socialist and Socialist-Syndicalist. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0034" id="link2H_4_0034"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 34 +</h2> +<p> +In company such as this Peter’s education for the role of detective was +completed by force, as it were. He listened to everything, and while he +did not dare make any notes, he stored away treasures in his mind, and +when he came out of the jail he was able to give McGivney a pretty +complete picture of the various radical organizations in American City, +and the attitude of each one toward the war. +</p> +<p> +Peter found that McGivney’s device had worked perfectly. Peter was now a +martyr and a hero; his position as one of the “left wingers” was +definitely established, and anyone who ventured to say a word against him +would be indignantly rebuked. As a matter of fact, no one desired to say +much. Pat McCormick, Peter’s enemy, was out on an organizing trip among +the oil workers. +</p> +<p> +Duggan had apparently taken a fancy to Peter, and took him to meet some of +his friends, who lived in an old, deserted warehouse, which happened to +have skylights in the roof; this constituted each room a “studio,” and +various radicals rented the rooms, and lived here a sort of picnic +existence which Peter learned was called “Bohemian.” They were young +people, most of them, with one or two old fellows, derelicts; they wore +flannel shirts, and soft ties, or no ties at all, and their fingers were +always smeared with paint. Their life requirements were simple; all they +wanted was an unlimited quantity of canvas and paint, some cigarettes, and +at long intervals a pickle or some sauer-kraut and a bottle of beer. They +would sit all day in front of an easel, painting the most inconceivable +pictures—pink skies and green-faced women and purple grass and +fantastic splurges of color which they would call anything from “The Woman +with a Mustard Pot” to “A Nude Coming Downstairs.” And there would be +others, like Duggan, writing verses all day; pounding away on a +typewriter, if they could manage to rent or borrow one. There were several +who sang, and one who played the flute and caused all the others to tear +their hair. There was a boy fresh from the country, who declared that he +had run away from home because the family sang hymns all day Sunday, and +never sang in tune. +</p> +<p> +From people such as these you would hear the most revolutionary +utterances; but Peter soon realized that it was mostly just talk with +them. They would work off their frenzies with a few dashes of paint or +some ferocious chords on the piano. The really dangerous ones were not +here; they were hidden away in offices or dens of their own, where they +were prompting strikes and labor agitations, and preparing incendiary +literature to be circulated among the poor. +</p> +<p> +You met such people in the Socialist local, and in the I. W. W. +headquarters, and in numerous clubs and propaganda societies which Peter +investigated, and to which he was welcomed as a member. In the Socialist +local there was a fierce struggle going on over the war. What should be +the attitude of the party? There was a group, a comparatively small group, +which believed that the interests of Socialism would best be served by +helping the Allies to the overthrow of the Kaiser. There was another +group, larger and still more determined, which believed that the war was a +conspiracy of allied capitalism to rivet its power upon the world, and +this group wanted the party to stake its existence upon a struggle against +American participation. These two groups contested for the minds of the +rank and file of the members, who seemed to be bewildered by the magnitude +of the issue and the complexity of the arguments. Peter’s orders were to +go with the extreme anti-militarists; they were the ones whose confidence +he wished to gain, also they were the trouble-makers of the movement, and +McGivney’s instructions were to make all the trouble possible. +</p> +<p> +Over at the I. W. W. headquarters was another group whose members were +debating their attitude to the war. Should they call strikes and try to +cripple the leading industries of the country? Or should they go quietly +on with their organization work, certain that in the end the workers would +sicken of the military adventure into which they were being snared? Some +of these “wobblies” were Socialist party members also, and were active in +both gatherings; two of them, Henderson, the lumber-jack, and Gus +Lindstrom, the sailor, had been in jail with Peter, and had been among his +intimates ever since. +</p> +<p> +Also Peter met the Pacifists; the “Peoples’ Council,” as they called +themselves. Many of these were religious people, two or three clergymen, +and Donald Gordon, the Quaker, and a varied assortment of women—sentimental +young girls who shrunk from the thought of bloodshed, and mothers with +tear-stained cheeks who did not want their darlings to be drafted. Peter +saw right away that these mothers had no “conscientious objections.” Each +mother was thinking about her own son and about nothing else. Peter was +irritated at this, and took it for his special job to see that those +mother’s darlings did their duty. +</p> +<p> +He attended a gathering of Pacifists in the home of a school-teacher. They +made heart-breaking speeches, and finally little Ada Ruth, the poetess, +got up and wanted to know, was it all to end in talk, or would they +organize and prepare to take some action against the draft? Would they not +at least go out on the street, get up a parade with banners of protest, +and go to jail as Comrade Peter Gudge had so nobly done? +</p> +<p> +Comrade Peter was called on for “a few words.” Comrade Peter explained +that he was no speaker; after all, actions spoke louder than words, and he +had tried to show what he believed. The others were made ashamed by this, +and decided for a bold stand at once. Ada Ruth became president and Donald +Gordon secretary of the “Anti-conscription League”—a list of whose +charter members was turned over to McGivney the same evening. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0035" id="link2H_4_0035"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 35 +</h2> +<p> +All this time the country had been going to war. The huge military machine +was getting under way, the storm of public feeling was rising. Congress +had voted a huge loan, a country-wide machine of propaganda was being +organized, and the oratory of Four Minute Men was echoing from Maine to +California. Peter read the American City “Times” every morning, and here +were speeches of statesmen and sermons of clergymen, here were cartoons +and editorials, all burning with the fervor’s of patriotism. Peter +absorbed these, and his soul became transfigured. Hitherto Peter had been +living for himself; but there comes a time in the life of every man who +can use his brain at all when he realizes that he is not the one thing of +importance in the universe, the one end to be served. Peter very often +suffered from qualms of conscience, waves of doubt as to his own +righteousness. Peter, like every other soul that ever lived, needed a +religion, an ideal. +</p> +<p> +The Reds had a religion, as you might call it; but this religion had +failed to attract Peter. In the first place it was low; its devotees were +wholly lacking in the graces of life, in prestige, and that ease which +comes with assurance of power. They were noisy in their fervors, and +repelled Peter as much as the Holy Rollers. Also, they were always harping +upon the sordid and painful facts of life; who but a pervert would listen +to “sob stories,” when he might have all the things that are glorious and +shining and splendid in the world? +</p> +<p> +But now here was the religion Peter wanted. These clergymen in their robes +of snow white linen, preaching in churches with golden altars and +stained-glass windows; these statesmen who wore the halo of fame, and went +about with the cheering of thousands in their ears; these mighty captains +of industry whose very names were magic—with power, when written on +pieces of paper, to cause cities to rise in the desert, and then to fall +again beneath a rain of shells and poison gas; these editors and +cartoonists of the American City “Times,” with all their wit and learning—these +people all combined to construct for Peter a religion and an ideal, and to +hand it out to him, ready-made and precisely fitted to his understanding. +Peter would go right on doing the things he had been doing before; but he +would no longer do them in the name of Peter Gudge, the ant, he would do +them in the name of a mighty nation of a hundred and ten million people, +with all its priceless memories of the past and its infinite hopes for the +future; he would do them in the sacred name of patriotism, and the still +more sacred name of democracy. And—most convenient of circumstances—the +big business men of American City, who had established a secret service +bureau with Guffey in charge of it, would go right on putting up their +funds, and paying Peter fifty dollars a week and expenses while he served +the holy cause! +</p> +<p> +It was the fashion these days for orators and public men to vie with one +another in expressing the extremes of patriotism, and Peter would read +these phrases, and cherish them; they came to seem a part of him, he felt +as if he had invented them. He became greedy for more and yet more of this +soul-food; and there was always more to be had—until Peter’s soul +was become swollen, puffed up as with a bellows. Peter became a patriot of +patriots, a super-patriot; Peter was a red-blooded American and no +mollycoddle; Peter was a “he-American,” a 100% American—and if there +could have been such a thing as a 101% American, Peter would have been +that. Peter was so much of an American that the very sight of a foreigner +filled him with a fighting impulse. As for the Reds—well, Peter +groped for quite a time before he finally came upon a formula which +expressed his feelings. It was a famous clergyman who achieved it for him—saying +that if he could have his way he would take all the Reds, and put them in +a ship of stone with sails of lead, and send them forth with hell for +their destination. +</p> +<p> +So Peter chafed more and more at his inability to get action. How much +more evidence did the secret service of the Traction Trust require? Peter +would ask this question of McGivney again and again, and McGivney would +answer: “Keep your shirt on. You’re getting your pay every week. What’s +the matter with you?” + </p> +<p> +“The matter is, I’m tired of listening to these fellows ranting,” Peter +would say. “I want to stop their mouths.” + </p> +<p> +Yes, Peter had come to take it as a personal affront that these radicals +should go on denouncing the cause which Peter had espoused. They all +thought of Peter as a comrade, they were most friendly to him; but Peter +had the knowledge of how they would regard him when they knew the real +truth, and this imagined contempt burned him like an acid. Sometimes there +would be talk about spies and informers, and then these people would +exhaust their vocabulary of abuse, and Peter, of course, would apply every +word of it to himself and become wild with anger. He would long to answer +back; he was waiting for the day when he might vindicate himself and his +cause by smashing these Reds in the mouth. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0036" id="link2H_4_0036"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 36 +</h2> +<p> +“Well,” said McGivney one day, “I’ve got something interesting for you +now. You’re going into high society for a while!” + </p> +<p> +And the rat-faced man explained that there was a young man in a +neighboring city, reputed to be a multi-millionaire, who had written a +book against the war, and was the financial source of much pacificism and +sedition. “These people are spending lots of money for printing,” said +McGivney, “and we hear this fellow Lackman is putting it up. We’ve learned +that he is to be in town tomorrow, and we want you to find out all about +his affairs.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter was to meet a millionaire! Peter had never known one of these +fortunate beings, but he was for them—he had always been for them. +Ever since he had learned to read, he had liked to find stories about them +in the newspapers, with pictures of them and their palaces. He had read +these stories as a child reads fairy tales. They were his creatures of +dreams, belonging to a world above reality, above pain and inconvenience. +</p> +<p> +And then in the days when Peter had been a servant in the Temple of +Jimjambo, devoted to the cult of Eleutherinian Exoticism, he had found +hanging in the main assembly room a picture labelled, “Mount Olympus,” + showing a dozen gods and goddesses reclining at ease on silken couches, +sipping nectar from golden goblets and gazing down upon the far-off +troubles of the world. Peter would peer from behind the curtains and see +the Chief Magistrian emerging from behind the seven mystic veils, lifting +his rolling voice and in a kind of chant expounding life to his flock of +adoring society ladies. He would point to the picture and explain those +golden, Olympian days when the Eleutherinian cult had originated. The +world had changed much since then, and for the worse; those who had power +must take it as their task to restore beauty and splendor to the world, +and to develop the gracious possibilities of being. +</p> +<p> +Peter, of course, hadn’t really believed in anything that went on in the +Temple of Jimjambo; and yet he had been awed by its richness, and by the +undoubtedly exclusive character of its worshippers; he had got the idea +definitely fixed in his head that there really had been a Mount Olympus, +and when he tried to imagine the millionaires and their ways, it was these +gods and goddesses, reclining on silken couches and sipping nectar, that +came to his mind! +</p> +<p> +Now since Peter had come to know the Reds, who wanted to blow up the +palaces of the millionaires, he was more than ever on the side of his gods +and goddesses. His fervors for them increased every time he heard them +assailed; he wanted to meet some of them, and passionately, yet +respectfully, pour out to them his allegiance. A glow of satisfaction came +over him as he pictured himself in some palace, lounging upon a silken +conch and explaining to a millionaire his understanding of the value of +beauty and splendor in the world. +</p> +<p> +And now he was to meet one; it was to be a part of his job to cultivate +one! True, there was something wrong with this particular millionaire—he +was one of those freaks who for some reason beyond imagining gave their +sympathy to the dynamiters and assassins. Peter had met “Parlor Reds” at +the home of the Todd sisters; the large shining ladies who came in large +shining cars to hear him tell of his jail experiences. But he hadn’t been +sure as to whether they were really millionaires or not, and Sadie, when +he had inquired particularly, had answered vaguely that every one in the +radical movement who could afford an automobile or a dress-suit was called +a millionaire by the newspapers. +</p> +<p> +But young Lackman was a real millionaire, McGivney positively assured him; +and so Peter was free to admire him in spite of all his freak ideas, which +the rat-faced man explained with intense amusement. Young Lackman +conducted a school for boys, and when one of the boys did wrong, the +teacher would punish himself instead of the boy! Peter must pretend to be +interested in this kind of “education,” said McGivney, and he must learn +at least the names of Lackman’s books. +</p> +<p> +“But will he pay any attention to me?” demanded Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Sure, he will,” said McGivney. “That’s the point—you’ve been in +jail, you’ve really done something as a pacifist. What you want to do is +to try to interest him in your Anti-conscription League. Tell him you want +to make it into a national organization, you want to get something done +besides talking.” + </p> +<p> +The address of young Lackman was the Hotel de Soto; and as he heard this, +Peter’s heart gave a leap. The Hotel de Soto was the Mount Olympus of +American City! Peter had walked by the vast white structure, and seen the +bronze doors swing outward, and the favored ones of the earth emerging to +their magic chariots; but never had it occurred to him that he might pass +thru those bronze doors, and gaze upon those hidden mysteries! +</p> +<p> +“Will they let me in?” he asked McGivney, and the other laughed. “Just +walk in as if you owned the place,” he said. “Hold up your head, and +pretend you’ve lived there all your life.” + </p> +<p> +That was easy for McGivney to say, but not so easy for Peter to imagine. +However, he would try it; McGivney must be right, for it was the same +thing Mrs. James had impressed upon him many times. You must watch what +other people did, and practice by yourself, and then go in and do it as if +you had never done anything else. All life was a gigantic bluff, and you +encouraged yourself in your bluffing by the certainty that everybody else +was bluffing just as hard. +</p> +<p> +At seven o’clock that evening Peter strolled up to the magic bronze doors, +and touched them; and sure enough, the blue-uniformed guardians drew them +back without a word, and the tiny brass-button imps never even glanced at +Peter as he strode up to the desk and asked for Mr. Lackman. +</p> +<p> +The haughty clerk passed him on to a still more haughty telephone +operator, who condescended to speak into her trumpet, and then informed +him that Mr. Lackman was out; he had left word that he would return at +eight. Peter was about to go out and wander about the streets for an hour, +when he suddenly remembered that everybody else was bluffing; so he +marched across the lobby and seated himself in one of the huge leather +arm-chairs, big enough to hold three of him. There he sat, and continued +to sit—and nobody said a word! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0037" id="link2H_4_0037"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 37 +</h2> +<p> +Yes, this was Mount Olympus, and here were the gods: the female ones in a +state of divine semi-nudity, the male ones mostly clad in black coats with +pleated shirt-fronts puffing out. Every time one of them moved up to the +desk Peter would watch and wonder, was this Mr. Lackman? He might have +been able to pick out a millionaire from an ordinary crowd; but here every +male god was got up for the precise purpose of looking like a millionaire, +so Peter’s job was an impossible one. +</p> +<p> +In front of him across the lobby floor there arose a ten-foot pillar to a +far-distant roof. This pillar was of pale, green-streaked marble, and +Peter’s eyes followed it to the top, where it exploded in a snow-white +cloud-burst, full of fascination. There were four cornucopias, one at each +corner, and out of each cornucopia came tangled ropes of roses, and out of +these roses came other ropes, with what appeared to be apples and leaves, +and still more roses, and still more emerging ropes, spreading in a tangle +over the ceiling. Here and there, in the midst of all this splendor, was +the large, placidly smiling face of a boy angel; four of these placidly +smiling boy angels gazed from the four sides of the snow-white +cloud-burst, and Peter’s eye roamed from one to another, fascinated by the +mathematics of this architectural marvel. There were fourteen columns in a +row, and four such rows in the lobby. That made fifty-six columns in all, +or two hundred and twenty-four boy angels’ heads. How many cornucopias and +how many roses and how many apples it meant, defied all calculation. The +boy angels’ heads were exactly alike, every head with the same size and +quality of smile; and Peter marvelled—how many days would it take a +sculptor to carve the details of two hundred and twenty-four boy angel +smiles? +</p> +<p> +All over the Hotel de Soto was this same kind of sumptuous magnificence; +and Peter experienced the mental effect which it was contrived to produce +upon him—a sense of bedazzlement and awe, a realization that those +who dwelt in the midst of this splendor were people to whom money was +nothing, who could pour out treasures in a never-ceasing flood. And +everything else about the place was of the same character, contrived for +the same effect—even the gods and the goddesses! One would sweep by +with a tiara of jewels in her hair; you might amuse yourself by figuring +out the number of the jewels, as you had figured out the number of the boy +angels’ heads. Or you might take her gown of black lace, embroidered with +golden butterflies, every one patiently done by hand; you might figure—so +many yards of material, and so many golden butterflies to the yard! You +might count the number of sparkling points upon her jet slippers, or trace +the intricate designs upon her almost transparent stockings—only +there was an inch or two of the stockings which you could not see. +</p> +<p> +Peter watched these gorgeous divinities emerge from the elevators, and +sweep their way into the dining-room beyond. Some people might have been +shocked by their costumes; but to Peter, who had the picture of Mount +Olympus in mind, they seemed most proper. It all depended on the point of +view: whether you thought of a goddess as fully clothed from chin to toes, +and proceeded with a pair of shears to cut away so much of her costume, or +whether you imagined the goddess in a state of nature, and proceeded to +put veils of gauze about her, and a ribbon over each shoulder to hold the +veils in place. +</p> +<p> +Twice Peter went to the desk, to inquire if Mr. Lackman had come in yet; +but still he had not come; and Peter—growing bolder, like the fox +who spoke to the lion—strolled about the lobby, gazing at the groups +of gods at ease. He had noticed a great balcony around all four sides of +this lobby, the “mezzanine floor,” as it was called; he decided he would +see what was up there, and climbed the white marble stairs, and beheld +more rows of chairs and couches, done in dark grey velvet. Here, +evidently, was where the female gods came to linger, and Peter seated +himself as unobtrusively as possible, and watched. +</p> +<p> +Directly in front of him sat a divinity, lolling on a velvet couch with +one bare white arm stretched out. It was a large stout arm, and the +possessor was large and stout, with pale golden hair and many sparkling +jewels. Her glance roamed lazily from place to place. It rested for an +instant on Peter, and then moved on, and Peter felt the comment upon his +own insignificance. +</p> +<p> +Nevertheless, he continued to steal glances now and then, and presently +saw an interesting sight. In her lap this Juno had a gold-embroidered bag, +and she opened it, disclosing a collection of mysterious apparatus of +which she proceeded to make use: first a little gold hand-mirror, in which +she studied her charms; then a little white powder-puff with which she +deftly tapped her nose and cheeks; then some kind of red pencil with which +she proceeded to rub her lips; then a golden pencil with which she lightly +touched her eyebrows. Then it seemed as if she must have discovered a +little hair which had grown since she left her dressing-room. Peter +couldn’t be sure, but she had a little pair of tweezers, and seemed to +pull something out of her chin. She went on with quite an elaborate and +complicated toilet, paying meantime not the slightest attention to the +people passing by. +</p> +<p> +Peter looked farther, and saw that just as when one person sneezes or +yawns everybody else in the room is irresistibly impelled to sneeze or +yawn, so all these Dianas and Junos and Hebes on the “mezzanine floor” had +suddenly remembered their little gold or silver hand-mirrors, their +powder-puffs and red or golden or black pencils. One after another, the +little vanity-bags came forth, and Peter, gazing in wonder, thought that +Mount Olympus had turned into a beauty parlor. +</p> +<p> +Peter rose again and strolled and watched the goddesses, big and little, +old and young, fat and thin, pretty and ugly—and it seemed to him +the fatter and older and uglier they were, the more intently they gazed +into the little hand-mirrors. He watched them with hungry eyes, for he +knew that here he was in the midst of high life, the real thing, the +utmost glory to which man could ever hope to attain, and he wanted to know +all there was to know about it. He strolled on, innocent and unsuspecting, +and the two hundred and twenty-four white boy angels in the ceiling smiled +their bland and placid smiles at him, and Peter knew no more than they +what complications fate had prepared for him on that mezzanine floor! +</p> +<p> +On one of the big lounges there sat a girl, a radiant creature from the +Emerald Isles, with hair like sunrise and cheeks like apples. Peter took +one glance at her, and his heart missed three successive beats, and then, +to make up for lost time, began leaping like a runaway race-horse. He +could hardly believe what his eyes told him; but his eyes insisted, his +eyes knew; yes, his eyes had gazed for hours and hours on end upon that +hair like sunrise and those cheeks like apples. The girl was Nell, the +chambermaid of the Temple of Jimjambo! +</p> +<p> +She had not looked Peter’s way, so there was time for him to start back +and hide himself behind a pillar; there he stood, peering out and watching +her profile, still arguing with his eyes. It couldn’t be Nell; and yet it +was! Nell transfigured, Nell translated to Olympus, turned into a goddess +with a pale grey band about her middle, and a pale grey ribbon over each +shoulder to hold it in place! Nell reclining at ease and chatting +vivaciously to a young man with the face of a bulldog and the +dinner-jacket of a magazine advertisement! +</p> +<p> +Peter gazed and waited, while his heart went on misbehaving. Peter learned +in those few fearful minutes what real love is, a most devastating force. +Little Jennie was forgotten, Mrs. James, the grass widow was forgotten, +and Peter knew that he had never really admired but one woman in the +world, and that was Nell, the Irish chambermaid of the Temple of Jimjambo. +The poets have seen fit to represent young love as a mischievous little +archer with a sharp and penetrating arrow, and now Peter understood what +they had meant; that arrow had pierced him thru, and he had to hold on to +the column to keep himself from falling. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0038" id="link2H_4_0038"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 38 +</h2> +<p> +Presently the couple rose and strolled away to the elevator, and Peter +followed. He did not dare get into the elevator with them, for he had +suddenly become accutely aware of the costume he was wearing in his role +of proletarian anti-militarist! But Peter was certain that Nell and her +escort were not going out of the building, for they had no hats or wraps; +so he went downstairs and hunted thru the lobby and the dining-room, and +then thru the basement, from which he heard strains of music. Here was +another vast room, got up in mystic oriental fashion, with electric lights +hidden in bunches of imitation flowers on each table. This room was called +the “grill,” and part of it was bare for dancing, and on a little platform +sat a band playing music. +</p> +<p> +The strangest music that ever assailed human ears! If Peter had heard it +before seeing Nell, he would not have understood it, but now its weird +rhythms fitted exactly to the moods which were tormenting him. This music +would groan, it would rattle and squeak; it would make noises like swiftly +torn canvas, or like a steam siren in a hurry. It would climb up to the +heavens and come banging down to hell. And every thing with queer, +tormenting motions, gliding and writhing, wriggling, jerking, jumping. +Peter would never have known what to make of such music, if he had not had +it here made visible before his eyes, in the behavior of the half-naked +goddesses and the black-coated gods on this dancing floor. These celestial +ones came sliding across the floor like skaters, they came writhing like +serpents, they came strutting like turkeys, jumping like rabbits, stalking +solemnly like giraffes. They came clamped in one another’s arms like bears +trying to hug each other to death; they came contorting themselves as if +they were boa-constrictors trying to swallow each other. And Peter, +watching them and listening to their music, made a curious discovery about +himself. Deeply buried in Peter’s soul were the ghosts of all sorts of +animals; Peter had once been a boa-constrictor, Peter had once been a +bear, Peter had once been a rabbit and a giraffe, a turkey and a fox; and +now under the spell of this weird music these dead creatures came to life +in his soul. So Peter discovered the meaning of “jazz,” in all its weirdly +named and incredible varieties. +</p> +<p> +Also Peter discovered that he had once been a caveman, and had hit his +rival over the head with a stone axe and carried off his girl by the hair. +All this he discovered while he stood in the doorway of the Hotel de Soto +grill, and watched Nell, the ex-chambermaid of the Temple of Jimjambo, +doing the turkey-trot and the fox-trot and the grizzly-bear and the +bunny-hug in the arms of a young man with the face of a bulldog. +</p> +<p> +Peter stood for a long while in a daze. Nell and the young man sat down at +one of the tables to have a meal, but still Peter stood watching and +trying to figure out what to do. He knew that he must not speak to her in +his present costume; there would be no way to make her understand that he +was only playing a role—that he who looked like a “dead one” was +really a prosperous man of important affairs, a 100% red-blooded patriot +disguised as a proletarian pacifist. No, he must wait, he must get into +his best before he spoke to her. But meantime, she might go away, and he +might not be able to find her again in this huge city! +</p> +<p> +After an hour or two he succeeded in figuring out a way, and hurried +upstairs to the writing-room and penned a note: +</p> +<p> +“Nell: This is your old friend Peter Gudge. I have struck it rich and have +important news for you. Be sure to send word to me. Peter.” To this he +added his address, and sealed it in an envelope to “Miss Nell Doolin.” + </p> +<p> +Then he went out into the lobby, and signalled to one of the brass-button +imps who went about the place calling names in shrill sing-song; he got +this youngster off in a corner and pressed a dollar bill into his hand. +There was a young lady in the grill who was to have this note at once. It +was very important. Would the brass-button imp do it? +</p> +<p> +The imp said sure, and Peter stood in the doorway and watched him walk +back and forth thru the aisles of the grill, calling in his shrill +sing-song, “Miss Nell Doolin! Miss Nell Doolin!” He walked right by the +table where Nell sat eating; he sang right into her face, it seemed to +Peter; but she never gave a sign. +</p> +<p> +Peter did not know what to make of it, but he was bound to get that note +to Nell. So when the imp returned, he pointed her out, and the imp went +again and handed the note to her. Peter saw her take it—then he +darted away; and remembering suddenly that he was supposed to be on duty, +be rushed back to the office and inquired for Mr. Lackman. To his horror +he learned that Mr. Lackman had returned, paid his bill, and departed with +his suitcase to a destination unknown! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0039" id="link2H_4_0039"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 39 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had a midnight appointment with McGivney, and now had to go and +admit this humiliating failure. He had done his best, he declared; he had +inquired at the desk, and waited and waited, but the hotel people had +failed to notify him of Lackman’s arrival. All this was strictly true; but +it did not pacify McGivney, who was in a black fury. “It might have been +worth thousands of dollars to you!” he declared. “He’s the biggest fish +we’ll ever get on our hook.” + </p> +<p> +“Won’t he come again?” asked grief-stricken Peter. +</p> +<p> +“No,” declared the other. “They’ll get him at his home city.” + </p> +<p> +“But won’t that do?” asked Peter, naively. +</p> +<p> +“You damned fool!” was McGivney’s response. “We wanted to get him here, +where we could pluck him ourselves.” + </p> +<p> +The rat-faced man hadn’t intended to tell Peter so much, but in his rage +he let it out. He and a couple of his friends had planned to “get +something” on this young millionaire, and scare the wits out of him, with +the idea that he would put up a good many thousand dollars to be let off. +Peter might have had his share of this—only he had been fool enough +to let the bird get out of his net! +</p> +<p> +Peter offered to follow the young man to his home city, and find some way +to lure him back into McGivney’s power. After McGivney had stormed for a +while, he decided that this might be possible. He would talk it over with +the others, and let Peter know. But alas, when Peter picked up an +afternoon newspaper next day, he read on the front page how young Lackman, +stepping off the train in his home city that morning, had been placed +under arrest; his school had been raided, and half a dozen of the teachers +were in jail, and a ton of Red literature had been confiscated, and a +swarm of dire conspiracies against the safety of the country had been laid +bare! +</p> +<p> +Peter read this news, and knew that he was in for another stormy hour with +his boss. But he hardly gave a thought to it, because of something which +had happened a few minutes before, something of so much greater +importance. A messenger had brought him a special delivery letter, and +with thumping heart he had torn it open and read: +</p> +<p> +“All right. Meet me in the waiting-room of Guggenheim’s Department Store +at two o’clock this afternoon. But for God’s sake forget Nell Doolin. +Yours, Edythe Eustace.” + </p> +<p> +So here was Peter dressed in his best clothes, as for his temporary +honeymoon with the grass widow, and on the way to the rendezvous an hour +ahead of time. And here came Nell, also dressed, every garment so +contrived that a single glance would tell the beholder that their owner +was moving in the highest circles, and regardless of expense. Nell glanced +over her shoulder now and then as she talked, and explained that Ted +Crothers, the man with the bulldog face, was a terror, and it was hard to +get away from him, because he had nothing to do all day. +</p> +<p> +The waiting-room of a big department-store was not the place Peter would +have selected for the pouring out of his heart; but he had to make the +best of it, so he told Nell that he loved her, that he would never be able +to love anybody else, and that he had made piles of money now, he was high +up on the ladder of prosperity. Nell did not laugh at him, as she had +laughed in the Temple of Jimjambo, for it was easily to be seen that Peter +Gudge was no longer a scullion, but a man of the world with a fascinating +air of mystery. Nell wanted to know forthwith what was he doing; he +answered that he could not tell, it was a secret of the most desperate +import; he was under oath. These were the days of German spies and +bomb-plots, when kings and kaisers and emperors and tsars were pouring +treasures into America for all kinds of melodramatic purposes; also the +days of government contracts and secret deals, when in the lobbies and +private meeting-places of hotels like the de Soto there were fortunes made +and unmade every hour. So it was easy for Nell to believe in a real +secret, and being a woman, she put all her faculties upon the job of +guessing it. +</p> +<p> +She did not again ask Peter to tell her; but she let him talk, and +tactfully guided the conversation, and before long she knew that Peter was +intimate with a great many of the most desperate Reds, and likewise that +he knew all about the insides of the Goober case, and about the great men +of American City who had put up a million dollars for the purpose of +hanging Goober, and about the various ways in which this money had been +spent and wires had been pulled to secure a conviction. Nell put two and +two together, and before long she figured out that the total was four; she +suddenly confronted Peter with this total, and Peter was dumb with +consternation, and broke down and confessed everything, and told Nell all +about his schemes and his achievements and his adventures—omitting +only little Jennie and the grass widow. +</p> +<p> +He told about the sums he had been making and was expecting to make; he +told about Lackman, and showed Nell the newspaper with pictures of the +young millionaire and his school. “What a handsome fellow!” said Nell. +“It’s a shame!” + </p> +<p> +“How do you mean?” asked Peter, a little puzzled. Could it be that Nell +had any sympathy for these Reds? +</p> +<p> +“I mean,” she answered, “that he’d have been worth more to you than all +the rest put together.” + </p> +<p> +Nell was a woman, and her mind ran to the practical aspect of things. +“Look here, Peter,” she said, “you’ve been letting those ‘dicks’ work you. +They’re getting the swag, and just giving you tips. What you need is +somebody to take care of you.” + </p> +<p> +Peter’s heart leaped. “Will you do it?” he cried. +</p> +<p> +“I’ve got Ted on my hands,” said the girl. “He’d cut my throat, and yours +too, if he knew I was here. But I’ll try to get myself free, and then +maybe—I won’t promise, but I’ll think over your problem, Peter, and +I’ll certainly try to help, so that McGivney and Guffey and those fellows +can’t play you for a sucker any longer.” + </p> +<p> +She must have time to think it over, she said, and to make inquiries about +the people involved—some of whom apparently she knew. She would meet +Peter again the next day, and in a more private place than here. She named +a spot in the city park which would be easy to find, and yet sufficiently +remote for a quiet conference. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0040" id="link2H_4_0040"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 40 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had been made so bold by Nell’s flattery and what she had said about +his importance, that he did not go back to McGivney to take his second +scolding about the Lackman case. He was getting tired of McGivney’s +scoldings; if McGivney didn’t like his work, let McGivney go and be a Red +for a while himself. Peter walked the streets all day and a part of the +night, thinking about Nell, and thrilling over the half promises she had +made him. +</p> +<p> +They met next day in the park. No one was following them, and they found a +solitary place, and Nell let him kiss her several times, and in between +the kisses she unfolded to him a terrifying plan. Peter had thought that +he was something of an intriguer, but his self-esteem shriveled to +nothingness in the presence of the superb conception which had come to +ripeness in the space of twenty-four hours in the brain of Nell Doolin, +alias Edythe Eustace. +</p> +<p> +Peter had been doing the hard work, and these big fellows had been using +him, handing him a tip now and then, and making fortunes out of the +information he brought them. McGivney had let the cat out of the bag in +this case of Lackman; you might be sure they had been making money, big +money, out of all the other cases. What Peter must do was to work up +something of his own, and get the real money, and make himself one of the +big fellows. Peter had the facts, he knew the people; he had watched in +the Goober case exactly how a “frame-up” was made, and now he must make +one for himself, and one that would pay. It was a matter of duty to rid +the country of all these Reds; but why should he not have the money as +well? +</p> +<p> +Nell had spent the night figuring over it, trying to pick out the right +person. She had hit on old “Nelse” Ackerman, the banker. Ackerman was +enormously and incredibly wealthy; he was called the financial king of +American City. Also he was old, and Nell happened to know he was a coward; +he was sick in bed just now, and when a man is sick he is still more of a +coward. What Peter must do was to discover some kind of a bomb-plot +against old “Nelse” Ackerman. Peter might talk up the idea among some of +his Reds and get them interested in it, or he might frame up some letters +to be found upon them, and hide some dynamite in their rooms. When the +plot was discovered, it would make a frightful uproar, needless to say; +the king would hear of it, and of Peter’s part as the discoverer of it, +and he would unquestionably reward Peter. Perhaps Peter might arrange to +be retained as a secret agent to protect the king from the Reds. Thus +Peter would be in touch with real money, and might hire Guffey and +McGivney, instead of their hiring him. +</p> +<p> +If Peter had stood alone, would he have dared so perilous a dream as this? +Or was he a “piker”; a little fellow, the victim of his own fears and +vanities? Anyhow, Peter was not alone; he had Nell, and it was necessary +that he should pose before Nell as a bold and desperate blade. Just as in +the old days in the Temple, it was necessary that Peter should get plenty +of money, in order to take Nell away from another man. So he said all +right, he would go in on that plan; and proceeded to discuss with Nell the +various personalities he might use. +</p> +<p> +The most likely was Pat McCormick. “Mac,” with his grim, set face and his +silent, secretive habits, fitted perfectly to Peter’s conception of a +dynamiter. Also “Mac” was Peter’s personal enemy; “Mac” had just returned +from his organizing trip in the oil fields, and had been denouncing Peter +and gossiping about him in the various radical groups. “Mac” was the most +dangerous Red of them all! He must surely be one of the dynamiters! +</p> +<p> +Another likely one was Joe Angell, whom Peter had met at a recent +gathering of Ada Ruth’s “Anti-conscription League.” People made jokes +about this chap’s name because he looked the part, with his bright blue +eyes that seemed to have come out of heaven, and his bright golden hair, +and even the memory of dimples in his cheeks. But when Joe opened his +lips, you discovered that he was an angel from the nether regions. He was +the boldest and most defiant of all the Reds that Peter had yet come upon. +He had laughed at Ada Ruth and her sentimental literary attitude toward +the subject of the draft. It wasn’t writing poems and passing resolutions +that was wanted; it wasn’t even men who would refuse to put on the +uniform, but men who would take the guns that were offered to them, and +drill themselves, and at the proper time face about and use the guns in +the other direction. Agitating and organizing were all right in their +place, but now, when the government dared challenge the workers and force +them into the army, it was men of action that were needed in the radical +movement. +</p> +<p> +Joe Angell had been up in the lumber country, and could tell what was the +mood of the real workers, the “huskies” of the timberlands. Those fellows +weren’t doing any more talking; they had their secret committees that were +ready to take charge of things as soon as they had put the capitalists and +their governments out of business. Meantime, if there was a sheriff or +prosecuting attorney that got too gay, they would “bump him off.” This was +a favorite phrase of “Blue-eyed Angell.” He would use it every half hour +or so as he told about his adventures. “Yes,” he would say; “he got gay, +but we bumped him off all right.” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0041" id="link2H_4_0041"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 41 +</h2> +<p> +So Nell and Peter settled down to work out the details of their “frame-up” + on Joe Angell and Pat McCormick. Peter must get a bunch of them together +and get them to talking about bombs and killing people; and then he must +slip a note into the pockets of all who showed interest, calling them to +meet for a real conspiracy. Nell would write the notes, so that no one +could fasten the job onto Peter. She pulled out a pencil and a little pad +from her handbag, and began: “If you really believe in a bold stroke for +the workers’ rights, meet me—” And then she stopped. “Where?” + </p> +<p> +“In the studios,” put in Peter. +</p> +<p> +And Nell wrote, “In the studios. Is that enough?” + </p> +<p> +“Room 17.” Peter knew that this was the room of Nikitin, a Russian painter +who called himself an Anarchist. +</p> +<p> +So Nell wrote “Room 17,” and after further discussion she added: “Tomorrow +morning at eight o’clock. No names and no talk. Action!” This time was set +because Peter recollected that there was to be a gathering of the +“wobblies” in their headquarters this very evening. It was to be a +business meeting, but of course these fellows never got together very long +without starting the subject of “tactics.” There was a considerable +element among them who were dissatisfied with what they called the “supine +attitude” of the organization, and were always arguing for action. Peter +was sure he would be able to get some of them interested in the idea of a +dynamite conspiracy. +</p> +<p> +As it turned out, Peter had no trouble at all; the subject was started +without his having to put in a word. Were the workers to be driven like +sheep to the slaughter, and the “wobblies” not to make one move? So asked +the “Blue-eyed Angell,” vehemently, and added that if they were going to +move, American City was as good a place as any. He had talked with enough +of the rank and file to realize that they were ready for action; all they +needed was a battle-cry and an organization to guide them. +</p> +<p> +Henderson, the big lumber-jack, spoke up. That was just the trouble; you +couldn’t get an organization for such a purpose. The authorities would get +spies among you, they would find out what you were doing, and drive you +underground. +</p> +<p> +“Well,” cried Joe, “we’ll go underground!” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” agreed the other, “but then your organization goes bust. Nobody +knows who to trust, everybody’s accusing the rest of being a spy.” + </p> +<p> +“Hell!” said Joe Angell. “I’ve been in jail for the movement, I’ll take my +chances of anybody’s calling me a spy. What I’m not going to do is to sit +down and see the workers driven to hell, because I’m so damn careful about +my precious organization.” + </p> +<p> +When others objected, Angell rushed on still more vehemently. Suppose they +did fail in a mass-uprising, suppose they were driven to assassination and +terrorism? At least they would teach the exploiters a lesson, and take a +little of the joy out of their lives. +</p> +<p> +Peter thought it would be a good idea for him to pose as a conservative +just now. “Do you really think the capitalists would give up from fear?” + he asked. +</p> +<p> +And the other answered: “You bet I do! I tell you if we’d made it +understood that every congressman who voted this country into war would be +sent to the front trenches, our country would still be at peace.” + </p> +<p> +“But,” put in Peter, deftly, “it ain’t the congressmen. It’s people higher +up than them.” + </p> +<p> +“You bet,” put in Gus, the Swedish sailor. “You bet you! I name you one +dozen big fellows in dis country—you make it clear if we don’t get +peace dey all get killed—we get peace all right!” + </p> +<p> +So Peter had things where he wanted them. “Who are those fellows?” he +asked, and got the crowd arguing over names. Of course they didn’t argue +very long before somebody mentioned “Nelse” Ackerman, who was venomously +hated by the Reds because he had put up a hundred thousand dollars of the +Anti-Goober fund. Peter pretended not to know about Nelse; and Jerry Rudd, +a “blanket-stiff” whose head was still sore from being cracked open in a +recent harvesters’ strike, remarked that by Jesus, if they’d put a few +fellows like that in the trenches, there’d be some pacifists in Ameriky +sure enough all right. +</p> +<p> +It seemed almost as if Joe Angell had come there to back up Peter’s +purpose. “What we want,” said he, “is a few fellows to fight as hard for +themselves as they fight for the capitalists.” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” assented Henderson, grimly. “We’re all so good—we wait till +our masters tell us we can kill.” + </p> +<p> +That was the end of the discussion; but it seemed quite enough to Peter. +He watched his chance, and one by one he managed to slip his little notes +into the coat-pockets of Joe Angell, Jerry Rudd, Henderson, and Gus, the +sailor. And then Peter made his escape, trembling with excitement. The +great dynamite conspiracy was on! “They must be got rid of!” he was +whispering to himself. “They must be got rid of by any means! It’s my duty +I’m doing.” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0042" id="link2H_4_0042"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 42 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had an appointment to meet Nell on a street corner at eleven o’clock +that same night, and when she stepped off the street-car, Peter saw that +she was carrying a suit-case. “Did you get your job done?” she asked +quickly, and when Peter answered in the affirmative, she added: “Here’s +your bomb!” + </p> +<p> +Peter’s jaw fell. He looked so frightened that she hastened to reassure +him. It wouldn’t go off; it was only the makings of a bomb, three sticks +of dynamite and some fuses and part of a clock. The dynamite was wrapped +carefully, and there was no chance of its exploding—if he didn’t +drop it! But Peter wasn’t much consoled. He had had no idea that Nell +would go so far, or that he would actually have to handle dynamite. He +wondered where and how she had got it, and wished to God he was out of +this thing. +</p> +<p> +But it was too late now, of course. Said Nell: “You’ve got to get this +suit-case into the headquarters, and you’ve got to get it there without +anybody seeing you. They’ll be shut up pretty soon, won’t they?” + </p> +<p> +“We locked up when we left,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“And who has the key?” + </p> +<p> +“Grady, the secretary.” + </p> +<p> +“There’s no way you can get it?” + </p> +<p> +“I can get into the room,” said Peter, quickly. “There’s a fire escape, +and the window isn’t tight. Some of us that know about it have got in that +way when the place was locked.” + </p> +<p> +“All right,” said Nell. “We’ll wait a bit; we mustn’t take chances of +anyone coming back.” + </p> +<p> +They started to stroll along the street, Nell still carrying the +suit-case, as if distrusting the state of Peter’s nerves, Meantime she +explained, “I’ve got two pieces of paper that we’ve got to plant in the +room. One’s to be torn up and thrown into the trash-basket. It’s supposed +to be part of a letter about some big plan that’s to be pulled off, and +it’s signed ‘Mac.’ That’s for McCormick, of course. I had to type it, not +having any sample of his handwriting. The other piece is a drawing; +there’s no marks to show what it is, but of course the police’ll soon find +out. It’s a plan of old Ackerman’s home, and there’s a cross mark showing +his sleeping-porch. Now, what we want to do is to fix this on McCormick. +Is there anything in the room that belongs to him?” + </p> +<p> +Peter thought, and at last remembered that in the bookshelves were some +books which had been donated by McCormick, and which had his name written +in. That was the trick! exclaimed Nell. They would hide the paper in one +of these books, and when the police made a thorough search they would find +it. Nell asked what was in these books, and Peter thought, and remembered +that one was a book on sabotage. “Put the paper in that,” said Nell. “When +the police find it, the newspapers’ll print the whole book.” + </p> +<p> +Peter’s knees were trembling so that he could hardly walk, but he kept +reminding himself that he was a “he-man,” a 100% American, and that in +these times of war every patriot must do his part. His part was to help +rid the country of these Reds, and he must not flinch. They made their way +to the old building in which the I. W. W. headquarters were located, and +Peter climbed up on the fence and swung over to the fire-escape, and Nell +very carefully handed the suit-case to him, and Peter opened the damaged +window and slipped into the room. +</p> +<p> +He knew just where the cupboard was, and quickly stored the suit-case in +the corner, and piled some odds and ends of stuff in front of it, and +threw an old piece of canvas over it. He took out of his right-hand pocket +a typewritten letter, and tore it into small pieces and threw them into +the trash-basket. Then he took out of his left-hand pocket the other +paper, with the drawing of Ackerman’s house. He went to the bookcase and +with shaking fingers struck a match, picked out the little redbound book +entitled “Sabotage,” and stuck the paper inside, and put the book back in +place. Then he climbed out on the fire-escape and dropped to the ground, +jumped over the fence, and hurried down the alley to where Nell was +waiting for him. +</p> +<p> +“It’s for my country!” he was whispering to himself. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0043" id="link2H_4_0043"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 43 +</h2> +<p> +The job was now complete, except for getting McCormick to the rendezvous +next morning. Nell had prepared and would mail in the postoffice a special +delivery letter addressed to McCormick’s home. This would be delivered +about seven o’clock in the morning, and inside was a typewritten note, as +follows: +</p> +<p> +“Mac: Come to Room 17 of the studios at eight in the morning. Very +important. Our plan is all ready, my part is done. Joe.” + </p> +<p> +Nell figured that McCormick would take this to be a message from Angell. +He wouldn’t know what it was about, but he’d be all the more certain to +come and find out. The essential thing was that the raid by the detectives +must occur the very minute the conspirators got together, for as soon as +they compared notes they would become suspicious, and might scatter at +once. McGivney must have his men ready; he must be notified and have +plenty of time to get them ready. +</p> +<p> +But there was a serious objection to this—if McGivney had time, he +would demand a talk with Peter, and Nell was sure that Peter couldn’t +stand a cross-questioning at McGivney’s hands. Peter, needless to say, +agreed with her; his heart threatened to collapse at the thought of such +an ordeal. What Peter really wanted to do was to quit the whole thing +right there and then; but he dared not say so, he dared not face the +withering scorn of his confederate. Peter clenched his hands and set his +teeth, and when he passed a street light he turned his face away, so that +Nell might not read the humiliating terror written there. But Nell read it +all the same; Nell believed that she was dealing with a quivering, +pasty-faced coward, and proceeded on that basis; she worked out the plans, +she gave Peter his orders, and she stuck by him to see that he carried +them out. +</p> +<p> +Peter had McGivney’s home telephone number, which he was only supposed to +use in the most desperate emergency. He was to use it now, and tell +McGivney that he had just caught some members of the I. W. W., with Pat +McCormick as their leader, preparing to blow up some people with dynamite +bombs. They had some bombs in a suit-case in their headquarters, and were +just starting out with other bombs in their pockets. Peter must follow +them, otherwise he would lose them, and some crime might be committed +before he could interfere. McGivney must have his agents ready with +automobiles to swoop down upon any place that Peter indicated. Peter would +follow up the conspirators, and phone McGivney again at the first +opportunity he could find. +</p> +<p> +Nell was especially insistent that when Peter spoke to McGivney he must +have only a moment to spare, no time for questions, and he must not stop +to answer any. He must be in a state of trembling excitement; and Peter +was sure that would be very easy! He rehearsed over to Nell every word he +must say, and just how he was to cut short the conversation and hang up +the receiver. Then he went into an all night drug-store just around the +corner from the headquarters, and from a telephone booth called McGivney’s +home. +</p> +<p> +It was an apartment house, and after some delay Peter heard the voice of +his employer, surly with sleep. But Peter waked him up quickly. “Mr. +McGivney, there’s a dynamite plot!” + </p> +<p> +“<i>What</i>?” + </p> +<p> +“I. W. W. They’ve got bombs in a suit-case! They’re starting off to blow +somebody up tonight.” + </p> +<p> +“By God! What do you mean? Who?” + </p> +<p> +“I dunno yet. I only heard part of it, and I’ve got to go. They’re +starting, I’ve got to follow them. I may lose them and it’ll be too late. +You hear me, I’ve got to follow them!” + </p> +<p> +“I hear you. What do you want me to do?” + </p> +<p> +“I’ll phone you again the first chance I get. You have your men ready, a +dozen of them! Have automobiles, so you can come quick. You get me?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, but—” + </p> +<p> +“I can’t talk any more, I may lose them, I haven’t a second! You be at +your phone, and have your men ready—everything ready. You get me?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, but listen, man! You sure you’re not mistaken?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, I’m sure!” cried Peter, his voice mounting in excitement. +“They’ve got the dynamite, I tell you—everything! It’s a man named +Nelse.” + </p> +<p> +“Nelse what?” + </p> +<p> +“The man they’re going to kill. I’ve got to go now, you get ready. +Good-bye!” And Peter hung up the receiver. He had got so excited over the +part he was playing that he sprang up and ran out of the drug-store, as if +he really had to catch up with some I. W. W. conspirators carrying a +dynamite bomb! +</p> +<p> +But there was Nell, and they strolled down the street again. They came to +a small park, and sat on one of the benches, because Peter’s legs would no +longer hold him up. Nell walked about to make sure there was no one on any +of the other benches; then she came back and rehearsed the next scene with +Peter. They must go over it most carefully, because before long the time +was coming when Peter wouldn’t have Nell to coach him, and must be +prepared to stand on his own legs. Peter knew that, and his legs failed +him. He wanted to back down, and declare that he couldn’t go ahead with +it; he wanted to go to McGivney and confess everything. Nell divined what +was going on in his soul, and wished to save him the humiliation of having +it known. She sat close to him on the bench, and put her hand on his as +she talked to him, and presently Peter felt a magic thrill stealing over +him. He ventured to put his arm about Nell, to get still more of this +delicious sensation; and Nell permitted the embraces, for the first time +she even encouraged them. Peter was a hero now, he was undertaking a bold +and desperate venture; he was going to put it thru like a man, and win +Nell’s real admiration. “Our country’s at war!” she exclaimed. “And these +devils are stopping it!” + </p> +<p> +So pretty soon Peter was ready to face the whole world; Peter was ready to +go himself and blow up the king of American City with a dynamite bomb! In +that mood he stayed thru the small hours of the morning, sitting on the +bench clasping his girl in his arms, and wishing she would give a little +more time to heeding his love-making, and less to making him recite his +lessons. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0044" id="link2H_4_0044"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 44 +</h2> +<p> +So the day began to break and the birds to sing. The sun rose on Peter’s +face gray with exhaustion and the Irish apples in Nell’s cheeks badly +faded. But the time for action had come, and Peter went off to watch +McCormick’s home until seven o’clock, when the special delivery letter was +due to arrive. +</p> +<p> +It came on time, and Peter saw McCormick come out of the house and set +forth in the direction of the studios. It was too early for the meeting, +so Peter figured that he would stop to get his breakfast; and sure enough +“Mac” turned into, a little dairy lunch, and Peter hastened to the nearest +telephone and called his boss. +</p> +<p> +“Mr. McGivney,” he said, “I lost those fellows last night, but now I got +them again. They decided not to do anything till today. They’re having a +meeting this morning and we’ve a chance to nab them all.” + </p> +<p> +“Where?” demanded McGivney. +</p> +<p> +“Room seventeen in the studios; but don’t let any of your men go near +there, till I make sure the right fellows are in.” + </p> +<p> +“Listen here, Peter Gudge!” cried McGivney. “Is this straight goods?” + </p> +<p> +“My God!” cried Peter. “What do you take me for? I tell you they’ve got +loads of dynamite.” + </p> +<p> +“What have they done with it?” + </p> +<p> +“They’ve got some in their headquarters. About the rest I dunno. They +carried it off and I lost them last night. But then I found a note in my +pocket—they were inviting me to come in.” + </p> +<p> +“By God!” exclaimed the rat-faced man. +</p> +<p> +“We’ve got the whole thing, I tell you! Have you got your men ready?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes.” + </p> +<p> +“Well then, have them come to the corner of Seventh and Washington +Streets, and you come to Eighth and Washington. Meet me there just as +quick as you can.” + </p> +<p> +“I get you,” was the answer, and Peter hung up, and rushed off to the +appointed rendezvous. He was so nervous that he had to sit on the steps of +a building. As time passed and McGivney didn’t appear, wild imaginings +began to torment him. Maybe McGivney hadn’t understood him correctly! Or +maybe his automobile might break down! Or his telephone might have got out +of order at precisely the critical moment! He and his men would arrive too +late, they would find the trap sprung, and the prey escaped. +</p> +<p> +Ten minutes passed, fifteen minutes, twenty minutes. At last an automobile +rushed up the street, and McGivney stepped out, and the automobile sped +on. Peter got McGivney’s eye, and then stepped back into the shelter of a +doorway. McGivney followed. “Have you got them?” he cried. +</p> +<p> +“I d-d-dunno!” chattered Peter. “They s-s-said they were c-coming at +eight!” + </p> +<p> +“Let me see that note!” commanded McGivney; so Peter pulled out one of +Nell’s notes which he had saved for himself: +</p> +<p> +“If you really believe in a bold stroke for the workers’ rights, meet me +in the studios, Room 17, tomorrow morning at eight o’clock. No names and +no talk. Action!” + </p> +<p> +“You found that in your pocket?” demanded the other. +</p> +<p> +“Y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“And you’ve no idea who put it there.” + </p> +<p> +“N-no, but I think Joe Angell—” + </p> +<p> +McGivney looked at his watch. “You’ve got twenty minutes yet,” be said. +</p> +<p> +“You got the dicks?” asked Peter. +</p> +<p> +“A dozen of them. What’s your idea now?” + </p> +<p> +Peter stammered out his suggestions. There was a little grocery store just +across the street from the entrance to the studio building. Peter would go +in there, and pretend to get something to eat, and would watch thru the +window, and the moment he saw the right men come in, he would hurry out +and signal to McGivney, who would be in a drugstore at the next corner. +McGivney must keep out of sight himself, because the “Reds” knew him as +one of Guffey’s agents. +</p> +<p> +It wasn’t necessary to repeat anything twice. McGivney was keyed up and +ready for business, and Peter hurried down the street, and stepped into +the little grocery store without being observed by anyone. He ordered some +crackers and cheese, and seated himself on a box by the window and +pretended to eat. But his hands were trembling so that he could hardly get +the food into his mouth; and this was just as well, because his mouth was +dry with fright, and crackers and cheese are articles of diet not adapted +to such a condition. +</p> +<p> +He kept his eyes glued on the dingy doorway of the old studio building, +and presently—hurrah!—he saw McCormick coming down the street! +The Irish boy turned into the building, and a couple of minutes later came +Gus the sailor, and before another five minutes had passed here came Joe +Angell and Henderson. They were walking quickly, absorbed in conversation, +and Peter could imagine he heard them talking about those mysterious +notes, and who could be the writer, and what the devil could they mean? +</p> +<p> +Peter was now wild with nervousness; he was afraid somebody in the grocery +store would notice him, and he made desperate efforts to eat the crackers +and cheese, and scattered the crumbs all over himself and over the floor. +Should he wait for Jerry Rudd, or should he take those he had already? He +had got up and started for the door, when he saw the last of his victims +coming down the street. Jerry was walking slowly, and Peter couldn’t wait +until he got inside. A car was passing, and Peter took the chance to slip +out and bolt for the drug store. Before he had got half way there McGivney +had seen him, and was on the run to the next corner. +</p> +<p> +Peter waited only long enough to see a couple of automobiles come whirling +down the street, packed solid with husky detectives. Then he turned off +and hurried down a side street. He managed to get a couple of blocks away, +and then his nerves gave way entirely, and he sat down on the curbstone +and began to cry—just the way little Jennie had cried when he told +her he couldn’t marry her! People stopped to stare at him, and one +benevolent old gentleman came up and tapped him on the shoulder and asked +what was the trouble. Peter, between his tear-stained fingers, gasped: “My +m-m-mother died!” And so they let him alone, and after a while he got up +and hurried off again. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0045" id="link2H_4_0045"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 45 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was now in a state of utter funk. He knew that he would have to face +McGivney, and he just couldn’t do it. All he wanted was Nell; and Nell, +knowing that he would want her, had agreed to be in the park at half past +eight. She had warned him not to talk to a soul until he had talked to +her. Meantime she had gone home and renewed her Irish roses with French +rouge, and restored her energy with coffee and cigarettes, and now she was +waiting for him, smiling serenely, as fresh as any bird or flower in the +park that summer morning. She asked him in even tones how things had gone, +and when Peter began to stammer that he didn’t think he could face +McGivney, she proceeded to build up his courage once more. She let him put +his arms about her, even there in broad daylight; she whispered to him to +get himself together, to be a man, and worthy of her. +</p> +<p> +What had he to be afraid of, anyway? They hadn’t a single thing on him, +and there was no possible way they could get anything. His hands were +clean all the way thru, and all he had to do was to stick it out; he must +make up his mind in advance, that no matter what happened, he would never +break down, he would never vary from the story he had rehearsed with her. +She made him go over the story again; how on the previous evening, at the +gathering in the I. W. W. headquarters, they had talked about killing +Nelse Ackerman as a means of bringing the war to an end. And after the +talk he had heard Joe Angell whisper to Jerry Rudd that he had the makings +of a bomb already; he had a suit-case full of dynamite stored there in the +closet, and he and Pat McCormick had been planning to pull off something +that very night. Peter had gone out, but had watched outside, and had seen +Angell, Henderson, Rudd and Gus come out. Peter had noticed that Angell’s +pockets were stuffed, and had assumed that they were going to do their +dynamiting, so he had phoned to McGivney from the drug-store. By this +phoning he had missed the crowd, and then he had been ashamed and afraid +to tell McGivney, and had spent the night wandering in the park. But early +in the morning he had found the note, and had understood that it must have +been slipped into his pocket, and that the conspirators wanted him to come +in on their scheme. That was all, except for three or four sentences or +fragments of sentences which Peter had overheard between Joe Angell and +Jerry Rudd. Nell made him learn these sentences by heart, and she insisted +that he must not under any circumstances try to remember or be persuaded +to remember anything further. +</p> +<p> +At last Peter was adjudged ready for the ordeal, and went to Room 427 in +the American House, and threw himself on the bed. He was so exhausted that +once or twice he dozed; but then he would think of some new question that +McGivney might ask him, and would start into wakefulness. At last he heard +a key turn, and started up. There entered one of the detectives, a man +named Hammett. “Hello, Gudge,” said he. “The boss wants you to get +arrested.” + </p> +<p> +“Arrested!” exclaimed Peter. “Good Lord!” He had a sudden swift vision of +himself shut up in a cell with those Reds, and forced to listen to “hard +luck stories.” + </p> +<p> +“Well,” said Hammett, “we’re arresting all the Reds, and if we skip you, +they’ll be suspicious. You better go somewhere right away and get caught.” + </p> +<p> +Peter saw the wisdom of this, and after a little thought he chose the home +of Miriam Yankovitch. She was a real Red, and didn’t like him; but if he +was arrested in her home, she would have to like him, and it would tend to +make him “solid” with the “left wingers.” He gave the address to Hammett, +and added, “You better come as soon as you can, because she may kick me +out of the house.” + </p> +<p> +“That’s all right,” replied the other, with a laugh. “Tell her the police +are after you, and ask her to hide you.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter hurried over to the Jewish quarter of the city, and knocked on a +door in the top story of a tenement house. The door was opened by a stout +woman with her sleeves rolled up and her arms covered with soap-suds. Yes, +Miriam was in. She was out of a job just now, said Mrs. Yankovitch. They +had fired her because she talked Socialism. Miriam entered the room, +giving the unexpected visitor a cold stare that said as plain as words: +“Jennie Todd!” + </p> +<p> +But this changed at once when Peter told her that he had been to I. W. W. +headquarters and found the police in charge. They had made a raid, and +claimed to have discovered some kind of plot; fortunately Peter had seen +the crowd outside, and had got away. Miriam took him into an inside room +and asked him a hundred questions which he could not answer. He knew +nothing, except that he had been to a meeting at headquarters the night +before, and this morning he had gone there to get a book, and had seen the +crowd and run. +</p> +<p> +Half an hour later came a bang on the door, and Peter dived under the bed. +The door was burst open, and he heard angry voices commanding, and +vehement protests from Miriam and her mother. To judge from the sounds, +the men began throwing the furniture this way and that; suddenly a hand +came under the bed, and Peter was grabbed by the ankle, and hauled forth +to confront four policemen in uniform. +</p> +<p> +It was an awkward situation, because apparently these policemen hadn’t +been told that Peter was a spy; the boobs thought they were getting a real +dynamiter! One grabbed each of Peter’s wrists, and another kept him and +Miriam covered with a revolver, while the fourth proceeded to go thru his +pockets, looking for bombs. When they didn’t find any, they seemed vexed, +and shook him and hustled him about, and made clear they would be glad of +some pretext to batter in his head. Peter was careful not to give them +such a pretext; he was frightened and humble, and kept declaring that he +didn’t know anything, he hadn’t done any harm. +</p> +<p> +“We’ll see about that, young fellow!” said the officer, as he snapped the +handcuffs on Peter’s wrists. Then, while one of them remained on guard +with the revolver, the other three proceeded to ransack the place, pulling +out the bureau-drawers and kicking the contents this way and that, +grabbing every scrap of writing they could find and jamming it into a +couple of suit-cases. There were books with red bindings and terrifying +titles, but no bombs, and no weapons more dangerous than a carving knife +and Miriam’s tongue. The girl stood there with her black eyes flashing +lightnings, and told the police exactly what she thought of them. She +didn’t know what had happened in the I. W. W. headquarters, but she knew +that whatever it was, it was a frame-up, and she dared them to arrest her, +and almost succeeded in her fierce purpose. However, the police contented +themselves with kicking over the washtub and its contents, and took their +departure, leaving Mrs. Yankovitch screaming in the midst of a flood. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0046" id="link2H_4_0046"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 46 +</h2> +<p> +They dragged Peter out thru a swarming tenement crowd, and clapped him +into an automobile, and whirled him away to police headquarters, where +they entered him in due form and put him in a cell. He was uneasy right +away, because he had failed to arrange with Hammett how long he was to +stay locked up. But barely an hour had passed before a jailer came, and +took him to a private room, where he found himself confronted by McGivney +and Hammett, also the Chief of Police of the city, a deputy district +attorney, and last but most important of all—Guffey. It was the head +detective of the Traction Trust who took Peter in charge. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Gudge,” said he, “what’s this job you’ve been putting up on us?” + </p> +<p> +It struck Peter like a blow in the face. His heart went down, his jaw +dropped, he stared like an idiot. Good God! +</p> +<p> +But he remembered Nell’s last solemn words: “Stick it out, Peter; stick it +out!” So he cried: “What do you mean, Mr. Guffey?” + </p> +<p> +“Sit down in that chair there,” said Guffey. “Now, tell us what you know +about this whole business. Begin at the beginning and tell us everything—every +word.” So Peter began. He had been at a meeting at the I. W. W. +headquarters the previous evening. There had been a long talk about the +inactivity of the organization, and what could be done to oppose the +draft. Peter detailed the arguments, the discussion of violence, of +dynamite and killing, the mention of Nelse Ackerman and the other +capitalists who were to be put out of the way. He embellished all this, +and exaggerated it greatly—it being the one place where Nell had +said he could do no harm by exaggerating. +</p> +<p> +Then he told how after the meeting had broken up he had noticed several of +the men whispering among themselves. By pretending to be getting a book +from the bookcase he had got close to Joe Angell and Jerry Rudd; he had +heard various words and fragments of sentences, “dynamite,” “suit-case in +the cupboard,” “Nelse,” and so on. And when the crowd went out he noticed +that Angell’s pockets were bulging, and assumed that he had the bombs, and +that they were going to do the job. He rushed to the drug-store and phoned +McGivney. It took a long time to get McGivney, and when he had given his +message and run out again, the crowd was out of sight. Peter was in +despair, he was ashamed to confront McGivney, he wandered about the +streets for hours looking for the crowd. He spent the rest of the night in +the park. But then in the morning he discovered the piece of paper in his +pocket, and understood that somebody had slipped it to him, intending to +invite him to the conspiracy; so he had notified McGivney, and that was +all he knew. +</p> +<p> +McGivney began to cross-question him. He had heard Joe Angell talking to +Jerry Rudd; had he heard him talking to anybody else? Had he heard any of +the others talking? Just what had he heard Joe Angell say? Peter must +repeat every word all over. This time, as instructed by Nell, he +remembered one sentence more, and repeated this sentence: “Mac put it in +the ‘sab-cat.’” He saw the others exchange glances. “That’s just what I +heard,” said Peter—“just those words. I couldn’t figure out what +they meant?” + </p> +<p> +“Sab-cat?” said the Chief of Police, a burly figure with a brown moustache +and a quid of tobacco tucked in the corner of his mouth. “That means +‘sabotage,’ don’t it?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” said the rat-faced man. +</p> +<p> +“Do you know anything in the office that has to do with sabotage?” + demanded Guffey of Peter. +</p> +<p> +And Peter thought. “No, I don’t,” he said. +</p> +<p> +They talked among themselves for a minute or two. The Chief said they had +got all McCormick’s things out of his room, and might find some clue to +the mystery in these. Guffey went to the telephone, and gave a number with +which Peter was familiar—that of I. W. W. headquarters. “That you, +Al?” he said. “We’re trying to find if there’s something in those rooms +that has to do with sabotage. Have you found anything—any apparatus +or pictures, or writing—anything?” Evidently the answer was in the +negative, for Guffey said: “Go ahead, look farther; if you get anything, +call me at the chief’s office quick. It may give us a lead.” + </p> +<p> +Then Guffey hung up the receiver and turned to Peter. “Now Gudge,” he +said, “that’s all your story, is it; that’s all you got to tell us?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“Well then, you might as well quit your fooling right away. We understand +that you framed this thing up, and we’re not going to be taken in.” + </p> +<p> +Peter stared at Guffey, speechless; and Guffey, for his part, took a +couple of steps toward Peter, his brows gathering into a terrible frown, +and his fists clenched. In a wave of sickening horror Peter remembered the +scenes after the Preparedness Day explosion. Were they going to put him +thru that again? +</p> +<p> +“We’ll have a show-down, Gudge, right here,” the head detective continued. +“You tell us all this stuff about Angell—his talk with Jerry Rudd, +and his pockets stuffed with bombs and all the rest of it—and he +denies every word of it.” + </p> +<p> +“But, m-m-my God! Mr. Guffey,” gasped Peter. “Of <i>course</i> he’ll deny +it!” Peter could hardly believe his ears—that they were taking +seriously the denial of a dynamiter, and quoting it to him! +</p> +<p> +“Yes, Gudge,” responded Guffey, “but you might as well know the truth now +as later—Angell is one of our men; we’ve had him planted on these +‘wobblies’ for the last year.” + </p> +<p> +The bottom fell out of Peter’s world; Peter went tumbling heels over head—down, +down into infinite abysses of horror and despair. Joe Angell was a secret +agent like himself! The Blue-eyed Angell, who talked dynamite and +assassination at a hundred radical gatherings, who shocked the boldest +revolutionists by his reckless language—Angell a spy, and Peter had +proceeded to plant a “frame-up” on him! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0047" id="link2H_4_0047"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 47 +</h2> +<p> +It was all up with Peter. He would go back into the hole! He would be +tortured for the balance of his days! In his ears rang the shrieks of ten +thousand lost souls and the clang of ten thousand trumpets of doom; and +yet, in the midst of all the noise and confusion, Peter managed somehow to +hear the voice of Nell, whispering over and over again: “Stick it out, +Peter; stick it out!” + </p> +<p> +He flung out his hands and started toward his accuser. “Mr. Guffey, as God +is my witness, I don’t know a thing about it but what I’ve told you. +That’s what happened, and if Joe Angell tells you anything different he’s +lying.” + </p> +<p> +“But why should he lie?” + </p> +<p> +“I don’t know why; I don’t know anything about it!” + </p> +<p> +Here was where Peter reaped the advantage of his lifelong training as an +intriguer. In the midst of all his fright and his despair, Peter’s +subconscious mind was working, thinking of schemes. “Maybe Angell was +framing something up on you! Maybe he was fixing some plan of his own, and +I come along and spoiled it; I sprung it too soon. But I tell you it’s +straight goods I’ve given you.” And Peter’s very anguish gave him the +vehemence to check Guffey’s certainty. As he rushed on, Peter could read +in the eyes of the detective that he wasn’t really as sure as he talked. +</p> +<p> +“Did you see that suit-case?” he demanded. +</p> +<p> +“No, I didn’t see no suit-case!” answered Peter. “I don’t even know if +there was a suit-case. I only know I heard Joe Angell say ‘suit-case,’ and +I heard him say ‘dynamite.’” + </p> +<p> +“Did you see anybody writing anything in the place?” + </p> +<p> +“No, I didn’t,” said Peter. “But I seen Henderson sitting at the table +working at some papers he had in his pocket, and I seen him tear something +up and throw it into the trash-basket.” Peter saw the others look at one +another, and he knew that he was beginning to make headway. +</p> +<p> +A moment later came a diversion that helped to save him. The telephone +rang, and the Chief of Police answered and nodded to Guffey, who came and +took the receiver. “A book?” he cried, with excitement in his tone. “What +sort of a plan? Well, tell one of your men to take the car and bring that +book and the plan here to the chief’s office as quick as he can move; +don’t lose a moment, everything may depend on it.” + </p> +<p> +And then Guffey turned to the others. “He says they found a book on +sabotage in the book-case, and in it there’s some kind of a drawing of a +house. The book has McCormick’s name in it.” + </p> +<p> +There were many exclamations over this, and Peter had time to think before +the company turned upon him again. The Chief of Police now questioned him, +and then the deputy of the district attorney questioned him; still he +stuck to his story. “My God!” he cried. “Would you think I’d be mad enough +to frame up a job like this? Where’d I get all that stuff? Where’d I get +that dynamite?”—Peter almost bit off his tongue as he realized the +dreadful slip he had made. No one had ever told him that the suit-case +actually contained dynamite! How had he known there was dynamite in it? He +was desperately trying to think of some way he could have heard; but, as +it happened, no one of the five men caught him up. They all knew that +there was dynamite in the suit-case; they knew it with overwhelming and +tremendous certainty, and they overlooked entirely the fact that Peter +wasn’t supposed to know it. So close to the edge of ruin can a man come +and yet escape! +</p> +<p> +Peter made haste to get away from that danger-spot. “Does Joe Angell deny +that he was whispering to Jerry Rudd?” + </p> +<p> +“He doesn’t remember that,” said Guffey. “He may have talked with him +apart, but nothing special, there wasn’t any conspiracy.” + </p> +<p> +“Does he deny that he talked about dynamite?” + </p> +<p> +“They may have talked about it in the general discussion, but he didn’t +whisper anything.” + </p> +<p> +“But I heard him!” cried Peter, whose quick wits had thought up a way of +escape, “I know what I heard! It was just before they were leaving, and +somebody had turned out some of the lights. He was standing with his back +to me, and I went over to the book-case right behind him.” + </p> +<p> +Here the deputy district attorney put in. He was a young man, a trifle +easier to fool than the others. “Are you sure it was Joe Angell?” he +demanded. +</p> +<p> +“My God! Of course it was!” said Peter. “I couldn’t have been mistaken.” + But he let his voice die away, and a note of bewilderment be heard in it. +</p> +<p> +“You say he was whispering?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, he was whispering.” + </p> +<p> +“But mightn’t it have been somebody else?” + </p> +<p> +“Why, I don’t know what to say,” said Peter. “I thought for sure it was +Joe Angell; but I had my back turned, I’d been talking to Grady, the +secretary, and then I turned around and moved over to the book-case.” + </p> +<p> +“How many men were there in the room?” + </p> +<p> +“About twenty, I guess.” + </p> +<p> +“Were the lights turned off before you turned around, or after?” + </p> +<p> +“I don’t remember that; it might have been after.” And suddenly poor +bewildered Peter cried: “It makes me feel like a fool. Of course I ought +to have talked to the fellow, and made sure it was Joe Angell before I +turned away again; but I thought sure it was him. The idea it could be +anybody else never crossed my mind.” + </p> +<p> +“But you’re sure it was Jerry Rudd that was talking to him?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, it was Jerry Rudd, because his face was toward me.” + </p> +<p> +“Was it Rudd or was it the other fellow that made the reply about the +‘sab-cat’?” And then Peter was bewildered and tied himself up, and led +them into a long process of cross-questioning; and in the middle of it +came the detective, bringing the book on sabotage with McCormick’s name +written in the fly-leaf, and with the ground plan of a house between the +pages. +</p> +<p> +They all crowded around to look at the plan, and the idea occurred to +several of them at once: Could it be Nelse Ackerman’s house? The Chief of +Police turned to his phone, and called up the great banker’s secretary. +Would he please describe Mr. Ackerman’s house; and the chief listened to +the description. “There’s a cross mark on this plan—the north side +of the house, a little to the west of the center. What could that be?” + Then, “My God!” And then, “Will you come down here to my office right away +and bring the architect’s plan of the house so we can compare them?” The +Chief turned to the others, and said, “That cross mark in the house is the +sleeping porch on the second floor where Mr. Ackerman sleeps!” + </p> +<p> +So then they forgot for a while their doubts about Peter. It was +fascinating, this work of tracing out the details of the conspiracy, and +fitting them together like a picture puzzle. It seemed quite certain to +all of them that this insignificant and scared little man whom they had +been examining could never have prepared so ingenious and intricate a +design. No, it must really be that some master mind, some devilish +intriguer was at work to spread red ruin in American City! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0048" id="link2H_4_0048"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 48 +</h2> +<p> +They dismissed Peter for the present, sending him back to his cell. He +stayed there for two days with no one to advise him, and no hint as to his +fate. They did not allow newspapers in the jail, but they had left Peter +his money, and so on the second day he succeeded in bribing one of his +keepers and obtaining a copy of the American City “Times,” with all the +details of the amazing sensation spread out on the front page. +</p> +<p> +For thirty years the “Times” had been standing for law and order against +all the forces of red riot and revolution; for thirty years the “Times” + had been declaring that labor leaders and walking delegates and Socialists +and Anarchists were all one and the same thing, and all placed their +reliance fundamentally upon one instrument, the dynamite bomb. Here at +last the “Times” was vindicated, this was the “Times” great day! They had +made the most of it, not merely on the front page, but on two other pages, +with pictures of all the conspicuous conspirators, including Peter, and +pictures of the I. W. W. headquarters, and the suit-case, and the sticks +of dynamite and the fuses and the clock; also of the “studio” in which the +Reds had been trapped, and of Nikitin, the Russian anarchist who owned +this den. Also there were columns of speculation about the case, signed +statements and interviews with leading clergymen and bankers, the +president of the Chamber of Commerce and the secretary of the Real Estate +Exchange. Also there was a two-column, double-leaded editorial, pointing +out how the “Times” had been saying this for thirty years, and not failing +to connect up the case with the Goober case, and the Lackman case, and the +case of three pacifist clergymen who had been arrested several days before +for attempting to read the Sermon on the Mount at a public meeting. +</p> +<p> +And Peter knew that he, Peter Gudge, had done all this! The forces of law +and order owed it all to one obscure little secret service agent! Peter +would get no credit, of course; the Chief of Police and the district +attorney were issuing solemn statements, taking the honors to themselves, +and with never one hint that they owed anything to the secret service +department of the Traction Trust. That was necessary, of course; for the +sake of appearances it had to be pretended that the public authorities +were doing the work, exercising their legal functions in due and regular +form. It would never do to have the mob suspect that these activities were +being financed and directed by the big business interests of the city. But +all the same, it made Peter sore! He and McGivney and the rest of Guffey’s +men had a contempt for the public officials, whom they regarded as +“pikers”; the officials had very little money to spend, and very little +power. If you really wanted to get anything done in America, you didn’t go +to any public official, you went to the big men of affairs, the ones who +had the “stuff,” and were used to doing things quickly and efficiently. It +was the same in this business of spying as in everything else. +</p> +<p> +Now and then Peter would realize how close he had come to ghastly ruin. He +would have qualms of terror, picturing himself shut up in the hole, and +Guffey proceeding to torture the truth out of him. But he was able to calm +these fears. He was sure this dynamite conspiracy would prove too big a +temptation for the authorities; it would sweep them away in spite of +themselves. They would have to go thru with it, they would have to stand +by Peter. +</p> +<p> +And sure enough, on the evening of the second day a jailer came and said: +“You’re to be let out.” And Peter was ushered thru the barred doors and +turned loose without another word. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0049" id="link2H_4_0049"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 49 +</h2> +<p> +Peter went to Room 427 of the American House and there was McGivney +waiting for him. McGivney said nothing about any suspicion of Peter, nor +did Peter say anything—he understood that by-gones were to be +by-gones. The authorities were going to take this gift which the fates had +handed to them on a silver platter. For years they had been wanting to get +these Reds, and now magically and incredibly, they had got them! +</p> +<p> +“Now, Gudge,” said McGivney, “here’s your story. You’ve been arrested on +suspicion, you’ve been cross-questioned and put thru the third degree, but +you succeeded in satisfying the police that you didn’t know anything about +it, and they’ve released you. We’ve released a couple of others at the +same time, so’s to cover you all right; and now you’re to go back and find +out all you can about the Reds, and what they’re doing, and what they’re +planning. They’re shouting, of course, that this is a ‘frame-up.’ You must +find out what they know. You must be careful, of course—watch every +step you take, because they’ll be suspicious for a while. We’ve been to +your room and turned things upside down a bit, so that will help to make +it look all right.” + </p> +<p> +Peter sallied forth; but he did not go to see the Reds immediately. He +spent an hour dodging about the city to make sure no one was shadowing +him; then he called up Nell at a telephone number she had given him, and +an hour later they met in the park, and she flew to his arms and kissed +him with rapturous delight. He had to tell her everything, of course; and +when she learned that Joe Angell was a secret agent, she first stared at +him in horror, and then she laughed until she almost cried. When Peter +told how he had met that situation and got away with it, for the first +time he was sure that he had won her love. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Peter,” she said, when they were calm again, we’ve got to get action +at once. The papers are full of it, and old Nelse Ackerman must be scared +out of his life. Here’s a letter I’m going to mail tonight—you +notice I’ve used a different typewriter from the one I used last time. I +went into a typewriter store, and paid them to let me use one for a few +minutes, so they can never trace this letter to me. +</p> +<p> +The letter was addressed to Nelson Ackerman at his home, and marked +“Personal.” Peter read: +</p> +<p> +“This is a message from a friend. The Reds had an agent in your home. They +drew a plan of your house. The police are hiding things from you, because +they can’t get the truth, and don’t want you to know they are incompetent. +There is a man who discovered all this plot, and you should see him. They +won’t let you see him if they can help it. You should demand to see him. +But do not mention this letter. If you do not get to the right man, I will +write you again. If you keep this a secret, you may trust me to help you +to the end. If you tell anybody, I will be unable to help you.” + </p> +<p> +“Now,” said Nell, “when he gets that letter he’ll get busy, and you’ve got +to know what to do, because of course everything depends on that.” So Nell +proceeded to drill Peter for his meeting with the King of American City. +Peter now stood in such awe of her judgment that he learned his lessons +quite patiently, and promised solemnly that he would do exactly what she +said and nothing else. He reaped his reward of kisses, and went home to +sleep the sleep of the just. +</p> +<p> +Next morning Peter set out to do some of his work for McGivney, so that +McGivney would have no ground for complaint. He went to see Miriam +Yankovich, and this time Miriam caught him by his two hands and wrung +them, and Peter knew that he had atoned for his crime against little +Jennie. Peter was a martyr once more. He told how he had been put thru the +third degree; and she told how the water from the washtub had leaked thru +the ceiling, and the plaster had fallen, and ruined the dinner of a poor +workingman’s family. +</p> +<p> +Also, she told him all about the frame-up as the Reds saw it. Andrews, the +lawyer, was demanding the right to see the prisoners, but this was +refused, and they were all being held without bail. On the previous +evening Miriam had attended a gathering at Andrews’ home, at which the +case was talked out. All the I. W. W.‘s declared that the thing was the +rankest kind of frame-up; the notes were obviously fake, and the dynamite +had undoubtedly been planted by the police. They had used it as a pretext +to shut up the I. W. W. headquarters, and to arrest a score of radicals. +Worst of all, of course, was the propaganda; the hideous stories with +which they were filling the papers. Had Peter seen this morning’s “Times?” + A perfectly unmistakable incitement to mobs to gather and lynch the Reds! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0050" id="link2H_4_0050"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 50 +</h2> +<p> +From Miriam’s, Peter went back to Room 427. It was Nell’s idea that Nelse +Ackerman would not lose a minute next morning; and sure enough, Peter +found a note on the dressing-table: “Wait for me, I want to see you.” + </p> +<p> +Peter waited, and before long McGivney came in and sat down in front of +him, and began very solemnly: “Now Peter Gudge, you know I’m your friend.” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, of course.” + </p> +<p> +“I’ve stood by you,” said McGivney. “If it hadn’t been for me, the boss +would have had you in the hole right now, trying to sweat you into +confessing you planted that dynamite. I want you to know that, and I want +you to know that I’m going to stand by you, and I expect you to stand by +me and give me a square deal.” + </p> +<p> +“Why, sure!” said Peter. “What is it?” Then McGivney proceeded to explain: +Old Nelse Ackerman had got the idea that the police were holding back +something from him. He was scared out of his wits about this case, of +course. He had himself shut up in a cupboard at night, and made his wife +pull down the curtains of her limousine when she went driving. And now he +was insisting that he must have a talk with the man who had discovered +this plot against him. McGivney hated to take the risk of having Peter +become acquainted with anybody, but Nelse Ackerman was a man whose word +was law. Really, he was Peter’s employer; he had put up a lot of the money +for the secret service work which Guffey was conducting, and neither +Guffey or any of the city authorities dared try to fool him. +</p> +<p> +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter; “it won’t hurt for me to see him.” + </p> +<p> +“He’s going to question you about this case,” said McGivney. “He’s going +to try to find out everything he can. So you got to protect us; you got to +make him understand that we’ve done everything possible. You got to put us +right with him.” + </p> +<p> +Peter promised solemnly he would do so; but McGivney wasn’t satisfied. He +was in a state of trepidation, and proceeded to hammer and hammer at +Peter, impressing upon him the importance of solidarity, of keeping faith +with his fellows. It sounded exactly like some of the I. W. W.‘s talking +among themselves! +</p> +<p> +“You may think, here’s a chance to jump on us and climb out on top, but +don’t you forget it, Peter Gudge, we’ve got a machine, and in the long run +it’s the machine that wins. We’ve broken many a fellow that’s tried to +play tricks on us, and we’ll break you. Old Nelse will get what he wants +out of you; he’ll offer you a big price, no doubt—but before long +he’ll be thru with you, and then you’ll come back to us, and I give you +fair warning, by God, if you play us dirty, Guffey will have you in the +hole in a month or two, and you’ll come out on a stretcher.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter pledged his faith again; but, seeing his chance, he added: “Don’t +you think Mr. Guffey ought to do something for me, because of that plot I +discovered?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I think that,” said McGivney; “that’s only fair.” + </p> +<p> +And so they proceeded to bargain. Peter pointed out all the dangers he had +run, and all the credit which the others had got. Guffey hadn’t got credit +in the papers, but he had got it with his employers, all right, and he +would get still more if Peter stood by him with the king of American City. +Peter said it ought to be worth a thousand dollars, and he said he ought +to have it right away, before he went to see the king. At which Guffey +scowled ferociously. “Look here, Gudge! you got the nerve to charge us +such a price for standing by your frame-up?” + </p> +<p> +McGivney generally treated Peter as a coward and a feeble bluffer; but he +had learned also that there was one time when the little man completely +changed his nature, and that was when it was a question of getting hold of +some cash. That was the question now; and Peter met McGivney scowl for +scowl. “If you don’t like my frame-up,” he snarled, “you go kick to the +newspapers about it!” + </p> +<p> +Peter was the bulldog again, and had got his teeth in the other bulldog’s +nose, and he hung right there. He had seen the rat-faced man pull money +out of his clothes before this, and he knew that this time, above all +other times, McGivney would come prepared. So he insisted—a thousand +or nothing; and as before, his heart went down into his boots when +McGivney produced his wad, and revealed that there was more in the wad +than Peter had demanded! +</p> +<p> +However, Peter consoled himself with the reflection that a thousand +dollars was a tidy sum of money, and he set out for the home of Nelse +Ackerman in a jovial frame of mind. Incidentally he decided that it might +be the part of wisdom not to say anything to Nell about this extra +thousand. When women found out that you had money, they’d never rest till +they had got every cent of it, or at least had made you spend it on them! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0051" id="link2H_4_0051"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 51 +</h2> +<p> +Nelse Ackerman’s home was far out in the suburbs of the city, upon a knoll +surrounded by forest. It was a couple of miles from the nearest trolley +line, which forced Peter to take a hot walk in the sun. Apparently the +great banker, in selecting the site of his residence, had never once +thought that anybody might want to get to it without an automobile. Peter +reflected as he walked that if he continued to move in these higher +circles, he too would have to join the motor-driving class. +</p> +<p> +About the estate there ran a great bronze fence, ten feet high, with +sharp, inhospitable spikes pointing outwards. Peter had read about this +fence a long time ago in the American City “Times”; it was so and so many +thousand yards long, and had so and so many spikes, and had cost so and so +many tens of thousands of dollars. There were big bronze gates locked +tight, and a sign that said: “Beware the dogs!” Inside the gates were +three guards carrying rifles and walking up and down; they were a +consequence of the recent dynamite conspiracy, but Peter did not realize +this, he took them for a regular institution, and a symbol of the +importance of the man he was to visit. +</p> +<p> +He pressed a button by the side of the gate, and a lodgekeeper came out, +and Peter, according to orders, gave the name “Arthur G. McGillicuddy.” + The lodge-keeper went inside and telephoned, and then came back and opened +the gate, just enough to admit Peter. “You’re to be searched,” said the +lodge-keeper; and Peter, who had been arrested many times, took no offense +at this procedure, but found it one more evidence of the importance of +Nelse Ackerman. The guards went thru his pockets, and felt him all over, +and then one of them marched him up the long gravel avenue thru the +forest, climbed a flight of marble steps to the palace on the knoll, and +turned him over to a Chinese butler who walked on padded slippers. +</p> +<p> +If Peter had not known that this was a private home he would have thought +it was an art gallery. There were great marble columns, and paintings +bigger than Peter, and tapestries with life-size horses; there were men in +armor, and battle axes and Japanese dancing devils, and many other strange +sights. Ordinarily Peter would have been interested in learning how a +great millionaire decorated his house, and would have drunk deep of the +joy of being amid such luxury. But now all his thoughts were taken up with +his dangerous business. Nell had told him what to look for, and he looked. +Mounting the velvet-carpeted staircase, he noted a curtain behind which a +man might hide, and a painting of a Spanish cavalier on the wall just +opposite. He would make use of these two sights. +</p> +<p> +They went down a hall, like a corridor in the Hotel de Soto, and at the +end of it the butler tapped softly upon a door, and Peter was ushered into +a big apartment in semi-darkness. The butler retired without a sound, +closing the door behind him and Peter stood hesitating, looking about to +get his bearings. From the other side of the room he heard three faint +coughs, suggesting a sick man. There was a four-poster bed of some dark +wood, with a canopy over it and draperies at the side, and a man in the +bed, sitting propped up with pillows. There were more coughs, and then a +faint whisper, “This way.” So Peter crossed over and stood about ten feet +from the bed, holding his hat in his hands; he was not able to see very +much of the occupant of the bed, nor was he sure it would be respectful +for him to try to see. +</p> +<p> +“So you’re—(cough) what’s your name?” + </p> +<p> +“Gudge,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“You are the man—(cough) that knows about the Reds?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +The occupant of the bed coughed every two or three minutes thru the +conversation that followed, and each time Peter noticed that he put his +hand up to his mouth as if he were ashamed of the noise. Gradually Peter +got used to the twilight, and could see that Nelse Ackerman was an old man +with puffy, droopy cheeks and chin, and dark puffy crescents under his +eyes. He was quite bald, and had on his head a skull cap of embroidered +black silk, and a short, embroidered jacket over his night shirt. Beside +the bed stood a table covered with glasses and bottles and pill-boxes, and +also a telephone. Every few minutes this telephone would ring, and Peter +would wait patiently while Mr. Ackerman settled some complex problem of +business. “I’ve told them my terms,” he would say with irritation, and +then he would cough; and Peter, who was sharply watching every detail of +the conduct of the rich, noted that he was too polite even to cough into +the telephone. “If they will pay a hundred and twenty-five thousand +dollars on account, I will wait, but not a cent less,” Nelse Ackerman +would say. And Peter, awe-stricken, realized that he had now reached the +very top of Mount Olympus, he was at the highest point he could hope to +reach until he went to heaven. +</p> +<p> +The old man fixed his dark eyes on his visitor. “Who wrote me that +letter?” whispered the husky voice. +</p> +<p> +Peter had been expecting this. “What letter, sir?” + </p> +<p> +“A letter telling me to see you.” + </p> +<p> +“I don’t know anything about it, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“You mean—(cough) you didn’t write me an anonynious letter?” + </p> +<p> +“No, sir, I didn’t.” + </p> +<p> +“Then some friend of yours must have written it.” + </p> +<p> +“I dunno that. It might have been some enemy of the police.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, now, what’s this about the Reds having an agent in my home?” + </p> +<p> +“Did the letter say that?” + </p> +<p> +“It did.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, sir, that’s putting it too strong. I ain’t sure, it’s just an idea +I’ve had. It’ll need a lot of explaining.” + </p> +<p> +“You’re the man who discovered this plot, I understand?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, take a chair, there,” said the banker. There was a chair near the +bedside, but it seemed to Peter too close to be respectful, so he pulled +it a little farther away, and sat down on the front six inches of it, +still holding his hat in his hands and twisting it nervously. “Put down +that hat,” said the old man, irritably. So Peter stuck the hat under his +chair, and said: “I beg pardon, sir.” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0052" id="link2H_4_0052"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 52 +</h2> +<p> +The old plutocrat was feeble and sick, but his mind was all there, and his +eyes seemed to be boring Peter through. Peter realized that he would have +to be very careful—the least little slip would be fatal here. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Gudge,” the old man began, “I want you to tell me all about it. To +begin with, how did you come to be among these Reds? Begin at the +beginning.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter told how he had happened to get interested in the radical +movement, laying particular stress upon the dangerousness of these Reds, +and his own loyalty to the class which stood for order and progress and +culture in the country. “It ought to be stopped, Mr. Ackerman!” he +exclaimed, with a fine show of feeling; and the old banker nodded. Yes, +yes, it ought to be stopped! +</p> +<p> +“Well,” said Peter, “I said to myself, ‘I’m going to find out about them +fellows.’ I went to their meetings, and little by little I pretended to +get converted, and I tell you, Mr. Ackerman, our police are asleep; they +don’t know what these agitators are doing, what they’re preaching. They +don’t know what a hold they’ve got on the mobs of the discontented!” + </p> +<p> +Peter went on to tell in detail about the propaganda of social revolution, +and about conspiracies against law and order, and the property and even +the lives of the rich. Peter noticed that when the old man took a sip of +water his hand trembled so that he could hardly keep the water from +spilling; and presently, when the phone rang again, his voice became +shrill and imperious. “I understand they’re applying for bail for those +men. Now Angus, that’s an outrage! We’ll not hear to anything like that! I +want you to see the judge at once, and make absolutely certain that those +men are held in jail.” + </p> +<p> +Then again the old banker had a coughing fit. “Now, Gudge,” he said, “I +know more or less about all that. What I want to know is about this +conspiracy against me. Tell me how you came to find out about it.” + </p> +<p> +And Peter told; but of course he embellished it, in so far as it related +to Mr. Ackerman—these fellows were talking about Mr. Ackerman all +the time, they had a special grudge against him. +</p> +<p> +“But why?” cried the old man. “Why?” + </p> +<p> +“They think you’re fighting them, Mr. Ackerman.” + </p> +<p> +“But I’m not! That’s not true!” + </p> +<p> +“Well, they say you put up money to hang Goober. They call you—you’ll +excuse me?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, of course.” + </p> +<p> +“They call you the ‘head money devil.’ They call you the financial king of +American City.” + </p> +<p> +“King!” cried the banker. “What rubbish! Why, Gudge, that’s fool newspaper +talk! I’m a poor man today. There are two dozen men in this city richer +than I am, and who have more power. Why—” But the old man fell to +coughing and became so exhausted that he sank back into his pillows until +he recovered his breath. Peter waited respectfully; but of course he +wasn’t fooled. Peter had carried on bargaining many times in his life, and +had heard people proclaim their poverty and impotence. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Gudge,” the old man resumed. “I don’t want to be killed; I tell you +I don’t want to be killed.” + </p> +<p> +“No, of course not,” said Peter. It was perfectly comprehensible to him +that Mr. Ackerman didn’t want to be killed. But Mr. Ackerman seemed to +think it necessary to impress the idea upon him; in the course of the +conversation he came back to it a number of times, and each time he said +it with the same solemn assurance, as if it were a brand new idea, and a +very unusual and startling idea. “I don’t want to be killed, Gudge; I tell +you I don’t want to let those fellows get me. No, no; we’ve got to +circumvent them, we’ve got to take precautions—every precaution—I +tell you every possible precaution.” + </p> +<p> +“I’m here for that purpose, Mr. Ackerman,” said Peter, solemnly. “I’ll do +everything. We’ll do everything, I’m sure.” + </p> +<p> +“What’s this about the police?” demanded the banker. “What’s this about +Guffey’s bureau? You say they’re not competent?” + </p> +<p> +“Well now, I’ll tell you, Mr. Ackerman,” said Peter, “It’s a little +embarrassing. You see, they employ me—” + </p> +<p> +“Nonsense!” exclaimed the other. “<i>I</i> employ you! I’m putting up the +money for this work, and I want the facts!—I want them all.” + </p> +<p> +“Well,” said Peter, “they’ve been very decent to me—” + </p> +<p> +“I say tell me everything!” exclaimed the old man. He was a most irritable +old man, and couldn’t stand for a minute not having what he asked for. +“What’s the matter with them?” + </p> +<p> +Peter answered, as humbly as he could: “I could tell you a great deal +that’d be of use to you, Mr. Ackerman, but you got to keep it between you +and me.” + </p> +<p> +“All right!” said the other, quickly. “What is it?” + </p> +<p> +“If you give a hint of it to anybody else,” persisted Peter, “then I’ll +get fired.” + </p> +<p> +“You’ll not get fired, I’ll see to that. If necessary I’ll hire you +direct.” + </p> +<p> +“Ah, but you don’t understand, Mr. Ackerman. It’s a machine, and you can’t +run against it; you gotta understand it, you gotta handle it right. I’d +like to help you, and I know I can help you, but you gotta let me explain +it, and you gotta understand some things.” + </p> +<p> +“All right,” said the old man. “Go ahead, what is it?” + </p> +<p> +“Now,” said Peter, “it’s like this. These police and all these fellows +mean well, but they don’t understand; it’s too complicated, they ain’t +been in this movement long enough. They’re used to dealing with criminals; +but these Reds, you see, are cranks. Criminals ain’t organized, at least +they don’t stand together; but these Reds do, and if you fight ‘em, they +fight back, and they make what they call ‘propaganda.’ And that propaganda +is dangerous—if you make a wrong move, you may find you’ve made ‘em +stronger than they were before.” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I see that,” said the old man. “Well?” + </p> +<p> +“Then again, the police dunno how dangerous they are. You try to tell them +things, they won’t really believe you. I’ve known for a long time there +was a group of these people getting together to kill off all the rich men, +the big men all over the country. They’ve been spying on these rich men, +getting ready to kill them. They know a lot about them that you can’t +explain their knowing. That’s how I got the idea they had somebody in your +house, Mr. Ackerman.” + </p> +<p> +“Tell me what you mean. Tell me at once.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, sir, every once in a while I pick up scraps of conversation. One +day I heard Mac—” + </p> +<p> +“Mac?” + </p> +<p> +“That’s McCormick, the one who’s in jail. He’s an I. W. W. leader, and I +think the most dangerous of all. I heard him whispering to another fellow, +and it scared me, because it had to do with killing a rich man. He’d been +watching this rich man, and said he was going to shoot him down right in +his own house! I didn’t hear the name of the man—I walked away, +because I didn’t want him to think I was trying to listen in. They’re +awful suspicious, these fellows; if you watch Mac you see him looking +around over his shoulder every minute or two. So I strolled off, and then +I strolled back again, and he was laughing about something, and I heard +him say these words; I heard him say, ‘I was hiding behind the curtain, +and there was a Spanish fellow painted on the wall, and every time I +peeked out that bugger was looking at me, and I wondered if he wasn’t +going to give me away.’” + </p> +<p> +And Peter stopped. His eyes had got used to the twilight now, and he could +see the old banker’s eyes starting out from the crescents of dark, puffy +flesh underneath. “My God!” whispered Nelse Ackerman. +</p> +<p> +“Now, that was all I heard,” said Peter. “And I didn’t know what it meant. +But when I learned about that drawing that Mac had made of your house, I +thought to myself, Jesus, I bet that was Mr. Ackerman he was waiting to +shoot!” + </p> +<p> +“Good God! Good God!” whispered the old man; and his trembling fingers +pulled at the embroidery on the coverlet. The telephone rang, and he took +up the receiver, and told somebody he was too busy now to talk; they would +have to call him later. He had another coughing spell, so that Peter +thought he was going to choke, and had to help him get some medicine down +his throat. Peter was a little bit shocked to see such obvious and abject +fear in one of the gods. After all, they were just men, these Olympians, +as much subject to pain and death as Peter Gudge himself! +</p> +<p> +Also Peter was surprised to find how “easy” Mr. Ackerman was. He made no +lofty pretence of being indifferent to the Reds. He put himself at Peter’s +mercy, to be milked at Peter’s convenience. And Peter would make the most +of this opportunity. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Mr. Ackerman,” he began, “You can see it wouldn’t be any use to tell +things like that to the police. They dunno how to handle such a situation; +the honest truth is, they don’t take these Reds serious. They’ll spend ten +times as much money to catch a plain burglar as they will to watch a whole +gang like this.” + </p> +<p> +“How can they have got into my home?” cried the old man. +</p> +<p> +“They get in by ways you’d never dream of, Mr. Ackerman. They have people +who agree with them. Why, you got no idea, there’s some preachers that are +Reds, and some college teachers, and some rich men like yourself.” + </p> +<p> +“I know, I know,” said Ackerman. “But surely—” + </p> +<p> +“How can you tell? You may have a traitor right in your own family.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter went on, spreading the Red Terror in the soul of this old +millionaire who did not want to be killed. He said again that he did not +want to be killed, and explained his reluctance in some detail. So many +people were dependent upon him for their livings, Peter could have no +conception of it! There were probably a hundred thousand men with their +families right here in American City, whose jobs depended upon plans which +Ackerman was carrying, and which nobody but Ackerman could possibly carry. +Widows and orphans looked to him for protection of their funds; a vast +net-work of responsibilities required his daily, even his hourly +decisions. And sure enough, the telephone rang, and Peter heard Nelse +Ackerman declare that the Amalgamated Securities Company would have to put +off a decision about its dividends until tomorrow, because he was too busy +to sign certain papers just then. He hung up the receiver and said: “You +see, you see! I tell you, Gudge, we must not let them get me!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0053" id="link2H_4_0053"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 53 +</h2> +<p> +They came down to the question of practical plans, and Peter was ready +with suggestions. In the first place, Mr. Ackerman must give no hint +either to the police authorities or to Guffey that he was dissatisfied +with their efforts. He must simply provide for an interview with Peter now +and then, and he and Peter, quite privately, must take certain steps to +get Mr. Ackerman that protection which his importance to the community +made necessary. The first thing was to find out whether or not there was a +traitor in Mr. Ackerman’s home, and for that purpose there must be a spy, +a first-class detective working in some capacity or other. The only +trouble was, there were so few detectives you could trust; they were +nearly all scoundrels, and if they weren’t scoundrels, it was because they +didn’t have sense enough to be—they were boobs, and any Red could +see thru them in five minutes. +</p> +<p> +“But I tell you,” said Peter, “what I’ve thought. I’ve got a wife that’s a +wonder, and just now while we were talking about it, I thought, if I could +only get Edythe in here for a few days, I’d find out everything about all +the people in your home, your relatives as well as your servants.” + </p> +<p> +“Is she a professional detective?” asked the banker. +</p> +<p> +“Why no, sir,” said Peter. “She was an actress, her name was Edythe +Eustace; perhaps you might have heard of her on the stage.” + </p> +<p> +“No, I’m too busy for the theatre,” said Mr. Ackerman. +</p> +<p> +“Of course,” said Peter. “Well, I dunno whether she’d be willing to do it; +she don’t like having me mix up with these Reds, and she’s been begging me +to quit for a long time, and I’d just about promised her I would. But if I +tell her about your trouble maybe she might, just as a favor.” + </p> +<p> +But how could Peter’s wife be introduced into the Ackerman household +without attracting suspicion? Peter raised this question, pointing out +that his wife was a person of too high a social class to come as a +servant. Mr. Ackerman added that he had nothing to do with engaging his +servants, any more than with engaging the bookkeepers in his bank. It +would look suspicious for him to make a suggestion to his housekeeper. But +finally he remarked that he had a niece who sometimes came to visit him, +and would come at once if requested, and would bring Edythe Eustace as her +maid. Peter was sure that Edythe would be able to learn this part quickly, +she had acted it many times on the stage, in fact, it had been her +favorite role. Mr. Ackerman promised to get word to his niece, and have +her meet Edythe at the Hotel de Soto that same afternoon. +</p> +<p> +Then the old banker pledged his word most solemnly that he would not +whisper a hint about this matter except to his niece. Peter was most +urgent and emphatic; he specified that the police were not to be told, +that no member of the household was to be told, not even Mr. Ackerman’s +private secretary. After Mr. Ackerman had had this duly impressed upon +him, he proceeded in turn to impress upon Peter the idea which he +considered of most importance in the world: “I don’t want to be killed, +Gudge, I tell you I don’t want to be killed!” And Peter solemnly promised +to make it his business to listen to all conversations of the Reds in so +far as they might bear upon Mr. Ackerman. +</p> +<p> +When he rose to take his departure, Mr. Ackerman slipped his trembling +fingers into the pocket of his jacket, and pulled out a crisp and shiny +note. He unfolded it, and Peter saw that it was a five hundred dollar +bill, fresh from the First National Bank of American City, of which Mr. +Ackerman was chairman of the board of directors. “Here’s a little present +for you, Gudge,” he said. “I want you to understand that if you protect me +from these villains, I’ll see that you are well taken care of. From now on +I want you to be my man.” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, sir,” said Peter, “I’ll be it, sir. I thank you very much, sir.” And +he thrust the bill into his pocket, and bowed himself step by step +backwards toward the door. “You’re forgetting your hat,” said the banker. +</p> +<p> +“Why, yes,” said the trembling Peter, and he came forward again, and got +his hat from under the chair, and bowed himself backward again. +</p> +<p> +“And remember, Gudge,” said the old man, “I don’t want to be killed! I +don’t want them to get me!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0054" id="link2H_4_0054"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 54 +</h2> +<p> +Peter’s first care when he got back into the city was to go to Mr. +Ackerman’s bank and change that five hundred dollar bill. The cashier +gazed at him sternly, and scrutinized the bill carefully, but he gave +Peter five one hundred dollar bills without comment. Peter tucked three of +them away in a safe hiding-place, and put the other two in his pocketbook, +and went to keep his appointment with Nell. +</p> +<p> +He told her all that had happened, and where she was to meet Mr. +Ackerman’s niece. “What did he give you?” Nell demanded, at once, and when +Peter produced the two bills, she exclaimed, “My God! the old +skint-flint!” “He said there’d be more,” remarked Peter. +</p> +<p> +“It didn’t cost him anything to say that,” was Nell’s answer. “We’ll have +to put the screws on him.” Then she added, “You’d better let me take care +of this money for you, Peter.” + </p> +<p> +“Well,” said Peter, “I have to have some for my own expenses, you know.” + </p> +<p> +“You’ve got your salary, haven’t you?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, that’s true, but—” + </p> +<p> +“I can keep it safe for you,” said Nell, “and some day when you need it +you’ll be glad to have it. You’ve never saved anything yourself; that’s a +woman’s job.” + </p> +<p> +Peter tried to haggle with her, but it wasn’t the same as haggling with +McGivney; she looked at him with her melting glances, and it made Peter’s +head swim, and automatically he put out his hand and let her take the two +bills. Then she smiled, so tenderly that he made bold to remind her, “You +know, Nell, you’re my wife now!” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes,” she answered, “of course. But we’ve got to get rid of Ted +Crothers somehow. He watches me all the time, and I have no end of trouble +making excuses and getting away.” + </p> +<p> +“How’re you’re going to get rid of him?” asked Peter, hungrily. +</p> +<p> +“We’ll have to skip,” she answered; “just as soon as we have pulled off +our new frame-up—” + </p> +<p> +“Another one?” gasped Peter, in dismay. +</p> +<p> +And the girl laughed. “You wait!” she said. “I’m going to pull some real +money out of Nelse Ackerman this time! Then when we’ve made our killing, +we’ll skip, and be fixed for life. You wait—and don’t talk love to +me now, because my mind is all taken up with my plans, and I can’t think +about anything else.” + </p> +<p> +So they parted, and Peter went to see McGivney in the American House. +“Stand up to him!” Nell had said. But it was not easy to do, for McGivney +pulled and hauled him and turned him about, upside down and inside +outwards, to know every single thing that had happened between him and +Nelse Ackerman. Lord, how these fellows did hang on to their sources of +graft! Peter repeated and insisted that he really had played entirely fair—he +hadn’t told Nelse Ackerman a thing except just the truth as he had told it +to Guffey and McGivney. He had said that the police were all right, and +that Guffey’s bureau was stepping right on the tail of the Reds all the +time. +</p> +<p> +“And what does he want you to do?” demanded the rat-faced man. +</p> +<p> +Peter answered, “He just wanted to make sure that he was learning +everything of importance, and he wanted me to promise him that he would +get every scrap of information that I collected about the plot against +him; and of course I promised him that we’d bring it all to him.” + </p> +<p> +“You going to see him any more?” demanded McGivney. +</p> +<p> +“He didn’t say anything about that.” + </p> +<p> +“Did he get your address?” + </p> +<p> +“No, I suppose if he wants me he’ll let you know, the same as before.” + </p> +<p> +“All right,” said McGivney. “Did he give you any money?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” said Peter, “he gave me two hundred dollars, and he said there was +plenty more where that came from, so that we’d work hard to help him. He +said he didn’t want to get killed; he said that a couple of dozen times, I +guess. He spent more time saying that than anything else. He’s sick, and +he’s scared out of his wits.” + </p> +<p> +So at last McGivney condescended to thank Peter for his faithfulness, and +went on to give him further orders. +</p> +<p> +The Reds were raising an awful howl. Andrews, the lawyer, had succeeded in +getting a court order to see the arrested men, and of course the prisoners +had all declared that the case was a put-up job. Now the Reds were +preparing to send out a circular to their fellow Reds all over the +country, appealing for publicity, and for funds to fight the “frame-up.” + </p> +<p> +They were very secret about it, and McGivney wanted to know where they +were getting their money. He wanted a copy of the circular they were +printing, and to know where and when the circulars were to be mailed. +Guffey had been to see the post office authorities, and they were going to +confiscate the circulars and destroy them all without letting the Reds +know it. +</p> +<p> +Peter rubbed his hands with glee. That was the real business! That was +going after these criminals in the way Peter had been urging! The +rat-faced man answered that it was nothing to what they were going to do +in a few days. Let Peter keep on his job, and he would see! Now, when the +public was wrought up over this dynamite conspiracy, was the time to get +things done. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0055" id="link2H_4_0055"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 55 +</h2> +<p> +Peter took a street car to the home of Miriam Yankovitch, and on the way +he read the afternoon edition of the American City “Times.” The editors of +this paper were certainly after the Reds, and no mistake! They had taken +McCormick’s book on Sabotage, just as Nell had predicted, and printed +whole chapters from it, with the most menacing sentences in big type, and +some boxed up in little frames and scattered here and there over the page +so that no one could possibly miss them. They had a picture of McCormick +taken in the jail; he hadn’t had a chance to shave for several days, and +probably hadn’t felt pleasant about having his picture taken—anyhow, +he looked ferocious enough to frighten the most skeptical, and Peter was +confirmed in his opinion that Mac was the most dangerous Red of them all. +</p> +<p> +Columns and columns of material this paper published about the case, +subtly linking it up with all the other dynamitings and assassinations in +American history, and with German spy plots and bomb plots. There was a +nation-wide organization of these assassins, so the paper said; they +published hundreds of papers, with millions of readers, all financed by +German gold. Also, there was a double-leaded editorial calling on the +citizens to arise and save the republic, and put an end to the Red menace +once for all. Peter read this, and like every other good American, he +believed every word that he read in his newspaper, and boiled with hatred +of the Reds. +</p> +<p> +He found Miriam Yankovitch away from home. Her mother was in a state of +excitement, because Miriam had got word that the police were giving the +prisoners the “third degree,” and she had gone to the offices of the +Peoples’ Council to get the radicals together and try to take some +immediate action. So Peter hurried over to these offices, where he found +some twenty-five Reds and Pacifists assembled, all in the same state of +excitement. Miriam was walking up and down the room, clasping and +unclasping her hands, and her eyes looked as if she had been crying all +day. Peter remembered his suspicion that Miriam and Mac were lovers. He +questioned her. They had put Mac in the “hole,” and Henderson, the +lumber-jack, was laid up in the hospital as a result of the ordeal he had +undergone. +</p> +<p> +The Jewish girl went into details, and Peter found himself shuddering—he +had such a vivid memory of the third degree himself! He did not try to +stop his shuddering, but took to pacing up and down the room like Miriam, +and told them how it felt to have your wrists twisted and your fingers +bent backward, and how damp and horrible it was in the “hole.” So he +helped to work them into a state of hysteria, hoping that they would +commit some overt action, as McGivney wanted. Why not storm the jail and +set free the prisoners? +</p> +<p> +Little Ada Ruth said that was nonsense; but might they not get banners, +and parade up and down in front of the jail, protesting against this +torturing of men who had not been convicted of any crime? The police would +fall on them, of course, the crowds would mob them and probably tear them +to pieces, but they must do something. Donald Gordon answered that this +would only make them impotent to keep up the agitation. What they must try +to get was a strike of labor. They must send telegrams to the radical +press, and go out and raise money, and call a mass-meeting three days from +date. Also, they must appeal to all the labor unions, and see if it was +possible to work up sentiment for a general strike. +</p> +<p> +Peter, somewhat disappointed, went back and reported to McGivney this +rather tame outcome. But McGivney said that was all right, he had +something that would fix them; and he revealed to Peter a startling bit of +news. Peter had been reading in the papers about German spies, but he had +only half taken it seriously; the war was a long way off, and Peter had +never seen any of that German gold that they talked so much about—in +fact, the Reds were in a state of perpetual poverty, one and all of them +stinting himself eternally to put up some portion of his scant earnings to +pay for pamphlets and circulars and postage and defence funds, and all the +expenses of an active propaganda organization. But now, McGivney declared, +there was a real, sure-enough agent of the Kaiser in American City! The +government had pretty nearly got him in his nets, and one of the things +McGivney wanted to do before the fellow was arrested was to get him to +contribute some money to the radical cause. +</p> +<p> +It wasn’t necessary to point out to Peter the importance of this. If the +authorities could show that the agitation on behalf of McCormick and the +rest had been financed by German money, the public would justify any +measures taken to bring it to an end. Could Peter suggest to McGivney the +name of a German Socialist who might be persuaded to approach this agent +of the Kaiser, and get him to contribute money for the purpose of having a +general strike called in American City? Several of the city’s big +manufacturing plants were being made over for war purposes, and obviously +the enemy had much to gain by strikes and labor discontent. Guffey’s men +had been trying for a long time to get Germans to contribute to the Goober +Defense fund, but here was an even better opportunity. +</p> +<p> +Peter thought of Comrade Apfel, who was one of the extreme Socialists, and +a temporary Pacifist like most Germans. Apfel worked in a bakery, and his +face was as pasty as the dough he kneaded, but it would show a tinge of +color when he rose in the local to denounce the “social patriots,” those +party members who were lending their aid to British plans for world +domination. McGivney said he would send somebody to Apfel at once, and +give him the name of the Kaiser’s agent as one who might be induced to +contribute to the radical defense fund. Apfel would, of course, have no +idea that the man was a German agent; he would go to see him, and ask him +for money, and McGivney and his fellow-sleuths would do the rest. Peter +said that was fine, and offered to go to Apfel himself; but the rat-faced +man answered no, Peter was too precious, and no chance must be taken of +directing Apfel’s suspicions against him. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0056" id="link2H_4_0056"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 56 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had received a brief scrawl from Nell, telling him that it was all +right, she had gone to her new job, and would soon have results. So Peter +went cheerfully about his own duties of trying to hold down the protest +campaign of the radicals. It was really quite terrifying, the success they +were having, in spite of all the best efforts of the authorities. Bundles +of circulars appeared at their gatherings as if by magic, and were carried +away and distributed before the authorities could make any move. Every +night at the Labor Temple, where the workers gathered, there were +agitators howling their heads off about the McCormick case. To make +matters worse, there was an obscure one cent evening paper in American +City which catered to working-class readers, and persisted in publishing +evidence tending to prove that the case was a “frame-up.” The Reds had +found out that their mail was being interfered with, and were raising a +terrific howl about that—pretending, of course, that it was “free +speech” they cared about! +</p> +<p> +The mass meeting was due for that evening, and Peter read an indignant +editorial in the American City “Times,” calling upon the authorities to +suppress it. “Down with the Red Flag!” the editorial was headed; and Peter +couldn’t see how any red-blooded, 100% American could read it, and not be +moved to do something. +</p> +<p> +Peter said that to McGivney, who answered: “We’re going to do something; +you wait!” And sure enough, that afternoon the papers carried the news +that the mayor of American City had notified the owners of the Auditorium +that they would be held strictly responsible under the law for all +incendiary and seditious utterances at this meeting; thereupon, the owners +of the Auditorium had cancelled the contract. Furthermore, the mayor +declared that no crowds should be gathered on the street, and that the +police would be there to see to it, and to protect law and order. Peter +hurried to the rooms of the Peoples’ Council, and found the radicals +scurrying about, trying to find some other hall; every now and then Peter +would go to the telephone, and let McGivney know what hall they were +trying to get, and McGivney would communicate with Guffey, and Guffey +would communicate with the secretary of the Chamber of Commerce, and the +owner of this hall would be called up and warned by the president of the +bank which held a mortgage on the hall, or by the chairman of the board of +directors of the Philharmonic Orchestra which gave concerts there. +</p> +<p> +So there was no Red mass meeting that night—and none for many a +night thereafter in American City! Guffey’s office had got its German spy +story ready, and next morning, here was the entire front page of the +American City “Times” given up to the amazing revelation that Karl von +Stroeme, agent of the German government, and reputed to be a nephew of the +German Vice-chancellor, had been arrested in American City, posing as a +Swedish sewing-machine agent, but in reality having been occupied in +financing the planting of dynamite bombs in the buildings of the Pioneer +Foundry Company, now being equipped for the manufacture of machine-guns. +Three of von Stroeme’s confederates had been nabbed at the same time, and +a mass of papers full of important revelations—not the least +important among them being the fact that only yesterday von Stroeme had +been caught dealing with a German Socialist of the ultra-Red variety, an +official of the Bread and Cake-Makers’ Union Number 479, by the name of +Ernst Apfel. The government had a dictagraph record of conversations in +which von Stroeme had contributed one hundred dollars to the Liberty +Defense League, an organization which the Reds had got up for the purpose +of carrying on agitation for the release of the I. W. W.s arrested in the +dynamite plot against the life of Nelse Ackerman. Moreover it was proven +that Apfel had taken this money and distributed it among several German +Reds, who had turned it in to the defense fund, or used it in paying for +circulars calling for a general strike. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s heart was leaping with excitement; and it leaped even faster when +he had got his breakfast and was walking down Main Street. He saw crowds +gathered, and American flags flying from all the buildings, just as on the +day of the Preparedness parade. It caused Peter to feet queer spasms of +fright; he imagined another bomb, but he couldn’t resist the crowds with +their eager faces and contagious enthusiasm. Presently here came a band, +with magnificent martial music, and here came soldiers marching—tramp, +tramp, tramp—line after line of khaki-clad boys with heavy packs +upon their backs and shiny new rifles. Our boys! Our boys! God bless them! +</p> +<p> +It was three regiments of the 223rd Division, coming from Camp Lincoln to +be entrained for the war. They might better have been entrained at the +camp, of course, but everyone had been clamoring for some glimpse of the +soldiers, and here they were with their music and their flags, and their +crowds of flushed, excited admirers—two endless lines of people, +wild with patriotic fervor, shouting, singing, waving hats and +handkerchiefs, until the whole street became a blur, a mad delirium. Peter +saw these closely pressed lines, straight and true, and the legs that +moved like clock-work, and the feet that shook the ground like thunder. He +saw the fresh, boyish faces, grimly set and proud, with eyes fixed ahead, +never turning, even tho they realized that this might be their last +glimpse of their home city, that they might never come back from this +journey. Our boys! Our boys! God bless them! Peter felt a choking in his +throat, and a thrill of gratitude to the boys who were protecting him and +his country; he clenched his hands and set his teeth, with fresh +determination to punish the evil men and women—draft-dodgers, +slackers, pacifists and seditionists—who were failing to take their +part in this glorious emprise. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0057" id="link2H_4_0057"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 57 +</h2> +<p> +Peter went to the American House and met McGivney, and was put to work on +a job that precisely suited his mood. The time had come for action, said +the rat-faced man. The executive committee of the I. W. W. local had been +drafting an appeal to the main organization for help, and the executive +committee was to meet that evening; Peter was to get in touch with the +secretary, Grady, and find out where this meeting was to be, and make the +suggestion that all the membership be gathered, and other Reds also. The +business men of the city were going to pull off their big stroke that +night, said McGivney; the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and +the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association had got together and worked +out a secret plan, and all they wanted was to have the Reds collected in +one place. +</p> +<p> +So Peter set out and found Shawn Grady, the young Irish boy who kept the +membership lists and other papers of the organization, in a place so +secret that not even Peter had been able to find them. Peter brought the +latest news about the sufferings of Mac in the “hole,” and how Gus, the +sailor, had joined Henderson in the hospital. He was so eloquent in his +indignation that presently Grady told him about the meeting for that +evening, and about the place, and Peter said they really ought to get some +of their friends together, and work out some way to get their protest +literature distributed quickly, because it was evident they could no +longer use the mails. What was the use of resolutions of executive +committees, when what was wanted was action by the entire membership? +Grady said all right, they would notify the active members and +sympathizers, and he gave Peter the job of telephoning and travelling +about town getting word to a dozen people. +</p> +<p> +At six o’clock that evening Peter reported the results to McGivney, and +then he got a shock. “You must go to that meeting yourself,” said the +rat-faced man. “You mustn’t take any chance of their suspecting you.” + </p> +<p> +“But, my God!” cried Peter. “What’s going to happen there?” + </p> +<p> +“You don’t need to worry about that,” answered the other. “I’ll see that +you’re protected.” + </p> +<p> +The gathering was to take place at the home of Ada Ruth, the poetess, and +McGivney had Peter describe this home to him. Beyond the living-room was a +hallway, and in this hallway was a big clothes closet. At the first alarm +Peter must make for this place. He must get into the closet, and McGivney +would be on hand, and they would pen Peter up and pretend to club him, but +in reality would protect him from whatever happened to the rest. Peter’s +knees began to tremble, and he denounced the idea indignantly; what would +happen to him if anything were to happen to McGivney, or to his +automobile, and were to fail to get there in time? McGivney declared that +Peter need not worry—he was too valuable a man for them to take any +chances with. McGivney would be there, and all Peter would have to do was +to scream and raise a rumpus, and finally fall unconscious, and McGivney +and Hammett and Cummings would carry him out to their automobile and take +him away! +</p> +<p> +Peter was so frightened that he couldn’t eat any dinner, but wandered +about the street talking to himself and screwing up his courage. He had to +stop and look at the American flags, still waving from the buildings, and +read the evening edition of the American City “Times,” in order to work up +his patriotic fervor again. As he set out for the home of the little +cripple who wrote pacifist poetry, he really felt like the soldier boys +marching away to war. +</p> +<p> +Ada Ruth was there, and her mother, a dried-up old lady who knew nothing +about all these dreadful world movements, but whose pleadings had no +effect upon her inspired daughter; also Ada’s cousin, a lean old-maid +school teacher, secretary of the Peoples’ Council; also Miriam Yankovitch, +and Sadie Todd, and Donald Gordon. On the way Peter had met Tom Duggan, +and the mournful poet revealed that he had composed a new poem about Mac +in the “hole.” Immediately afterwards came Grady, the secretary, his +pockets stuffed with his papers. Grady, a tall, dark-eyed, +impulsive-tempered Irish boy, was what the Socialists called a “Jimmie +Higgins,” that is, one of the fellows who did the hard and dreary work of +the movement, who were always on hand no matter what happened, always +ready to have some new responsibility put upon their shoulders. Grady had +no use for the Socialists, being only interested in “industrial action,” + but he was willing to be called a “Jimmie Higgins”; he had said that Peter +was one too, and Peter had smiled to himself, thinking that a “Jimmie +Higgins” was about the last thing in the world he ever would be. Peter was +on the way to independence and prosperity, and it did not occur to him to +reflect that he might be a “Jimmie Higgins” to the “Whites” instead of to +the Reds! +</p> +<p> +Grady now pulled out his papers, and began to talk over with Donald Gordon +the proceedings of the evening. He had had a telegram from the national +headquarters of the I. W. W., promising support, and his thin, hungry face +lighted up with pride as he showed this. Then he announced that “Bud” + Connor was to be present—a well-known organizer, who had been up in +the oil country with McCormick, and brought news that the workers there +were on the verge of a big strike. Then came Mrs. Jennings, a poor, +tormented little woman who was slowly dying of a cancer, and whose husband +was suing her for divorce because she had given money to the I. W. W. With +her, and helping her along, came “Andy” Adams, a big machinist, who had +been kicked out of his lodge for talking too much “direct action.” He +pulled from his pocket a copy of the “Evening Telegraph,” and read a few +lines from an editorial, denouncing “direct action” as meaning dynamiting, +which it didn’t, of course, and asking how long it would be before the +friends of law and order in American City would use a little “direct +action” of their own. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0058" id="link2H_4_0058"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 58 +</h2> +<p> +So they gathered, until about thirty were present, and then the meeting +speedily got down to business. It was evident, said Grady, that the +authorities had deliberately framed-up the dynamite conspiracy, in order +to have an excuse for wiping out the I. W. W. organization; they had +closed the hall, and confiscated everything, typewriters and office +furniture and books—including a book on Sabotage which they had +turned over to the editor of the “Evening Times”! There was a hiss of +anger at this. Also, they had taken to interfering with the mail of the +organization; the I. W. W. were having to get out their literature by +express. They were fighting for their existence, and they must find some +way of getting the truth to people. If anybody had any suggestions to +make, now was the time. +</p> +<p> +There came one suggestion after another; and meantime Peter sat as if his +chair were full of pins. Why didn’t they come—the younger members of +the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association—and +do what they were going to do without any further delay? Did they expect +Peter to sit there all night, trembling with alarm—and he not having +any dinner besides? +</p> +<p> +Suddenly Peter gave a jump. Outside came a yell, and Donald Gordon, who +was making a speech, stopped suddenly, and the members of the company +stared at one another, and some sprang to their feet. There were more +yells, rising to screams, and some of the company made for the front +doors, and some for the back doors, and yet others for the windows and the +staircase. Peter wasted no time, but dived into the clothes closet in the +hallway back of the living-room, and got into the farthest corner of this +closet, and pulled some of the clothes on top of him; and then, to make +him safer yet, came several other people piling on top of him. +</p> +<p> +From his place of refuge he listened to the confusion that reigned. The +place was a bedlam of women’s shrieks, and the curses of fighting men, and +the crash of overturning furniture, and of clubs and monkey-wrenches on +human heads. The younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association had come in sufficient force to +make sure of their purpose. There were enough to crowd the room full, and +to pack all the doorways, and two or three to guard each window, and a +flying squadron to keep watch for anybody who jumped from the roof or +tried to hide in the trees of the garden. +</p> +<p> +Peter cowered, and listened to the furious uproar, and presently he heard +the cries of those on top of him, and realized that they were being pulled +off and clubbed; he felt hands reach down and grab him, and he cringed and +cried in terror; but nothing happened to him, and presently he glanced up +and he saw a man wearing a black mask, but easily to be recognized as +McGivney. Never in all his life had Peter been gladder to see a human face +than he was to see that masked face of a rat! McGivney had a club in his +hand, and was dealing ferocious blows to the clothes heaped around Peter. +Behind McGivney were Hammett and Cummings, covering the proceedings, and +now and then carefully putting in a blow of their own. +</p> +<p> +Most of the fighting inside the house and outside came quickly to an end, +because everybody who fought was laid out or overpowered. Then several of +the agents of Guffey, who had been studying these Reds for a year or two +and knew them all, went about picking out the ones who were especially +wanted, and searching them for arms, and then handcuffing them. One of +these men approached Peter, who instantly fell unconscious, and closed his +eyes; then Hammett caught him under the armpits and Cummings by the feet, +and McGivney walked alongside as a bodyguard, remarking now and then, “We +want this fellow, we’ll take care of him.” + </p> +<p> +They carried Peter outside, and in the darkness he opened his eyes just +enough to see that the street was lined with automobiles, and that the +Reds were being loaded aboard. Peter’s friends carried him to one car and +drove him away, and then Peter returned to consciousness, and the four of +them sat up and laughed to split their sides, and slapped one another on +the back, and mentioned the satisfactory things they had seen. Had Hammett +noticed that slice Grady had got over the eyes, and the way the blood had +run all over him? Well, he wanted to be a Red—they had helped him be +one—inside and out! Had McGivney noticed how “Buck” Ellis, one of +their men, had put the nose of the hobo poet out of joint? And young +Ogden, son of the president of the Chamber of Commerce, had certainly +managed to show how he felt about these cattle, the female ones as well as +the males; when that Yankovich slut had slapped his face, he had caught +her by the breasts and nearly twisted them off, and she had screamed and +fainted! +</p> +<p> +Yes, they had cleaned them out. But that wasn’t all of it, they were going +to finish the job tonight, by God! They were going to give these pacifists +a taste of the war, they were going to put an end to the Red Terror in +American City! Peter might go along if he liked and see the good work; +they were going into the country, and it would be dark, and if he kept a +mask on he would be quite safe. And Peter said yes; his blood was up, he +was full of the spirit of the hunt, he wanted to be in at the death, +regardless of everything. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0059" id="link2H_4_0059"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 59 +</h2> +<p> +The motor purred softly, and the car sped as if upon wings thru the +suburbs of American City, and to the country beyond. There were cars in +front, and other cars behind, a long stream of white lights flying out +into the country. They came to a grove of big pine trees, which rose two +or three feet thick, like church arches, and covered the ground beneath +them with a soft, brown carpet. It was a well-known picnic place, and here +all the cars were gathering by appointment. Evidently it had all been +pre-arranged, with that efficiency which is the pride of 100% Americans. A +man with a black mask over his face stood in the center of the grove, and +shouted his directions thru a megaphone, and each car as it swept in +ranged itself alongside the next car in a broad circle, more than a +hundred feet across. These cars of the younger members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association were well +behaved—they were accustomed to sliding precisely into place +according to orders of a megaphone man, when receptions were being given, +or when the younger members and their wives and fiancees, clad in soft +silks and satins, came rolling up to their dinner-parties and dances. +</p> +<p> +The cars came and came, until there was just room enough for the last one +to slide in. Then at a shouted command, “Number one!” a group of men +stepped out of one of the cars, dragging a handcuffed prisoner. It was +Michael Dubin, the young Jewish tailor who had spent fifteen days in jail +with Peter. Michael was a student and dreamer, and not used to scenes of +violence; also, he belonged to a race which expresses its emotions, and +consequently is offensive to 100% Americans. He screamed and moaned while +the masked men un-handcuffed him, and took off his coat and tore his shirt +in the back. They dragged him to a tree in the center of the ring, a +somewhat smaller tree, just right for his wrists to meet around and be +handcuffed again. There he stood in the blinding glare of thirty or forty +cars, writhing and moaning, while one of the black-masked men stripped off +his coat and got ready for action. He produced a long black-snake whip, +and stood poised for a moment; then in a booming voice the man with the +megaphone shouted, “Go!” and the whip whistled thru the air and was laid +across the back of Michael, and tore into the flesh so that the blood +leaped into sight. There was a scream of anguish, and the victim began to +twist and turn and kick about as if in his death-throes. Again the whip +whistled, and again you heard the thud as it tore into the flesh, and +another red stripe leaped to view. +</p> +<p> +Now the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association were in excellent condition for this evening’s +labor. They were not pale and thin, underfed and overworked, as were their +prisoners; they were sleek and rosy, and ashine with health. It was as if +long years ago their fathers had foreseen the Red menace, and the steps +that would have to be taken to preserve 100% Americanism; the fathers had +imported a game which consisted of knocking little white balls around a +field with various styles and sizes of clubs. They had built magnificent +club-houses out here in the suburbs, and had many hundreds of acres of +ground laid out for this game, and would leave their occupations of +merchanting and manufacturing early in the afternoon, in order to repair +to these fields and keep their muscles in condition. They would hold +tournaments, and vie with one another, and tell over the stories of the +mighty strokes which they had made with their clubs, and of the hundreds +of strokes they had made in a single afternoon. So the man with the +black-snake whip was “fit,” and didn’t need to stop for breath. Stroke +after stroke he laid on, with a splendid rhythmic motion; he kept it up +easily, on and on. Had he forgotten? +</p> +<p> +Did he think this was a little white ball he was swinging down upon? He +kept on and on, until you could no longer count the welts, until the whole +back of Michael Dubin was a mass of raw and bleeding flesh. The screams of +Michael Dubin died away, and his convulsive struggling ceased, and his +head hung limp, and he sunk lower and lower upon the tree. +</p> +<p> +At last the master of ceremonies stepped forward and ordered a halt, and +the man with the whip wiped the sweat from his forehead with his +shirt-sleeve, and the other men unchained the body of Michael Dubin, and +dragged it a few feet to one side and dumped it face downward in the +pine-leaves. +</p> +<p> +“Number two!” called the master of ceremonies, in a clear, compelling +voice, as if he were calling the figures of a quadrille; and from another +car another set of men emerged, dragging another prisoner. It was Bert +Glikas, a “blanket-stiff” who was a member of the I. W. W.‘s executive +committee, and had had two teeth knocked out in a harvest-strike only a +couple of weeks previously. While they were getting off his coat, he +managed to get one hand free, and he shook it at the spectators behind the +white lights of the automobiles. “God damn you!” he yelled; and so they +tied him up, and a fresh man stepped forward and picked up the whip, and +spit on his hands for good luck, and laid on with a double will; and at +every stroke Glikas yelled a fresh curse; first in English, and then, as +if he were delirious, in some foreign language. But at last his curses +died away, and he too sank insensible, and was unhitched and dragged away +and dumped down beside the first man. “Number three!” called the master of +ceremonies. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0060" id="link2H_4_0060"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 60 +</h2> +<p> +Now Peter was sitting in the back seat of his car, wearing the mask which +McGivney had given him, a piece of cloth with two holes for his eyes and +another hole for him to breathe thru. Peter hated these Reds, and wanted +them punished, but he was not used to bloody sights, and was finding this +endless thud, thud of the whip on human flesh rather more than he could +stand. Why had he come? This wasn’t his part of the job of saving his +country from the Red menace. He had done his share in pointing out the +dangerous ones; he was a man of brains, not a man of violence. Peter saw +that the next victim was Tom Duggan with his broken and bloody nose, and +in spite of himself, Peter started with dismay. He realized that without +intending it he had become a little fond of Tom Duggan. For all his +queerness, Duggan was loyal, he was a good fellow when you had got +underneath his surly manners. He had never done anything except just to +grumble, and to put his grumbles into verses; they were making a mistake +in whipping him, and for a moment Peter had a crazy impulse to interfere +and tell them so. +</p> +<p> +The poet never made a sound. Peter got one glimpse of his face in the +blazing white light, and in spite of the fact that it was smashed and +bloody, Peter read Tom Duggan’s resolve—he would die before they +would get a moan out of him. Each time the lash fell you could see a +quiver all over his form; but there was never a sound, and he stood, +hugging the tree in a convulsive grip. They lashed him until the whip was +spattering blood all over them, until blood was running to the ground. +They had taken the precaution to bring along a doctor with a little black +case, and he now stepped up and whispered to the master of ceremonies. +They unfastened Duggan, and broke the grip of his arms about the tree, and +dumped him down beside Glikas. +</p> +<p> +Next came the turn of Donald Gordon, the Socialist Quaker, which brought a +bit of cheap drama. Donald took his religion seriously; he was always +shouting his anti-war sentiments in the name of Jesus, which made him +especially obnoxious. Now he saw a chance to get off one of his theatrical +stunts; he raised his two manacled hands into the air as if he were +praying, and shouted in piercing tones: “Father, forgive them, for they +know not what they do!” + </p> +<p> +A murmur started in the crowd; you could hear it mounting to a roar. +“Blasphemy!” they cried. “Stop his dirty mouth!” It was the same mouth +that had been heard on a hundred platforms, denouncing the war and those +who made money out of the war. They were here now, the men who had been +denounced, the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association, the best people of the city, +those who were saving the country, and charging no more than the service +was worth. So they roared with fury at this sacreligious upstart. A man +whose mask was a joke, because he was so burly and hearty that everybody +in the crowd knew him, took up the bloody whip. It was Billy Nash, +secretary of the “Improve America League,” and the crowd shouted, “Go to +it, Billy! Good eye, old boy!” Donald Gordon might tell God that Billy +Nash didn’t know what he was doing, but Billy thought that he knew, and he +meant before he got thru to convince Donald that he knew. It didn’t take +very long, because there was nothing much to the young Quaker but voice, +and he fainted at the fourth or fifth stroke, and after the twentieth +stroke the doctor interfered. +</p> +<p> +Then came the turn of Grady, secretary of the I. W. W., and here a +terrible thing happened. Grady, watching this scene from one of the cars, +had grown desperate, and when they loosed the handcuffs to get off his +coat, he gave a sudden wrench and broke free, striking down one man after +another. He had been brought up in the lumber country, and his strength +was amazing, and before the crowd quite realized it, he was leaping +between two of the cars. A dozen men sprang upon him from a dozen +directions, and he went down in the midst of a wild melee. They pinned him +with his face mashed into the dirt, and from the crowd there rose a roar +as from wild beasts in the night-time, +</p> +<p> +“String him up! String him up!” One man came running with a rope, +shouting, “Hang him!” + </p> +<p> +The master of ceremonies tried to protest thru his megaphone, but the +instrument was knocked out of his hands, and he was hauled to one side, +and presently there was a man climbing up the pine tree and hanging the +rope over a limb. You could not see Grady for the jostling throng about +him, but suddenly there was a yell from the crowd, and you saw him quite +plainly—he shot high up into the air, with the rope about his neck +and his feet kicking wildly. Underneath, men danced about and yelled and +waved their hats in the air, and one man leaped up and caught one of the +kicking feet and hung onto it. +</p> +<p> +Then, above all the din, a voice was heard thru the megaphone, “Let him +down a bit! Let me get at him!” And those who held the rope gave way, and +the body came down toward the ground, still kicking, and a man took out a +clasp-knife, and cut the clothing away from the body, and cut off +something from the body; there was another yell from the crowd, and the +men in the automobiles slapped their knees and shrieked with satisfaction. +Those in the car with Peter whispered that it was Ogden, son of the +president of the Chamber of Commerce; and all over town next day and for +weeks thereafter men would nudge one another, and whisper about what Bob +Ogden had done to the body of Shawn Grady, secretary of the “damned +wobblies.” And every one who nudged and whispered about it felt certain +that by this means the Red Terror had been forever suppressed, and 100% +Americanism vindicated, and a peaceful solution of the problem of capital +and labor made certain. +</p> +<p> +Strange as it might seem, there was one member of the I. W. W. who agreed +with them. One of the victims of that night had learned his lesson! When +Tom Duggan was able to sit up again, which was six weeks later, he wrote +an article about his experience, which was published in an I. W. W. paper, +and afterwards in pamphlet form was read by many hundreds of thousands of +workingmen. In it the poet said: +</p> +<p> +“The preamble of the I. W. W. opens with the statement that the employing +class and the working class have nothing in common; but on this occasion I +learned that the preamble is mistaken. On this occasion I saw one thing in +common between the employing class and the working class, and that thing +was a black-snake whip. The butt end of the whip was in the hands of the +employing class, and the lash of the whip was on the backs of the working +class, and thus to all eternity was symbolized the truth about the +relationship of the classes!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0061" id="link2H_4_0061"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 61 +</h2> +<p> +Peter awoke next morning with a vivid sense of the pain and terror of +life. He had been clamoring to have those Reds punished; but somehow or +other he had thought of this punishment in an abstract way, a thing you +could attend to by a wave of the hand. He hadn’t quite realized the +physical side of it, what a messy and bloody job it would prove. Two hours +and more he had listened to the thud of a whip on human flesh, and each +separate stroke had been a blow upon his own nerves. Peter had an overdose +of vengeance; and now, the morning after, his conscience was gnawing at +him. He had known every one of those boys, and their faces rose up to +haunt him. What had any of them done to deserve such treatment? Could he +say that he had ever known a single one of them to do anything as violent +as the thing they had all suffered? +</p> +<p> +But more than anything else Peter was troubled by fear. Peter, the ant, +perceived the conflict of the giants becoming more ferocious, and realized +the precariousness of his position under the giants’ feet. The passions of +both sides were mounting, and the fiercer their hate became, the greater +the chance of Peter’s being discovered, the more dreadful his fate if he +were discovered. It was all very well for McGivney to assure him that only +four of Guffey’s men knew the truth, and that all these might be trusted +to the death. Peter remembered a remark he had heard Shawn Grady make, and +which had caused him to lose his appetite for more than one meal. “They’ve +got spies among us,” the young Irishman had said. “Well, sooner or later +we’ll do a bit of spying of our own!” + </p> +<p> +And now these words came back to Peter like a voice from the grave. +Suppose one of the Reds who had money were to hire somebody to get a job +in Guffey’s office! Suppose some Red girl were to try Peter’s device, and +seduce one of Guffey’s men—by no means a difficult task! The man +mightn’t even mean to reveal that Peter Gudge was a secret agent; he might +just let it slip, as little Jennie had let slip the truth about Jack +Ibbetts! Thus Mac would know who had framed him up; and what would Mac do +to Peter when he got out on bail? When Peter thought of things like that +he realized what it meant to go to war; he saw that he had gained nothing +by staying at home, he might as well have been in the front-line trenches! +After all, this was war, class-war; and in all war the penalty for spying +is death. +</p> +<p> +Also Peter was worried about Nell. She had been in her new position for +nearly a week, and he hadn’t heard a word from her. She had forbidden him +to write, for fear he might write something injudicious. Let him just +wait, Edythe Eustace would know how to take care of herself. And that was +all right, Peter had no doubt about the ability of Edythe Eustace to take +care of herself. What troubled him was the knowledge that she was working +on another “frame-up,” and he stood in fear of the exuberance of her +imagination. The last time that imagination had been pregnant, it had +presented him with a suit-case full of dynamite. What it might bring forth +next time he did not know, and was afraid to think. Nell might cause him +to be found out by Guffey; and that would be nearly as horrible as to be +found out by Mac! +</p> +<p> +Peter got his morning “Times,” and found a whole page about the whipping +of the Reds, portraying the job as a patriotic duty heroically performed; +and that naturally cheered Peter up considerably. He turned to the +editorial page, and read a two column “leader” that was one whoop of +exultation. It served still more to cure Peter’s ache of conscience; and +when he read on and found a series of interviews with leading citizens, +giving cordial endorsement to the acts of the “vigilantes,” Peter became +ashamed of his weakness, and glad that he had not revealed it to anyone. +Peter was trying his best to become a real “he-man,” a 100% red-blooded +American, and he had the “Times” twice each day, morning and evening, to +guide, sustain and inspire him. +</p> +<p> +Peter had been told by McGivney to fix himself up and pose as one of the +martyrs of the night’s affair, and this appealed to his sense of humor. He +cut off the hair from a part of his head, and stuck some raw cotton on +top, and plastered it over with surgical tape. He stuck another big wad of +surgical tape across his forehead, and a criss-cross of it on his cheek, +and tied up his wrist in an excellent imitation of a sprain. Thus rigged +out he repaired to the American House, and McGivney rewarded him with a +hearty laugh, and then proceeded to give some instructions which, entirely +restored Peter’s usual freshness of soul. Peter was going up on Mount +Olympus again! +</p> +<p> +The rat-faced man explained in detail. There was a lady of great wealth—indeed, +she was said to be several times a millionaire—who was an openly +avowed Red, a pacifist of the most malignant variety. Since the arrest of +young Lackman she had come forward and put up funds to finance the +“People’s Council,” and the “Anti-Conscription League,” and all the other +activities which for the sake of convenience were described by the term +“pro-German.” The only trouble was this lady was so extremely wealthy it +was hard to do anything to her. Her husband was a director in a couple of +Nelse Ackerman’s banks, and had other powerful connections. The husband +was a violent, anti-Socialist, and a buyer of liberty bonds; he quarrelled +with his wife, but nevertheless he did not want to see her in jail, and +this made an embarrassing situation for the police and the district +attorney’s office, and even for the Federal authorities, who naturally did +not want to trouble one of the courtiers of the king of American City. +“But something’s got to be done,” said McGivney. “This camouflaged German +propaganda can’t go on.” So Peter was to try to draw Mrs. Godd into some +kind of “overt action.” + </p> +<p> +“Mrs. Godd?” said Peter. It seemed to him a singular coincidence that one +of the dwellers on Mount Olympus should bear that name. The great lady +lived on a hilltop out in the suburbs, not so far from the hilltop of +Nelse Ackerman. One of the adventures looked forward to by Reds and +pacifists in distress was to make a pilgrimage to this palace and obtain +some long, green plasters to put over their wounds. Now was the time at +all times for Peter to go, said McGivney. Peter had many wounds to be +plastered, and Mrs. Godd would be indignant at the proceedings of last +night, and would no doubt express herself without restraint. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0062" id="link2H_4_0062"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 62 +</h2> +<p> +Peter hadn’t been so excited since the time when he had waited to meet +young Lackman. He had never quite forgiven himself for this costly +failure, and now he was to have another chance. He took a trolley ride out +into the country, and walked a couple of miles to the palace on the +hilltop, and mounted thru a grove of trees and magnificent Italian +gardens. According to McGivney’s injunctions, he summoned his courage, and +went to the front door of the stately mansion and rang the bell. +</p> +<p> +Peter was hot and dusty from his long walk, the sweat had made streaks +down his face and marred the pristine whiteness of his plasters. He was +never a distinguished-looking person at best, and now, holding his damaged +straw hat in his hands, he looked not so far from a hobo. However, the +French maid who came to the door was evidently accustomed to +strange-looking visitors. She didn’t order Peter to the servant’s +entrance, nor threaten him with the dogs; she merely said, “Be seated, +please. I will tell madame”—putting the accent on the second +syllable, where Peter had never heard it before. +</p> +<p> +And presently here came Mrs. Godd in her cloud of Olympian beneficence; a +large and ample lady, especially built for the role of divinity. Peter +felt suddenly awe-stricken. How had he dared come here? Neither in the +Hotel de Soto, with its many divinities, nor in the palace of Nelse +Ackerman, the king, had he felt such a sense of his own lowliness as the +sight of this calm, slow-moving great lady inspired. She was the +embodiment of opulence, she was “the real thing.” Despite the look of +kindliness in her wide-open blue eyes, she impressed him with a feeling of +her overwhelming superiority. He did not know it was his duty as a +gentleman to rise from his chair when a lady entered, but some instinct +brought him to his feet and caused him to stand blinking as she crossed to +him from the opposite end of the big room. +</p> +<p> +“How do you do?” she said in a low, full voice, gazing at him steadily out +of the kind, wide-open blue eyes. Peter stammered, “How d-dy do, M—Mrs. +Godd.” + </p> +<p> +In truth, Peter was almost dumb with bewilderment. Could it really, +possibly be that this grand personage was a Red? One of the things that +had most offended him about all radicals was their noisiness, their +aggressiveness; but here was a grand serenity of looks and manner, a soft, +slow voice—here was beauty, too, a skin unlined, despite middle +years, and glowing with health and a fine cleanness. Nell Doolin had had a +glowing complexion, but there was always a lot of powder stuck on, and +when you investigated closely, as Peter had done, you discovered muddy +spots in the edges of her hair and on her throat. But Mrs. Godd’s skin +shone just as the skin of a goddess would be expected to shine, and +everything about her was of a divine and compelling opulence. Peter could +not have explained just what it was that gave this last impression so +overwhelmingly. It was not that she wore many jewels, or large ones, for +Mrs. James had beaten her at that; it was not her delicate perfume, for +Nell Doolin scattered more sweetness on the air; yet somehow even poor, +ignorant Peter felt the difference—it seemed to him that none of +Mrs. Godd’s costly garments had ever been worn before, that the costly +rugs on the floor had never been stepped on before, the very chair on +which he sat had never been sat on before! +</p> +<p> +Little Ada Ruth had called Mrs. Godd “the mother of all the world;” and +now suddenly she became the mother of Peter Gudge. She had read the papers +that morning, she had received a half dozen telephone calls from horrified +and indignant Reds, and so a few words sufficed to explain to her the +meaning of Peter’s bandages and plasters. She held out to him a beautiful +cool hand, and quite without warning, tears sprang into the great blue +eyes. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, you are one of those poor boys! Thank God they did not kill you!” And +she led him to a soft couch and made him lie down amid silken pillows. +Peter’s dream of Mount Olympus had come literally true! It occurred to him +that if Mrs. Godd were willing to play permanently the role of mother to +Peter Gudge, he would be willing to give up his role of anti-Red agent +with its perils and its nervous strains; he would forget duty, forget the +world’s strife and care; he would join the lotus-eaters, the sippers of +nectar on Mount Olympus! +</p> +<p> +She sat and talked to him in the soft, gentle voice, and the kind blue +eyes watched him, and Peter thought that never in all his life had he +encountered such heavenly emotions. To be sure, when he had gone to see +Miriam Yankovich, old Mrs. Yankovich had been just as kind, and tears of +sympathy had come into her eyes just the same. But then, Mrs. Yankovich +was nothing but a fat old Jewess, who lived in a tenement and smelt of +laundry soap and partly completed washing; her hands had been hot and +slimy, and so Peter had not been in the least grateful for her kindness. +But to encounter tender emotions in these celestial regions, to be talked +to maternally and confidentially by this wonderful Mrs. Godd in soft white +chiffons just out of a band-box <i>this </i>was quite another matter! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0063" id="link2H_4_0063"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 63 +</h2> +<p> +Peter did not want to set traps for this mother of Mount Olympus, he +didn’t want to worm any secrets from her. And as it happened, he found +that he did not have to, because she told him everything right away, and +without the slightest hesitation. She talked just as the “wobblies” had +talked in their headquarters; and Peter, when he thought it over, realized +that there are two kinds of people who can afford to be frank in their +utterance—those who have nothing to lose, and those who have so much +to lose that they cannot possibly lose it. +</p> +<p> +Mrs. Godd said that what had been done to those men last night was a +crime, and it ought to be punished if ever a crime was punished, and that +she would like to engage detectives and get evidence against the guilty +ones. She said furthermore that she sympathized with the Reds of the very +reddest shade, and if there were any color redder than Red she would be of +that color. She said all this in her quiet, soft voice. Tears came into +her eyes now and then, but they were well-behaved tears, they disappeared +of their own accord, and without any injury to Mrs. Godd’s complexion, or +any apparent effect upon her self-possession. +</p> +<p> +Mrs. Godd said that she didn’t see how anybody could fail to be a Red who +thought about the injustices of present-day society. Only a few days +before she had been in to see the district attorney, and had tried to make +a Red out of him! Then she told Peter how there had come to see her a man +who had pretended to be a radical, but she had realized that he didn’t +know anything about radicalism, and had told him she was sure he was a +government agent. The man had finally admitted it, and showed her his gold +star—and then Mrs. Godd had set to work to convert him! She had +argued with him for an hour or two, and then had invited him to go to the +opera with her. “And do you know,” said Mrs. Godd, in an injured tone, “he +wouldn’t go! They don’t want to be converted, those men; they don’t want +to listen to reason. I believe the man was actually afraid I might +influence him.” + </p> +<p> +“I shouldn’t wonder,” put in Peter, sympathetically; for he was a tiny bit +afraid himself. +</p> +<p> +“I said to him, ‘Here I live in this palace, and back in the industrial +quarter of the city are several thousand men and women who slave at +machines for me all day, and now, since the war, all night too. I get the +profits of these peoples’ toil—and what have I done to earn it? +Absolutely nothing! I never did a stroke of useful work in my life.’ And +he said to me, ‘Suppose the dividends were to stop, what would you do?’ ‘I +don’t know what I’d do,’ I answered, ‘I’d be miserable, of course, because +I hate poverty, I couldn’t stand it, it’s terrible to think of—not +to have comfort and cleanliness and security. I don’t see how the +working-class stand it—that’s exactly why I’m a Red, I know it’s +wrong for anyone to be poor, and there’s no excuse for it. So I shall help +to overthrow the capitalist system, even if it means I have to take in +washing for my living!” + </p> +<p> +Peter sat watching her in the crisp freshness of her snowy chiffons. The +words brought a horrible image to his mind; he suddenly found himself back +in the tenement kitchen, where fat and steaming Mrs. Yankovich was +laboring elbow deep in soap-suds. It was on the tip of Peter’s tongue to +say: “If you really had done a day’s washing, Mrs. Godd, you wouldn’t talk +like that!” + </p> +<p> +But he remembered that he must play the game, so he said, “They’re +terrible fellows, them Federal agents. It was two of them pounded me over +the head last night.” And then he looked faint and pitiful, and Mrs. Godd +was sympathetic again, and moved to more recklessness of utterance. +</p> +<p> +“It’s because of this hideous war!” she declared. “We’ve gone to war to +make the world safe for democracy, and meantime we have to sacrifice every +bit of democracy at home. They tell you that you must hold your peace +while they murder one another, but they may try all they please, they’ll +never be able to silence me! I know that the Allies are just as much to +blame as the Germans, I know that this is a war of profiteers and bankers; +they may take my sons and force them into the army, but they cannot take +my convictions and force them into their army. I am a pacifist, and I am +an internationalist; I want to see the workers arise and turn out of +office these capitalist governments, and put an end to this hideous +slaughter of human beings. I intend to go on saying that so long as I +live.” There sat Mrs. Godd, with her lovely firm white hands clasped as if +in prayer, one large diamond ring on the left fourth finger shining +defiance, and a look of calm, child-like conviction upon her face, +confronting in her imagination all the federal agents and district +attorneys and capitalist judges and statesmen and generals and drill +sergeants in the civilized world. +</p> +<p> +She went on to tell how she had attended the trial of three pacifist +clergymen a week or two previously. How atrocious that Christians in a +Christian country should be sent to prison for trying to repeat the words +of Christ! “I was so indignant,” declared Mrs. Godd, “that I wrote a +letter to the judge. My husband said I would be committing contempt of +court by writing to a judge during the trial, but I answered that my +contempt for that court was beyond anything I could put into writing. Wait—” + </p> +<p> +And Mrs. Godd rose gravely from her chair and went over to a desk by the +wall, and got a copy of the letter. “I’ll read it to you,” she said, and +Peter listened to a manifesto of Olympian Bolshevism— +</p> +<p> +To His Honor: +</p> +<p> +As I entered the sanctuary, I gazed upward to the stained glass dome, upon +which were inscribed four words: Peace. Justice. Truth. Law—and I +felt hopeful. Before me were men who had violated no constitutional right, +who had not the slightest criminal tendency, who, were opposed to violence +of every kind. +</p> +<p> +The trial proceeded. I looked again at the beautiful stained glass dome, +and whispered to myself those majestic-sounding words: “Peace. Justice. +Truth. Law.” I listened to the prosecutors; the Law in their hands was a +hard, sharp, cruel blade, seeking insistently, relentlessly for a weak +spot in the armor of its victims. I listened to their Truth, and it was +Falsehood. Their Peace was a cruel and bloody War. Their justice was a net +to catch the victims at any cost—at the cost of all things but the +glory of the Prosecutor’s office. +</p> +<p> +I grew sick at heart. I can only ask myself the old, old question: What +can we, the people do? How can we bring Peace, justice, Truth and Law to +the world? Must we go on bended knees and ask our public servants to see +that justice is done to the defenceless, rather than this eternal +prosecuting of the world’s noblest souls! You will find these men guilty, +and sentence them to be shut behind iron bars—which should never be +for human beings, no matter what their crime, unless you want to make +beasts of them. Is that your object, sir? It would seem so; and so I say +that we must overturn the system that is brutalizing, rather than helping +and uplifting mankind. +</p> +<p> +Yours for Peace..Justice..Truth..Law— +</p> +<p> +Mary Angelica Godd. +</p> +<p> +What were you going to do with such a woman? Peter could understand the +bewilderment of His Honor, and of the district attorney’s office, and of +the secret service department of the Traction Trust—as well as of +Mrs. Godd’s husband! Peter was bewildered himself; what was the use of his +coming out here to get more information, when Mrs. Godd had already +committed contempt of court in writing, and had given all the information +there was to give to a Federal agent? She had told this man that she had +contributed several thousand dollars to the Peoples’ Council, and that she +intended to contribute more. She had put up bail for a whole bunch of Reds +and Pacifists, and she intended to put up bail for McCormick and his +friends, just as soon as the corrupt capitalist courts had been forced to +admit them to bail. “I know McCormick well, and he’s a lovely boy,” she +said. “I don’t believe he had anything more to do with dynamite bombs than +I have.” + </p> +<p> +Now all this time Peter had sat there, entirely under the spell of Mrs. +Godd’s opulence. Peter was dwelling among the lotus-eaters, and forgetting +the world’s strife and care; he was reclining on a silken couch, sipping +nectar with the shining ones of Mount Olympus. But now suddenly, Peter was +brought back to duty, as one wakes from a dream to the sound of an +alarm-clock. Mrs. Godd was a friend of Mac’s, Mrs. Godd proposed to get +Mac out on bail! Mac, the most dangerous Red of them all! Peter saw that +he must get something on this woman at once! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0064" id="link2H_4_0064"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 64 +</h2> +<p> +Peter sat up suddenly among his silken cushions, and began to tell Mrs. +Godd about the new plan of the Anti-conscription League, to prepare a set +of instructions for young conscientious objectors. Peter represented the +purpose of these instructions to be the advising of young men as to their +legal and constitutional rights. But it was McGivney’s idea that Peter +should slip into the instructions some phrase advising the young men to +refuse military duty; if this were printed and circulated, it would render +every member of the Anti-conscription League liable to a sentence of ten +or twenty years in jail. McGivney had warned Peter to be very cautious +about this, but again Peter found that there was no need of caution. Mrs. +Godd was perfectly willing to advise young men to refuse military service. +She had advised many such, she said, including her own sons, who +unfortunately agreed with their father in being blood-thirsty. +</p> +<p> +It came to be lunch-time, and Mrs. Godd asked if Peter could sit at table—and +Peter’s curiosity got the better of all caution. He wanted to see the Godd +family sipping their nectar out of golden cups. He wondered, would the +disapproving husband and the blood-thirsty sons be present? +</p> +<p> +There was nobody present but an elderly woman companion, and Peter did not +see any golden cups. But he saw some fine china, so fragile that he was +afraid to touch it, and he saw a row of silver implements, so heavy that +it gave him a surprise each time he picked one up. Also, he saw foods +prepared in strange and complicated ways, so chopped up and covered with +sauces that it was literally true he couldn’t give the name of a single +thing he had eaten, except the buttered toast. +</p> +<p> +He was inwardly quaking with embarrassment during this meal, but he saved +himself by Mrs. James’s formula, to watch and see what the others were +doing and then do likewise. Each time a new course was brought, Peter +would wait, and when he saw Mrs. Godd pick up a certain fork or a certain +spoon, he would pick up the same one, or as near to it as he could guess. +He could put his whole mind on this, because he didn’t have to do any +talking; Mrs. Godd poured out a steady stream of sedition and high +treason, and all Peter had to do was to listen and nod. Mrs. Godd would +understand that his mouth was too full for utterance. +</p> +<p> +After the luncheon they went out on the broad veranda which overlooked a +magnificent landscape. The hostess got Peter settled in a soft porch chair +with many cushions, and then waved her hand toward the view of the city +with its haze of thick black smoke. +</p> +<p> +“That’s where my wage slaves toil to earn my dividends,” said she. +“They’re supposed to stay there—in their ‘place,’ as it’s called, +and I stay here in my place. If they want to change places, it’s called +‘revolution,’ and that is ‘violence.’ What I marvel at is that they use so +little violence, and feel so little. Look at those men being tortured in +jail! Could anyone blame them if they used violence? Or if they made an +effort to escape?” + </p> +<p> +That suggested a swift, stabbing idea to Peter. Suppose Mrs. Godd could be +induced to help in a jail delivery! +</p> +<p> +“It might be possible to help them to escape,” he suggested. +</p> +<p> +“Do you think so?” asked Mrs. Godd, showing excitement for the first time +during that interview. +</p> +<p> +“It might be,” said Peter. “Those jailors are not above taking bribes, you +know. I met nearly all of them while I was in that jail, and I think I +might get in touch with one or two that could be paid. Would you like me +to try it?” + </p> +<p> +“Well, I don’t know—” began the lady, hesitatingly. “Do you really +think—” + </p> +<p> +“You know they never ought to have been put in at all!” Peter interjected. +</p> +<p> +“That’s certainly true!” declared Mrs. Godd. +</p> +<p> +“And if they could escape without hurting anyone, if they didn’t have to +fight the jailors, it wouldn’t do any real harm—” + </p> +<p> +That was as far as Peter got with his impromptu conspiracy. Suddenly he +heard a voice behind him: “What does this mean?” It was a male voice, +fierce and trembling with anger; and Peter started from his silken +cushions, and glanced around, thrusting up one arm with the defensive +gesture of a person who has been beaten since earliest childhood. +</p> +<p> +Bearing down on him was a man; possibly he was not an abnormally big man, +but certainly he looked so to Peter. His smooth-shaven face was pink with +anger, his brows gathered in a terrible frown, and his hands clenched with +deadly significance. “You dirty little skunk!” he hissed. “You infernal +young sneak!” + </p> +<p> +“John!” cried Mrs. Godd, imperiously; but she might as well have cried to +an advancing thunder-storm. The man made a leap upon Peter, and Peter, who +had dodged many hundreds of blows in his lifetime, rolled off the lounging +chair, and leaped to his feet, and started for the stairs of the veranda. +The man was right behind him, and as Peter reached the first stair the +man’s foot shot out, and caught Peter fairly in the seat of his trousers, +and the first stair was the only one of the ten or twelve stairs of the +veranda that Peter touched in his descent. +</p> +<p> +Landing at the bottom, he did not stop even for a glance; he could hear +the snorting of Mr. Godd, it seemed right behind his ear, and Peter ran +down the driveway as he had seldom run in his life before. Every now and +then Mr. Godd would shoot out another kick, but he had to stop slightly to +do this, and Peter gained just enough to keep the kicks from reaching him. +So at last the pursuer gave up, and Peter dashed thru the gates of the +Godd estate and onto the main highway. +</p> +<p> +Then he looked over his shoulder, and seeing that Mr. Godd was a safe +distance away, he stopped and turned and shook his clenched fist with the +menace of a street-rat, shrieking, “Damn you! Damn you!” A whirlwind of +impotent rage laid hold upon him. He shouted more curses and menaces, and +among them some strange, some almost incredible words. “Yes, I’m a Red, +damn your soul, and I’ll stay a Red!” + </p> +<p> +Yes, Peter Gudge, the friend of law and order, Peter Gudge, the little +brother to the rich, shouted, “I’m a Red, and what’s more, we’ll blow you +up some day for this—Mac and me’ll put a bomb under you!” Mr. Godd +turned and stalked with contemptuous dignity back to his own private +domestic controversy. +</p> +<p> +Peter walked off down the road, rubbing his sore trousers and sobbing to +himself. Yes, Peter understood now exactly how the Reds felt. Here were +these rich parasites, exploiting the labor of working men and living off +in palaces by themselves—and what had they done to earn it? What +would they ever do for the poor man, except to despise him, and to kick +him in the seat of his trousers? They were a set of wilful brutes! Peter +suddenly saw the happenings of last night from a new angle, and wished he +had all the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ +and Manufacturers’ Association right there along with Mr. Godd, so that he +could bundle them all off to the devil at once. +</p> +<p> +And that was no passing mood either. The seat of Peter’s trousers hurt so +that he could hardly endure the trolley ride home, and all the way Peter +was plotting how he could punish Mr. Godd. He remembered suddenly that Mr. +Godd was an associate of Nelse Ackerman; and Peter now had a spy in Nelse +Ackerman’s home, and was preparing some kind of a “frame-up!” Peter would +see if he couldn’t find some way to start a dynamite conspiracy against +Mr. Godd! He would start a campaign against Mr. Godd in the radical +movement, and maybe he could find some way to get a bunch of the +“wobblies” to carry him off and tie him up and beat him with a black-snake +whip! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0065" id="link2H_4_0065"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 65 +</h2> +<p> +With these reflections Peter went back to the American House, where +McGivney had promised to meet him that evening. Peter went to Room 427, +and being tired after the previous night’s excitement, he lay down and +fell fast asleep. And when again he opened his eyes, he wasn’t sure +whether it was a nightmare, or whether he had died in his sleep and gone +to hell with Mr. Godd. Somebody was shaking him, and bidding him in a +gruff voice, “Wake up!” Peter opened his eyes, and saw that it was +McGivney; and that was all right, it was natural that McGivney should be +waking him up. But what was this? McGivney’s voice was angry, McGivney’s +face was dark and glowering, and—most incredible circumstance of all—McGivney +had a revolver in his hand, and was pointing it into Peter’s face! +</p> +<p> +It really made it much harder for Peter to get awake, because he couldn’t +believe that he was awake; also it made it harder for McGivney to get any +sense out of him, because his jaw hung down, and he stared with terrified +eyes into the muzzle of the revolver. +</p> +<p> +“M-m-my God, Mr. McGivney! w-w-what’s the matter?” + </p> +<p> +“Get up here!” hissed the rat-faced man, and he added a vile name. He +gripped Peter by the lapel of his coat and half jerked him to his feet, +still keeping the muzzle of the revolver in Peter’s face. And poor Peter, +trying desperately to get his wits together, thought of half a dozen wild +guesses one after another. Could it be that McGivney had heard him +denouncing Mr. Godd and proclaiming himself a Red? Could it be that some +of the Reds had framed up something on Peter? Could it be that McGivney +had gone just plain crazy; that Peter was in the room with a maniac armed +with a revolver? +</p> +<p> +“Where did you put that money I gave you the other day;” demanded +McGivney, and added some more vile names. +</p> +<p> +Instantly, of course, Peter was on the defensive. No matter how frightened +he might be, Peter would never fail to hang on to his money. +</p> +<p> +“I-I s-s-spent it, Mr. McGivney.” + </p> +<p> +“You’re lying to me!” + </p> +<p> +“N-n-no.” + </p> +<p> +“Tell me where you put that money!” insisted the man, and his face was +ugly with anger, and the muzzle of the revolver seemed to be trembling +with anger. Peter started to insist that he had spent every cent. “Make +him cough up, Hammett!” said McGivney; and Peter for the first time +realized that there was another man in the room. His eyes had been so +fascinated by the muzzle of the revolver that he hadn’t taken a glance +about. +</p> +<p> +Hammett was a big fellow, and he strode up to Peter and grabbed one of +Peter’s arms, and twisted it around behind Peter’s back and up between +Peter’s shoulders. When Peter started to scream, Hammett clapped his other +hand over his mouth, and so Peter knew that it was all up. He could not +hold on to money at that cost. When McGivney asked him, “Will you tell me +where it is?” Peter nodded, and tried to answer thru his nose. +</p> +<p> +So Hammett took his hand from his mouth. “Where is it?” And Peter replied, +“In my right shoe.” + </p> +<p> +Hammett unlaced the shoe and took it off, and pulled out the inside sole, +and underneath was a little flat package wrapped in tissue paper, and +inside the tissue paper was the thousand dollars that McGivney had given +Peter, and also the three hundred dollars which Peter had saved from Nelse +Ackerman’s present, and two hundred dollars which he had saved from his +salary. Hammett counted the money, and McGivney stuck it into his pocket, +and then he commanded Peter to put on his shoe again. Peter obeyed with +his trembling fingers, meantime keeping his eye in part on the revolver +and in part on the face of the rat. +</p> +<p> +“W-w-what’s the matter, Mr. McGivney?” + </p> +<p> +“You’ll find out in time,” was the answer. “Now, you march downstairs, and +remember, I’ve got this gun on you, and there’s eight bullets in it, and +if you move a finger I’ll put them all into you.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter and McGivney and Hammett went down in the elevator of the hotel, +and out of doors, and into an automobile. Hammett drove, and Peter sat in +the rear seat with McGivney, who had the revolver in his coat pocket, his +finger always on the trigger and the muzzle always pointed into Peter’s +middle. So Peter obeyed all orders promptly, and stopped asking questions +because he found he could get no answers. +</p> +<p> +Meantime he was using his terrified wits on the problem. The best guess he +could make was that Guffey had decided to believe Joe Angell’s story +instead of Peter’s. But then, why all this gun-play, this movie stuff? +Peter gave up in despair; and it was just as well, for what had happened +lay entirely beyond the guessing power of Peter’s mind or any other mind. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0066" id="link2H_4_0066"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 66 +</h2> +<p> +They went to the office of the secret service department of the Traction +Trust, a place where Peter had never been allowed to come hitherto. It was +on the fourteenth floor of the Merchant’s Trust Building, and the sign on +the door read: “The American City Land & Investment Company. Walk In.” + When you walked in, you saw a conventional real estate office, and it was +only when you had penetrated several doors that you came to the secret +rooms where Guffey and his staff conducted the espionage work of the big +business interests of the city. +</p> +<p> +Peter was hustled into one of these rooms, and there stood Guffey; and the +instant Guffey saw him, he bore down upon him, shaking his fist. “You +stinking puppy!” he exclaimed. “You miserable little whelp! You dirty, +sneaking hound!” He added a number of other descriptive phrases taken from +the vocabulary of the kennel. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s knees were shaking, his teeth were chattering, and he watched +every motion of Guffey’s angry fingers, and every grimace of Guffey’s +angry features. Peter had been fully prepared for the most horrible +torture he had experienced yet; but gradually he realized that he wasn’t +going to be tortured, he was only going to be scolded and raged at, and no +words could describe the wave of relief in his soul. In the course of his +street-rat’s life Peter had been called more names than Guffey could think +of if he spent the next month trying. If all Guffey was going to do was to +pace up and down the room, and shake his fist under Peter’s nose every +time he passed him, and compare him with every kind of a domestic animal, +Peter could stand it all night without a murmur. +</p> +<p> +He stopped trying to find out what it was that had happened, because he +saw that this only drove Guffey to fresh fits of exasperation. Guffey +didn’t want to talk to Peter, he didn’t want to hear the sound of Peter’s +whining gutter-pup’s voice. All he wanted was to pour out his rage, and +have Peter listen in abject abasement, and this Peter did. But meantime, +of course, Peter’s wits were working at high speed, he was trying to pick +up hints as to what the devil it could mean. One thing was quite clear—the +damage, whatever it was, was done; the jig was up, it was all over but the +funeral. They had taken Peter’s money to pay for the funeral, and that was +all they hoped to get out of him. +</p> +<p> +Gradually came other hints. “So you thought you were going into business +on your own!” snarled Guffey, and his fist, which was under Peter’s nose, +gave an upward poke that almost dislocated Peter’s neck. +</p> +<p> +“Aha!” thought Peter. “Nelse Ackerman has given me away!” + </p> +<p> +“You thought you were going to make your fortune and retire for life on +your income!” + </p> +<p> +Yes, that was it, surely! But what could Nelse Ackerman have told that was +so very bad? +</p> +<p> +“You were going to have a spy of your own, set up your own bureau, and +kick me out, perhaps!” + </p> +<p> +“My God!” thought Peter. “Who told that?” + </p> +<p> +Then suddenly Guffey stopped in front of him. “Was that what you thought?” + he demanded. He repeated the question, and it appeared that he really +wanted an answer, and so Peter stammered, “N-n-no, sir.” But evidently the +answer didn’t suit Guffey, for he grabbed Peter’s nose and gave it a tweak +that brought the tears into his eyes. +</p> +<p> +“What was it then?” A nasty sneer came on the head detective’s face, and +he laughed at Peter with a laugh of venomous contempt. “I suppose you +thought she really loved you! Was it that? You thought she really loved +you?” And McGivney and Hammett and Guffey ha-ha-ed together, and to Peter +it seemed like the mockery of demons in the undermost pit of hell. Those +words brought every pillar of Peter’s dream castle tumbling in ruins about +his ears. Guffey had found out about Nell! +</p> +<p> +Again and again on the automobile ride to Guffey’s office Peter had +reminded himself of Nell’s command, “Stick it out, Peter! Stick it out!” + He had meant to stick it out in spite of everything; but now in a flash he +saw that all was lost. How could he stick it out when they knew about +Nell, and when Nell, herself, was no longer sticking it out? +</p> +<p> +Guffey saw these thoughts plainly written in Peter’s face, and his sneer +turned into a snarl. “So you think you’ll tell me the truth now, do you? +Well, it happens there’s nothing left to tell!” + </p> +<p> +Again he turned and began pacing up and down the room. The pressure of +rage inside him was so great that it took still more time to work it off. +But finally the head detective sat down at his desk, and opened the drawer +and took out a paper. “I see you’re sitting there, trying to think up some +new lie to tell me,” said he. And Peter did not try to deny it, because +any kind of denial only caused a fresh access of rage. “All right,” Guffey +said, “I’ll read you this, and you can see just where you stand, and just +how many kinds of a boob you are.” + </p> +<p> +So he started to read the letter; and before Peter had heard one sentence, +he knew this was a letter from Nell, and he knew that the castle of his +dreams was flat in the dust forever. The ruins of Sargon and Nineveh were +not more hopelessly flat! +</p> +<p> +“Dear Mr. Guffey,” read the letter, “I am sorry to throw you down, but +fifty thousand dollars is a lot of money, and we all get tired of work and +need a rest. This is to tell you that Ted Crothers has just broke into +Nelse Ackerman’s safe in his home, and we have got some liberty bonds and +some jewels which we guess to be worth fifty thousand dollars, and you +know Ted is a good judge of jewels. +</p> +<p> +“Now of course you will find out that I was working in Mr. Ackerman’s home +and you will be after me hot-foot, so I might as well tell you about it, +and tell you it won’t do you any good to catch us, because we have got all +the inside dope on the Goober frame-up, and everything else your bureau +has been pulling off in American City for the last year. You can ask Peter +Gudge and he’ll tell you. It was Peter and me that fixed up that dynamite +conspiracy, but you mustn’t blame Peter, because he only did what I told +him to do. He hasn’t got sense enough to be really dangerous, and he will +make you a perfectly good agent if you treat him kind and keep him away +from the women. You can do that easy enough if you don’t let him get any +money, because of course he’s nothing much on looks, and the women would +never bother with him if you didn’t pay him too much. +</p> +<p> +“Now Peter will tell you how we framed up that dynamite job, and of course +you wouldn’t want that to get known to the Reds, and you may be sure that +if Ted and me get pinched, we’ll find some way to let the Reds know all +about it. If you keep quiet we’ll never say a word, and you’ve got a +perfectly good dynamite conspiracy, with all the evidence you need to put +the Reds out of business, and you can just figure it cost you fifty +thousand dollars, and it was cheap at the price, because Nelse Ackerman +has paid a whole lot more for your work, and you never got anything half +as big as this. I know you’ll be mad when you read this, but think it over +and keep your shirt on. I send it to you by messenger so you can get hold +of Nelse Ackerman right quick, and have him not say anything to the +police; because you know how it is—if those babies find it out, it +will get to the Reds and the newspapers, and it’ll be all over town and do +a lot of harm to your frame-up. And you know after those Reds have got +beaten up and Shawn Grady lynched, you wouldn’t like to have any rumor get +out that that dynamite was planted by your own people. Ted and me will +keep out of sight, and we won’t sell the jewels for a while, and +everything will be all right. +</p> +<p> +“Yours respectfully, +</p> +<p> +“Edythe. +</p> +<p> +“P. S. It really ain’t Peter’s fault that he’s silly about women, and he +would have worked for you all right if it hadn’t been for my good looks!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0067" id="link2H_4_0067"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 67 +</h2> +<p> +So there it was. When Peter had heard this letter, he understood that +there was no more to be said, and he said it. His own weight had suddenly +become more than he could support, and he saw a chair nearby and slipped +into it, and sat with eyes of abject misery roaming from Guffey to +McGivney, and from McGivney to Hammett, and then back to Guffey again. +</p> +<p> +The head detective, for all his anger, was a practical man; he could not +have managed the very important and confidential work of the Traction +Trust if he had not been. So now he proceeded to get down to business. +Peter would please tell him everything about that dynamite frame-up; just +how they had managed it and just who knew about it. And Peter, being also +a practical man, knew that there was no use trying to hide anything. He +told the story from beginning to end, taking particular pains to make +clear that he and Nell alone were in the secret—-except that beyond +doubt Nell had told her lover, Ted Crothers. It was probably Crothers that +got the dynamite. From the conversation that ensued Peter gathered that +this young man with the face of a bull-dog was one of the very fanciest +safecrackers in the country, and no doubt he was the real brains of the +conspiracy; he had put Nell up to it, and managed every step. Suddenly +Peter remembered all the kisses which Nell had given him in the park, and +he found a blush of shame stealing over him. Yes, there was no doubt about +it, he was a boob where women were concerned! +</p> +<p> +Peter began to plead for himself, Really it wasn’t his fault because Nell +had got a hold on him. In the Temple of Jimjambo, when he was only a kid, +he had been desperately in love with her. She was not only beautiful, she +was so smart; she was the smartest woman he had ever known. McGivney +remarked that she had been playing with Peter even then—she had been +in Guffey’s pay at that time, collecting evidence to put Pashtian el +Kalandra in jail and break up the cult of Eleutherinian Exoticism. She had +done many such jobs for the secret service of the Traction Trust, while +Peter was still traveling around with Pericles Priam selling patent +medicine. Nell had been used by Guffey to seduce a prominent labor leader +in American City; she had got him caught in a hotel room with her, and +thus had broken the back of the biggest labor strike ever known in the +city’s history. +</p> +<p> +Peter felt suddenly that he had a good defense. Of course a woman like +that had been too much for him! It was Guffey’s own fault if he hired +people like that and turned them loose! It suddenly dawned on Peter—Nell +must have found out that he, Peter, was going to meet young Lackman in the +Hotel de Soto, and she must have gone there deliberately to ensnare him. +When McGivney admitted that that was possibly true, Peter felt that he had +a case, and proceeded to urge it with eloquence. He had been a fool, of +course, every kind of fool there was, and he hadn’t a word to say for +himself; but he had learned his lesson and learned it thoroughly. No more +women for him, and no more high life, and if Mr. Guffey would give him +another chance— +</p> +<p> +Guffey, of course, snorted at him. He wouldn’t have a pudding-head like +Peter Gudge within ten miles of his office! But Peter only pleaded the +more abjectly. He really did know the Reds thoroughly, and where could Mr. +Guffey find anybody that knew them as well? The Reds all trusted him; he +was a real martyr—look at the plasters all over him now! And he had +just added another Red laurel to his brow—he had been to see Mrs. +Godd, and had had the seat of his trousers kicked by Mr. Godd, and of +course he could tell that story, and maybe he could catch some Reds in a +conspiracy against Mr. Godd. Anyhow, they had that perfectly good case +against McCormick and the rest of the I. W. Ws. And now that things had +gone so far, surely they couldn’t back down on that case! All that was +necessary was to explain matters to Mr. Ackerman— +</p> +<p> +Peter realized that this was an unfortunate remark. Guffey was on his feet +again, pacing up and down the room, calling Peter the names of all the +barnyard animals, and incidentally revealing that he had already had an +interview with Mr. Ackerman, and that Mr. Ackerman was not disposed to +receive amicably the news that the secret service bureau which he had been +financing, and which was supposed to be protecting him, had been the means +of introducing into his home a couple of high-class criminals who had +cracked his safe and made off with jewels that they guessed were worth +fifty thousand dollars, but that Mr. Ackerman claimed were worth +eighty-five thousand dollars. Peter was informed that he might thank his +lucky stars that Guffey didn’t shut him in the hole for the balance of his +life, or take him into a dungeon and pull him to pieces inch by inch. As +it was, all he had to do was to get himself out of Guffey’s office, and +take himself to hell by the quickest route he could find. “Go on!” said +Guffey. “I mean it, get out!” + </p> +<p> +And so Peter got to his feet and started unsteadily toward the door. He +was thinking to himself: “Shall I threaten them? Shall I say I’ll go over +to the Reds and tell what I know?” No, he had better not do that; the +least hint of that might cause Guffey to put him in the hole! But then, +how was it possible for Guffey to let him go, to take a chance of his +telling? Right now, Guffey must be thinking to himself that Peter might go +away, and in a fit of rage or of despair might let out the truth to one of +the Reds, and then everything would be ruined forever. No, surely Guffey +would not take such a chance! Peter walked very slowly to the door, he +opened the door reluctantly, he stood there, holding on as if he were too +weak to keep his balance; he waited—waited— +</p> +<p> +And sure enough, Guffey spoke. “Come back here, you mut!” And Peter turned +and started towards the head detective, stretching out his hands in a +gesture of submission; if it had been in an Eastern country, he would have +fallen on his knees and struck his forehead three times in the dust. +“Please, please, Mr. Guffey!” he wailed. “Give me another chance!” + </p> +<p> +“If I put you to work again,” snarled Guffey, “will you do what I tell +you, and not what you want to do yourself?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, Mr. Guffey.” + </p> +<p> +“You’ll do no more frame-ups but my frame-ups?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, Mr. Guffey.” + </p> +<p> +“All right, then, I’ll give you one more chance. But by God, if I find you +so much as winking at another girl, I’ll pull your eye teeth out!” + </p> +<p> +And Peter’s heart leaped with relief. “Oh, thank you, thank you, Mr. +Guffey!” + </p> +<p> +“I’ll pay you twenty dollars a week, and no more,” said Guffey. “You’re +worth more, but I can’t trust you with money, and you can take it or leave +it.” + </p> +<p> +“That’ll be perfectly satisfactory, Mr. Guffey,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0068" id="link2H_4_0068"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 68 +</h2> +<p> +So there was the end of high life for Peter Gudge. He moved no more in the +celestial circles of Mount Olympus. He never again saw the Chinese butler +of Mr. Ackerman, nor the French parlor-maid of Mrs. Godd. He would no more +be smiled at by the two hundred and twenty-four boy angels of the ceiling +of the Hotel de Soto lobby. Peter would eat his meals now seated on a +stool in front of a lunch counter, he would really be the humble +proletarian, the “Jimmie Higgins” of his role. He put behind him bright +dreams of an accumulated competence, and settled down to the hard day’s +work of cultivating the acquaintance of agitators, visiting their homes +and watching their activities, getting samples of the literature they were +circulating, stealing their letters and address-books and note-books, and +taking all these to Room 427 of the American House. +</p> +<p> +These were busy times just now. In spite of the whippings and the +lynchings and the jailings—or perhaps because of these very things—the +radical movement was seething. The I. W. Ws. had reorganized secretly, and +were accumulating a defense fund for their prisoners; also, the Socialists +of all shades of red and pink were busy, and the labor men had never +ceased their agitation over the Goober case. Just now they were redoubling +their activities, because Mrs. Goober was being tried for her life. Over +in Russia a mob of Anarchists had made a demonstration in front of the +American Legation, because of the mistreatment of a man they called +“Guba.” At any rate, that was the way the news came over the cables, and +the news-distributing associations of the country had been so successful +in keeping the Goober case from becoming known that the editors of the New +York papers really did not know any better, and printed the name as it +came, “Guba!” which of course gave the radicals a fine chance to laugh at +them, and say, how much they cared about labor! +</p> +<p> +The extreme Reds seemed to have everything their own way in Russia. Late +in the fall they overthrew the Russian government, and took control of the +country, and proceeded to make peace with Germany; which put the Allies in +a frightful predicament, and introduced a new word into the popular +vocabulary, the dread word “Bolshevik.” After that, if a man suggested +municipal ownership of ice-wagons, all you had to do was to call him a +“Bolshevik” and he was done for. +</p> +<p> +However, the extremists replied to this campaign of abuse by taking up the +name and wearing it as a badge. The Socialist local of American City +adopted amid a storm of applause a resolution to call itself the +“Bolshevik local,” and the “left-wingers” had everything their own way for +a time. The leader in this wing was a man named Herbert Ashton, editor of +the American City “Clarion,” the party’s paper. A newspaper-man, lean, +sallow, and incredibly bitter, Ashton apparently had spent all his life +studying the intrigues of international capital, and one never heard an +argument advanced that he was not ready with an answer. He saw the war as +a struggle between the old established commercialism of Great Britain, +whose government he described as “a gigantic trading corporation,” and the +newly arisen and more aggressive commercialism of Germany. +</p> +<p> +Ashton would take the formulas of the war propagandists and treat them as +a terrier treats a rat. So this was a war for democracy! The bankers of +Paris had for the last twenty years been subsidizing the Russian Tsars, +who had shipped a hundred thousand exiles to Siberia to make the world +safe for democracy! The British Empire also had gone to war for democracy—first +in Ireland, then in India and Egypt, then in the Whitechapel slums! No, +said Ashton, the workers were not to be fooled with such bunk. Wall Street +had loaned some billions of dollars to the Allied bankers, and now the +American people were asked to shed their blood to make the world safe for +those loans! +</p> +<p> +Peter had been urging McGivney to put an end to this sort of agitation, +and now the rat-faced man told him that the time for action had come. +There was to be a big mass meeting to celebrate the Bolshevik revolution, +and McGivney warned Peter to keep out of sight at that meeting, because +there might be some clubbing. Peter left off his red badge, and the button +with the clasped hands and went up into the gallery and lost himself in +the crowd. He saw a great many “bulls” whom he knew scattered thru the +audience, and also he saw the Chief of Police and the head of the city’s +detective bureau. When Herbert Ashton was half way thru his tirade, the +Chief strode up to the platform and ordered him under arrest, and a score +of policemen put themselves between the prisoner and the howling audience. +</p> +<p> +Altogether they arrested seven people; and next morning, when they saw how +much enthusiasm their action had awakened in the newspapers, they decided +to go farther yet. A dozen of Guffey’s men, with another dozen from the +District Attorney’s office, raided the office of Ashton’s paper, the +“Clarion,” kicked the editorial staff downstairs or threw them out of the +windows, and proceeded to smash the typewriters and the printing presses, +and to carry off the subscription lists and burn a ton or two of +“literature” in the back yard. Also they raided the headquarters of the +“Bolshevik local,” and placed the seven members of the executive committee +under arrest, and the judge fixed the bail of each of them at twenty-five +thousand dollars, and every day for a week or two the American City +“Times” would send a man around to Guffey’s office, and Guffey would +furnish him with a mass of material which Peter had prepared, showing that +the Socialist program was one of terrorism and murder. +</p> +<p> +Almost every day now Peter rendered some such service to his country. He +discovered where the I. W. W. had hidden a printing press with which they +were getting out circulars and leaflets, and this place was raided, and +the press confiscated, and half a dozen more agitators thrown into jail. +These men declared a hunger strike, and tried to starve themselves to +death as a protest against the beatings they got; and then some hysterical +women met in the home of Ada Ruth, and drew up a circular of protest, and +Peter kept track of the mailing of this circular, and all the copies were +confiscated in the post-office, and so one more conspiracy was foiled. +They now had several men at work in the post-office, secretly opening the +mail of the agitators; and every now and then they would issue an order +forbidding mail to be delivered to persons whose ideas were not sound. +</p> +<p> +Also the post-office department cancelled the second class mailing +privileges of the “Clarion,” and later it barred the paper from the mails +entirely. A couple of “comrades” with automobiles then took up the work of +delivering the paper in the nearby towns; so Peter was sent to get +acquainted with these fellows, and in the night time some of Guffey’s men +entered the garage, and fixed one of the cars so that its steering gear +went wrong and very nearly broke the driver’s neck. So yet another +conspiracy was foiled! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0069" id="link2H_4_0069"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 69 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was really happy now, because the authorities were thoroughly +roused, and when he brought them new facts, he had the satisfaction of +seeing something done about it. Ostensibly the action was taken by the +Federal agents, or by the District Attorney’s office, or by the city +police and detectives; but Peter knew that it was always himself and the +rest of Guffey’s agents, pulling the wires behind the scenes. Guffey had +the money, he was working for the men who really counted in American City; +Guffey was the real boss. And all over the country it was the same; the +Reds were being put out of business by the secret agents of the Chambers +of Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Associations, and the +“Improve America League,” and such like camouflaged organizations. +</p> +<p> +They had everything their own way, because the country was at war, the war +excitement was blazing like a prairie fire all over the land, and all you +had to do was to call a man a pro-German or a Bolshevik, and to be +sufficiently excited about it, and you could get a mob together and go to +his home and horsewhip him or tar and feather him or lynch him. For years +the big business men had been hating the agitators, and now at last they +had their chance, and in every town, in every shop and mill and mine they +had some Peter Gudge at work, a “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Whites,” engaged +in spying and “snooping” upon the “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Reds.” + Everywhere they had Guffeys and McGivneys to direct these activities, and +they had “strong arm men,” with guns on their hips and deputy sheriffs’ +and other badges inside their coats, giving them unlimited right to +protect the country from traitors. +</p> +<p> +There were three or four million men in the training camps, and every week +great convoys were sent out from the Eastern ports, loaded with troops for +“over there.” Billions of dollars worth of munitions and supplies were +going, and all the yearnings and patriotic fervors of the country were +likewise going “over there.” Peter read more speeches and sermons and +editorials, and was proud and glad, knowing that he was taking his humble +part in the great adventure. When he read that the biggest captains of +industry and finance were selling their services to the government for the +sum of one dollar a year, how could he complain, who was getting twenty +dollars every week? When some of the Reds in their meetings or in their +“literature” declared that these captains of industry and finance were the +heads of companies which were charging the government enormous prices and +making anywhere from three to ten times the profits they had made before +the war—then Peter would know that he was listening to an extremely +dangerous Bolshevik; he would take the name of the man to McGivney, and +McGivney would pull his secret wires, and the man would suddenly find +himself out of a job—or maybe being prosecuted by the health +department of the city for having set out a garbage can without a cover. +</p> +<p> +After persistent agitation, the radicals had succeeded in persuading a +judge to let out McCormick and the rest of the conspirators on fifty +thousand dollars bail apiece. That was most exasperating to Peter, because +it was obvious that when you put a Red into jail, you made him a martyr to +the rest of the Reds you made him conspicuous to the whole community, and +then if you let him out again, his speaking and agitating were ten times +as effective as before. Either you ought to keep an agitator in jail for +good, or else you ought not put him in at all. But the judges didn’t see +that—their heads were full of a lot of legal bunk, and they let +David Andrews and the other Red lawyers hood-wink them. Herbert Ashton and +his Socialist crowd also got out on bail, and the “Clarion” was still +published and openly sold on the news-stands. While it didn’t dare oppose +the war any more, it printed every impolite thing it could possibly +collect about the “gigantic trading corporation” known as the British +Government, and also about the “French bankers” and the “Italian +imperialists.” It clamored for democracy for Ireland and Egypt and India, +and shamelessly defended the Bolsheviki, those pro-German conspirators and +nationalizers of women. +</p> +<p> +So Peter proceeded to collect more evidence against the “Clarion” staff, +and against the I. W. Ws. Presently he read the good news that the +government had arrested a couple of hundred of the I. W. W. leaders all +over the country, and also the national leaders of the Socialists, and was +going to try them all for conspiracy. Then came the trial of McCormick and +Henderson and Gus and the rest; and Peter picked up his “Times” one +morning, and read on the front page some news that caused him to gasp. Joe +Angell, one of the leaders in the dynamite conspiracy, had turned state’s +evidence! He had revealed to the District Attorney, not only the part +which he himself had played in the plan to dynamite Nelse Ackerman’s home, +but he had told everything that the others had done—just how the +dynamite had been got and prepared, and the names of all the leading +citizens of the community who were to share Nelse Ackerman’s fate! Peter +read, on and on, breathless with wonder, and when he got thru with the +story he rolled back on his bed and laughed out loud. By heck, that was +the limit! Peter had framed a frame-up on Guffey’s man, and of course +Guffey couldn’t send this man to prison; so he had had him turn state’s +evidence, and was letting him go free, as his reward for telling on the +others! +</p> +<p> +The court calendars were now crowded with “espionage” cases; pacifist +clergymen who had tried to preach sermons, and labor leaders who had tried +to call strikes; members of the Anti-conscription League and their pupils, +the draft-dodgers and slackers; Anarchists and Communists and Quakers, I. +W. Ws., and Socialists and “Russellites.” There were several trials going +on all the time, and in almost every case Peter had a finger, Peter was +called on to get this bit of evidence, or to investigate that juror, or to +prepare some little job against a witness for the defense. Peter was +wrapped up in the fate of each case, and each conviction was a personal +triumph. As there was always a conviction, Peter began to swell up again +with patriotic fervor, and the memory of Nell Doolin and Ted Crothers +slipped far into the background. When “Mac” and his fellow dynamiters were +sentenced to twenty years apiece, Peter felt that he had atoned for all +his sins, and he ventured timidly to point out to McGivney that the cost +of living was going up all the time, and that he had kept his promise not +to wink at a woman for six months. McGivney said all right, they would +raise him to thirty dollars a week. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0070" id="link2H_4_0070"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 70 +</h2> +<p> +Of course Peter’s statement to McGivney had not been literally true. He +had winked at a number of women, but the trouble was none had returned his +wink. First he had made friendly advances toward Miriam Yankovich, who was +buxom and not bad looking; but Miriam’s thoughts were evidently all with +McCormick in jail; and then, after her experience with Bob Ogden, Miriam +had to go to a hospital, and of course Peter didn’t want to fool with an +invalid. He made himself agreeable to others of the Red girls, and they +seemed to like him; they treated him as a good comrade, but somehow they +did not seem to act up to McGivney’s theories of “free love.” So Peter +made up his mind that he would find him a girl who was not a Red. It would +give him a little relief now and then, a little fun. The Reds seldom had +any fun—their idea of an adventure was to get off in a room by +themselves and sing the International or the Red Flag in whispers, so the +police couldn’t hear them. +</p> +<p> +It was Saturday afternoon, and Peter went to a clothing store kept by a +Socialist, and bought himself a new hat and a new suit of clothes on +credit. Then he went out on the street, and saw a neat little girl going +into a picture-show, and followed her, and they struck up an acquaintance +and had supper together. She was what Peter called a “swell dresser,” and +it transpired that she worked in a manicure parlor. Her idea of fun +corresponded to Peter’s, and Peter spent all the money he had that +Saturday evening, and made up his mind that if he could get something new +on the Reds in the course of the week, he would strike McGivney for forty +dollars. +</p> +<p> +Next morning was Easter Sunday, and Peter met his manicurist by +appointment, and they went for a stroll on Park Avenue, which was the +aristocratic street of American City and the scene of the “Easter parade.” + It was war time, and many of the houses had flags out, and many of the men +were in uniform, and all of the sermons dealt with martial themes. Christ, +it appeared, was risen again to make the world safe for democracy, and to +establish self-determination for all people; and Peter and Miss Frisbie +both had on their best clothes, and watched the crowds in the “Easter +parade,” and Miss Frisbie studied the costumes and make-up of the ladies, +and picked up scraps of their conversation and whispered them to Peter, +and made Peter feel that he was back on Mount Olympus again. +</p> +<p> +They turned into one of the swell Park Avenue churches; the Church of the +Divine Compassion it was called, and it was very “high,” with candles and +incense—althogh you could hardly smell the incense on this occasion +for the scent of the Easter lilies and the ladies. Peter and his friend +were escorted to one of the leather covered pews, and they heard the Rev. +de Willoughby Stotterbridge, a famous pulpit orator, deliver one of those +patriotic sermons which were quoted in the “Times” almost every Monday +morning. The Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge quoted some Old Testament +text about exterminating the enemies of the Lord, and he sang the triumph +of American arms, and the overwhelming superiority of American munitions. +He denounced the Bolsheviks and all other traitors, and called for their +instant suppression; he didn’t say that he had actually been among the +crowd which had horse-whipped the I. W. Ws. and smashed the printing +presses and typewriters of the Socialists, but he made it unmistakably +clear that that was what he wanted, and Peter’s bosom swelled with happy +pride. It was something to a man to know that he was serving his country +and keeping the old flag waving; but it was still more to know that he was +enlisted in the service of the Almighty, that Heaven and all its hosts +were on his side, and that everything he had done had the sanction of the +Almighty’s divinely ordained minister, speaking in the Almighty’s holy +temple, in the midst of stained-glass windows and brightly burning candles +and the ravishing odor of incense, and of Easter lilies and of mignonette +and lavender in the handkerchiefs of delicately gowned and exquisite +ladies from Mount Olympus. This, to be sure, was mixing mythologies, but +Peter’s education had been neglected in his youth, and Peter could not be +blamed for taking the great ones of the earth as they were, and believing +what they taught him. +</p> +<p> +The white robed choir marched out, and the music of “Onward Christian +Soldiers” faded away, and Peter and his lady went out from the Church of +the Divine Compassion, and strolled on the avenue again, and when they had +sufficiently filled their nostrils with the sweet odors of snobbery, they +turned into the park, where there were places of seclusion for young +couples interested in each other. But alas, the fates which dogged Peter +in his love-making had prepared an especially cruel prank that morning. At +the entrance to the park, whom should Peter meet but Comrade +Schnitzelmann, a fat little butcher who belonged to the “Bolshevik local” + of American City. Peter tried to look the other way and hurry by, but +Comrade Schnitzelmann would not have it so. He came rushing up with one +pudgy hand stretched out, and a beaming smile on his rosy Teutonic +countenance. “Ach, Comrade Gudge!” cried he. “Wie geht’s mit you dis +morning?” + </p> +<p> +“Very well, thank you,” said Peter, coldly, and tried to hurry on. +</p> +<p> +But Comrade Schnitzelmann held onto his hand. “So! You been seeing dot +Easter barade!” said he. “Vot you tink, hey? If we could get all de wage +slaves to come und see dot barade, we make dem all Bolsheviks pretty +quick! Hey, Comrade Gudge?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I guess so,” said Peter, still more coldly. +</p> +<p> +“We show dem vot de money goes for—hey, Comrade Gudge!” And Comrade +Schnitzelmann chuckled, and Peter said, quickly, “Well, good-bye,” and +without introducing his lady-love took her by the arm and hurried away. +</p> +<p> +But alas, the damage had been done! They walked for a minute or two amid +ominous silence. Then suddenly the manicurist stood still and confronted +Peter. “Mr. Gudge,” she demanded, “what does that mean?” + </p> +<p> +And Peter of course could not answer. He did not dare to meet her flashing +eyes, but stood digging the toe of his shoe into the path. “I want to know +what it means,” persisted the girl. “Are you one of those Reds?” + </p> +<p> +And what could poor Peter say? How could he explain his acquaintance with +that Teutonic face and that Teutonic accent? +</p> +<p> +The girl stamped her foot with impatient anger. “So you’re one of those +Reds! You’re one of those pro-German traitors! You’re an imposter, a spy!” + </p> +<p> +Peter was helpless with embarrassment and dismay. “Miss Frisbie,” he +began, “I can’t explain—” + </p> +<p> +“<i>Why</i> can’t you explain? Why can’t any honest man explain?” + </p> +<p> +“But—but—I’m not what you think—it isn’t true! I—I—” + It was on the tip of Peter’s tongue to say, “I’m a patriot! I’m a 100% +American, protecting my country against these traitors!” But professional +honor sealed his tongue, and the little manicurist stamped her foot again, +and her eyes flashed with indignation. +</p> +<p> +“You dare to seek my acquaintance! You dare to take me to church! Why—if +there was a policeman in sight, I’d report you, I’d send you to jail!” And +actually she looked around for a policeman! But it is well known that +there never is a policeman in sight when you look for one; so Miss Frisbie +stamped her foot again and snorted in Peter’s face. “Goodbye, <i>Comrade</i> +Gudge!” The emphasis she put upon that word “comrade” would have frozen +the fieriest Red soul; and she turned with a swish of her skirts and +strode off, and Peter stood looking mournfully at her little French heels +going crunch, crunch, crunch on the gravel path. When the heels were clean +gone out of sight, Peter sought out the nearest bench and sat down and +buried his face in his hands, a picture of woe. Was there ever in the +world a man who had such persistent ill luck with women? +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0071" id="link2H_4_0071"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 71 +</h2> +<p> +These were days of world-agony, when people bought the newspapers several +times every day, and when crowds gathered in front of bulletin boards, +looking at the big maps with little flags, and speculating, were the +Germans going to get to Paris, were they going to get to the Channel and +put France out of the war? And then suddenly the Americans struck their +first blow, and hurled the Germans back at Chateau-Thierry, and all +America rose up with one shout of triumph! +</p> +<p> +You would think that was a poor time for pacifist agitation; but the +members of the Anti-conscription League had so little discretion that they +chose this precise moment to publish a pamphlet, describing the torturing +of conscientious objectors in military prisons and training camps! Peter +had been active in this organization from the beginning, and he had helped +to write into the pamphlet a certain crucial phrase which McGivney had +suggested. So now here were the pamphlets seized by the Federal +government, and all the members of the Anti-conscription League under +arrest, including Sadie Todd and little Ada Ruth and Donald Gordon! Peter +was sorry about Sadie Todd, in spite of the fact that she had called him +names. He couldn’t be very sorry about Ada Ruth, because she was obviously +a fanatic, bent on getting herself into trouble. As for Donald Gordon, if +he hadn’t learned his lesson from that whipping, he surely had nobody to +blame but himself. +</p> +<p> +Peter was a member of this Anti-conscription League, so he pretended to be +in hiding, and carried on a little comedy with Ada Ruth’s cousin, an +Englishwoman, who hid him out in her place in the country. Peter had an +uncomfortable quarter of an hour when Donald Gordon was released on bail, +because the Quaker boy insisted that the crucial phrase which had got them +all into trouble had been stricken out of the manuscript before he handed +it to Peter Gudge to take to the printer. But Peter insisted that Donald +was mistaken, and apparently he succeeded in satisfying the others, and +after they were all out on bail, he made bold to come out of his hiding +place and to attend one or two protest meetings in private homes. +</p> +<p> +Then began a new adventure, in some ways the most startling of all. It had +to do with another girl, and the beginning was in the home of Ada Ruth, +where a few of the most uncompromising of the pacifists gathered to +discuss the question of raising money to pay for their legal defense. To +this meeting came Miriam Yankovich, pale from an operation for cancer of +the breast, but with a heart and mind as Red as ever. Miriam had brought +along a friend to help her, because she wasn’t strong enough to walk; and +it was this friend who started Peter on his new adventure. +</p> +<p> +Rosie Stern was her name, and she was a solid little Jewish working girl, +with bold black eyes, and a mass of shining black hair, and flaming cheeks +and a flashing smile. She was dressed as if she knew about her beauty, and +really appreciated it; so Peter wasn’t surprised when Miriam, introducing +her, remarked that Rosie wasn’t a Red and didn’t like the Reds, but had +just come to help her, and to see what a pacifist meeting was like. +Perhaps Peter might help to make a Red out of her! And Peter was very glad +indeed, for he was never more bored with the whining of pacifists than now +when our boys were hurling the Germans back from the Marne and writing +their names upon history’s most imperishable pages. +</p> +<p> +Rosie was something new and unforeseen, and Peter went right after her, +and presently he realized with delight that she was interested in him. +Peter knew, of course, that he was superior to all this crowd, but he +wasn’t used to having the fact recognized, and as usual when a woman +smiled upon him, the pressure of his self-esteem rose beyond the safety +point. Rosie was one of those people who take the world as it is and get +some fun out of it, so while the pacifist meeting went on, Peter sat over +in the corner and told her in whispers his funny adventures with Pericles +Priam and in the Temple of Jimjambo. Rosie could hardly repress her +laughter, and her black eyes flashed, and before the evening was over +their hands had touched several times. Then Peter offered to escort her +and Miriam, and needless to say they took Miriam home first. The tenement +streets were deserted at this late hour, so they found a chance for swift +embraces, and Peter went home with his feet hardly touching the ground. +</p> +<p> +Rosie worked in a paper-box factory, and next evening Peter took her out +to dinner, and their eager flirtation went on. But Rosie showed a tendency +to retreat, and when Peter pressed her, she told him the reason. She had +no use for Reds; she was sick of the jargon of the Reds, she would never +love a Red. Look at Miriam Yankovich—what a wreck she had made of +her life! She had been a handsome girl, she might have got a rich husband, +but now she had had to be cut to pieces! And look at Sadie Todd, slaving +herself to death, and Ada Ruth with her poems that made you tired. Rosie +jeered at them all, and riddled them with the arrows of her wit, and of +course Peter in his heart agreed with everything she said; yet Peter had +to pretend to disagree, and that made Rosie cross and spoiled their fun, +and they almost quarreled. +</p> +<p> +Under these circumstances, naturally it was hard for Peter not to give +some hint of his true feeling. After he had spent all of his money on +Rosie and a lot of his time and hadn’t got anywhere, he decided to make +some concession to her—he told her he would give up trying to make a +Red out of her. Whereupon Rosie made a face at him. “Very kind indeed of +you, Mr. Gudge! But how about my making a ‘White’ out of you?” And she +went on to inform him that she wanted a fellow that could make money and +take care of a girl. Peter answered that he was making money all right. +Well, how was he making money, asked Rosie. Peter wouldn’t tell, but he +was making it, and he would prove it by taking her to the theater every +night. +</p> +<p> +So the little duel went on, evening after evening. Peter got more and more +crazy about this black-eyed beauty, and she got more and more coquettish, +and more and more impatient with his radical leanings. Rosie’s father had +brought her as a baby from Kisheneff, but she was 100% American all the +same, so she told him; those boys in khaki who were over there walloping +the Huns were the boys for her, and she was waiting for one of them to +come back. What was the matter with Peter that he wasn’t doing his part? +Was he a draft-dodger? Rosie had never had anything to do with slackers, +and wasn’t keen for the company of a man who couldn’t give an account of +himself. Only that day she had been reading in the paper about the +atrocities committed by the Huns. How could any man with red blood in his +veins sympathize with these pacifists and traitors? And if Peter didn’t +sympathize with them, why did he travel round with them and give them his +moral support? When Peter made a feeble effort at repeating some of the +pacifists’ arguments, Rosie just said, “Oh, fudge! You’ve got too much +sense to talk that kind of stuff to me.” And Peter knew, of course, that +he <i>had</i> too much sense, and it was hard to keep from letting Rosie +see it. He had just lost one girl because of his Red entanglements. Was it +up to him to lose another? +</p> +<p> +For a couple of weeks they sparred and fought. Rosie would let Peter kiss +her, and Peter’s head would be quite turned with desire. He decided that +she was the most wonderful girl he had ever known; even Nell Doolin had +nothing on her. But then once more she would pin Peter down on this +business of his Redness, and would spurn him, and refuse to see him any +more. At last Peter admitted to her that he had lost his sympathy with the +Reds, she had converted him, and he despised them. So Rosie replied that +she was delighted; they would go at once to see Miriam Yankovich, and +Peter would tell her, and try to convert her also. Peter was then in a bad +dilemma; he had to insist that Rosie should keep his conversion a secret. +But Rosie became indignant, she set her lips and declared that a +conversion that had to be kept secret was no conversion at all, it was +simply a low sham, and Peter Gudge was a coward, and she was sick of him! +So poor Peter went away, heartbroken and bewildered. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0072" id="link2H_4_0072"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 72 +</h2> +<p> +There was only one way out of this plight for Peter, and that was for him +to tell Rosie the truth. And why should he not do it? He was wild about +her, and he knew that she was wild about him, and only one thing—his +great secret—stood in the way of their perfect bliss. If he told her +that great secret, he would be a hero of heroes in her eyes; he would be +more wonderful even than the men who were driving back the Germans from +the Marne and writing their names upon history’s most imperishable pages! +So why should he not tell? +</p> +<p> +He was in her room one evening, and his arms were about her, and she had +almost but not quite yielded. “Please, please, Peter,” she pleaded, “stop +being one of those horrid Reds!” And Peter could stand it no longer. He +told her that he really wasn’t a Red, but a secret agent employed by the +very biggest business men of American City to keep track of the Reds and +bring their activities to naught. And when he told this, Rosie stared at +him in consternation. She refused to believe him; when he insisted, she +laughed at him, and finally became angry. It was a silly yarn, and did he +imagine he could string her along like that? +</p> +<p> +So Peter, irritated, set out to convince her. He told her about Guffey and +the American City Land & Investment Company; he told her about +McGivney, and how he met McGivney regularly at Room 427 of the American +House. He told her about his thirty dollars a week, and how it was soon to +be increased to forty, and he would spend it all on her. And perhaps she +might pretend to be converted by him, and become a Red also, and if she +could satisfy McGivney that she was straight, he would pay her too, and it +would be a lot better than working ten and a half hours a day in Isaac +& Goldstein’s paper box factory. +</p> +<p> +At last Peter succeeded in convincing the girl. She was subdued and +frightened; she hadn’t been prepared for anything like that, she said, and +would have to have a little time to think it over. Peter then became +worried in turn. He hoped she wouldn’t mind, he said, and set to work to +explain to her how important his work was, how it had the sanction of all +the very best people in the city—not merely the great bankers and +business men, but mayors and public officials and newspaper editors and +college presidents, and great Park Avenue clergymen like the Rev. de +Willoughby Stotterbridge of the Church of the Divine Compassion. And Rosie +said that was all right, of course, but she was a little scared and would +have to think it over. She brought the evening to an abrupt end, and Peter +went home much disconcerted. +</p> +<p> +Perhaps an hour later there came a sharp tap on the door of his +lodging-house room, and he went to the door, and found himself confronted +by David Andrews, the lawyer, Donald Gordon, and John Durand, the labor +giant, president of the Seamen’s Union. They never even said, “Howdy do,” + but stalked into the room, and Durand shut the door behind him, and stood +with his back to it, folded his arms and glared at Peter like the stone +image of an Aztec chieftain. So before they said a word Peter knew what +had happened. He knew that the jig was up for good this time; his career +as savior of the nation was at an end. And again it was all on account of +a woman—all because he hadn’t taken Guffey’s advice about winking! +</p> +<p> +But all other thoughts were driven from Peter’s mind by one emotion, which +was terror. His teeth began giving their imitation of an angry woodchuck, +and his knees refused to hold him; he sat down on the edge of the bed, +staring from one to another of these three stone Aztec faces. “Well, +Gudge,” said Andrews, at last, “so you’re the spy we’ve been looking for +all this time!” + </p> +<p> +Peter remembered Nell’s injunction, “Stick it out, Peter! Stick it out!” + </p> +<p> +“Wh-wh-what do you mean, Mr. Andrews?” + </p> +<p> +“Forget it, Gudge,” said Andrews. “We’ve just been talking with Rosie, and +Rosie was our spy.” + </p> +<p> +“She’s been lying to you!” Peter cried. +</p> +<p> +But Andrews said: “Oh rubbish! We’re not that easy! Miriam Yankovich was +listening behind the door, and heard your talk.” + </p> +<p> +So then Peter knew that the case was hopeless, and there was nothing left +but to ascertain his fate. Had they come just to scold him and appeal to +his conscience? Or did they plan to carry him away and strangle him and +torture him to death? The latter was the terror that had been haunting +Peter from the beginning of his career, and when gradually be made out +that the three Aztecs did not intend violence, and that all they hoped for +was to get him to admit how much he had told to his employers—then +there was laughter inside Peter, and he broke down and wept tears of +scalding shame, and said that it had all been because McCormick had told +that cruel lie about him and little Jennie Todd. He had resisted the +temptation for a year, but then he had been out of a job, and the Goober +Defense Committee had refused him any work; he had actually been starving, +and so at last he had accepted McGivney’s offer to let him know about the +seditious activities of the extreme Reds. But he had never reported +anybody who hadn’t really broken the law, and he had never told McGivney +anything but the truth. +</p> +<p> +Then Andrews proceeded to examine him. Peter denied that he had ever +reported anything about the Goober case. He denied most strenuously that +he had ever had anything to do with the McCormick “frame-up.” When they +tried to pin him down on this case and that, he suddenly summoned his +dignity and declared that Andrews had no right to cross-question him, he +was a 100%, red-blooded American patriot, and had been saving his country +and his God from German agents and Bolshevik traitors. +</p> +<p> +Donald Gordon almost went wild at that. “What you’ve been doing was to +slip stuff into our pamphlet about conscientious objectors, so as to get +us all indicted!” + </p> +<p> +“That’s a lie!” cried Peter. “I never done nothing of the kind!” + </p> +<p> +“You know perfectly well you rubbed out those pencil marks that I drew +through that sentence in the pamphlet.” + </p> +<p> +“I never done it!” cried Peter, again and again. +</p> +<p> +And suddenly big John Durand clenched his hands, and his face became +terrible with his pent-up rage. “You white-livered little sneak!” he +hissed. “What we ought to do with you is to pull the lying tongue out of +you!” He took a step forward, as if he really meant to do it. +</p> +<p> +But David Andrews interfered. He was a lawyer, and knew the difference +between what he could do and what Guffey’s men could do. “No, no, John,” + he said, “nothing like that. I guess we’ve got all we can get out of this +fellow. We’ll leave him to his own conscience and his Jingo God. Come on, +Donald.” And he took the white-faced Quaker boy with one hand, and the big +labor giant with the other, and walked them out of the room, and Peter +heard them tramping down the stairs of his lodging house, and he lay on +his bed and buried his face in the pillows, and felt utterly wretched, +because once more he had been made a fool of, and as usual it was a woman +that had done it. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0073" id="link2H_4_0073"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 73 +</h2> +<p> +Peter could see it all very clearly when he came to figure over the thing; +he could see what a whooping jackass he had been. He might have known that +it was up to him to be careful, at this time of all times, when he was +suspected of having rubbed out Donald Gordon’s pencil marks. They had +picked out a girl whom Peter had never seen before, and she had come and +posed as Miriam’s friend, and had proceeded to take Peter by the nose and +lead him to the edge of the precipice and shove him over. And now she +would be laughing at him, telling all her friends about her triumph, and +about Peter’s thirty dollars a week that he would never see again. +</p> +<p> +Peter spent a good part of the night getting up the story that he was to +tell McGivney next morning. He wouldn’t mention Rosie Stern, of course; he +would say that the Reds had trailed him to Room 427, and it must be they +had a spy in Guffey’s office. Peter repeated this story quite solemnly, +and again realized too late that he had made a fool of himself. It wasn’t +twenty-four hours before every Red in American City knew the true, inside +history of the unveiling of Peter Gudge as a spy of the Traction Trust. +The story occupied a couple of pages in that week’s issue of the +“Clarion,” and included Peter’s picture, and an account of the part that +Peter had played in various frame-ups. It was nearly all true, and the +fact that it was guess-work on Donald Gordon’s part did not make it any +the better for Peter. Of course McGivney and Guffey and all his men read +the story, and knew Peter for the whooping jackass that Peter knew +himself. +</p> +<p> +“You go and get yourself a job with a pick and shovel,” said McGivney, and +Peter sorrowfully took his departure. He had only a few dollars in his +pocket, and these did not last very long, and he had got down to his last +nickel, and was confronting the wolf of starvation again, when McGivney +came to his lodging house room with a new proposition. There was one job +left, and Peter might take it if he thought he could stand the gaff. +</p> +<p> +It was the job of state’s witness. Peter had been all thru the Red +movement, he knew all these pacifists and Socialists and Syndicalists and +I. W. Ws. who were now in jail. In some cases the evidence of the +government was far from satisfactory; so Peter might have his salary back +again, if he were willing to take the witness stand and tell what he was +told to tell, and if he could manage to sit in a courtroom without falling +in love with some of the lady jurors, or some of the lady spies of the +defense. These deadly shafts of sarcasm Peter did not even feel, because +he was so frightened by the proposition which McGivney put up to him. To +come out into the open and face the blinding glare of the Red hate! To +place himself, the ant, between the smashing fists of the battling giants! +</p> +<p> +Yes, it might seem dangerous, said McGivney, for a cowardly little whelp +like himself; but then a good many men had had the nerve to do it, and +none of them had died yet. McGivney himself did not pretend to care very +much whether Peter did it or not; he put the matter up to him on Guffey’s +orders. The job was worth forty dollars a week, and he might take it or +leave it. +</p> +<p> +And there sat Peter, with only a nickel and a couple of pennies in his +pocket, and the rent for his room two weeks over-due, and his landlady +lying in wait in the hallway like an Indian with a tomahawk. Peter +objected, what about all those bad things in his early record, Pericles +Priam and the Temple of Jimjambo, which had ruined him as a witness in the +Goober case. McGivney answered dryly that he couldn’t let himself out with +that excuse; he was invited to pose as a reformed “wobbly,” and the more +crimes and rascalities he had in his record, the more convinced the jury +would be that he had been a real “wobbly.” + </p> +<p> +Peter asked, just when would he be expected to appear? And McGivney +answered, the very next week. They were trying seventeen of the “wobblies” + on a conspiracy charge, and Peter would be expected to take the stand and +tell how he had heard them advocate violence, and heard them boast of +having set fire to barns and wheat fields, and how they had put phosphorus +bombs into haystacks, and copper nails into fruit trees, and spikes into +sawmill logs, and emery powder into engine bearings. Peter needn’t worry +about what he would have to say, McGivney would tell him everything, and +would see him thoroughly posted, and he would find himself a hero in the +newspapers, which would make clear that he had done everything from the +very highest possible motives of 100% Americanism, and that no soldier in +the war had been performing a more dangerous service. +</p> +<p> +To Peter it seemed they might say that without troubling their conscience +very much. But McGivney went on to declare that he needn’t be afraid; it +was no part of Guffey’s program to give the Reds the satisfaction of +putting his star witness out of business. Peter would be kept in a safe +place, and would always have a body-guard. While he was in the city, +giving his testimony, they would put him up at the Hotel de Soto. +</p> +<p> +And that of course settled it. Here was poor Peter, with only a nickel and +two coppers in his pocket, and before him stood a chariot of fire with +magic steeds, and all he had to do was to step in, and be whirled away to +Mount Olympus. Peter stepped in! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0074" id="link2H_4_0074"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 74 +</h2> +<p> +McGivney took him to Guffey’s office, and Guffey wasted no time upon +preliminaries, but turned to his desk, and took out a long typewritten +document, a complete account of what the prosecution meant to prove +against the seventeen I. W. Ws. First, Peter told what he himself had seen +and heard—not very much, but a beginning, a hook to hang his story +upon. The I. W. W. hall was the meeting place for the casual and homeless +labor of the country, the “bindle-stiffs” who took the hardest of the +world’s hard knocks, and sometimes returned them. There was no kind of +injustice these fellows hadn’t experienced, and now and then they had +given blow for blow. Also there were loose talkers among them, who worked +off their feelings by threats of vengeance upon their enemies. Now and +then a real criminal came along, and now and then a paid inciter, a Peter +Gudge or a Joe Angell. Peter told the worst that he had heard, and all he +knew about the arrested men, and Guffey wrote it all down, and then +proceeded to build upon it. This fellow Alf Guinness had had a row with a +farmer in Wheatland County; there had been a barn burned nearby, and +Guffey would furnish an automobile and a couple of detectives to travel +with Peter, and they would visit the scene of that fire and the nearby +village, and familiarize themselves with the locality, and Peter would +testify how he had been with Guinness when he and a half dozen of the +defendants had set fire to that barn. +</p> +<p> +Peter hadn’t intended anything quite so serious as that, but Guffey was so +business-like, and took it all so much as a matter of course, that Peter +was afraid to show the white feather. After all, this was war-time; +hundreds of men were giving up their lives every day in the Argonne, and +why shouldn’t Peter take a little risk in order to put out of business his +country’s most dangerous enemies? +</p> +<p> +So Peter and his two detectives blew themselves to a joy ride in the +country. And then Peter was brought back and made comfortable in a room on +the twelfth floor of the Hotel de Soto, where he diligently studied the +typewritten documents which McGivney brought him, and thoroughly learned +the story he was to tell. There was always one of Guffey’s men walking up +and down in the hallway outside with a gun on his hip, and they brought +Peter three meals a day, not forgetting a bottle of beer and a package of +cigarettes. Twice a day Peter read in the newspapers about the heroic +deeds of our boys over there, and also about the latest bomb plots which +had been discovered all over the country, and about various trials under +the espionage act. +</p> +<p> +Also, Peter had the thrill of reading about himself in a real newspaper. +Hitherto he had been featured in labor papers, and Socialist papers like +the “Clarion,” which did not count; but now the American City “Times” came +out with a long story of how the district attorney’s office had “planted” + a secret agent with the I. W. W., and how this man, whose name was Peter +Gudge, had been working as one of them for the past two years, and was +going to reveal the whole story of I. W. W. infamy on the witness stand. +</p> +<p> +Two days before the trial Peter was escorted by McGivney and another +detective to the district attorney’s office, and spent the best part of +the day in conference with Mr. Burchard and his deputy, Mr. Stannard, who +were to try the case. McGivney had told Peter that the district attorney +was not in the secret, he really believed that Peter’s story was all true; +but Peter suspected that this was camouflage, to save Mr. Burchard’s face, +and to protect him in case Peter ever tried to “throw him down.” Peter +noticed that whenever he left any gap in his story, the district attorney +and the deputy told him to fill it, and he managed to guess what to fill +it with. +</p> +<p> +Henry Clay Burchard came from the far South, and followed a style of +oratory long since gone out of date. He wore his heavy black hair a little +long, and when he mounted the platform he would pull out the tremulo stop, +stretching out his hands and saying in tones of quivering emotion: “The +ladies, God bless them!” Also he would say: “I am a friend of the common +man. My heart beats with sympathy for those who constitute the real +backbone of America, the toilers of the shop and farm.” And then all the +banqueters of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association would applaud, and would send their checks to +the campaign fund of this friend of the common man. Mr. Burchard’s deputy, +Mr. Stannard, was a legal fox who told his chief what to do and how to do +it; a dried-up little man who looked like a bookworm, and sat boring you +thru with his keen eyes, watching for your weak points and preparing to +pierce you thru with one of his legal rapiers. He would be quite friendly +about it—he would joke with you in the noon hour, assuming that you +would of course understand it was all in the line of business, and no harm +meant. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0075" id="link2H_4_0075"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 75 +</h2> +<p> +The two men heard Peter’s story and changed it a little, and then heard +him over again and pronounced him all right, and Peter went back to his +hotel room and waited in trepidation for his hour in the limelight. When +they took him to court his knees were shaking, but also he had a thrill of +real importance, for they had provided him with a body-guard of four big +huskies; also he saw two “bulls” whom he recognized in the hallway outside +the court-room, and many others scattered thru the audience. The place was +packed with Red sympathizers, but they had all been searched before they +were allowed to enter, and were being watched every moment during the +trial. +</p> +<p> +When Peter stepped into the witness box he felt as Tom Duggan and Donald +Gordon must have felt that night when the white glare from thirty or forty +automobiles was beating upon them. Peter felt the concentrated Red hate of +two or three hundred spectators, and now and then their pent-up fury would +break restraint; there would be a murmur of protest, or perhaps a wave of +sneering laughter, and the bailiff would bang on the table with his wooden +mallet, and the judge would half rise from his seat, and declare that if +that happened again he would order the court-room cleared. +</p> +<p> +Not far in front of Peter at a long table sat the seventeen defendants, +looking like trapped rats, and every one of their thirty-four rat eyes +were fixed upon Peter’s face, and never moved from it. Peter only glanced +that way once; they bared their rats’ teeth at him, and he quickly looked +in another direction. But there also he saw a face that brought him no +comfort; there sat Mrs. Godd, in her immaculate white chiffons, her +wide-open blue eyes fixed upon his face, her expression full of grief and +reproach. “Oh, Mr. Gudge!” she seemed to be saying. “How can you? Mr. +Gudge, is this Peace. . . justice. . . Truth. . . Law?” And Peter realized +with a pang that he had cut himself off forever from Mount Olympus, and +from the porch chair with the soft silken pillows! He turned away toward +the box where sat the twelve jurymen and women. One old lady gave him a +benevolent smile, and a young farmer gave him a sly wink, so Peter knew +that he had friends in that quarter—and after all, they were the +ones who really counted in this trial. Mrs. Godd was as helpless as any +“wobbly,” in the presence of this august court. +</p> +<p> +Peter told his story, and then came his cross-questioning, and who should +rise and start the job but David Andrews, suave and humorous and deadly. +Peter had always been afraid of Andrews, and now he winced. Nobody had +told him he was to face an ordeal like this! Nobody had told him that +Andrews would be allowed to question him about every detail of these +crimes which he said he had witnessed, and about all the conversations +that had taken place, and who else was present, and what else had been +said, and how he had come to be there, and what he had done afterwards, +and what he had had to eat for breakfast that morning. Only two things +saved Peter, first the constant rapid-fire of objections which Stannard +kept making, to give Peter time to think; and second, the cyclone-cellar +which Stannard had provided for him in advance. “You can always fail to +remember,” the deputy had said; “nobody can punish you for forgetting +something.” So Peter would repeat the minute details of a conversation in +which Alf Guinness had told of burning down the barn, but he didn’t +remember who else had heard the conversation, and he didn’t remember what +else had been said, nor what was the date of the conversation. +</p> +<p> +Then came the blessed hour of noon, with a chance for Peter to get fixed +up again before the court resumed at two. He was questioned again by +Stannard, who patched up all the gaps in his testimony, and then again he +failed to remember things, and so avoided the traps which Andrews set for +his feet. He was told that he had “done fine,” and was escorted back to +the Hotel de Soto in triumph, and there for a week he stayed while the +defense made a feeble effort to answer his testimony. Peter read in the +papers the long speeches in which the district attorney and the deputy +acclaimed him as a patriot, protecting his country from its “enemies +within;” also he read a brief reference to the “tirade” of David Andrews, +who had called him a “rat” and a “slinking Judas.” Peter didn’t mind that, +of course—it was all part of the game, and the calling of names is a +pretty sure sign of impotence. +</p> +<p> +Less easy to accept placidly, however, was something which came to Peter +that same day—a letter from Mrs. Godd! It wasn’t written to him, but +he saw Hammett and another of the “bulls” chuckling together, and he asked +what was the joke, and they told him that Mrs. Godd had somehow found out +about Guffey, and had written him a letter full of insults, and Guffey was +furious. Peter asked what was in it, and they told him, and later on when +he insisted, they brought it and showed it to him, and Peter was furious +too. On very expensive stationery with a stately crest at the top, the +mother of Mount Olympus had written in a large, bland, girlish hand her +opinion of “under cover” men and those who hired them: +</p> +<p> +“You sit like a big spider and weave a net to catch men and destroy them. +You destroy alike your victims and your tools. The poor boy, Peter Gudge, +whom you sent to my home—my heart bleeds when I think of him, and +what you have put him up to! A wretched, feeble-minded victim of greed, +who ought to be sent to a hospital for deformed souls, you have taken him +and taught him a piece of villainy to recite, so that he may send a group +of sincere idealists to prison.” + </p> +<p> +That was enough! Peter put down the letter—he would not dignify such +stuff by reading it. He realized that he would have to put his mind on the +problem of Mrs. Godd once more. One woman like that, in her position of +power, was more dangerous than all the seventeen “wobblies” who had been +haled before the court. Peter inquired, and learned that Guffey had +already been to see Nelse Ackerman about it, and Mr. Ackerman had been to +see Mr. Godd, and Mr. Godd had been to see Mrs. Godd. Also the “Times” had +an editorial referring to the “nest of Bolshevism” upon Mount Olympus, and +all Mrs. Godd’s friends were staying away from her luncheon-parties—so +she was being made to suffer for her insolence to Peter Gudge! +</p> +<p> +“A hospital for deformed souls,” indeed! Peter was so upset that his joy +in life was not restored even by the news that the jury had found the +defendants guilty on the first ballot. He told McGivney that the strain of +this trial had been too much for his nerves, and they must take care of +him; so an automobile was provided, and Peter was taken to a secret hiding +place in the country to recuperate. +</p> +<p> +Hammett went with him, and Hammett was a first-class gunman, and Peter +stayed close by him; in the evening he stayed up in the second story of +the farm-house, lest perchance one of the “wobblies” should take too +literally the testimony Peter had given concerning their habit of shooting +at their enemies out of the darkness. Peter knew how they all must hate +him; he read in the paper how the judge summoned the guilty men before him +and sentenced them, incidentally forcing them to listen to a scathing +address, which was published in full in the “Times.” The law provided a +penalty of from one to fourteen years, and the judge sentenced sixteen of +them to fourteen years, and one to ten years, thus tempering justice with +mercy. +</p> +<p> +Then one day McGivney sent an automobile, and Peter was brought to +Guffey’s office, and a new plan was unfolded to him. They had arrested +another bunch of “wobblies” in the neighboring city of Eldorado, and Peter +was wanted there to repeat his testimony. It happened that he knew one of +the accused men, and that would be sufficient to get his testimony in—his +prize stuff about the burning barns and the phosphorus bombs. He would be +taken care of just as thoroughly by the district attorney’s office of +Eldorado County; or better yet, Guffey would write to his friend Steve +Ellman, who did the detective work for the Home and Fireside Association, +the big business organization of that city. +</p> +<p> +Peter hemmed and hawed. This was a pretty hard and dangerous kind of work, +it really played the devil with a man’s nerves, sitting up there in the +hotel room all day, with nothing to do but smoke cigarettes and imagine +the “wobblies” throwing bombs at you. Also, it wouldn’t last very long; it +ought to be better paid. Guffey answered that Peter needn’t worry about +the job’s lasting; if he cared to give this testimony, he might have a joy +ride from one end of the country to the other, and everywhere he would +live on the fat of the land, and be a hero in the newspapers. +</p> +<p> +But still Peter hemmed and hawed. He had learned from the American City +“Times” how valuable a witness he was, and he ventured to demand his +price, even from the terrible Guffey; he stuck it out, in spite of +Guffey’s frowns, and the upshot was that Guffey said, All right, if Peter +would take the trip he might have seventy-five dollars a week and +expenses, and Guffey would guarantee to keep him busy for not less than +six months. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0076" id="link2H_4_0076"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 76 +</h2> +<p> +So Peter went to Eldorado, and helped to send eleven men to the +penitentiary for periods varying from three to fourteen years. Then he +went to Flagland, and testified in three different trials, and added seven +more scalps to his belt. By this time he got to realize that the worst the +Reds could do was to make faces at him and show the teeth of trapped rats. +He learned to take his profession more easily, and would sometimes venture +to go out for an evening’s pleasure without his guards. When he was hidden +in the country he would take long walks regardless of the thousands of +blood-thirsty Reds on his trail. +</p> +<p> +It was while Peter was testifying in Flagland that a magic word was +flashed from Europe, and the whole city went mad with joy. Everyone, from +babies to old men, turned out on the streets and waved flags and banged +tin cans and shouted for peace with victory. When it was learned that the +newspapers had fooled them, they waited three days, and then turned out +and went thru the same performance again. Peter was a bit worried at +first, for fear the coming of peace might end his job of saving the +country; but presently he realized that there was no need for concern, the +smashing of the Reds was going on just the same. +</p> +<p> +They had some raids on the Socialists while Peter was in Flagland, and the +detectives told him he might come along for the fun of it. So Peter armed +himself with a black-jack and a revolver, and helped to rush the Socialist +headquarters. The war was over, but Peter felt just as military as if it +were still going on; when he got the little Jewish organizer of the local +pent up in a corner behind his desk and proceeded to crack him over the +head, Peter understood exactly how our boys had felt in the Argonne. When +he discovered the thrill of dancing on typewriter keys with his boots, he +even understood how the Huns had felt. +</p> +<p> +The detectives were joined by a bunch of college boys, who took to that +kind of thing with glee. Having got their blood up, they decided they +might as well clean out the Red movement entirely, so they rushed a place +called the “International Book-Shop,” kept by a Hawaiian. The proprietor +dodged into the kitchen of a Chinese restaurant next door, and put on an +apron; but no one had ever seen a Chinaman with a black mustache, so they +fell on him and broke several of the Chinaman’s sauce-pans over his head. +They took the contents of the “International Book-Shop” into the back yard +and started a bon-fire with it, and detectives and college boys on a lark +joined hands and danced an imitation of the Hawaiian hula-hula around the +blaze. +</p> +<p> +So Peter lived a merry life for several months. He had one or two journeys +for nothing, because an obstinate judge refused to admit that anything +that any I. W. W. had ever said or done anywhere within the last ten years +was proper testimony to be introduced against a particular I. W. W. on +trial. But most judges were willing to co-operate with the big business +men in ridding the country of the Red menace, and Peter’s total of scalps +amounted to over a hundred before his time was up, and Guffey sent him his +last cheek and turned him loose. +</p> +<p> +That was in the city of Richport, and Peter having in an inside pocket +something over a thousand dollars in savings, felt that he had earned a +good time. He went for a stroll on the Gay White Way of the city, and in +front of a moving picture palace a golden-haired girl smiled at him. This +was still in the days of two and three-fourths per cent beer, and Peter +invited her into a saloon to have a glass, and when he opened his eyes +again it was dark, and he had a splitting headache, and he groped around +and discovered that he was lying in a dark corner of an alleyway. Terror +gripped his heart, and he clapped his hand to the inside pocket where his +wallet had been, and there was nothing but horrible emptiness. So Peter +was ruined once again, and as usual it was a woman that had done it! +</p> +<p> +Peter went to the police-station, but they never found the woman, or if +they did, they divided with her and not with Peter. He threw himself on +the mercy of the sergeant at the desk, and succeeded in convincing the +sergeant that he, Peter, was a part of the machinery of his country’s +defense, and the sergeant agreed to stand sponsor for ten words to Guffey. +So Peter sat himself down with a pencil and paper, and figured over it, +and managed to get it into ten words, as follows: “Woman again broke any +old job any pay wire fare.” And it appeared that Guffey must have sat +himself down with a pencil and paper and figured over it also, for the +answer came back in ten words, as follows: “Idiot have wired secretary +chamber commerce will give you ticket.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter repaired forthwith to the stately offices of the Chamber of +Commerce, and the hustling, efficient young business-man secretary sent +his clerk to buy Peter a ticket and put him on the train. In a time of +need like that Peter realized what it meant to have the backing of a great +and powerful organization, with stately offices and money on hand for all +emergencies, even when they arose by telegraph. He took a new vow of +sobriety and decency, so that he might always have these forces of law and +order on his side. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0077" id="link2H_4_0077"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 77 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was duly scolded, and put to work as an “office man” at his old +salary of twenty dollars a week. It was his duty to consult with Guffey’s +many “operatives,” to tell them everything he knew about this individual +Red or that organization of Reds. He would use his inside knowledge of +personalities and doctrines and movements to help in framing up testimony, +and in setting traps for too ardent agitators. He could no longer pose as +a Red himself, but sometimes there were cases where he could do detective +work without being recognized; when, for example, there was a question of +fixing a juror, or of investigating the members of a panel. +</p> +<p> +The I. W. Ws. had been put out of business in American City, but the +Socialists were still active, in spite of prosecutions and convictions. +Also there was a new peril looming up; the returned soldiers were coming +back, and a lot of them were dissatisfied, presuming to complain of their +treatment in the army, and of the lack of good jobs at home, and even of +the peace treaty which the President was arranging in Paris. They had +fought to make the world safe for democracy, and here, they said, it had +been made safe for the profiteers. This was plain Bolshevism, and in its +most dangerous form, because these fellows had learned to use guns, and +couldn’t very well be expected to become pacifists right off the bat. +</p> +<p> +There had been a great labor shortage during the war, and some of the more +powerful unions had taken the general rise in prices as an excuse for +demanding higher wages. This naturally had made the members of the Chamber +of Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association indignant, +and now they saw their chance to use these returned soldiers to smash +strikes and to break the organizations of the labor men. They proceeded to +organize the soldiers for this purpose; in American City the Chamber of +Commerce contributed twenty-five thousand dollars to furnish the +club-rooms for them, and when the trolley men went on strike the cars were +run by returned soldiers in uniform. +</p> +<p> +There was one veteran, a fellow by the name of Sydney, who objected to +this program. He was publishing a paper, the “Veteran’s Friend,” and began +to use the paper to protest against his comrades acting as what he called +“scabs.” The secretary of the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association +sent for him and gave him a straight talking to, but he went right ahead +with his campaign, and so Guffey’s office was assigned the task of +shutting him up. Peter, while he could not take an active part in the job, +was the one who guided it behind the scenes. They proceeded to plant spies +in Sydney’s office, and they had so many that it was really a joke; they +used to laugh and say that they trod on one another’s toes. Sydney was +poor, and had not enough money to run his paper, so he accepted any +volunteer labor that came along. And Guffey sent him plenty of volunteers—no +less than seven operatives—one keeping Sydney’s books, another +helping with his mailing, two more helping to raise funds among the labor +unions, others dropping in every day or two to advise him. Nevertheless +Sydney went right ahead with his program of denouncing the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association, and denouncing the government for its failure +to provide farms and jobs for the veterans. +</p> +<p> +One of Guffey’s “under cover operatives”—that was the technical term +for the Peter Gudges and Joe Angells—was a man by the name of Jonas. +This Jonas called himself a “philosophic anarchist,” and posed as the +reddest Red in American City; it was his habit to rise up in radical +meetings and question the speaker, and try to tempt him to justify +violence and insurrection and “mass-action.” If he repudiated these ideas, +then Jonas would denounce him as a “mollycoddle,” a “pink tea Socialist,” + a “labor faker.” Other people in the audience would applaud, and so +Guffey’s men would find out who were the real Red sympathizers. +</p> +<p> +Peter had long suspected Jonas, and now he was sent to meet him in Room +427 of the American House, and together they framed up a job on Sydney. +Jonas wrote a letter, supposed to come from a German “comrade,” giving the +names of some papers in Europe to which the editor should send sample +copies of his magazine. This letter was mailed to Sydney, and next morning +Jonas wandered into the office, and Sydney showed him the letter, and +Jonas told him that these were labor papers, and the editors would no +doubt be interested to know of the feelings of American soldiers since the +war. Sydney sat down to write a letter, and Jonas stood by his side and +told him what to write: “To my erstwhile enemies in arms I send fraternal +greetings, and welcome you as brothers in the new co-operative +commonwealth which is to be”—and so on, the usual Internationalist +patter, which all these agitators were spouting day and night, and which +ran off the ends of their pens automatically. Sydney mailed these letters, +and the sample copies of the magazine, and Guffey’s office tipped off the +postoffice authorities, who held up the letters. The book-keeper, one of +Guffey’s operatives, went to the Federal attorney and made affidavit that +Sydney had been carrying on a conspiracy with the enemy in war-time, and a +warrant was issued, and the offices of the magazine were raided, the +subscription-lists confiscated, and everything in the rooms dumped out +into the middle of the floor. +</p> +<p> +So there was a little job all Peter’s own; except that Jonas, the +scoundrel, claimed it for his, and tried to deprive Peter of the credit! +So Peter was glad when the Federal authorities looked the case over and +said it was a bum job, and they wouldn’t monkey with it. However, the +evidence was turned over to District-attorney Burchard, who wasn’t quite +so fastidious, and his agents made another raid, and smashed up the office +again, and threw the returned soldier into jail. The judge fixed the bail +at fifteen thousand dollars, and the American City “Times” published the +story with scare-headlines all the way across the front page—how the +editor of the “Veteran’s Friend” had been caught conspiring with the +enemy, and here was a photographic copy of his treasonable letter, and a +copy of the letter of the mysterious German conspirator with whom he had +been in relations! They spent more than a year trying that editor, and +although he was out on bail, Guffey saw to it that he could not get a job +anywhere in American City; his paper was smashed and his family near to +starvation. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0078" id="link2H_4_0078"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 78 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had now been working faithfully for six or eight months, and all +that time he religiously carried out his promise to Guffey and did not +wink at a woman. But that is an unnatural life for a man, and Peter was +lonely, his dreams were haunted by the faces of Nell Doolin and Rosie +Stern, and even of little Jennie Todd. One day another face came back to +him, the face of Miss Frisbie, the little manicurist who had spurned him +because he was a Red. Now suddenly Peter realized that he was no longer a +Red! On the contrary, he was a hero, his picture had been published in the +American City “Times,” and no doubt Miss Frisbie had seen it. Miss Frisbie +was a good girl, a straight girl, and surely all right for him to know! +</p> +<p> +So Peter went to the manicure parlor, and sure enough, there was the +little golden-haired lady; and sure enough, she had read all about him, +she had been dreaming that some day she might meet him again—and so +Peter invited her to go to a picture show. On the way home they became +very chummy, and before a week went by it was as if they had been friends +for life. When Peter asked Miss Frisbie if he might kiss her, she answered +coyly that he might, but after he had kissed her a few times she explained +to him that she was a self-supporting woman, alone and defenseless in the +world, and she had nobody to speak for her but herself; she must tell him +that she had always been a respectable woman, and that she wanted him to +know that before he kissed her any more. And Peter thought it over and +decided that he had sowed his full share of wild oats in this life; he was +ready to settle down, and the next time he saw Miss Frisbie he told her +so, and before the evening was by they were engaged. +</p> +<p> +Then Peter went to see Guffey, and seated himself on the edge of the chair +alongside Guffey’s desk, and twisted his hat in his hands, and flushed +very red, and began to stammer out his confession. He expected to be +received with a gale of ridicule; he was immensely relieved when Guffey +said that if Peter had really found a good girl and wanted to marry her, +he, Guffey, was for it. There was nothing like the influence of a good +woman, and Guffey much preferred his operatives should be married men, +living a settled and respectable life. They could be trusted then, and +sometimes when a woman operative was needed, they had a partner ready to +hand. If Peter had got married long ago, he might have had a good sum of +money in the bank by now. +</p> +<p> +Peter ventured to point out that twenty dollars a week was not exactly a +marrying salary, in the face of the present high cost of living. Guffey +answered that that was true, and he would raise Peter to thirty dollars +right away—only first he demanded the right to talk to Peter’s +fiancee, and judge for himself whether she was worthy. Peter was +delighted, and Miss Frisbie had a private and confidential interview with +Peter’s boss. But afterwards Peter wasn’t quite so delighted, for he +realized what Guffey had done. Peter’s future wife had been told all about +Peter’s weakness, and how Peter’s boss looked to her to take care of her +husband and make him walk the chalkline. So a week after Peter had entered +the holy bonds of matrimony, when he and Mrs. Gudge had their first little +family tiff, Peter suddenly discovered who was going to be top dog in that +family. He was shown his place once for all, and he took it,—alongside +that husband who described his domestic arrangements by saying that he and +his wife got along beautifully together, they had come to an arrangement +by which he was to have his way on all major issues, and she was to have +her way on all minor issues, and so far no major issues had arisen. +</p> +<p> +But really it was a very good thing; for Gladys Frisbie Gudge was an +excellent manager, and set to work making herself a nest as busily as any +female beaver. She still hung on to her manicurist job, for she had +figured it out that the Red movement must be just about destroyed by now, +and pretty soon Peter might find himself without work. In the evenings she +took to house-hunting, and during her noon hour, without consulting Peter +she selected the furniture and the wall-paper, and pretty nearly bought +out the stock of a five-and-ten-cent store to equip the beaver’s nest. +</p> +<p> +Gladys Frisbie Gudge was a diligent reader of the fashion magazines, and +kept herself right up to the minute with the styles; also she had got +herself a book on etiquette, and learned it by heart from cover to cover, +and now she took Peter in hand and taught it to him. Why must he always be +a “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Whites?” Why should he not acquire the +vocabulary of an educated man, the arts and graces of the well-to-do? +Gladys knew that it is these subtleties which determine your salary in the +long run; so every Sunday morning she would dress him up with a new brown +derby and a new pair of brown kid gloves, and take him to the Church of +the Divine Compassion, and they would listen to the patriotic sermon of +the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge, and Gladys would bow her head in +prayer, and out of the corner of her eye would get points on costumes from +the lady in the next pew. And afterwards they would join the Sunday +parade, and Gladys would point out to Peter the marks of what she called +“gentility.” In the evenings they would go walking, and she would stop in +front of the big shop-windows, or take him into the hotel lobbies where +the rich could be seen free of charge. Peter would be hungry, and would +want to go to a cheap restaurant and fill himself up with honest grub; but +Gladys, who had the appetite of a bird, would insist on marching him into +the dining-room of the Hotel de Soto and making a meal upon a cup of broth +and some bread and butter—just in order that they might gaze upon a +scene of elegance and see bow “genteel” people ate their food. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0079" id="link2H_4_0079"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 79 +</h2> +<p> +And just as ardently as Gladys Frisbie Gudge adored the rich, so ardently +did she object to the poor. If you pinned her down to it, she would admit +that there had to be poor; there could not be gentility, except on the +basis of a large class of ungentility. The poor were all right in their +place; what Gladys objected to was their presuming to try to get out of +their place, or to criticise their betters. She had a word by which she +summed up everything that she despised in the world, and that word was +“common;” she used it to describe the sort of people she declined to meet, +and she used it in correcting Peter’s manners and his taste in hats. To be +“common” was to be damned; and when Gladys saw people who were indubitably +and inescapably “common,” presuming to set themselves up and form +standards of their own, she took it as a personal affront, she became +vindictive and implacable towards them. Each and every one of them became +to her a personal enemy, an enemy to something far more precious than her +person, an enemy to the thing she aspired to become, to her ideal. +</p> +<p> +Peter had once been like that himself, but now he was so comfortable, he +had a tendency to become lazy and easy-going. It was well, therefore, that +he had Gladys to jack him up, and keep him on his job. Gladys at first did +not meet any Reds face to face, she knew them only by the stories that +Peter brought home to her when his day’s work was done. But each new group +that he was hounding became to Gladys an assemblage of incarnate fiends, +and while she sat polishing the finger-nails of stout society ladies who +were too sleepy to talk, Gladys’ busy mind would be working over schemes +to foil these fiends. +</p> +<p> +Sometimes her ideas were quite wonderful. She had a woman’s intuition, the +knowledge of human foibles, all the intricate subtleties of the emotional +life; she would bring to Peter a program for the undoing of some young +radical, as complete as if she had known the man or woman all her life. +Peter took her ideas to McGivney, and then to Guffey, and the result was +that her talents were recognized, and by the lever of a generous salary +she was pried loose from the manicure parlor. Guffey sent her to make the +acquaintance of the servants in the household of a certain rich man who +was continually making contributions to the Direct Primary Association and +other semi-Red organizations, and who was believed to have a scandal in +his private life. So successful was Gladys at this job that presently +Guffey set her at the still more delicate task of visiting rich ladies, +and impressing upon them the seriousness of the Red peril, and persuading +them to meet the continually increasing expenses of Guffey’s office. +</p> +<p> +Just now was a busy time in the anti-Red campaign. For nearly two years, +ever since the Bolshevik revolution in Russia, there had been gradually +developing a split in the Socialist movement, and the “under-cover” + operatives of the Traction Trust, as well as those of the district +attorney’s office and of the Federal government, had been working +diligently to widen this split and develop dissensions in the +organization. There were some Socialists who believed in politics, and +were prepared to devote their lives to the slow and tedious job of +building up a party. There were others who were impatient, looking for a +short cut, a general strike or a mass insurrection of the workers which +would put an end to the slavery of capitalism. The whole game of politics +was rotten, these would argue; a politician could find more ways to fool +the workers in a minute than the workers could thwart in a year. They +pointed to the German Socialists, those betrayers of internationalism. +There were people who called themselves Socialists right here in American +City who wanted to draw the movement into the same kind of trap! +</p> +<p> +This debate was not conducted in the realm of abstractions; the two wings +of the movement would attack one another with bitterness. The +“politicians” would denounce the “impossibilists,” calling them +“anarchists;” and the other side, thus goaded, would accuse their enemies +of being in the hire of the government. Peter would supply McGivney with +bits of scandal which the “under cover” men would start going among the +“left-wingers;” and in the course of the long wrangles in the local these +accusations would come out. Herbert Ashton would mention them with his +biting sarcasm, or “Shorty” Gunton would shout them in one of his tirades—“hurling +them into his opponents teeth,” as he phrased it. +</p> +<p> +“Shorty” Gunton was a tramp printer, a wandering agitator who was all for +direct action, and didn’t care a hang who knew it. “Violence?” he would +say. “How many thousand years shall we submit to the violence of +capitalist governments, and never have the right to reply?” And then again +he would say, “Violence? Yes, of course we must repudiate violence—until +we get enough of it!” Peter had listened to “Shorty’s” railings at the +“compromisers” and the “political traders,” and had thought him one of the +most dangerous men in American City. But later on, after the episode of +Joe Angell had opened Peter’s eyes, he decided that “Shorty” must also be +a secret agent like himself. +</p> +<p> +Peter was never told definitely, but he picked up a fact here and there, +and fitted them together, and before long his suspicion had become +certainty. The “left wing” Socialists split off from the party, and called +a convention of their own, and this convention in turn split up, one part +forming the Communist Party, and another part forming the Communist Labor +Party. While these two conventions were in session, McGivney came to +Peter, and said that the Federal government had a man on the platform +committee of the Communist Party, and they wanted to write in some phrases +that would make membership in that party in itself a crime, so that +everybody who held a membership card could be sent to prison without +further evidence. These phrases must be in the orthodox Communist lingo, +and this was where Peter’s specialized knowledge was needed. +</p> +<p> +So Peter wrote the phrases, and a couple of days later he read in the +newspapers an account of the convention proceedings. The platform +committee had reported, and “Shorty” Gunton had submitted a minority +report, and had made a fiery speech in the convention, with the result +that his minority report was carried by a narrow margin. This minority +report contained all the phrases that Peter had written. A couple of +months later, when the government had its case ready, and the wholesale +raids upon the Communists took place, “Shorty” Gunton was arrested, but a +few days later he made a dramatic escape by sawing his way thru the roof +of the jail! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0080" id="link2H_4_0080"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 80 +</h2> +<p> +The I. W. W. had bobbed up again in American City, and had ventured to +open another headquarters. Peter did not dare go to the place himself, but +he coached a couple of young fellows whom McGivney brought to him, +teaching them the Red lingo, and how to worm their way into the movement. +Before long one of them was secretary of the local; and Peter, directing +their activities, received reports twice a week of everything the +“wobblies” were planning and doing. Peter and Gladys were figuring out +another bomb conspiracy to direct attention to these dangerous men, when +one day Peter picked up the morning paper and discovered that a kind +Providence had delivered the enemy into his hands. +</p> +<p> +Up in the lumber country of the far Northwest, in a little town called +Centralia, the “wobblies” had had their headquarters raided and smashed, +just as in American City. They had got themselves another meeting-place, +and again the members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association had held a secret meeting and resolved to wipe +them out. The “wobblies” had appealed to the authorities for protection, +and when protection was refused, they had printed a leaflet appealing to +the public. But the business men went ahead with their plans. They +arranged for a parade of returned soldiers on the anniversary of Armistice +Day, and they diverted this parade out of its path so that it would pass +in front of the I. W. W. headquarters. Some of the more ardent members +carried ropes, symbolic of what they meant to do; and they brought the +parade to a halt in front of the headquarters, and set up a yell and +started to rush the hall. They battered in the door, and had pushed their +way half thru it when the “wobblies” opened fire from inside, killing +several of the paraders. +</p> +<p> +Then, of course, the mob flew into a frenzy of fury. They beat the men in +the hall, some of them into insensibility; they flung them into jail, and +battered and tortured them, and took one of them out of jail and carried +him away in an automobile, and after they had mutilated him as Shawn Grady +had been mutilated, they hanged him from a bridge. Of course they saw to +it that the newspaper stories which went out from Centralia that night +were the right kind of stories; and next morning all America read how a +group of “wobblies” had armed themselves with rifles, and concealed +themselves on the roof of the I. W. W. headquarters, and deliberately and +in cold blood had opened fire upon a peaceful parade of unarmed war +veterans. +</p> +<p> +Of course the country went wild, and the Guffeys and McGivneys and Gudges +all over the United States realized that their chance had come. Peter +instructed the secretary of the I. W. W. local of American City to call a +meeting for that evening, to adopt a resolution declaring the press +stories from Centralia to be lies. At the same time another of Guffey’s +men, an ex-army officer still wearing his, uniform, caused a meeting of +the American Legion to be summoned; he made a furious address to the boys, +and at nine o’clock that night some two-score of them set out, armed with +big monkey-wrenches from their automobiles, and raided the I. W. W. +headquarters, and battered the members over the head with the +monkey-wrenches, causing several to leap from the window and break their +legs. Next morning the incident was reported in the American City “Times” + with shouts of glee, and District-attorney Burchard issued a public +statement to the effect that no effort would be made to punish the soldier +boys; the “wobblies” had wanted “direct action,” and they had got it, and +it would be assumed that they were satisfied. +</p> +<p> +Then the members of the American Legion, encouraged by this applause, and +instigated by Guffey’s ex-army officer, proceeded to invade and wreck +every radical meeting-place in the city. They smashed the “Clarion” office +and the Socialist Party headquarters again, and confiscated more tons of +literature. They wrecked a couple of book-stores, and then, breaking up +into small groups, they inspected all the news-stands in the city, and +wherever they found Red magazines like the Nation or the New Republic, +they tore up the copies and threatened the agents with arrest. They +invaded the rooms of a literary society called the Ruskin Club, frequented +mostly by amiable old ladies, and sent some of these elderly dames into +hysterics. They discovered the “Russian Peoples’ Club,” which had hitherto +been overlooked because it was an educational organization. But of course +no Russian could be trusted these days—all of them were Bolsheviks, +or on the way to becoming Bolsheviks, which was the same thing; so Guffey +organized a raid on this building, and some two hundred Russians were +clubbed and thrown downstairs or out of windows, and an elderly teacher of +mathematics had his skull cracked, and a teacher of music had some teeth +knocked out. +</p> +<p> +There were several million young Americans who had been put into military +uniform, and had guns put into their hands, and been put thru target +practice and bayonet drill, and then had not seen any fighting. These +fellows were, as the phrase has it, “spoiling for a fight;” and here was +their chance. It was just as much fun as trench warfare, and had the +advantage of not being dangerous. When the raiding parties came back, +there were no missing members, and no casualties to be telegraphed to +heartbroken parents. Some fool women got together and tried to organize a +procession to protest against the blockade of Russia; the raiders fell +upon these women, and wrecked their banners, and tore their clothing to +bits, and the police hustled what was left of them off to jail. It +happened that a well-known “sporting man,” that is to say a race-track +frequenter, came along wearing a red necktie, and the raiders, taking him +for a Bolshevik, fell upon him and pretty nearly mauled the life out of +him. After that there was protest from people who thought it unwise to +break too many laws while defending law and order, so the district +attorney’s office arranged to take on the young soldier boys as deputy +sheriffs, and give them all badges, legal and proper. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0081" id="link2H_4_0081"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 81 +</h2> +<p> +Peter Gudge often went along on these hunting parties. Peter, curiously +enough, discovered in himself the same “complex” as the balked soldier +boys. Peter had been reading war news for five years, but had missed the +fighting; and now he discovered that he liked to fight. What had kept him +from liking to fight in the past was the danger of getting hurt; but now +that there was no such danger, he could enjoy it. In past times people had +called him a coward, and he had heard it so often that he had come to +believe it; but now he realized that it was not true, he was just as brave +as anybody else in the crowd. +</p> +<p> +The truth was that Peter had not had a happy time in his youth, he had +never learned, like the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association, to knock a little white ball +about a field with various shapes and sizes of clubs. Peter was like a +business man who has missed his boyhood, and then in later years finds the +need of recreation, and takes up some form of sport by the orders of his +physician. It became Peter’s, form of sport to stick an automatic revolver +in his hip-pocket, and take a blackjack in his hand, and rush into a room +where thirty or forty Russians or “Sheenies” of all ages and lengths of +beard were struggling to learn the intricacies of English spelling. Peter +would give a yell, and see this crowd leap and scurry hither and thither, +and chase them about and take a whack at a head wherever he saw one, and +jump into a crowd who were bunched together like sheep, trying to hide +their heads, and pound them over the exposed parts of their anatomy until +they scattered into the open again. He liked to get a lot of them started +downstairs and send them tumbling heels over head; or if he could get them +going out a window, that was more exhilarating yet, and he would yell and +whoop at them. He learned some of their cries—outlandish gibberish +it was—and he would curse them in their own language. He had a +streak of the monkey in him, and as he got to know these people better he +would imitate their antics and their gestures of horror, and set a whole +room full of the “bulls” laughing to split their sides. There was a famous +“movie” comedian with big feet, and Peter would imitate this man, and +waddle up to some wretched sweat-shop worker and boot him in the trousers’ +seat, or step on his toes, or maybe spit in his eye. So he became +extremely popular among the “bulls,” and they would insist on his going +everywhere with them. +</p> +<p> +Later on, when the government set to work to break up the Communist Party +and the Communist Labor Party, Peter’s popularity and prestige increased +still more. For now, instead of just raiding and smashing, the police and +detectives would round up the prisoners and arrest them by hundreds, and +carry them off and put them thru “examinations.” And Peter was always +needed for this; his special knowledge made him indispensable, and he +became practically the boss of the proceedings. It had been arranged thru +“Shorty” Gunton and the other “under cover” men that the meetings of the +Communist and Communist Labor parties should be held on the same night; +and all over the country this same thing was done, and next morning the +world was electrified by the news that all these meetings had been raided +at the same hour, and thousands of Reds placed under arrest. In American +City the Federal government had hired a suite of about a dozen rooms +adjoining the offices of Guffey, and all night and next morning batches of +prisoners were brought in, until there were about four hundred in all. +They were crowded into these rooms with barely space to sit down; of +course there was an awful uproar, moaning and screaming of people who had +been battered, and a smell that beat the monkey cage at the zoological +gardens. +</p> +<p> +The prisoners were kept penned up in this place for several weeks, and all +the time more were being brought in; there were so many that the women had +to be stored in the toilets. Many of the prisoners fell ill, or pretended +to fall ill, and several of them went insane, or pretended to go insane, +and several of them died, or pretended to die. And of course the parlor +Reds and sympathizers were busy outside making a terrible fuss about it. +They had no more papers, and could not hold any more meetings, and when +they tried to circulate literature the post-office authorities tied them +up; but still somehow they managed to get publicity, and Peter’s “under +cover” men would report to him who was doing this work, and Peter would +arrange to have more raids and more batches of prisoners brought in. In +one of the “bomb-plots” which had been unveiled in the East they had +discovered some pink paper, used either for printing leaflets, or for +wrapping explosives, one could not be sure. Anyhow, the secret agencies +with which Guffey was connected had distributed samples of this paper over +the country, and any time the police wanted to finish some poor devil, +they would find this deadly “pink paper” in his possession, and the +newspapers would brand him as one of the group of conspirators who were +sending infernal machines thru the mails. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0082" id="link2H_4_0082"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 82 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was so busy these days that he missed several nights’ sleep, and +hardly even stopped to eat. He had his own private room, where the +prisoners were brought for examination, and he had half a dozen men under +his orders to do the “strong arm” work. It was his task to extract from +these prisoners admissions which would justify their being sent to prison +if they were citizens, or being deported if they were aliens. There was of +course seldom any way to distinguish between citizens and aliens; you just +had to take a chance on it, proceeding on the certainty that all were +dangerous. Many years ago, when Peter had been working for Pericles Priam, +they had spent several months in a boarding house, and you could tell when +there was going to be beef-steak for dinner, because you heard the cook +pounding it with the potato-masher to “tender it up;” and Peter learned +this phrase, and now used the process upon his alien Reds. When they came +into the room, Peter’s men would fall upon them and beat them and cuff +them, knocking them about from one fist to another. If they were stubborn +and would not “come across,” Peter would take them in hand himself, +remembering how successful Guffey had been in getting things out of him by +the twisting of wrists and the bending back of fingers. +</p> +<p> +It was amazing how clever and subtle some of these fellows were. They were +just lousy foreign laborers, but they spent all their spare time reading; +you would find large collections of books in their rooms when you made +your raids, and they knew exactly what you wanted, and would parry your +questions. Peter would say: “You’re an Anarchist, aren’t you?” And the +answer would be: “I’m not an Anarchist in the sense of the word you mean”—as +if there could be two meanings of the word “Anarchist!” Peter would say, +“You believe in violence, do you not?” And then the fellow would become +impertinent: “It is you who believe in violence, look at my face that you +have smashed.” Or Peter would say, “You don’t like this government, do +you?” And the answer would be, “I always liked it until it treated me so +badly”—all kinds of evasions like that, and there would be a +stenographer taking it down, and unless Peter could get something into the +record that was a confession, it would not be possible to deport that Red. +So Peter would fall upon him and “tender him up” until he would answer +what he was told to answer; or maybe Peter would prepare an interview as +he wanted it to be, and the detectives would grab the man’s hand and make +him sign it; or maybe Peter would just sign it himself. +</p> +<p> +These were harsh methods, but there was no way to help it, the Reds were +so cunning. They were secretly undermining the government, and was the +government to lie down and admit its helplessness? The answer of 100% +Americanism was thundered from every wood and templed hill in the country; +also from every newspaper office. The answer was “No!” 100% Americanism +would find a way to preserve itself from the sophistries of European +Bolshevism; 100% Americanism had worked out its formula: “If they don’t +like this country, let them go back where they come from.” But of course, +knowing in their hearts that America was the best country in the world, +they didn’t want to go back, and it was necessary to make them go. +</p> +<p> +Peter was there for that purpose, and his devoted wife was by his side, +egging him on with her feminine implacability. Gladys had always been +accustomed to refer to these people as “cattle,” and now, when she smelled +them herded together in these office rooms for several weeks, she knew +that she was right, and that no fate could be too stern for them. +Presently with Peter’s help she discovered another bomb-plot, this time +against the Attorney-General of the country, who was directing these +wholesale raids. They grabbed four Italian Anarchists in American City, +and kept them apart in special rooms, and for a couple of months Peter +labored with them to get what he wanted out of them. Just as Peter thought +he had succeeded, his efforts were balked by one of them jumping out of +the window. The room being on the fourteenth story, this Italian Anarchist +was no longer available as a witness against himself. The incident set the +parlor Bolsheviks all over the country to raging, and caused David Andrews +to get some kind of court injunction, and make a lot of inconvenience to +Guffey’s office. +</p> +<p> +However, the work went on; the Reds were gradually sorted out, and some +who proved not to be Reds were let go again, and others were loaded onto +special Red trains and taken to the nearest ports. Some of them went in +grim silence, others went with furious cursings, and yet others with +wailings and shriekings; for many of them had families, and they had the +nerve to demand that the government should undertake to ship their +families also, or else to take care of their families for them! The +government, naturally, admitted no such responsibility. The Reds had no +end of money for printing seditious literature, so let them use it to take +care of their own! +</p> +<p> +In these various raids and examinations Peter of course met a great many +of the Reds whom he had once known as friends and intimates. Peter had +been wont to imagine himself meeting them, and to tremble at the bare +idea; but now he found that he rather enjoyed it. He was entirely +delivered from that fear of them, which had formerly spoiled his appetite +and disturbed his sleep. He had learned that the Reds were poor creatures +who did not fight back; they had no weapons, and many of them did not even +have muscles; there was really nothing to them but talk. And Peter knew +that he had the power of organized society behind him, the police and the +courts and the jails, if necessary the army with its machine guns and +airplanes and poison gas. Not merely was it safe to pound these people, to +tread on their toes and spit in their eyes; it was safe also to frame up +anything on them, because the newspapers would always back you up, and the +public would of course believe whatever it read in its newspapers. +</p> +<p> +No, Peter was no longer afraid of the Reds! He made up his mind that he +was not even afraid of Mac, the most dangerous Red of them all. Mac was +safely put away in jail for twenty years, and although his case had been +appealed, the court had refused to grant a stay of sentence or to let him +out on bail. As it happened, Peter got a glimpse into Mac’s soul in jail, +and knew that even that proud, grim spirit was breaking. Mac in jail had +written a letter to one of his fellow-Reds in American City, and the +post-office authorities had intercepted the letter, and Guffey had shown +it to Peter. “Write to us!” Mac had pleaded. “For God’s sake, write to us! +The worst horror of being in jail is that you are forgotten. Do at least +let us know that somebody is thinking about us!” + </p> +<p> +So Peter knew that he was the victor, he was “top dog.” And when he met +these Reds whom he had been so afraid of, he took pleasure in letting them +feel the weight of his authority, and sometimes of his fist. It was +amusing to see the various ways in which they behaved toward him. Some +would try to plead with him, for the sake of old times; some would cringe +and whine to him; some would try to reason with him, to touch his +conscience. But mostly they would be haughty, they would glare at him with +hate, or put a sneer of contempt on their faces. So Peter would set his +“bulls” to work to improve their manners, and a little thumb-bending and +wrist-twisting would soon do the work. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0083" id="link2H_4_0083"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 83 +</h2> +<p> +Among the first load to be brought in was Miriam Yankovich. Miriam had +joined the Communist Party, and she had been born in Russia, so that was +all there was to her case. Peter, knew, of course that it was Miriam who +had set Rosie Stern after him and brought about his downfall. Still, he +could not help but be moved by her appearance. She looked haggard and old, +and she had a cough, and her eyes were wild and crazy. Peter remembered +her as proud and hot-tempered, but now her pride was all gone—she +flung herself on her knees before him, and caught hold of his coat, +sobbing hysterically. It appeared that she had a mother and five young +brothers and sisters who were dependent upon her earnings; all her money +had been consumed by hospital expenses, and now she was to be deported to +Russia, and what would become of her loved ones? +</p> +<p> +Peter answered, what could he do? She had violated the law, they had her +membership card in the Communist Party, and she had admitted that she was +alien born. He tried to draw away, but she clung to him, and went on +sobbing and pleading. At least she ought to have a chance to talk with her +old mother, to tell her what to do, where to go for help, how to +communicate with Miriam in future. They were sending her away without +allowing her to have a word with her loved ones, without even a chance to +get her clothing! +</p> +<p> +Peter, as we know, had always been soft-hearted towards women, so now he +was embarrassed. In the handling of these cattle he was carrying out the +orders of his superiors; he had no power to grant favors to any one, and +he told Miriam this again and again. But she would not listen to him. +“Please, Peter, please! For God’s sake, Peter! You know you were once a +little in love with me, Peter—you told me so—” + </p> +<p> +Yes, that was true, but it hadn’t done Peter much good. Miriam had been +interested in Mac—in Mac, that most dangerous devil, who had given +Peter so many anxious hours! She had brushed Peter to one side, she had +hardly been willing to listen to what he said; and now she was trying to +use that love she had spurned! +</p> +<p> +She had got hold of his hand, and he could not get it away from her +without violence. “If you ever felt a spark of love for a woman,” she +cried, “surely you cannot deny such a favor—such a little favor! +Please, Peter, for the sake of old times!” + </p> +<p> +Suddenly Peter started, and Miriam too. There came a voice from the +doorway. “So this is one of your lady friends, is it?” And there stood +Gladys, staring, rigid with anger, her little hands clenched. “So this is +one of your Red sweethearts, one of your nationalized women?” And she +stamped her foot. “Get up, you hussy! Get up, you slut!” And as Miriam +continued to kneel, motionless with surprise, Gladys rushed at her, and +clutched two handfuls of her heavy black hair, and pulled so that Miriam +fell prone on the floor. “I’ll teach you, you free lover!” she screamed. +“I’ll teach you to make love to my husband!” And she dragged Miriam about +by that mop of black hair, kicking her and clawing her, until finally +several of the bulls had to interfere to save the girl’s life. +</p> +<p> +As a matter of fact Gladys had been told about Peter’s shameful past +before she married him; Guffey had told her, and she had told Peter that +Guffey had told her, she had reminded Peter of it many, many times. But +the actual sight of one of these “nationalized women” had driven her into +a frenzy, and it was a week before peace was restored in the Gudge family. +Meantime poor Peter was buffeted by storms of emotion, both at home and in +his office. They were getting ready the first Red train, and it seemed as +if every foreign Red that Peter had ever known was besieging him, trying +to get at him and harrow his soul and his conscience. Sadie Todd’s cousin, +who had been born in England, was shipped out on this first train, and +also a Finnish lumberman whom Peter had known in the I. W. W., and a +Bohemian cigar worker at whose home he had several times eaten, and +finally Michael Dubin, the Jewish boy with whom he had spent fifteen days +in jail, and who had been one of the victims of the black-snake whippings. +</p> +<p> +Michael made no end of wailing, because he had a wife and three babies, +and he set up the claim that when the “bulls” had raided his home they had +stolen all his savings, two or three hundred dollars. Peter, of course, +insisted that he could do nothing; Dubin was a Red and an alien, and he +must go. When they were loading them on the train, there was Dubin’s wife +and half a hundred other women, shrieking and wringing their hands, and +trying to break thru the guards to get near their loved ones. The police +had to punch them in the stomachs with their clubs to hold them back, and +in spite of all these blows, the hysterical Mrs. Dubin succeeded in +breaking thru the guards, and she threw herself under the wheels of the +train, and they were barely able to drag her away in time to save her +life. Scenes like this would, of course, have a bad effect upon the +public, and so Guffey called up the editors of all the newspapers, and +obtained a gentleman’s agreement that none of them would print any +details. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0084" id="link2H_4_0084"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 84 +</h2> +<p> +All over the country the Red trains were moving eastward, loaded with +“wobblies” and communists, pacifists and anarchists, and a hundred other +varieties of Bolsheviks. They got a shipload together and started them off +for Russia—the “Red Ark” it was called, and the Red soap-boxers set +tip a terrific uproar, and one Red clergyman compared the “Red Ark” to the +Mayflower! Also there was some Red official in Washington, who made a fuss +and cancelled a whole block of deportation orders, including some of +Peter’s own cases. This, naturally, was exasperating to Peter and his +wife; and on top of it came another incident that was still more +humiliating. +</p> +<p> +There was a “pink” mass meeting held in American City, to protest against +the deportations. Guffey said they would quite probably raid the meeting, +and Peter must go along, so as to point out the Reds to the bulls. The +work was in charge of a police detective by the name of Garrity, head of +what was called the “Bomb Squad”; but this man didn’t know very much, so +he had the habit of coming to Peter for advice. Now he had the whole +responsibility of this meeting, and he asked Peter to come up on the +platform with him, and Peter went. Here was a vast audience—all the +Red fury which had been pent up for many months, breaking loose in a +whirlwind of excitement. Here were orators, well dressed and apparently +respectable men, not in any way to be distinguished from the born rulers +of the country, coming forward on the platform and uttering the most +treasonable sentences, denouncing the government, denouncing the blockade +against Russia, praising the Bolshevik government of Russia, declaring +that the people who went away in the “Soviet Ark” were fortunate, because +they were escaping from a land of tyranny into a land of freedom. At every +few sentences the orator would be stopped by a storm of applause that +broke from the audience. +</p> +<p> +And what was a poor Irish Catholic police detective to make of a +proposition like that? Here stood an orator declaring: “Whenever any form +of government becomes destructive to these ends, it is the right of the +people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new government, laying +its foundations on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, +as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness.” + And Garrity turned to Peter. “What do you think of that?” he said, his +good-natured Irish face blank with dismay. +</p> +<p> +Peter thought it was the limit. Peter knew that thousands of men all over +America had been sent to prison for saying things less dangerous than +that. Peter had read many sets of instructions from the office of the +Attorney-General of the United States, and knew officially that that was +precisely the thing you were never under any circumstances permitted to +say, or to write, or even to think. So Peter said to Garrity: “That +fellow’s gone far enough. You better arrest him.” Garrity spoke to his +men, and they sprang forward on the platform, and stopped the orator and +placed him and all his fellow-orators under arrest, and ordered the +audience out of the building. There were a couple of hundred policemen and +detectives on hand to carry out Garrity’s commands, and they formed a line +with their clubs, and drove the crowd before them, and carted the speakers +off in a patrol wagon. Then Peter went back to Guffey’s office, and told +what he had done—and got a reception that reminded him of the time +Guffey had confronted him with the letter from Nell Doolin! “Who do you +think that was you pinched?” cried Guffey. “He’s the brother of a United +States senator! And what do you think he was saying? That was a sentence +from the Declaration of Independence!” + </p> +<p> +Peter couldn’t “get it”; Peter was utterly lost. Could a man go ahead and +break the law, just because he happened to be a brother of a United States +senator? And what difference did it make whether a thing was in the +Declaration of Independence, if it was seditious, if it wasn’t allowed to +be said? This incident brought Guffey and the police authorities of the +city so much ridicule that Guffey got all his men together and read them a +lecture, explaining to them just what were the limits of the anti-Red +activities, just who it was they mustn’t arrest, and just what it was they +couldn’t keep people from saying. For example, a man couldn’t be arrested +for quoting the Bible. +</p> +<p> +“But Jesus Christ, Guffey,” broke in one of the men, “have all of us got +to know the Bible by heart?” + </p> +<p> +There was a laugh all round. “No,” Guffey admitted, “but at least be +careful, and don’t arrest anybody for saying anything that sounds as if it +came from the Bible.” + </p> +<p> +“But hell!” put in another of the men, who happened to be an ex-preacher. +“That’ll tie us up tighter than a jail-sentence! Look what’s in the +Bible!” + </p> +<p> +And he proceeded to quote some of the things, and Peter knew that he had +never heard any Bolshevik talk more outrageous than that. It made one +realize more than ever how complicated was this Red problem; for Guffey +insisted, in spite of everything, that every word out of the Bible was +immune. “Up in Winnipeg,” said he, “they indicted a clergyman for quoting +two passages from the prophet Isaiah, but they couldn’t face it, they had +to let the fellow go.” And the same thing was true of the Declaration of +Independence; anybody might read it, no matter how seditious it was. And +the same thing was true of the Constitution, even tho the part called the +Bill of Rights declared that everybody in America might do all the things +that Guffey’s office was sending them to jail for doing! +</p> +<p> +This seemed a plain crazy proposition; but Guffey explained it as a matter +of politics. If they went too far, these fellows would go out and capture +the votes from them, and maybe take away the government from them, and +where would they be then? Peter had never paid any attention to politics +before this, but both he and Gladys realized after this lecture that they +must broaden their view-point. It was not enough to put the Reds in jail +and crack their skulls, you had to keep public sympathy for what you were +doing, you had to make the public understand that it was necessary, you +had to carry on what was called “propaganda,” to keep the public aware of +the odiousness of these cattle, and the desperate nature of their +purposes. +</p> +<p> +The man who perceived that most clearly was the Attorney-General of the +country, and Guffey in his lecture pointed out the double nature of his +activities. Not merely was the Attorney-General breaking up the Communist +and the Communist Labor parties and sending their members to jail; he was +using the funds of his office to send out an endless stream of propaganda, +to keep the country frightened about these Red plots. Right now he had men +in American City working over the data which Guffey had collected, and +every week or two he would make a speech somewhere, or would issue a +statement to the newspapers, telling of new bomb plots and new +conspiracies to overthrow the government. And how clever he was about it! +He would get the pictures of the very worst-looking of the Reds, pictures +taken after they had been kept in jail for weeks without a shave, and with +the third degree to spoil their tempers; and these pictures would be +spread on a sheet with the caption: “MEN LIKE THESE WOULD RULE YOU.” This +would be sent to ten thousand country newspapers all over the nation, and +ninety-nine hundred would publish it, and ninety-nine million Americans +would want to murder the Reds next morning. So successful had this plan +proven that the Attorney-General was expecting to be nominated for +President by means of it, and all the agencies of his department were +working to that end. +</p> +<p> +The same thing was being done by all the other agencies of big business +all over the country. The “Improve America League” of American City was +publishing full-page advertisements in the “Times,” and the “Home and +Fireside Association” of Eldorado was doing the same thing in the Eldorado +“Times,” and the “Patriot’s Defense Legion” was doing the same thing in +the Flagland “Banner.” They were investigating the records of all +political candidates, and if any of them showed the faintest tinge of +pink, Guffey’s office would set to work to rake up their records and get +up scandals on them, and the business men would contribute a big campaign +fund, and these candidates would be snowed under at the polls. That was +the kind of work they were doing, and all Guffey’s operatives must bear in +mind the importance of it, and must never take any step that would hamper +this political campaign, this propaganda on behalf of law and order. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0085" id="link2H_4_0085"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 85 +</h2> +<p> +Peter went out from this conference a sober man, realizing for the first +time his responsibilities as a voter, and a shepherd to other voters. +Peter agreed with Gladys that his views had been too narrow; his +conception of the duties of a secret agent had been of the pre-war order. +Now he must realize that the world was changed; now, in this new world +made safe for democracy, the secret agent was the real ruler of society, +the real master of affairs, the trustee, as it were, for civilization. +Peter and his wife must take up this new role and make themselves fit for +it. They ought of course not be moved by personal considerations, but at +the same time they must recognize the fact that this higher role would be +of great advantage to them; it would enable them to move up in the world, +to meet the best people. Thru five or six years of her young life Gladys +had sat polishing the fingernails and fondling the soft white hands of the +genteel; and always a fire of determination had burnt in her breast, that +some day she would belong to this world of gentility, she would meet these +people, not as an employee, but as an equal, she would not merely hold +their hands, but would have them hold hers. +</p> +<p> +Now the chance had come. She had a little talk with Guffey, and Guffey +said it would be a good idea, and he would speak to Billy Nash, the +secretary of the “Improve America League”; and he did so, and next week +the American City “Times” announced that on the following Sunday evening +the Men’s Bible Class of the Bethlehem Church would have an interesting +meeting. It would be addressed by an “under cover” operative of the +government, a former Red who had been for many years a most dangerous +agitator, but had seen the error of his ways, and had made amends by +giving his services to the government in the recent I. W. W. trials. +</p> +<p> +The Bethlehem Church didn’t amount to very much, it was an obscure sect +like the Holy Rollers; but Gladys had been shrewd, and had insisted that +you mustn’t try to climb to the top of the mountain in one step. Peter +must first “try it on the dog,” and if he failed, there would be no great +harm done. +</p> +<p> +But Gladys worked just as hard to make a success of this lecture as if +they had been going into real society. She spent several days getting up +her costume and Peter’s, and she spent a whole day getting her toilet +ready, and before they set out she spent at least an hour putting the +finishing touches upon herself in front of a mirror, and seeing that Peter +was proper in every detail. When Mr. Nash introduced her personally to the +Rev. Zebediah Muggins, and when this apostle of the second advent came out +upon the platform and introduced her husband to the crowded working-class +audience, Gladys was so a-quiver with delight that it was more a pain than +a pleasure. +</p> +<p> +Peter did not do perfectly, of course. He lost himself a few times, and +stammered and floundered about; but he remembered Glady’s advice—if +he got stuck, to smile and explain that he had never spoken in public +before. So everything went along nicely, and everybody in the Men’s Bible +Class was aghast at the incredible revelations of this ex-Red and secret +agent of law and order. So next week Peter was invited again—this +time by the Young Saints’ League; and when he had made good there, he was +drafted by the Ad. Men’s Association, and then by the Crackers and Cheese +Club. By this time he had acquired what Gladys called “savwaa fair”; his +fame spread rapidly, and at last came the supreme hour—he was +summoned to Park Avenue to address the members of the Friendly Society, a +parish organization of the Church of the Divine Compassion! +</p> +<p> +This was the goal upon which the eyes of Gladys had been fixed. This was +the time that really counted, and Peter was groomed and rehearsed all over +again. Their home was only a few blocks from the church, but Gladys +insisted that they must positively arrive in a taxi-cab, and when they +entered the Parish Hall and the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge, that +exquisite almost-English gentleman, came up and shook hands with them, +Gladys knew that she had at last arrived. The clergyman himself escorted +her to the platform, and after he had introduced Peter, he seated himself +beside her, thus definitely putting a seal upon her social position. +</p> +<p> +Peter, having learned his lecture by heart, having found out just what +brought laughter and what brought tears and what brought patriotic +applause, was now an assured success. After the lecture he answered +questions, and two clerks in the employ of Billy Nash passed around +membership cards of the “Improve America League,” membership dues five +dollars a year, sustaining membership twenty-five dollars a year, life +membership two hundred dollars cash. Peter was shaken hands with by +members of the most exclusive social set in American City, and told by +them all to keep it up—his country needed him. Next morning there +was an account of his lecture in the “Times,” and the morning after there +was an editorial about his revelations, with the moral: “Join the Improve +America League.” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0086" id="link2H_4_0086"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 86 +</h2> +<p> +That second morning, when Peter got to his office, he found a letter +waiting for him, a letter written on very conspicuous and expensive +stationery, and addressed in a woman’s tall and sharp-pointed handwriting. +Peter opened it and got a start, for at the top of the letter was some +kind of crest, and a Latin inscription, and the words: “Society of the +Daughters of the American Revolution.” The letter informed him by the hand +of a secretary that Mrs. Warring Sammye requested that Mr. Peter Gudge +would be so good as to call upon her that afternoon at three o’clock. +Peter studied the letter, and tried to figure out what kind of Red this +was. He was impressed by the stationery and the regal tone, but that word +“Revolution” was one of the forbidden words. Mrs. Warren Sammye must be +one of the “Parlor Reds,” like Mrs. Godd. +</p> +<p> +So Peter took the letter to McGivney, and said suspiciously, “What kind of +a Red plot is this?” + </p> +<p> +McGivney read the letter, and said, “Red plot? How do you mean?” + </p> +<p> +“Why,” explained Peter, “it says ‘Daughters of the American Revolution.’” + </p> +<p> +And McGivney looked at him; at first he thought that Peter was joking, but +when he saw that the fellow was really in earnest, he guffawed in his +face. “You boob!” he said. “Didn’t you ever hear of the American +Revolution? Don’t you know anything about the Fourth of July?” + </p> +<p> +Just then the telephone rang and interrupted them, and McGivney shoved the +letter to him saying, “Ask your wife about it!” So when Gladys came in, +Peter gave her the letter, and she was much excited. It appeared that Mrs. +Warring Sammye was a very tip-top society lady in American City, and this +American Revolution of which she was a daughter was a perfectly +respectable revolution that had happened a long time ago; the very best +people belonged to it, and it was legal and proper to write about, and +even to put on your letterheads. Peter must go home and get himself into +his best clothes at once, and telephone to the secretary that he would be +pleased to call upon Mrs. Warring Sammye at the hour indicated. +Incidentally, there were a few more things for Peter to study. He must get +a copy of the social register, “Who’s Who in American City,” and he must +get a history of his country, and learn about the Declaration of +Independence, and what was the difference between a revolution that had +happened a long time ago and one that was happening now. +</p> +<p> +So Peter went to call on the great society lady in her grey stone mansion, +and found her every bit as opulent as Mrs. Godd, with the addition that +she respected her own social position; she did not make the mistake of +treating Peter as an equal, and so it did not occur to Peter that he might +settle down permanently in her home. Her purpose was to tell Peter that +she had heard of his lecture about the Red menace, and that she was +chairman of the Board of Directors of the Lady Patronesses of the Home for +Disabled War Veterans in American City, and she wanted to arrange to have +Peter deliver this lecture to the veterans. And Peter, instructed in +advance by Gladys, said that he would be very glad to donate this lecture +as a patriotic contribution. Mrs. Warring Sammye thanked him gravely in +the name of his country, and said she would let him know the date. +</p> +<p> +Peter went home, and Gladys made a wry face, because the lecture was to be +delivered before a lot of good-for-nothing soldiers in some hall, when it +had been her hope that it was to be delivered to the Daughters themselves, +and in Mrs. Warring Sammye’s home. However, to have attracted Mrs. Warring +Sammye’s attention for anything was in itself a triumph. So Gladys was +soon cheerful again, and she told Peter about Mrs. Warring Sammye’s life; +one picked up such valuable knowledge in the gossip at the manicure +parlors, it appeared. +</p> +<p> +Then, being in a friendly mood, Gladys talked to Peter about himself. They +had mounted to a height from which they could look back upon the past and +see it as a whole, and in the intimacy and confidence of their domestic +partnership they could draw lessons from their mistakes and plan their +future wisely. Peter had made many blunders—he must surely admit +that. Did Peter admit that? Yes, Peter did. But, continued Gladys, he had +struggled bravely, and he had the supreme good fortune to have secured for +himself that greatest of life’s blessings, the cooperation of a good and +capable woman. Gladys was very emphatic about this latter, and Peter +agreed with her. He agreed also when she stated that it is the duty of a +good and capable wife to protect her husband for the balance of their +life’s journey, so that he would be able to avoid the traps which his +enemies set for his feet. Peter, having learned by bitter experience, +would never again go chasing after a pretty face, and wake up next morning +to find his pockets empty. Peter admitted this too. As this conversation +progressed, he realized that the tour of triumph his life had become was a +thing entirely of his wife’s creation; at least, he realized that there +would be no use in trying to change his wife’s conviction on the subject. +Likewise he meekly accepted her prophecies as to his future conduct; he +would bring home his salary at the end of each week, and his wife would +use it, together with her own salary, to improve the appearance and tone +of both of them, and to aid them to climb to a higher social position. +</p> +<p> +Peter, following his wife’s careful instructions, has already become more +dignified in his speech, more grave in his movements. She tells him that +the future of society depends on his knowledge and his skill, and he +agrees to this also. He has learned what you can do and what you had +better not do; he will never again cross the dead-line into crime, or take +chances with experiments in blackmail. He will try no more free lance work +under the evil influence of low creatures like Nell Doolin, but will stand +in with the “machine,” and bear in mind that honesty is the best policy. +So he will steadily progress; he will meet the big men of the country, and +will go to them, not cringing and twisting his hat in his hands, but with +quiet self-possession. He will meet the agents of the Attorney-General +aspiring to become President, and will furnish them with material for +their weekly Red scares. He will meet legislators who want to unseat +elected Socialists, and governors who wish to jail the leaders of “outlaw” + strikes. He will meet magazine writers getting up articles, and popular +novelists looking for local Red color. +</p> +<p> +But Peter’s best bid of all will be as a lecturer. He will be able to +travel all over the country, making a sensation. Did he know why? No, +Peter answered, he was not sure he did. Well, Gladys could tell him; it +was because he was romantic. Peter didn’t know just what this word meant, +but it sounded flattering, so he smiled sheepishly, showing his crooked +teeth, and asked how Gladys found out that he was romantic. The reply was +a sudden order for him to stand up and turn around slowly. +</p> +<p> +Peter didn’t like to get up from his comfortable Morris chair, but he did +what his wife asked him. She inspected him on all sides and exclaimed, +“Peter, you must go on a diet; you’re getting ombongpoing!” She said this +in horrified tones, and Peter was frightened, because it sounded like a +disease. But Gladys added: “You can not be a romantic figure on a lecture +platform if you’ve got a bay-window!” + </p> +<p> +Peter found it interesting to be talked about, so he asked again why +Gladys thought he was romantic. There were several reasons, she said, but +the main one was that he had been a dangerous criminal, and had reformed, +which pleased the church people; he had made a happy ending by marriage, +which pleased those who read novels. +</p> +<p> +“Is that so?” said Peter, guilelessly, and she assured him that it was. +“And what else?” he asked, and she explained that he had known intimately +and at first hand those dreadful and dangerous people, those ogres of the +modern world, the Bolsheviks, about whom the average man and woman learned +only thru the newspapers. And not merely did he tell a sensational story, +but he ended it with a money-making lesson. The lesson was “Contribute to +the Improve America League. Make out your checks to the Home and Fireside +Association. The existence of your country depends upon your sustaining +the Patriot’s Defense Legion.” So the fame of Peter’s lecture would +spread, and the Guffeys and Billy Nashes of every city and town in America +would clamor for him to come, and when he came, the newspapers would +publish his picture, and he and his wife would be welcomed by leaders of +the best society. They would become social lions, and would see the homes +of the rich, and gradually become one of the rich. +</p> +<p> +Gladys looked her spouse over again, as they started to their sleeping +apartment. Yes, he was undoubtedly putting on “ombongpoing”; he would have +to take up golf. He was wearing a little American flag dangling from his +watch chain, and she wondered if that wasn’t a trifle crude. Gladys +herself now wore a real diamond ring, and had learned to say “vahse” and +“baahth.” She yawned prettily as she took off her lovely brown +“tailor-made,” and reflected that such things come with ease and security. +</p> +<p> +Both she and Peter now had these in full measure. They had lost all fear +of ever finding themselves out of a job. They had come to understand that +the Red menace is not to be so easily exterminated; it is a distemper that +lurks in the blood of society, and breaks out every now and then in a new +rash. Gladys had come to agree with the Reds to this extent, that so long +as there is a class of the rich and prosperous, so long will there be +social discontent, so long will there be some that make their living by +agitating, denouncing and crying out for change. Society is like a garden; +each year when you plant your vegetables there springs up also a crop of +weeds, and you have to go down the rows and chop off the heads of these +weeds. Gladys’ husband is an expert gardener, he knows how to chop weeds, +and he knows that society will never be able to dispense with his +services. So long as gardening continues, Peter will be a head +weedchopper, and a teacher of classes of young weedchoppers. +</p> +<p> +Ah, it was fine to have married such a man! It was the reward a good woman +received for helping her husband, making him into a good citizen, a +patriot and an upholder of law and order: For always, of course, those who +own the garden would see that their head weedchopper was taken care of, +and had his share of the best that the garden produced. Gladys stood +before her looking-glass, braiding her hair for the night, and thinking of +the things she would ask from this garden. She and Peter had earned, and +they would demand, the sweetest flowers, the most luscious fruits. +Suddenly Gladys stretched wide her arms in an ecstasy of realization. +“We’re a Success, Peter! We’re a Success! We’ll have money and all the +lovely things it will buy! Do you realize, Peter, what a hit you’ve made?” + </p> +<p> +Peter saw her face of joy, but he was a tiny bit frightened and uncertain, +because of this unusual sharing of the honors. So Gladys was impelled to +affection, mingled with pity. She held out her arms to him. “Poor, dear +Peter! He’s had such a hard life! It was cruel he didn’t have me sooner to +help him!” + </p> +<p> +And then Gladys reflected for a moment, and was moved to another outburst. +“Just think, Peter, how wonderful it is to be an American! In America you +can always rise if you do your duty! America is the land of the free! Your +example of a poor boy’s success ought to convince even the fool Reds that +they’re wrong—that any boy can rise if he works hard! Why, I’ve +heard it said that in America the poorest boy can rise to be President! +How would you like to be President, Peter?” + </p> +<p> +Peter hesitated. He doubted if he was equal to that big a job, but he knew +that it would not please Gladys for him to say so. He murmured, “Perhaps—some +day—” + </p> +<p> +“Anyhow, Peter,” his wife continued, “I’m for this country! I’m an +American!” + </p> +<p> +And this time Peter didn’t have to hesitate. “You bet!” he said, and added +his favorite formula—“100%!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_APPE" id="link2H_APPE"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +APPENDIX +</h2> +<p> +A little experimenting with the manuscript of “100%" has revealed to the +writer that everybody has a series of questions they wish immediately to +ask: How much of it is true? To what extent have the business men of +America been compelled to take over the detection and prevention of +radicalism? Have they, in putting down the Reds, been driven to such +extreme measures as you have here shown? +</p> +<p> +A few of the incidents in “100%" are fictional, for example the story of +Nell Doolin and Nelse Ackerman; but everything that has social +significance is truth, and has been made to conform to facts personally +known to the writer or to his friends. Practically all the characters in +“100%" are real persons. Peter Gudge is a real person, and has several +times been to call upon the writer in the course of his professional +activities; Guffey and McGivney are real persons, and so is Billy Nash, +and so is Gladys Frisbie. +</p> +<p> +To begin at the beginning: the “Goober case” parallels in its main +outlines the case of Tom Mooney. If you wish to know about this case, send +fifteen cents to the Mooney Defense Committee, Post Office Box 894, San +Francisco, for the pamphlet, “Shall Mooney Hang,” by Robert Minor. The +business men of San Francisco raised a million dollars to save the city +from union labor, and the Mooney case was the way they did it. It +happened, however, that the judge before whom Mooney was convicted +weakened, and wrote to the Attorney-General of the State to the effect +that he had become convinced that Mooney was convicted by perjured +testimony. But meantime Mooney was in jail, and is there still. Fremont +Older, editor of the San Francisco “Call,” who has been conducting an +investigation into this case, has recently written to the author: +“Altogether, it is the most amazing story I have ever had anything to do +with. When all is known that I think can be known, it will be shown +clearly that the State before an open-eyed community was able to murder a +man with the instruments that the people have provided for bringing about +justice. There isn’t a scrap of testimony in either of the Mooney or +Billings cases that wasn’t perjured, except that of the man who drew the +blue prints of Market Street.” + </p> +<p> +To what extent has the detection and punishment of radicalism in America +passed out of the hands of public authorities and into the hands of “Big +Business?” Any business man will of course agree that when “Big Business” + has interests to protect, it must and will protect them. So far as +possible it will make use of the public authorities; but when thru +corruption or fear of politics these fail, “Big Business” has to act for +itself. In the Colorado coal strike the coal companies raised the money to +pay the state militia, and recruited new companies of militia from their +private detectives. The Reds called this “Government by Gunmen,” and the +writer in his muckraking days wrote a novel about it, “King Coal.” The man +who directed the militia during this coal strike was A. C. Felts of the +Baldwin-Felts Detective Agency, who was killed just the other day while +governing several coal counties in West Virginia. +</p> +<p> +You will find this condition in the lumber country of Washington and +Oregon, in the oil country of Oklahoma and Kansas, in the copper country +of Michigan, Montana and Arizona, and in all the big coal districts. In +the steel country of Western Pennsylvania you will find that all the local +authorities are officials of the steel companies. If you go to Bristol, R. +I., you will find that the National India Rubber Company has agreed to pay +the salaries of two-thirds of the town’s police force. +</p> +<p> +In every large city in America the employers’ associations have raised +funds to hold down the unions and smash the Reds, and these funds are +being expended in the way portrayed in “100%.” In Los Angeles the +employers’ association raised a million dollars, and the result was the +case of Sydney R. Flowers, briefly sketched in this story under the name +of “Sydney.” The reader who wishes the details of this case is referred to +Chapter LXVI of “The Brass Cheek.” Flowers has been twice tried, and is +about to be tried a third time, and our District-Attorney is quoted as +saying that he will be tried half a dozen times if necessary. At the last +trial there were produced a total of twenty-five witnesses against +Flowers, and out of these nineteen were either Peter Gudges and McGivneys, +or else police detectives, or else employees of the local political +machine. A deputy United States attorney, talking to me about the case, +told me that he had refused to prosecute it because he realized that the +“Paul letter,” upon which the arrest had been based, was a frame-up, and +that he was quite sure he knew who had written it. He also told me that +there had been formed in Los Angeles a secret committee of fifty of the +most active rich men of the town; that he could not find out what they +were doing, but they came to his offices and demanded the secret records +of the government; and that when he refused to prosecute Flowers they had +influence enough to have the governor of California telegraph to +Washington in protest. Questioned on the witness stand, I repeated these +statements, and the deputy United States attorney was called to the stand +and attributed them to my “literary imagination.” + </p> +<p> +In the old Russian and Austrian empires the technique of trapping +agitators was well developed, and the use of spies and “under cover” men +for the purpose of luring the Reds into crime was completely worked out. +We have no English equivalent for the phrase “agent provocateur,” but in +the last four years we have put thousands of them at work in America. In +the case against Flowers three witnesses were produced who had been active +among the I. W. Ws., trying to incite crime, and were being paid to give +testimony for the state. One of these men admitted that he had himself +burned some forty barns, and was now receiving three hundred dollars a +month and expenses. At the trial of William Bross Lloyd in Chicago, +charged with membership in the Communist party, a similar witness was +produced. Santeri Nourteva, of, the Soviet Bureau in New York, has charged +that Louis C. Fraina, editor of the “Revolutionary Age,” was a government +agent, and Fraina wrote into the platform of the Communist party the +planks which were used in prosecuting and deporting its members. On +December 27, 1919, the chief of the Bureau of Investigation of the +Department of Justice in Washington sent to the head of his local bureau +in Boston a telegram containing the following sentences: “You should +arrange with your under cover informants to have meetings of the Communist +Party and Communist Labor Party held on the night set. I have been +informed by some of the bureau officers that such arrangements will be +made.” So much evidence of the activity of the provocateur was produced +before Federal Judge G. W. Anderson that he declared as follows: “What +does appear beyond reasonable dispute is that the Government owns and +operates some part of the Communist Party.” + </p> +<p> +It appears that Judge Anderson does not share the high opinion of the +“under cover” operative set forth by the writer of “100%.” Says Judge +Anderson: “I cannot adopt the contention that Government spies are any +more trustworthy, or less disposed to make trouble in order to profit +therefrom, than are spies in private industry. Except in time of war, when +a Nathan Hale may be a spy, spies are always necessarily drawn from the +unwholesome and untrustworthy classes. A right-minded man refuses such a +job. The evil wrought by the spy system in industry has, for decades, been +incalculable. Until it is eliminated, decent human relations cannot exist +between employers and employees, or even among employees. It destroys +trust and confidence; it kills human kindliness; it propagates hate.” + </p> +<p> +To what extent have the governmental authorities of America been forced to +deny to the Reds the civil rights guaranteed to good Americans by the laws +and the constitution? The reader who is curious on this point may send the +sum of twenty-five cents to the American Civil Liberties Union, 138 West +13th Street, New York, for the pamphlet entitled, “Report upon the Illegal +Practices of the United States Department of Justice,” signed by twelve +eminent lawyers in the country, including a dean of the Harvard Law +school, and a United States attorney who resigned because of his +old-fashioned ideas of law. This pamphlet contains sixty-seven pages, with +numerous exhibits and photographs. The practices set forth are listed +under six heads: Cruel and unusual punishments; arrests without warrant; +unreasonable searches and seizures; provocative agents; compelling persons +to be witnesses against themselves; propaganda by the Department of +Justice. The reader may also ask for the pamphlet entitled “Memorandum +Regarding the Persecution of the Radical Labor Movement in the United +States;” also for the pamphlet entitled “War Time Prosecution and Mob +Violence,” dated March, 1919, giving a list of cases which occupies forty +pages of closely printed type. Also he might read “The Case of the Rand +School,” published by the Rand School of Social Science, 7 East Fifteenth +Street, New York, and the pamphlets published by the National Office of +the Socialist Party, 220 South Ashland Blvd., Chicago, dealing with the +prosecutions of that organization. +</p> +<p> +To what extent has it been necessary to torture the Reds in prison in +America? Those who are interested are advised to write to Harry +Weinberger, 32 Union Square, New York, for the pamphlet entitled “Twenty +Years Prison,” dealing with the case of Mollie Steimer, and three others +who were sentenced for distributing a leaflet protesting against the war +on Russia; also to the American Civil Liberties Union for the pamphlet +entitled “Political Prisoners in Federal Military Prisons,” also the +pamphlet, “Uncle Sam: Jailer,” by Winthrop D. Lane, reprinted from the +“Survey;” also the pamphlet entitled “The Soviet of Deer Island, Boston +Harbor,” published by the Boston Branch of the American Civil Liberties +Union; also for the publications of the American Industrial Company, and +the American Freedom Foundation, 166 West Washington St., Chicago. +</p> +<p> +There may be some reader with a sense of humor who asks about the brother +of a United States senator being arrested for reading a paragraph from the +Declaration of Independence. This gentleman was the brother of United +States Senator France of Maryland, and curiously enough, the arrest took +place in the city of Philadelphia, where the Declaration of Independence +was adopted. There may be some reader who is curious about a clergyman +being indicted and arrested in Winnipeg for having quoted the prophet +Isaiah. The paragraph from the indictment in question reads as follows: +“That J. S. Woodsworth, on or about the month of June, in the year of our +Lord one thousand nine hundred and nineteen, at the City of Winnipeg, in +the Province of Manitoba, unlawfully and seditiously published seditious +libels in the words and figures following: ‘Woe unto them that decree +unrighteous decrees, and that write grievousness which they have +prescribed; to turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take away their +right from the poor of my people that widows may be their prey and that +they may rob the fatherless. . . . And they shall build houses and inhabit +them, and they shall plant vineyards and eat the fruit of them. They shall +not build and another inhabit, they shall not plant and another eat; for +as the days of a tree are the days of my people, and mine elect shall long +enjoy the work of their hands.’” + </p> +<p> +There has been reference in this book to the Centralia case. No one can +consider that he understands the technique of holding down the Reds until +he has studied this case, and therefore every friend of “Big Business” + should send fifty cents, either to the I. W. W. Headquarters, 1001 West +Madison Street, Chicago, or to the “Liberator,” New York, or to the +“Appeal to Reason,” Girard, Kansas, for the booklet, “The Centralia +Conspiracy,” by Ralph Chaplin, who attended the Centralia trial, and has +collected all the details and presents them with photographs and +documents. Many other stories about the I. W. W. have been told in the +course of “100%.” The reader will wish to know, are these men really so +dangerous, and have the business men of America been driven to treat them +as here described. The reader may again address the I. W. W. National +Headquarters for a four-page leaflet with the quaint title, “With Drops of +Blood the History of the Industrial Workers of the World has Been +Written.” Despite the fact that it is a bare record of cases, there are +many men serving long terms in prison in the United States for the offense +of having in their possession a copy of this leaflet, “With Drops of +Blood.” But the readers of this book, being all of them 100% Americans +engaged in learning the technique of smashing the Reds, will, I feel sure, +not be interfered with by the business men. Also I trust that the business +men will not object to my reprinting a few paragraphs from the leaflet, in +order to make the public realize how dangerously these Reds can write. I +will, of course, not follow their incendiary example and spatter my page +with big drops of imitation blood. I quote: +</p> +<p> +“We charge that I. W. W. members have been murdered, and mention here a +few of those who have lost their lives: +</p> +<p> +“Joseph Michalish was shot to death by a mob of so-called citizens. +Michael Hoey was beaten to death in San Diego. Samuel Chinn was so +brutally beaten in the county jail at Spokane, Washington, that he died +from the injuries. Joseph Hillstrom was judicially murdered within the +walls of the penitentiary at Salt Lake City, Utah. Anna Lopeza, a textile +worker, was shot and killed, and two other Fellow Workers were murdered +during the strike at Lawrence, Massachusetts. Frank Little, a cripple, was +lynched by hirelings of the Copper Trust at Butte, Montana. John Looney, +A. Robinowitz, Hugo Gerlot, Gustav Johnson, Felix Baron, and others were +killed by a mob of Lumber Trust gunmen on the Steamer Verona at the dock +at Everett, Washington. J. A. Kelly was arrested and re-arrested at +Seattle, Washington; finally died from the effects of the frightful +treatment he received. Four members of the I. W. W. were killed at Grabow, +Louisiana, where thirty were shot and seriously wounded. Two members were +dragged to death behind an automobile at Ketchikan, Alaska. +</p> +<p> +“These are but a few of the many who have given up their lives on the +altar of Greed, sacrificed in the ages-long struggle for Industrial +Freedom. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that many thousands of members of this organization have been +imprisoned, on most occasions arrested without warrant and held without +charge. To verify this statement it is but necessary that you read the +report of the Commission on Industrial Relations wherein is given +testimony of those who know of conditions at Lawrence, Massachusetts, +where nearly 900 men and women were thrown into prison during the Textile +Workers’ Strike at that place. This same report recites the fact that +during the Silk Workers’ Strike at Paterson, New Jersey, nearly 1,900 men +and women were cast into jail without charge or reason. Throughout the +northwest these kinds of outrages have been continually perpetrated +against members of the I. W. W. County jails and city prisons in nearly +every state in the Union have held or are holding members of this +organization. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been tarred and feathered. +Frank H. Meyers was tarred and feathered by a gang of prominent citizens +at North Yakima, Washington. D. S. Dietz was tarred and feathered by a mob +led by representatives of the Lumber Trust at Sedro, Wooley, Washington. +John L. Metzen, attorney for the Industrial Workers of the World, was +tarred and feathered and severely beaten by a mob of citizens of Staunton, +Illinois. At Tulsa, Oklahoma, a mob of bankers and other business men +gathered up seventeen members of the I. W. W., loaded them in automobiles, +carried them out of town to a patch of woods, and there tarred and +feathered and beat them with rope. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the Industrial Workers of the World have been +deported, and cite the cases of Bisbee, Arizona, where 1,164 miners, many +of them members of the I. W. W., and their friends, were dragged out of +their homes, loaded upon box cars, and sent out of the camp. They were +confined for months at Columbus, New Mexico. Many cases are now pending +against the copper companies and business men of Bisbee. A large number of +members were deported from Jerome, Arizona. Seven members of the I. W. W. +were deported from Florence, Oregon, and were lost for days in the woods, +Tom Lassiter, a crippled news vender, was taken out in the middle of the +night and badly beaten by a mob for selling the Liberator and other +radical papers. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been cruelly and inhumanly +beaten. Hundreds of members can show scars upon their lacerated bodies +that were inflicted upon them when they were compelled to run the +gauntlet. Joe Marko and many others were treated in this fashion at San +Diego, California. James Rowan was nearly beaten to death at Everett, +Washington. At Lawrence, Massachusetts, the thugs of the Textile Trust +beat men and women who had been forced to go on strike to get a little +more of the good things of life. The shock and cruel whipping which they +gave one little Italian woman caused her to give premature birth to a +child. At Red Lodge, Montana, a member’s home was invaded and he was hung +by the neck before his screaming wife and children. At Franklin, New +Jersey, August 29, 1917, John Avila, an I. W. W., was taken in broad +daylight by the chief of police and an auto-load of business men to a +woods near the town and there hung to a tree. He was cut down before death +ensued, and badly beaten. It was five hours before Avila regained +consciousness, after which the town ‘judge’ sentenced him to three months +at hard labor. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been starved. This statement +can be verified by the conditions existing in most any county jail where +members of the I. W. W. are confined. A very recent instance is at Topeka, +Kansas, where members were compelled to go on a hunger strike as a means +of securing food for themselves that would sustain life. Members have been +forced to resort to the hunger strike as a means of getting better food in +many places. You are requested to read the story written by Winthrop D. +Lane, which appears in the Sept. 6, 1919, number of ‘The Survey.’ This +story is a graphic description of the county jails in Kansas. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that I. W. W. members have been denied the right of +citizenship, and in each instance the judge frankly told the applicants +that they were refused on account of membership in the Industrial Workers +of the World, accompanying this with abusive remarks; members were denied +their citizenship papers by judge Hanford at Seattle, Washington, and +judge Paul O’Boyle at Scranton, Pennsylvania. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been denied the privilege of +defense. This being an organization of working men who had little or no +funds of their own, it was necessary to appeal to the membership and the +working class generally for funds to provide a proper defense. The postal +authorities, acting under orders from the Postmaster-General at +Washington, D. C., have deliberately prevented the transportation of our +appeals, our subscription lists, our newspapers. These have been piled up +in the postoffices and we have never received a return of the stamps +affixed for mailing. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that the members of the I. W. W. have been held in exorbitant +bail. As an instance there is the case of Pietro Pierre held in the county +jail at Topeka, Kansas. His bond was fixed at $5,000, and when the amount +was tendered it was immediately raised to $10,000. This is only one of the +many instances that could be recorded. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been compelled to submit to +involuntary servitude. This does not refer to members confined in the +penitentiaries, but would recall the reader’s attention to an I. W. W. +member under arrest in Birmingham, Alabama, taken from the prison and +placed on exhibition at a fair given in that city where admission of +twenty-five cents was charged to see the I. W. W.” + </p> +<p> +Finally, for the benefit of the reader who asks how it happens that such +incidents are not more generally known to the public, I will reprint the +following, from pages 382-383 of “The Brass Check,” dealing with the “New +York Times,” and its treatment of the writer’s novel, “Jimmie Higgins”: +</p> +<p> +“In the last chapters of this story an American soldier is represented as +being tortured in an American military prison. Says the ‘Times’: +</p> +<p> +“‘Mr. Sinclair should produce the evidence upon which he bases his +astounding accusations, if he has any. If he has simply written on hearsay +evidence, or, worse still, let himself be guided by his craving to be +sensational, he has laid himself open not only to censure but to +punishment.’ +</p> +<p> +“In reply to this, I send to the ‘Times’ a perfectly respectful letter, +citing scores of cases, and telling the ‘Times’ where hundreds of other +cases may be found. The ‘Times’ returns this letter without comment. A +couple of months pass, and as a result of the ceaseless agitation of the +radicals, there is a congressional investigation, and evidence of +atrocious cruelties is forced into the newspapers. The ‘Times’ publishes +an editorial entitled, ‘Prison Camp Cruelties,’ the first sentence of +which reads: ‘The fact that American soldiers confined in prison-camps +have been treated with extreme brutality may now be regarded as +established.’ So again I write a polite letter to the ‘Times,’ pointing +out that I think they owe me an apology. And how does the ‘Times’ treat +that? It alters my letter without my permission. It cuts out my request +for an apology, and also my quotation of its own words calling for my +punishment! The ‘Times,’ caught in a hole, refuses to let me remind its +readers that it wanted me ‘punished’ for telling the truth! ‘All the News +that’s Fit to Print!’” + </p> +<div style="height: 6em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg’s 100%: The Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT *** + +***** This file should be named 5776-h.htm or 5776-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/7/5776/ + + +Text file produced by Charles Aldarondo + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from +the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method +you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is +owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he +has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments +must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you +prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax +returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and +sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the +address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to +the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies +you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he +does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License. You must require such a user to return or +destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium +and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of +Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any +money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the +electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days +of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free +distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation’s web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: +Dr. Gregory B. Newby +Chief Executive and Director +gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/5776.txt b/5776.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d56d09 --- /dev/null +++ b/5776.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10718 @@ +Project Gutenberg's 100%: The Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: 100%: The Story of a Patriot + +Author: Upton Sinclair + + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5776] +This file was first posted on September 1, 2002 +Last updated: April 29, 2013 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo + + + + + + +100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT + +By Upton Sinclair + +Published By The Author + +Pasadena, California + +1920 + + + +TO MY WIFE + +Who is the creator of the most charming character in this story, +"Mrs. Godd," and who positively refuses to permit the book to go to +press until it has been explained that the character is a Grecian +Godd and not a Hebrew Godd, so that no one may accuse the creator of +sacrilege. + + + + +Section 1 + + +Now and then it occurs to one to reflect upon what slender threads +of accident depend the most important circumstances of his life; to +look back and shudder, realizing how close to the edge of +nothingness his being has come. A young man is walking down the +street, quite casually, with an empty mind and no set purpose; he +comes to a crossing, and for no reason that he could tell he takes +the right hand turn instead of the left; and so it happens that he +encounters a blue-eyed girl, who sets his heart to beating. He meets +the girl, marries her--and she became your mother. But now, suppose +the young man had taken the left hand turn instead of the right, and +had never met the blue-eyed girl; where would you be now, and what +would have become of those qualities of mind which you consider of +importance to the world, and those grave affairs of business to +which your time is devoted? + +Something like that it was which befell Peter Gudge; just such an +accident, changing the whole current of his life, and making the +series of events with which this story deals. Peter was walking down +the street one afternoon, when a woman approached and held out to +him a printed leaflet. "Read this, please," she said. + +And Peter, who was hungry, and at odds with the world, answered +gruffly: "I got no money." He thought it was an advertising dodger, +and he said: "I can't buy nothin'." + +"It isn't anything for sale," answered the woman. "It's a message." + +"Religion?" said Peter. "I just got kicked out of a church." + +"No, not a church," said the woman. "It's something different; put +it in your pocket." She was an elderly woman with gray hair, and she +followed along, smiling pleasantly at this frail, poor-looking +stranger, but nagging at him. "Read it some time when you've nothing +else to do." And so Peter, just to get rid of her, took the leaflet +and thrust it into his pocket, and went on, and in a minute or two +had forgotten all about it. + +Peter was thinking--or rather Peter's stomach was thinking for him; +for when you have had nothing to eat all day, and nothing on the day +before but a cup of coffee and one sandwich, your thought-centers +are transferred from the top to the middle of you. Peter was +thinking that this was a hell of a life. Who could have foreseen +that just because he had stolen one miserable fried doughnut, he +would lose his easy job and his chance of rising in the world? +Peter's whole being was concentrated on the effort to rise in the +world; to get success, which means money, which means ease and +pleasure--the magic names which lure all human creatures. + +But who could have foreseen that Mrs. Smithers would have kept count +of those fried doughnuts every time anybody passed thru her pantry? +And it was only that one ridiculous circumstance which had brought +Peter to his present misery. But for that he might have had his +lunch of bread and dried herring and weak tea in the home of the +shoe-maker's wife, and might have still been busy with his job of +stirring up dissension in the First Apostolic Church, otherwise +known as the Holy Rollers, and of getting the Rev. Gamaliel Lunk +turned out, and Shoemaker Smithers established at the job of pastor, +with Peter Gudge as his right hand man. + +Always it had been like that, thru Peter's twenty years of life. +Time after time he would get his feeble clutch fixed upon the ladder +of prosperity, and then something would happen--some wretched thing +like the stealing of a fried doughnut--to pry him loose and tumble +him down again into the pit of misery. + +So Peter walked along, with his belt drawn tight, and his restless +blue eyes wandering here and there, looking for a place to get a +meal. There were jobs to be had, but they were hard jobs, and Peter +wanted an easy one. There are people in this world who live by their +muscles, and others who live by their wits; Peter belonged to the +latter class; and had missed many a meal rather than descend in the +social scale. + +Peter looked into the faces of everyone he passed, searching for a +possible opening. Some returned his glance, but never for more than +a second, for they saw an insignificant looking man, undersized, +undernourished, and with one shoulder higher than the other, a weak +chin and mouth, crooked teeth, and a brown moustache too feeble to +hold itself up at the corners. Peters' straw hat had many straws +missing, his second-hand brown suit was become third-hand, and his +shoes were turning over at the sides. In a city where everybody was +"hustling," everybody, as they phrased it, "on the make," why should +anyone take a second glance at Peter Gudge? Why should anyone care +about the restless soul hidden inside him, or dream that Peter was, +in his own obscure way, a sort of genius? No one did care; no one +did dream. + +It was about two o'clock of an afternoon in July, and the sun beat +down upon the streets of American City. There were crowds upon the +streets, and Peter noticed that everywhere were flags and bunting. +Once or twice he heard the strains of distant music, and wondered +what was "up." Peter had not been reading the newspapers; all his +attention had been taken up by the quarrels of the Smithers faction +and the Lunk faction in the First Apostolic Church, otherwise known +as the Holy Rollers, and great events that had been happening in the +world outside were of no concern to him. Peter knew vaguely that on +the other side of the world half a dozen mighty nations were locked +together in a grip of death; the whole earth was shaken with their +struggles, and Peter had felt a bit of the trembling now and then. +But Peter did not know that his own country had anything to do with +this European quarrel, and did not know that certain great interests +thruout the country had set themselves to rouse the public to +action. + +This movement had reached American City, and the streets had broken +out in a blaze of patriotic display. In all the windows of the +stores there were signs: "Wake up, America!" Across the broad Main +Street there were banners: "America Prepare!" Down in the square at +one end of the street a small army was gathering--old veterans of +the Civil War, and middle-aged veterans of the Spanish War, and +regiments of the state militia, and brigades of marines and sailors +from the ships in the harbor, and members of fraternal lodges with +their Lord High Chief Grand Marshals on horseback with gold sashes +and waving white plumes, and all the notables of the city in +carriages, and a score of bands to stir their feet and ten thousand +flags waving above their heads. "Wake up America!" And here was +Peter Gudge, with an empty stomach, coming suddenly upon the +swarming crowds in Main Street, and having no remotest idea what it +was all about. + +A crowd suggested one thing to Peter. For seven years of his young +life he had been assistant to Pericles Priam, and had traveled over +America selling Priam's Peerless Pain Paralyzer; they had ridden in +an automobile, and wherever there was a fair or a convention or an +excursion or a picnic, they were on hand, and Pericles Priam would +stop at a place where the crowds were thickest, and ring a dinner +bell, and deliver his super-eloquent message to humanity--the elixir +of life revealed, suffering banished from the earth, and all +inconveniences of this mortal state brought to an end for one dollar +per bottle of fifteen per cent opium. It had been Peter's job to +handle the bottles and take in the coin; and so now, when he saw the +crowd, he looked about him eagerly. Perhaps there might be here some +vender of corn-plasters or ink-stain removers, or some three card +monte man to whom Peter could attach himself for the price of a +sandwich. + +Peter wormed his way thru the crowd for two or three blocks, but saw +nothing more promising than venders of American flags on little +sticks, and of patriotic buttons with "Wake up America!" But then, +on the other side of the street at one of the crossings Peter saw a +man standing on a truck making a speech, and he dug his way thru the +crowd, elbowing, sliding this way and that, begging everybody's +pardon--until at last he was out of the crowd, and standing in the +open way which had been cleared for the procession, a seemingly +endless road lined with solid walls of human beings, with +blue-uniformed policemen holding them back. Peter started to run +across--and at that same instant came the end of the world. + + + + +Section 2 + + +One who seeks to tell about events in words comes occasionally upon +a fundamental difficulty. An event of colossal and overwhelming +significance may happen all at once, but the words which describe it +have to come one by one in a long chain. The event may reveal itself +without a moment's warning; but if one is to give a sense of it in +words, one must prepare for it, build up to it, awaken anticipation, +establish a climax. If the description of this event which fate +sprung upon Peter Gudge as he was crossing the street were limited +to the one word "BANG" in letters a couple of inches high across the +page, the impression would hardly be adequate. + +The end of the world, it seemed to Peter, when he was able to +collect enough of his terrified wits to think about it. But at first +there was no thinking; there was only sensation--a terrific roar, as +if the whole universe had suddenly turned to sound; a blinding white +glare, as of all the lightnings of the heavens; a blow that picked +him up as if he had been a piece of thistledown, and flung him +across the street and against the side of a building. Peter fell +upon the sidewalk in a heap, deafened, blinded, stunned; and there +he lay--he had no idea how long-until gradually his senses began to +return to him, and from the confusion certain factors began to stand +out: a faint gray smoke that seemed to lie upon the ground, a bitter +odor that stung the nostrils and tongue, and screams of people, +moaning and sobbing and general uproar. Something lay across Peter's +chest, and he felt that he was suffocating, and struggled +convulsively to push it away; the hands with which he pushed felt +something hot and wet and slimy, and the horrified Peter realized +that it was half the body of a mangled human being. + +Yes, it was the end of the world. Only a couple of days previously +Peter Gudge had been a devout member of the First Apostolic Church, +otherwise known as the Holy Rollers, and had listened at +prayer-meetings to soul-shaking imaginings out of the Book of +Revelations. So Peter knew that this was it; and having many sins +upon his conscience, and being in no way eager to confront his God, +he looked out over the bodies of the dead and the writhing wounded, +and saw a row of boxes standing against the building, having been +placed there by people who wished to see over the heads of the +crowd. Peter started to crawl, and found that he was able to do so, +and wormed his way behind one of these packing-boxes, and got inside +and lay hidden from his God. + +There was blood on him, and he did not know whether it was his own +or other peoples'. He was trembling with fright, his crooked teeth +were hammering together like those of an angry woodchuck. But the +effects of the shock continued to pass away, and his wits to come +back to him, and at last Peter realized that he never had taken +seriously the ideas of the First Apostolic Church of American City. +He listened to the moans of the wounded, and to the shouts and +uproar of the crowd, and began seriously figuring out what could +have happened. There had once been an earthquake in American City; +could this be another one? Or had a volcano opened up in the midst +of Main Street? Or could it have been a gas-main? And was this the +end, or would it explode some more? Would the volcano go on +erupting, and blow Peter and his frail packing-box thru the walls of +Guggenheim's Department-store? + +So Peter waited, and listened to the horrible sounds of people in +agony, and pleading with others to put them out of it. Peter heard +voices of men giving orders, and realized that these must be +policemen, and that no doubt there would be ambulances coming. Maybe +there was something the matter with him, and he ought to crawl out +and get himself taken care of. All of a sudden Peter remembered his +stomach; and his wits, which had been sharpened by twenty years' +struggle against a hostile world, realized in a flash the +opportunity which fate had brought to him. He must pretend to be +wounded, badly wounded; he must be unconscious, suffering from shock +and shattered nerves; then they would take him to the hospital and +put him in a soft bed and give him things to eat--maybe he might +stay there for weeks, and they might give him money when he came +out. + +Or perhaps he might get a job in the hospital, something that was +easy, and required only alert intelligence. Perhaps the head doctor +in the hospital might want somebody to watch the other doctors, to +see if they were neglecting the patients, or perhaps flirting with +some of the nurses--there was sure to be something like that going +on. It had been that way in the orphans' home where Peter had spent +a part of his childhood till he ran away. It had been that way again +in the great Temple of Jimjambo, conducted by Pashtian el Kalandra, +Chief Magistrian of Eleutherinian Exoticism. Peter had worked as +scullion in the kitchen in that mystic institution, and had worked +his way upward until he possessed the confidence of Tushbar Akrogas, +major-domo and right hand man of the Prophet himself. + +Wherever there was a group of people, and a treasure to be +administered, there Peter knew was backbiting and scandal and +intriguing and spying, and a chance for somebody whose brains were +"all there." It might seem strange that Peter should think about +such things, just then when the earth had opened up in front of him +and the air had turned to roaring noise and blinding white flame, +and had hurled him against the side of a building and dropped the +bleeding half of a woman's body across his chest; but Peter had +lived from earliest childhood by his wits and by nothing else, and +such a fellow has to learn to use his wits under any and all +circumstances, no matter how bewildering. Peter's training covered +almost every emergency one could think of; he had even at times +occupied himself by imagining what he would do if the Holy Rollers +should turn out to be right, and if suddenly Gabriel's trumpet were +to blow, and he were to find himself confronting Jesus in a long +white night-gown. + + + + +Section 3 + + +Peter's imaginings were brought to an end by the packing-box being +pulled out from the wall. "Hello!" said a voice. + +Peter groaned, but did not look up. The box was pulled out further, +and a face peered in. "What you hidin' in there for?" + +Peter stammered feebly: "Wh-wh-what?" + +"You hurt?" demanded the voice. + +"I dunno," moaned Peter. + +The box was pulled out further, and its occupant slid out. Peter +looked up, and saw three or four policemen bending over him; he +moaned again. + +"How did you get in there?" asked one. + +"I crawled in." + +"What for?" + +"To g-g-get away from the--what was it?" + +"Bomb," said one of the policemen; and Peter was astounded that for +a moment he forgot to be a nervous wreck. + +"Bomb!" he cried; and at the same moment one of the policemen lifted +him to his feet. + +"Can you stand up?" he demanded; and Peter tried, and found that he +could, and forgot that he couldn't. He was covered with blood and +dirt, and was an unpresentable object, but he was really relieved to +discover that his limbs were intact. + +"What's your name?" demanded one of the policemen, and when Peter +answered, he asked, "Where do you work?" + +"I got no job," replied Peter. + +"Where'd you work last?" And then another broke in, "What did you +crawl in there for?" + +"My God!" cried Peter. "I wanted to get away!" + +The policemen seemed to find it suspicious that he had stayed hidden +so long. They were in a state of excitement themselves, it appeared; +a terrible crime had been committed, and they were hunting for any +trace of the criminal. Another man came up, not dressed in uniform, +but evidently having authority, and he fell onto Peter, demanding to +know who he was, and where he had come from, and what he had been +doing in that crowd. And of course Peter had no very satisfactory +answers to give to any of these questions. His occupations had been +unusual, and not entirely credible, and his purposes were hard to +explain to a suspicious questioner. The man was big and burly, at +least a foot taller than Peter, and as he talked he stooped down and +stared into Peter's eyes as if he were looking for dark secrets +hidden back in the depths of Peter's skull. Peter remembered that he +was supposed to be sick, and his eyelids drooped and he reeled +slightly, so that the policemen had to hold him up. + +"I want to talk to that fellow," said the questioner. "Take him +inside." One of the officers took Peter under one arm, and the other +under the other arm, and they half walked and half carried him +across the street and into a building. + + + + +Section 4 + + +It was a big store which the police had opened up. Inside there were +wounded people lying on the floor, with doctors and others attending +them. Peter was marched down the corridor, and into a room where sat +or stood several other men, more or less in a state of collapse like +himself; people who had failed to satisfy the police, and were being +held under guard. + +Peter's two policemen backed him against the wall and proceeded to +go thru his pockets, producing the shameful contents--a soiled rag, +and two cigarette butts picked up on the street, and a broken pipe, +and a watch which had once cost a dollar, but was now out of order, +and too badly damaged to be pawned. That was all they had any right +to find, so far as Peter knew. But there came forth one thing +more--the printed circular which Peter had thrust into his pocket. +The policeman who pulled it out took a glance at it, and then cried, +"Good God!" He stared at Peter, then he stared at the other +policeman and handed him the paper. + +At that moment the man not in uniform entered the room. "Mr. +Guffey!" cried the policeman. "See this!" The man took the paper, +and glanced at it, and Peter, watching with bewildered and +fascinated eyes, saw a most terrifying sight. It was as if the man +went suddenly out of his mind. He glared at Peter, and under his +black eyebrows the big staring eyes seemed ready to jump out of his +head. + +"Aha!" he exclaimed; and then, "So I've got you!" The hand that held +the paper was trembling, and the other hand reached out like a great +claw, and fastened itself in the neck of Peter's coat, and drew it +together until Peter was squeezed tight. "You threw that bomb!" +hissed the man. + +"Wh-what?" gasped Peter, his voice almost fainting. "B-b-bomb?" + +"Out with it!" cried the man, and his face came close to Peter's, +his teeth gleaming as if he were going to bite off Peter's nose. +"Out with it! Quick! Who helped you?" + +"My G-God!" said Peter. "I d-dunno what you mean." + +"You dare lie to me?" roared the man; and he shook Peter as if he +meant to jar his teeth out. "No nonsense now! Who helped you make +that bomb?" + +Peter's voice rose to a scream of terror: "I never saw no bomb! I +dunno what you're talkin' about!" + +"You, come this way," said the man, and started suddenly toward the +door. It might have been more convenient if he had turned Peter +around, and got him by the back of his coat-collar; but he +evidently held Peter's physical being as a thing too slight for +consideration--he just kept his grip in the bosom of Peter's jacket, +and half lifted him and half shoved him back out of the room, and +down a long passage to the back part of the building. And all the +time he was hissing into Peter's face: "I'll have it out of you! +Don't think you can lie to me! Make up your mind to it, you're going +to come thru!" + +The man opened a door. It was some kind of storeroom, and he walked +Peter inside and slammed the door behind him. "Now, out with it!" he +said. The man thrust into his pocket the printed circular, or +whatever it was--Peter never saw it again, and never found out what +was printed on it. With his free hand the man grabbed one of Peter's +hands, or rather one finger of Peter's hand, and bent it suddenly +backward with terrible violence. "Oh!" screamed Peter. "Stop!" And +then, with a wild shriek, "You'll break it." + +"I mean to break it! mean to break every bone in your body! I'll +tear your finger-nails out; I'll tear the eyes out of your head, if +I have to! You tell me who helped you make that bomb!" + +Peter broke out in a storm of agonized protest; he had never heard +of any bomb, he didn't know what the man was talking about; he +writhed and twisted and doubled himself over backward, trying to +evade the frightful pain of that pressure on his finger. + +"You're lying!" insisted Guffey. "I know you're lying. You're one of +that crowd." + +"What crowd? Ouch! I dunno what you mean!" + +"You're one of them Reds, aint you?" + +"Reds? What are Reds?" + +"You want to tell me you don't know what a Red is? Aint you been +giving out them circulars on the street?" + +"I never seen the circular!" repeated Peter. "I never seen a word in +it; I dunno what it is." + +"You try to stuff me with that?" + +"Some woman gimme that circular on the street! Ouch! Stop! Jesus! I +tell you I never looked at the circular!" + +"You dare go on lying?" shouted the man, with fresh access of rage. +"And when I seen you with them Reds? I know about your plots, I'm +going to get it out of you." He grabbed Peter's wrist and began to +twist it, and Peter half turned over in the effort to save himself, +and shrieked again, in more piercing tones, "I dunno! I dunno!" + +"What's them fellows done for you that you protect them?" demanded +the other. "What good'll it do you if we hang you and let them +escape?" + +But Peter only screamed and wept the louder. + +"They'll have time to get out of town," persisted the other. "If you +speak quick we can nab them all, and then I'll let you go. You +understand, we won't do a thing to you, if you'll come thru and tell +us who put you up to this. We know it wasn't you that planned it; +it's the big fellows we want." + +He began to wheedle and coax Peter; but then, when Peter answered +again with his provoking "I dunno," he would give another twist to +Peter's wrist, and Peter would yell, almost incoherent with terror +and pain--but still declaring that he could tell nothing, he knew +nothing about any bomb. + +So at last Guffey wearied of this futile inquisition; or perhaps it +occurred to him that this was too public a place for the prosecution +of a "third degree"--there might be some one listening outside the +door. He stopped twisting Peter's wrist, and tilted back Peter's +head so that Peter's frightened eyes were staring into his. + +"Now, young fellow," he said, "look here. I got no time for you just +now, but you're going to jail, you're my prisoner, and make up your +mind to it, sooner or later I'm going to get it out of you. It may +take a day, or it may take a month, but you're going to tell me +about this bomb plot, and who printed this here circular opposed to +Preparedness, and all about these Reds you work with. I'm telling +you now--so you think it over; and meantime, you hold your mouth, +don't say a word to a living soul, or if you do I'll tear your +tongue out of your throat." + +Then, paying no attention to Peter's wailings, he took him by the +back of the collar and marched him down the hall again, and turned +him over to one of the policemen. "Take this man to the city jail," +he said, "and put him in the hole, and keep him there until I come, +and don't let him speak a word to anybody. If he tries it, mash his +mouth for him." So the policeman took poor sobbing Peter by the arm +and marched him out of the building. + + + + +Section 5 + + +The police had got the crowds driven back by now, and had ropes +across the street to hold them, and inside the roped space were +several ambulances and a couple of patrol-wagons. Peter was shoved +into one of these latter, and a policeman sat by his side, and the +bell clanged, and the patrol-wagon forced its way slowly thru the +struggling crowd. Half an hour later they arrived at the huge stone +jail, and Peter was marched inside. There were no formalities, they +did not enter Peter on the books, or take his name or his finger +prints; some higher power had spoken, and Peter's fate was already +determined. He was taken into an elevator, and down into a basement, +and then down a flight of stone steps into a deeper basement, and +there was an iron door with a tiny slit an inch wide and six inches +long near the top. This was the "hole," and the door was opened and +Peter shoved inside into utter darkness. The door banged, and the +bolts rattled; and then silence. Peter sank upon a cold stone floor, +a bundle of abject and hideous misery. + +These events had happened with such terrifying rapidity that Peter +Gudge had hardly time to keep track of them. But now he had plenty +of time, he had nothing but time. He could think the whole thing +out, and realize the ghastly trick which fate had played upon him. +He lay there, and time passed; he had no way of measuring it, no +idea whether it was hours or days. It was cold and clammy in the +stone cell; they called it the "cooler," and used it to reduce the +temperature of the violent and intractable. It was a trouble-saving +device; they just left the man there and forgot him, and his own +tormented mind did the rest. + +And surely no more tormented mind than the mind of Peter Gudge had +ever been put in that black hole. It was the more terrible, because +so utterly undeserved, so preposterous. For such a thing to happen +to him, Peter Gudge, of all people--who took such pains to avoid +discomfort in life, who was always ready to oblige anybody, to do +anything he was told to do, so as to have'an easy time, a +sufficiency of food, and a warm corner to crawl into! What could +have persuaded fate to pick him for the victim of this cruel prank; +to put him into this position, where he could not avoid suffering, +no matter what he did? They wanted him to tell something, and Peter +would have been perfectly willing to tell anything--but how could he +tell it when he did not know it? + +The more Peter thought about it, the more outraged he became. It was +monstrous! He sat up and glared into the black darkness. He talked +to himself, he talked to the world outside, to the universe which +had forgotten his existence. He stormed, he wept. He got on his feet +and flung himself about the cell, which was six feet square, and +barely tall enough for him to stand erect. He pounded on the door +with his one hand which Guffey had not lamed, he kicked, and he +shouted. But there was no answer, and so far as he could tell, there +was no one to hear. + +When he had exhausted himself, he sank down, and fell into a haunted +sleep; and then he wakened again, to a reality worse than any +nightmare. That awful man was coming after him again! He was going +to torture him, to make him tell what he did not know! All the ogres +and all the demons that had ever been invented to frighten the +imagination of children were as nothing compared to the image of the +man called Guffey, as Peter thought of him. + +Several ages after Peter had been locked up, he heard sounds +outside, and the door was opened. Peter was cowering in the corner, +thinking that Guffey had come. There was a scraping on the floor, +and then the door was banged again, and silence fell. Peter +investigated and discovered that they had put in a chunk of bread +and a pan of water. + +Then more ages passed, and Peter's impotent ragings were repeated; +then once more they brought bread and water, and Peter wondered, was +it twice a day they brought it, or was this a new day? And how long +did they mean to keep him here? Did they mean to drive him mad? He +asked these questions of the man who brought the bread and water, +but the man made no answer, he never at any time spoke a word. Peter +had no company in that "hole" but his God; and Peter was not well +acquainted with his God, and did not enjoy a tete-a-tete with Him. + +What troubled Peter most was the cold; it got into his bones, and +his teeth were chattering all the time. Despite all his moving +about, he could not keep warm. When the man opened the door, he +cried out to him, begging for a blanket; each time the man came, +Peter begged more frantically than ever. He was ill, he had been +injured in the explosion, he needed a doctor, he was going to die! +But there was never any answer. Peter would lie there and shiver and +weep, and writhe, and babble, and lose consciousness for a while, +and not know whether he was awake or asleep, whether he was living +or dead. He was becoming delirious, and the things that were +happening to him, the people who were tormenting him, became +monsters and fiends who carried him away upon far journeys, and +plunged him thru abysses of terror and torment. + +And yet, many and strange as were the phantoms which Peter's sick +imagination conjured up, there was no one of them as terrible as the +reality which prevailed just then in the life of American City, and +was determining the destiny of a poor little man by the name of +Peter Gudge. There lived in American City a group of men who had +taken possession of its industries and dominated the lives of its +population. This group, intrenched in power in the city's business +and also in its government, were facing the opposition of a new and +rapidly rising power, that of organized labor, determined to break +the oligarchy of business and take over its powers. The struggle of +these two groups was coming to its culmination. They were like two +mighty wrestlers, locked in a grip of death; two giants in combat, +who tear up trees by the roots and break off fragments of cliffs +from the mountains to smash in each other's skulls. And poor +Peter--what was he? An ant which happened to come blundering across +the ground where these combatants met. The earth was shaken with +their trampling, the dirt was kicked this way and that, and the +unhappy ant was knocked about, tumbled head over heels, buried in +the debris; and suddenly--Smash!--a giant foot came down upon the +place where he was struggling and gasping! + + + + +Section 6 + + +Peter had been in the "hole" perhaps three days, perhaps a week--he +did not know, and no one ever told him. The door was opened again, +and for the first time he heard a voice, "Come out here." + +Peter had been longing to hear a voice; but now he shrunk terrified +into a corner. The voice was the voice of Guffey, and Peter knew +what it meant. His teeth began to rattle again, and he wailed, "I +dunno anything! I can't tell anything!" + +A hand reached in and took him by the collar, and he found himself +walking down the corridor in front of Guffey. "Shut up!" said the +man, in answer to all his wailings, and took him into a room and +threw him into a chair as if he had been a bundle of bedding, and +pulled up another chair and sat down in front of Peter. + +"Now look here," he said. "I want to have an understanding with you. +Do you want to go back into that hole again?" + +"N-n-no," moaned Peter. + +"Well, I want you to know that you'll spend the rest of your life in +that hole, except when you're talking to me. And when you're talking +to me you'll be having your arms twisted off you, and splinters +driven into your finger nails, and your skin burned with +matches--until you tell me what I want to know. Nobody's going to +help you, nobody's going to know about it. You're going to stay here +with me until you come across." + +Peter could only sob and moan. + +"Now," continued Guffey, "I been finding out all about you, I got +your life story from the day you were born, and there's no use your +trying to hide anything. I know your part in this here bomb plot, +and I can send you to the gallows without any trouble whatever. But +there's some things I can't prove on the other fellows. They're the +big ones, the real devils, and they're the ones I want, so you've +got a chance to save yourself, and you better be thankful for it." + +Peter went on moaning and sobbing. + +"Shut up!" cried the man. And then, fixing Peter's frightened gaze +with his own, he continued, "Understand, you got a chance to save +yourself. All you got to do is to tell what you know. Then you can +come out and you won't have any more trouble. We'll take good care +of you; everything'll be easy for you." + +Peter continued to gaze like a fascinated rabbit. And such a longing +as surged up in his soul--to be free, and out of trouble, and taken +care of! If only he had known anything to tell; if only there was +some way he could find out something to tell! + + + + +Section 7 + + +Suddenly the man reached out and grasped one of Peter's hands. He +twisted the wrist again, the sore wrist which still ached from the +torture. "Will you tell?" + +"I'd tell if I could!" screamed Peter. "My God, how can I?" + +"Don't lie to me," hissed the man. "I know about it now, you can't +fool me. You know Jim Goober." + +"I never heard of him!" wailed Peter. + +"You lie!" declared the other, and he gave Peter's wrist a twist. + +"Yes, yes, I know him!" shrieked Peter. + +"Oh, that's more like it!" said the other. "Of course you know him. +What sort of a looking man is he?" + +"I--I dunno. He's a big man." + +"You lie! You know he's a medium-sized man!" + +"He's a medium-sized man." + +"A dark man?" + +"Yes, a dark man." + +"And you know Mrs. Goober, the music teacher?" + +"Yes, I know her." + +"And you've been to her house?" + + + +"Yes, I've been to her house." + +"Where is their house?" + +"I dunno--that is--" + +"It's on Fourth Street?" + +"Yes, it's on Fourth Street." + +"And he hired you to carry that suit-case with the bombs in it, +didn't he?" + +"Yes, he hired me." + +"And he told you what was in it, didn't he?" + +"He--he--that is--I dunno." + +"You don't know whether he told you?" + +"Y-y-yes, he told me." + +"You knew all about the plot, didn't you?" + +"Y-y-yes, I knew." + +"And you know Isaacs, the Jew?" + +"Y-y-yes, I know him." + +"He was the fellow that drove the jitney, wasn't he?" + +"Y-y-yes, he drove the jitney." + +"Where did he drive it?" + +"H-h-he drove it everywhere." + +"He drove it over here with the suit-case, didn't he?" + +"Yes, he did." + +"And you know Biddle, and you know what he did, don't you?" + +"Yes, I know." + +"And you're willing to tell all you know about it, are you?" + +"Yes, I'll tell it all. I'll tell whatever you--" + +"You'll tell whatever you know, will you?" + +"Y-y-yes, sir." + +"And you'll stand by it? You'll not try to back out? You don't want +to go back into the hole?" + +"No, sir." + +And suddenly Guffey pulled from his pocket a paper folded up. It was +several typewritten sheets. "Peter Gudge," he said, "I been looking +up your record, and I've found out what you did in this case. You'll +see when you read how perfectly I've got it. You won't find a single +mistake in it." Guffey meant this for wit, but poor Peter was too +far gone with terror to have any idea that there was such a thing as +a smile in the world. + +"This is your story, d'you see?" continued Guffey. "Now take it and +read it." + +So Peter took the paper in his trembling hand, the one which had not +been twisted lame. He tried to read it, but his hand shook so that +he had to put it on his knee, and then he discovered that his eyes +had not yet got used to the light. He could not see the print. "I +c-c-can't," he wailed. + +And the other man took the paper from him. "I'll read it to you," he +said. "Now you listen, and put your mind on it, and make sure I've +got it all right." + +And so Guffey started to read an elaborate legal document: "I, Peter +Gudge, being duly sworn do depose and declare--" and so on. It was +an elaborate and detailed story about a man named Jim Goober, and +his wife and three other men, and how they had employed Peter to buy +for them certain materials to make bombs, and how Peter had helped +them to make the bombs in a certain room at a certain given address, +and how they had put the bombs in a suit-case, with a time clock to +set them off, and how Isaacs, the jitney driver, had driven them to +a certain corner on Main Street, and how they had left the suit-case +with the bombs on the street in front of the Preparedness Day +parade. + +It was very simple and clear, and Peter, as he listened, was almost +ready to cry with delight, realizing that this was all he had to do +to escape from his horrible predicament. He knew now what he was +supposed to know; and he knew it. Why had not Guffey told him long +ago, so that he might have known it without having his fingers bent +out of place and his wrist twisted off? + +"Now then," said Guffey, "that's your confession, is it?" + +"Y-y-yes," said Peter. + +"And you'll stand by it to the end?" + +"Y-y-yes, sir." + +"We can count on you now? No more nonsense?" + +"Y-y-yes, sir." + +"You swear it's all true?" + +"I do." + +"And you won't let anybody persuade you to go back on it--no matter +what they say to you?" + +"N-n-no, sir," said Peter. + +"All right," said Guffey; and his voice showed the relief of a +business man who has closed an important deal. He became almost +human as lie went on. "Now, Peter," he said, "you're our man, and +we're going to count on you. You understand, of course, that we have +to hold you as a witness, but you're not to be a prisoner, and we're +going to treat you well. We'll put you in the hospital part of the +jail, and you'll have good grub and nothing to do. In a week or so, +we'll want you to appear before the grand jury. Meantime, you +understand--not a word to a soul! People may try to worm something +out of you, but don't you open your mouth about this case except to +me. I'm your boss, and I'll tell you what to do, and I'll take care +of you all the way. You got that all straight?" + +"Y-y-yes, sir," said Peter. + + + + +Section 8 + + +There was once, so legend declares, a darky who said that he liked +to stub his toe because it felt so good when it stopped hurting. On +this same principle Peter had a happy time in the hospital of the +American City jail. He had a comfortable bed, and plenty to eat, and +absolutely nothing to do. His sore joints became gradually healed, +and he gained half a pound a day in weight, and his busy mind set to +work to study the circumstances about him, to find out how he could +perpetuate these comfortable conditions, and add to them the little +luxuries which make life really worth living. + +In charge of this hospital was an old man by the name of Doobman. He +had been appointed because he was the uncle of an alderman, and he +had held the job for the last six years, and during that time had +gained weight almost as rapidly as Peter was gaining. He had now +come to a condition where he did not like to get out of his armchair +if it could be avoided. Peter discovered this, and so found it +possible to make himself useful in small ways. Also Mr. Doobman had +a secret vice; he took snuff, and for the sake of discipline he did +not want this dreadful fact to become known. Therefore he would wait +until everybody's back was turned before he took a pinch of snuff; +and Peter learned this, and would tactfully turn his back. + +Everybody in this hospital had some secret vice, and it was Mr. +Doobman's duty to repress the vices of the others. The inmates of +the hospital included many of the prisoners who had money, and could +pay to make themselves comfortable. They wanted tobacco, whiskey, +cocaine and other drugs, and some of them wanted a chance to +practice unnamable horrors. All the money they could smuggle in they +were ready to spend for license to indulge themselves. As for the +attendants in the hospital, they were all political appointees, +derelicts who had been unable to hold a job in the commercial world, +and had sought an easy berth, like Peter himself. They took bribes, +and were prepared to bribe Peter to outwit Mr. Doobman; Mr. Doobman, +on the other hand, was prepared to reward Peter with many favors, if +Peter would consent to bring him secret information. In such a +situation it was possible for a man with his wits about him to +accumulate quite a little capital. + +For the most part Peter stuck by Doobman; having learned by bitter +experience that in the long run it pays to be honest. Doobman was +referred to by the other attendants as the "Old Man"; and always in +Peter's life, from the very dawn of childhood, there had been some +such "Old Man," the fountain-head of authority, the dispenser of +creature comforts. First had been "Old Man" Drubb, who from early +morning until late at night wore green spectacles, and a sign across +his chest, "I am blind," and made a weary little child lead him thru +the streets by the hand. At night, when they got home to their +garret-room, "Old Man" Drubb would take off his green goggles, and +was perfectly able to see Peter, and if Peter had made the slightest +mistake during the day he would beat him. + +When Drubb was arrested, Peter was taken to the orphan asylum, and +there was another "Old Man," and the same harsh lesson of +subservience to be learned. Peter had run away from the asylum; and +then had come Pericles Priam with his Pain Paralyzer, and Peter had +studied his whims and served his interests. When Pericles had +married a rich widow and she had kicked Peter out, there had come +the Temple of Jimjambo, where the "Old Man" had been Tushbar +Akrogas, the major-domo--terrible when he was thwarted, but a +generous dispenser of favors when once you had learned to flatter +him, to play upon his weaknesses, to smooth the path of his +pleasures. All these years Peter had been forced to "crook the +pregnant hinges of the knee"; it had become an instinct with him--an +instinct that went back far behind the twenty years of his conscious +life, that went back twenty thousand years, perhaps ten times twenty +thousand years, to a time when Peter had chipped flint spear-heads +at the mouth of some cave, and broiled marrow-bones for some "Old +Man" of the borde, and seen rebellious young fellows cast out to +fall prey to the sabre-tooth tiger. + + + + +Section 9 + + +Peter found that he was something of a personality in this hospital. +He was the "star" witness in the sensational Goober case, about +which the whole city, and in fact the whole country was talking. It +was known that he had "turned State's"; but just what he knew and +what he had told was a mighty secret, and Peter "held his mouth" and +looked portentous, and enjoyed thrills of self-importance. + +But meantime there was no reason why he should not listen to others +talk; no reason why he should not inform himself fully about this +case, so that in future he might be able to take care of himself. He +listened to what "Old Man" Doobman had to say, and to what Jan +Christian, his Swedish assistant had to say, and to what Gerald +Leslie, the "coke" fiend, had to say. All these, and others, had +friends on the outside, people who were "in the know." Some told one +thing, and others told exactly the opposite; but Peter put this and +that together, and used his own intrigue-sharpened wits upon it, and +before long he was satisfied that he had got the facts. + +Jim Goober was a prominent labor leader. He had organized the +employees of the Traction Trust, and had called and led a tremendous +strike. Also he had called building strikes, and some people said he +had used dynamite upon uncompleted buildings, and made a joke of it. +Anyhow, the business men of the city wanted to put him where he +could no longer trouble them; and when some maniac unknown had flung +a dynamite bomb into the path of the Preparedness parade, the big +fellows of the city had decided that now was the opportunity they +were seeking. Guffey, the man who had taken charge of Peter, was +head of the secret service of the Traction Trust, and the big +fellows had put him in complete charge. They wanted action, and +would take no chances with the graft-ridden and incompetent police +of the city. They had Goober in jail, with his wife and three of his +gang, and thru the newspapers of the city they were carrying on a +propaganda to prepare the public for the hanging of all five. + +And that was all right, of course; Jim Goober was only a name to +Peter, and of less importance than a single one of Peter's meals. +Peter understood what Guffey had done, and his only grudge was +because Guffey had not had the sense to tell him his story at the +beginning, instead of first nearly twisting his arm off. However, +Peter reflected, no doubt Guffey had meant to teach him a lesson, to +make sure of him. Peter had learned the lesson, and his purpose now +was to make this clear to Guffey and to Doobman. + +"Hold your mouth," Guffey had said, and Peter never once said a word +about the Goober case. But, of course, he talked about other +matters. A fellow could not go around like a mummy all day long, and +it was Peter's weakness that he liked to tell about his exploits, +the clever devices by which he had outwitted his last "Old Man." So +to Gerald Leslie, the "coke" fiend, he told the story of Pericles +Priam, and how many thousands of dollars he had helped to wheedle +out of the public, and how twice he and Pericles had been arrested +for swindling. Also he told about the Temple of Jimjambo, and all +the strange and incredible things that had gone on there. Pashtian +el Kalandra, who called himself the Chief Magistrian of +Eleutherinian Exoticism, gave himself out to his followers to be +eighty years of age, but as a matter of fact he was less than forty. +He was supposed to be a Persian prince, but had been born in a small +town in Indiana, and had begun life as a grocer-boy. He was supposed +to live upon a handful of fruit, but every day it had been Peter's +job to assist in the preparation of a large beef-steak or a roast +chicken. These were "for sacrificial purposes," so the prophet +explained to his attendants; and Peter would get the remains of the +sacrificial beef-steaks and chickens, and would sacrificially devour +them behind the pantry door. That had been one of his private +grafts, which he got in return for keeping secret from the prophet +some of the stealings of Tushbar Akrogas, the major-domo. + +A wonderful place had been this Temple of Jimjambo. There were +mystic altars with seven veils before them, and thru these the Chief +Magistrian would appear, clad in a long cream-colored robe with gold +and purple borders, and with pink embroidered slippers and symbolic +head-dress. His lectures and religious rites had been attended by +hundreds--many of them rich society women, who came rolling up to +the temple in their limousines. Also there had been a school, where +children had been initiated into the mystic rites of the cult. The +prophet would take these children into his private apartments, and +there were awful rumors--which had ended in the raiding of the +temple by the police, and the flight of the prophet, and likewise of +the majordomo, and of Peter Gudge, his scullion and confederate. + +Also, Peter thought it was fun to tell Gerald Leslie about his +adventures with the Holy Rollers, into whose church he had drifted +during his search for a job. Peter had taken up with this sect, and +learned the art of "talking in tongues," and how to fall over the +back of your chair in convulsions of celestial glory. Peter had +gained the confidence of the Rev. Gamaliel Lunk, and had been +secretly employed by him to carry on a propaganda among the +congregation to obtain a raise in salary for the underpaid +convulsionist. But certain things which Peter had learned had caused +him to go over to the faction of Shoemaker Smithers, who was trying +to persuade the congregation that he could roll harder and faster +than the Rev. Gamaliel. Peter had only held this latter job a few +days before he had been fired for stealing the fried doughnut. + + + + +Section 10 + + +All these things and more Peter told; thinking that he was safe now, +under the protection of authority. But after he had spent about two +months in the hospital, he was summoned one day into the office, and +there stood Guffey, glowering at him in a black fury. "You damned +fool!" were Guffey's first words. + +Peter's knees went weak and his teeth began to chatter again. +"Wh-wh-what?" he cried. + +"Didn't I tell you to hold your mouth?" And Guffey looked as if he +were going to twist Peter's wrist again. + +"Mr. Guffey, I ain't told a soul! I ain't said one word about the +Goober case, not one word!" + +Peter rushed on, pouring out protests. But Guffey cut him short. +"Shut up, you nut! Maybe you didn't talk about the Goober case, but +you talked about yourself. Didn't you tell somebody you'd worked +with that fellow Kalandra?" + +"Y-y-yes, sir." + +"And you knew the police were after him, and after you, too?" + +"Y-y-yes, sir." + +"And you said you'd been arrested selling fake patent medicines?" + +"Y-y-yes, sir." + +"Christ almighty!" cried Guffey. "And what kind of a witness do you +think you'll make?" + +"But," cried Peter in despair, "I didn't tell anybody that would +matter. I only--" + +"What do you know what would matter?" roared the detective, adding +a stream of furious oaths. "The Goober people have got spies on us; +they've got somebody right here in this jail. Anyhow, they've found +out about you and your record. You've gone and ruined us with your +blabbing mouth!" + +"My Lord!" whispered Peter, his voice dying away. + +"Look at yourself on a witness-stand! Look at what they'll do to you +before a jury! Traveling over the country, swindling people with +patent medicines--and getting in jail for it! Working for that +hell-blasted scoundrel Kalandra--" and Guffey added some dreadful +words, descriptive of the loathsome vices of which the Chief +Magistrian had been accused. "And you mixed up in that kind of +thing!" + +"I never done anything like that!" cried Peter wildly. "I didn't +even know for sure." + +"Tell that to the jury!" sneered Guffey. "Why, they've even been to +that Shoemaker Smithers, and they'll put his wife on the stand to +prove you a sneak thief, and tell how she kicked you out. And all +because you couldn't hold your mouth as I told you to!" + +Peter burst into tears. He fell down on his knees, pleading that he +hadn't meant any harm; he hadn't had any idea that he was not +supposed to talk about his past life; he hadn't realized what a +witness was, or what he was supposed to do. All he had been told was +to keep quiet about the Goober case, and he had kept quiet. So Peter +sobbed and pleaded--but in vain. Guffey ordered him back to the +hole, declaring his intention to prove that Peter was the one who +had thrown the bomb, and that Peter, instead of Jim Goober, had been +the head and front of the conspiracy. Hadn't Peter signed a +confession that he had helped to make the bomb? + + + + +Section 11 + + +Again Peter did not know how long he lay shivering in the black +dungeon. He only knew that they brought him bread and water three +times, before Guffey came again and summoned him forth. Peter now +sat huddled into a chair, twisting his trembling hands together, +while the chief detective of the Traction Trust explained to him his +new program. Peter was permanently ruined as a witness in the case. +The labor conspirators had raised huge sums for their defense; they +had all the labor unions of the city, and in fact of the entire +country behind them, and they were hiring spies and informers, and +trying to find out all they could about the prosecution, the +evidence it had collected and the moves it was preparing. Guffey did +not say that he had been afraid to kick Peter out because of the +possibility that Peter might go over to the Goober side and tell all +he knew; but Peter guessed this while he sat listening to Guffey's +explanation, and realized with a thrill of excitement that at last +he had really got a hold upon the ladder of prosperity. Not in vain +had his finger been almost broken and his wrist almost dislocated! + +"Now," said Guffey, "here's my idea: As a witness you're on the bum, +but as a spy, you're it. They know that you blabbed, and that I know +it; they know I've had you in the hole. So now what I want to do is +to make a martyr of you. D'you see?" + +Peter nodded; yes, he saw. It was his specialty, seeing things like +that. + +"You're an honest witness, you understand? I tried to get you to +lie, and you wouldn't, so now you go over to the other side, and +they take you in, and you find out all you can, and from time to +time you meet somebody as I'll arrange it, and send me word what +you've learned. You get me?" + +"I get you," said Peter, eagerly. No words could portray his relief. +He had a real job now! He was going to be a sleuth, like Guffey +himself. + +"Now," said Guffey, "the first thing I want to know is, who's +blabbing in this jail; we can't do anything but they get tipped off. +I've got witnesses that I want kept hidden, and I don't dare put +them here for fear of the Goober crowd. I want to know who are the +traitors. I want to know a lot of things that I'll tell you from +time to time. I want you to get next to these Reds, and learn about +their ideas, so you can talk their lingo. + +"Sure," said Peter. He could not help smiling a little. He was +supposed to be a "Red" already, to have been one of their leading +conspirators. But Guffey had abandoned that pretence--or perhaps had +forgotten about it! + +It was really an easy job that Peter had set before him. He did not +have to pretend to be anything different from what he was. He would +call himself a victim of circumstances, and would be honestly +indignant against those who had sought to use him in a frame-up +against Jim Goober. The rest would follow naturally. He would get +the confidence of the labor people, and Guffey would tell him what +to do next. + +"We'll put you in one of the cells of this jail," said the chief +detective, "and we'll pretend to give you a `third degree.' You'll +holler and make a fuss, and say you won't tell, and finally we'll +give up and kick you out. And then all you have to do is just hang +around. They'll come after you, or I miss my guess." + +So the little comedy was arranged and played thru. Guffey took Peter +by the collar and led him out into the main part of the jail, and +locked him in one of a row of open cells. He grabbed Peter by the +wrist and pretended to twist it, and Peter pretended to protest. He +did not have to draw on his imagination; he knew how it felt, and +how he was supposed to act, and he acted. He sobbed and screamed, +and again and again he vowed that he had told the truth, that he +knew nothing else than what he had told, and that nothing could make +him tell any more. Guffey left him there until late the next +afternoon, and then came again, and took him by the collar, and led +him out to the steps of the jail, and gave him a parting kick. + +Peter was free! What a wonderful sensation--freedom! God! Had there +ever been anything like it? He wanted to shout and howl with joy. +But instead he staggered along the street, and sank down upon a +stone coping, sobbing, with his head clasped in his hands, waiting +for something to happen. And sure enough, it happened. Perhaps an +hour passed, when he was touched lightly on the shoulder. "Comrade," +said a soft voice, and Peter, looking between his fingers, saw the +skirts of a girl. A folded slip of paper was pressed into his hand +and the soft voice said: "Come to this address." The girl walked on, +and Peter's heart leaped with excitement. Peter was a sleuth at +last! + + + + +Section 12 + + +Peter waited until after dark, in order to indulge his sense of the +romantic; also he flattered his self-importance by looking carefully +about him as he walked down the street. He did not know just who +would be shadowing him, but Peter wanted to be sleuthy. + +Also he had a bit of genuine anxiety. He had told the truth when he +said to Guffey that he didn't know what a "Red" was; but since then +he had been making in quiries, and now he knew. A "Red" was a fellow +who sympathized with labor unions and with strikes; who wanted to +murder the rich and divide their property, and believed that the +quickest way to do the dividing was by means of dynamite. All "Reds" +made bombs, and carried concealed weapons, and perhaps secret +poisons--who could tell? And now Peter was going among them, he was +going to become one of them! It was almost too interesting, for a +fellow who aimed above everything to be comfortable. Something in +him whispered, "Why not skip; get out of town and be done with it?" +But then he thought of the rewards and honors that Guffey had +promised him. Also there was the spirit of curiosity; he might skip +at any time, but first he would like to know a bit more about being +a "dick." + +He came to the number which had been given him, a tiny bungalow in a +poor neighborhood, and rang the doorbell. It was answered by a girl, +and at a glance Peter saw that it was the girl who had spoken to +him. She did not wait for him to announce himself, but cried +impulsively, "Mr. Gudge! Oh, I'm so glad you've come!" She added, +"Comrade!"--just as if Peter were a well-known friend. And then, +"But _are_ you a comrade?" + +"How do you mean?" asked Peter. + +"You're not a Socialist? Well, we'll make one of you." She brought +him in and showed him to a chair, saying, "I know what they did to +you; and you stood out against them! Oh, you were wonderful! +Wonderful!" + +Peter was at a loss what to say. There was in this girl's voice a +note of affection, as well as of admiration; and Peter in his hard +life had had little experience with emotions of this sort. Peter had +watched the gushings and excitements of girls who were seeking +flirtations; but this girl's attitude he felt at once was not +flirtatious. Her voice tho soft, was just a trifle too solemn for a +young girl; her deep-set, wistful grey eyes rested on Peter with the +solicitude of a mother whose child has just escaped a danger. + +She called: "Sadie, here's Mr. Gudge." And there entered another +girl, older, taller, but thin and pale like her sister. Jennie and +Sadie Todd were their names, Peter learned; the older was a +stenographer, and supported the family. The two girls were in a +state of intense concern. They started to question Peter about his +experiences, but he had only talked for a minute or two before the +elder went to the telephone. There were various people who must see +Peter at once, important people who were to be notified as soon as +he turned up. She spent some time at the phone, and the people she +talked with must have phoned to others, because for the next hour or +two there was a constant stream of visitors coming in, and Peter had +to tell his story over and over again. + +The first to come was a giant of a man with tight-set mouth and so +powerful a voice that it frightened Peter. He was not surprised to +learn that this man was the leader of one of the most radical of the +city's big labor unions, the seamen's. Yes, he was a "Red," all +right; he corresponded to Peter's imaginings--a grim, dangerous man, +to be pictured like Samson, seizing the pillars of society and +pulling them down upon his head. "They've got you scared, my boy," +he said, noting Peter's hesitating answers to his questions. "Well, +they've had me scared for forty-five years, but I've never let them +know it yet." Then, in order to cheer Peter up and strengthen his +nerves, he told how he, a runaway seaman, had been hunted thru the +Everglades of Florida with bloodhounds, and tied to a tree and +beaten into insensibility. + +Then came David Andrews, whom Peter had heard of as one of the +lawyers in the Goober case, a tall, distinguished-looking man with +keen, alert features. What was such a man doing among these +outcasts? Peter decided that he must be one of the shrewd ones who +made money out of inciting the discontented. Then came a young girl, +frail and sensitive, slightly crippled. As she crossed the room to +shake his hand tears rolled down her cheeks, and Peter stood +embarrassed, wondering if she had just lost a near relative, and +what was he to say about it. From her first words he gathered, to +his great consternation, that she had been moved to tears by the +story of what he himself had endured. + +Ada Ruth was a poet, and this was a new type for Peter; after much +groping in his mind he set her down for one of the dupes of the +movement--a poor little sentimental child, with no idea of the +wickedness by which she was surrounded. With her came a Quaker boy +with pale, ascetic face and black locks which he had to shake back +from his eyes every now and then; he wore a Windsor tie, and a black +felt hat, and other marks of eccentricity and from his speeches +Peter gathered that he was ready to blow up all the governments of +the world in the interests of Pacificism. The same was true of +McCormick, an I. W. W. leader who had just served sixty days in +jail, a silent young Irishman with drawn lips and restless black +eyes, who made Peter uneasy by watching him closely and saying +scarcely a word. + + + + +Section 13 + + +They continued to come, one at a time or in groups; old women and +young women, old men and young men, fanatics and dreamers, agitators +who could hardly open their mouths without some white-hot words +escaping, revealing a blaze of passion smouldering in the deeps of +them. Peter became more and more uneasy, realizing that he was +actually in the midst of all the most dangerous "Reds" of American +City. They it was whom our law-abiding citizens dreaded, who were +the objects of more concern to the police than all the plain, +everyday burglars and bandits. Peter now could see the reason--he +had not dreamed that such angry and hate-tormented people existed in +the world. Such people would be capable of anything! He sat, with +his restless eyes wandering from one face to another. Which one of +this crowd had helped to set off the bomb? And would they boast +about it to him this evening? + +Peter half expected this; but then again, he wondered. They were +such strange criminals! They called him "Comrade"; and they spoke +with that same affection that had so bewildered him in little +Jennie. Was this just a ruse to get his confidence, or did these +people really think that they loved him--Peter Gudge, a stranger and +a secret enemy? Peter had been at great pains to fool them; but they +seemed to him so easy to fool that his pains were wasted. He +despised them for this, and all the while he listened to them he was +saying to himself, "The poor nuts!" + +They had come to hear his story, and they plied him with questions, +and made him tell over and over again every detail. Peter, of +course, had been carefully instructed; he was not to mention the +elaborate confession he had been made to sign; that would be giving +too dangerous a weapon to these enemies of law and order. He must +tell as brief a story as possible; how he had happened to be near +the scene of the explosion, and how the police had tried to force +him to admit that he knew something about the case. Peter told this, +according to orders; but he had not been prepared for the minute +questioning to which he was subjected by Andrews, the lawyer, aided +by old John Durand, the leader of the seamen. They wanted to know +everything that had been done to him, and who had done it, and how +and when and where and why. Peter had a sense of the dramatic, and +enjoyed being the center of attention and admiration, even tho it +was from a roomful of criminal "Reds." So he told all the +picturesque details of how Guffey had twisted his wrist and shut him +in a dungeon; the memory of the pain was still poignant, and came +out of him now, with a realism that would have moved a colder group. + +So pretty soon here were all these women sobbing and raging. Little +Ada Ruth became inspired, and began reciting a poem--or was she +composing it right here, before his eyes? She seemed entranced with +indignation. It was something about the workers arising--the outcry +of a mob-- + + "No further patience with a heedless foe-- + Get off our backs, or else to hell you go!" + +Peter listened, and thought to himself, "The poor nut!" And then +Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy, took the floor, and began shaking his +long black locks, and composing a speech, it seemed. And Peter +listened, and thought again, "The poor nut!" Then another man, the +editor of a labor journal, revealed the fact that he was composing +an editorial; he knew Guffey, and was going to publish Guffey's +picture, and brand him as an "Inquisitionist." He asked for Peter's +picture, and Peter agreed to have one taken, and to be headlined as +"The Inquisitionist's Victim." Peter had no idea what the long word +meant; but he assented, and thought again, "The poor nut!" All of +them were "nuts"--taking other people's troubles with such +excitement! + +But Peter was frightened, too; he couldn't altogether enjoy being a +hero, in this vivid and startling fashion; having his name and fame +spread from one end of the country to the other, so that organized +labor might know the methods which the great traction interests of +American City were employing to send a well-known labor leader to +the gallows! The thing seemed to grow and grow before Peter's +frightened eyes. Peter, the ant, felt the earth shaking, and got a +sudden sense of the mountain size of the mighty giants who were +stamping in combat over his head. Peter wondered, had Guffey +realized what a stir his story would make, what a powerful weapon he +was giving to his enemies? What could Guffey expect to get from +Peter, to compensate for this damage to his own case? Peter, as he +listened to the stormy oratory in the crowded little room, found +himself thinking again and again of running away. He had never seen +anything like the rage into which these people worked themselves, +the terrible things they said, the denunciations, not merely of the +police of American City, but of the courts and the newspapers, the +churches and the colleges, everything that seemed respectable and +sacred to law-abiding citizens like Peter Gudge. + +Peter's fright became apparent. But why shouldn't he be frightened? +Andrews, the lawyer, offered to take him away and hide him, lest the +opposition should try to make way with him. Peter would be a most +important witness for the Goober defense, and they must take good +care of him. But Peter recovered his self-possession, and took up +his noble role. No, he would take his chances with the rest of them, +he was not too much afraid. + +Sadie Todd, the stenographer, rewarded him for his heroism. They had +a spare bedroom in their little home, and if Peter cared to stay +with them for a while, they would try to make him comfortable. Peter +accepted this invitation, and at a late hour in the evening the +gathering broke up. The various groups of "Reds" went their way, +their hands clenched and their faces portraying a grim resolve to +make out of Peter's story a means of lashing discontented labor to +new frenzies of excitement. The men clasped Peter's hand cordially; +the ladies gazed at him with soulful eyes, and whispered their +admiration for his brave course, their hope, indeed their +conviction, that he would stand by the truth to the end, and would +study their ideas and join their "movement." All the while Peter +watched them, and continued saying to himself: "The poor nuts!" + + + + +Section 14 + + +The respectable newspapers of American City of course did not waste +their space upon fantastic accusations brought by radicals, charging +the police authorities with using torture upon witnesses. But there +was a Socialist paper published every week in American City, and +this paper had a long account of Peter's experiences on the front +page, together with his picture. Also there were three labor papers +which carried the story, and the Goober Defense Committee prepared a +circular about it and mailed out thousands of copies all over the +country. This circular was written by Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy. +He brought Peter a proof of it, to make sure that he had got all the +details right, and Peter read it, and really could not help being +thrilled to discover what a hero he was. Peter had not said anything +about his early career, and whoever among the Goober Defense +Committee had learned those details chose to be diplomatically +silent. Peter smiled to himself as he thought about that. They were +foxy, these people! They were playing their hand for all it was +worth--and Peter admired them for that. In Donald Gordon's narrative +Peter appeared as a poor workingman; and Peter grinned. He was used +to the word "working," but when he talked about "working people," he +meant something different from what these Socialists meant. + +The story went out, and of course all sorts of people wanted to meet +Peter, and came to the home of the Todd girls. So Peter settled down +to his job of finding out all he could about these visitors, their +names and occupations, their relations to the radical movement. +Guffey had advised him not to make notes, for fear of detection, but +Peter could not carry all this in his head, so he would retire to +his room and make minute notes on slips of paper, and carefully sew +these up in the lining of his coat, with a thrill of mystery. + +Except for this note-taking, however, Peter's sleuthing was easy +work, for these people all seemed eager to talk about what they were +doing; sometimes it frightened Peter--they were so open and defiant! +Not merely did they express their ideas to one another and to him, +they were expressing them on public platforms, and in their +publications, in pamphlets and in leaflets--what they called +"literature." Peter had had no idea their "movement" was so +widespread or so powerful. He had expected to unearth a secret +conspiracy, and perhaps a dynamite-bomb or two; instead of which, +apparently, he was unearthing a volcano! + +However, Peter did the best he could. He got the names and details +about some forty or fifty people of all classes; obscure workingmen +and women, Jewish tailors, Russian and Italian cigar-workers, +American-born machinists and printers; also some "parlor +Reds"--large, immaculate and shining ladies who came rolling up to +the little bungalow in large, immaculate and shining automobiles, +and left their uniformed chauffeurs outside for hours at a time +while they listened to Peter's story of his "third degree." One +benevolent lady with a flowing gray veil, who wafted a sweet perfume +about the room, suggested that Peter might be in need, and pressed a +twenty dollar bill into his hand. Peter, thrilled, but also +bewildered, got a new sense of the wonders of this thing called "the +movement," and decided that when Guffey got thru with him he might +turn into a "Red" in earnest for a while. + +Meantime he settled down to make himself comfortable with the Todd +sisters. Sadie went off to her work before eight o'clock every +morning, and that was before Peter got up; but Jennie stayed at +home, and fixed his breakfast, and opened the door for his visitors, +and in general played the hostess for him. She was a confirmed +invalid; twice a week she went off to a doctor to have something +done to her spine, and the balance of the time she was supposed to +be resting, but Peter very seldom saw her doing this. She was always +addressing circulars, or writing letters for the "cause," or going +off to sell literature and take up collections at meetings. When she +was not so employed, she was arguing with somebody--frequently with +Peter--trying to make him think as she did. + +Poor kid, she was all wrought up over the notions she had got about +the wrongs of the working classes. She gave herself no peace about +it, day or night, and this, of course, was a bore to Peter, who +wanted peace above all things. Over in Europe millions of men were +organized in armies, engaged in slaughtering one another. That, of +course, was, very terrible, but what was the good of thinking about +it? There was no way to stop it, and it certainly wasn't Peter's +fault. But this poor, deluded child was acting all the time as if +she were to blame for this European conflict, and had the job of +bringing it to a close. The tears would come into her deep-set grey +eyes, and her soft chin would quiver with pain whenever she talked +about it; and it seemed to Peter she was talking about it all the +time. It was her idea that the war must be stopped by uprisings on +the part of the working people in Europe. Apparently she thought +this might be hastened if the working people of American City would +rise up and set an example! + + + + +Section 15 + + +Jennie talked about this plan quite openly; she would put a red +ribbon in her hair, and pin a red badge on her bosom, and go into +meeting-places and sell little pamphlets with red covers. So, of +course, it would be Peter's duty to report her to the head of the +secret service of the Traction Trust. Peter regretted this, and was +ashamed of having to do it; she was a nice little girl, and pretty, +too, and a fellow might have had some fun with her if she had not +been in such a hysterical state. He would sit and look at her, as +she sat bent over her typewriter. She had soft, fluffy hair, the +color of twilight, and even white teeth, and a faint flush that came +and went in her cheeks--yes, she would not be bad looking at all, if +only she would straighten up, and spend a little time on her looks, +as other girls did. + +But no, she was always in a tension, and the devil of it was, she +was trying to get Peter into the same state. She was absolutely +determined that Peter must get wrought up over the wrongs of the +working classes. She took it for granted that he would, when he was +instructed. She would tell him harrowing stories, and it was his +duty to be duly harrowed; he must be continually acting an emotional +part. She would give him some of her "literature" to read, and then +she would pin him down and make sure that he had read it. He knew +how to read--Pericles Priam had seen to that, because he wanted him +to attend to the printing of his circulars and his advertisements in +the country newspapers where he was traveling. So now Peter was +penned in a corner and compelled to fix his attention upon "The A. +B. C. of Socialism," or "Capital and Proletariat," or "The Path to +Power." + +Peter told himself that it was part of his job to acquire this +information. He was going to be a "Red," and he must learn their +lingo; but he found it awfully tiresome, full of long technical +words which he had never heard before. Why couldn't these fellows at +least talk American? He had known that there were Socialists, and +also "Arnychists," as he called them, and he thought they were all +alike. But now he learned, not merely about Socialists and +"Arnychists," but about State Socialists and Communist Anarchists, +and Communist Syndicalists and Syndicalist Anarchists and Socialist +Syndicalists, and Reformist Socialists and Guild Socialists, to say +nothing about Single Taxers and Liberals and Progressives and +numerous other varieties, whom he had to meet and classify and +listen to respectfully and sympathetically. Each particular group +insisted upon the distinctions which made it different, and each +insisted that it had the really, truly truth; and Peter became +desperately bored with their everlasting talk--how much more simple +to lump them all together, as did Guffey and McGivney, calling them +all "Reds!" + +Peter had got it clearly fixed in his mind that what these "Reds" +wanted was to divide up the property of the rich. Everyone he had +questioned about them had said this. But now he learned that this +wasn't it exactly. What they wanted was to have the State take over +the industries, or to have the labor unions do it, or to have the +working people in general do it. They pointed to the post office and +the army and the navy, as examples of how the State could run +things. Wasn't that all right? demanded Jennie. And Peter said Yes, +that was all right; but hidden back in Peter's soul all the time was +a whisper that it wouldn't make a damn bit of difference. There was +a sucker born every minute, and you might be sure that no matter how +they fixed it up, there would always be some that would find it easy +to live off the rest. This poor kid, for example, who was ready to +throw herself away for any fool notion, or for anybody that came +along and told her a hard-luck story--would there ever be a state of +society in which she wouldn't be a juicy morsel to be gobbled up by +some fellow with a normal appetite? + +She was alone in the house all day with Peter, and she got to seem +more and more pretty as he got to know her better. Also it was +evident that she liked Peter more and more as Peter played his game. +Peter revealed himself as deeply sympathetic, and a quick convert to +the cause; he saw everything that Jennie explained to him, he was +horrified at the horrible stories, he was ready to help her end the +European war by starting a revolution among the working people of +American City. Also, he told her about himself, and awakened her +sympathy for his harsh life, his twenty years of privation and +servitude; and when she wept over this, Peter liked it. It was fine, +somehow, to have her so sorry for him; it helped to compensate him +for the boredom of hearing her be sorry for the whole working class. + +Peter didn't know whether Jennie had learned about his bad record, +but he took no chances--he told her everything, and thus took the +sting out of it. Yes, he had been trapped into evil ways, but it +wasn't his fault, he hadn't known any better, he had been a pitiful +victim of circumstances. He told how he had been starved and driven +about and beaten by "Old Man" Drubb, and the tears glistened in +Jennie's grey eyes and stole down her cheeks. He told about +loneliness and heartsickness and misery in the orphan asylum. And +how could he, poor lad, realize that it was wrong to help Pericles +Priam sell his Peerless Pain Paralyzer? How could he know whether +the medicine was any good or not--he didn't even know now, as a +matter of fact. As for the Temple of Jimjambo, all that Peter had +done was to wash dishes and work as a kitchen slave, as in any hotel +or restaurant. + +It was a story easy to fix up, and especially easy because the first +article in the creed of Socialist Jennie was that economic +circumstances were to blame for human frailties. That opened the +door for all varieties of grafters, and made the child such an easy +mark that Peter would have been ashamed to make a victim of her, had +it not been that she happened to stand in the path of his higher +purposes--and also that she happened to be young, only seventeen, +with tender grey eyes, and tempting, sweet lips, alone there in the +house all day. + + + + +Section 16 + + +Peter's adventures in love had so far been pretty much of a piece +with the rest of his life experiences; there had been hopes, and +wonderful dreams, but very few realizations. Peter knew a lot about +such matters; in the orphan asylum there were few vicious practices +which he did not witness, few obscene imaginings with which he was +not made familiar. Also, Pericles Priam had been a man like the +traditional sailor, with a girl in every port; and generally in +these towns and villages there had been no place for Peter to go +save where Pericles went, so Peter had been the witness of many of +his master's amours and the recipient of his confidences. But none +of these girls and women had paid any attention to Peter. Peter was +only a "kid"; and when he grew up and was no longer a kid, but a +youth tormented with sharp desires, they still paid no attention to +him--why should they? Peter was nothing; he had no position, no +money, no charms; he was frail and undersized, his teeth were +crooked, and one shoulder higher than the other. What could he +expect from women and girls but laughter and rebuffs? + +Then Peter moved on to the Temple of Jimjambo, and there a +devastating experience befell him--he tumbled head over heels and +agonizingly in love. There was a chambermaid in the institution, a +radiant creature from the Emerald Isles with hair like sunrise and +cheeks like apples, and a laugh that shook the dish-pans on the +kitchen walls. She laughed at Peter, she laughed at the major-domo, +she laughed at all the men in the place who tried to catch her round +the waist. Once or twice a month perhaps she would let them succeed, +just to keep them interested, and to keep herself in practice. + +The only one she really favored was the laundry deliveryman, and +Peter soon realized why. This laundry fellow had the use of an +automobile on Sundays, and Nell would dress herself up to kill, and +roll away in state with him. He would spend all his week's earnings +entertaining her at the beach; Peter knew, because she would tell +the whole establishment on Monday morning. "Gee, but I had a swell +time!" she would say; and would count the ice-creams and the +merry-go-rounds and the whirly-gigs and all the whang-doodle things. +She would tell about the tattooed men and the five-legged calf and +the woman who was half man, and all the while she would make the +dishpans rattle. + +Yes, she was a marvelous creature, and Peter suddenly realized that +his ultimate desire in life was to possess a "swell lady-friend" +like Nell. He realized that there was one essential prerequisite, +and that was money. None of them would look at you without money. +Nell had gone out with him only once, and that was upon the savings +of six months, and Peter had not been able to conceal the effort it +cost him to spend it all. So he had been set down as a "tight-wad," +and had made no headway. + +Nell had disappeared, along with everybody else when the police +raided the Temple. Peter never knew what had become of her, but the +old longings still haunted him, and he would find himself +imagining--suppose the police had got her; suppose she were in jail, +and he with his new "pull" were able to get her out, and carry her +away and keep her hid from the laundry man! + +These were dreams; but meantime here was reality, here was a new +world. Peter had settled down in the home of the Todd sisters; and +what was their attitude toward these awful mysteries of love? + + + + +Section 17 + + +It had been arranged with Guffey that at the end of a week Peter was +to have a secret meeting with one of the chief detective's men. So +Peter told the girls that he was tired of being a prisoner in the +house and must get some fresh air. + +"Oh please, Mr. Gudge, don't take such a chance!" cried Sadie, her +thin, anxious face suddenly growing more anxious and thin. "Don't +you know this house is being watched? They are just hoping to catch +you out alone. It would be the last of you." + +"I'm not so important as that," said Peter; but she insisted that he +was, and Peter was pleased, in spite of his boredom, he liked to +hear her insist upon his importance. + +"Oh!" she cried. "Don't you know yet how much depends on you as a +witness for the Goober defense? This case is of concern to millions +of people all over the world! It is a test case, Mr. Gudge--are they +to be allowed to murder the leaders of the working class without a +struggle? No, we must show them that there is a great movement, a +world-wide awakening of the workers, a struggle for freedom for the +wage slaves--" + +But Peter could stand no more of this. "All right," he said, +suddenly interrupting Sadie's eloquence. "I suppose it's my duty to +stay, even if I die of consumption, being shut up without any fresh +air." He would play the martyr; which was not so hard, for he was +one, and looked like one, with his thin, one-sided little figure, +and his shabby clothes. Both Sadie and Jennie gazed at him with +admiration, and sighed with relief. + +But later on, Peter thought of an idea. He could go out at night, he +told Sadie, and slip out the back way, so that no one would see him; +he would not go into crowds or brightly lighted streets, so there +would be no chance of his being recognized. There was a fellow he +absolutely had to see, who owed him some money; it was way over on +the other side of the city--that was why he rejected Jennie's offer +to accompany him. + +So that evening Peter climbed a back fence and stole thru a +neighbor's chicken-yard and got away. He had a fine time ducking and +dodging in the crowds, making sure that no one was trailing him to +his secret rendezvous--no "Red" who might chance to be suspicious of +his "comradeship." It was in the "American House," an obscure hotel, +and Peter was to take the elevator to the fourth floor, without +speaking to any one, and to tap three times on the door of Room 427. +Peter did so, and the door opened, and he slipped in, and there he +met Jerry McGivney, with the face of a rat. + +"Well, what have you got?" demanded McGivney; and Peter sat down +and started to tell. With eager fingers he undid the amateur sewing +in the lining of his coat, and pulled out his notes with the names +and descriptions of people who had come to see him. + +McGivney glanced over them quickly. "Jesus!" he said, "What's the +good of all this?" + +"Well, but they're Reds!" exclaimed Peter. + +"I know," said the other, "but what of that? We can go hear them +spout at meetings any night. We got membership lists of these +different organizations. But what about the Goober case?" + +"Well," said Peter, "they're agitating about it all the time; +they've been printing stuff about me." + +"Sure, we know that," said McGivney. "And the hell of a fine story +you gave them; you must have enjoyed hearing yourself talk. But what +good does that do us?" + +"But what do you want to know?" cried Peter, in dismay. + +"We want to know their secret plans," said the other. "We want to +know what they're doing to get our witnesses; we want to know who it +is that is selling us out, who's the spy in the jail. Didn't you +find that out?" + +"N-no," said Peter. "Nobody said anything about it." + +"Good God!" said the detective. "D'you expect them to bring you +things on a silver tray?" He began turning over Peter's notes +again, and finally threw them on the bed in disgust. He began +questioning Peter, and Peter's dismay turned to despair. He had not +got a single thing that McGivney wanted. His whole week of +"sleuthing" had been wasted! + +The detective did not mince words. "It's plain that you're a boob," +he said. "But such as you are, we've got to do the best we can with +you. Now, put your mind on it and get it straight: we know who these +Reds are, and we know what they're teaching; we can't send 'em to +jail for that. What we want you to find out is the name of their +spy, and who are their witnesses in the Goober case, and what +they're going to say." + +"But how can I find out things like that?" cried Peter. + +"You've got to use your wits," said McGivney. "But I'll give you one +tip; get yourself a girl." + +"A girl?" cried Peter, in wonder. + +"Sure thing," said the other. "That's the way we always work. Guffey +says there's just three times when people tell their secrets: The +first is when they're drunk, and the second is when they're in +love--" + +Then McGivney stopped. Peter, who wanted to complete his education, +inquired, "And the third?" + +"The third is when they're both drunk and in love," was the reply. +And Peter was silent, smitten with admiration. This business of +sleuthing was revealing itself as more complicated and more +fascinating all the time. + +"Ain't you seen any girl you fancy in that crowd?" demanded the +other. + +"Well--it might be--" said Peter, shyly. + +"It ought to be easy," continued the detective. "Them Reds are all +free lovers, you know." + +"Free lovers!" exclaimed Peter. "How do you mean?" + +"Didn't you know about that?" laughed the other. + +Peter sat staring at him. All the women that Peter had ever known or +heard of took money for their love. They either took it directly, or +they took it in the form of automobile rides and flowers and candy +and tickets to the whang-doodle things. Could it be that there were +women who did not take money in either form, but whose love was +entirely free? + +The detective assured him that such was the case. "They boast about +it," said he. "They think it's right." And to Peter that seemed the +most shocking thing he had yet heard about the Reds. + +To be sure, when he thought it over, he could see that it had some +redeeming points; it was decidedly convenient from the point of view +of the man; it was so much money in his pocket. If women chose to be +that silly--and Peter found himself suddenly thinking about little +Jennie Todd. Yes, she would be that silly, it was plain to see. She +gave away everything she had; so of course she would be a "free +lover!" + +Peter went away from his rendezvous with McGivney, thrilling with a +new and wonderful idea. You couldn't have got him to give up his job +now. This sleuthing business was the real thing! + +It was late when Peter got home, but the two girls were sitting up +for him, and their relief at his safe return was evident. He noticed +that Jennie's face expressed deeper concern than her sister's, and +this gave him a sudden new emotion. Jennie's breath came and went +more swiftly because he had entered the room; and this affected his +own breath in the same way. He had a swift impulse towards her, an +entirely unselfish desire to reassure her and relieve her anxiety; +but with an instinctive understanding of the sex game which he had +not before known he possessed, he checked this impulse and turned +instead to the older sister, assuring her that nobody had followed +him. He told an elaborate story, prepared on the way; he had worked +for ten days for a fellow at sawing wood--hard work, you bet, and +then the fellow had tried to get out of paying him! Peter had caught +him at his home that evening, and had succeeded in getting five +dollars out of him, and a promise of a few dollars more every week. +That was to cover future visits to McGivney. + + + + +Section 18 + + +Peter lay awake a good part of the night, thinking over this new +job--that of getting himself a girl. He realized that for some time +he had been falling in love with little Jennie; but he wanted to be +sane and practical, he wanted to use his mind in choosing a girl. He +was after information, first of all. And who had the most to give +him? He thought of Miss Nebbins, who was secretary to Andrews, the +lawyer; she would surely know more secrets than anyone else; but +then, Miss Nebbins was an old maid, who wore spectacles and +broad-toed shoes, and was evidently out of the question for +love-making. Then he thought of Miss Standish, a tall, blond beauty +who worked in an insurance office and belonged to the Socialist +Party. She was a "swell dresser," and Peter would have been glad to +have something like that to show off to McGivney and the rest of +Guffey's men; but with the best efforts of his self-esteem, Peter +could not imagine himself persuading Miss Standish to look at him. +There was a Miss Yankovich, one of the real Reds, who trained with +the I. W. W.; but she was a Jewess, with sharp, black eyes that +clearly indicated a temper, and frightened Peter. Also, he had a +suspicion that she was interested in McCormick--tho of course with +these "free lovers" you could never tell. + +But one girl Peter was quite sure about, and that was little Jennie; +he didn't know if Jennie knew many secrets, but surely she could +find some out for him. Once he got her for his own, he could use her +to question others. And so Peter began to picture what love with +Jennie would be like. She wasn't exactly what you would call +"swell," but there was something about her that made him sure he +needn't be ashamed of her. With some new clothes she would be +pretty, and she had grand manners--she had not shown the least fear +of the rich ladies who came to the house in their automobiles; also +she knew an awful lot for a girl--even if most of what she knew +wasn't so! + +Peter lost no time in setting to work at his new job. In the papers +next morning appeared the usual details from Flanders; thousands of +men being shot to pieces almost every hour of the day and night, a +million men on each side locked in a ferocious combat that had +lasted for weeks, that might last for months. And sentimental little +Jennie sat there with brimming eyes, talking about it while Peter +ate his oatmeal and thin milk. And Peter talked about it too; how +wicked it was, and how they must stop it, he and Jennie together. He +agreed with her now; he was a Socialist, he called her "Comrade," +and told her she had converted him. Her eyes lighted up with joy, as +if she had really done something to end the war. + +They were sitting on the sofa, looking at the paper, and they were +alone in the house. Peter suddenly looked up from the reading and +said, very much embarrassed, "But Comrade Jennie--" + +"Yes," she said, and looked at him with her frank grey eyes. Peter +was shy, truly a little frightened, this kind of detective business +being new to him. + +"Comrade Jennie," he said, "I--I--don't know just how to say it, but +I'm afraid I'm falling a little in love." + +Jennie drew back her hands, and Peter heard her breath come quickly. +"Oh, Mr. Gudge!" she exclaimed. + +"I--I don't know--" stammered Peter. "I hope you won't mind." + +"Oh, don't let's do that!" she cried. + +"Why not, Comrade Jennie?" And he added, "I don't know as I can +help it." + +"Oh, we were having such a happy time, Mr. Gudge! I thought we were +going to work for the cause!" + +"Well, but it won't interfere--" + +"Oh, but it does, it does; it makes people unhappy!" + +"Then--" and Peter's voice trembled--"then you don't care the least +bit for me, Comrade Jennie?" + +She hesitated a moment. "I don't know," she said. "I hadn't +thought--" + +And Peter's heart gave a leap inside him. It was the first time that +any girl had ever had to hesitate in answering that question for +Peter. Something prompted him--just as if he had been doing this +kind of "sleuthing" all his life. He reached over, and very gently +took her hand. "You do care just a little for me?" he whispered. + +"Oh, Comrade Gudge," she answered, and Peter said, "Call me `Peter.' +Please, please do." + +"Comrade Peter," she said, and there was a little catch in her +throat, and Peter, looking at her, saw that her eyes were cast down. + +"I know I'm not very much to love," he pleaded. "I'm poor and +obscure--I'm not good looking--" + +"Oh, it isn't that!" she cried, "Oh, no, no! Why should I think +about such things? You are a comrade!" + +Peter had known, of course, just how she would take this line of +talk. "Nobody has ever loved me," he said, sadly. "Nobody cares +anything about you, when you are poor, and have nothing to offer--" + +"I tell you, that isn't it!" she insisted. "Please don't think that! +You are a hero. You have sacrificed for the cause, and you are going +on and become a leader." + +"I hope so," said Peter, modestly. "But then, what is it, Comrade +Jennie? Why don't you care for me?" + +She looked up at him, and their eyes met, and with a little sob in +her voice she answered, "I'm not well, Comrade Peter. I'm of no use; +it would be wicked for me to marry." + +Somewhere back in the depths of Peter, where his inner self was +crouching, it was as if a sudden douche of ice-cold water were let +down on him. "Marry!" Who had said anything about marrying? Peter's +reaction fitted the stock-phrase of the comic papers: "This is so +sudden!" + +But Peter was too clever to reveal such dismay. He humored little +Jennie, saying, "We don't have to marry right away. I could wait, if +only I knew that you cared for me; and some day, when you get +well--" + +She shook her head sadly. "I'm afraid I'll never get really well. +And besides, neither of us have any money, Comrade Peter." + +Ah, there it was! Money, always money! This "free love" was nothing +but a dream. + +"I could get a job," said Peter--just like any other tame and +conventional wooer. + +"But you couldn't earn enough for two of us," protested the girl; +and suddenly she sprang up. "Oh, Comrade Peter, let's not fall in +love with each other! Let's not make ourselves unhappy, let's work +for the cause! Promise me that you will!" + +Peter promised; but of course he had no remotest intention of +keeping the promise. He was not only a detective, he was a man--and +in both capacities he wanted Comrade Jennie. He had all the rest of +the day, and over the addressing of envelopes which he undertook +with her, he would now and then steal love-glances; and Jennie knew +now what these looks meant, and the faint flush would creep over her +cheeks and down into her neck and throat. She was really very pretty +when she was falling in love, and Peter found his new job the most +delightful one of his lifetime. He watched carefully, and noted the +signs, and was sure he was making no mistake; before Sadie came back +at supper-time he had his arms about Comrade Jennie, and was +pressing kisses upon the lovely white throat; and Comrade Jennie was +sobbing softly, and her pleading with him to stop had grown faint +and unconvincing. + + + + +Section 19 + + +There was the question of Sadie to be settled. There was a certain +severe look that sometimes came about Sadie's lips, and that caused +Peter to feel absolutely certain that Comrade Sadie had no sympathy +with "free love," and very little sympathy with any love save her +own for Jennie. She had nursed her "little sister" and tended her +like a mother for many years; she took the food out of her mouth to +give to Jennie--and Jennie in turn gave it to any wandering agitator +who came along and hung around until mealtime. Peter didn't want +Sadie to know what had been going on in her absence, and yet he was +afraid to suggest to Jennie that she should deceive her sister. + +He managed it very tactfully. Jennie began pleading again: "We ought +not to do this, Comrade Peter!" And so Peter agreed, perhaps they +oughtn't, and they wouldn't any more. So Jennie put her hair in +order, and straightened her blouse, and her lover could see that she +wasn't going to tell Sadie. + +And the next day they were kissing again and agreeing again that +they mustn't do it; and so once more Jennie didn't tell Sadie. +Before long Peter had managed to whisper the suggestion that their +love was their own affair, and they ought not to tell anybody for +the present; they would keep the delicious secret, and it would do +no one any harm. Jennie had read somewhere about a woman poet by the +name of Mrs. Browning, who had been an invalid all her life, and +whose health had been completely restored by a great and wonderful +love. Such a love had now come to her; only Sadie might not +understand, Sadie might think they did not know each other well +enough, and that they ought to wait. They knew, of course, that they +really did know each other perfectly, so there was no reason for +uncertainty or fear. Peter managed deftly to put these suggestions +into Jennie's mind as if they were her own. + +And all the time he was making ardent love to her; all day long, +while he was helping her address envelopes and mail out circulars +for the Goober Defense Committee. He really did work hard; he didn't +mind working, when he had Jennie at the table beside him, and could +reach over and hold her hand every now and then, or catch her in his +arms and murmur passionate words. Delicious thrills and raptures +possessed him; his hopes would rise like a flood-tide--but then, +alas, only to ebb again! He would get so far, and every time it +would be as if he had run into a stone wall. No farther! + +Peter realized that McGivney's "free love" talk had been a cruel +mistake. Little Jennie was like all the other women--her love wasn't +going to be "free." Little Jennie wanted a husband, and every time +you kissed her, she began right away to talk about marriage, and you +dared not hint at anything else because you knew it would spoil +everything. So Peter was thrown back upon devices older than the +teachings of any "Reds." He went after little Jennie, not in the way +of "free lovers," but in the way of a man alone in the house with a +girl of seventeen, and wishing to seduce her. He vowed that he loved +her with an overwhelming and eternal love. He vowed that he would +get a job and take care of her. And then he let her discover that he +was suffering torments; he could not live without her. He played +upon her sympathy, he played upon her childish innocence, he played +upon that pitiful, weak sentimentality which caused her to believe +in pacifism and altruism and socialism and all the other "isms" that +were jumbled up in her head. + +And so in a couple of weeks Peter had succeeded in his purpose of +carrying little Jennie by storm. And then, how enraptured he was! +Peter, with his first girl, decided that being a detective was the +job for him! Peter knew that he was a real detective now, using the +real inside methods, and on the trail of the real secrets of the +Goober case! + +And sure enough, he began at once to get them. Jennie was in love; +Jennie was, as you might say, "drunk with love," and so she +fulfilled both the conditions which Guffey had laid down. So Jennie +told the truth! Sitting on Peter's knee, with her arms clasped about +him, and talking about her girlhood, the happy days before her +mother and father had been killed in the factory where they worked, +little Jennie mentioned the name of a young man, Ibbetts. + +"Ibbetts?" said Peter. It was a peculiar name, and sounded +familiar. + +"A cousin of ours," said Jennie. + +"Have I met him?" asked Peter, groping in his mind. + +"No, he hasn't been here." + +"Ibbetts?" he repeated, still groping; and suddenly he remembered. +"Isn't his name Jack?" + +Jennie did not answer for a moment. He looked at her, and their eyes +met, and he saw that she was frightened. "Oh, Peter!" she whispered. +"I wasn't to tell! I wasn't to tell a soul!" + +Inside Peter, something was shouting with delight. To hide his +emotion he had to bury his face in the soft white throat. +"Sweetheart!" he whispered. "Darling!" + +"Uh, Peter!" she cried. "You know--don't you?" + +"Of course!" he laughed. "But I won't tell. You needn't mind +trusting me." + +"Oh, but Mr. Andrews was so insistent!" said Jennie, "He made Sadie +and me swear that we wouldn't breathe it to a soul." + +"Well, you didn't tell," said Peter. "I found it out by accident. +Don't mention it, and nobody will be any the wiser. If they should +find out that I know, they wouldn't blame you; they'd understand +that I know Jack Ibbetts--me being in jail so long." + +So Jennie forgot all about the matter, and Peter went on with the +kisses, making her happy, as a means of concealing his own +exultation. He had done the job for which Guffey had sent him! He +had solved the first great mystery of the Goober case! The spy in +the jail of American City, who was carrying out news to the Defense +Committee, was Jack Ibbetts, one of the keepers in the jail, and a +cousin of the Todd sisters! + + + + +Section 20 + + +It was fortunate that this was the day of Peter's meeting with +McGivney. He could really not have kept this wonderful secret to +himself over night. He made excuses to the girls, and dodged thru +the chicken-yard as before, and made his way to the American House. +As he walked, Peter's mind was working busily. He had really got his +grip on the ladder of prosperity now; he must not fail to tighten +it. + +McGivney saw right away from Peter's face that something had +happened. "Well?" he inquired. + +"I've got it!" exclaimed Peter. + +"Got what?" + +"The name of the spy in the jail." + +"Christ! You don't mean it!" cried the other. + +"No doubt about it," answered Peter. + +"Who is he?" + +Peter clenched his hands and summoned his resolution. "First," he +said, "you and me got to have an understanding. Mr. Guffey said I +was to be paid, but he didn't say how much, or when." + +"Oh, hell!" said McGivney. "If you've got the name of that spy, you +don't need to worry about your reward." + +"Well, that's all right," said Peter, "but I'd like to know what I'm +to get and how I'm to get it." + +"How much do you want?" demanded the man with the face of a rat. +Rat-like, he was retreating into a corner, his sharp black eyes +watching his enemy. "How much?" he repeated. + +Peter had tried his best to rise to this occasion. Was he not +working for the greatest and richest concern in American City, the +Traction Trust? Tens and hundreds of millions of dollars they were +worth--he had no idea how much, but he knew they could afford to pay +for his secret. "I think it ought to be worth two hundred dollars," +he said. + +"Sure," said McGivney, "that's all right. We'll pay you that." + +And straightway Peter's heart sank. What a fool he had been! Why +hadn't he had more courage, and asked for five hundred dollars? He +might even have asked a thousand, and made himself independent for +life! + +"Well," said McGivney, "who's the spy?" + +Peter made an agonizing, effort, and summoned yet more nerve. +"First, I got to know, when do I get that money?" + +"Oh, good God!" said McGivney. "You give us the information, and +you'll get your money all right. What kind of cheap skates do you +take us for?" + +"Well, that's all right," said Peter. "But you know, Mr. Guffey +didn't give me any reason to think he loved me. I still can hardly +use this wrist like I used to." + +"Well, he was trying to get some information out of you," said +McGivney. "He thought you were one of them dynamiters--how could you +blame him? You give me the name of that spy, and I'll see you get +your money." + +But still Peter wouldn't yield. He was afraid of the rat-faced +McGivney, and his heart was thumping fast, but he stood his ground. +"I think I ought to see that money," he said, doggedly. + +"Say, what the hell do you take me for?" demanded the detective. +"D'you suppose I'm going to give you two hundred dollars and then +have you give me some fake name and skip?" + +"Oh, I wouldn't do that!" cried Peter. + +"How do I know you wouldn't?" + +"Well, I want to go on working for you." + +"Sure, and we want you to go on working for us. This ain't the last +secret we'll get from you, and you'll find we play straight with our +people--how'd we ever get anywheres otherwise? There's a million +dollars been put up to hang that Goober crowd, and if you deliver +the goods, you'll get your share, and get it right on time." + +He spoke with conviction, and Peter was partly persuaded. But most +of Peter's lifetime had been spent in watching people bargaining +with one another--watching scoundrels trying to outwit one +another--and when it was a question of some money to be got, Peter +was like a bulldog that has got his teeth fixed tight in another +dog's nose; he doesn't consider the other dog's feelings, nor does +he consider whether the other dog admires him or not. + +"On time?" said Peter. "What do you mean by `on time'?" + +"Oh, my God!" said McGivney, in disgust. + +"Well, but I want to know," said Peter. "D'you mean when I give the +name, or d'you mean after you've gone and found out whether he +really is the spy or not?" + +So they worried back and forth, these snarling bulldogs, growing +more and more angry. But Peter was the one who had got his teeth in, +and Peter hung on. Once McGivney hinted quite plainly that the great +Traction Trust had had power enough to shut Peter in the "hole" on +two occasions and keep him there, and it might have power enough to +do it a third time. Peter's heart failed with terror, but all the +same, he hung on to McGivney's nose. + +"All right," said the rat-faced man, at last. He said it in a tone +of wearied scorn; but that didn't worry Peter a particle. "All +right, I'll take a chance with you." And he reached into his pocket +and pulled out a roll of bills--twenty dollar bills they were, and +he counted out ten of them. Peter saw that there was still a lot +left to the roll, and knew that he hadn't asked as much money as +McGivney had been prepared to have him ask; so his heart was sick +within him. At the same time his heart was leaping with +exultation--such a strange thing is the human heart! + + + + +Section 21 + + +McGivney laid the money on the bed. "There it is," he said, "and if +you give me the name of the spy you can take it. But you'd better +take my advice and not spend it, because if it turns out that you +haven't got the spy, by God, I believe Ed Guffey'd twist the arms +out of you!" + +Peter was easy about that. "I know he's the spy all right." + +"Well, who is he?" + +"He's Jack Ibbetts." + +"The devil you say!" cried McGivney, incredulously. + +"Jack Ibbetts, one of the night keepers in the jail." + +"I know him," said the other. "But what put that notion into your +head?" + +"He's a cousin of the Todd sisters." + +"Who are the Todd sisters?" + +"Jennie Todd is my girl," said Peter. + +"Girl!" echoed the other; he stared at Peter, and a grin spread over +his face. "You got a girl in two weeks? I didn't know you had it in +you!" + +It was a doubtful compliment, but Peter's smile was no less +expansive, and showed all his crooked teeth. "I got her all right," +he said, "and she blabbed it out the first thing--that Ibbetts was +her cousin. And then she was scared, because Andrews, the lawyer, +had made her and her sister swear they wouldn't mention his name to +a soul. So you see, they're using him for a spy--there ain't a +particle of doubt about it." + +"Good God!" said McGivney, and there was genuine dismay in his tone. +"Who'd think it possible? Why, Ibbetts is as decent a fellow as ever +you talked to--and him a Red, and a traitor at that! You know, +that's what makes it the devil trying to handle these Reds--you +never can tell who they'll get; you never know who to trust. How, +d'you suppose they manage it?" + +"I dunno," said Peter. "There's a sucker born every minute, you +know!" + +"Well, anyhow, I see you ain't one of 'em," said the rat-faced man, +as he watched Peter take the roll of bills from the bed and tuck +them away in an inside pocket. + + + + +Section 22 + + +Peter was warned by the rat-faced man that he must be careful how he +spent any of that money. Nothing would be more certain to bring +suspicion on him than to have it whispered about that he was "in +funds." He must be able to show how he had come honestly by +everything he had. And Peter agreed to that; he would hide the money +away in a safe place until he was thru with his job. + +Then he in turn proceeded to warn McGivney. If they were to fire +Ibbetts from his job, it would certainly cause talk, and might +direct suspicion against Peter. McGivney answered with a smile that +he wasn't born yesterday. They would "promote" Jack Ibbetts, giving +him some job where he couldn't get any news about the Goober case; +then, after a bit, they would catch him up on some mistake, or get +him into some trouble, and fire him. + +At this meeting, and at later meetings, Peter and the rat-faced man +talked out every aspect of the Goober case, which was becoming more +and more complicated, and bigger as a public issue. New people were +continually being involved, and new problems continually arising; it +was more fascinating than a game of chess. McGivney had spoken the +literal truth when he said that the big business interests of +American City had put up a million dollars to hang Goober and his +crowd. At the very beginning there had been offered seventeen +thousand dollars in rewards for information, and these rewards +naturally had many claimants. The trouble was that people who wanted +this money generally had records that wouldn't go well before a +jury; the women nearly always turned out to be prostitutes, and the +men to be ex-convicts, forgers, gamblers, or what not. Sometimes +they didn't tell their past records until the other side unearthed +them, and then it was necessary to doctor court records, and pull +wires all over the country. + +There were a dozen such witnesses as this in the Goober case. They +had told their stories before the grand jury, and innumerable flaws +and discrepancies had been discovered, which made more work and +trouble for Guffey and his lieutenants. Thru a miserable mischance +it happened that Jim Goober and his wife had been watching the +parade from the roof of a building a couple of miles away, at the +very hour when they were accused of having planted the suit-case +with the bomb in it. Somebody had taken a photograph of the parade +from this roof, which showed both Goober and his wife looking over, +and also a big clock in front of a jewelry store, plainly indicating +the very minute. Fortunately the prosecution got hold of this +photograph first; but now the defense had learned of its existence, +and was trying to get a look at it. The prosecution didn't dare +destroy it, because its existence could be proven; but they had +photographed the photograph, and re-photographed that, until they +had the face of the clock so dim that the time could not be seen. +Now the defense was trying to get evidence that this trick had been +worked. + +Then there were all the witnesses for the defense. Thru another +mischance it had happened that half a dozen different people had +seen the bomb thrown from the roof of Guggenheim's Department Store; +which entirely contradicted the suit-case theory upon which the +prosecution was based. So now it was necessary to "reach" these +various witnesses. One perhaps had a mortgage on his home which +could be bought and foreclosed; another perhaps had a wife who +wanted to divorce him, and could be persuaded to help get him into +trouble. Or perhaps he was engaged in an intrigue with some other +man's wife; or perhaps some woman could be sent to draw him into an +intrigue. + +Then again, it appeared that very soon after the explosion some of +Guffey's men had taken a sledge hammer and smashed the sidewalk, +also the wall of the building where the explosion had taken place. +This was to fit in with the theory of the suit-case bomb, and they +had taken a number of photographs of the damage. But now it +transpired that somebody had taken a photograph of the spot before +this extra damage had been done, and that the defense was in +possession of this photograph. Who had taken this photograph, and +how could he be "fixed"? If Peter could help in such matters, he +would come out of the Goober case a rich man. + +Peter would go away from these meetings with McGivney with his head +full of visions, and would concentrate all his faculties upon the +collecting of information. He and Jennie and Sadie talked about the +case incessantly, and Jennie and Sadie would tell freely everything +they had heard outside. Others would come in--young McCormick, and +Miriam Yankovitch, and Miss Nebbins, the secretary to Andrews, and +they would tell what they had learned and what they suspected, and +what the defense was hoping to find out. They got hold of a cousin +of the man who had taken the photograph on the roof; they were +working on him, to get him to persuade the photographer to tell the +truth. Next day Donald Gordon would come in, cast down with despair, +because it had been learned that one of the most valuable witnesses +of the defense, a groceryman, had once pleaded guilty to selling +spoilt cheese! Thus every evening, before he went to sleep, Peter +would jot down notes, and sew them up inside his jacket, and once a +week he would go to the meeting with McGivney, and the two would +argue and bargain over the value of Peter's news. + + + + +Section 23 + + +It had become a fascinating game, and Peter would never have tired +of it, but for the fact that he had to stay all day in the house +with little Jennie. A honeymoon is all right for a few weeks, but no +man can stand it forever. Little Jennie apparently never tired of +being kissed, and never seemed satisfied that Peter thoroughly loved +her. A man got thru with his love-making after awhile, but a woman, +it appeared, never knew how to drop the subject; she was always +looking before and after, and figuring consequences and +responsibilities, her duty and her reputation and all the rest of +it. Which, of course, was a bore. + +Jennie was unhappy because she was deceiving Sadie; she wanted to +tell Sadie, and yet somehow it was easier to go on concealing than +admit that one had concealed. Peter didn't see why Sadie had to be +told at all; he didn't see why things couldn't stay just as they +were, and why he and his sweetheart couldn't have some fun now and +then, instead of always being sentimental, always having agonies +over the class war, to say nothing of the world war, and the +prospects of America becoming involved in it. + +This did not mean that Peter was hard and feelingless. No, when +Peter clasped trembling little Jennie in his arms he was very deeply +moved; he had a real sense of what a gentle and good little soul she +was. He would have been glad to help her--but what could he do about +it? The situation was such that he could not plead with her, he +could not try to change her; he had to give himself up to all her +crazy whims and pretend to agree with her. Little Jennie was by her +weakness marked for destruction, and what good would it do for him +to go to destruction along with her? + +Peter understood clearly that there are two kinds of people in the +world, those who eat, and those who are eaten; and it was his +intention to stay among the former, group. Peter had come in his +twenty years of life to a definite understanding of the things +called "ideas" and "causes" and "religions." They were bait to catch +suckers; and there is a continual competition between the suckers, +who of course don't want to be caught, and those people of superior +wits who want to catch them, and therefore are continually inventing +new and more plausible and alluring kinds of bait. Peter had by now +heard enough of the jargon of the "comrades" to realize that theirs +was an especially effective kind; and here was poor little Jennie, +stuck fast on the hook, and what could Peter do about it? + +Yet, this was Peter's first love, and when he was deeply thrilled, +he understood the truth of Guffey's saying that a man in love wants +to tell the truth. Peter would have the impulse to say to her: "Oh, +drop all that preaching, and give yourself a rest! Let's you and me +enjoy life a bit." + +Yes, it would be all he could do to keep from saying this--despite +the fact that he knew it would ruin everything. Once little Jennie +appeared in a new silk dress, brought to her by one of the rich +ladies whose heart was touched by her dowdy appearance. It was of +soft grey silk--cheap silk, but fresh and new, and Peter had never +had anything so fine in his arms before. It matched Jennie's grey +eyes, and its freshness gave her a pink glow; or was it that Peter +admired her, and loved her more, and so brought the blood to her +cheeks? Peter had an impulse to take her out and show her off, and +he pressed his face into the soft folds of the dress and whispered, +"Say kid, some day you an me got to cut all this hard luck business +for a bit!" + +He felt little Jennie stiffen, and draw away from him; so quickly he +had to set to work to patch up the damage. "I want you to get well," +he pleaded. "You're so good to everybody--you treat everybody well +but yourself!" + +It had been something in his tone rather than his actual words that +had frightened the girl. "Oh Peter!" she cried. "What does it matter +about me, or about any other one person, when millions of young men +are being shot to fragments, and millions of women and children are +starving to death!" + +So there they were, fighting the war again; Peter had to take up her +burden, be a hero, and a martyr, and a "Red." That same afternoon, +as fate willed it, three "wobblies" out of a job came to call; and +oh, how tired Peter was of these wandering agitators--insufferable +"grouches!" Peter would want to say: "Oh, cut it out! What you call +your `cause' is nothing but your scheme to work with your tongues +instead of with a pick and a shovel." And this would start an +imaginary quarrel in Peter's mind. He would hear one of the fellows +demanding, "How much pick and shovel work you ever done?" Another +saying, "Looks to me like you been finding the easy jobs wherever +you go!" The fact that this was true did not make Peter's irritation +any less, did not make it easier for him to meet with Comrade Smith, +and Brother Jones, and Fellow-worker Brown just out of jail, and +listen to their hard-luck stories, and watch them take from the +table food that Peter wanted, and--the bitterest pill of all--let +them think that they were fooling him with their patter! + +The time came when Peter wasn't able to stand it any longer. Shut up +in the house all day, he was becoming as irritable as a chained dog. +Unless he could get out in the world again, he would surely give +himself away. He pleaded that the doctors had warned him that his +health would not stand indoor life; he must get some fresh air. So +he got away by himself, and after that he found things much easier. +He could spend a little of his money; he could find a quiet corner +in a restaurant and get himself a beefsteak, and eat all he wanted +of it, without feeling the eyes of any "comrades" resting upon him +reprovingly. Peter had lived in a jail, and in an orphan asylum, and +in the home of Shoemaker Smithers, but nowhere had he fared so +meagerly as in the home of the Todd sisters, who were contributing +nearly everything they owned to the Goober defense, and to the +"Clarion," the Socialist paper of American City. + + + + +Section 24 + + +Peter went to see Andrews, the lawyer, and asked for a job; he +wanted to be active in the case, he said, so he was set to work in +the offices of the Defense Committee, where he heard people talking +about the case all day, and he could pick up no end of valuable +tips. He made himself agreeable and gained friends; before long he +was intimate with one of the best witnesses of the defense, and +discovered that this man had once been named as co-respondent in a +divorce case. Peter found out the name of the woman, and Guffey set +to work to bring her to American City. The job was to be done +cleverly, without the woman's even knowing that she was being used. +She would have a little holiday, and the spell of old love would +reassert itself, and Guffey would have a half dozen men to spring +the trap--and there would be a star witness of the Goober defense +clean down and out! "There's always something you can get them on!" +said McGivney, and cheerfully paid Peter Gudge five hundred dollars +for the information he had brought. + +Peter would have been wildly happy, but just at this moment a +dreadful calamity befell him. Jennie had been talking about marriage +more and more, and now she revealed to him a reason which made +marriage imperative. She revealed it with downcast eyes, with +blushes and trembling; and Peter was so overcome with consternation +that he could not play the part that was expected of him. Hitherto +in these love crises he had caught Jennie in his arms and comforted +her; but now for a moment he let her see his real emotions. + +Jennie promptly had a fit. What was the matter with him? Didn't he +mean to marry her, as he had promised? Surely he must realize now +that they could no longer delay! And Peter, who was not familiar +with the symptoms of hysterics, lost his head completely and could +think of nothing to do but rush out of the house and slam the door. + +The more he considered it, the more clearly he realized that he was +in the devil of a predicament. As a servant of the Traction Trust, +he had taken it for granted that he was immune to all legal +penalties and obligations; but here, he had a feeling, was a trouble +from which the powerful ones of the city would be unable to shield +their agent. Were they able to arrange it so that one could marry a +girl, and then get out of it when one's job was done? + +Peter was so uneasy that he had to call up the office of Guffey and +get hold of McGivney. This was dangerous, because the prosecution +was tapping telephone wires, and they feared the defense might be +doing the same. But Peter took a chance; he told McGivney to come +and meet him at the usual place; and there they argued the matter +out, and Peter's worst fears were confirmed. When he put the +proposition up to McGivney, the rat-faced man guffawed in his face. +He found it so funny that he did not stop laughing until he saw that +he was putting his spy into a rage. + +"What's the joke?" demanded Peter. "If I'm ruined, where'll you get +any more information?" + +"But, my God!" said McGivney. "What did you have to go and get that +kind of a girl for?" + +"I had to take what I could," answered Peter. "Besides, they're all +alike--they get into trouble, and you can't help it." + +"Sure, you can help it!" said McGivney. "Why didn't you ask long +ago? Now if you've got yourself tied up with a marrying proposition, +it's your own lookout; you can't put it off on me." + +They argued back and forth. The rat-faced man was positive that +there was no way Peter could pretend to marry Jennie and not have +the marriage count. He might get himself into no end of trouble and +certainly he would be ruined as a spy. What he must do was to pay +the girl some money and send her somewhere to get fixed up. McGivney +would find out the name of a doctor to do the job. + +"Yes, but what excuse can I give her?" cried Peter. "I mean, why I +don't marry her!" + +"Make something up," said McGivney. "Why not have a wife already?" +Then, seeing Peter's look of dismay: "Sure, you can fix that. I'll +get you one, if you need her. But you won't have to take that +trouble--just tell your girl a hard luck story. You've got a wife, +you thought you could get free from her, but now you find you can't; +your wife's got wind of what you're doing here, and she's trying to +blackmail you. Fix it up so your girl can't do anything on account +of hurting the Goober defense. If she's really sincere about it, she +won't disgrace you; maybe she won't even tell her sister." + +Peter hated to do anything like that. He had a vision of little +Jennie lying on the sofa in hysterics as he had left her, and he +dreaded the long emotional scene that would be necessary. However, +it seemed that he must go thru with it; there was no better way that +he could think of. Also, he must be quick, because in a couple of +hours Sadie would be coming home from work, and it might be too +late. + + + + +Section 25 + + +Peter hurried back to the Todd home, and there was white-faced +little Jennie lying on the bed, still sobbing. One would think she +might have used up her surplus stock of emotions; but no, there is +never any limit to the emotions a woman can pour out. As soon as +Peter had got fairly started on the humiliating confession that he +had a wife, little Jennie sprang up from the bed with a terrified +shriek, and confronted him with a face like the ghost of an escaped +lunatic. Peter tried to explain that it wasn't his fault, he had +really expected to be free any day. But Jennie only clasped her +hands to her forehead and screamed: "You have deceived me! You have +betrayed me!" It was just like a scene in the movies, the bored +little devil inside Peter was whispering. + +He tried to take her hand and reason with her, but she sprang away +from him, she rushed to the other side of the room and stood there, +staring at him as if she were some wild thing that he had in a +corner and was threatening to kill. She made so much noise that he +was afraid that she would bring the neighbors in; he had to point +out to her that if this matter became public he would be ruined +forever as a witness, and thus she might be the means of sending Jim +Goober to the gallows. + +Thereupon Jennie fell silent, and it was possible for Peter to get +in a word. He told her of the intrigues against him; the other side +had sent somebody to him and offered him ten thousand dollars if he +would sell out the Goober defense. Now, since he had refused, they +were trying to blackmail him, using his wife. They had somehow come +to suspect that he was involved in a love affair, and this was to be +the means of ruining him. + +Jennie still would not let Peter touch, her, but she consented to +sit down quietly in a chair, and figure out what they were going to +do. Whatever happened, she said, they must do no harm to the Goober +case. Peter had done her a monstrous wrong in keeping the truth from +her, but she would suffer the penalty, whatever it might be; she +would never involve him. + +Peter started to explain; perhaps it wasn't so serious as she +feared. He had been thinking things over; he knew where Pericles +Priam, his old employer, was living, and Pericles was rich now, and +Peter felt sure that he could borrow two hundred dollars, and there +were places where little Jennie could go--there were ways to get out +of this trouble-- + +But little Jennie stopped him. She was only a child in some ways, +but in others she was a mature woman. She had strange fixed ideas, +and when you ran into them it was like running into a stone wall. +She would not hear of the idea Peter suggested; it would be murder. + +"Nonsense," said Peter, echoing McGivney. "It's nothing; everybody +does it." But Jennie was apparently not listening. She sat staring +with her wild, terrified eyes, and pulling at her dress with her +fingers. Peter got to watching these fingers, and they got on his +nerves. They behaved like insane fingers; they manifested all the +emotions which the rest of little Jennie was choking back and +repressing. + +"If you would only not take it so seriously!" Peter pleaded. "It's a +miserable accident, but it's happened, and now we've got to make the +best of it. Some day I'll get free; some day I'll marry you." + +"Stop, Peter!" the girl whispered, in her tense voice. "I don't want +to talk to you any more, if that's all you have to say. I don't know +that I'd be willing to marry you--now that I know you could deceive +me--that you could go on deceiving me day after day for months." + +Peter thought she was going to break out into hysterics again, and +he was frightened. He tried to plead with her, but suddenly she +sprang up. "Go away!" she exclaimed. "Please go away and let me +alone. I'll think it over and decide what to do myself. Whatever I +do, I won't disgrace you, so leave me alone, go quickly!" + + + + +Section 26 + + +She drove him out of the house, and Peter went, though with many +misgivings. He wandered about the streets, not knowing what to do +with himself, looking back over the blunders he had made and +tormenting himself with that most tormenting of all thoughts: how +different my life might have been, if only I had had sense enough to +do this, or not to do that! Dinner time came, and Peter blew himself +to a square meal, but even that did not comfort him entirely. He +pictured Sadie coming home at this hour. Was Jennie telling her or +not? + +There was a big mass meeting called by the Goober Defense Committee +that evening, and Peter attended, and it proved to be the worst +thing he could have done. His mind was in no condition to encounter +the fierce passions of this crowded assemblage. Peter had the +picture of himself being exposed and denounced; he wasn't sure yet +that it mightn't happen to him. And here was this meeting--thousands +of workingmen, horny handed blacksmiths, longshoremen with shoulders +like barns and truckmen with fists like battering rams, long-haired +radicals of a hundred dangerous varieties, women who waved red +handkerchiefs and shrieked until to Peter they seemed like gorgons +with snakes instead of hair. + +Such were the mob-frenzies engendered by the Goober case; and Peter +knew, of course, that to all these people he was a traitor, a +poisonous worm, a snake in the grass. If ever they were to find out +what he was doing--if for instance, someone were to rise up and +expose him to this crowd--they would seize him and tear him to +pieces. And maybe, right now, little Jennie was telling Sadie; and +Sadie would tell Andrews, and Andrews would become suspicious, and +set spies on Peter Gudge! Maybe they had spies on him already, and +knew of his meetings with McGivney! + +Haunted by such terrors, Peter had to listen to the tirades of +Donald Gordon, of John Durand, and of Sorensen, the longshoremen's +leader. He had to listen to exposure after exposure of the tricks +which Guffey had played; he had to hear the district attorney of the +county denounced as a suborner of perjury, and his agents as +blackmailers and forgers. Peter couldn't understand why such things +should be permitted--why these speakers were not all clapped into +jail. But instead, he had to sit there and listen; he even had to +applaud and pretend to approve! All the other secret operatives of +the Traction Trust and of the district attorney's office had to +listen and pretend to approve! In the hall Peter had met Miriam +Yankovich, and was sitting next to her. "Look," she said, "there's a +couple of dicks over there. Look at the mugs on them!" + +"Which?" said Peter. + +And she answered: "That fellow that looks like a bruiser, and that +one next to him, with the face of a rat." Peter looked, and saw that +it was McGivney; and McGivney looked at Peter, but gave no sign. + +The meeting lasted until nearly midnight. It subscribed several +thousand dollars to the Goober defense fund, and adopted ferocious +resolutions which it ordered printed and sent to every local of +every labor union in the country. Peter got out before it was over, +because he could no longer stand the strain of his own fears and +anxieties. He pushed his way thru the crowd, and in the lobby he ran +into Pat McCormick, the I. W. W. leader. + +There was more excitement in this boy's grim face than Peter had +ever seen there before. Peter thought it was the meeting, but the +other rushed up to him, exclaiming: "Have you heard the news?" + +"What news?" + +"Little Jennie Todd has killed herself!" + +"My God!" gasped Peter, starting back. + +"Ada Ruth just told me. Sadie found a note when she got home. Jennie +had left--she was going to drown herself." + +"But what--why?" cried Peter, in horror. + +"She was suffering so, her health was so wretched, she begs Sadie +not to look for her body, not to make a fuss--they'll never find +her." + +And horrified and stunned as Peter was, there was something inside +him that drew a deep breath of relief. Little Jennie had kept her +promise! Peter was, safe! + + + + +Section 27 + + +Yes, Peter was safe, but it had been a close call, and he still had +painful scenes to play his part in. He had to go back to the Todd +home and meet the frantic Sadie, and weep and be horrified with the +rest of them. It would have been suspicious if he had not done this; +the "comrades" would never have forgiven him. Then to his dismay, he +found that Sadie had somehow come to a positive conviction as to +Jennie's trouble. She penned Peter up in a corner and accused him of +being responsible; and there was poor Peter, protesting vehemently +that he was innocent, and wishing that the floor would open up and +swallow him. + +In the midst of his protestations a clever scheme occurred to him. +He lowered his voice in shame. There was a man, a young man, who +used to come to see Jennie off and on. "Jennie asked me not to +tell." Peter hesitated a moment, and added his master-stroke. +"Jennie explained to me that she was a free-lover; she told me all +about free love. I told her I didn't believe in it, but you know, +Sadie, when Jennie believed in anything, she would stand by it and +act on it. So I felt certain it wouldn't do any good for me to butt +in." + +Sadie almost went out of her mind at this. She glared at Peter. +"Slanderer! Devil!" she cried. "Who was this man?" + +Peter answered, "He went by the name of Ned. That's what Jennie +called him. It wasn't my business to pin her down about him." + +"It wasn't your business to look out for an innocent child?" + +"Jennie herself said she wasn't an innocent child, she knew exactly +what she was doing--all Socialists did it." And to this parting shot +he added that he hadn't thought it was decent, when he was a guest +in a home, to spy on the morals of the people in it. When Sadie +persisted in doubting him, and even in calling him names, he took +the easiest way out of the difficulty--fell into a rage and stormed +out of the house. + +Peter felt pretty certain that Sadie would not spread the story very +far; it was too disgraceful to her sister and to herself; and maybe +when she had thought it over she might come to believe Peter's +story; maybe she herself was a "free lover." McGivney had certainly +said that all Socialists were, and he had been studying them a lot. +Anyhow, Sadie would have to think first of the Goober case, just as +little Jennie had done. Peter had them there all right, and realized +that he could afford to be forgiving, so he went to the telephone +and called up Sadie and said: "I want you to know that I'm not going +to say anything about this story; it won't become known except thru +you." + +There were half a dozen people whom Sadie must have told. Miss +Nebbins was icy-cold to Peter the next time he came in to see Mr. +Andrews; also Miriam Yankovich lost her former cordiality, and +several other women treated him with studied reserve. But the only +person who spoke about the matter was Pat McCormick, the I. W. W. +boy who had given Peter the news of little Jennie's suicide. Perhaps +Peter hadn't been able to act satisfactorily on that occasion; or +perhaps the young fellow had observed something for himself, some +love-glances between Peter and Jennie. Peter had never felt +comfortable in the presence of this silent Irish boy, whose dark +eyes would roam from one person to another in the room, and seemed +to be probing your most secret thoughts. + +Now Peter's worst fears were justified. "Mac" got him off in a +corner, and put his fist under his nose, and told him that he was "a +dirty hound," and if it hadn't been for the Goober case, he, "Mac," +would kill him without a moment's concern. + +And Peter did not dare open his mouth; the look on the Irishman's +face was so fierce that he was really afraid for his life. God, what +a hateful lot these Reds were! And now here was Peter with the worst +one of all against him! From now on his life would be in danger from +this maniac Irishman! Peter hated him--so heartily and genuinely +that it served to divert his thoughts from little Jennie, and to +make him regard himself as a victim. + +Yes, in the midnight hours when Jennie's gentle little face haunted +him and his conscience attacked him, Peter looked back upon the +tangled web of events, and saw quite clearly how inevitable this +tragedy had been, how naturally it had grown out of circumstances +beyond his control. The fearful labor struggle in American City was +surely not Peter's fault; nor was it his fault that he had been +drawn into it, and forced to act first as an unwilling witness, and +then as a secret agent. Peter read the American City "Times" every +morning, and knew that the cause of Goober was the cause of anarchy +and riot, while the cause of the district attorney and of Guffey's +secret service was the cause of law and order. Peter was doing his +best in this great cause, he was following the instructions of those +above him, and how could he be blamed because one poor weakling of a +girl had got in the way of the great chariot of the law? + +Peter knew that it wasn't his fault; and yet grief and terror gnawed +at him. For one thing, he missed little Jennie, he missed her by day +and he missed her by night. He missed her gentle voice, her fluffy +soft hair, her body in his empty arms. She was his first love, and +she was gone, and it is human weakness to appreciate things most +when they have been lost. + +Peter aspired to be a strong man, a "he-man," according to the slang +that was coming into fashion; he now tried to live up to that role. +He didn't want to go mooning about over this accident; yet Jennie's +face stayed with him--sometimes wild, as he had seen it at their +last meeting, sometimes gentle and reproachful. Peter would remember +how good she had been, how tender, how never-failing in instant +response to an advance of love on his part. Where would he ever find +another girl like that? + +Another thing troubled him especially--a strange, inexplicable +thing, for which Peter had no words, and about which he found +himself frequently thinking. This weak, frail slip of a girl had +deliberately given her life for her convictions; she had died, in +order that he might be saved as a witness for the Goobers! Of course +Peter had known all along that little Jennie was doomed, that she +was throwing herself away, that nothing could save her. But somehow, +it does frighten the strongest heart when people are so fanatical as +to throw away their very lives for a cause. Peter found himself +regarding the ideas of these Reds from a new angle; before this they +had been just a bunch of "nuts," but now they seemed to him +creatures of monstrous deformity, products of the devil, or of a God +gone insane. + + + + +Section 28 + + +There was only one person whom Peter could take into his confidence, +and that was McGivney. Peter could not conceal from McGivney the +fact that he was troubled over his bereavement; and so McGivney took +him in hand and gave him a "jacking up." It was dangerous work, this +of holding down the Reds; dangerous, because their doctrines were so +insidious, they were so devilishly cunning in their working upon +people's minds. McGivney had seen more than one fellow start fooling +with their ideas and turn into one himself. Peter must guard against +that danger. + +"It ain't that," Peter explained. "It ain't their ideas. It's just +that I was soft on that kid." + +"Well, it comes to the same thing," said McGivney. "You get sorry +for them, and the first thing you know, you're listening to their +arguments. Now, Peter, you're one of the best men I've got on this +case--and that's saying a good deal, because I've got charge of +seventeen." The rat-faced man was watching Peter, and saw Peter +flush with pleasure. Yes, he continued, Peter had a future before +him, he would make all kinds of money, he would be given +responsibility, a permanent position. But he might throw it all away +if he got to fooling with these Red doctrines. And also, he ought to +understand, he could never fool McGivney; because McGivney had spies +on him! + +So Peter clenched his hands and braced himself up. Peter was a real +"he-man," and wasn't going to waste himself. "It's just that I can't +help missing the girl!" he explained; to which the other answered: +"Well, that's only natural. What you want to do is to get yourself +another one." + +Peter went on with his work in the office of the Goober Defense +Committee. The time for the trial had come, and the struggle between +the two giants had reached its climax. The district attorney, who +was prosecuting the case, and who was expecting to become governor +of the state on the strength of it, had the backing of half a dozen +of the shrewdest lawyers in the city, their expenses being paid by +the big business men. A small army of detectives were at work, and +the court where the trial took place was swarming with spies and +agents. Every one of the hundreds of prospective jurors had been +investigated and card-cataloged, his every weakness and every +prejudice recorded; not merely had his psychology been studied, but +his financial status, and that of his relatives and friends. Peter +had met half a dozen other agents beside McGivney, men who had come +to question him about this or that detail; and from the conversation +of these men he got glimpses of the endless ramifications of the +case. It seemed to him that the whole of American City had been +hired to help send Jim Goober to the gallows. + +Peter was now getting fifty dollars a week and expenses, in addition +to special tips for valuable bits of news. Hardly a day passed that +he didn't get wind of some important development, and every night he +would have to communicate with McGivney. The prosecution had a +secret office, where there was a telephone operator on duty, and +couriers traveling to the district attorney's office and to Guffey's +office--all this to forestall telephone tapping. Peter would go +from the headquarters of the Goober Defense Committee to a +telephone-booth in some hotel, and there he would give the secret +number, and then his own number, which was six forty-two. Everybody +concerned was known by numbers, the principal people, both of the +prosecution and of the defense; the name "Goober" was never spoken +over the phone. + +After the trial had got started it was hard to get anybody to work +in the office of the Defense Committee--everybody wanted to be in +court! Someone would come in every few minutes, with the latest +reports of sensational developments. The prosecution had succeeded +in making away with the police court records, proving the conviction +of its star witness of having kept a brothel for negroes. The +prosecution had introduced various articles alleged to have been +found on the street by the police after the explosion; one was a +spring, supposed to have been part of a bomb--but it turned out to +be a part of a telephone! Also they had introduced parts of a +clock--but it appeared that in their super-zeal they had introduced +the parts of _two_ clocks! There was some excitement like this every +day. + + + + +Section 29 + + +The time came when the prosecution closed its case, and Peter was +summoned to the office of Andrews, to be coached in his part as a +witness. He would be wanted in two or three days, the lawyers told +him. + +Now Peter had never intended to appear as a witness; he had been +fooling the defense all this time--"stringing them along," as he +phrased it, so as to keep in favor with them to the end. Meantime he +had been figuring out how to justify his final refusal. Peter was +eating his lunch when this plan occurred to him, and he was so much +excited that he swallowed a piece of pie the wrong way, and had to +jump up and run out of the lunch-room. It was his first stroke of +genius; hitherto it was McGivney who had thought these things out, +but now Peter was on the way to becoming his own boss! Why should he +go on taking orders, when he had such brains of his own? He took the +plan to McGivney, and McGivney called it a "peach," and Peter was so +proud he asked for a raise, and got it. + +This plan had the double advantage that not merely would it save +Peter's prestige and reputation, among the Reds, it would ruin +McCormick, who was one of the hardest workers for the defense, and +one of the most dangerous Reds in American City, as well as being a +personal enemy of Peter's. McGivney pulled some of his secret wires, +and the American City "Times," in the course of its accounts of the +case, mentioned a rumor that the defense proposed to put on the +stand a man who claimed to have been tortured in the city jail, in +an effort to make him give false testimony against Goober; the +prosecution had investigated this man's record and discovered that +only recently he had seduced a young girl, and she had killed +herself because of his refusal to marry her. Peter took this copy of +the American City "Times" to the office of David Andrews, and +insisted upon seeing the lawyer before he went to court; he laid the +item on the desk, and declared that there was his finish as a +witness in the Goober case. "It's a cowardly, dirty lie!" he +declared. "And the man responsible for circulating it is Pat +McCormick." + +Such are the burdens that fall upon the shoulders of lawyers in +hard-fought criminal trials! Poor Andrews did his best to patch +things up; he pleaded with Peter--if the story was false, Peter +ought to be glad of a chance to answer his slanderers. The defense +would put witnesses on the stand to deny it. They would produce +Sadie Todd to deny it. + +"But Sadie told me she suspected me!" + +"Yes," said Andrews, "but she told me recently she wasn't sure." + +"Much good that'll do me!" retorted Peter. "They'll ask me if +anybody ever accused me, and who, and I'll have to say McCormick, +and if they put him on the stand, will he deny that he accused me?" + +Peter flew into a rage against McCormick; a fine sort of radical he +was, pretending to be devoted to the cause, and having no better +sense than to repeat a cruel slander against a comrade! Here Peter +had been working on this case for nearly six months, working for +barely enough to keep body and soul together, and now they expected +him to go on the and have a story like that brought out in the +papers, and have the prosecution hiring witnesses to prove him a +villain. "No, sir!" said Peter. "I'm thru with this case right now. +You put McCormick on the witness stand and let him save Goober's +life. You can't use me, I'm out!" And shutting his ears to the +lawyer's pleading, he stormed out of the office, and over to the +office of the Goober Defense Committee, where he repeated the same +scene. + + + + +Section 30 + + +Thus Peter was done with the Goober case, and mighty glad of it he +was. He was tired of the strain, he needed a rest and a little +pleasure. He had his pockets stuffed with money, and a good fat bank +account, and proposed to take things easy for the first time in his +hard and lonely life. + +The opportunity was at hand: for he had taken McGivney's advise and +got himself another girl. It was a little romance, very worldly and +delightful. To understand it, you must know that in the judicial +procedure of American City they used both men and women jurors; and +because busy men of affairs did not want to waste their time in the +jury-box, nor to have the time of their clerks and workingmen +wasted, there had gradually grown up a class of men and women who +made their living by working as jurors. They hung around the +courthouse and were summoned on panel after panel, being paid six +dollars a day, with numerous opportunities to make money on the side +if they were clever. + +Among this group of professional jurors, there was the keenest +competition to get into the jury-box of the Goober case. It was to +be a long and hard-fought case, there would be a good deal of +prestige attached to it, and also there were numerous sums of money +floating round. Anybody who got in, and who voted right, might be +sure of an income for life, to say nothing of a life-job as a juror +if he wanted it. + +Peter happened to be in court while the talesmen were being +questioned. A very charming and petite brunette--what Peter +described as a "swell dresser"--was on the stand, and was cleverly +trying to satisfy both sides. She knew nothing about the case, she +had never read anything about it, she knew nothing and cared nothing +about social problems; so she was accepted by the prosecution. But +then the defense took her in hand, and it appeared that once upon a +time she had been so indiscreet as to declare to somebody her +conviction that all labor leaders ought to be stood up against the +wall and filled with lead; so she was challenged by the defense, and +very much chagrined she came down from the stand, and took a seat in +the courtroom next to Peter. He saw a trace of tears in her eyes, +and realizing her disappointment, ventured a word of sympathy. The +acquaintance grew, and they went out to lunch together. + +Mrs. James was her name, and she was a widow, a grass widow as she +archly mentioned. She was quick and lively, with brilliant white +teeth, and cheeks with the glow of health in them; this glow came +out of a little bottle, but Peter never guessed it. Peter had got +himself a good suit of clothes now, and made bold to spend some +money on the lunch. As it happened, both he and Mrs. James were thru +with the Goober case; both were tired and wanted a change, and +Peter, blushing shyly, suggested that a sojourn at the beach might +be fun. Mrs. James agreed immediately, and the matter was arranged. + +Peter had seen enough of the detective business by this time to know +what you can safely do, and what you had better not do. He didn't +travel with his grass widow, he didn't pay her car-fare, nor do +anything else to constitute her a "white slave." He simply went to +the beach and engaged himself a comfortable apartment; and next day, +strolling on the board walk, he happened to meet the widow. + +So for a couple of months Peter and Mrs. James set up housekeeping +together. It was a wonderful experience for the former, because Mrs. +James was what is called a "lady," she had rich relatives, and took +pains to let Peter know that she had lived in luxury before her +husband had run away to Paris with a tight-rope walker. She taught +Peter all those worldly arts which one misses when one is brought up +in an orphan asylum, and on the road with a patent medicine vender. +Tactfully, and without hurting his feelings, she taught him how to +hold a knife and fork, and what color tie to select. At the same +time she managed to conduct a propaganda which caused him to regard +himself as the most favored of mankind; he was overwhelmed with +gratitude for every single kiss from the lips of his grass widow. Of +course he could not expect such extraordinary favors of fortune +without paying for them; he had learned by now that there was no +such thing as "free love." So he paid, hand over fist; he not only +paid all the expenses of the unregistered honeymoon, he bought +numerous expensive presents at the lady's tactful suggestion. She +was always so vivacious and affectionate when Peter had given her a +present! Peter lived in a kind of dream, his money seemed to go out +of his pockets without his having to touch it. + +Meantime great events were rolling by, unheeded by Peter and his +grass widow who never read the newspapers. For one thing Jim Goober +was convicted and sentenced to die on the gallows, and Jim Goober's +associate, Biddle, was found guilty, and sentenced to prison for +life. Also, America entered the war, and a wave of patriotic +excitement swept like a prairie fire over the country. Peter could +not help hearing about this; his attention was attracted to one +aspect of the matter--Congress was about to pass a conscription act. +And Peter was within the age limit; Peter would almost certainly be +drafted into the army! + +No terror that he had ever felt in his life was equal to this +terror. He had tried to forget the horrible pictures of battle and +slaughter, of machine-guns and hand-grenades and torpedoes and +poison gas, with which little Jennie had filled his imagination; but +now these imaginings came crowding back upon him, now for the first +time they concerned him. From that time on his honeymoon was +spoiled. Peter and his grass widow were like a party of picnickers +who are far away in the wilderness, and see a black thunder-storm +come rolling up the sky! + +Also, Peter's bank account was running low. Peter had had no +conception how much money you could spend on a grass widow who is a +"swell dresser" and understands what is "proper." He was overwhelmed +with embarrassment; he put off telling Mrs. James until the last +moment--in fact, until he wasn't quite sure whether he had enough +money in bank to meet the last check he had given to the landlady. +Then, realizing that the game was up, he told. + +He was surprised to see how charmingly a grass widow of "good +breeding" could take bad tidings. Evidently it wasn't the first time +that Mrs. James had been to the beach. She smiled cheerfully, and +said that it was the jury-box for her once more. She gave Peter her +card, and told him she would be glad to have him call upon her +again--when he had restored his fortunes. She packed up her +suit-case and her new trunk full of Peter's presents, and departed +with the most perfect sweetness and good taste. + + + + +Section 31 + + +So there was Peter, down and out once more. But fate was kind to +him. That very day came a letter signed "Two forty-three," which +meant McGivney. "Two forty-three" had some important work for Peter, +so would he please call at once? Peter pawned his last bit of +jewelry for his fare to American City, and met McGivney at the usual +rendezvous. + + +The purpose of the meeting was quickly explained. America was now at +war, and the time had come when the mouths of these Reds were to be +stopped for good. You could do things in war-time that you couldn't +do in peace-time, and one of the things you were going to do was to +put an end to the agitation against property. Peter licked his lips, +metaphorically speaking. It was something he had many times told +McGivney ought to be done. Pat McCormick especially ought to be put +away for good. These were a dangerous bunch, these Reds, and Mac was +the worst of all. It was every man's duty to help, and what could +Peter do? + +McGivney answered that the authorities were making a complete list +of all the radical organizations and their members, getting evidence +preliminary to arrests. Guffey was in charge of the job; as in the +Goober case, the big business interests of the city were going ahead +while the government was still wiping the sleep out of its eyes. +Would Peter take a job spying upon the Reds in American City? + +"I can't!" exclaimed Peter. "They're all sore at me because I didn't +testify in the Goober case." + +"We can easily fix that up," answered the rat-faced man. "It may +mean a little inconvenience for you. You may have to go to jail for +a few days." + +"To jail!" cried Peter, in dismay. + +"Yes," said the other, "you'll have to get arrested, and made into a +martyr. Then, you see, they'll all be sure you're straight, and +they'll take you back again and welcome you." + +Peter didn't like the idea of going to jail; his memories of the +jail in American City were especially painful. But McGivney +explained that this was a time when men couldn't consider their own +feelings; the country was in danger, public safety must be +protected, and it was up to everybody to make some patriotic +sacrifice. The rich men were all subscribing to liberty bonds; the +poor men were going to give their lives; and what was Peter Gudge +going to give? "Maybe I'll be drafted into the army," Peter +remarked. + +"No, you won't--not if you take this job," said McGivney. "We can +fix that. A man like you, who has special abilities, is too precious +to be wasted." Peter decided forthwith that he would accept the +proposition. It was much more sensible to spend a few days in jail +than to spend a few years in the trenches, and maybe the balance of +eternity under the sod of France. + +Matters were quickly arranged. Peter took off his good clothes, and +dressed himself as became a workingman, and went into the +eating-room where Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy, always got his +lunch. Peter was quite sure that Donald would be one of the leading +agitators against the draft, and in this he was not mistaken. + +Donald was decidedly uncordial in his welcoming of Peter; without +saying a word the young Quaker made Peter aware that he was a +renegade, a coward who had "thrown down" the Goober defense. But +Peter was patient and tactful; he did not try to defend himself, nor +did he ask any questions about Donald and Donald's activities. He +simply announced that he had been studying the subject of +militarism, and had come to a definite point of view. He was a +Socialist and an Internationalist; he considered America's entry +into the war a crime, and he was willing to do his part in agitating +against it. He was going to take his stand as a conscientious +objector; they might send him to jail if they pleased, or even stand +him against a wall and shoot him, but they would never get him to +put on a uniform. + +It was impossible for Donald Gordon to hold out against a man who +talked like that; a man who looked him in the eye and expressed his +convictions so simply and honestly. And that evening Peter went to a +meeting of Local American City of the Socialist Party, and renewed +his acquaintance with all the comrades. He didn't make a speech or +do anything conspicuous, but simply got into the spirit of things; +and next day he managed to meet some of the members, and whenever +and wherever he was asked, he expressed his convictions as a +conscientious objector. So before a week had passed Peter found that +he was being tolerated, that nobody was going to denounce him as a +traitor, or kick him out of the room. + +At the next weekly meeting of Local American City, Peter ventured to +say a few words. It was a red-hot meeting, at which the war and the +draft were the sole subjects of discussion. There were some Germans +in the local, some Irishmen, and one or two Hindoos; they, +naturally, were all ardent pacifists. Also there were agitators of +what was coming to be called the "left wing"; the group within the +party who considered it too conservative, and were always clamoring +for more radical declarations, for "mass action" and general strikes +and appeals to the proletariat to rise forthwith and break their +chains. These were days of great events; the Russian revolution had +electrified the world, and these comrades of the "left wing" felt +themselves lifted upon pinions of hope. + +Peter spoke as one who had been out on the road, meeting the rank +and file; he could speak for the men on the job. What was the use of +opposing the draft here in a hall, where nobody but party members +were present? What was wanted was for them to lift up their voices +on the street, to awaken the people before it was too late! Was +there anybody in this gathering bold enough to organize a street +meeting? + +There were some who could not resist this challenge, and in a few +minutes Peter had secured the pledges of half a dozen young +hot-heads, Donald Gordon among them. Before the evening was past it +had been arranged that these would-be-martyrs should hire a truck, +and make their debut on Main Street the very next evening. Old hands +in the movement warned them that they would only get their heads +cracked by the police. But the answer to that was obvious--they +might as well get their heads cracked by the police as get them +blown to pieces by German artillery. + + + + +Section 32 + + +Peter reported to McGivney what was planned, and McGivney promised +that the police would be on hand. Peter warned him to be careful and +have the police be gentle; at which McGivney grinned, and answered +that he would see to that. + +It was all very simple, and took less than ten minutes of time. The +truck drew up on Main Street, and a young orator stepped forward and +announced to his fellow citizens that the time had come for the +workers to make known their true feelings about the draft. Never +would free Americans permit themselves to be herded into armies and +shipped over seas and be slaughtered for the benefit of +international bankers. Thus far the orator had got, when a policeman +stepped forward and ordered him to shut up. When he refused, the +policeman tapped on the sidewalk with his stick, and a squad of +eight or ten came round the corner, and the orator was informed that +he was under arrest. Another orator stepped forward and took up the +harangue, and when he also had been put under arrest, another, and +another, until the whole six of them, including Peter, were in hand. + +The crowd had had no time to work up any interest one way or the +other, A patrol-wagon was waiting, and the orators were bundled in +and driven to the station-house, and next morning they were haled +before a magistrate and sentenced each to fifteen days. As they had +been expecting to get six months, they were a happy bunch of "left +wingers." + +And they were still happier when they saw how they were to be +treated in jail. Ordinarily it was the custom of the police to +inflict all possible pain and humiliation upon the Reds. They would +put them in the revolving tank, a huge steel structure of many cells +which was turned round and round by a crank. In order to get into +any cell, the whole tank had to be turned until that particular cell +was opposite the entrance, which meant that everybody in the tank +got a free ride, accompanied by endless groaning and scraping of +rusty machinery; also it meant that nobody got any consecutive +sleep. The tank was dark, too dark to read, even if they had had +books or papers. There was nothing to do save to smoke cigarettes +and shoot craps, and listen to the smutty stories of the criminals, +and plot revenge against society when they got out again. But up in +the new wing of the jail were some cells which were clean and bright +and airy, being only three or four feet from a row of windows. In +these cells they generally put the higher class of criminals--women +who had cut the throats of their sweethearts, and burglars who had +got I away with the swag, and bankers who had plundered whole +communities. But now, to the great surprise of five out of the six +anti-militarists, the entire party was put in one of these big +cells, and allowed the privilege of having reading matter and of +paying for their own food. Under these circumstances martyrdom +became a joke, and the little party settled down to enjoy life. It +never once occurred to them to think of Peter Gudge as the source of +this bounty. They attributed it, as the French say, "to their +beautiful eyes." + +There was Donald Gordon, who was the son of a well-to-do business +man, and had been to college, until he was expelled for taking the +doctrines of Christianity too literally and expounding them too +persistently on the college campus. There was a big, brawny +lumber-jack from the North, Jim Henderson by name, who had been +driven out of the camps for the same reason, and had appalling +stories to tell of the cruelties and hardships of the life of a +logger. There was a Swedish sailor by the name of Gus, who had +visited every port in the world, and a young Jewish cigar-worker who +had never been outside of American City, but had travelled even more +widely in his mind. + +The sixth man was the strangest character of all to Peter; a shy, +dreamy fellow with eyes so full of pain and a face so altogether +mournful that it hurt to look at him. Duggan was his name, and he +was known in the movement as the "hobo poet." He wrote verses, +endless verses about the lives of society's outcasts; he would get +himself a pencil and paper and sit off in the corner of the cell by +the hour, and the rest of the fellows, respecting his work, would +talk in whispers so as not to disturb him. He wrote all the time +while the others slept, it seemed to Peter. He wrote verses about +the adventures of his fellow-prisoners, and presently he was writing +verses about the jailers, and about other prisoners in this part of +the jail. He would have moods of inspiration, and would make up +topical verses as he went along; then again he would sink back into +his despair, and say that life was hell, and making rhymes about it +was childishness. + +There was no part of America that Tom Duggan hadn't visited, no +tragedy of the life of outcasts that he hadn't seen. He was so +saturated with it that he couldn't think of anything else. He would +tell about men who had perished of thirst in the desert, about +miners sealed up for weeks in an exploded mine, about matchmakers +poisoned until their teeth fell out, and their finger nails and even +their eyes. Peter could see no excuse for such morbidness, such +endless harping upon the horrible things of life. It spoiled all his +happiness in the jail--it was worse than little Jennie's talking +about the war! + + + + +Section 33 + + +One of Duggan's poems had to do with a poor devil named Slim, who +was a "snow-eater," that is to say, a cocaine victim. This Slim +wandered about the streets of New York in the winter-time without +any shelter, and would get into an office building late in the +afternoon, and hide in one of the lavatories to spend the night. If +he lay down, he would be seen and thrown out, so his only chance was +to sit up; but when he fell asleep, he would fall off the +seat--therefore he carried a rope in his pocket, and would tie +himself in a sitting position. + +Now what was the use of a story like that? Peter didn't want to hear +about such people! He wanted to express his disgust; but he knew, of +course, that he must hide it. He laughed as he exclaimed, "Christ +Almighty, Duggan, can't you give us something with a smile? You +don't think it's the job of Socialists to find a cure for the dope +habit, do you? That's sure one thing that ain't caused by the profit +system." + +Duggan smiled his bitterest smile. "If there's any misery in the +world today that ain't kept alive by the profit system, I'd like to +see it! D'you think dope sells itself? If there wasn't a profit in +it, would it be sold to any one but doctors? Where'd you get your +Socialism, anyhow?" + +So Peter beat a hasty retreat. "Oh, sure, I know all that. But here +you're shut up in jail because you want to change things. Ain't you +got a right to give yourself a rest while you're in?" + +The poet looked at him, as solemn as an owl. He shook his head. +"No," he said. "Just because we're fixed up nice and comfortable in +jail, have we got the right to forget the misery of those outside?" + +The others laughed; but Duggan did not mean to be funny at all. He +rose slowly to his feet and with his arms outstretched, in the +manner of one offering himself as a sacrifice, he proclaimed: + +"While there is a lower class, I am in it. + +"While there is a criminal element, I am of it. + +"While there is a soul in jail, I am not free." + +Then he sat down and buried his face in his hands. The group of +rough fellows sat in solemn silence. Presently Gus, the Swedish +sailor, feeling perhaps that the rebuke to Peter had been too +severe, spoke timidly: "Comrade Gudge, he ban in jail twice +already." + +So the poet looked up again. He held out his hand to Peter. "Sure, I +know that!" he said, clasping Peter in the grip of comradeship. And +then he added: "I'll tell you a story with a smile!" + +Once upon a time, it appeared, Duggan had been working in a moving +picture studio, where they needed tramps and outcasts and all sorts +of people for crowds. They had been making a "Preparedness" picture, +and wanted to show the agitators and trouble-makers, mobbing the +palace of a banker. They got two hundred bums and hoboes, and took +them in trucks to the palace of a real banker, and on the front lawn +the director made a speech to the crowd, explaining his ideas. +"Now," said he, "remember, the guy that owns this house is the guy +that's got all the wealth that you fellows have produced. You are +down and out, and you know that he's robbed you, so you hate him. +You gather on his lawn and you're going to mob his home; if you can +get hold of him, you're going to tear him to bits for what he's done +to you." So the director went on, until finally Duggan interrupted: +"Say, boss, you don't have to teach us. This is a real palace, and +we're real bums!" + +Apparently the others saw the "smile" in this story, for they +chuckled for some time over it. But it only added to Peter's hatred +of these Reds; it made him realize more than ever that they were a +bunch of "sore heads," they were green and yellow with jealousy. +Everybody that had succeeded in the world they hated--just because +they had succeeded! Well, _they_ would never succeed; they could go +on forever with their grouching, but the mass of the workers in +America had a normal attitude toward the big man, who could do +things. They did not want to wreck his palace; they admired him for +having it, and they followed his leadership gladly. + +It seemed as if Henderson, the lumber-jack, had read Peter's +thought. "My God!" he said. "What a job it is to make the workers +class-conscious!" He sat on the edge of his cot, with his broad +shoulders bowed and his heavy brows knit in thought over the problem +of how to increase the world's discontent. He told of one camp where +he had worked--so hard and dangerous was the toil that seven men had +given up their lives in the course of one winter. The man who owned +this tract, and was exploiting it, had gotten the land by the +rankest kind of public frauds; there were filthy bunk-houses, +vermin, rotten food, poor wages and incessant abuse. And yet, in the +spring-time, here came the young son of this owner, on a honeymoon +trip with his bride. "And Jesus," said Henderson, "if you could have +seen those stiffs turn out and cheer to split their throats! They +really meant it, you know; they just loved that pair of idle, +good-for-nothing kids!" + +Gus, the sailor, spoke up, his broad, good-natured face wearing a +grin which showed where three of his front teeth had been knocked +out with a belaying pin. It was exactly the same with the seamen, he +declared. They never saw the ship-owners, they didn't know even the +names of the people who were getting the profit of their toil, but +they had a crazy loyalty to their ship, Some old tanker would be +sent out to sea on purpose to be sunk, so that the owners might get +the insurance. But the poor A. Bs. would love that old tub so that +they would go down to the bottom with her--or perhaps they would +save her, to the owners great disgust! + +Thus, for hours on end, Peter had to sit listening to this ding +donging about the wrongs of the poor and the crimes of the rich. +Here he had been sentenced for fifteen days and nights to listen to +Socialist wrangles! Every one of these fellows had a different idea +of how he wanted the world to be run, and every one had a different +idea of how to bring about the change. Life was an endless struggle +between the haves and the have-nots, and the question of how the +have-nots were to turn out the haves was called "tactics." When you +talked about "tactics" you used long technical terms which made your +conversation unintelligible to a plain, ordinary mortal. It seemed +to Peter that every time he fell asleep it was to the music of +proletariat and surplus value and unearned increment, possibilism +and impossibilism, political action, direct action, mass action, and +the perpetual circle of Syndicalist-Anarchist, Anarchist-Communist, +Communist-Socialist and Socialist-Syndicalist. + + + + +Section 34 + + +In company such as this Peter's education for the role of detective +was completed by force, as it were. He listened to everything, and +while he did not dare make any notes, he stored away treasures in +his mind, and when he came out of the jail he was able to give +McGivney a pretty complete picture of the various radical +organizations in American City, and the attitude of each one toward +the war. + +Peter found that McGivney's device had worked perfectly. Peter was +now a martyr and a hero; his position as one of the "left wingers" +was definitely established, and anyone who ventured to say a word +against him would be indignantly rebuked. As a matter of fact, no +one desired to say much. Pat McCormick, Peter's enemy, was out on an +organizing trip among the oil workers. + +Duggan had apparently taken a fancy to Peter, and took him to meet +some of his friends, who lived in an old, deserted warehouse, which +happened to have skylights in the roof; this constituted each room a +"studio," and various radicals rented the rooms, and lived here a +sort of picnic existence which Peter learned was called "Bohemian." +They were young people, most of them, with one or two old fellows, +derelicts; they wore flannel shirts, and soft ties, or no ties at +all, and their fingers were always smeared with paint. Their life +requirements were simple; all they wanted was an unlimited quantity +of canvas and paint, some cigarettes, and at long intervals a pickle +or some sauer-kraut and a bottle of beer. They would sit all day in +front of an easel, painting the most inconceivable pictures--pink +skies and green-faced women and purple grass and fantastic splurges +of color which they would call anything from "The Woman with a +Mustard Pot" to "A Nude Coming Downstairs." And there would be +others, like Duggan, writing verses all day; pounding away on a +typewriter, if they could manage to rent or borrow one. There were +several who sang, and one who played the flute and caused all the +others to tear their hair. There was a boy fresh from the country, +who declared that he had run away from home because the family sang +hymns all day Sunday, and never sang in tune. + +From people such as these you would hear the most revolutionary +utterances; but Peter soon realized that it was mostly just talk +with them. They would work off their frenzies with a few dashes of +paint or some ferocious chords on the piano. The really dangerous +ones were not here; they were hidden away in offices or dens of +their own, where they were prompting strikes and labor agitations, +and preparing incendiary literature to be circulated among the poor. + +You met such people in the Socialist local, and in the I. W. W. +headquarters, and in numerous clubs and propaganda societies which +Peter investigated, and to which he was welcomed as a member. In the +Socialist local there was a fierce struggle going on over the war. +What should be the attitude of the party? There was a group, a +comparatively small group, which believed that the interests of +Socialism would best be served by helping the Allies to the +overthrow of the Kaiser. There was another group, larger and still +more determined, which believed that the war was a conspiracy of +allied capitalism to rivet its power upon the world, and this group +wanted the party to stake its existence upon a struggle against +American participation. These two groups contested for the minds of +the rank and file of the members, who seemed to be bewildered by the +magnitude of the issue and the complexity of the arguments. Peter's +orders were to go with the extreme anti-militarists; they were the +ones whose confidence he wished to gain, also they were the +trouble-makers of the movement, and McGivney's instructions were to +make all the trouble possible. + +Over at the I. W. W. headquarters was another group whose members +were debating their attitude to the war. Should they call strikes +and try to cripple the leading industries of the country? Or should +they go quietly on with their organization work, certain that in the +end the workers would sicken of the military adventure into which +they were being snared? Some of these "wobblies" were Socialist +party members also, and were active in both gatherings; two of them, +Henderson, the lumber-jack, and Gus Lindstrom, the sailor, had been +in jail with Peter, and had been among his intimates ever since. + +Also Peter met the Pacifists; the "Peoples' Council," as they called +themselves. Many of these were religious people, two or three +clergymen, and Donald Gordon, the Quaker, and a varied assortment of +women--sentimental young girls who shrunk from the thought of +bloodshed, and mothers with tear-stained cheeks who did not want +their darlings to be drafted. Peter saw right away that these +mothers had no "conscientious objections." Each mother was thinking +about her own son and about nothing else. Peter was irritated at +this, and took it for his special job to see that those mother's +darlings did their duty. + +He attended a gathering of Pacifists in the home of a +school-teacher. They made heart-breaking speeches, and finally +little Ada Ruth, the poetess, got up and wanted to know, was it all +to end in talk, or would they organize and prepare to take some +action against the draft? Would they not at least go out on the +street, get up a parade with banners of protest, and go to jail as +Comrade Peter Gudge had so nobly done? + +Comrade Peter was called on for "a few words." Comrade Peter +explained that he was no speaker; after all, actions spoke louder +than words, and he had tried to show what he believed. The others +were made ashamed by this, and decided for a bold stand at once. Ada +Ruth became president and Donald Gordon secretary of the +"Anti-conscription League"--a list of whose charter members was +turned over to McGivney the same evening. + + + + +Section 35 + + +All this time the country had been going to war. The huge military +machine was getting under way, the storm of public feeling was +rising. Congress had voted a huge loan, a country-wide machine of +propaganda was being organized, and the oratory of Four Minute Men +was echoing from Maine to California. Peter read the American City +"Times" every morning, and here were speeches of statesmen and +sermons of clergymen, here were cartoons and editorials, all burning +with the fervor's of patriotism. Peter absorbed these, and his soul +became transfigured. Hitherto Peter had been living for himself; but +there comes a time in the life of every man who can use his brain at +all when he realizes that he is not the one thing of importance in +the universe, the one end to be served. Peter very often suffered +from qualms of conscience, waves of doubt as to his own +righteousness. Peter, like every other soul that ever lived, needed +a religion, an ideal. + +The Reds had a religion, as you might call it; but this religion had +failed to attract Peter. In the first place it was low; its devotees +were wholly lacking in the graces of life, in prestige, and that +ease which comes with assurance of power. They were noisy in their +fervors, and repelled Peter as much as the Holy Rollers. Also, they +were always harping upon the sordid and painful facts of life; who +but a pervert would listen to "sob stories," when he might have all +the things that are glorious and shining and splendid in the world? + +But now here was the religion Peter wanted. These clergymen in their +robes of snow white linen, preaching in churches with golden altars +and stained-glass windows; these statesmen who wore the halo of +fame, and went about with the cheering of thousands in their ears; +these mighty captains of industry whose very names were magic--with +power, when written on pieces of paper, to cause cities to rise in +the desert, and then to fall again beneath a rain of shells and +poison gas; these editors and cartoonists of the American City +"Times," with all their wit and learning--these people all combined +to construct for Peter a religion and an ideal, and to hand it out +to him, ready-made and precisely fitted to his understanding. Peter +would go right on doing the things he had been doing before; but he +would no longer do them in the name of Peter Gudge, the ant, he +would do them in the name of a mighty nation of a hundred and ten +million people, with all its priceless memories of the past and its +infinite hopes for the future; he would do them in the sacred name +of patriotism, and the still more sacred name of democracy. +And--most convenient of circumstances--the big business men of +American City, who had established a secret service bureau with +Guffey in charge of it, would go right on putting up their funds, +and paying Peter fifty dollars a week and expenses while he served +the holy cause! + +It was the fashion these days for orators and public men to vie with +one another in expressing the extremes of patriotism, and Peter +would read these phrases, and cherish them; they came to seem a part +of him, he felt as if he had invented them. He became greedy for +more and yet more of this soul-food; and there was always more to be +had--until Peter's soul was become swollen, puffed up as with a +bellows. Peter became a patriot of patriots, a super-patriot; Peter +was a red-blooded American and no mollycoddle; Peter was a +"he-American," a 100% American--and if there could have been such a +thing as a 101% American, Peter would have been that. Peter was so +much of an American that the very sight of a foreigner filled him +with a fighting impulse. As for the Reds--well, Peter groped for +quite a time before he finally came upon a formula which expressed +his feelings. It was a famous clergyman who achieved it for +him--saying that if he could have his way he would take all the +Reds, and put them in a ship of stone with sails of lead, and send +them forth with hell for their destination. + +So Peter chafed more and more at his inability to get action. How +much more evidence did the secret service of the Traction Trust +require? Peter would ask this question of McGivney again and again, +and McGivney would answer: "Keep your shirt on. You're getting your +pay every week. What's the matter with you?" + +"The matter is, I'm tired of listening to these fellows ranting," +Peter would say. "I want to stop their mouths." + +Yes, Peter had come to take it as a personal affront that these +radicals should go on denouncing the cause which Peter had espoused. +They all thought of Peter as a comrade, they were most friendly to +him; but Peter had the knowledge of how they would regard him when +they knew the real truth, and this imagined contempt burned him like +an acid. Sometimes there would be talk about spies and informers, +and then these people would exhaust their vocabulary of abuse, and +Peter, of course, would apply every word of it to himself and become +wild with anger. He would long to answer back; he was waiting for +the day when he might vindicate himself and his cause by smashing +these Reds in the mouth. + + + + +Section 36 + + +"Well," said McGivney one day, "I've got something interesting for +you now. You're going into high society for a while!" + +And the rat-faced man explained that there was a young man in a +neighboring city, reputed to be a multi-millionaire, who had written +a book against the war, and was the financial source of much +pacificism and sedition. "These people are spending lots of money +for printing," said McGivney, "and we hear this fellow Lackman is +putting it up. We've learned that he is to be in town tomorrow, and +we want you to find out all about his affairs." + +So Peter was to meet a millionaire! Peter had never known one of +these fortunate beings, but he was for them--he had always been for +them. Ever since he had learned to read, he had liked to find +stories about them in the newspapers, with pictures of them and +their palaces. He had read these stories as a child reads fairy +tales. They were his creatures of dreams, belonging to a world above +reality, above pain and inconvenience. + +And then in the days when Peter had been a servant in the Temple of +Jimjambo, devoted to the cult of Eleutherinian Exoticism, he had +found hanging in the main assembly room a picture labelled, "Mount +Olympus," showing a dozen gods and goddesses reclining at ease on +silken couches, sipping nectar from golden goblets and gazing down +upon the far-off troubles of the world. Peter would peer from behind +the curtains and see the Chief Magistrian emerging from behind the +seven mystic veils, lifting his rolling voice and in a kind of chant +expounding life to his flock of adoring society ladies. He would +point to the picture and explain those golden, Olympian days when +the Eleutherinian cult had originated. The world had changed much +since then, and for the worse; those who had power must take it as +their task to restore beauty and splendor to the world, and to +develop the gracious possibilities of being. + +Peter, of course, hadn't really believed in anything that went on in +the Temple of Jimjambo; and yet he had been awed by its richness, +and by the undoubtedly exclusive character of its worshippers; he +had got the idea definitely fixed in his head that there really had +been a Mount Olympus, and when he tried to imagine the millionaires +and their ways, it was these gods and goddesses, reclining on silken +couches and sipping nectar, that came to his mind! + +Now since Peter had come to know the Reds, who wanted to blow up the +palaces of the millionaires, he was more than ever on the side of +his gods and goddesses. His fervors for them increased every time he +heard them assailed; he wanted to meet some of them, and +passionately, yet respectfully, pour out to them his allegiance. A +glow of satisfaction came over him as he pictured himself in some +palace, lounging upon a silken conch and explaining to a millionaire +his understanding of the value of beauty and splendor in the world. + +And now he was to meet one; it was to be a part of his job to +cultivate one! True, there was something wrong with this particular +millionaire--he was one of those freaks who for some reason beyond +imagining gave their sympathy to the dynamiters and assassins. Peter +had met "Parlor Reds" at the home of the Todd sisters; the large +shining ladies who came in large shining cars to hear him tell of +his jail experiences. But he hadn't been sure as to whether they +were really millionaires or not, and Sadie, when he had inquired +particularly, had answered vaguely that every one in the radical +movement who could afford an automobile or a dress-suit was called a +millionaire by the newspapers. + +But young Lackman was a real millionaire, McGivney positively +assured him; and so Peter was free to admire him in spite of all his +freak ideas, which the rat-faced man explained with intense +amusement. Young Lackman conducted a school for boys, and when one +of the boys did wrong, the teacher would punish himself instead of +the boy! Peter must pretend to be interested in this kind of +"education," said McGivney, and he must learn at least the names of +Lackman's books. + +"But will he pay any attention to me?" demanded Peter. + +"Sure, he will," said McGivney. "That's the point--you've been in +jail, you've really done something as a pacifist. What you want to +do is to try to interest him in your Anti-conscription League. Tell +him you want to make it into a national organization, you want to +get something done besides talking." + +The address of young Lackman was the Hotel de Soto; and as he heard +this, Peter's heart gave a leap. The Hotel de Soto was the Mount +Olympus of American City! Peter had walked by the vast white +structure, and seen the bronze doors swing outward, and the favored +ones of the earth emerging to their magic chariots; but never had it +occurred to him that he might pass thru those bronze doors, and gaze +upon those hidden mysteries! + +"Will they let me in?" he asked McGivney, and the other laughed. +"Just walk in as if you owned the place," he said. "Hold up your +head, and pretend you've lived there all your life." + +That was easy for McGivney to say, but not so easy for Peter to +imagine. However, he would try it; McGivney must be right, for it +was the same thing Mrs. James had impressed upon him many times. You +must watch what other people did, and practice by yourself, and then +go in and do it as if you had never done anything else. All life was +a gigantic bluff, and you encouraged yourself in your bluffing by +the certainty that everybody else was bluffing just as hard. + +At seven o'clock that evening Peter strolled up to the magic bronze +doors, and touched them; and sure enough, the blue-uniformed +guardians drew them back without a word, and the tiny brass-button +imps never even glanced at Peter as he strode up to the desk and +asked for Mr. Lackman. + +The haughty clerk passed him on to a still more haughty telephone +operator, who condescended to speak into her trumpet, and then +informed him that Mr. Lackman was out; he had left word that he +would return at eight. Peter was about to go out and wander about +the streets for an hour, when he suddenly remembered that everybody +else was bluffing; so he marched across the lobby and seated himself +in one of the huge leather arm-chairs, big enough to hold three of +him. There he sat, and continued to sit--and nobody said a word! + + + + +Section 37 + + +Yes, this was Mount Olympus, and here were the gods: the female ones +in a state of divine semi-nudity, the male ones mostly clad in black +coats with pleated shirt-fronts puffing out. Every time one of them +moved up to the desk Peter would watch and wonder, was this Mr. +Lackman? He might have been able to pick out a millionaire from an +ordinary crowd; but here every male god was got up for the precise +purpose of looking like a millionaire, so Peter's job was an +impossible one. + +In front of him across the lobby floor there arose a ten-foot pillar +to a far-distant roof. This pillar was of pale, green-streaked +marble, and Peter's eyes followed it to the top, where it exploded +in a snow-white cloud-burst, full of fascination. There were four +cornucopias, one at each corner, and out of each cornucopia came +tangled ropes of roses, and out of these roses came other ropes, +with what appeared to be apples and leaves, and still more roses, +and still more emerging ropes, spreading in a tangle over the +ceiling. Here and there, in the midst of all this splendor, was the +large, placidly smiling face of a boy angel; four of these placidly +smiling boy angels gazed from the four sides of the snow-white +cloud-burst, and Peter's eye roamed from one to another, fascinated +by the mathematics of this architectural marvel. There were fourteen +columns in a row, and four such rows in the lobby. That made +fifty-six columns in all, or two hundred and twenty-four boy angels' +heads. How many cornucopias and how many roses and how many apples +it meant, defied all calculation. The boy angels' heads were exactly +alike, every head with the same size and quality of smile; and Peter +marvelled--how many days would it take a sculptor to carve the +details of two hundred and twenty-four boy angel smiles? + +All over the Hotel de Soto was this same kind of sumptuous +magnificence; and Peter experienced the mental effect which it was +contrived to produce upon him--a sense of bedazzlement and awe, a +realization that those who dwelt in the midst of this splendor were +people to whom money was nothing, who could pour out treasures in a +never-ceasing flood. And everything else about the place was of the +same character, contrived for the same effect--even the gods and the +goddesses! One would sweep by with a tiara of jewels in her hair; +you might amuse yourself by figuring out the number of the jewels, +as you had figured out the number of the boy angels' heads. Or you +might take her gown of black lace, embroidered with golden +butterflies, every one patiently done by hand; you might figure--so +many yards of material, and so many golden butterflies to the yard! +You might count the number of sparkling points upon her jet +slippers, or trace the intricate designs upon her almost transparent +stockings--only there was an inch or two of the stockings which you +could not see. + +Peter watched these gorgeous divinities emerge from the elevators, +and sweep their way into the dining-room beyond. Some people might +have been shocked by their costumes; but to Peter, who had the +picture of Mount Olympus in mind, they seemed most proper. It all +depended on the point of view: whether you thought of a goddess as +fully clothed from chin to toes, and proceeded with a pair of shears +to cut away so much of her costume, or whether you imagined the +goddess in a state of nature, and proceeded to put veils of gauze +about her, and a ribbon over each shoulder to hold the veils in +place. + +Twice Peter went to the desk, to inquire if Mr. Lackman had come in +yet; but still he had not come; and Peter--growing bolder, like the +fox who spoke to the lion--strolled about the lobby, gazing at the +groups of gods at ease. He had noticed a great balcony around all +four sides of this lobby, the "mezzanine floor," as it was called; +he decided he would see what was up there, and climbed the white +marble stairs, and beheld more rows of chairs and couches, done in +dark grey velvet. Here, evidently, was where the female gods came to +linger, and Peter seated himself as unobtrusively as possible, and +watched. + +Directly in front of him sat a divinity, lolling on a velvet couch +with one bare white arm stretched out. It was a large stout arm, and +the possessor was large and stout, with pale golden hair and many +sparkling jewels. Her glance roamed lazily from place to place. It +rested for an instant on Peter, and then moved on, and Peter felt +the comment upon his own insignificance. + +Nevertheless, he continued to steal glances now and then, and +presently saw an interesting sight. In her lap this Juno had a +gold-embroidered bag, and she opened it, disclosing a collection of +mysterious apparatus of which she proceeded to make use: first a +little gold hand-mirror, in which she studied her charms; then a +little white powder-puff with which she deftly tapped her nose and +cheeks; then some kind of red pencil with which she proceeded to rub +her lips; then a golden pencil with which she lightly touched her +eyebrows. Then it seemed as if she must have discovered a little +hair which had grown since she left her dressing-room. Peter +couldn't be sure, but she had a little pair of tweezers, and seemed +to pull something out of her chin. She went on with quite an +elaborate and complicated toilet, paying meantime not the slightest +attention to the people passing by. + +Peter looked farther, and saw that just as when one person sneezes +or yawns everybody else in the room is irresistibly impelled to +sneeze or yawn, so all these Dianas and Junos and Hebes on the +"mezzanine floor" had suddenly remembered their little gold or +silver hand-mirrors, their powder-puffs and red or golden or black +pencils. One after another, the little vanity-bags came forth, and +Peter, gazing in wonder, thought that Mount Olympus had turned into +a beauty parlor. + +Peter rose again and strolled and watched the goddesses, big and +little, old and young, fat and thin, pretty and ugly--and it seemed +to him the fatter and older and uglier they were, the more intently +they gazed into the little hand-mirrors. He watched them with hungry +eyes, for he knew that here he was in the midst of high life, the +real thing, the utmost glory to which man could ever hope to attain, +and he wanted to know all there was to know about it. He strolled +on, innocent and unsuspecting, and the two hundred and twenty-four +white boy angels in the ceiling smiled their bland and placid smiles +at him, and Peter knew no more than they what complications fate had +prepared for him on that mezzanine floor! + +On one of the big lounges there sat a girl, a radiant creature from +the Emerald Isles, with hair like sunrise and cheeks like apples. +Peter took one glance at her, and his heart missed three successive +beats, and then, to make up for lost time, began leaping like a +runaway race-horse. He could hardly believe what his eyes told him; +but his eyes insisted, his eyes knew; yes, his eyes had gazed for +hours and hours on end upon that hair like sunrise and those cheeks +like apples. The girl was Nell, the chambermaid of the Temple of +Jimjambo! + +She had not looked Peter's way, so there was time for him to start +back and hide himself behind a pillar; there he stood, peering out +and watching her profile, still arguing with his eyes. It couldn't +be Nell; and yet it was! Nell transfigured, Nell translated to +Olympus, turned into a goddess with a pale grey band about her +middle, and a pale grey ribbon over each shoulder to hold it in +place! Nell reclining at ease and chatting vivaciously to a young +man with the face of a bulldog and the dinner-jacket of a magazine +advertisement! + +Peter gazed and waited, while his heart went on misbehaving. Peter +learned in those few fearful minutes what real love is, a most +devastating force. Little Jennie was forgotten, Mrs. James, the +grass widow was forgotten, and Peter knew that he had never really +admired but one woman in the world, and that was Nell, the Irish +chambermaid of the Temple of Jimjambo. The poets have seen fit to +represent young love as a mischievous little archer with a sharp and +penetrating arrow, and now Peter understood what they had meant; +that arrow had pierced him thru, and he had to hold on to the column +to keep himself from falling. + + + + +Section 38 + + +Presently the couple rose and strolled away to the elevator, and +Peter followed. He did not dare get into the elevator with them, for +he had suddenly become accutely aware of the costume he was wearing +in his role of proletarian anti-militarist! But Peter was certain +that Nell and her escort were not going out of the building, for +they had no hats or wraps; so he went downstairs and hunted thru the +lobby and the dining-room, and then thru the basement, from which he +heard strains of music. Here was another vast room, got up in mystic +oriental fashion, with electric lights hidden in bunches of +imitation flowers on each table. This room was called the "grill," +and part of it was bare for dancing, and on a little platform sat a +band playing music. + +The strangest music that ever assailed human ears! If Peter had +heard it before seeing Nell, he would not have understood it, but +now its weird rhythms fitted exactly to the moods which were +tormenting him. This music would groan, it would rattle and squeak; +it would make noises like swiftly torn canvas, or like a steam siren +in a hurry. It would climb up to the heavens and come banging down +to hell. And every thing with queer, tormenting motions, gliding and +writhing, wriggling, jerking, jumping. Peter would never have known +what to make of such music, if he had not had it here made visible +before his eyes, in the behavior of the half-naked goddesses and the +black-coated gods on this dancing floor. These celestial ones came +sliding across the floor like skaters, they came writhing like +serpents, they came strutting like turkeys, jumping like rabbits, +stalking solemnly like giraffes. They came clamped in one another's +arms like bears trying to hug each other to death; they came +contorting themselves as if they were boa-constrictors trying to +swallow each other. And Peter, watching them and listening to their +music, made a curious discovery about himself. Deeply buried in +Peter's soul were the ghosts of all sorts of animals; Peter had once +been a boa-constrictor, Peter had once been a bear, Peter had once +been a rabbit and a giraffe, a turkey and a fox; and now under the +spell of this weird music these dead creatures came to life in his +soul. So Peter discovered the meaning of "jazz," in all its weirdly +named and incredible varieties. + +Also Peter discovered that he had once been a caveman, and had hit +his rival over the head with a stone axe and carried off his girl by +the hair. All this he discovered while he stood in the doorway of +the Hotel de Soto grill, and watched Nell, the ex-chambermaid of the +Temple of Jimjambo, doing the turkey-trot and the fox-trot and the +grizzly-bear and the bunny-hug in the arms of a young man with the +face of a bulldog. + +Peter stood for a long while in a daze. Nell and the young man sat +down at one of the tables to have a meal, but still Peter stood +watching and trying to figure out what to do. He knew that he must +not speak to her in his present costume; there would be no way to +make her understand that he was only playing a role--that he who +looked like a "dead one" was really a prosperous man of important +affairs, a 100% red-blooded patriot disguised as a proletarian +pacifist. No, he must wait, he must get into his best before he +spoke to her. But meantime, she might go away, and he might not be +able to find her again in this huge city! + +After an hour or two he succeeded in figuring out a way, and hurried +upstairs to the writing-room and penned a note: + +"Nell: This is your old friend Peter Gudge. I have struck it rich +and have important news for you. Be sure to send word to me. Peter." +To this he added his address, and sealed it in an envelope to "Miss +Nell Doolin." + +Then he went out into the lobby, and signalled to one of the +brass-button imps who went about the place calling names in shrill +sing-song; he got this youngster off in a corner and pressed a +dollar bill into his hand. There was a young lady in the grill who +was to have this note at once. It was very important. Would the +brass-button imp do it? + +The imp said sure, and Peter stood in the doorway and watched him +walk back and forth thru the aisles of the grill, calling in his +shrill sing-song, "Miss Nell Doolin! Miss Nell Doolin!" He walked +right by the table where Nell sat eating; he sang right into her +face, it seemed to Peter; but she never gave a sign. + +Peter did not know what to make of it, but he was bound to get that +note to Nell. So when the imp returned, he pointed her out, and the +imp went again and handed the note to her. Peter saw her take +it--then he darted away; and remembering suddenly that he was +supposed to be on duty, be rushed back to the office and inquired +for Mr. Lackman. To his horror he learned that Mr. Lackman had +returned, paid his bill, and departed with his suitcase to a +destination unknown! + + + + +Section 39 + + +Peter had a midnight appointment with McGivney, and now had to go +and admit this humiliating failure. He had done his best, he +declared; he had inquired at the desk, and waited and waited, but +the hotel people had failed to notify him of Lackman's arrival. All +this was strictly true; but it did not pacify McGivney, who was in a +black fury. "It might have been worth thousands of dollars to you!" +he declared. "He's the biggest fish we'll ever get on our hook." + +"Won't he come again?" asked grief-stricken Peter. + +"No," declared the other. "They'll get him at his home city." + +"But won't that do?" asked Peter, naively. + +"You damned fool!" was McGivney's response. "We wanted to get him +here, where we could pluck him ourselves." + +The rat-faced man hadn't intended to tell Peter so much, but in his +rage he let it out. He and a couple of his friends had planned to +"get something" on this young millionaire, and scare the wits out of +him, with the idea that he would put up a good many thousand dollars +to be let off. Peter might have had his share of this--only he had +been fool enough to let the bird get out of his net! + +Peter offered to follow the young man to his home city, and find +some way to lure him back into McGivney's power. After McGivney had +stormed for a while, he decided that this might be possible. He +would talk it over with the others, and let Peter know. But alas, +when Peter picked up an afternoon newspaper next day, he read on the +front page how young Lackman, stepping off the train in his home +city that morning, had been placed under arrest; his school had been +raided, and half a dozen of the teachers were in jail, and a ton of +Red literature had been confiscated, and a swarm of dire +conspiracies against the safety of the country had been laid bare! + +Peter read this news, and knew that he was in for another stormy +hour with his boss. But he hardly gave a thought to it, because of +something which had happened a few minutes before, something of so +much greater importance. A messenger had brought him a special +delivery letter, and with thumping heart he had torn it open and +read: + +"All right. Meet me in the waiting-room of Guggenheim's Department +Store at two o'clock this afternoon. But for God's sake forget Nell +Doolin. Yours, Edythe Eustace." + +So here was Peter dressed in his best clothes, as for his temporary +honeymoon with the grass widow, and on the way to the rendezvous an +hour ahead of time. And here came Nell, also dressed, every garment +so contrived that a single glance would tell the beholder that their +owner was moving in the highest circles, and regardless of expense. +Nell glanced over her shoulder now and then as she talked, and +explained that Ted Crothers, the man with the bulldog face, was a +terror, and it was hard to get away from him, because he had nothing +to do all day. + +The waiting-room of a big department-store was not the place Peter +would have selected for the pouring out of his heart; but he had to +make the best of it, so he told Nell that he loved her, that he +would never be able to love anybody else, and that he had made piles +of money now, he was high up on the ladder of prosperity. Nell did +not laugh at him, as she had laughed in the Temple of Jimjambo, for +it was easily to be seen that Peter Gudge was no longer a scullion, +but a man of the world with a fascinating air of mystery. Nell +wanted to know forthwith what was he doing; he answered that he +could not tell, it was a secret of the most desperate import; he was +under oath. These were the days of German spies and bomb-plots, when +kings and kaisers and emperors and tsars were pouring treasures into +America for all kinds of melodramatic purposes; also the days of +government contracts and secret deals, when in the lobbies and +private meeting-places of hotels like the de Soto there were +fortunes made and unmade every hour. So it was easy for Nell to +believe in a real secret, and being a woman, she put all her +faculties upon the job of guessing it. + +She did not again ask Peter to tell her; but she let him talk, and +tactfully guided the conversation, and before long she knew that +Peter was intimate with a great many of the most desperate Reds, and +likewise that he knew all about the insides of the Goober case, and +about the great men of American City who had put up a million +dollars for the purpose of hanging Goober, and about the various +ways in which this money had been spent and wires had been pulled to +secure a conviction. Nell put two and two together, and before long +she figured out that the total was four; she suddenly confronted +Peter with this total, and Peter was dumb with consternation, and +broke down and confessed everything, and told Nell all about his +schemes and his achievements and his adventures--omitting only +little Jennie and the grass widow. + +He told about the sums he had been making and was expecting to make; +he told about Lackman, and showed Nell the newspaper with pictures +of the young millionaire and his school. "What a handsome fellow!" +said Nell. "It's a shame!" + +"How do you mean?" asked Peter, a little puzzled. Could it be that +Nell had any sympathy for these Reds? + +"I mean," she answered, "that he'd have been worth more to you than +all the rest put together." + +Nell was a woman, and her mind ran to the practical aspect of +things. "Look here, Peter," she said, "you've been letting those +`dicks' work you. They're getting the swag, and just giving you +tips. What you need is somebody to take care of you." + +Peter's heart leaped. "Will you do it?" he cried. + +"I've got Ted on my hands," said the girl. "He'd cut my throat, and +yours too, if he knew I was here. But I'll try to get myself free, +and then maybe--I won't promise, but I'll think over your problem, +Peter, and I'll certainly try to help, so that McGivney and Guffey +and those fellows can't play you for a sucker any longer." + +She must have time to think it over, she said, and to make inquiries +about the people involved--some of whom apparently she knew. She +would meet Peter again the next day, and in a more private place +than here. She named a spot in the city park which would be easy to +find, and yet sufficiently remote for a quiet conference. + + + + +Section 40 + + +Peter had been made so bold by Nell's flattery and what she had said +about his importance, that he did not go back to McGivney to take +his second scolding about the Lackman case. He was getting tired of +McGivney's scoldings; if McGivney didn't like his work, let McGivney +go and be a Red for a while himself. Peter walked the streets all +day and a part of the night, thinking about Nell, and thrilling over +the half promises she had made him. + +They met next day in the park. No one was following them, and they +found a solitary place, and Nell let him kiss her several times, and +in between the kisses she unfolded to him a terrifying plan. Peter +had thought that he was something of an intriguer, but his +self-esteem shriveled to nothingness in the presence of the superb +conception which had come to ripeness in the space of twenty-four +hours in the brain of Nell Doolin, alias Edythe Eustace. + +Peter had been doing the hard work, and these big fellows had been +using him, handing him a tip now and then, and making fortunes out +of the information he brought them. McGivney had let the cat out of +the bag in this case of Lackman; you might be sure they had been +making money, big money, out of all the other cases. What Peter must +do was to work up something of his own, and get the real money, and +make himself one of the big fellows. Peter had the facts, he knew +the people; he had watched in the Goober case exactly how a +"frame-up" was made, and now he must make one for himself, and one +that would pay. It was a matter of duty to rid the country of all +these Reds; but why should he not have the money as well? + +Nell had spent the night figuring over it, trying to pick out the +right person. She had hit on old "Nelse" Ackerman, the banker. +Ackerman was enormously and incredibly wealthy; he was called the +financial king of American City. Also he was old, and Nell happened +to know he was a coward; he was sick in bed just now, and when a man +is sick he is still more of a coward. What Peter must do was to +discover some kind of a bomb-plot against old "Nelse" Ackerman. +Peter might talk up the idea among some of his Reds and get them +interested in it, or he might frame up some letters to be found upon +them, and hide some dynamite in their rooms. When the plot was +discovered, it would make a frightful uproar, needless to say; the +king would hear of it, and of Peter's part as the discoverer of it, +and he would unquestionably reward Peter. Perhaps Peter might +arrange to be retained as a secret agent to protect the king from +the Reds. Thus Peter would be in touch with real money, and might +hire Guffey and McGivney, instead of their hiring him. + +If Peter had stood alone, would he have dared so perilous a dream as +this? Or was he a "piker"; a little fellow, the victim of his own +fears and vanities? Anyhow, Peter was not alone; he had Nell, and it +was necessary that he should pose before Nell as a bold and +desperate blade. Just as in the old days in the Temple, it was +necessary that Peter should get plenty of money, in order to take +Nell away from another man. So he said all right, he would go in on +that plan; and proceeded to discuss with Nell the various +personalities he might use. + +The most likely was Pat McCormick. "Mac," with his grim, set face +and his silent, secretive habits, fitted perfectly to Peter's +conception of a dynamiter. Also "Mac" was Peter's personal enemy; +"Mac" had just returned from his organizing trip in the oil fields, +and had been denouncing Peter and gossiping about him in the various +radical groups. "Mac" was the most dangerous Red of them all! He +must surely be one of the dynamiters! + +Another likely one was Joe Angell, whom Peter had met at a recent +gathering of Ada Ruth's "Anti-conscription League." People made +jokes about this chap's name because he looked the part, with his +bright blue eyes that seemed to have come out of heaven, and his +bright golden hair, and even the memory of dimples in his cheeks. +But when Joe opened his lips, you discovered that he was an angel +from the nether regions. He was the boldest and most defiant of all +the Reds that Peter had yet come upon. He had laughed at Ada Ruth +and her sentimental literary attitude toward the subject of the +draft. It wasn't writing poems and passing resolutions that was +wanted; it wasn't even men who would refuse to put on the uniform, +but men who would take the guns that were offered to them, and drill +themselves, and at the proper time face about and use the guns in +the other direction. Agitating and organizing were all right in +their place, but now, when the government dared challenge the +workers and force them into the army, it was men of action that were +needed in the radical movement. + +Joe Angell had been up in the lumber country, and could tell what +was the mood of the real workers, the "huskies" of the timberlands. +Those fellows weren't doing any more talking; they had their secret +committees that were ready to take charge of things as soon as they +had put the capitalists and their governments out of business. +Meantime, if there was a sheriff or prosecuting attorney that got +too gay, they would "bump him off." This was a favorite phrase of +"Blue-eyed Angell." He would use it every half hour or so as he told +about his adventures. "Yes," he would say; "he got gay, but we +bumped him off all right." + + + + +Section 41 + + +So Nell and Peter settled down to work out the details of their +"frame-up" on Joe Angell and Pat McCormick. Peter must get a bunch +of them together and get them to talking about bombs and killing +people; and then he must slip a note into the pockets of all who +showed interest, calling them to meet for a real conspiracy. Nell +would write the notes, so that no one could fasten the job onto +Peter. She pulled out a pencil and a little pad from her handbag, +and began: "If you really believe in a bold stroke for the workers' +rights, meet me--" And then she stopped. "Where?" + +"In the studios," put in Peter. + +And Nell wrote, "In the studios. Is that enough?" + +"Room 17." Peter knew that this was the room of Nikitin, a Russian +painter who called himself an Anarchist. + +So Nell wrote "Room 17," and after further discussion she added: +"Tomorrow morning at eight o'clock. No names and no talk. Action!" +This time was set because Peter recollected that there was to be a +gathering of the "wobblies" in their headquarters this very evening. +It was to be a business meeting, but of course these fellows never +got together very long without starting the subject of "tactics." +There was a considerable element among them who were dissatisfied +with what they called the "supine attitude" of the organization, and +were always arguing for action. Peter was sure he would be able to +get some of them interested in the idea of a dynamite conspiracy. + +As it turned out, Peter had no trouble at all; the subject was +started without his having to put in a word. Were the workers to be +driven like sheep to the slaughter, and the "wobblies" not to make +one move? So asked the "Blue-eyed Angell," vehemently, and added +that if they were going to move, American City was as good a place +as any. He had talked with enough of the rank and file to realize +that they were ready for action; all they needed was a battle-cry +and an organization to guide them. + +Henderson, the big lumber-jack, spoke up. That was just the trouble; +you couldn't get an organization for such a purpose. The authorities +would get spies among you, they would find out what you were doing, +and drive you underground. + +"Well," cried Joe, "we'll go underground!" + +"Yes," agreed the other, "but then your organization goes bust. +Nobody knows who to trust, everybody's accusing the rest of being a +spy." + +"Hell!" said Joe Angell. "I've been in jail for the movement, I'll +take my chances of anybody's calling me a spy. What I'm not going to +do is to sit down and see the workers driven to hell, because I'm so +damn careful about my precious organization." + +When others objected, Angell rushed on still more vehemently. +Suppose they did fail in a mass-uprising, suppose they were driven +to assassination and terrorism? At least they would teach the +exploiters a lesson, and take a little of the joy out of their +lives. + +Peter thought it would be a good idea for him to pose as a +conservative just now. "Do you really think the capitalists would +give up from fear?" he asked. + +And the other answered: "You bet I do! I tell you if we'd made it +understood that every congressman who voted this country into war +would be sent to the front trenches, our country would still be at +peace." + +"But," put in Peter, deftly, "it ain't the congressmen. It's people +higher up than them." + +"You bet," put in Gus, the Swedish sailor. "You bet you! I name you +one dozen big fellows in dis country--you make it clear if we don't +get peace dey all get killed--we get peace all right!" + +So Peter had things where he wanted them. "Who are those fellows?" +he asked, and got the crowd arguing over names. Of course they +didn't argue very long before somebody mentioned "Nelse" Ackerman, +who was venomously hated by the Reds because he had put up a hundred +thousand dollars of the Anti-Goober fund. Peter pretended not to +know about Nelse; and Jerry Rudd, a "blanket-stiff" whose head was +still sore from being cracked open in a recent harvesters' strike, +remarked that by Jesus, if they'd put a few fellows like that in the +trenches, there'd be some pacifists in Ameriky sure enough all +right. + + +It seemed almost as if Joe Angell had come there to back up Peter's +purpose. "What we want," said he, "is a few fellows to fight as hard +for themselves as they fight for the capitalists." + +"Yes," assented Henderson, grimly. "We're all so good--we wait till +our masters tell us we can kill." + +That was the end of the discussion; but it seemed quite enough to +Peter. He watched his chance, and one by one he managed to slip his +little notes into the coat-pockets of Joe Angell, Jerry Rudd, +Henderson, and Gus, the sailor. And then Peter made his escape, +trembling with excitement. The great dynamite conspiracy was on! +"They must be got rid of!" he was whispering to himself. "They must +be got rid of by any means! It's my duty I'm doing." + + + + +Section 42 + + +Peter had an appointment to meet Nell on a street corner at eleven +o'clock that same night, and when she stepped off the street-car, +Peter saw that she was carrying a suit-case. "Did you get your job +done?" she asked quickly, and when Peter answered in the +affirmative, she added: "Here's your bomb!" + +Peter's jaw fell. He looked so frightened that she hastened to +reassure him. It wouldn't go off; it was only the makings of a bomb, +three sticks of dynamite and some fuses and part of a clock. The +dynamite was wrapped carefully, and there was no chance of its +exploding--if he didn't drop it! But Peter wasn't much consoled. He +had had no idea that Nell would go so far, or that he would actually +have to handle dynamite. He wondered where and how she had got it, +and wished to God he was out of this thing. + +But it was too late now, of course. Said Nell: "You've got to get +this suit-case into the headquarters, and you've got to get it there +without anybody seeing you. They'll be shut up pretty soon, won't +they?" + +"We locked up when we left," said Peter. + +"And who has the key?" + +"Grady, the secretary." + +"There's no way you can get it?" + +"I can get into the room," said Peter, quickly. "There's a fire +escape, and the window isn't tight. Some of us that know about it +have got in that way when the place was locked." + +"All right," said Nell. "We'll wait a bit; we mustn't take chances +of anyone coming back." + +They started to stroll along the street, Nell still carrying the +suit-case, as if distrusting the state of Peter's nerves, Meantime +she explained, "I've got two pieces of paper that we've got to plant +in the room. One's to be torn up and thrown into the trash-basket. +It's supposed to be part of a letter about some big plan that's to +be pulled off, and it's signed `Mac.' That's for McCormick, of +course. I had to type it, not having any sample of his handwriting. +The other piece is a drawing; there's no marks to show what it is, +but of course the police'll soon find out. It's a plan of +old Ackerman's home, and there's a cross mark showing his +sleeping-porch. Now, what we want to do is to fix this on McCormick. +Is there anything in the room that belongs to him?" + +Peter thought, and at last remembered that in the bookshelves were +some books which had been donated by McCormick, and which had his +name written in. That was the trick! exclaimed Nell. They would hide +the paper in one of these books, and when the police made a thorough +search they would find it. Nell asked what was in these books, and +Peter thought, and remembered that one was a book on sabotage. "Put +the paper in that," said Nell. "When the police find it, the +newspapers'll print the whole book." + +Peter's knees were trembling so that he could hardly walk, but he +kept reminding himself that he was a "he-man," a 100% American, and +that in these times of war every patriot must do his part. His part +was to help rid the country of these Reds, and he must not flinch. +They made their way to the old building in which the I. W. W. +headquarters were located, and Peter climbed up on the fence and +swung over to the fire-escape, and Nell very carefully handed the +suit-case to him, and Peter opened the damaged window and slipped +into the room. + +He knew just where the cupboard was, and quickly stored the +suit-case in the corner, and piled some odds and ends of stuff in +front of it, and threw an old piece of canvas over it. He took out +of his right-hand pocket a typewritten letter, and tore it into +small pieces and threw them into the trash-basket. Then he took out +of his left-hand pocket the other paper, with the drawing of +Ackerman's house. He went to the bookcase and with shaking fingers +struck a match, picked out the little redbound book entitled +"Sabotage," and stuck the paper inside, and put the book back in +place. Then he climbed out on the fire-escape and dropped to the +ground, jumped over the fence, and hurried down the alley to where +Nell was waiting for him. + +"It's for my country!" he was whispering to himself. + + + + +Section 43 + + +The job was now complete, except for getting McCormick to the +rendezvous next morning. Nell had prepared and would mail in the +postoffice a special delivery letter addressed to McCormick's home. +This would be delivered about seven o'clock in the morning, and +inside was a typewritten note, as follows: + +"Mac: Come to Room 17 of the studios at eight in the morning. Very +important. Our plan is all ready, my part is done. Joe." + +Nell figured that McCormick would take this to be a message from +Angell. He wouldn't know what it was about, but he'd be all the more +certain to come and find out. The essential thing was that the raid +by the detectives must occur the very minute the conspirators got +together, for as soon as they compared notes they would become +suspicious, and might scatter at once. McGivney must have his men +ready; he must be notified and have plenty of time to get them +ready. + +But there was a serious objection to this--if McGivney had time, he +would demand a talk with Peter, and Nell was sure that Peter +couldn't stand a cross-questioning at McGivney's hands. Peter, +needless to say, agreed with her; his heart threatened to collapse +at the thought of such an ordeal. What Peter really wanted to do was +to quit the whole thing right there and then; but he dared not say +so, he dared not face the withering scorn of his confederate. Peter +clenched his hands and set his teeth, and when he passed a street +light he turned his face away, so that Nell might not read the +humiliating terror written there. But Nell read it all the same; +Nell believed that she was dealing with a quivering, pasty-faced +coward, and proceeded on that basis; she worked out the plans, she +gave Peter his orders, and she stuck by him to see that he carried +them out. + +Peter had McGivney's home telephone number, which he was only +supposed to use in the most desperate emergency. He was to use it +now, and tell McGivney that he had just caught some members of the +I. W. W., with Pat McCormick as their leader, preparing to blow up +some people with dynamite bombs. They had some bombs in a suit-case +in their headquarters, and were just starting out with other bombs +in their pockets. Peter must follow them, otherwise he would lose +them, and some crime might be committed before he could interfere. +McGivney must have his agents ready with automobiles to swoop down +upon any place that Peter indicated. Peter would follow up the +conspirators, and phone McGivney again at the first opportunity he +could find. + +Nell was especially insistent that when Peter spoke to McGivney he +must have only a moment to spare, no time for questions, and he must +not stop to answer any. He must be in a state of trembling +excitement; and Peter was sure that would be very easy! He rehearsed +over to Nell every word he must say, and just how he was to cut +short the conversation and hang up the receiver. Then he went into +an all night drug-store just around the corner from the +headquarters, and from a telephone booth called McGivney's home. + +It was an apartment house, and after some delay Peter heard the +voice of his employer, surly with sleep. But Peter waked him up +quickly. "Mr. McGivney, there's a dynamite plot!" + +"_What_?" + +"I. W. W. They've got bombs in a suit-case! They're starting off to +blow somebody up tonight." + +"By God! What do you mean? Who?" + +"I dunno yet. I only heard part of it, and I've got to go. They're +starting, I've got to follow them. I may lose them and it'll be too +late. You hear me, I've got to follow them!" + +"I hear you. What do you want me to do?" + +"I'll phone you again the first chance I get. You have your men +ready, a dozen of them! Have automobiles, so you can come quick. You +get me?" + +"Yes, but--" + +"I can't talk any more, I may lose them, I haven't a second! You be +at your phone, and have your men ready--everything ready. You get +me?" + +"Yes, but listen, man! You sure you're not mistaken?" + +"Yes, yes, I'm sure!" cried Peter, his voice mounting in excitement. +"They've got the dynamite, I tell you--everything! It's a man named +Nelse." + +"Nelse what?" + +"The man they're going to kill. I've got to go now, you get ready. +Good-bye!" And Peter hung up the receiver. He had got so excited +over the part he was playing that he sprang up and ran out of the +drug-store, as if he really had to catch up with some I. W. W. +conspirators carrying a dynamite bomb! + +But there was Nell, and they strolled down the street again. They +came to a small park, and sat on one of the benches, because Peter's +legs would no longer hold him up. Nell walked about to make sure +there was no one on any of the other benches; then she came back and +rehearsed the next scene with Peter. They must go over it most +carefully, because before long the time was coming when Peter +wouldn't have Nell to coach him, and must be prepared to stand on +his own legs. Peter knew that, and his legs failed him. He wanted to +back down, and declare that he couldn't go ahead with it; he wanted +to go to McGivney and confess everything. Nell divined what was +going on in his soul, and wished to save him the humiliation of +having it known. She sat close to him on the bench, and put her hand +on his as she talked to him, and presently Peter felt a magic thrill +stealing over him. He ventured to put his arm about Nell, to get +still more of this delicious sensation; and Nell permitted the +embraces, for the first time she even encouraged them. Peter was a +hero now, he was undertaking a bold and desperate venture; he was +going to put it thru like a man, and win Nell's real admiration. +"Our country's at war!" she exclaimed. "And these devils are +stopping it!" + +So pretty soon Peter was ready to face the whole world; Peter was +ready to go himself and blow up the king of American City with a +dynamite bomb! In that mood he stayed thru the small hours of the +morning, sitting on the bench clasping his girl in his arms, and +wishing she would give a little more time to heeding his +love-making, and less to making him recite his lessons. + + + + +Section 44 + + +So the day began to break and the birds to sing. The sun rose on +Peter's face gray with exhaustion and the Irish apples in Nell's +cheeks badly faded. But the time for action had come, and Peter went +off to watch McCormick's home until seven o'clock, when the special +delivery letter was due to arrive. + +It came on time, and Peter saw McCormick come out of the house and +set forth in the direction of the studios. It was too early for the +meeting, so Peter figured that he would stop to get his breakfast; +and sure enough "Mac" turned into, a little dairy lunch, and Peter +hastened to the nearest telephone and called his boss. + +"Mr. McGivney," he said, "I lost those fellows last night, but now I +got them again. They decided not to do anything till today. They're +having a meeting this morning and we've a chance to nab them all." + +"Where?" demanded McGivney. + +"Room seventeen in the studios; but don't let any of your men go +near there, till I make sure the right fellows are in." + +"Listen here, Peter Gudge!" cried McGivney. "Is this straight goods?" + +"My God!" cried Peter. "What do you take me for? I tell you they've +got loads of dynamite." + +"What have they done with it?" + +"They've got some in their headquarters. About the rest I dunno. +They carried it off and I lost them last night. But then I found a +note in my pocket--they were inviting me to come in." + +"By God!" exclaimed the rat-faced man. + +"We've got the whole thing, I tell you! Have you got your men ready?" + +"Yes." + +"Well then, have them come to the corner of Seventh and Washington +Streets, and you come to Eighth and Washington. Meet me there just +as quick as you can." + +"I get you," was the answer, and Peter hung up, and rushed off to +the appointed rendezvous. He was so nervous that he had to sit on +the steps of a building. As time passed and McGivney didn't appear, +wild imaginings began to torment him. Maybe McGivney hadn't +understood him correctly! Or maybe his automobile might break down! +Or his telephone might have got out of order at precisely the +critical moment! He and his men would arrive too late, they would +find the trap sprung, and the prey escaped. + +Ten minutes passed, fifteen minutes, twenty minutes. At last an +automobile rushed up the street, and McGivney stepped out, and the +automobile sped on. Peter got McGivney's eye, and then stepped back +into the shelter of a doorway. McGivney followed. "Have you got +them?" he cried. + +"I d-d-dunno!" chattered Peter. "They s-s-said they were c-coming at +eight!" + +"Let me see that note!" commanded McGivney; so Peter pulled out one +of Nell's notes which he had saved for himself: + +"If you really believe in a bold stroke for the workers' rights, +meet me in the studios, Room 17, tomorrow morning at eight o'clock. +No names and no talk. Action!" + +"You found that in your pocket?" demanded the other. + +"Y-yes, sir." + +"And you've no idea who put it there." + +"N-no, but I think Joe Angell--" + +McGivney looked at his watch. "You've got twenty minutes yet," be +said. + +"You got the dicks?" asked Peter. + +"A dozen of them. What's your idea now?" + +Peter stammered out his suggestions. There was a little grocery +store just across the street from the entrance to the studio +building. Peter would go in there, and pretend to get something to +eat, and would watch thru the window, and the moment he saw the +right men come in, he would hurry out and signal to McGivney, who +would be in a drugstore at the next corner. McGivney must keep out +of sight himself, because the "Reds" knew him as one of Guffey's +agents. + +It wasn't necessary to repeat anything twice. McGivney was keyed up +and ready for business, and Peter hurried down the street, and +stepped into the little grocery store without being observed by +anyone. He ordered some crackers and cheese, and seated himself on a +box by the window and pretended to eat. But his hands were trembling +so that he could hardly get the food into his mouth; and this was +just as well, because his mouth was dry with fright, and crackers +and cheese are articles of diet not adapted to such a condition. + +He kept his eyes glued on the dingy doorway of the old studio +building, and presently--hurrah!--he saw McCormick coming down the +street! The Irish boy turned into the building, and a couple of +minutes later came Gus the sailor, and before another five minutes +had passed here came Joe Angell and Henderson. They were walking +quickly, absorbed in conversation, and Peter could imagine he heard +them talking about those mysterious notes, and who could be the +writer, and what the devil could they mean? + +Peter was now wild with nervousness; he was afraid somebody in the +grocery store would notice him, and he made desperate efforts to eat +the crackers and cheese, and scattered the crumbs all over himself +and over the floor. Should he wait for Jerry Rudd, or should he take +those he had already? He had got up and started for the door, when +he saw the last of his victims coming down the street. Jerry was +walking slowly, and Peter couldn't wait until he got inside. A car +was passing, and Peter took the chance to slip out and bolt for the +drug store. Before he had got half way there McGivney had seen him, +and was on the run to the next corner. + +Peter waited only long enough to see a couple of automobiles come +whirling down the street, packed solid with husky detectives. Then +he turned off and hurried down a side street. He managed to get a +couple of blocks away, and then his nerves gave way entirely, and he +sat down on the curbstone and began to cry--just the way little +Jennie had cried when he told her he couldn't marry her! People +stopped to stare at him, and one benevolent old gentleman came up +and tapped him on the shoulder and asked what was the trouble. +Peter, between his tear-stained fingers, gasped: "My m-m-mother +died!" And so they let him alone, and after a while he got up and +hurried off again. + + + + +Section 45 + + +Peter was now in a state of utter funk. He knew that he would have +to face McGivney, and he just couldn't do it. All he wanted was +Nell; and Nell, knowing that he would want her, had agreed to be in +the park at half past eight. She had warned him not to talk to a +soul until he had talked to her. Meantime she had gone home and +renewed her Irish roses with French rouge, and restored her energy +with coffee and cigarettes, and now she was waiting for him, smiling +serenely, as fresh as any bird or flower in the park that summer +morning. She asked him in even tones how things had gone, and when +Peter began to stammer that he didn't think he could face McGivney, +she proceeded to build up his courage once more. She let him put his +arms about her, even there in broad daylight; she whispered to him +to get himself together, to be a man, and worthy of her. + +What had he to be afraid of, anyway? They hadn't a single thing on +him, and there was no possible way they could get anything. His +hands were clean all the way thru, and all he had to do was to stick +it out; he must make up his mind in advance, that no matter what +happened, he would never break down, he would never vary from the +story he had rehearsed with her. She made him go over the story +again; how on the previous evening, at the gathering in the I. W. W. +headquarters, they had talked about killing Nelse Ackerman as a +means of bringing the war to an end. And after the talk he had heard +Joe Angell whisper to Jerry Rudd that he had the makings of a bomb +already; he had a suit-case full of dynamite stored there in the +closet, and he and Pat McCormick had been planning to pull off +something that very night. Peter had gone out, but had watched +outside, and had seen Angell, Henderson, Rudd and Gus come out. +Peter had noticed that Angell's pockets were stuffed, and had +assumed that they were going to do their dynamiting, so he had +phoned to McGivney from the drug-store. By this phoning he had +missed the crowd, and then he had been ashamed and afraid to tell +McGivney, and had spent the night wandering in the park. But early +in the morning he had found the note, and had understood that it +must have been slipped into his pocket, and that the conspirators +wanted him to come in on their scheme. That was all, except for +three or four sentences or fragments of sentences which Peter had +overheard between Joe Angell and Jerry Rudd. Nell made him learn +these sentences by heart, and she insisted that he must not under +any circumstances try to remember or be persuaded to remember +anything further. + +At last Peter was adjudged ready for the ordeal, and went to Room +427 in the American House, and threw himself on the bed. He was so +exhausted that once or twice he dozed; but then he would think of +some new question that McGivney might ask him, and would start into +wakefulness. At last he heard a key turn, and started up. There +entered one of the detectives, a man named Hammett. "Hello, Gudge," +said he. "The boss wants you to get arrested." + +"Arrested!" exclaimed Peter. "Good Lord!" He had a sudden swift +vision of himself shut up in a cell with those Reds, and forced to +listen to "hard luck stories." + +"Well," said Hammett, "we're arresting all the Reds, and if we skip +you, they'll be suspicious. You better go somewhere right away and +get caught." + +Peter saw the wisdom of this, and after a little thought he chose +the home of Miriam Yankovitch. She was a real Red, and didn't like +him; but if he was arrested in her home, she would have to like him, +and it would tend to make him "solid" with the "left wingers." He +gave the address to Hammett, and added, "You better come as soon as +you can, because she may kick me out of the house." + +"That's all right," replied the other, with a laugh. "Tell her the +police are after you, and ask her to hide you." + +So Peter hurried over to the Jewish quarter of the city, and knocked +on a door in the top story of a tenement house. The door was opened +by a stout woman with her sleeves rolled up and her arms covered +with soap-suds. Yes, Miriam was in. She was out of a job just now, +said Mrs. Yankovitch. They had fired her because she talked +Socialism. Miriam entered the room, giving the unexpected visitor a +cold stare that said as plain as words: "Jennie Todd!" + +But this changed at once when Peter told her that he had been to I. +W. W. headquarters and found the police in charge. They had made a +raid, and claimed to have discovered some kind of plot; fortunately +Peter had seen the crowd outside, and had got away. Miriam took him +into an inside room and asked him a hundred questions which he could +not answer. He knew nothing, except that he had been to a meeting at +headquarters the night before, and this morning he had gone there to +get a book, and had seen the crowd and run. + +Half an hour later came a bang on the door, and Peter dived under +the bed. The door was burst open, and he heard angry voices +commanding, and vehement protests from Miriam and her mother. To +judge from the sounds, the men began throwing the furniture this way +and that; suddenly a hand came under the bed, and Peter was grabbed +by the ankle, and hauled forth to confront four policemen in +uniform. + +It was an awkward situation, because apparently these policemen +hadn't been told that Peter was a spy; the boobs thought they were +getting a real dynamiter! One grabbed each of Peter's wrists, and +another kept him and Miriam covered with a revolver, while the +fourth proceeded to go thru his pockets, looking for bombs. When +they didn't find any, they seemed vexed, and shook him and hustled +him about, and made clear they would be glad of some pretext to +batter in his head. Peter was careful not to give them such a +pretext; he was frightened and humble, and kept declaring that he +didn't know anything, he hadn't done any harm. + +"We'll see about that, young fellow!" said the officer, as he +snapped the handcuffs on Peter's wrists. Then, while one of them +remained on guard with the revolver, the other three proceeded to +ransack the place, pulling out the bureau-drawers and kicking the +contents this way and that, grabbing every scrap of writing they +could find and jamming it into a couple of suit-cases. There were +books with red bindings and terrifying titles, but no bombs, and no +weapons more dangerous than a carving knife and Miriam's tongue. The +girl stood there with her black eyes flashing lightnings, and told +the police exactly what she thought of them. She didn't know what +had happened in the I. W. W. headquarters, but she knew that +whatever it was, it was a frame-up, and she dared them to arrest +her, and almost succeeded in her fierce purpose. However, the police +contented themselves with kicking over the washtub and its contents, +and took their departure, leaving Mrs. Yankovitch screaming in the +midst of a flood. + + + + +Section 46 + + +They dragged Peter out thru a swarming tenement crowd, and clapped +him into an automobile, and whirled him away to police headquarters, +where they entered him in due form and put him in a cell. He was +uneasy right away, because he had failed to arrange with Hammett how +long he was to stay locked up. But barely an hour had passed before +a jailer came, and took him to a private room, where he found +himself confronted by McGivney and Hammett, also the Chief of Police +of the city, a deputy district attorney, and last but most important +of all--Guffey. It was the head detective of the Traction Trust who +took Peter in charge. + +"Now, Gudge," said he, "what's this job you've been putting up on +us?" + +It struck Peter like a blow in the face. His heart went down, his +jaw dropped, he stared like an idiot. Good God! + +But he remembered Nell's last solemn words: "Stick it out, Peter; +stick it out!" So he cried: "What do you mean, Mr. Guffey?" + +"Sit down in that chair there," said Guffey. "Now, tell us what you +know about this whole business. Begin at the beginning and tell us +everything--every word." So Peter began. He had been at a meeting at +the I. W. W. headquarters the previous evening. There had been a +long talk about the inactivity of the organization, and what could +be done to oppose the draft. Peter detailed the arguments, the +discussion of violence, of dynamite and killing, the mention of +Nelse Ackerman and the other capitalists who were to be put out of +the way. He embellished all this, and exaggerated it greatly--it +being the one place where Nell had said he could do no harm by +exaggerating. + +Then he told how after the meeting had broken up he had noticed +several of the men whispering among themselves. By pretending to be +getting a book from the bookcase he had got close to Joe Angell and +Jerry Rudd; he had heard various words and fragments of sentences, +"dynamite," "suit-case in the cupboard," "Nelse," and so on. And +when the crowd went out he noticed that Angell's pockets were +bulging, and assumed that he had the bombs, and that they were going +to do the job. He rushed to the drug-store and phoned McGivney. It +took a long time to get McGivney, and when he had given his message +and run out again, the crowd was out of sight. Peter was in despair, +he was ashamed to confront McGivney, he wandered about the streets +for hours looking for the crowd. He spent the rest of the night in +the park. But then in the morning he discovered the piece of paper +in his pocket, and understood that somebody had slipped it to him, +intending to invite him to the conspiracy; so he had notified +McGivney, and that was all he knew. + +McGivney began to cross-question him. He had heard Joe Angell +talking to Jerry Rudd; had he heard him talking to anybody else? Had +he heard any of the others talking? Just what had he heard Joe +Angell say? Peter must repeat every word all over. This time, as +instructed by Nell, he remembered one sentence more, and repeated +this sentence: "Mac put it in the `sab-cat.'" He saw the others +exchange glances. "That's just what I heard," said Peter--"just those +words. I couldn't figure out what they meant?" + +"Sab-cat?" said the Chief of Police, a burly figure with a brown +moustache and a quid of tobacco tucked in the corner of his mouth. +"That means `sabotage,' don't it?" + +"Yes," said the rat-faced man. + +"Do you know anything in the office that has to do with sabotage?" +demanded Guffey of Peter. + +And Peter thought. "No, I don't," he said. + +They talked among themselves for a minute or two. The Chief said +they had got all McCormick's things out of his room, and might find +some clue to the mystery in these. Guffey went to the telephone, and +gave a number with which Peter was familiar--that of I. W. W. +headquarters. "That you, Al?" he said. "We're trying to find if +there's something in those rooms that has to do with sabotage. Have +you found anything--any apparatus or pictures, or writing--anything?" +Evidently the answer was in the negative, for Guffey said: "Go +ahead, look farther; if you get anything, call me at the chief's +office quick. It may give us a lead." + +Then Guffey hung up the receiver and turned to Peter. "Now Gudge," +he said, "that's all your story, is it; that's all you got to tell +us?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Well then, you might as well quit your fooling right away. We +understand that you framed this thing up, and we're not going to be +taken in." + +Peter stared at Guffey, speechless; and Guffey, for his part, took a +couple of steps toward Peter, his brows gathering into a terrible +frown, and his fists clenched. In a wave of sickening horror Peter +remembered the scenes after the Preparedness Day explosion. Were +they going to put him thru that again? + +"We'll have a show-down, Gudge, right here," the head detective +continued. "You tell us all this stuff about Angell--his talk with +Jerry Rudd, and his pockets stuffed with bombs and all the rest of +it--and he denies every word of it." + +"But, m-m-my God! Mr. Guffey," gasped Peter. "Of _course_ he'll deny +it!" Peter could hardly believe his ears--that they were taking +seriously the denial of a dynamiter, and quoting it to him! + +"Yes, Gudge," responded Guffey, "but you might as well know the +truth now as later--Angell is one of our men; we've had him planted +on these `wobblies' for the last year." + +The bottom fell out of Peter's world; Peter went tumbling heels over +head--down, down into infinite abysses of horror and despair. Joe +Angell was a secret agent like himself! The Blue-eyed Angell, who +talked dynamite and assassination at a hundred radical gatherings, +who shocked the boldest revolutionists by his reckless +language--Angell a spy, and Peter had proceeded to plant a +"frame-up" on him! + + + + +Section 47 + + +It was all up with Peter. He would go back into the hole! He would +be tortured for the balance of his days! In his ears rang the +shrieks of ten thousand lost souls and the clang of ten thousand +trumpets of doom; and yet, in the midst of all the noise and +confusion, Peter managed somehow to hear the voice of Nell, +whispering over and over again: "Stick it out, Peter; stick it out!" + +He flung out his hands and started toward his accuser. "Mr. Guffey, +as God is my witness, I don't know a thing about it but what I've +told you. That's what happened, and if Joe Angell tells you anything +different he's lying." + +"But why should he lie?" + +"I don't know why; I don't know anything about it!" + +Here was where Peter reaped the advantage of his lifelong training +as an intriguer. In the midst of all his fright and his despair, +Peter's subconscious mind was working, thinking of schemes. "Maybe +Angell was framing something up on you! Maybe he was fixing some +plan of his own, and I come along and spoiled it; I sprung it too +soon. But I tell you it's straight goods I've given you." And +Peter's very anguish gave him the vehemence to check Guffey's +certainty. As he rushed on, Peter could read in the eyes of the +detective that he wasn't really as sure as he talked. + +"Did you see that suit-case?" he demanded. + +"No, I didn't see no suit-case!" answered Peter. "I don't even know +if there was a suit-case. I only know I heard Joe Angell say +`suit-case,' and I heard him say `dynamite.'" + +"Did you see anybody writing anything in the place?" + +"No, I didn't," said Peter. "But I seen Henderson sitting at the +table working at some papers he had in his pocket, and I seen him +tear something up and throw it into the trash-basket." Peter saw the +others look at one another, and he knew that he was beginning to +make headway. + +A moment later came a diversion that helped to save him. The +telephone rang, and the Chief of Police answered and nodded to +Guffey, who came and took the receiver. "A book?" he cried, with +excitement in his tone. "What sort of a plan? Well, tell one of your +men to take the car and bring that book and the plan here to the +chief's office as quick as he can move; don't lose a moment, +everything may depend on it." + +And then Guffey turned to the others. "He says they found a book on +sabotage in the book-case, and in it there's some kind of a drawing +of a house. The book has McCormick's name in it." + +There were many exclamations over this, and Peter had time to think +before the company turned upon him again. The Chief of Police now +questioned him, and then the deputy of the district attorney +questioned him; still he stuck to his story. "My God!" he cried. +"Would you think I'd be mad enough to frame up a job like this? +Where'd I get all that stuff? Where'd I get that dynamite?"--Peter +almost bit off his tongue as he realized the dreadful slip he had +made. No one had ever told him that the suit-case actually contained +dynamite! How had he known there was dynamite in it? He was +desperately trying to think of some way he could have heard; but, as +it happened, no one of the five men caught him up. They all knew +that there was dynamite in the suit-case; they knew it with +overwhelming and tremendous certainty, and they overlooked entirely +the fact that Peter wasn't supposed to know it. So close to the edge +of ruin can a man come and yet escape! + +Peter made haste to get away from that danger-spot. "Does Joe Angell +deny that he was whispering to Jerry Rudd?" + +"He doesn't remember that," said Guffey. "He may have talked with +him apart, but nothing special, there wasn't any conspiracy." + +"Does he deny that he talked about dynamite?" + +"They may have talked about it in the general discussion, but he +didn't whisper anything." + +"But I heard him!" cried Peter, whose quick wits had thought up a +way of escape, "I know what I heard! It was just before they were +leaving, and somebody had turned out some of the lights. He was +standing with his back to me, and I went over to the book-case right +behind him." + +Here the deputy district attorney put in. He was a young man, a +trifle easier to fool than the others. "Are you sure it was Joe +Angell?" he demanded. + +"My God! Of course it was!" said Peter. "I couldn't have been +mistaken." But he let his voice die away, and a note of bewilderment +be heard in it. + +"You say he was whispering?" + +"Yes, he was whispering." + +"But mightn't it have been somebody else?" + +"Why, I don't know what to say," said Peter. "I thought for sure it +was Joe Angell; but I had my back turned, I'd been talking to Grady, +the secretary, and then I turned around and moved over to the +book-case." + +"How many men were there in the room?" + +"About twenty, I guess." + +"Were the lights turned off before you turned around, or after?" + +"I don't remember that; it might have been after." And suddenly poor +bewildered Peter cried: "It makes me feel like a fool. Of course I +ought to have talked to the fellow, and made sure it was Joe Angell +before I turned away again; but I thought sure it was him. The idea +it could be anybody else never crossed my mind." + +"But you're sure it was Jerry Rudd that was talking to him?" + +"Yes, it was Jerry Rudd, because his face was toward me." + +"Was it Rudd or was it the other fellow that made the reply about +the `sab-cat'?" And then Peter was bewildered and tied himself up, +and led them into a long process of cross-questioning; and in the +middle of it came the detective, bringing the book on sabotage with +McCormick's name written in the fly-leaf, and with the ground plan +of a house between the pages. + +They all crowded around to look at the plan, and the idea occurred +to several of them at once: Could it be Nelse Ackerman's house? The +Chief of Police turned to his phone, and called up the great +banker's secretary. Would he please describe Mr. Ackerman's house; +and the chief listened to the description. "There's a cross mark on +this plan--the north side of the house, a little to the west of the +center. What could that be?" Then, "My God!" And then, "Will you +come down here to my office right away and bring the architect's +plan of the house so we can compare them?" The Chief turned to the +others, and said, "That cross mark in the house is the sleeping +porch on the second floor where Mr. Ackerman sleeps!" + +So then they forgot for a while their doubts about Peter. It was +fascinating, this work of tracing out the details of the conspiracy, +and fitting them together like a picture puzzle. It seemed quite +certain to all of them that this insignificant and scared little man +whom they had been examining could never have prepared so ingenious +and intricate a design. No, it must really be that some master mind, +some devilish intriguer was at work to spread red ruin in American +City! + + + + +Section 48 + + +They dismissed Peter for the present, sending him back to his cell. +He stayed there for two days with no one to advise him, and no hint +as to his fate. They did not allow newspapers in the jail, but they +had left Peter his money, and so on the second day he succeeded in +bribing one of his keepers and obtaining a copy of the American City +"Times," with all the details of the amazing sensation spread out on +the front page. + +For thirty years the "Times" had been standing for law and order +against all the forces of red riot and revolution; for thirty years +the "Times" had been declaring that labor leaders and walking +delegates and Socialists and Anarchists were all one and the same +thing, and all placed their reliance fundamentally upon one +instrument, the dynamite bomb. Here at last the "Times" was +vindicated, this was the "Times" great day! They had made the most +of it, not merely on the front page, but on two other pages, with +pictures of all the conspicuous conspirators, including Peter, and +pictures of the I. W. W. headquarters, and the suit-case, and the +sticks of dynamite and the fuses and the clock; also of the "studio" +in which the Reds had been trapped, and of Nikitin, the Russian +anarchist who owned this den. Also there were columns of speculation +about the case, signed statements and interviews with leading +clergymen and bankers, the president of the Chamber of Commerce and +the secretary of the Real Estate Exchange. Also there was a +two-column, double-leaded editorial, pointing out how the "Times" +had been saying this for thirty years, and not failing to connect up +the case with the Goober case, and the Lackman case, and the case of +three pacifist clergymen who had been arrested several days before +for attempting to read the Sermon on the Mount at a public meeting. + +And Peter knew that he, Peter Gudge, had done all this! The forces +of law and order owed it all to one obscure little secret service +agent! Peter would get no credit, of course; the Chief of Police and +the district attorney were issuing solemn statements, taking the +honors to themselves, and with never one hint that they owed +anything to the secret service department of the Traction Trust. +That was necessary, of course; for the sake of appearances it had to +be pretended that the public authorities were doing the work, +exercising their legal functions in due and regular form. It would +never do to have the mob suspect that these activities were being +financed and directed by the big business interests of the city. But +all the same, it made Peter sore! He and McGivney and the rest of +Guffey's men had a contempt for the public officials, whom they +regarded as "pikers"; the officials had very little money to spend, +and very little power. If you really wanted to get anything done in +America, you didn't go to any public official, you went to the big +men of affairs, the ones who had the "stuff," and were used to doing +things quickly and efficiently. It was the same in this business of +spying as in everything else. + +Now and then Peter would realize how close he had come to ghastly +ruin. He would have qualms of terror, picturing himself shut up in +the hole, and Guffey proceeding to torture the truth out of him. But +he was able to calm these fears. He was sure this dynamite +conspiracy would prove too big a temptation for the authorities; it +would sweep them away in spite of themselves. They would have to go +thru with it, they would have to stand by Peter. + +And sure enough, on the evening of the second day a jailer came and +said: "You're to be let out." And Peter was ushered thru the barred +doors and turned loose without another word. + + + + +Section 49 + + +Peter went to Room 427 of the American House and there was McGivney +waiting for him. McGivney said nothing about any suspicion of Peter, +nor did Peter say anything--he understood that by-gones were to be +by-gones. The authorities were going to take this gift which the +fates had handed to them on a silver platter. For years they had +been wanting to get these Reds, and now magically and incredibly, +they had got them! + +"Now, Gudge," said McGivney, "here's your story. You've been +arrested on suspicion, you've been cross-questioned and put thru the +third degree, but you succeeded in satisfying the police that you +didn't know anything about it, and they've released you. We've +released a couple of others at the same time, so's to cover you all +right; and now you're to go back and find out all you can about the +Reds, and what they're doing, and what they're planning. They're +shouting, of course, that this is a `frame-up.' You must find out +what they know. You must be careful, of course--watch every step you +take, because they'll be suspicious for a while. We've been to your +room and turned things upside down a bit, so that will help to make +it look all right." + +Peter sallied forth; but he did not go to see the Reds immediately. +He spent an hour dodging about the city to make sure no one was +shadowing him; then he called up Nell at a telephone number she had +given him, and an hour later they met in the park, and she flew to +his arms and kissed him with rapturous delight. He had to tell her +everything, of course; and when she learned that Joe Angell was a +secret agent, she first stared at him in horror, and then she +laughed until she almost cried. When Peter told how he had met that +situation and got away with it, for the first time he was sure that +he had won her love. + +"Now, Peter," she said, when they were calm again, we've got to get +action at once. The papers are full of it, and old Nelse Ackerman +must be scared out of his life. Here's a letter I'm going to mail +tonight--you notice I've used a different typewriter from the one I +used last time. I went into a typewriter store, and paid them to let +me use one for a few minutes, so they can never trace this letter to +me. + +The letter was addressed to Nelson Ackerman at his home, and marked +"Personal." Peter read: + +"This is a message from a friend. The Reds had an agent in your +home. They drew a plan of your house. The police are hiding things +from you, because they can't get the truth, and don't want you to +know they are incompetent. There is a man who discovered all this +plot, and you should see him. They won't let you see him if they can +help it. You should demand to see him. But do not mention this +letter. If you do not get to the right man, I will write you again. +If you keep this a secret, you may trust me to help you to the end. +If you tell anybody, I will be unable to help you." + +"Now," said Nell, "when he gets that letter he'll get busy, and +you've got to know what to do, because of course everything depends +on that." So Nell proceeded to drill Peter for his meeting with the +King of American City. Peter now stood in such awe of her judgment +that he learned his lessons quite patiently, and promised solemnly +that he would do exactly what she said and nothing else. He reaped +his reward of kisses, and went home to sleep the sleep of the just. + +Next morning Peter set out to do some of his work for McGivney, so +that McGivney would have no ground for complaint. He went to see +Miriam Yankovich, and this time Miriam caught him by his two hands +and wrung them, and Peter knew that he had atoned for his crime +against little Jennie. Peter was a martyr once more. He told how he +had been put thru the third degree; and she told how the water from +the washtub had leaked thru the ceiling, and the plaster had fallen, +and ruined the dinner of a poor workingman's family. + +Also, she told him all about the frame-up as the Reds saw it. +Andrews, the lawyer, was demanding the right to see the prisoners, +but this was refused, and they were all being held without bail. On +the previous evening Miriam had attended a gathering at Andrews' +home, at which the case was talked out. All the I. W. W.'s declared +that the thing was the rankest kind of frame-up; the notes were +obviously fake, and the dynamite had undoubtedly been planted by the +police. They had used it as a pretext to shut up the I. W. W. +headquarters, and to arrest a score of radicals. Worst of all, of +course, was the propaganda; the hideous stories with which they were +filling the papers. Had Peter seen this morning's "Times?" A +perfectly unmistakable incitement to mobs to gather and lynch the +Reds! + + + + +Section 50 + + +From Miriam's, Peter went back to Room 427. It was Nell's idea that +Nelse Ackerman would not lose a minute next morning; and sure +enough, Peter found a note on the dressing-table: "Wait for me, I +want to see you." + +Peter waited, and before long McGivney came in and sat down in front +of him, and began very solemnly: "Now Peter Gudge, you know I'm your +friend." + +"Yes, of course." + +"I've stood by you," said McGivney. "If it hadn't been for me, the +boss would have had you in the hole right now, trying to sweat you +into confessing you planted that dynamite. I want you to know that, +and I want you to know that I'm going to stand by you, and I expect +you to stand by me and give me a square deal." + +"Why, sure!" said Peter. "What is it?" Then McGivney proceeded to +explain: Old Nelse Ackerman had got the idea that the police were +holding back something from him. He was scared out of his wits about +this case, of course. He had himself shut up in a cupboard at night, +and made his wife pull down the curtains of her limousine when she +went driving. And now he was insisting that he must have a talk with +the man who had discovered this plot against him. McGivney hated to +take the risk of having Peter become acquainted with anybody, but +Nelse Ackerman was a man whose word was law. Really, he was Peter's +employer; he had put up a lot of the money for the secret service +work which Guffey was conducting, and neither Guffey or any of the +city authorities dared try to fool him. + +"Well, that's all right," said Peter; "it won't hurt for me to see +him." + +"He's going to question you about this case," said McGivney. "He's +going to try to find out everything he can. So you got to protect +us; you got to make him understand that we've done everything +possible. You got to put us right with him." + +Peter promised solemnly he would do so; but McGivney wasn't +satisfied. He was in a state of trepidation, and proceeded to hammer +and hammer at Peter, impressing upon him the importance of +solidarity, of keeping faith with his fellows. It sounded exactly +like some of the I. W. W.'s talking among themselves! + +"You may think, here's a chance to jump on us and climb out on top, +but don't you forget it, Peter Gudge, we've got a machine, and in +the long run it's the machine that wins. We've broken many a fellow +that's tried to play tricks on us, and we'll break you. Old Nelse +will get what he wants out of you; he'll offer you a big price, no +doubt--but before long he'll be thru with you, and then you'll come +back to us, and I give you fair warning, by God, if you play us +dirty, Guffey will have you in the hole in a month or two, and +you'll come out on a stretcher." + +So Peter pledged his faith again; but, seeing his chance, he added: +"Don't you think Mr. Guffey ought to do something for me, because of +that plot I discovered?" + +"Yes, I think that," said McGivney; "that's only fair." + +And so they proceeded to bargain. Peter pointed out all the dangers +he had run, and all the credit which the others had got. Guffey +hadn't got credit in the papers, but he had got it with his +employers, all right, and he would get still more if Peter stood by +him with the king of American City. Peter said it ought to be worth +a thousand dollars, and he said he ought to have it right away, +before he went to see the king. At which Guffey scowled ferociously. +"Look here, Gudge! you got the nerve to charge us such a price for +standing by your frame-up?" + +McGivney generally treated Peter as a coward and a feeble bluffer; +but he had learned also that there was one time when the little man +completely changed his nature, and that was when it was a question +of getting hold of some cash. That was the question now; and Peter +met McGivney scowl for scowl. "If you don't like my frame-up," he +snarled, "you go kick to the newspapers about it!" + +Peter was the bulldog again, and had got his teeth in the other +bulldog's nose, and he hung right there. He had seen the rat-faced +man pull money out of his clothes before this, and he knew that this +time, above all other times, McGivney would come prepared. So he +insisted--a thousand or nothing; and as before, his heart went down +into his boots when McGivney produced his wad, and revealed that +there was more in the wad than Peter had demanded! + +However, Peter consoled himself with the reflection that a thousand +dollars was a tidy sum of money, and he set out for the home of +Nelse Ackerman in a jovial frame of mind. Incidentally he decided +that it might be the part of wisdom not to say anything to Nell +about this extra thousand. When women found out that you had money, +they'd never rest till they had got every cent of it, or at least +had made you spend it on them! + + + + +Section 51 + + +Nelse Ackerman's home was far out in the suburbs of the city, upon a +knoll surrounded by forest. It was a couple of miles from the +nearest trolley line, which forced Peter to take a hot walk in the +sun. Apparently the great banker, in selecting the site of his +residence, had never once thought that anybody might want to get to +it without an automobile. Peter reflected as he walked that if he +continued to move in these higher circles, he too would have to join +the motor-driving class. + +About the estate there ran a great bronze fence, ten feet high, with +sharp, inhospitable spikes pointing outwards. Peter had read about +this fence a long time ago in the American City "Times"; it was so +and so many thousand yards long, and had so and so many spikes, and +had cost so and so many tens of thousands of dollars. There were big +bronze gates locked tight, and a sign that said: "Beware the dogs!" +Inside the gates were three guards carrying rifles and walking up +and down; they were a consequence of the recent dynamite conspiracy, +but Peter did not realize this, he took them for a regular +institution, and a symbol of the importance of the man he was to +visit. + +He pressed a button by the side of the gate, and a lodgekeeper came +out, and Peter, according to orders, gave the name "Arthur G. +McGillicuddy." The lodge-keeper went inside and telephoned, and then +came back and opened the gate, just enough to admit Peter. "You're +to be searched," said the lodge-keeper; and Peter, who had been +arrested many times, took no offense at this procedure, but found it +one more evidence of the importance of Nelse Ackerman. The guards +went thru his pockets, and felt him all over, and then one of them +marched him up the long gravel avenue thru the forest, climbed a +flight of marble steps to the palace on the knoll, and turned him +over to a Chinese butler who walked on padded slippers. + +If Peter had not known that this was a private home he would have +thought it was an art gallery. There were great marble columns, and +paintings bigger than Peter, and tapestries with life-size horses; +there were men in armor, and battle axes and Japanese dancing +devils, and many other strange sights. Ordinarily Peter would have +been interested in learning how a great millionaire decorated his +house, and would have drunk deep of the joy of being amid such +luxury. But now all his thoughts were taken up with his dangerous +business. Nell had told him what to look for, and he looked. +Mounting the velvet-carpeted staircase, he noted a curtain behind +which a man might hide, and a painting of a Spanish cavalier on the +wall just opposite. He would make use of these two sights. + +They went down a hall, like a corridor in the Hotel de Soto, and at +the end of it the butler tapped softly upon a door, and Peter was +ushered into a big apartment in semi-darkness. The butler retired +without a sound, closing the door behind him and Peter stood +hesitating, looking about to get his bearings. From the other side +of the room he heard three faint coughs, suggesting a sick man. +There was a four-poster bed of some dark wood, with a canopy over it +and draperies at the side, and a man in the bed, sitting propped up +with pillows. There were more coughs, and then a faint whisper, +"This way." So Peter crossed over and stood about ten feet from the +bed, holding his hat in his hands; he was not able to see very much +of the occupant of the bed, nor was he sure it would be respectful +for him to try to see. + +"So you're--(cough) what's your name?" + +"Gudge," said Peter. + +"You are the man--(cough) that knows about the Reds?" + +"Yes, sir." + +The occupant of the bed coughed every two or three minutes thru the +conversation that followed, and each time Peter noticed that he put +his hand up to his mouth as if he were ashamed of the noise. +Gradually Peter got used to the twilight, and could see that Nelse +Ackerman was an old man with puffy, droopy cheeks and chin, and dark +puffy crescents under his eyes. He was quite bald, and had on his +head a skull cap of embroidered black silk, and a short, embroidered +jacket over his night shirt. Beside the bed stood a table covered +with glasses and bottles and pill-boxes, and also a telephone. Every +few minutes this telephone would ring, and Peter would wait +patiently while Mr. Ackerman settled some complex problem of +business. "I've told them my terms," he would say with irritation, +and then he would cough; and Peter, who was sharply watching every +detail of the conduct of the rich, noted that he was too polite even +to cough into the telephone. "If they will pay a hundred and +twenty-five thousand dollars on account, I will wait, but not a cent +less," Nelse Ackerman would say. And Peter, awe-stricken, realized +that he had now reached the very top of Mount Olympus, he was at the +highest point he could hope to reach until he went to heaven. + +The old man fixed his dark eyes on his visitor. "Who wrote me that +letter?" whispered the husky voice. + +Peter had been expecting this. "What letter, sir?" + +"A letter telling me to see you." + +"I don't know anything about it, sir." + +"You mean--(cough) you didn't write me an anonynious letter?" + +"No, sir, I didn't." + +"Then some friend of yours must have written it." + +"I dunno that. It might have been some enemy of the police." + +"Well, now, what's this about the Reds having an agent in my home?" + +"Did the letter say that?" + +"It did." + +"Well, sir, that's putting it too strong. I ain't sure, it's just an +idea I've had. It'll need a lot of explaining." + +"You're the man who discovered this plot, I understand?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Well, take a chair, there," said the banker. There was a chair near +the bedside, but it seemed to Peter too close to be respectful, so +he pulled it a little farther away, and sat down on the front six +inches of it, still holding his hat in his hands and twisting it +nervously. "Put down that hat," said the old man, irritably. So +Peter stuck the hat under his chair, and said: "I beg pardon, sir." + + + + +Section 52 + + +The old plutocrat was feeble and sick, but his mind was all there, +and his eyes seemed to be boring Peter through. Peter realized that +he would have to be very careful--the least little slip would be +fatal here. + +"Now, Gudge," the old man began, "I want you to tell me all about +it. To begin with, how did you come to be among these Reds? Begin at +the beginning." + +So Peter told how he had happened to get interested in the radical +movement, laying particular stress upon the dangerousness of these +Reds, and his own loyalty to the class which stood for order and +progress and culture in the country. "It ought to be stopped, Mr. +Ackerman!" he exclaimed, with a fine show of feeling; and the old +banker nodded. Yes, yes, it ought to be stopped! + +"Well," said Peter, "I said to myself, `I'm going to find out about +them fellows.' I went to their meetings, and little by little I +pretended to get converted, and I tell you, Mr. Ackerman, our police +are asleep; they don't know what these agitators are doing, what +they're preaching. They don't know what a hold they've got on the +mobs of the discontented!" + +Peter went on to tell in detail about the propaganda of social +revolution, and about conspiracies against law and order, and the +property and even the lives of the rich. Peter noticed that when the +old man took a sip of water his hand trembled so that he could +hardly keep the water from spilling; and presently, when the phone +rang again, his voice became shrill and imperious. "I understand +they're applying for bail for those men. Now Angus, that's an +outrage! We'll not hear to anything like that! I want you to see the +judge at once, and make absolutely certain that those men are held +in jail." + +Then again the old banker had a coughing fit. "Now, Gudge," he said, +"I know more or less about all that. What I want to know is about +this conspiracy against me. Tell me how you came to find out about +it." + +And Peter told; but of course he embellished it, in so far as it +related to Mr. Ackerman--these fellows were talking about Mr. +Ackerman all the time, they had a special grudge against him. + +"But why?" cried the old man. "Why?" + +"They think you're fighting them, Mr. Ackerman." + +"But I'm not! That's not true!" + +"Well, they say you put up money to hang Goober. They call +you--you'll excuse me?" + +"Yes, yes, of course." + +"They call you the `head money devil.' They call you the financial +king of American City." + +"King!" cried the banker. "What rubbish! Why, Gudge, that's fool +newspaper talk! I'm a poor man today. There are two dozen men in +this city richer than I am, and who have more power. Why--" But the +old man fell to coughing and became so exhausted that he sank back +into his pillows until he recovered his breath. Peter waited +respectfully; but of course he wasn't fooled. Peter had carried on +bargaining many times in his life, and had heard people proclaim +their poverty and impotence. + +"Now, Gudge," the old man resumed. "I don't want to be killed; I +tell you I don't want to be killed." + +"No, of course not," said Peter. It was perfectly comprehensible to +him that Mr. Ackerman didn't want to be killed. But Mr. Ackerman +seemed to think it necessary to impress the idea upon him; in the +course of the conversation he came back to it a number of times, and +each time he said it with the same solemn assurance, as if it were a +brand new idea, and a very unusual and startling idea. "I don't want +to be killed, Gudge; I tell you I don't want to let those fellows +get me. No, no; we've got to circumvent them, we've got to take +precautions--every precaution--I tell you every possible +precaution." + +"I'm here for that purpose, Mr. Ackerman," said Peter, solemnly. +"I'll do everything. We'll do everything, I'm sure." + +"What's this about the police?" demanded the banker. "What's this +about Guffey's bureau? You say they're not competent?" + +"Well now, I'll tell you, Mr. Ackerman," said Peter, "It's a little +embarrassing. You see, they employ me--" + +"Nonsense!" exclaimed the other. "_I_ employ you! I'm putting up the +money for this work, and I want the facts!--I want them all." + +"Well," said Peter, "they've been very decent to me--" + +"I say tell me everything!" exclaimed the old man. He was a most +irritable old man, and couldn't stand for a minute not having what +he asked for. "What's the matter with them?" + +Peter answered, as humbly as he could: "I could tell you a great +deal that'd be of use to you, Mr. Ackerman, but you got to keep it +between you and me." + +"All right!" said the other, quickly. "What is it?" + +"If you give a hint of it to anybody else," persisted Peter, "then +I'll get fired." + +"You'll not get fired, I'll see to that. If necessary I'll hire you +direct." + +"Ah, but you don't understand, Mr. Ackerman. It's a machine, and you +can't run against it; you gotta understand it, you gotta handle it +right. I'd like to help you, and I know I can help you, but you +gotta let me explain it, and you gotta understand some things." + +"All right," said the old man. "Go ahead, what is it?" + +"Now," said Peter, "it's like this. These police and all these +fellows mean well, but they don't understand; it's too complicated, +they ain't been in this movement long enough. They're used to +dealing with criminals; but these Reds, you see, are cranks. +Criminals ain't organized, at least they don't stand together; but +these Reds do, and if you fight 'em, they fight back, and they make +what they call `propaganda.' And that propaganda is dangerous--if +you make a wrong move, you may find you've made 'em stronger than +they were before." + +"Yes, I see that," said the old man. "Well?" + +"Then again, the police dunno how dangerous they are. You try to +tell them things, they won't really believe you. I've known for a +long time there was a group of these people getting together to kill +off all the rich men, the big men all over the country. They've been +spying on these rich men, getting ready to kill them. They know a +lot about them that you can't explain their knowing. That's how I +got the idea they had somebody in your house, Mr. Ackerman." + +"Tell me what you mean. Tell me at once." + +"Well, sir, every once in a while I pick up scraps of conversation. +One day I heard Mac--" + +"Mac?" + +"That's McCormick, the one who's in jail. He's an I. W. W. leader, +and I think the most dangerous of all. I heard him whispering to +another fellow, and it scared me, because it had to do with killing +a rich man. He'd been watching this rich man, and said he was going +to shoot him down right in his own house! I didn't hear the name of +the man--I walked away, because I didn't want him to think I was +trying to listen in. They're awful suspicious, these fellows; if you +watch Mac you see him looking around over his shoulder every minute +or two. So I strolled off, and then I strolled back again, and he +was laughing about something, and I heard him say these words; I +heard him say, `I was hiding behind the curtain, and there was a +Spanish fellow painted on the wall, and every time I peeked out that +bugger was looking at me, and I wondered if he wasn't going to give +me away.'" + +And Peter stopped. His eyes had got used to the twilight now, and he +could see the old banker's eyes starting out from the crescents of +dark, puffy flesh underneath. "My God!" whispered Nelse Ackerman. + +"Now, that was all I heard," said Peter. "And I didn't know what it +meant. But when I learned about that drawing that Mac had made of +your house, I thought to myself, Jesus, I bet that was Mr. Ackerman +he was waiting to shoot!" + +"Good God! Good God!" whispered the old man; and his trembling +fingers pulled at the embroidery on the coverlet. The telephone +rang, and he took up the receiver, and told somebody he was too busy +now to talk; they would have to call him later. He had another +coughing spell, so that Peter thought he was going to choke, and had +to help him get some medicine down his throat. Peter was a little +bit shocked to see such obvious and abject fear in one of the gods. +After all, they were just men, these Olympians, as much subject to +pain and death as Peter Gudge himself! + +Also Peter was surprised to find how "easy" Mr. Ackerman was. He +made no lofty pretence of being indifferent to the Reds. He put +himself at Peter's mercy, to be milked at Peter's convenience. And +Peter would make the most of this opportunity. + +"Now, Mr. Ackerman," he began, "You can see it wouldn't be any use +to tell things like that to the police. They dunno how to handle +such a situation; the honest truth is, they don't take these Reds +serious. They'll spend ten times as much money to catch a plain +burglar as they will to watch a whole gang like this." + +"How can they have got into my home?" cried the old man. + +"They get in by ways you'd never dream of, Mr. Ackerman. They have +people who agree with them. Why, you got no idea, there's some +preachers that are Reds, and some college teachers, and some rich +men like yourself." + +"I know, I know," said Ackerman. "But surely--" + +"How can you tell? You may have a traitor right in your own family." + +So Peter went on, spreading the Red Terror in the soul of this old +millionaire who did not want to be killed. He said again that he did +not want to be killed, and explained his reluctance in some detail. +So many people were dependent upon him for their livings, Peter +could have no conception of it! There were probably a hundred +thousand men with their families right here in American City, whose +jobs depended upon plans which Ackerman was carrying, and which +nobody but Ackerman could possibly carry. Widows and orphans looked +to him for protection of their funds; a vast net-work of +responsibilities required his daily, even his hourly decisions. And +sure enough, the telephone rang, and Peter heard Nelse Ackerman +declare that the Amalgamated Securities Company would have to put +off a decision about its dividends until tomorrow, because he was +too busy to sign certain papers just then. He hung up the receiver +and said: "You see, you see! I tell you, Gudge, we must not let them +get me!" + + + + +Section 53 + + +They came down to the question of practical plans, and Peter was +ready with suggestions. In the first place, Mr. Ackerman must give +no hint either to the police authorities or to Guffey that he was +dissatisfied with their efforts. He must simply provide for an +interview with Peter now and then, and he and Peter, quite +privately, must take certain steps to get Mr. Ackerman that +protection which his importance to the community made necessary. The +first thing was to find out whether or not there was a traitor in +Mr. Ackerman's home, and for that purpose there must be a spy, a +first-class detective working in some capacity or other. The only +trouble was, there were so few detectives you could trust; they were +nearly all scoundrels, and if they weren't scoundrels, it was +because they didn't have sense enough to be--they were boobs, and +any Red could see thru them in five minutes. + +"But I tell you," said Peter, "what I've thought. I've got a wife +that's a wonder, and just now while we were talking about it, I +thought, if I could only get Edythe in here for a few days, I'd find +out everything about all the people in your home, your relatives as +well as your servants." + +"Is she a professional detective?" asked the banker. + +"Why no, sir," said Peter. "She was an actress, her name was Edythe +Eustace; perhaps you might have heard of her on the stage." + +"No, I'm too busy for the theatre," said Mr. Ackerman. + +"Of course," said Peter. "Well, I dunno whether she'd be willing to +do it; she don't like having me mix up with these Reds, and she's +been begging me to quit for a long time, and I'd just about promised +her I would. But if I tell her about your trouble maybe she might, +just as a favor." + +But how could Peter's wife be introduced into the Ackerman household +without attracting suspicion? Peter raised this question, pointing +out that his wife was a person of too high a social class to come as +a servant. Mr. Ackerman added that he had nothing to do with +engaging his servants, any more than with engaging the bookkeepers +in his bank. It would look suspicious for him to make a suggestion +to his housekeeper. But finally he remarked that he had a niece who +sometimes came to visit him, and would come at once if requested, +and would bring Edythe Eustace as her maid. Peter was sure that +Edythe would be able to learn this part quickly, she had acted it +many times on the stage, in fact, it had been her favorite role. Mr. +Ackerman promised to get word to his niece, and have her meet Edythe +at the Hotel de Soto that same afternoon. + +Then the old banker pledged his word most solemnly that he would not +whisper a hint about this matter except to his niece. Peter was most +urgent and emphatic; he specified that the police were not to be +told, that no member of the household was to be told, not even Mr. +Ackerman's private secretary. After Mr. Ackerman had had this duly +impressed upon him, he proceeded in turn to impress upon Peter the +idea which he considered of most importance in the world: "I don't +want to be killed, Gudge, I tell you I don't want to be killed!" And +Peter solemnly promised to make it his business to listen to all +conversations of the Reds in so far as they might bear upon Mr. +Ackerman. + +When he rose to take his departure, Mr. Ackerman slipped his +trembling fingers into the pocket of his jacket, and pulled out a +crisp and shiny note. He unfolded it, and Peter saw that it was a +five hundred dollar bill, fresh from the First National Bank of +American City, of which Mr. Ackerman was chairman of the board of +directors. "Here's a little present for you, Gudge," he said. "I +want you to understand that if you protect me from these villains, +I'll see that you are well taken care of. From now on I want you to +be my man." + +"Yes, sir," said Peter, "I'll be it, sir. I thank you very much, +sir." And he thrust the bill into his pocket, and bowed himself step +by step backwards toward the door. "You're forgetting your hat," +said the banker. + +"Why, yes," said the trembling Peter, and he came forward again, and +got his hat from under the chair, and bowed himself backward again. + +"And remember, Gudge," said the old man, "I don't want to be killed! +I don't want them to get me!" + + + + +Section 54 + + +Peter's first care when he got back into the city was to go to Mr. +Ackerman's bank and change that five hundred dollar bill. The +cashier gazed at him sternly, and scrutinized the bill carefully, +but he gave Peter five one hundred dollar bills without comment. +Peter tucked three of them away in a safe hiding-place, and put the +other two in his pocketbook, and went to keep his appointment with +Nell. + +He told her all that had happened, and where she was to meet Mr. +Ackerman's niece. "What did he give you?" Nell demanded, at once, +and when Peter produced the two bills, she exclaimed, "My God! the +old skint-flint!" "He said there'd be more," remarked Peter. + +"It didn't cost him anything to say that," was Nell's answer. "We'll +have to put the screws on him." Then she added, "You'd better let me +take care of this money for you, Peter." + +"Well," said Peter, "I have to have some for my own expenses, you +know." + +"You've got your salary, haven't you?" + +"Yes, that's true, but--" + +"I can keep it safe for you," said Nell, "and some day when you need +it you'll be glad to have it. You've never saved anything yourself; +that's a woman's job." + +Peter tried to haggle with her, but it wasn't the same as haggling +with McGivney; she looked at him with her melting glances, and it +made Peter's head swim, and automatically he put out his hand and +let her take the two bills. Then she smiled, so tenderly that he +made bold to remind her, "You know, Nell, you're my wife now!" + +"Yes, yes," she answered, "of course. But we've got to get rid of +Ted Crothers somehow. He watches me all the time, and I have no end +of trouble making excuses and getting away." + +"How're you're going to get rid of him?" asked Peter, hungrily. + +"We'll have to skip," she answered; "just as soon as we have pulled +off our new frame-up--" + +"Another one?" gasped Peter, in dismay. + +And the girl laughed. "You wait!" she said. "I'm going to pull some +real money out of Nelse Ackerman this time! Then when we've made our +killing, we'll skip, and be fixed for life. You wait--and don't talk +love to me now, because my mind is all taken up with my plans, and I +can't think about anything else." + +So they parted, and Peter went to see McGivney in the American +House. "Stand up to him!" Nell had said. But it was not easy to do, +for McGivney pulled and hauled him and turned him about, upside down +and inside outwards, to know every single thing that had happened +between him and Nelse Ackerman. Lord, how these fellows did hang on +to their sources of graft! Peter repeated and insisted that he +really had played entirely fair--he hadn't told Nelse Ackerman a +thing except just the truth as he had told it to Guffey and +McGivney. He had said that the police were all right, and that +Guffey's bureau was stepping right on the tail of the Reds all the +time. + +"And what does he want you to do?" demanded the rat-faced man. + +Peter answered, "He just wanted to make sure that he was learning +everything of importance, and he wanted me to promise him that he +would get every scrap of information that I collected about the plot +against him; and of course I promised him that we'd bring it all to +him." + +"You going to see him any more?" demanded McGivney. + +"He didn't say anything about that." + +"Did he get your address?" + +"No, I suppose if he wants me he'll let you know, the same as +before." + +"All right," said McGivney. "Did he give you any money?" + +"Yes," said Peter, "he gave me two hundred dollars, and he said +there was plenty more where that came from, so that we'd work hard +to help him. He said he didn't want to get killed; he said that a +couple of dozen times, I guess. He spent more time saying that than +anything else. He's sick, and he's scared out of his wits." + +So at last McGivney condescended to thank Peter for his +faithfulness, and went on to give him further orders. + +The Reds were raising an awful howl. Andrews, the lawyer, had +succeeded in getting a court order to see the arrested men, and of +course the prisoners had all declared that the case was a put-up +job. Now the Reds were preparing to send out a circular to their +fellow Reds all over the country, appealing for publicity, and for +funds to fight the "frame-up." + +They were very secret about it, and McGivney wanted to know where +they were getting their money. He wanted a copy of the circular they +were printing, and to know where and when the circulars were to be +mailed. Guffey had been to see the post office authorities, and they +were going to confiscate the circulars and destroy them all without +letting the Reds know it. + +Peter rubbed his hands with glee. That was the real business! That +was going after these criminals in the way Peter had been urging! +The rat-faced man answered that it was nothing to what they were +going to do in a few days. Let Peter keep on his job, and he would +see! Now, when the public was wrought up over this dynamite +conspiracy, was the time to get things done. + + + + +Section 55 + + +Peter took a street car to the home of Miriam Yankovitch, and on the +way he read the afternoon edition of the American City "Times." The +editors of this paper were certainly after the Reds, and no mistake! +They had taken McCormick's book on Sabotage, just as Nell had +predicted, and printed whole chapters from it, with the most +menacing sentences in big type, and some boxed up in little frames +and scattered here and there over the page so that no one could +possibly miss them. They had a picture of McCormick taken in the +jail; he hadn't had a chance to shave for several days, and probably +hadn't felt pleasant about having his picture taken--anyhow, he +looked ferocious enough to frighten the most skeptical, and Peter +was confirmed in his opinion that Mac was the most dangerous Red of +them all. + +Columns and columns of material this paper published about the case, +subtly linking it up with all the other dynamitings and +assassinations in American history, and with German spy plots and +bomb plots. There was a nation-wide organization of these assassins, +so the paper said; they published hundreds of papers, with millions +of readers, all financed by German gold. Also, there was a +double-leaded editorial calling on the citizens to arise and save +the republic, and put an end to the Red menace once for all. Peter +read this, and like every other good American, he believed every +word that he read in his newspaper, and boiled with hatred of the +Reds. + +He found Miriam Yankovitch away from home. Her mother was in a state +of excitement, because Miriam had got word that the police were +giving the prisoners the "third degree," and she had gone to the +offices of the Peoples' Council to get the radicals together and try +to take some immediate action. So Peter hurried over to these +offices, where he found some twenty-five Reds and Pacifists +assembled, all in the same state of excitement. Miriam was walking +up and down the room, clasping and unclasping her hands, and her +eyes looked as if she had been crying all day. Peter remembered his +suspicion that Miriam and Mac were lovers. He questioned her. They +had put Mac in the "hole," and Henderson, the lumber-jack, was laid +up in the hospital as a result of the ordeal he had undergone. + +The Jewish girl went into details, and Peter found himself +shuddering--he had such a vivid memory of the third degree himself! +He did not try to stop his shuddering, but took to pacing up and +down the room like Miriam, and told them how it felt to have your +wrists twisted and your fingers bent backward, and how damp and +horrible it was in the "hole." So he helped to work them into a +state of hysteria, hoping that they would commit some overt action, +as McGivney wanted. Why not storm the jail and set free the +prisoners? + +Little Ada Ruth said that was nonsense; but might they not get +banners, and parade up and down in front of the jail, protesting +against this torturing of men who had not been convicted of any +crime? The police would fall on them, of course, the crowds would +mob them and probably tear them to pieces, but they must do +something. Donald Gordon answered that this would only make them +impotent to keep up the agitation. What they must try to get was a +strike of labor. They must send telegrams to the radical press, and +go out and raise money, and call a mass-meeting three days from +date. Also, they must appeal to all the labor unions, and see if it +was possible to work up sentiment for a general strike. + +Peter, somewhat disappointed, went back and reported to McGivney +this rather tame outcome. But McGivney said that was all right, he +had something that would fix them; and he revealed to Peter a +startling bit of news. Peter had been reading in the papers about +German spies, but he had only half taken it seriously; the war was a +long way off, and Peter had never seen any of that German gold that +they talked so much about--in fact, the Reds were in a state of +perpetual poverty, one and all of them stinting himself eternally to +put up some portion of his scant earnings to pay for pamphlets and +circulars and postage and defence funds, and all the expenses of an +active propaganda organization. But now, McGivney declared, there +was a real, sure-enough agent of the Kaiser in American City! The +government had pretty nearly got him in his nets, and one of the +things McGivney wanted to do before the fellow was arrested was to +get him to contribute some money to the radical cause. + +It wasn't necessary to point out to Peter the importance of this. If +the authorities could show that the agitation on behalf of McCormick +and the rest had been financed by German money, the public would +justify any measures taken to bring it to an end. Could Peter +suggest to McGivney the name of a German Socialist who might be +persuaded to approach this agent of the Kaiser, and get him to +contribute money for the purpose of having a general strike called +in American City? Several of the city's big manufacturing plants +were being made over for war purposes, and obviously the enemy had +much to gain by strikes and labor discontent. Guffey's men had been +trying for a long time to get Germans to contribute to the Goober +Defense fund, but here was an even better opportunity. + +Peter thought of Comrade Apfel, who was one of the extreme +Socialists, and a temporary Pacifist like most Germans. Apfel worked +in a bakery, and his face was as pasty as the dough he kneaded, but +it would show a tinge of color when he rose in the local to denounce +the "social patriots," those party members who were lending their +aid to British plans for world domination. McGivney said he would +send somebody to Apfel at once, and give him the name of the +Kaiser's agent as one who might be induced to contribute to the +radical defense fund. Apfel would, of course, have no idea that the +man was a German agent; he would go to see him, and ask him for +money, and McGivney and his fellow-sleuths would do the rest. Peter +said that was fine, and offered to go to Apfel himself; but the +rat-faced man answered no, Peter was too precious, and no chance +must be taken of directing Apfel's suspicions against him. + + + + +Section 56 + + +Peter had received a brief scrawl from Nell, telling him that it was +all right, she had gone to her new job, and would soon have results. +So Peter went cheerfully about his own duties of trying to hold down +the protest campaign of the radicals. It was really quite +terrifying, the success they were having, in spite of all the best +efforts of the authorities. Bundles of circulars appeared at their +gatherings as if by magic, and were carried away and distributed +before the authorities could make any move. Every night at the Labor +Temple, where the workers gathered, there were agitators howling +their heads off about the McCormick case. To make matters worse, +there was an obscure one cent evening paper in American City which +catered to working-class readers, and persisted in publishing +evidence tending to prove that the case was a "frame-up." The Reds +had found out that their mail was being interfered with, and were +raising a terrific howl about that--pretending, of course, that it +was "free speech" they cared about! + +The mass meeting was due for that evening, and Peter read an +indignant editorial in the American City "Times," calling upon the +authorities to suppress it. "Down with the Red Flag!" the editorial +was headed; and Peter couldn't see how any red-blooded, 100% +American could read it, and not be moved to do something. + +Peter said that to McGivney, who answered: "We're going to do +something; you wait!" And sure enough, that afternoon the papers +carried the news that the mayor of American City had notified the +owners of the Auditorium that they would be held strictly +responsible under the law for all incendiary and seditious +utterances at this meeting; thereupon, the owners of the Auditorium +had cancelled the contract. Furthermore, the mayor declared that no +crowds should be gathered on the street, and that the police would +be there to see to it, and to protect law and order. Peter hurried +to the rooms of the Peoples' Council, and found the radicals +scurrying about, trying to find some other hall; every now and then +Peter would go to the telephone, and let McGivney know what hall +they were trying to get, and McGivney would communicate with Guffey, +and Guffey would communicate with the secretary of the Chamber of +Commerce, and the owner of this hall would be called up and warned +by the president of the bank which held a mortgage on the hall, or +by the chairman of the board of directors of the Philharmonic +Orchestra which gave concerts there. + +So there was no Red mass meeting that night--and none for many a +night thereafter in American City! Guffey's office had got its +German spy story ready, and next morning, here was the entire front +page of the American City "Times" given up to the amazing revelation +that Karl von Stroeme, agent of the German government, and reputed +to be a nephew of the German Vice-chancellor, had been arrested in +American City, posing as a Swedish sewing-machine agent, but in +reality having been occupied in financing the planting of dynamite +bombs in the buildings of the Pioneer Foundry Company, now being +equipped for the manufacture of machine-guns. Three of von Stroeme's +confederates had been nabbed at the same time, and a mass of papers +full of important revelations--not the least important among them +being the fact that only yesterday von Stroeme had been caught +dealing with a German Socialist of the ultra-Red variety, an +official of the Bread and Cake-Makers' Union Number 479, by the name +of Ernst Apfel. The government had a dictagraph record of +conversations in which von Stroeme had contributed one hundred +dollars to the Liberty Defense League, an organization which the +Reds had got up for the purpose of carrying on agitation for the +release of the I. W. W.s arrested in the dynamite plot against the +life of Nelse Ackerman. Moreover it was proven that Apfel had taken +this money and distributed it among several German Reds, who had +turned it in to the defense fund, or used it in paying for circulars +calling for a general strike. + +Peter's heart was leaping with excitement; and it leaped even faster +when he had got his breakfast and was walking down Main Street. He +saw crowds gathered, and American flags flying from all the +buildings, just as on the day of the Preparedness parade. It caused +Peter to feet queer spasms of fright; he imagined another bomb, but +he couldn't resist the crowds with their eager faces and contagious +enthusiasm. Presently here came a band, with magnificent martial +music, and here came soldiers marching--tramp, tramp, tramp--line +after line of khaki-clad boys with heavy packs upon their backs and +shiny new rifles. Our boys! Our boys! God bless them! + +It was three regiments of the 223rd Division, coming from Camp +Lincoln to be entrained for the war. They might better have been +entrained at the camp, of course, but everyone had been clamoring +for some glimpse of the soldiers, and here they were with their +music and their flags, and their crowds of flushed, excited +admirers--two endless lines of people, wild with patriotic fervor, +shouting, singing, waving hats and handkerchiefs, until the whole +street became a blur, a mad delirium. Peter saw these closely +pressed lines, straight and true, and the legs that moved like +clock-work, and the feet that shook the ground like thunder. He saw +the fresh, boyish faces, grimly set and proud, with eyes fixed +ahead, never turning, even tho they realized that this might be +their last glimpse of their home city, that they might never come +back from this journey. Our boys! Our boys! God bless them! Peter +felt a choking in his throat, and a thrill of gratitude to the boys +who were protecting him and his country; he clenched his hands and +set his teeth, with fresh determination to punish the evil men and +women--draft-dodgers, slackers, pacifists and seditionists--who were +failing to take their part in this glorious emprise. + + + + +Section 57 + + +Peter went to the American House and met McGivney, and was put to +work on a job that precisely suited his mood. The time had come for +action, said the rat-faced man. The executive committee of the I. W. +W. local had been drafting an appeal to the main organization for +help, and the executive committee was to meet that evening; Peter +was to get in touch with the secretary, Grady, and find out where +this meeting was to be, and make the suggestion that all the +membership be gathered, and other Reds also. The business men of the +city were going to pull off their big stroke that night, said +McGivney; the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants' and Manufacturers' Association had got together and +worked out a secret plan, and all they wanted was to have the Reds +collected in one place. + +So Peter set out and found Shawn Grady, the young Irish boy who kept +the membership lists and other papers of the organization, in a +place so secret that not even Peter had been able to find them. +Peter brought the latest news about the sufferings of Mac in the +"hole," and how Gus, the sailor, had joined Henderson in the +hospital. He was so eloquent in his indignation that presently Grady +told him about the meeting for that evening, and about the place, +and Peter said they really ought to get some of their friends +together, and work out some way to get their protest literature +distributed quickly, because it was evident they could no longer use +the mails. What was the use of resolutions of executive committees, +when what was wanted was action by the entire membership? Grady said +all right, they would notify the active members and sympathizers, +and he gave Peter the job of telephoning and travelling about town +getting word to a dozen people. + +At six o'clock that evening Peter reported the results to McGivney, +and then he got a shock. "You must go to that meeting yourself," +said the rat-faced man. "You mustn't take any chance of their +suspecting you." + +"But, my God!" cried Peter. "What's going to happen there?" + +"You don't need to worry about that," answered the other. "I'll see +that you're protected." + +The gathering was to take place at the home of Ada Ruth, the +poetess, and McGivney had Peter describe this home to him. Beyond +the living-room was a hallway, and in this hallway was a big clothes +closet. At the first alarm Peter must make for this place. He must +get into the closet, and McGivney would be on hand, and they would +pen Peter up and pretend to club him, but in reality would protect +him from whatever happened to the rest. Peter's knees began to +tremble, and he denounced the idea indignantly; what would happen to +him if anything were to happen to McGivney, or to his automobile, +and were to fail to get there in time? McGivney declared that Peter +need not worry--he was too valuable a man for them to take any +chances with. McGivney would be there, and all Peter would have to +do was to scream and raise a rumpus, and finally fall unconscious, +and McGivney and Hammett and Cummings would carry him out to their +automobile and take him away! + +Peter was so frightened that he couldn't eat any dinner, but +wandered about the street talking to himself and screwing up his +courage. He had to stop and look at the American flags, still waving +from the buildings, and read the evening edition of the American +City "Times," in order to work up his patriotic fervor again. As he +set out for the home of the little cripple who wrote pacifist +poetry, he really felt like the soldier boys marching away to war. + +Ada Ruth was there, and her mother, a dried-up old lady who knew +nothing about all these dreadful world movements, but whose +pleadings had no effect upon her inspired daughter; also Ada's +cousin, a lean old-maid school teacher, secretary of the Peoples' +Council; also Miriam Yankovitch, and Sadie Todd, and Donald Gordon. +On the way Peter had met Tom Duggan, and the mournful poet revealed +that he had composed a new poem about Mac in the "hole." Immediately +afterwards came Grady, the secretary, his pockets stuffed with his +papers. Grady, a tall, dark-eyed, impulsive-tempered Irish boy, was +what the Socialists called a "Jimmie Higgins," that is, one of the +fellows who did the hard and dreary work of the movement, who were +always on hand no matter what happened, always ready to have some +new responsibility put upon their shoulders. Grady had no use for +the Socialists, being only interested in "industrial action," but he +was willing to be called a "Jimmie Higgins"; he had said that Peter +was one too, and Peter had smiled to himself, thinking that a +"Jimmie Higgins" was about the last thing in the world he ever would +be. Peter was on the way to independence and prosperity, and it did +not occur to him to reflect that he might be a "Jimmie Higgins" to +the "Whites" instead of to the Reds! + +Grady now pulled out his papers, and began to talk over with Donald +Gordon the proceedings of the evening. He had had a telegram from +the national headquarters of the I. W. W., promising support, and +his thin, hungry face lighted up with pride as he showed this. Then +he announced that "Bud" Connor was to be present--a well-known +organizer, who had been up in the oil country with McCormick, and +brought news that the workers there were on the verge of a big +strike. Then came Mrs. Jennings, a poor, tormented little woman who +was slowly dying of a cancer, and whose husband was suing her for +divorce because she had given money to the I. W. W. With her, and +helping her along, came "Andy" Adams, a big machinist, who had been +kicked out of his lodge for talking too much "direct action." He +pulled from his pocket a copy of the "Evening Telegraph," and read a +few lines from an editorial, denouncing "direct action" as meaning +dynamiting, which it didn't, of course, and asking how long it would +be before the friends of law and order in American City would use a +little "direct action" of their own. + + + + +Section 58 + + +So they gathered, until about thirty were present, and then the +meeting speedily got down to business. It was evident, said Grady, +that the authorities had deliberately framed-up the dynamite +conspiracy, in order to have an excuse for wiping out the I. W. W. +organization; they had closed the hall, and confiscated everything, +typewriters and office furniture and books--including a book on +Sabotage which they had turned over to the editor of the "Evening +Times"! There was a hiss of anger at this. Also, they had taken to +interfering with the mail of the organization; the I. W. W. were +having to get out their literature by express. They were fighting +for their existence, and they must find some way of getting the +truth to people. If anybody had any suggestions to make, now was the +time. + +There came one suggestion after another; and meantime Peter sat as +if his chair were full of pins. Why didn't they come--the younger +members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants' and +Manufacturers' Association--and do what they were going to do +without any further delay? Did they expect Peter to sit there all +night, trembling with alarm--and he not having any dinner besides? + +Suddenly Peter gave a jump. Outside came a yell, and Donald Gordon, +who was making a speech, stopped suddenly, and the members of the +company stared at one another, and some sprang to their feet. There +were more yells, rising to screams, and some of the company made for +the front doors, and some for the back doors, and yet others for the +windows and the staircase. Peter wasted no time, but dived into the +clothes closet in the hallway back of the living-room, and got into +the farthest corner of this closet, and pulled some of the clothes +on top of him; and then, to make him safer yet, came several other +people piling on top of him. + +From his place of refuge he listened to the confusion that reigned. +The place was a bedlam of women's shrieks, and the curses of +fighting men, and the crash of overturning furniture, and of clubs +and monkey-wrenches on human heads. The younger members of the +Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants' and Manufacturers' +Association had come in sufficient force to make sure of their +purpose. There were enough to crowd the room full, and to pack all +the doorways, and two or three to guard each window, and a flying +squadron to keep watch for anybody who jumped from the roof or tried +to hide in the trees of the garden. + +Peter cowered, and listened to the furious uproar, and presently he +heard the cries of those on top of him, and realized that they were +being pulled off and clubbed; he felt hands reach down and grab him, +and he cringed and cried in terror; but nothing happened to him, and +presently he glanced up and he saw a man wearing a black mask, but +easily to be recognized as McGivney. Never in all his life had Peter +been gladder to see a human face than he was to see that masked face +of a rat! McGivney had a club in his hand, and was dealing ferocious +blows to the clothes heaped around Peter. Behind McGivney were +Hammett and Cummings, covering the proceedings, and now and then +carefully putting in a blow of their own. + +Most of the fighting inside the house and outside came quickly to an +end, because everybody who fought was laid out or overpowered. Then +several of the agents of Guffey, who had been studying these Reds +for a year or two and knew them all, went about picking out the ones +who were especially wanted, and searching them for arms, and then +handcuffing them. One of these men approached Peter, who instantly +fell unconscious, and closed his eyes; then Hammett caught him under +the armpits and Cummings by the feet, and McGivney walked alongside +as a bodyguard, remarking now and then, "We want this fellow, we'll +take care of him." + +They carried Peter outside, and in the darkness he opened his eyes +just enough to see that the street was lined with automobiles, and +that the Reds were being loaded aboard. Peter's friends carried him +to one car and drove him away, and then Peter returned to +consciousness, and the four of them sat up and laughed to split +their sides, and slapped one another on the back, and mentioned the +satisfactory things they had seen. Had Hammett noticed that slice +Grady had got over the eyes, and the way the blood had run all over +him? Well, he wanted to be a Red--they had helped him be one--inside +and out! Had McGivney noticed how "Buck" Ellis, one of their men, +had put the nose of the hobo poet out of joint? And young Ogden, son +of the president of the Chamber of Commerce, had certainly managed +to show how he felt about these cattle, the female ones as well as +the males; when that Yankovich slut had slapped his face, he had +caught her by the breasts and nearly twisted them off, and she had +screamed and fainted! + +Yes, they had cleaned them out. But that wasn't all of it, they were +going to finish the job tonight, by God! They were going to give +these pacifists a taste of the war, they were going to put an end to +the Red Terror in American City! Peter might go along if he liked +and see the good work; they were going into the country, and it +would be dark, and if he kept a mask on he would be quite safe. And +Peter said yes; his blood was up, he was full of the spirit of the +hunt, he wanted to be in at the death, regardless of everything. + + + + +Section 59 + + +The motor purred softly, and the car sped as if upon wings thru the +suburbs of American City, and to the country beyond. There were cars +in front, and other cars behind, a long stream of white lights +flying out into the country. They came to a grove of big pine trees, +which rose two or three feet thick, like church arches, and covered +the ground beneath them with a soft, brown carpet. It was a +well-known picnic place, and here all the cars were gathering by +appointment. Evidently it had all been pre-arranged, with that +efficiency which is the pride of 100% Americans. A man with a black +mask over his face stood in the center of the grove, and shouted his +directions thru a megaphone, and each car as it swept in ranged +itself alongside the next car in a broad circle, more than a hundred +feet across. These cars of the younger members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants' and Manufacturers' Association were well +behaved--they were accustomed to sliding precisely into place +according to orders of a megaphone man, when receptions were being +given, or when the younger members and their wives and +fiancees, clad in soft silks and satins, came rolling up to +their dinner-parties and dances. + +The cars came and came, until there was just room enough for the +last one to slide in. Then at a shouted command, "Number one!" a +group of men stepped out of one of the cars, dragging a handcuffed +prisoner. It was Michael Dubin, the young Jewish tailor who had +spent fifteen days in jail with Peter. Michael was a student and +dreamer, and not used to scenes of violence; also, he belonged to a +race which expresses its emotions, and consequently is offensive to +100% Americans. He screamed and moaned while the masked men +un-handcuffed him, and took off his coat and tore his shirt in the +back. They dragged him to a tree in the center of the ring, a +somewhat smaller tree, just right for his wrists to meet around and +be handcuffed again. There he stood in the blinding glare of thirty +or forty cars, writhing and moaning, while one of the black-masked +men stripped off his coat and got ready for action. He produced a +long black-snake whip, and stood poised for a moment; then in a +booming voice the man with the megaphone shouted, "Go!" and the whip +whistled thru the air and was laid across the back of Michael, and +tore into the flesh so that the blood leaped into sight. There was a +scream of anguish, and the victim began to twist and turn and kick +about as if in his death-throes. Again the whip whistled, and again +you heard the thud as it tore into the flesh, and another red stripe +leaped to view. + +Now the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants' and Manufacturers' Association were in excellent +condition for this evening's labor. They were not pale and thin, +underfed and overworked, as were their prisoners; they were sleek +and rosy, and ashine with health. It was as if long years ago their +fathers had foreseen the Red menace, and the steps that would have +to be taken to preserve 100% Americanism; the fathers had imported a +game which consisted of knocking little white balls around a field +with various styles and sizes of clubs. They had built magnificent +club-houses out here in the suburbs, and had many hundreds of acres +of ground laid out for this game, and would leave their occupations +of merchanting and manufacturing early in the afternoon, in order to +repair to these fields and keep their muscles in condition. They +would hold tournaments, and vie with one another, and tell over the +stories of the mighty strokes which they had made with their clubs, +and of the hundreds of strokes they had made in a single afternoon. +So the man with the black-snake whip was "fit," and didn't need to +stop for breath. Stroke after stroke he laid on, with a splendid +rhythmic motion; he kept it up easily, on and on. Had he forgotten? + +Did he think this was a little white ball he was swinging down upon? +He kept on and on, until you could no longer count the welts, until +the whole back of Michael Dubin was a mass of raw and bleeding +flesh. The screams of Michael Dubin died away, and his convulsive +struggling ceased, and his head hung limp, and he sunk lower and +lower upon the tree. + +At last the master of ceremonies stepped forward and ordered a halt, +and the man with the whip wiped the sweat from his forehead with his +shirt-sleeve, and the other men unchained the body of Michael Dubin, +and dragged it a few feet to one side and dumped it face downward in +the pine-leaves. + +"Number two!" called the master of ceremonies, in a clear, +compelling voice, as if he were calling the figures of a quadrille; +and from another car another set of men emerged, dragging another +prisoner. It was Bert Glikas, a "blanket-stiff" who was a member of +the I. W. W.'s executive committee, and had had two teeth knocked +out in a harvest-strike only a couple of weeks previously. While +they were getting off his coat, he managed to get one hand free, and +he shook it at the spectators behind the white lights of the +automobiles. "God damn you!" he yelled; and so they tied him up, and +a fresh man stepped forward and picked up the whip, and spit on his +hands for good luck, and laid on with a double will; and at every +stroke Glikas yelled a fresh curse; first in English, and then, as +if he were delirious, in some foreign language. But at last his +curses died away, and he too sank insensible, and was unhitched and +dragged away and dumped down beside the first man. "Number three!" +called the master of ceremonies. + + + + +Section 60 + + +Now Peter was sitting in the back seat of his car, wearing the mask +which McGivney had given him, a piece of cloth with two holes for +his eyes and another hole for him to breathe thru. Peter hated these +Reds, and wanted them punished, but he was not used to bloody +sights, and was finding this endless thud, thud of the whip on human +flesh rather more than he could stand. Why had he come? This wasn't +his part of the job of saving his country from the Red menace. He +had done his share in pointing out the dangerous ones; he was a man +of brains, not a man of violence. Peter saw that the next victim was +Tom Duggan with his broken and bloody nose, and in spite of himself, +Peter started with dismay. He realized that without intending it he +had become a little fond of Tom Duggan. For all his queerness, +Duggan was loyal, he was a good fellow when you had got underneath +his surly manners. He had never done anything except just to +grumble, and to put his grumbles into verses; they were making a +mistake in whipping him, and for a moment Peter had a crazy impulse +to interfere and tell them so. + +The poet never made a sound. Peter got one glimpse of his face in +the blazing white light, and in spite of the fact that it was +smashed and bloody, Peter read Tom Duggan's resolve--he would die +before they would get a moan out of him. Each time the lash fell you +could see a quiver all over his form; but there was never a sound, +and he stood, hugging the tree in a convulsive grip. They lashed him +until the whip was spattering blood all over them, until blood was +running to the ground. They had taken the precaution to bring along +a doctor with a little black case, and he now stepped up and +whispered to the master of ceremonies. They unfastened Duggan, and +broke the grip of his arms about the tree, and dumped him down +beside Glikas. + +Next came the turn of Donald Gordon, the Socialist Quaker, which +brought a bit of cheap drama. Donald took his religion seriously; he +was always shouting his anti-war sentiments in the name of Jesus, +which made him especially obnoxious. Now he saw a chance to get off +one of his theatrical stunts; he raised his two manacled hands into +the air as if he were praying, and shouted in piercing tones: +"Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do!" + +A murmur started in the crowd; you could hear it mounting to a roar. +"Blasphemy!" they cried. "Stop his dirty mouth!" It was the same +mouth that had been heard on a hundred platforms, denouncing the war +and those who made money out of the war. They were here now, the men +who had been denounced, the younger members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants' and Manufacturers' Association, the best +people of the city, those who were saving the country, and charging +no more than the service was worth. So they roared with fury at this +sacreligious upstart. A man whose mask was a joke, because he was so +burly and hearty that everybody in the crowd knew him, took up the +bloody whip. It was Billy Nash, secretary of the "Improve America +League," and the crowd shouted, "Go to it, Billy! Good eye, old +boy!" Donald Gordon might tell God that Billy Nash didn't know what +he was doing, but Billy thought that he knew, and he meant before he +got thru to convince Donald that he knew. It didn't take very long, +because there was nothing much to the young Quaker but voice, and he +fainted at the fourth or fifth stroke, and after the twentieth +stroke the doctor interfered. + +Then came the turn of Grady, secretary of the I. W. W., and here a +terrible thing happened. Grady, watching this scene from one of the +cars, had grown desperate, and when they loosed the handcuffs to get +off his coat, he gave a sudden wrench and broke free, striking down +one man after another. He had been brought up in the lumber country, +and his strength was amazing, and before the crowd quite realized +it, he was leaping between two of the cars. A dozen men sprang upon +him from a dozen directions, and he went down in the midst of a wild +melee. They pinned him with his face mashed into the dirt, and from +the crowd there rose a roar as from wild beasts in the night-time, + +"String him up! String him up!" One man came running with a rope, +shouting, "Hang him!" + +The master of ceremonies tried to protest thru his megaphone, but +the instrument was knocked out of his hands, and he was hauled to +one side, and presently there was a man climbing up the pine tree +and hanging the rope over a limb. You could not see Grady for the +jostling throng about him, but suddenly there was a yell from the +crowd, and you saw him quite plainly--he shot high up into the air, +with the rope about his neck and his feet kicking wildly. +Underneath, men danced about and yelled and waved their hats in the +air, and one man leaped up and caught one of the kicking feet and +hung onto it. + +Then, above all the din, a voice was heard thru the megaphone, "Let +him down a bit! Let me get at him!" And those who held the rope gave +way, and the body came down toward the ground, still kicking, and a +man took out a clasp-knife, and cut the clothing away from the body, +and cut off something from the body; there was another yell from the +crowd, and the men in the automobiles slapped their knees and +shrieked with satisfaction. Those in the car with Peter whispered +that it was Ogden, son of the president of the Chamber of Commerce; +and all over town next day and for weeks thereafter men would nudge +one another, and whisper about what Bob Ogden had done to the body +of Shawn Grady, secretary of the "damned wobblies." And every one +who nudged and whispered about it felt certain that by this means +the Red Terror had been forever suppressed, and 100% Americanism +vindicated, and a peaceful solution of the problem of capital and +labor made certain. + +Strange as it might seem, there was one member of the I. W. W. who +agreed with them. One of the victims of that night had learned his +lesson! When Tom Duggan was able to sit up again, which was six +weeks later, he wrote an article about his experience, which was +published in an I. W. W. paper, and afterwards in pamphlet form was +read by many hundreds of thousands of workingmen. In it the poet +said: + +"The preamble of the I. W. W. opens with the statement that the +employing class and the working class have nothing in common; but on +this occasion I learned that the preamble is mistaken. On this +occasion I saw one thing in common between the employing class and +the working class, and that thing was a black-snake whip. The butt +end of the whip was in the hands of the employing class, and the +lash of the whip was on the backs of the working class, and thus to +all eternity was symbolized the truth about the relationship of the +classes!" + + + + +Section 61 + + +Peter awoke next morning with a vivid sense of the pain and terror +of life. He had been clamoring to have those Reds punished; but +somehow or other he had thought of this punishment in an abstract +way, a thing you could attend to by a wave of the hand. He hadn't +quite realized the physical side of it, what a messy and bloody job +it would prove. Two hours and more he had listened to the thud of a +whip on human flesh, and each separate stroke had been a blow upon +his own nerves. Peter had an overdose of vengeance; and now, the +morning after, his conscience was gnawing at him. He had known every +one of those boys, and their faces rose up to haunt him. What had +any of them done to deserve such treatment? Could he say that he had +ever known a single one of them to do anything as violent as the +thing they had all suffered? + +But more than anything else Peter was troubled by fear. Peter, the +ant, perceived the conflict of the giants becoming more ferocious, +and realized the precariousness of his position under the giants' +feet. The passions of both sides were mounting, and the fiercer +their hate became, the greater the chance of Peter's being +discovered, the more dreadful his fate if he were discovered. It was +all very well for McGivney to assure him that only four of Guffey's +men knew the truth, and that all these might be trusted to the +death. Peter remembered a remark he had heard Shawn Grady make, and +which had caused him to lose his appetite for more than one meal. +"They've got spies among us," the young Irishman had said. "Well, +sooner or later we'll do a bit of spying of our own!" + +And now these words came back to Peter like a voice from the grave. +Suppose one of the Reds who had money were to hire somebody to get a +job in Guffey's office! Suppose some Red girl were to try Peter's +device, and seduce one of Guffey's men--by no means a difficult +task! The man mightn't even mean to reveal that Peter Gudge was a +secret agent; he might just let it slip, as little Jennie had let +slip the truth about Jack Ibbetts! Thus Mac would know who had +framed him up; and what would Mac do to Peter when he got out on +bail? When Peter thought of things like that he realized what it +meant to go to war; he saw that he had gained nothing by staying at +home, he might as well have been in the front-line trenches! After +all, this was war, class-war; and in all war the penalty for spying +is death. + +Also Peter was worried about Nell. She had been in her new position +for nearly a week, and he hadn't heard a word from her. She had +forbidden him to write, for fear he might write something +injudicious. Let him just wait, Edythe Eustace would know how to +take care of herself. And that was all right, Peter had no doubt +about the ability of Edythe Eustace to take care of herself. What +troubled him was the knowledge that she was working on another +"frame-up," and he stood in fear of the exuberance of her +imagination. The last time that imagination had been pregnant, it +had presented him with a suit-case full of dynamite. What it might +bring forth next time he did not know, and was afraid to think. Nell +might cause him to be found out by Guffey; and that would be nearly +as horrible as to be found out by Mac! + +Peter got his morning "Times," and found a whole page about the +whipping of the Reds, portraying the job as a patriotic duty +heroically performed; and that naturally cheered Peter up +considerably. He turned to the editorial page, and read a two column +"leader" that was one whoop of exultation. It served still more to +cure Peter's ache of conscience; and when he read on and found a +series of interviews with leading citizens, giving cordial +endorsement to the acts of the "vigilantes," Peter became ashamed of +his weakness, and glad that he had not revealed it to anyone. Peter +was trying his best to become a real "he-man," a 100% red-blooded +American, and he had the "Times" twice each day, morning and +evening, to guide, sustain and inspire him. + +Peter had been told by McGivney to fix himself up and pose as one of +the martyrs of the night's affair, and this appealed to his sense of +humor. He cut off the hair from a part of his head, and stuck some +raw cotton on top, and plastered it over with surgical tape. He +stuck another big wad of surgical tape across his forehead, and a +criss-cross of it on his cheek, and tied up his wrist in an +excellent imitation of a sprain. Thus rigged out he repaired to the +American House, and McGivney rewarded him with a hearty laugh, and +then proceeded to give some instructions which, entirely restored +Peter's usual freshness of soul. Peter was going up on Mount Olympus +again! + +The rat-faced man explained in detail. There was a lady of great +wealth--indeed, she was said to be several times a millionaire--who +was an openly avowed Red, a pacifist of the most malignant variety. +Since the arrest of young Lackman she had come forward and put up +funds to finance the "People's Council," and the "Anti-Conscription +League," and all the other activities which for the sake of +convenience were described by the term "pro-German." The only +trouble was this lady was so extremely wealthy it was hard to do +anything to her. Her husband was a director in a couple of Nelse +Ackerman's banks, and had other powerful connections. The husband +was a violent, anti-Socialist, and a buyer of liberty bonds; he +quarrelled with his wife, but nevertheless he did not want to see +her in jail, and this made an embarrassing situation for the police +and the district attorney's office, and even for the Federal +authorities, who naturally did not want to trouble one of the +courtiers of the king of American City. "But something's got to be +done," said McGivney. "This camouflaged German propaganda can't go +on." So Peter was to try to draw Mrs. Godd into some kind of "overt +action." + +"Mrs. Godd?" said Peter. It seemed to him a singular coincidence +that one of the dwellers on Mount Olympus should bear that name. The +great lady lived on a hilltop out in the suburbs, not so far from +the hilltop of Nelse Ackerman. One of the adventures looked forward +to by Reds and pacifists in distress was to make a pilgrimage to +this palace and obtain some long, green plasters to put over their +wounds. Now was the time at all times for Peter to go, said +McGivney. Peter had many wounds to be plastered, and Mrs. Godd would +be indignant at the proceedings of last night, and would no doubt +express herself without restraint. + + + + +Section 62 + + +Peter hadn't been so excited since the time when he had waited to +meet young Lackman. He had never quite forgiven himself for this +costly failure, and now he was to have another chance. He took a +trolley ride out into the country, and walked a couple of miles to +the palace on the hilltop, and mounted thru a grove of trees and +magnificent Italian gardens. According to McGivney's injunctions, he +summoned his courage, and went to the front door of the stately +mansion and rang the bell. + +Peter was hot and dusty from his long walk, the sweat had made +streaks down his face and marred the pristine whiteness of his +plasters. He was never a distinguished-looking person at best, and +now, holding his damaged straw hat in his hands, he looked not so +far from a hobo. However, the French maid who came to the door was +evidently accustomed to strange-looking visitors. She didn't order +Peter to the servant's entrance, nor threaten him with the dogs; she +merely said, "Be seated, please. I will tell madame"--putting the +accent on the second syllable, where Peter had never heard it +before. + +And presently here came Mrs. Godd in her cloud of Olympian +beneficence; a large and ample lady, especially built for the role +of divinity. Peter felt suddenly awe-stricken. How had he dared come +here? Neither in the Hotel de Soto, with its many divinities, nor in +the palace of Nelse Ackerman, the king, had he felt such a sense of +his own lowliness as the sight of this calm, slow-moving great lady +inspired. She was the embodiment of opulence, she was "the real +thing." Despite the look of kindliness in her wide-open blue eyes, +she impressed him with a feeling of her overwhelming superiority. He +did not know it was his duty as a gentleman to rise from his chair +when a lady entered, but some instinct brought him to his feet and +caused him to stand blinking as she crossed to him from the opposite +end of the big room. + +"How do you do?" she said in a low, full voice, gazing at him +steadily out of the kind, wide-open blue eyes. Peter stammered, "How +d-dy do, M--Mrs. Godd." + +In truth, Peter was almost dumb with bewilderment. Could it really, +possibly be that this grand personage was a Red? One of the things +that had most offended him about all radicals was their noisiness, +their aggressiveness; but here was a grand serenity of looks and +manner, a soft, slow voice--here was beauty, too, a skin unlined, +despite middle years, and glowing with health and a fine cleanness. +Nell Doolin had had a glowing complexion, but there was always a lot +of powder stuck on, and when you investigated closely, as Peter had +done, you discovered muddy spots in the edges of her hair and on her +throat. But Mrs. Godd's skin shone just as the skin of a goddess +would be expected to shine, and everything about her was of a divine +and compelling opulence. Peter could not have explained just what it +was that gave this last impression so overwhelmingly. It was not +that she wore many jewels, or large ones, for Mrs. James had beaten +her at that; it was not her delicate perfume, for Nell Doolin +scattered more sweetness on the air; yet somehow even poor, ignorant +Peter felt the difference--it seemed to him that none of Mrs. Godd's +costly garments had ever been worn before, that the costly rugs on +the floor had never been stepped on before, the very chair on which +he sat had never been sat on before! + +Little Ada Ruth had called Mrs. Godd "the mother of all the world;" +and now suddenly she became the mother of Peter Gudge. She had read +the papers that morning, she had received a half dozen telephone +calls from horrified and indignant Reds, and so a few words sufficed +to explain to her the meaning of Peter's bandages and plasters. She +held out to him a beautiful cool hand, and quite without warning, +tears sprang into the great blue eyes. + +"Oh, you are one of those poor boys! Thank God they did not kill +you!" And she led him to a soft couch and made him lie down amid +silken pillows. Peter's dream of Mount Olympus had come literally +true! It occurred to him that if Mrs. Godd were willing to play +permanently the role of mother to Peter Gudge, he would be willing +to give up his role of anti-Red agent with its perils and its +nervous strains; he would forget duty, forget the world's strife and +care; he would join the lotus-eaters, the sippers of nectar on Mount +Olympus! + +She sat and talked to him in the soft, gentle voice, and the kind +blue eyes watched him, and Peter thought that never in all his life +had he encountered such heavenly emotions. To be sure, when he had +gone to see Miriam Yankovich, old Mrs. Yankovich had been just as +kind, and tears of sympathy had come into her eyes just the same. +But then, Mrs. Yankovich was nothing but a fat old Jewess, who lived +in a tenement and smelt of laundry soap and partly completed +washing; her hands had been hot and slimy, and so Peter had not been +in the least grateful for her kindness. But to encounter tender +emotions in these celestial regions, to be talked to maternally and +confidentially by this wonderful Mrs. Godd in soft white chiffons +just out of a band-box _this _was quite another matter! + + + + +Section 63 + + +Peter did not want to set traps for this mother of Mount Olympus, he +didn't want to worm any secrets from her. And as it happened, he +found that he did not have to, because she told him everything right +away, and without the slightest hesitation. She talked just as the +"wobblies" had talked in their headquarters; and Peter, when he +thought it over, realized that there are two kinds of people who can +afford to be frank in their utterance--those who have nothing to +lose, and those who have so much to lose that they cannot possibly +lose it. + +Mrs. Godd said that what had been done to those men last night was a +crime, and it ought to be punished if ever a crime was punished, and +that she would like to engage detectives and get evidence against +the guilty ones. She said furthermore that she sympathized with the +Reds of the very reddest shade, and if there were any color redder +than Red she would be of that color. She said all this in her quiet, +soft voice. Tears came into her eyes now and then, but they were +well-behaved tears, they disappeared of their own accord, and +without any injury to Mrs. Godd's complexion, or any apparent effect +upon her self-possession. + +Mrs. Godd said that she didn't see how anybody could fail to be a +Red who thought about the injustices of present-day society. Only a +few days before she had been in to see the district attorney, and +had tried to make a Red out of him! Then she told Peter how there +had come to see her a man who had pretended to be a radical, but she +had realized that he didn't know anything about radicalism, and had +told him she was sure he was a government agent. The man had finally +admitted it, and showed her his gold star--and then Mrs. Godd had +set to work to convert him! She had argued with him for an hour or +two, and then had invited him to go to the opera with her. "And do +you know," said Mrs. Godd, in an injured tone, "he wouldn't go! They +don't want to be converted, those men; they don't want to listen to +reason. I believe the man was actually afraid I might influence +him." + +"I shouldn't wonder," put in Peter, sympathetically; for he was a +tiny bit afraid himself. + +"I said to him, `Here I live in this palace, and back in the +industrial quarter of the city are several thousand men and women +who slave at machines for me all day, and now, since the war, all +night too. I get the profits of these peoples' toil--and what have I +done to earn it? Absolutely nothing! I never did a stroke of useful +work in my life.' And he said to me, `Suppose the dividends were to +stop, what would you do?' 'I don't know what I'd do,' I answered, +`I'd be miserable, of course, because I hate poverty, I couldn't +stand it, it's terrible to think of--not to have comfort and +cleanliness and security. I don't see how the working-class stand +it--that's exactly why I'm a Red, I know it's wrong for anyone to be +poor, and there's no excuse for it. So I shall help to overthrow the +capitalist system, even if it means I have to take in washing for my +living!" + +Peter sat watching her in the crisp freshness of her snowy chiffons. +The words brought a horrible image to his mind; he suddenly found +himself back in the tenement kitchen, where fat and steaming Mrs. +Yankovich was laboring elbow deep in soap-suds. It was on the tip of +Peter's tongue to say: "If you really had done a day's washing, Mrs. +Godd, you wouldn't talk like that!" + +But he remembered that he must play the game, so he said, "They're +terrible fellows, them Federal agents. It was two of them pounded me +over the head last night." And then he looked faint and pitiful, and +Mrs. Godd was sympathetic again, and moved to more recklessness of +utterance. + +"It's because of this hideous war!" she declared. "We've gone to war +to make the world safe for democracy, and meantime we have to +sacrifice every bit of democracy at home. They tell you that you +must hold your peace while they murder one another, but they may try +all they please, they'll never be able to silence me! I know that +the Allies are just as much to blame as the Germans, I know that +this is a war of profiteers and bankers; they may take my sons and +force them into the army, but they cannot take my convictions and +force them into their army. I am a pacifist, and I am an +internationalist; I want to see the workers arise and turn out of +office these capitalist governments, and put an end to this hideous +slaughter of human beings. I intend to go on saying that so long as +I live." There sat Mrs. Godd, with her lovely firm white hands +clasped as if in prayer, one large diamond ring on the left fourth +finger shining defiance, and a look of calm, child-like conviction +upon her face, confronting in her imagination all the federal agents +and district attorneys and capitalist judges and statesmen and +generals and drill sergeants in the civilized world. + +She went on to tell how she had attended the trial of three pacifist +clergymen a week or two previously. How atrocious that Christians in +a Christian country should be sent to prison for trying to repeat +the words of Christ! "I was so indignant," declared Mrs. Godd, "that +I wrote a letter to the judge. My husband said I would be committing +contempt of court by writing to a judge during the trial, but I +answered that my contempt for that court was beyond anything I could +put into writing. Wait--" + +And Mrs. Godd rose gravely from her chair and went over to a desk by +the wall, and got a copy of the letter. "I'll read it to you," she +said, and Peter listened to a manifesto of Olympian Bolshevism-- + +To His Honor: + +As I entered the sanctuary, I gazed upward to the stained glass +dome, upon which were inscribed four words: Peace. Justice. Truth. +Law--and I felt hopeful. Before me were men who had violated no +constitutional right, who had not the slightest criminal tendency, +who, were opposed to violence of every kind. + +The trial proceeded. I looked again at the beautiful stained glass +dome, and whispered to myself those majestic-sounding words: "Peace. +Justice. Truth. Law." I listened to the prosecutors; the Law in +their hands was a hard, sharp, cruel blade, seeking insistently, +relentlessly for a weak spot in the armor of its victims. I listened +to their Truth, and it was Falsehood. Their Peace was a cruel and +bloody War. Their justice was a net to catch the victims at any +cost--at the cost of all things but the glory of the Prosecutor's +office. + +I grew sick at heart. I can only ask myself the old, old question: +What can we, the people do? How can we bring Peace, justice, Truth +and Law to the world? Must we go on bended knees and ask our public +servants to see that justice is done to the defenceless, rather than +this eternal prosecuting of the world's noblest souls! You will find +these men guilty, and sentence them to be shut behind iron +bars--which should never be for human beings, no matter what their +crime, unless you want to make beasts of them. Is that your object, +sir? It would seem so; and so I say that we must overturn the system +that is brutalizing, rather than helping and uplifting mankind. + +Yours for Peace..Justice..Truth..Law-- + +Mary Angelica Godd. + +What were you going to do with such a woman? Peter could understand +the bewilderment of His Honor, and of the district attorney's +office, and of the secret service department of the Traction +Trust--as well as of Mrs. Godd's husband! Peter was bewildered +himself; what was the use of his coming out here to get more +information, when Mrs. Godd had already committed contempt of court +in writing, and had given all the information there was to give to a +Federal agent? She had told this man that she had contributed +several thousand dollars to the Peoples' Council, and that she +intended to contribute more. She had put up bail for a whole bunch +of Reds and Pacifists, and she intended to put up bail for McCormick +and his friends, just as soon as the corrupt capitalist courts had +been forced to admit them to bail. "I know McCormick well, and he's +a lovely boy," she said. "I don't believe he had anything more to do +with dynamite bombs than I have." + +Now all this time Peter had sat there, entirely under the spell of +Mrs. Godd's opulence. Peter was dwelling among the lotus-eaters, and +forgetting the world's strife and care; he was reclining on a silken +couch, sipping nectar with the shining ones of Mount Olympus. But +now suddenly, Peter was brought back to duty, as one wakes from a +dream to the sound of an alarm-clock. Mrs. Godd was a friend of +Mac's, Mrs. Godd proposed to get Mac out on bail! Mac, the most +dangerous Red of them all! Peter saw that he must get something on +this woman at once! + + + + +Section 64 + + +Peter sat up suddenly among his silken cushions, and began to tell +Mrs. Godd about the new plan of the Anti-conscription League, to +prepare a set of instructions for young conscientious objectors. +Peter represented the purpose of these instructions to be the +advising of young men as to their legal and constitutional rights. +But it was McGivney's idea that Peter should slip into the +instructions some phrase advising the young men to refuse military +duty; if this were printed and circulated, it would render every +member of the Anti-conscription League liable to a sentence of ten +or twenty years in jail. McGivney had warned Peter to be very +cautious about this, but again Peter found that there was no need of +caution. Mrs. Godd was perfectly willing to advise young men to +refuse military service. She had advised many such, she said, +including her own sons, who unfortunately agreed with their father +in being blood-thirsty. + +It came to be lunch-time, and Mrs. Godd asked if Peter could sit at +table--and Peter's curiosity got the better of all caution. He +wanted to see the Godd family sipping their nectar out of golden +cups. He wondered, would the disapproving husband and the +blood-thirsty sons be present? + +There was nobody present but an elderly woman companion, and Peter +did not see any golden cups. But he saw some fine china, so fragile +that he was afraid to touch it, and he saw a row of silver +implements, so heavy that it gave him a surprise each time he picked +one up. Also, he saw foods prepared in strange and complicated ways, +so chopped up and covered with sauces that it was literally true he +couldn't give the name of a single thing he had eaten, except the +buttered toast. + +He was inwardly quaking with embarrassment during this meal, but he +saved himself by Mrs. James's formula, to watch and see what the +others were doing and then do likewise. Each time a new course was +brought, Peter would wait, and when he saw Mrs. Godd pick up a +certain fork or a certain spoon, he would pick up the same one, or +as near to it as he could guess. He could put his whole mind on +this, because he didn't have to do any talking; Mrs. Godd poured out +a steady stream of sedition and high treason, and all Peter had to +do was to listen and nod. Mrs. Godd would understand that his mouth +was too full for utterance. + +After the luncheon they went out on the broad veranda which +overlooked a magnificent landscape. The hostess got Peter settled in +a soft porch chair with many cushions, and then waved her hand +toward the view of the city with its haze of thick black smoke. + +"That's where my wage slaves toil to earn my dividends," said she. +"They're supposed to stay there--in their `place,' as it's called, +and I stay here in my place. If they want to change places, it's +called `revolution,' and that is `violence.' What I marvel at is +that they use so little violence, and feel so little. Look at those +men being tortured in jail! Could anyone blame them if they used +violence? Or if they made an effort to escape?" + +That suggested a swift, stabbing idea to Peter. Suppose Mrs. Godd +could be induced to help in a jail delivery! + +"It might be possible to help them to escape," he suggested. + +"Do you think so?" asked Mrs. Godd, showing excitement for the +first time during that interview. + +"It might be," said Peter. "Those jailors are not above taking +bribes, you know. I met nearly all of them while I was in that jail, +and I think I might get in touch with one or two that could be paid. +Would you like me to try it?" + +"Well, I don't know--" began the lady, hesitatingly. "Do you really +think--" + +"You know they never ought to have been put in at all!" Peter +interjected. + +"That's certainly true!" declared Mrs. Godd. + +"And if they could escape without hurting anyone, if they didn't +have to fight the jailors, it wouldn't do any real harm--" + +That was as far as Peter got with his impromptu conspiracy. Suddenly +he heard a voice behind him: "What does this mean?" It was a male +voice, fierce and trembling with anger; and Peter started from his +silken cushions, and glanced around, thrusting up one arm with the +defensive gesture of a person who has been beaten since earliest +childhood. + +Bearing down on him was a man; possibly he was not an abnormally big +man, but certainly he looked so to Peter. His smooth-shaven face was +pink with anger, his brows gathered in a terrible frown, and his +hands clenched with deadly significance. "You dirty little skunk!" +he hissed. "You infernal young sneak!" + +"John!" cried Mrs. Godd, imperiously; but she might as well have +cried to an advancing thunder-storm. The man made a leap upon Peter, +and Peter, who had dodged many hundreds of blows in his lifetime, +rolled off the lounging chair, and leaped to his feet, and started +for the stairs of the veranda. The man was right behind him, and as +Peter reached the first stair the man's foot shot out, and caught +Peter fairly in the seat of his trousers, and the first stair was +the only one of the ten or twelve stairs of the veranda that Peter +touched in his descent. + +Landing at the bottom, he did not stop even for a glance; he could +hear the snorting of Mr. Godd, it seemed right behind his ear, and +Peter ran down the driveway as he had seldom run in his life before. +Every now and then Mr. Godd would shoot out another kick, but he had +to stop slightly to do this, and Peter gained just enough to keep +the kicks from reaching him. So at last the pursuer gave up, and +Peter dashed thru the gates of the Godd estate and onto the main +highway. + +Then he looked over his shoulder, and seeing that Mr. Godd was a +safe distance away, he stopped and turned and shook his clenched +fist with the menace of a street-rat, shrieking, "Damn you! Damn +you!" A whirlwind of impotent rage laid hold upon him. He shouted +more curses and menaces, and among them some strange, some almost +incredible words. "Yes, I'm a Red, damn your soul, and I'll stay a +Red!" + +Yes, Peter Gudge, the friend of law and order, Peter Gudge, the +little brother to the rich, shouted, "I'm a Red, and what's more, +we'll blow you up some day for this--Mac and me'll put a bomb under +you!" Mr. Godd turned and stalked with contemptuous dignity back to +his own private domestic controversy. + +Peter walked off down the road, rubbing his sore trousers and +sobbing to himself. Yes, Peter understood now exactly how the Reds +felt. Here were these rich parasites, exploiting the labor of +working men and living off in palaces by themselves--and what had +they done to earn it? What would they ever do for the poor man, +except to despise him, and to kick him in the seat of his trousers? +They were a set of wilful brutes! Peter suddenly saw the happenings +of last night from a new angle, and wished he had all the younger +members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants' and +Manufacturers' Association right there along with Mr. Godd, so that +he could bundle them all off to the devil at once. + +And that was no passing mood either. The seat of Peter's trousers +hurt so that he could hardly endure the trolley ride home, and all +the way Peter was plotting how he could punish Mr. Godd. He +remembered suddenly that Mr. Godd was an associate of Nelse +Ackerman; and Peter now had a spy in Nelse Ackerman's home, and was +preparing some kind of a "frame-up!" Peter would see if he couldn't +find some way to start a dynamite conspiracy against Mr. Godd! He +would start a campaign against Mr. Godd in the radical movement, and +maybe he could find some way to get a bunch of the "wobblies" to +carry him off and tie him up and beat him with a black-snake whip! + + + + +Section 65 + + +With these reflections Peter went back to the American House, where +McGivney had promised to meet him that evening. Peter went to Room +427, and being tired after the previous night's excitement, he lay +down and fell fast asleep. And when again he opened his eyes, he +wasn't sure whether it was a nightmare, or whether he had died in +his sleep and gone to hell with Mr. Godd. Somebody was shaking him, +and bidding him in a gruff voice, "Wake up!" Peter opened his eyes, +and saw that it was McGivney; and that was all right, it was natural +that McGivney should be waking him up. But what was this? McGivney's +voice was angry, McGivney's face was dark and glowering, and--most +incredible circumstance of all--McGivney had a revolver in his hand, +and was pointing it into Peter's face! + +It really made it much harder for Peter to get awake, because he +couldn't believe that he was awake; also it made it harder for +McGivney to get any sense out of him, because his jaw hung down, and +he stared with terrified eyes into the muzzle of the revolver. + +"M-m-my God, Mr. McGivney! w-w-what's the matter?" + +"Get up here!" hissed the rat-faced man, and he added a vile name. +He gripped Peter by the lapel of his coat and half jerked him to his +feet, still keeping the muzzle of the revolver in Peter's face. And +poor Peter, trying desperately to get his wits together, thought of +half a dozen wild guesses one after another. Could it be that +McGivney had heard him denouncing Mr. Godd and proclaiming himself a +Red? Could it be that some of the Reds had framed up something on +Peter? Could it be that McGivney had gone just plain crazy; that +Peter was in the room with a maniac armed with a revolver? + +"Where did you put that money I gave you the other day;" demanded +McGivney, and added some more vile names. + +Instantly, of course, Peter was on the defensive. No matter how +frightened he might be, Peter would never fail to hang on to his +money. + +"I-I s-s-spent it, Mr. McGivney." + +"You're lying to me!" + +"N-n-no." + +"Tell me where you put that money!" insisted the man, and his face +was ugly with anger, and the muzzle of the revolver seemed to be +trembling with anger. Peter started to insist that he had spent +every cent. "Make him cough up, Hammett!" said McGivney; and Peter +for the first time realized that there was another man in the room. +His eyes had been so fascinated by the muzzle of the revolver that +he hadn't taken a glance about. + +Hammett was a big fellow, and he strode up to Peter and grabbed one +of Peter's arms, and twisted it around behind Peter's back and up +between Peter's shoulders. When Peter started to scream, Hammett +clapped his other hand over his mouth, and so Peter knew that it was +all up. He could not hold on to money at that cost. When McGivney +asked him, "Will you tell me where it is?" Peter nodded, and tried +to answer thru his nose. + +So Hammett took his hand from his mouth. "Where is it?" And Peter +replied, "In my right shoe." + +Hammett unlaced the shoe and took it off, and pulled out the inside +sole, and underneath was a little flat package wrapped in tissue +paper, and inside the tissue paper was the thousand dollars that +McGivney had given Peter, and also the three hundred dollars which +Peter had saved from Nelse Ackerman's present, and two hundred +dollars which he had saved from his salary. Hammett counted the +money, and McGivney stuck it into his pocket, and then he commanded +Peter to put on his shoe again. Peter obeyed with his trembling +fingers, meantime keeping his eye in part on the revolver and in +part on the face of the rat. + +"W-w-what's the matter, Mr. McGivney?" + +"You'll find out in time," was the answer. "Now, you march +downstairs, and remember, I've got this gun on you, and there's +eight bullets in it, and if you move a finger I'll put them all into +you." + +So Peter and McGivney and Hammett went down in the elevator of the +hotel, and out of doors, and into an automobile. Hammett drove, and +Peter sat in the rear seat with McGivney, who had the revolver in +his coat pocket, his finger always on the trigger and the muzzle +always pointed into Peter's middle. So Peter obeyed all orders +promptly, and stopped asking questions because he found he could get +no answers. + +Meantime he was using his terrified wits on the problem. The best +guess he could make was that Guffey had decided to believe Joe +Angell's story instead of Peter's. But then, why all this gun-play, +this movie stuff? Peter gave up in despair; and it was just as well, +for what had happened lay entirely beyond the guessing power of +Peter's mind or any other mind. + + + + +Section 66 + + +They went to the office of the secret service department of the +Traction Trust, a place where Peter had never been allowed to come +hitherto. It was on the fourteenth floor of the Merchant's Trust +Building, and the sign on the door read: "The American City Land & +Investment Company. Walk In." When you walked in, you saw a +conventional real estate office, and it was only when you had +penetrated several doors that you came to the secret rooms where +Guffey and his staff conducted the espionage work of the big +business interests of the city. + +Peter was hustled into one of these rooms, and there stood Guffey; +and the instant Guffey saw him, he bore down upon him, shaking his +fist. "You stinking puppy!" he exclaimed. "You miserable little +whelp! You dirty, sneaking hound!" He added a number of other +descriptive phrases taken from the vocabulary of the kennel. + +Peter's knees were shaking, his teeth were chattering, and he +watched every motion of Guffey's angry fingers, and every grimace of +Guffey's angry features. Peter had been fully prepared for the most +horrible torture he had experienced yet; but gradually he realized +that he wasn't going to be tortured, he was only going to be scolded +and raged at, and no words could describe the wave of relief in his +soul. In the course of his street-rat's life Peter had been called +more names than Guffey could think of if he spent the next month +trying. If all Guffey was going to do was to pace up and down the +room, and shake his fist under Peter's nose every time he passed +him, and compare him with every kind of a domestic animal, Peter +could stand it all night without a murmur. + +He stopped trying to find out what it was that had happened, because +he saw that this only drove Guffey to fresh fits of exasperation. +Guffey didn't want to talk to Peter, he didn't want to hear the +sound of Peter's whining gutter-pup's voice. All he wanted was to +pour out his rage, and have Peter listen in abject abasement, and +this Peter did. But meantime, of course, Peter's wits were working +at high speed, he was trying to pick up hints as to what the devil +it could mean. One thing was quite clear--the damage, whatever it +was, was done; the jig was up, it was all over but the funeral. They +had taken Peter's money to pay for the funeral, and that was all +they hoped to get out of him. + +Gradually came other hints. "So you thought you were going into +business on your own!" snarled Guffey, and his fist, which was under +Peter's nose, gave an upward poke that almost dislocated Peter's +neck. + +"Aha!" thought Peter. "Nelse Ackerman has given me away!" + +"You thought you were going to make your fortune and retire for life +on your income!" + +Yes, that was it, surely! But what could Nelse Ackerman have told +that was so very bad? + +"You were going to have a spy of your own, set up your own bureau, +and kick me out, perhaps!" + +"My God!" thought Peter. "Who told that?" + +Then suddenly Guffey stopped in front of him. "Was that what you +thought?" he demanded. He repeated the question, and it appeared +that he really wanted an answer, and so Peter stammered, "N-n-no, +sir." But evidently the answer didn't suit Guffey, for he grabbed +Peter's nose and gave it a tweak that brought the tears into his +eyes. + +"What was it then?" A nasty sneer came on the head detective's +face, and he laughed at Peter with a laugh of venomous contempt. "I +suppose you thought she really loved you! Was it that? You thought +she really loved you?" And McGivney and Hammett and Guffey ha-ha-ed +together, and to Peter it seemed like the mockery of demons in the +undermost pit of hell. Those words brought every pillar of Peter's +dream castle tumbling in ruins about his ears. Guffey had found out +about Nell! + +Again and again on the automobile ride to Guffey's office Peter had +reminded himself of Nell's command, "Stick it out, Peter! Stick it +out!" He had meant to stick it out in spite of everything; but now +in a flash he saw that all was lost. How could he stick it out when +they knew about Nell, and when Nell, herself, was no longer sticking +it out? + +Guffey saw these thoughts plainly written in Peter's face, and his +sneer turned into a snarl. "So you think you'll tell me the truth +now, do you? Well, it happens there's nothing left to tell!" + +Again he turned and began pacing up and down the room. The pressure +of rage inside him was so great that it took still more time to work +it off. But finally the head detective sat down at his desk, and +opened the drawer and took out a paper. "I see you're sitting there, +trying to think up some new lie to tell me," said he. And Peter did +not try to deny it, because any kind of denial only caused a fresh +access of rage. "All right," Guffey said, "I'll read you this, and +you can see just where you stand, and just how many kinds of a boob +you are." + +So he started to read the letter; and before Peter had heard one +sentence, he knew this was a letter from Nell, and he knew that the +castle of his dreams was flat in the dust forever. The ruins of +Sargon and Nineveh were not more hopelessly flat! + +"Dear Mr. Guffey," read the letter, "I am sorry to throw you down, +but fifty thousand dollars is a lot of money, and we all get tired +of work and need a rest. This is to tell you that Ted Crothers has +just broke into Nelse Ackerman's safe in his home, and we have got +some liberty bonds and some jewels which we guess to be worth fifty +thousand dollars, and you know Ted is a good judge of jewels. + +"Now of course you will find out that I was working in Mr. +Ackerman's home and you will be after me hot-foot, so I might as +well tell you about it, and tell you it won't do you any good to +catch us, because we have got all the inside dope on the Goober +frame-up, and everything else your bureau has been pulling off in +American City for the last year. You can ask Peter Gudge and he'll +tell you. It was Peter and me that fixed up that dynamite +conspiracy, but you mustn't blame Peter, because he only did what I +told him to do. He hasn't got sense enough to be really dangerous, +and he will make you a perfectly good agent if you treat him kind +and keep him away from the women. You can do that easy enough if you +don't let him get any money, because of course he's nothing much on +looks, and the women would never bother with him if you didn't pay +him too much. + +"Now Peter will tell you how we framed up that dynamite job, and of +course you wouldn't want that to get known to the Reds, and you may +be sure that if Ted and me get pinched, we'll find some way to let +the Reds know all about it. If you keep quiet we'll never say a +word, and you've got a perfectly good dynamite conspiracy, with all +the evidence you need to put the Reds out of business, and you can +just figure it cost you fifty thousand dollars, and it was cheap at +the price, because Nelse Ackerman has paid a whole lot more for your +work, and you never got anything half as big as this. I know you'll +be mad when you read this, but think it over and keep your shirt on. +I send it to you by messenger so you can get hold of Nelse Ackerman +right quick, and have him not say anything to the police; because +you know how it is--if those babies find it out, it will get to the +Reds and the newspapers, and it'll be all over town and do a lot of +harm to your frame-up. And you know after those Reds have got beaten +up and Shawn Grady lynched, you wouldn't like to have any rumor get +out that that dynamite was planted by your own people. Ted and me +will keep out of sight, and we won't sell the jewels for a while, +and everything will be all right. + +"Yours respectfully, + +"Edythe. + +"P. S. It really ain't Peter's fault that he's silly about women, +and he would have worked for you all right if it hadn't been for my +good looks!" + + + + +Section 67 + + +So there it was. When Peter had heard this letter, he understood +that there was no more to be said, and he said it. His own weight +had suddenly become more than he could support, and he saw a chair +nearby and slipped into it, and sat with eyes of abject misery +roaming from Guffey to McGivney, and from McGivney to Hammett, and +then back to Guffey again. + +The head detective, for all his anger, was a practical man; he could +not have managed the very important and confidential work of the +Traction Trust if he had not been. So now he proceeded to get down +to business. Peter would please tell him everything about that +dynamite frame-up; just how they had managed it and just who knew +about it. And Peter, being also a practical man, knew that there was +no use trying to hide anything. He told the story from beginning to +end, taking particular pains to make clear that he and Nell alone +were in the secret---except that beyond doubt Nell had told her +lover, Ted Crothers. It was probably Crothers that got the dynamite. +From the conversation that ensued Peter gathered that this young man +with the face of a bull-dog was one of the very fanciest +safecrackers in the country, and no doubt he was the real brains of +the conspiracy; he had put Nell up to it, and managed every step. +Suddenly Peter remembered all the kisses which Nell had given him in +the park, and he found a blush of shame stealing over him. Yes, +there was no doubt about it, he was a boob where women were +concerned! + +Peter began to plead for himself, Really it wasn't his fault because +Nell had got a hold on him. In the Temple of Jimjambo, when he was +only a kid, he had been desperately in love with her. She was not +only beautiful, she was so smart; she was the smartest woman he had +ever known. McGivney remarked that she had been playing with Peter +even then--she had been in Guffey's pay at that time, collecting +evidence to put Pashtian el Kalandra in jail and break up the cult +of Eleutherinian Exoticism. She had done many such jobs for the +secret service of the Traction Trust, while Peter was still +traveling around with Pericles Priam selling patent medicine. Nell +had been used by Guffey to seduce a prominent labor leader in +American City; she had got him caught in a hotel room with her, and +thus had broken the back of the biggest labor strike ever known in +the city's history. + +Peter felt suddenly that he had a good defense. Of course a woman +like that had been too much for him! It was Guffey's own fault if he +hired people like that and turned them loose! It suddenly dawned on +Peter--Nell must have found out that he, Peter, was going to meet +young Lackman in the Hotel de Soto, and she must have gone there +deliberately to ensnare him. When McGivney admitted that that was +possibly true, Peter felt that he had a case, and proceeded to urge +it with eloquence. He had been a fool, of course, every kind of fool +there was, and he hadn't a word to say for himself; but he had +learned his lesson and learned it thoroughly. No more women for him, +and no more high life, and if Mr. Guffey would give him another +chance-- + +Guffey, of course, snorted at him. He wouldn't have a pudding-head +like Peter Gudge within ten miles of his office! But Peter only +pleaded the more abjectly. He really did know the Reds thoroughly, +and where could Mr. Guffey find anybody that knew them as well? The +Reds all trusted him; he was a real martyr--look at the plasters all +over him now! And he had just added another Red laurel to his +brow--he had been to see Mrs. Godd, and had had the seat of his +trousers kicked by Mr. Godd, and of course he could tell that story, +and maybe he could catch some Reds in a conspiracy against Mr. Godd. +Anyhow, they had that perfectly good case against McCormick and the +rest of the I. W. Ws. And now that things had gone so far, surely +they couldn't back down on that case! All that was necessary was to +explain matters to Mr. Ackerman-- + +Peter realized that this was an unfortunate remark. Guffey was on +his feet again, pacing up and down the room, calling Peter the names +of all the barnyard animals, and incidentally revealing that he had +already had an interview with Mr. Ackerman, and that Mr. Ackerman +was not disposed to receive amicably the news that the secret +service bureau which he had been financing, and which was supposed +to be protecting him, had been the means of introducing into his +home a couple of high-class criminals who had cracked his safe and +made off with jewels that they guessed were worth fifty thousand +dollars, but that Mr. Ackerman claimed were worth eighty-five +thousand dollars. Peter was informed that he might thank his lucky +stars that Guffey didn't shut him in the hole for the balance of his +life, or take him into a dungeon and pull him to pieces inch by +inch. As it was, all he had to do was to get himself out of Guffey's +office, and take himself to hell by the quickest route he could +find. "Go on!" said Guffey. "I mean it, get out!" + +And so Peter got to his feet and started unsteadily toward the door. +He was thinking to himself: "Shall I threaten them? Shall I say I'll +go over to the Reds and tell what I know?" No, he had better not do +that; the least hint of that might cause Guffey to put him in the +hole! But then, how was it possible for Guffey to let him go, to +take a chance of his telling? Right now, Guffey must be thinking to +himself that Peter might go away, and in a fit of rage or of despair +might let out the truth to one of the Reds, and then everything +would be ruined forever. No, surely Guffey would not take such a +chance! Peter walked very slowly to the door, he opened the door +reluctantly, he stood there, holding on as if he were too weak to +keep his balance; he waited--waited-- + +And sure enough, Guffey spoke. "Come back here, you mut!" And Peter +turned and started towards the head detective, stretching out his +hands in a gesture of submission; if it had been in an Eastern +country, he would have fallen on his knees and struck his forehead +three times in the dust. "Please, please, Mr. Guffey!" he wailed. +"Give me another chance!" + +"If I put you to work again," snarled Guffey, "will you do what I +tell you, and not what you want to do yourself?" + +"Yes, yes, Mr. Guffey." + +"You'll do no more frame-ups but my frame-ups?" + +"Yes, yes, Mr. Guffey." + +"All right, then, I'll give you one more chance. But by God, if I +find you so much as winking at another girl, I'll pull your eye +teeth out!" + +And Peter's heart leaped with relief. "Oh, thank you, thank you, Mr. +Guffey!" + +"I'll pay you twenty dollars a week, and no more," said Guffey. +"You're worth more, but I can't trust you with money, and you can +take it or leave it." + +"That'll be perfectly satisfactory, Mr. Guffey," said Peter. + + + + +Section 68 + + +So there was the end of high life for Peter Gudge. He moved no more +in the celestial circles of Mount Olympus. He never again saw the +Chinese butler of Mr. Ackerman, nor the French parlor-maid of Mrs. +Godd. He would no more be smiled at by the two hundred and +twenty-four boy angels of the ceiling of the Hotel de Soto lobby. +Peter would eat his meals now seated on a stool in front of a lunch +counter, he would really be the humble proletarian, the "Jimmie +Higgins" of his role. He put behind him bright dreams of an +accumulated competence, and settled down to the hard day's work of +cultivating the acquaintance of agitators, visiting their homes and +watching their activities, getting samples of the literature they +were circulating, stealing their letters and address-books and +note-books, and taking all these to Room 427 of the American House. + +These were busy times just now. In spite of the whippings and the +lynchings and the jailings--or perhaps because of these very +things--the radical movement was seething. The I. W. Ws. had +reorganized secretly, and were accumulating a defense fund for their +prisoners; also, the Socialists of all shades of red and pink were +busy, and the labor men had never ceased their agitation over the +Goober case. Just now they were redoubling their activities, because +Mrs. Goober was being tried for her life. Over in Russia a mob of +Anarchists had made a demonstration in front of the American +Legation, because of the mistreatment of a man they called "Guba." +At any rate, that was the way the news came over the cables, and the +news-distributing associations of the country had been so successful +in keeping the Goober case from becoming known that the editors of +the New York papers really did not know any better, and printed the +name as it came, "Guba!" which of course gave the radicals a fine +chance to laugh at them, and say, how much they cared about labor! + +The extreme Reds seemed to have everything their own way in Russia. +Late in the fall they overthrew the Russian government, and took +control of the country, and proceeded to make peace with Germany; +which put the Allies in a frightful predicament, and introduced a +new word into the popular vocabulary, the dread word "Bolshevik." +After that, if a man suggested municipal ownership of ice-wagons, +all you had to do was to call him a "Bolshevik" and he was done for. + +However, the extremists replied to this campaign of abuse by taking +up the name and wearing it as a badge. The Socialist local of +American City adopted amid a storm of applause a resolution to call +itself the "Bolshevik local," and the "left-wingers" had everything +their own way for a time. The leader in this wing was a man named +Herbert Ashton, editor of the American City "Clarion," the party's +paper. A newspaper-man, lean, sallow, and incredibly bitter, Ashton +apparently had spent all his life studying the intrigues of +international capital, and one never heard an argument advanced that +he was not ready with an answer. He saw the war as a struggle +between the old established commercialism of Great Britain, whose +government he described as "a gigantic trading corporation," and the +newly arisen and more aggressive commercialism of Germany. + +Ashton would take the formulas of the war propagandists and treat +them as a terrier treats a rat. So this was a war for democracy! The +bankers of Paris had for the last twenty years been subsidizing the +Russian Tsars, who had shipped a hundred thousand exiles to Siberia +to make the world safe for democracy! The British Empire also had +gone to war for democracy--first in Ireland, then in India and +Egypt, then in the Whitechapel slums! No, said Ashton, the workers +were not to be fooled with such bunk. Wall Street had loaned some +billions of dollars to the Allied bankers, and now the American +people were asked to shed their blood to make the world safe for +those loans! + +Peter had been urging McGivney to put an end to this sort of +agitation, and now the rat-faced man told him that the time for +action had come. There was to be a big mass meeting to celebrate the +Bolshevik revolution, and McGivney warned Peter to keep out of sight +at that meeting, because there might be some clubbing. Peter left +off his red badge, and the button with the clasped hands and went up +into the gallery and lost himself in the crowd. He saw a great many +"bulls" whom he knew scattered thru the audience, and also he saw +the Chief of Police and the head of the city's detective bureau. +When Herbert Ashton was half way thru his tirade, the Chief strode +up to the platform and ordered him under arrest, and a score of +policemen put themselves between the prisoner and the howling +audience. + +Altogether they arrested seven people; and next morning, when they +saw how much enthusiasm their action had awakened in the newspapers, +they decided to go farther yet. A dozen of Guffey's men, with +another dozen from the District Attorney's office, raided the office +of Ashton's paper, the "Clarion," kicked the editorial staff +downstairs or threw them out of the windows, and proceeded to smash +the typewriters and the printing presses, and to carry off the +subscription lists and burn a ton or two of "literature" in the back +yard. Also they raided the headquarters of the "Bolshevik local," +and placed the seven members of the executive committee under +arrest, and the judge fixed the bail of each of them at twenty-five +thousand dollars, and every day for a week or two the American City +"Times" would send a man around to Guffey's office, and Guffey would +furnish him with a mass of material which Peter had prepared, +showing that the Socialist program was one of terrorism and murder. + +Almost every day now Peter rendered some such service to his +country. He discovered where the I. W. W. had hidden a printing +press with which they were getting out circulars and leaflets, and +this place was raided, and the press confiscated, and half a dozen +more agitators thrown into jail. These men declared a hunger strike, +and tried to starve themselves to death as a protest against the +beatings they got; and then some hysterical women met in the home of +Ada Ruth, and drew up a circular of protest, and Peter kept track of +the mailing of this circular, and all the copies were confiscated in +the post-office, and so one more conspiracy was foiled. They now had +several men at work in the post-office, secretly opening the mail of +the agitators; and every now and then they would issue an order +forbidding mail to be delivered to persons whose ideas were not +sound. + +Also the post-office department cancelled the second class mailing +privileges of the "Clarion," and later it barred the paper from the +mails entirely. A couple of "comrades" with automobiles then took up +the work of delivering the paper in the nearby towns; so Peter was +sent to get acquainted with these fellows, and in the night time +some of Guffey's men entered the garage, and fixed one of the cars +so that its steering gear went wrong and very nearly broke the +driver's neck. So yet another conspiracy was foiled! + + + + +Section 69 + + +Peter was really happy now, because the authorities were thoroughly +roused, and when he brought them new facts, he had the satisfaction +of seeing something done about it. Ostensibly the action was taken +by the Federal agents, or by the District Attorney's office, or by +the city police and detectives; but Peter knew that it was always +himself and the rest of Guffey's agents, pulling the wires behind +the scenes. Guffey had the money, he was working for the men who +really counted in American City; Guffey was the real boss. And all +over the country it was the same; the Reds were being put out of +business by the secret agents of the Chambers of Commerce and the +Merchants' and Manufacturers' Associations, and the "Improve America +League," and such like camouflaged organizations. + +They had everything their own way, because the country was at war, +the war excitement was blazing like a prairie fire all over the +land, and all you had to do was to call a man a pro-German or a +Bolshevik, and to be sufficiently excited about it, and you could +get a mob together and go to his home and horsewhip him or tar and +feather him or lynch him. For years the big business men had been +hating the agitators, and now at last they had their chance, and in +every town, in every shop and mill and mine they had some Peter +Gudge at work, a "Jimmie Higgins" of the "Whites," engaged in spying +and "snooping" upon the "Jimmie Higgins" of the "Reds." Everywhere +they had Guffeys and McGivneys to direct these activities, and they +had "strong arm men," with guns on their hips and deputy sheriffs' +and other badges inside their coats, giving them unlimited right to +protect the country from traitors. + +There were three or four million men in the training camps, and +every week great convoys were sent out from the Eastern ports, +loaded with troops for "over there." Billions of dollars worth of +munitions and supplies were going, and all the yearnings and +patriotic fervors of the country were likewise going "over there." +Peter read more speeches and sermons and editorials, and was proud +and glad, knowing that he was taking his humble part in the great +adventure. When he read that the biggest captains of industry and +finance were selling their services to the government for the sum of +one dollar a year, how could he complain, who was getting twenty +dollars every week? When some of the Reds in their meetings or in +their "literature" declared that these captains of industry and +finance were the heads of companies which were charging the +government enormous prices and making anywhere from three to ten +times the profits they had made before the war--then Peter would +know that he was listening to an extremely dangerous Bolshevik; he +would take the name of the man to McGivney, and McGivney would pull +his secret wires, and the man would suddenly find himself out of a +job--or maybe being prosecuted by the health department of the city +for having set out a garbage can without a cover. + +After persistent agitation, the radicals had succeeded in persuading +a judge to let out McCormick and the rest of the conspirators on +fifty thousand dollars bail apiece. That was most exasperating to +Peter, because it was obvious that when you put a Red into jail, you +made him a martyr to the rest of the Reds you made him conspicuous +to the whole community, and then if you let him out again, his +speaking and agitating were ten times as effective as before. Either +you ought to keep an agitator in jail for good, or else you ought +not put him in at all. But the judges didn't see that--their heads +were full of a lot of legal bunk, and they let David Andrews and the +other Red lawyers hood-wink them. Herbert Ashton and his Socialist +crowd also got out on bail, and the "Clarion" was still published +and openly sold on the news-stands. While it didn't dare oppose the +war any more, it printed every impolite thing it could possibly +collect about the "gigantic trading corporation" known as the +British Government, and also about the "French bankers" and the +"Italian imperialists." It clamored for democracy for Ireland and +Egypt and India, and shamelessly defended the Bolsheviki, those +pro-German conspirators and nationalizers of women. + +So Peter proceeded to collect more evidence against the "Clarion" +staff, and against the I. W. Ws. Presently he read the good news +that the government had arrested a couple of hundred of the I. W. W. +leaders all over the country, and also the national leaders of the +Socialists, and was going to try them all for conspiracy. Then came +the trial of McCormick and Henderson and Gus and the rest; and Peter +picked up his "Times" one morning, and read on the front page some +news that caused him to gasp. Joe Angell, one of the leaders in the +dynamite conspiracy, had turned state's evidence! He had revealed to +the District Attorney, not only the part which he himself had played +in the plan to dynamite Nelse Ackerman's home, but he had told +everything that the others had done--just how the dynamite had been +got and prepared, and the names of all the leading citizens of the +community who were to share Nelse Ackerman's fate! Peter read, on +and on, breathless with wonder, and when he got thru with the story +he rolled back on his bed and laughed out loud. By heck, that was +the limit! Peter had framed a frame-up on Guffey's man, and of +course Guffey couldn't send this man to prison; so he had had him +turn state's evidence, and was letting him go free, as his reward +for telling on the others! + +The court calendars were now crowded with "espionage" cases; +pacifist clergymen who had tried to preach sermons, and +labor leaders who had tried to call strikes; members of the +Anti-conscription League and their pupils, the draft-dodgers and +slackers; Anarchists and Communists and Quakers, I. W. Ws., and +Socialists and "Russellites." There were several trials going on all +the time, and in almost every case Peter had a finger, Peter was +called on to get this bit of evidence, or to investigate that juror, +or to prepare some little job against a witness for the defense. +Peter was wrapped up in the fate of each case, and each conviction +was a personal triumph. As there was always a conviction, Peter +began to swell up again with patriotic fervor, and the memory of +Nell Doolin and Ted Crothers slipped far into the background. When +"Mac" and his fellow dynamiters were sentenced to twenty years +apiece, Peter felt that he had atoned for all his sins, and he +ventured timidly to point out to McGivney that the cost of living +was going up all the time, and that he had kept his promise not to +wink at a woman for six months. McGivney said all right, they would +raise him to thirty dollars a week. + + + + +Section 70 + + +Of course Peter's statement to McGivney had not been literally true. +He had winked at a number of women, but the trouble was none had +returned his wink. First he had made friendly advances toward Miriam +Yankovich, who was buxom and not bad looking; but Miriam's thoughts +were evidently all with McCormick in jail; and then, after her +experience with Bob Ogden, Miriam had to go to a hospital, and of +course Peter didn't want to fool with an invalid. He made himself +agreeable to others of the Red girls, and they seemed to like him; +they treated him as a good comrade, but somehow they did not seem to +act up to McGivney's theories of "free love." So Peter made up his +mind that he would find him a girl who was not a Red. It would give +him a little relief now and then, a little fun. The Reds seldom had +any fun--their idea of an adventure was to get off in a room by +themselves and sing the International or the Red Flag in whispers, +so the police couldn't hear them. + +It was Saturday afternoon, and Peter went to a clothing store kept +by a Socialist, and bought himself a new hat and a new suit of +clothes on credit. Then he went out on the street, and saw a neat +little girl going into a picture-show, and followed her, and they +struck up an acquaintance and had supper together. She was what +Peter called a "swell dresser," and it transpired that she worked in +a manicure parlor. Her idea of fun corresponded to Peter's, and +Peter spent all the money he had that Saturday evening, and made up +his mind that if he could get something new on the Reds in the +course of the week, he would strike McGivney for forty dollars. + +Next morning was Easter Sunday, and Peter met his manicurist by +appointment, and they went for a stroll on Park Avenue, which was +the aristocratic street of American City and the scene of the +"Easter parade." It was war time, and many of the houses had flags +out, and many of the men were in uniform, and all of the sermons +dealt with martial themes. Christ, it appeared, was risen +again to make the world safe for democracy, and to establish +self-determination for all people; and Peter and Miss Frisbie both +had on their best clothes, and watched the crowds in the "Easter +parade," and Miss Frisbie studied the costumes and make-up of the +ladies, and picked up scraps of their conversation and whispered +them to Peter, and made Peter feel that he was back on Mount Olympus +again. + +They turned into one of the swell Park Avenue churches; the Church +of the Divine Compassion it was called, and it was very "high," with +candles and incense--althogh you could hardly smell the incense on +this occasion for the scent of the Easter lilies and the ladies. +Peter and his friend were escorted to one of the leather covered +pews, and they heard the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge, a famous +pulpit orator, deliver one of those patriotic sermons which were +quoted in the "Times" almost every Monday morning. The Rev. de +Willoughby Stotterbridge quoted some Old Testament text about +exterminating the enemies of the Lord, and he sang the triumph of +American arms, and the overwhelming superiority of American +munitions. He denounced the Bolsheviks and all other traitors, and +called for their instant suppression; he didn't say that he had +actually been among the crowd which had horse-whipped the I. W. Ws. +and smashed the printing presses and typewriters of the Socialists, +but he made it unmistakably clear that that was what he wanted, and +Peter's bosom swelled with happy pride. It was something to a man to +know that he was serving his country and keeping the old flag +waving; but it was still more to know that he was enlisted in the +service of the Almighty, that Heaven and all its hosts were on his +side, and that everything he had done had the sanction of the +Almighty's divinely ordained minister, speaking in the Almighty's +holy temple, in the midst of stained-glass windows and brightly +burning candles and the ravishing odor of incense, and of Easter +lilies and of mignonette and lavender in the handkerchiefs of +delicately gowned and exquisite ladies from Mount Olympus. This, to +be sure, was mixing mythologies, but Peter's education had been +neglected in his youth, and Peter could not be blamed for taking the +great ones of the earth as they were, and believing what they taught +him. + +The white robed choir marched out, and the music of "Onward +Christian Soldiers" faded away, and Peter and his lady went out from +the Church of the Divine Compassion, and strolled on the avenue +again, and when they had sufficiently filled their nostrils with the +sweet odors of snobbery, they turned into the park, where there were +places of seclusion for young couples interested in each other. But +alas, the fates which dogged Peter in his love-making had prepared +an especially cruel prank that morning. At the entrance to the park, +whom should Peter meet but Comrade Schnitzelmann, a fat little +butcher who belonged to the "Bolshevik local" of American City. +Peter tried to look the other way and hurry by, but Comrade +Schnitzelmann would not have it so. He came rushing up with one +pudgy hand stretched out, and a beaming smile on his rosy Teutonic +countenance. "Ach, Comrade Gudge!" cried he. "Wie geht's mit you dis +morning?" + +"Very well, thank you," said Peter, coldly, and tried to hurry on. + +But Comrade Schnitzelmann held onto his hand. "So! You been seeing +dot Easter barade!" said he. "Vot you tink, hey? If we could get all +de wage slaves to come und see dot barade, we make dem all +Bolsheviks pretty quick! Hey, Comrade Gudge?" + +"Yes, I guess so," said Peter, still more coldly. + +"We show dem vot de money goes for--hey, Comrade Gudge!" And Comrade +Schnitzelmann chuckled, and Peter said, quickly, "Well, good-bye," +and without introducing his lady-love took her by the arm and +hurried away. + +But alas, the damage had been done! They walked for a minute or two +amid ominous silence. Then suddenly the manicurist stood still and +confronted Peter. "Mr. Gudge," she demanded, "what does that mean?" + +And Peter of course could not answer. He did not dare to meet her +flashing eyes, but stood digging the toe of his shoe into the path. +"I want to know what it means," persisted the girl. "Are you one of +those Reds?" + +And what could poor Peter say? How could he explain his acquaintance +with that Teutonic face and that Teutonic accent? + +The girl stamped her foot with impatient anger. "So you're one of +those Reds! You're one of those pro-German traitors! You're an +imposter, a spy!" + +Peter was helpless with embarrassment and dismay. "Miss Frisbie," he +began, "I can't explain--" + +"_Why_ can't you explain? Why can't any honest man explain?" + +"But--but--I'm not what you think--it isn't true! I--I--" It was on +the tip of Peter's tongue to say, "I'm a patriot! I'm a 100% +American, protecting my country against these traitors!" But +professional honor sealed his tongue, and the little manicurist +stamped her foot again, and her eyes flashed with indignation. + +"You dare to seek my acquaintance! You dare to take me to church! +Why--if there was a policeman in sight, I'd report you, I'd send you +to jail!" And actually she looked around for a policeman! But it is +well known that there never is a policeman in sight when you look +for one; so Miss Frisbie stamped her foot again and snorted in +Peter's face. "Goodbye, _Comrade_ Gudge!" The emphasis she put upon +that word "comrade" would have frozen the fieriest Red soul; and she +turned with a swish of her skirts and strode off, and Peter stood +looking mournfully at her little French heels going crunch, crunch, +crunch on the gravel path. When the heels were clean gone out of +sight, Peter sought out the nearest bench and sat down and buried +his face in his hands, a picture of woe. Was there ever in the world +a man who had such persistent ill luck with women? + + + + +Section 71 + + +These were days of world-agony, when people bought the newspapers +several times every day, and when crowds gathered in front of +bulletin boards, looking at the big maps with little flags, and +speculating, were the Germans going to get to Paris, were they going +to get to the Channel and put France out of the war? And then +suddenly the Americans struck their first blow, and hurled the +Germans back at Chateau-Thierry, and all America rose up with one +shout of triumph! + +You would think that was a poor time for pacifist agitation; but the +members of the Anti-conscription League had so little discretion +that they chose this precise moment to publish a pamphlet, +describing the torturing of conscientious objectors in military +prisons and training camps! Peter had been active in this +organization from the beginning, and he had helped to write into the +pamphlet a certain crucial phrase which McGivney had suggested. So +now here were the pamphlets seized by the Federal government, and +all the members of the Anti-conscription League under arrest, +including Sadie Todd and little Ada Ruth and Donald Gordon! Peter +was sorry about Sadie Todd, in spite of the fact that she had called +him names. He couldn't be very sorry about Ada Ruth, because she was +obviously a fanatic, bent on getting herself into trouble. As for +Donald Gordon, if he hadn't learned his lesson from that whipping, +he surely had nobody to blame but himself. + +Peter was a member of this Anti-conscription League, so he pretended +to be in hiding, and carried on a little comedy with Ada Ruth's +cousin, an Englishwoman, who hid him out in her place in the +country. Peter had an uncomfortable quarter of an hour when Donald +Gordon was released on bail, because the Quaker boy insisted that +the crucial phrase which had got them all into trouble had been +stricken out of the manuscript before he handed it to Peter Gudge to +take to the printer. But Peter insisted that Donald was mistaken, +and apparently he succeeded in satisfying the others, and after they +were all out on bail, he made bold to come out of his hiding place +and to attend one or two protest meetings in private homes. + +Then began a new adventure, in some ways the most startling of all. +It had to do with another girl, and the beginning was in the home of +Ada Ruth, where a few of the most uncompromising of the pacifists +gathered to discuss the question of raising money to pay for their +legal defense. To this meeting came Miriam Yankovich, pale from an +operation for cancer of the breast, but with a heart and mind as Red +as ever. Miriam had brought along a friend to help her, because she +wasn't strong enough to walk; and it was this friend who started +Peter on his new adventure. + +Rosie Stern was her name, and she was a solid little Jewish working +girl, with bold black eyes, and a mass of shining black hair, and +flaming cheeks and a flashing smile. She was dressed as if she knew +about her beauty, and really appreciated it; so Peter wasn't +surprised when Miriam, introducing her, remarked that Rosie wasn't a +Red and didn't like the Reds, but had just come to help her, and to +see what a pacifist meeting was like. Perhaps Peter might help to +make a Red out of her! And Peter was very glad indeed, for he was +never more bored with the whining of pacifists than now when our +boys were hurling the Germans back from the Marne and writing their +names upon history's most imperishable pages. + +Rosie was something new and unforeseen, and Peter went right after +her, and presently he realized with delight that she was interested +in him. Peter knew, of course, that he was superior to all this +crowd, but he wasn't used to having the fact recognized, and as +usual when a woman smiled upon him, the pressure of his self-esteem +rose beyond the safety point. Rosie was one of those people who take +the world as it is and get some fun out of it, so while the pacifist +meeting went on, Peter sat over in the corner and told her in +whispers his funny adventures with Pericles Priam and in the Temple +of Jimjambo. Rosie could hardly repress her laughter, and her black +eyes flashed, and before the evening was over their hands had +touched several times. Then Peter offered to escort her and Miriam, +and needless to say they took Miriam home first. The tenement +streets were deserted at this late hour, so they found a chance for +swift embraces, and Peter went home with his feet hardly touching +the ground. + +Rosie worked in a paper-box factory, and next evening Peter took her +out to dinner, and their eager flirtation went on. But Rosie showed +a tendency to retreat, and when Peter pressed her, she told him the +reason. She had no use for Reds; she was sick of the jargon of the +Reds, she would never love a Red. Look at Miriam Yankovich--what a +wreck she had made of her life! She had been a handsome girl, she +might have got a rich husband, but now she had had to be cut to +pieces! And look at Sadie Todd, slaving herself to death, and Ada +Ruth with her poems that made you tired. Rosie jeered at them all, +and riddled them with the arrows of her wit, and of course Peter in +his heart agreed with everything she said; yet Peter had to pretend +to disagree, and that made Rosie cross and spoiled their fun, and +they almost quarreled. + +Under these circumstances, naturally it was hard for Peter not to +give some hint of his true feeling. After he had spent all of his +money on Rosie and a lot of his time and hadn't got anywhere, he +decided to make some concession to her--he told her he would give up +trying to make a Red out of her. Whereupon Rosie made a face at him. +"Very kind indeed of you, Mr. Gudge! But how about my making a +`White' out of you?" And she went on to inform him that she wanted +a fellow that could make money and take care of a girl. Peter +answered that he was making money all right. Well, how was he making +money, asked Rosie. Peter wouldn't tell, but he was making it, and +he would prove it by taking her to the theater every night. + +So the little duel went on, evening after evening. Peter got more +and more crazy about this black-eyed beauty, and she got more and +more coquettish, and more and more impatient with his radical +leanings. Rosie's father had brought her as a baby from Kisheneff, +but she was 100% American all the same, so she told him; those boys +in khaki who were over there walloping the Huns were the boys for +her, and she was waiting for one of them to come back. What was the +matter with Peter that he wasn't doing his part? Was he a +draft-dodger? Rosie had never had anything to do with slackers, and +wasn't keen for the company of a man who couldn't give an account of +himself. Only that day she had been reading in the paper about the +atrocities committed by the Huns. How could any man with red blood +in his veins sympathize with these pacifists and traitors? And if +Peter didn't sympathize with them, why did he travel round with them +and give them his moral support? When Peter made a feeble effort at +repeating some of the pacifists' arguments, Rosie just said, "Oh, +fudge! You've got too much sense to talk that kind of stuff to me." +And Peter knew, of course, that he _had_ too much sense, and it was +hard to keep from letting Rosie see it. He had just lost one girl +because of his Red entanglements. Was it up to him to lose another? + +For a couple of weeks they sparred and fought. Rosie would let Peter +kiss her, and Peter's head would be quite turned with desire. He +decided that she was the most wonderful girl he had ever known; even +Nell Doolin had nothing on her. But then once more she would pin +Peter down on this business of his Redness, and would spurn him, and +refuse to see him any more. At last Peter admitted to her that he +had lost his sympathy with the Reds, she had converted him, and he +despised them. So Rosie replied that she was delighted; they would +go at once to see Miriam Yankovich, and Peter would tell her, and +try to convert her also. Peter was then in a bad dilemma; he had to +insist that Rosie should keep his conversion a secret. But Rosie +became indignant, she set her lips and declared that a conversion +that had to be kept secret was no conversion at all, it was simply a +low sham, and Peter Gudge was a coward, and she was sick of him! So +poor Peter went away, heartbroken and bewildered. + + + + +Section 72 + + +There was only one way out of this plight for Peter, and that was +for him to tell Rosie the truth. And why should he not do it? He was +wild about her, and he knew that she was wild about him, and only +one thing--his great secret--stood in the way of their perfect +bliss. If he told her that great secret, he would be a hero of +heroes in her eyes; he would be more wonderful even than the men who +were driving back the Germans from the Marne and writing their names +upon history's most imperishable pages! So why should he not tell? + +He was in her room one evening, and his arms were about her, and she +had almost but not quite yielded. "Please, please, Peter," she +pleaded, "stop being one of those horrid Reds!" And Peter could +stand it no longer. He told her that he really wasn't a Red, but a +secret agent employed by the very biggest business men of American +City to keep track of the Reds and bring their activities to naught. +And when he told this, Rosie stared at him in consternation. She +refused to believe him; when he insisted, she laughed at him, and +finally became angry. It was a silly yarn, and did he imagine he +could string her along like that? + +So Peter, irritated, set out to convince her. He told her about +Guffey and the American City Land & Investment Company; he told her +about McGivney, and how he met McGivney regularly at Room 427 of the +American House. He told her about his thirty dollars a week, and how +it was soon to be increased to forty, and he would spend it all on +her. And perhaps she might pretend to be converted by him, and +become a Red also, and if she could satisfy McGivney that she was +straight, he would pay her too, and it would be a lot better than +working ten and a half hours a day in Isaac & Goldstein's paper box +factory. + +At last Peter succeeded in convincing the girl. She was subdued and +frightened; she hadn't been prepared for anything like that, she +said, and would have to have a little time to think it over. Peter +then became worried in turn. He hoped she wouldn't mind, he said, +and set to work to explain to her how important his work was, how it +had the sanction of all the very best people in the city--not merely +the great bankers and business men, but mayors and public officials +and newspaper editors and college presidents, and great Park Avenue +clergymen like the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge of the Church of +the Divine Compassion. And Rosie said that was all right, of course, +but she was a little scared and would have to think it over. She +brought the evening to an abrupt end, and Peter went home much +disconcerted. + +Perhaps an hour later there came a sharp tap on the door of his +lodging-house room, and he went to the door, and found himself +confronted by David Andrews, the lawyer, Donald Gordon, and John +Durand, the labor giant, president of the Seamen's Union. They never +even said, "Howdy do," but stalked into the room, and Durand shut +the door behind him, and stood with his back to it, folded his arms +and glared at Peter like the stone image of an Aztec chieftain. So +before they said a word Peter knew what had happened. He knew that +the jig was up for good this time; his career as savior of the +nation was at an end. And again it was all on account of a +woman--all because he hadn't taken Guffey's advice about winking! + +But all other thoughts were driven from Peter's mind by one emotion, +which was terror. His teeth began giving their imitation of an angry +woodchuck, and his knees refused to hold him; he sat down on the +edge of the bed, staring from one to another of these three stone +Aztec faces. "Well, Gudge," said Andrews, at last, "so you're the +spy we've been looking for all this time!" + +Peter remembered Nell's injunction, "Stick it out, Peter! Stick it +out!" + +"Wh-wh-what do you mean, Mr. Andrews?" + +"Forget it, Gudge," said Andrews. "We've just been talking with +Rosie, and Rosie was our spy." + +"She's been lying to you!" Peter cried. + +But Andrews said: "Oh rubbish! We're not that easy! Miriam Yankovich +was listening behind the door, and heard your talk." + +So then Peter knew that the case was hopeless, and there was nothing +left but to ascertain his fate. Had they come just to scold him and +appeal to his conscience? Or did they plan to carry him away and +strangle him and torture him to death? The latter was the terror +that had been haunting Peter from the beginning of his career, and +when gradually be made out that the three Aztecs did not intend +violence, and that all they hoped for was to get him to admit how +much he had told to his employers--then there was laughter inside +Peter, and he broke down and wept tears of scalding shame, and said +that it had all been because McCormick had told that cruel lie about +him and little Jennie Todd. He had resisted the temptation for a +year, but then he had been out of a job, and the Goober Defense +Committee had refused him any work; he had actually been starving, +and so at last he had accepted McGivney's offer to let him know +about the seditious activities of the extreme Reds. But he had never +reported anybody who hadn't really broken the law, and he had never +told McGivney anything but the truth. + +Then Andrews proceeded to examine him. Peter denied that he had ever +reported anything about the Goober case. He denied most strenuously +that he had ever had anything to do with the McCormick "frame-up." +When they tried to pin him down on this case and that, he suddenly +summoned his dignity and declared that Andrews had no right to +cross-question him, he was a 100%, red-blooded American patriot, and +had been saving his country and his God from German agents and +Bolshevik traitors. + +Donald Gordon almost went wild at that. "What you've been doing was +to slip stuff into our pamphlet about conscientious objectors, so as +to get us all indicted!" + +"That's a lie!" cried Peter. "I never done nothing of the kind!" + +"You know perfectly well you rubbed out those pencil marks that I +drew through that sentence in the pamphlet." + +"I never done it!" cried Peter, again and again. + +And suddenly big John Durand clenched his hands, and his face became +terrible with his pent-up rage. "You white-livered little sneak!" he +hissed. "What we ought to do with you is to pull the lying tongue +out of you!" He took a step forward, as if he really meant to do it. + +But David Andrews interfered. He was a lawyer, and knew the +difference between what he could do and what Guffey's men could do. +"No, no, John," he said, "nothing like that. I guess we've got all +we can get out of this fellow. We'll leave him to his own conscience +and his Jingo God. Come on, Donald." And he took the white-faced +Quaker boy with one hand, and the big labor giant with the other, +and walked them out of the room, and Peter heard them tramping down +the stairs of his lodging house, and he lay on his bed and buried +his face in the pillows, and felt utterly wretched, because once +more he had been made a fool of, and as usual it was a woman that +had done it. + + + + +Section 73 + + +Peter could see it all very clearly when he came to figure over the +thing; he could see what a whooping jackass he had been. He might +have known that it was up to him to be careful, at this time of all +times, when he was suspected of having rubbed out Donald Gordon's +pencil marks. They had picked out a girl whom Peter had never seen +before, and she had come and posed as Miriam's friend, and had +proceeded to take Peter by the nose and lead him to the edge of the +precipice and shove him over. And now she would be laughing at him, +telling all her friends about her triumph, and about Peter's thirty +dollars a week that he would never see again. + +Peter spent a good part of the night getting up the story that he +was to tell McGivney next morning. He wouldn't mention Rosie Stern, +of course; he would say that the Reds had trailed him to Room 427, +and it must be they had a spy in Guffey's office. Peter repeated +this story quite solemnly, and again realized too late that he had +made a fool of himself. It wasn't twenty-four hours before every Red +in American City knew the true, inside history of the unveiling of +Peter Gudge as a spy of the Traction Trust. The story occupied a +couple of pages in that week's issue of the "Clarion," and included +Peter's picture, and an account of the part that Peter had played in +various frame-ups. It was nearly all true, and the fact that it was +guess-work on Donald Gordon's part did not make it any the better +for Peter. Of course McGivney and Guffey and all his men read the +story, and knew Peter for the whooping jackass that Peter knew +himself. + +"You go and get yourself a job with a pick and shovel," said +McGivney, and Peter sorrowfully took his departure. He had only a +few dollars in his pocket, and these did not last very long, and he +had got down to his last nickel, and was confronting the wolf of +starvation again, when McGivney came to his lodging house room with +a new proposition. There was one job left, and Peter might take it +if he thought he could stand the gaff. + +It was the job of state's witness. Peter had been all thru the Red +movement, he knew all these pacifists and Socialists and +Syndicalists and I. W. Ws. who were now in jail. In some cases the +evidence of the government was far from satisfactory; so Peter might +have his salary back again, if he were willing to take the witness +stand and tell what he was told to tell, and if he could manage to +sit in a courtroom without falling in love with some of the lady +jurors, or some of the lady spies of the defense. These deadly +shafts of sarcasm Peter did not even feel, because he was so +frightened by the proposition which McGivney put up to him. To come +out into the open and face the blinding glare of the Red hate! To +place himself, the ant, between the smashing fists of the battling +giants! + +Yes, it might seem dangerous, said McGivney, for a cowardly little +whelp like himself; but then a good many men had had the nerve to do +it, and none of them had died yet. McGivney himself did not pretend +to care very much whether Peter did it or not; he put the matter up +to him on Guffey's orders. The job was worth forty dollars a week, +and he might take it or leave it. + +And there sat Peter, with only a nickel and a couple of pennies in +his pocket, and the rent for his room two weeks over-due, and his +landlady lying in wait in the hallway like an Indian with a +tomahawk. Peter objected, what about all those bad things in his +early record, Pericles Priam and the Temple of Jimjambo, which had +ruined him as a witness in the Goober case. McGivney answered dryly +that he couldn't let himself out with that excuse; he was invited to +pose as a reformed "wobbly," and the more crimes and rascalities he +had in his record, the more convinced the jury would be that he had +been a real "wobbly." + +Peter asked, just when would he be expected to appear? And McGivney +answered, the very next week. They were trying seventeen of the +"wobblies" on a conspiracy charge, and Peter would be expected to +take the stand and tell how he had heard them advocate violence, and +heard them boast of having set fire to barns and wheat fields, and +how they had put phosphorus bombs into haystacks, and copper nails +into fruit trees, and spikes into sawmill logs, and emery powder +into engine bearings. Peter needn't worry about what he would have +to say, McGivney would tell him everything, and would see him +thoroughly posted, and he would find himself a hero in the +newspapers, which would make clear that he had done everything from +the very highest possible motives of 100% Americanism, and that no +soldier in the war had been performing a more dangerous service. + +To Peter it seemed they might say that without troubling their +conscience very much. But McGivney went on to declare that he +needn't be afraid; it was no part of Guffey's program to give the +Reds the satisfaction of putting his star witness out of business. +Peter would be kept in a safe place, and would always have a +body-guard. While he was in the city, giving his testimony, they +would put him up at the Hotel de Soto. + +And that of course settled it. Here was poor Peter, with only a +nickel and two coppers in his pocket, and before him stood a chariot +of fire with magic steeds, and all he had to do was to step in, and +be whirled away to Mount Olympus. Peter stepped in! + + + + +Section 74 + + +McGivney took him to Guffey's office, and Guffey wasted no time upon +preliminaries, but turned to his desk, and took out a long +typewritten document, a complete account of what the prosecution +meant to prove against the seventeen I. W. Ws. First, Peter told +what he himself had seen and heard--not very much, but a beginning, +a hook to hang his story upon. The I. W. W. hall was the meeting +place for the casual and homeless labor of the country, the +"bindle-stiffs" who took the hardest of the world's hard knocks, and +sometimes returned them. There was no kind of injustice these +fellows hadn't experienced, and now and then they had given blow for +blow. Also there were loose talkers among them, who worked off their +feelings by threats of vengeance upon their enemies. Now and then a +real criminal came along, and now and then a paid inciter, a Peter +Gudge or a Joe Angell. Peter told the worst that he had heard, and +all he knew about the arrested men, and Guffey wrote it all down, +and then proceeded to build upon it. This fellow Alf Guinness had +had a row with a farmer in Wheatland County; there had been a barn +burned nearby, and Guffey would furnish an automobile and a couple +of detectives to travel with Peter, and they would visit the scene +of that fire and the nearby village, and familiarize themselves with +the locality, and Peter would testify how he had been with Guinness +when he and a half dozen of the defendants had set fire to that +barn. + +Peter hadn't intended anything quite so serious as that, but Guffey +was so business-like, and took it all so much as a matter of course, +that Peter was afraid to show the white feather. After all, this was +war-time; hundreds of men were giving up their lives every day in +the Argonne, and why shouldn't Peter take a little risk in order to +put out of business his country's most dangerous enemies? + +So Peter and his two detectives blew themselves to a joy ride in the +country. And then Peter was brought back and made comfortable in a +room on the twelfth floor of the Hotel de Soto, where he diligently +studied the typewritten documents which McGivney brought him, and +thoroughly learned the story he was to tell. There was always one of +Guffey's men walking up and down in the hallway outside with a gun +on his hip, and they brought Peter three meals a day, not forgetting +a bottle of beer and a package of cigarettes. Twice a day Peter read +in the newspapers about the heroic deeds of our boys over there, and +also about the latest bomb plots which had been discovered all over +the country, and about various trials under the espionage act. + +Also, Peter had the thrill of reading about himself in a real +newspaper. Hitherto he had been featured in labor papers, and +Socialist papers like the "Clarion," which did not count; but now +the American City "Times" came out with a long story of how the +district attorney's office had "planted" a secret agent with the I. +W. W., and how this man, whose name was Peter Gudge, had been +working as one of them for the past two years, and was going to +reveal the whole story of I. W. W. infamy on the witness stand. + +Two days before the trial Peter was escorted by McGivney and another +detective to the district attorney's office, and spent the best part +of the day in conference with Mr. Burchard and his deputy, Mr. +Stannard, who were to try the case. McGivney had told Peter that the +district attorney was not in the secret, he really believed that +Peter's story was all true; but Peter suspected that this was +camouflage, to save Mr. Burchard's face, and to protect him in case +Peter ever tried to "throw him down." Peter noticed that whenever he +left any gap in his story, the district attorney and the deputy told +him to fill it, and he managed to guess what to fill it with. + +Henry Clay Burchard came from the far South, and followed a style of +oratory long since gone out of date. He wore his heavy black hair a +little long, and when he mounted the platform he would pull out the +tremulo stop, stretching out his hands and saying in tones of +quivering emotion: "The ladies, God bless them!" Also he would say: +"I am a friend of the common man. My heart beats with sympathy for +those who constitute the real backbone of America, the toilers of +the shop and farm." And then all the banqueters of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants' and Manufacturers' Association would +applaud, and would send their checks to the campaign fund of this +friend of the common man. Mr. Burchard's deputy, Mr. Stannard, was a +legal fox who told his chief what to do and how to do it; a dried-up +little man who looked like a bookworm, and sat boring you thru with +his keen eyes, watching for your weak points and preparing to pierce +you thru with one of his legal rapiers. He would be quite friendly +about it--he would joke with you in the noon hour, assuming that you +would of course understand it was all in the line of business, and +no harm meant. + + + + +Section 75 + + +The two men heard Peter's story and changed it a little, and then +heard him over again and pronounced him all right, and Peter went +back to his hotel room and waited in trepidation for his hour in the +limelight. When they took him to court his knees were shaking, but +also he had a thrill of real importance, for they had provided him +with a body-guard of four big huskies; also he saw two "bulls" whom +he recognized in the hallway outside the court-room, and many others +scattered thru the audience. The place was packed with Red +sympathizers, but they had all been searched before they were +allowed to enter, and were being watched every moment during the +trial. + +When Peter stepped into the witness box he felt as Tom Duggan and +Donald Gordon must have felt that night when the white glare from +thirty or forty automobiles was beating upon them. Peter felt the +concentrated Red hate of two or three hundred spectators, and now +and then their pent-up fury would break restraint; there would be a +murmur of protest, or perhaps a wave of sneering laughter, and the +bailiff would bang on the table with his wooden mallet, and the +judge would half rise from his seat, and declare that if that +happened again he would order the court-room cleared. + +Not far in front of Peter at a long table sat the seventeen +defendants, looking like trapped rats, and every one of their +thirty-four rat eyes were fixed upon Peter's face, and never moved +from it. Peter only glanced that way once; they bared their rats' +teeth at him, and he quickly looked in another direction. But there +also he saw a face that brought him no comfort; there sat Mrs. Godd, +in her immaculate white chiffons, her wide-open blue eyes fixed upon +his face, her expression full of grief and reproach. "Oh, Mr. +Gudge!" she seemed to be saying. "How can you? Mr. Gudge, is this +Peace. . . justice. . . Truth. . . Law?" And Peter realized with a +pang that he had cut himself off forever from Mount Olympus, and +from the porch chair with the soft silken pillows! He turned away +toward the box where sat the twelve jurymen and women. One old lady +gave him a benevolent smile, and a young farmer gave him a sly wink, +so Peter knew that he had friends in that quarter--and after all, +they were the ones who really counted in this trial. Mrs. Godd was +as helpless as any "wobbly," in the presence of this august court. + +Peter told his story, and then came his cross-questioning, and who +should rise and start the job but David Andrews, suave and humorous +and deadly. Peter had always been afraid of Andrews, and now he +winced. Nobody had told him he was to face an ordeal like this! +Nobody had told him that Andrews would be allowed to question him +about every detail of these crimes which he said he had witnessed, +and about all the conversations that had taken place, and who else +was present, and what else had been said, and how he had come to be +there, and what he had done afterwards, and what he had had to eat +for breakfast that morning. Only two things saved Peter, first the +constant rapid-fire of objections which Stannard kept making, to +give Peter time to think; and second, the cyclone-cellar which +Stannard had provided for him in advance. "You can always fail to +remember," the deputy had said; "nobody can punish you for +forgetting something." So Peter would repeat the minute details of a +conversation in which Alf Guinness had told of burning down the +barn, but he didn't remember who else had heard the conversation, +and he didn't remember what else had been said, nor what was the +date of the conversation. + +Then came the blessed hour of noon, with a chance for Peter to get +fixed up again before the court resumed at two. He was questioned +again by Stannard, who patched up all the gaps in his testimony, and +then again he failed to remember things, and so avoided the traps +which Andrews set for his feet. He was told that he had "done fine," +and was escorted back to the Hotel de Soto in triumph, and there for +a week he stayed while the defense made a feeble effort to answer +his testimony. Peter read in the papers the long speeches in which +the district attorney and the deputy acclaimed him as a patriot, +protecting his country from its "enemies within;" also he read a +brief reference to the "tirade" of David Andrews, who had called him +a "rat" and a "slinking Judas." Peter didn't mind that, of +course--it was all part of the game, and the calling of names is a +pretty sure sign of impotence. + +Less easy to accept placidly, however, was something which came to +Peter that same day--a letter from Mrs. Godd! It wasn't written to +him, but he saw Hammett and another of the "bulls" chuckling +together, and he asked what was the joke, and they told him that +Mrs. Godd had somehow found out about Guffey, and had written him a +letter full of insults, and Guffey was furious. Peter asked what was +in it, and they told him, and later on when he insisted, they +brought it and showed it to him, and Peter was furious too. On very +expensive stationery with a stately crest at the top, the mother of +Mount Olympus had written in a large, bland, girlish hand her +opinion of "under cover" men and those who hired them: + +"You sit like a big spider and weave a net to catch men and destroy +them. You destroy alike your victims and your tools. The poor boy, +Peter Gudge, whom you sent to my home--my heart bleeds when I think +of him, and what you have put him up to! A wretched, feeble-minded +victim of greed, who ought to be sent to a hospital for deformed +souls, you have taken him and taught him a piece of villainy to +recite, so that he may send a group of sincere idealists to prison." + +That was enough! Peter put down the letter--he would not dignify +such stuff by reading it. He realized that he would have to put his +mind on the problem of Mrs. Godd once more. One woman like that, in +her position of power, was more dangerous than all the seventeen +"wobblies" who had been haled before the court. Peter inquired, and +learned that Guffey had already been to see Nelse Ackerman about it, +and Mr. Ackerman had been to see Mr. Godd, and Mr. Godd had been to +see Mrs. Godd. Also the "Times" had an editorial referring to the +"nest of Bolshevism" upon Mount Olympus, and all Mrs. Godd's friends +were staying away from her luncheon-parties--so she was being made +to suffer for her insolence to Peter Gudge! + +"A hospital for deformed souls," indeed! Peter was so upset that his +joy in life was not restored even by the news that the jury had +found the defendants guilty on the first ballot. He told McGivney +that the strain of this trial had been too much for his nerves, and +they must take care of him; so an automobile was provided, and Peter +was taken to a secret hiding place in the country to recuperate. + +Hammett went with him, and Hammett was a first-class gunman, and +Peter stayed close by him; in the evening he stayed up in the second +story of the farm-house, lest perchance one of the "wobblies" should +take too literally the testimony Peter had given concerning their +habit of shooting at their enemies out of the darkness. Peter knew +how they all must hate him; he read in the paper how the judge +summoned the guilty men before him and sentenced them, incidentally +forcing them to listen to a scathing address, which was published in +full in the "Times." The law provided a penalty of from one to +fourteen years, and the judge sentenced sixteen of them to fourteen +years, and one to ten years, thus tempering justice with mercy. + +Then one day McGivney sent an automobile, and Peter was brought to +Guffey's office, and a new plan was unfolded to him. They had +arrested another bunch of "wobblies" in the neighboring city of +Eldorado, and Peter was wanted there to repeat his testimony. It +happened that he knew one of the accused men, and that would be +sufficient to get his testimony in--his prize stuff about the +burning barns and the phosphorus bombs. He would be taken care of +just as thoroughly by the district attorney's office of Eldorado +County; or better yet, Guffey would write to his friend Steve +Ellman, who did the detective work for the Home and Fireside +Association, the big business organization of that city. + +Peter hemmed and hawed. This was a pretty hard and dangerous kind of +work, it really played the devil with a man's nerves, sitting up +there in the hotel room all day, with nothing to do but smoke +cigarettes and imagine the "wobblies" throwing bombs at you. Also, +it wouldn't last very long; it ought to be better paid. Guffey +answered that Peter needn't worry about the job's lasting; if he +cared to give this testimony, he might have a joy ride from one end +of the country to the other, and everywhere he would live on the fat +of the land, and be a hero in the newspapers. + +But still Peter hemmed and hawed. He had learned from the American +City "Times" how valuable a witness he was, and he ventured to +demand his price, even from the terrible Guffey; he stuck it out, in +spite of Guffey's frowns, and the upshot was that Guffey said, All +right, if Peter would take the trip he might have seventy-five +dollars a week and expenses, and Guffey would guarantee to keep him +busy for not less than six months. + + + + +Section 76 + + +So Peter went to Eldorado, and helped to send eleven men to the +penitentiary for periods varying from three to fourteen years. Then +he went to Flagland, and testified in three different trials, and +added seven more scalps to his belt. By this time he got to realize +that the worst the Reds could do was to make faces at him and show +the teeth of trapped rats. He learned to take his profession more +easily, and would sometimes venture to go out for an evening's +pleasure without his guards. When he was hidden in the country he +would take long walks regardless of the thousands of blood-thirsty +Reds on his trail. + +It was while Peter was testifying in Flagland that a magic word was +flashed from Europe, and the whole city went mad with joy. Everyone, +from babies to old men, turned out on the streets and waved flags +and banged tin cans and shouted for peace with victory. When it was +learned that the newspapers had fooled them, they waited three days, +and then turned out and went thru the same performance again. Peter +was a bit worried at first, for fear the coming of peace might end +his job of saving the country; but presently he realized that there +was no need for concern, the smashing of the Reds was going on just +the same. + +They had some raids on the Socialists while Peter was in Flagland, +and the detectives told him he might come along for the fun of it. +So Peter armed himself with a black-jack and a revolver, and helped +to rush the Socialist headquarters. The war was over, but Peter felt +just as military as if it were still going on; when he got the +little Jewish organizer of the local pent up in a corner behind his +desk and proceeded to crack him over the head, Peter understood +exactly how our boys had felt in the Argonne. When he discovered the +thrill of dancing on typewriter keys with his boots, he even +understood how the Huns had felt. + +The detectives were joined by a bunch of college boys, who took to +that kind of thing with glee. Having got their blood up, they +decided they might as well clean out the Red movement entirely, so +they rushed a place called the "International Book-Shop," kept by a +Hawaiian. The proprietor dodged into the kitchen of a Chinese +restaurant next door, and put on an apron; but no one had ever seen +a Chinaman with a black mustache, so they fell on him and broke +several of the Chinaman's sauce-pans over his head. They took the +contents of the "International Book-Shop" into the back yard and +started a bon-fire with it, and detectives and college boys on a +lark joined hands and danced an imitation of the Hawaiian hula-hula +around the blaze. + +So Peter lived a merry life for several months. He had one or two +journeys for nothing, because an obstinate judge refused to admit +that anything that any I. W. W. had ever said or done anywhere +within the last ten years was proper testimony to be introduced +against a particular I. W. W. on trial. But most judges were willing +to co-operate with the big business men in ridding the country of +the Red menace, and Peter's total of scalps amounted to over a +hundred before his time was up, and Guffey sent him his last cheek +and turned him loose. + +That was in the city of Richport, and Peter having in an inside +pocket something over a thousand dollars in savings, felt that he +had earned a good time. He went for a stroll on the Gay White Way of +the city, and in front of a moving picture palace a golden-haired +girl smiled at him. This was still in the days of two and +three-fourths per cent beer, and Peter invited her into a saloon to +have a glass, and when he opened his eyes again it was dark, and he +had a splitting headache, and he groped around and discovered that +he was lying in a dark corner of an alleyway. Terror gripped his +heart, and he clapped his hand to the inside pocket where his wallet +had been, and there was nothing but horrible emptiness. So Peter was +ruined once again, and as usual it was a woman that had done it! + +Peter went to the police-station, but they never found the woman, or +if they did, they divided with her and not with Peter. He threw +himself on the mercy of the sergeant at the desk, and succeeded in +convincing the sergeant that he, Peter, was a part of the machinery +of his country's defense, and the sergeant agreed to stand sponsor +for ten words to Guffey. So Peter sat himself down with a pencil and +paper, and figured over it, and managed to get it into ten words, as +follows: "Woman again broke any old job any pay wire fare." And it +appeared that Guffey must have sat himself down with a pencil and +paper and figured over it also, for the answer came back in ten +words, as follows: "Idiot have wired secretary chamber commerce will +give you ticket." + +So Peter repaired forthwith to the stately offices of the Chamber of +Commerce, and the hustling, efficient young business-man secretary +sent his clerk to buy Peter a ticket and put him on the train. In a +time of need like that Peter realized what it meant to have the +backing of a great and powerful organization, with stately offices +and money on hand for all emergencies, even when they arose by +telegraph. He took a new vow of sobriety and decency, so that he +might always have these forces of law and order on his side. + + + + +Section 77 + + +Peter was duly scolded, and put to work as an "office man" at his +old salary of twenty dollars a week. It was his duty to consult with +Guffey's many "operatives," to tell them everything he knew about +this individual Red or that organization of Reds. He would use his +inside knowledge of personalities and doctrines and movements to +help in framing up testimony, and in setting traps for too ardent +agitators. He could no longer pose as a Red himself, but sometimes +there were cases where he could do detective work without being +recognized; when, for example, there was a question of fixing a +juror, or of investigating the members of a panel. + +The I. W. Ws. had been put out of business in American City, but the +Socialists were still active, in spite of prosecutions and +convictions. Also there was a new peril looming up; the returned +soldiers were coming back, and a lot of them were dissatisfied, +presuming to complain of their treatment in the army, and of the +lack of good jobs at home, and even of the peace treaty which the +President was arranging in Paris. They had fought to make the world +safe for democracy, and here, they said, it had been made safe for +the profiteers. This was plain Bolshevism, and in its most dangerous +form, because these fellows had learned to use guns, and couldn't +very well be expected to become pacifists right off the bat. + +There had been a great labor shortage during the war, and some of +the more powerful unions had taken the general rise in prices as an +excuse for demanding higher wages. This naturally had made the +members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants' and +Manufacturers' Association indignant, and now they saw their chance +to use these returned soldiers to smash strikes and to break the +organizations of the labor men. They proceeded to organize the +soldiers for this purpose; in American City the Chamber of Commerce +contributed twenty-five thousand dollars to furnish the club-rooms +for them, and when the trolley men went on strike the cars were run +by returned soldiers in uniform. + +There was one veteran, a fellow by the name of Sydney, who objected +to this program. He was publishing a paper, the "Veteran's Friend," +and began to use the paper to protest against his comrades acting as +what he called "scabs." The secretary of the Merchants' and +Manufacturers' Association sent for him and gave him a straight +talking to, but he went right ahead with his campaign, and so +Guffey's office was assigned the task of shutting him up. Peter, +while he could not take an active part in the job, was the one who +guided it behind the scenes. They proceeded to plant spies in +Sydney's office, and they had so many that it was really a joke; +they used to laugh and say that they trod on one another's toes. +Sydney was poor, and had not enough money to run his paper, so he +accepted any volunteer labor that came along. And Guffey sent him +plenty of volunteers--no less than seven operatives--one keeping +Sydney's books, another helping with his mailing, two more helping +to raise funds among the labor unions, others dropping in every day +or two to advise him. Nevertheless Sydney went right ahead with his +program of denouncing the Merchants' and Manufacturers' Association, +and denouncing the government for its failure to provide farms and +jobs for the veterans. + +One of Guffey's "under cover operatives"--that was the technical +term for the Peter Gudges and Joe Angells--was a man by the name of +Jonas. This Jonas called himself a "philosophic anarchist," and +posed as the reddest Red in American City; it was his habit to rise +up in radical meetings and question the speaker, and try to tempt +him to justify violence and insurrection and "mass-action." If he +repudiated these ideas, then Jonas would denounce him as a +"mollycoddle," a "pink tea Socialist," a "labor faker." Other people +in the audience would applaud, and so Guffey's men would find out +who were the real Red sympathizers. + +Peter had long suspected Jonas, and now he was sent to meet him in +Room 427 of the American House, and together they framed up a job on +Sydney. Jonas wrote a letter, supposed to come from a German +"comrade," giving the names of some papers in Europe to which the +editor should send sample copies of his magazine. This letter was +mailed to Sydney, and next morning Jonas wandered into the office, +and Sydney showed him the letter, and Jonas told him that these were +labor papers, and the editors would no doubt be interested to know +of the feelings of American soldiers since the war. Sydney sat down +to write a letter, and Jonas stood by his side and told him what to +write: "To my erstwhile enemies in arms I send fraternal greetings, +and welcome you as brothers in the new co-operative commonwealth +which is to be"--and so on, the usual Internationalist patter, which +all these agitators were spouting day and night, and which ran off +the ends of their pens automatically. Sydney mailed these letters, +and the sample copies of the magazine, and Guffey's office tipped +off the postoffice authorities, who held up the letters. The +book-keeper, one of Guffey's operatives, went to the Federal +attorney and made affidavit that Sydney had been carrying on a +conspiracy with the enemy in war-time, and a warrant was issued, and +the offices of the magazine were raided, the subscription-lists +confiscated, and everything in the rooms dumped out into the middle +of the floor. + +So there was a little job all Peter's own; except that Jonas, the +scoundrel, claimed it for his, and tried to deprive Peter of the +credit! So Peter was glad when the Federal authorities looked the +case over and said it was a bum job, and they wouldn't monkey with +it. However, the evidence was turned over to District-attorney +Burchard, who wasn't quite so fastidious, and his agents made +another raid, and smashed up the office again, and threw the +returned soldier into jail. The judge fixed the bail at fifteen +thousand dollars, and the American City "Times" published the story +with scare-headlines all the way across the front page--how the +editor of the "Veteran's Friend" had been caught conspiring with the +enemy, and here was a photographic copy of his treasonable letter, +and a copy of the letter of the mysterious German conspirator with +whom he had been in relations! They spent more than a year trying +that editor, and although he was out on bail, Guffey saw to it that +he could not get a job anywhere in American City; his paper was +smashed and his family near to starvation. + + + + +Section 78 + + +Peter had now been working faithfully for six or eight months, and +all that time he religiously carried out his promise to Guffey and +did not wink at a woman. But that is an unnatural life for a man, +and Peter was lonely, his dreams were haunted by the faces of Nell +Doolin and Rosie Stern, and even of little Jennie Todd. One day +another face came back to him, the face of Miss Frisbie, the little +manicurist who had spurned him because he was a Red. Now suddenly +Peter realized that he was no longer a Red! On the contrary, he was +a hero, his picture had been published in the American City "Times," +and no doubt Miss Frisbie had seen it. Miss Frisbie was a good girl, +a straight girl, and surely all right for him to know! + +So Peter went to the manicure parlor, and sure enough, there was the +little golden-haired lady; and sure enough, she had read all about +him, she had been dreaming that some day she might meet him +again--and so Peter invited her to go to a picture show. On the way +home they became very chummy, and before a week went by it was as if +they had been friends for life. When Peter asked Miss Frisbie if he +might kiss her, she answered coyly that he might, but after he had +kissed her a few times she explained to him that she was a +self-supporting woman, alone and defenseless in the world, and she +had nobody to speak for her but herself; she must tell him that she +had always been a respectable woman, and that she wanted him to know +that before he kissed her any more. And Peter thought it over and +decided that he had sowed his full share of wild oats in this life; +he was ready to settle down, and the next time he saw Miss Frisbie +he told her so, and before the evening was by they were engaged. + +Then Peter went to see Guffey, and seated himself on the edge of the +chair alongside Guffey's desk, and twisted his hat in his hands, and +flushed very red, and began to stammer out his confession. He +expected to be received with a gale of ridicule; he was immensely +relieved when Guffey said that if Peter had really found a good girl +and wanted to marry her, he, Guffey, was for it. There was nothing +like the influence of a good woman, and Guffey much preferred his +operatives should be married men, living a settled and respectable +life. They could be trusted then, and sometimes when a woman +operative was needed, they had a partner ready to hand. If Peter had +got married long ago, he might have had a good sum of money in the +bank by now. + +Peter ventured to point out that twenty dollars a week was not +exactly a marrying salary, in the face of the present high cost of +living. Guffey answered that that was true, and he would raise Peter +to thirty dollars right away--only first he demanded the right to +talk to Peter's fiancee, and judge for himself whether she +was worthy. Peter was delighted, and Miss Frisbie had a private and +confidential interview with Peter's boss. But afterwards Peter +wasn't quite so delighted, for he realized what Guffey had done. +Peter's future wife had been told all about Peter's weakness, and +how Peter's boss looked to her to take care of her husband and make +him walk the chalkline. So a week after Peter had entered the holy +bonds of matrimony, when he and Mrs. Gudge had their first little +family tiff, Peter suddenly discovered who was going to be top dog +in that family. He was shown his place once for all, and he took +it,--alongside that husband who described his domestic arrangements +by saying that he and his wife got along beautifully together, they +had come to an arrangement by which he was to have his way on all +major issues, and she was to have her way on all minor issues, and +so far no major issues had arisen. + +But really it was a very good thing; for Gladys Frisbie Gudge was an +excellent manager, and set to work making herself a nest as busily +as any female beaver. She still hung on to her manicurist job, for +she had figured it out that the Red movement must be just about +destroyed by now, and pretty soon Peter might find himself without +work. In the evenings she took to house-hunting, and during her noon +hour, without consulting Peter she selected the furniture and the +wall-paper, and pretty nearly bought out the stock of a +five-and-ten-cent store to equip the beaver's nest. + +Gladys Frisbie Gudge was a diligent reader of the fashion magazines, +and kept herself right up to the minute with the styles; also she +had got herself a book on etiquette, and learned it by heart from +cover to cover, and now she took Peter in hand and taught it to him. +Why must he always be a "Jimmie Higgins" of the "Whites?" Why +should he not acquire the vocabulary of an educated man, the arts +and graces of the well-to-do? Gladys knew that it is these +subtleties which determine your salary in the long run; so every +Sunday morning she would dress him up with a new brown derby and a +new pair of brown kid gloves, and take him to the Church of the +Divine Compassion, and they would listen to the patriotic sermon of +the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge, and Gladys would bow her head +in prayer, and out of the corner of her eye would get points on +costumes from the lady in the next pew. And afterwards they would +join the Sunday parade, and Gladys would point out to Peter the +marks of what she called "gentility." In the evenings they would go +walking, and she would stop in front of the big shop-windows, or +take him into the hotel lobbies where the rich could be seen free of +charge. Peter would be hungry, and would want to go to a cheap +restaurant and fill himself up with honest grub; but Gladys, who had +the appetite of a bird, would insist on marching him into the +dining-room of the Hotel de Soto and making a meal upon a cup of +broth and some bread and butter--just in order that they might gaze +upon a scene of elegance and see bow "genteel" people ate their +food. + + + + +Section 79 + + +And just as ardently as Gladys Frisbie Gudge adored the rich, so +ardently did she object to the poor. If you pinned her down to it, +she would admit that there had to be poor; there could not be +gentility, except on the basis of a large class of ungentility. The +poor were all right in their place; what Gladys objected to was +their presuming to try to get out of their place, or to criticise +their betters. She had a word by which she summed up everything that +she despised in the world, and that word was "common;" she used it +to describe the sort of people she declined to meet, and she used it +in correcting Peter's manners and his taste in hats. To be "common" +was to be damned; and when Gladys saw people who were indubitably +and inescapably "common," presuming to set themselves up and form +standards of their own, she took it as a personal affront, she +became vindictive and implacable towards them. Each and every one of +them became to her a personal enemy, an enemy to something far more +precious than her person, an enemy to the thing she aspired to +become, to her ideal. + +Peter had once been like that himself, but now he was so +comfortable, he had a tendency to become lazy and easy-going. It was +well, therefore, that he had Gladys to jack him up, and keep him on +his job. Gladys at first did not meet any Reds face to face, she +knew them only by the stories that Peter brought home to her when +his day's work was done. But each new group that he was hounding +became to Gladys an assemblage of incarnate fiends, and while she +sat polishing the finger-nails of stout society ladies who were too +sleepy to talk, Gladys' busy mind would be working over schemes to +foil these fiends. + +Sometimes her ideas were quite wonderful. She had a woman's +intuition, the knowledge of human foibles, all the intricate +subtleties of the emotional life; she would bring to Peter a program +for the undoing of some young radical, as complete as if she had +known the man or woman all her life. Peter took her ideas to +McGivney, and then to Guffey, and the result was that her talents +were recognized, and by the lever of a generous salary she was pried +loose from the manicure parlor. Guffey sent her to make the +acquaintance of the servants in the household of a certain rich man +who was continually making contributions to the Direct Primary +Association and other semi-Red organizations, and who was believed +to have a scandal in his private life. So successful was Gladys at +this job that presently Guffey set her at the still more delicate +task of visiting rich ladies, and impressing upon them the +seriousness of the Red peril, and persuading them to meet the +continually increasing expenses of Guffey's office. + +Just now was a busy time in the anti-Red campaign. For nearly two +years, ever since the Bolshevik revolution in Russia, there had been +gradually developing a split in the Socialist movement, and the +"under-cover" operatives of the Traction Trust, as well as those of +the district attorney's office and of the Federal government, had +been working diligently to widen this split and develop dissensions +in the organization. There were some Socialists who believed in +politics, and were prepared to devote their lives to the slow and +tedious job of building up a party. There were others who were +impatient, looking for a short cut, a general strike or a mass +insurrection of the workers which would put an end to the slavery of +capitalism. The whole game of politics was rotten, these would +argue; a politician could find more ways to fool the workers in a +minute than the workers could thwart in a year. They pointed to the +German Socialists, those betrayers of internationalism. There were +people who called themselves Socialists right here in American City +who wanted to draw the movement into the same kind of trap! + +This debate was not conducted in the realm of abstractions; the two +wings of the movement would attack one another with bitterness. The +"politicians" would denounce the "impossibilists," calling them +"anarchists;" and the other side, thus goaded, would accuse their +enemies of being in the hire of the government. Peter would supply +McGivney with bits of scandal which the "under cover" men would +start going among the "left-wingers;" and in the course of the long +wrangles in the local these accusations would come out. Herbert +Ashton would mention them with his biting sarcasm, or "Shorty" +Gunton would shout them in one of his tirades--"hurling them into +his opponents teeth," as he phrased it. + +"Shorty" Gunton was a tramp printer, a wandering agitator who was +all for direct action, and didn't care a hang who knew it. +"Violence?" he would say. "How many thousand years shall we submit +to the violence of capitalist governments, and never have the right +to reply?" And then again he would say, "Violence? Yes, of course +we must repudiate violence--until we get enough of it!" Peter had +listened to "Shorty's" railings at the "compromisers" and the +"political traders," and had thought him one of the most dangerous +men in American City. But later on, after the episode of Joe Angell +had opened Peter's eyes, he decided that "Shorty" must also be a +secret agent like himself. + +Peter was never told definitely, but he picked up a fact here and +there, and fitted them together, and before long his suspicion had +become certainty. The "left wing" Socialists split off from the +party, and called a convention of their own, and this convention in +turn split up, one part forming the Communist Party, and another +part forming the Communist Labor Party. While these two conventions +were in session, McGivney came to Peter, and said that the Federal +government had a man on the platform committee of the Communist +Party, and they wanted to write in some phrases that would make +membership in that party in itself a crime, so that everybody who +held a membership card could be sent to prison without further +evidence. These phrases must be in the orthodox Communist lingo, and +this was where Peter's specialized knowledge was needed. + +So Peter wrote the phrases, and a couple of days later he read in +the newspapers an account of the convention proceedings. The +platform committee had reported, and "Shorty" Gunton had submitted a +minority report, and had made a fiery speech in the convention, with +the result that his minority report was carried by a narrow margin. +This minority report contained all the phrases that Peter had +written. A couple of months later, when the government had its case +ready, and the wholesale raids upon the Communists took place, +"Shorty" Gunton was arrested, but a few days later he made a +dramatic escape by sawing his way thru the roof of the jail! + + + + +Section 80 + + +The I. W. W. had bobbed up again in American City, and had ventured +to open another headquarters. Peter did not dare go to the place +himself, but he coached a couple of young fellows whom McGivney +brought to him, teaching them the Red lingo, and how to worm their +way into the movement. Before long one of them was secretary of the +local; and Peter, directing their activities, received reports twice +a week of everything the "wobblies" were planning and doing. Peter +and Gladys were figuring out another bomb conspiracy to direct +attention to these dangerous men, when one day Peter picked up the +morning paper and discovered that a kind Providence had delivered +the enemy into his hands. + +Up in the lumber country of the far Northwest, in a little town +called Centralia, the "wobblies" had had their headquarters raided +and smashed, just as in American City. They had got themselves +another meeting-place, and again the members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants' and Manufacturers' Association had held +a secret meeting and resolved to wipe them out. The "wobblies" had +appealed to the authorities for protection, and when protection was +refused, they had printed a leaflet appealing to the public. But the +business men went ahead with their plans. They arranged for a parade +of returned soldiers on the anniversary of Armistice Day, and they +diverted this parade out of its path so that it would pass in front +of the I. W. W. headquarters. Some of the more ardent members +carried ropes, symbolic of what they meant to do; and they brought +the parade to a halt in front of the headquarters, and set up a yell +and started to rush the hall. They battered in the door, and had +pushed their way half thru it when the "wobblies" opened fire from +inside, killing several of the paraders. + +Then, of course, the mob flew into a frenzy of fury. They beat the +men in the hall, some of them into insensibility; they flung them +into jail, and battered and tortured them, and took one of them out +of jail and carried him away in an automobile, and after they had +mutilated him as Shawn Grady had been mutilated, they hanged him +from a bridge. Of course they saw to it that the newspaper stories +which went out from Centralia that night were the right kind of +stories; and next morning all America read how a group of "wobblies" +had armed themselves with rifles, and concealed themselves on the +roof of the I. W. W. headquarters, and deliberately and in cold +blood had opened fire upon a peaceful parade of unarmed war +veterans. + +Of course the country went wild, and the Guffeys and McGivneys and +Gudges all over the United States realized that their chance had +come. Peter instructed the secretary of the I. W. W. local of +American City to call a meeting for that evening, to adopt a +resolution declaring the press stories from Centralia to be lies. At +the same time another of Guffey's men, an ex-army officer still +wearing his, uniform, caused a meeting of the American Legion to be +summoned; he made a furious address to the boys, and at nine o'clock +that night some two-score of them set out, armed with big +monkey-wrenches from their automobiles, and raided the I. W. W. +headquarters, and battered the members over the head with the +monkey-wrenches, causing several to leap from the window and break +their legs. Next morning the incident was reported in the American +City "Times" with shouts of glee, and District-attorney Burchard +issued a public statement to the effect that no effort would be made +to punish the soldier boys; the "wobblies" had wanted "direct +action," and they had got it, and it would be assumed that they were +satisfied. + +Then the members of the American Legion, encouraged by this +applause, and instigated by Guffey's ex-army officer, proceeded to +invade and wreck every radical meeting-place in the city. They +smashed the "Clarion" office and the Socialist Party headquarters +again, and confiscated more tons of literature. They wrecked a +couple of book-stores, and then, breaking up into small groups, they +inspected all the news-stands in the city, and wherever they found +Red magazines like the Nation or the New Republic, they tore up the +copies and threatened the agents with arrest. They invaded the rooms +of a literary society called the Ruskin Club, frequented mostly by +amiable old ladies, and sent some of these elderly dames into +hysterics. They discovered the "Russian Peoples' Club," which had +hitherto been overlooked because it was an educational organization. +But of course no Russian could be trusted these days--all of them +were Bolsheviks, or on the way to becoming Bolsheviks, which was the +same thing; so Guffey organized a raid on this building, and some +two hundred Russians were clubbed and thrown downstairs or out of +windows, and an elderly teacher of mathematics had his skull +cracked, and a teacher of music had some teeth knocked out. + +There were several million young Americans who had been put into +military uniform, and had guns put into their hands, and been put +thru target practice and bayonet drill, and then had not seen any +fighting. These fellows were, as the phrase has it, "spoiling for a +fight;" and here was their chance. It was just as much fun as trench +warfare, and had the advantage of not being dangerous. When the +raiding parties came back, there were no missing members, and no +casualties to be telegraphed to heartbroken parents. Some fool women +got together and tried to organize a procession to protest against +the blockade of Russia; the raiders fell upon these women, and +wrecked their banners, and tore their clothing to bits, and the +police hustled what was left of them off to jail. It happened that a +well-known "sporting man," that is to say a race-track frequenter, +came along wearing a red necktie, and the raiders, taking him for a +Bolshevik, fell upon him and pretty nearly mauled the life out of +him. After that there was protest from people who thought it unwise +to break too many laws while defending law and order, so the +district attorney's office arranged to take on the young soldier +boys as deputy sheriffs, and give them all badges, legal and proper. + + + + +Section 81 + + +Peter Gudge often went along on these hunting parties. Peter, +curiously enough, discovered in himself the same "complex" as the +balked soldier boys. Peter had been reading war news for five years, +but had missed the fighting; and now he discovered that he liked to +fight. What had kept him from liking to fight in the past was the +danger of getting hurt; but now that there was no such danger, he +could enjoy it. In past times people had called him a coward, and he +had heard it so often that he had come to believe it; but now he +realized that it was not true, he was just as brave as anybody else +in the crowd. + +The truth was that Peter had not had a happy time in his youth, he +had never learned, like the younger members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants' and Manufacturers' Association, to knock +a little white ball about a field with various shapes and sizes of +clubs. Peter was like a business man who has missed his boyhood, and +then in later years finds the need of recreation, and takes up some +form of sport by the orders of his physician. It became Peter's, +form of sport to stick an automatic revolver in his hip-pocket, and +take a blackjack in his hand, and rush into a room where thirty or +forty Russians or "Sheenies" of all ages and lengths of beard were +struggling to learn the intricacies of English spelling. Peter would +give a yell, and see this crowd leap and scurry hither and thither, +and chase them about and take a whack at a head wherever he saw one, +and jump into a crowd who were bunched together like sheep, trying +to hide their heads, and pound them over the exposed parts of their +anatomy until they scattered into the open again. He liked to get a +lot of them started downstairs and send them tumbling heels over +head; or if he could get them going out a window, that was more +exhilarating yet, and he would yell and whoop at them. He learned +some of their cries--outlandish gibberish it was--and he would curse +them in their own language. He had a streak of the monkey in him, +and as he got to know these people better he would imitate their +antics and their gestures of horror, and set a whole room full of +the "bulls" laughing to split their sides. There was a famous +"movie" comedian with big feet, and Peter would imitate this man, +and waddle up to some wretched sweat-shop worker and boot him in the +trousers' seat, or step on his toes, or maybe spit in his eye. So he +became extremely popular among the "bulls," and they would insist on +his going everywhere with them. + +Later on, when the government set to work to break up the Communist +Party and the Communist Labor Party, Peter's popularity and prestige +increased still more. For now, instead of just raiding and smashing, +the police and detectives would round up the prisoners and +arrest them by hundreds, and carry them off and put them thru +"examinations." And Peter was always needed for this; his special +knowledge made him indispensable, and he became practically the boss +of the proceedings. It had been arranged thru "Shorty" Gunton and +the other "under cover" men that the meetings of the Communist and +Communist Labor parties should be held on the same night; and all +over the country this same thing was done, and next morning the +world was electrified by the news that all these meetings had been +raided at the same hour, and thousands of Reds placed under arrest. +In American City the Federal government had hired a suite of about a +dozen rooms adjoining the offices of Guffey, and all night and next +morning batches of prisoners were brought in, until there were about +four hundred in all. They were crowded into these rooms with barely +space to sit down; of course there was an awful uproar, moaning and +screaming of people who had been battered, and a smell that beat the +monkey cage at the zoological gardens. + +The prisoners were kept penned up in this place for several weeks, +and all the time more were being brought in; there were so many that +the women had to be stored in the toilets. Many of the prisoners +fell ill, or pretended to fall ill, and several of them went insane, +or pretended to go insane, and several of them died, or pretended to +die. And of course the parlor Reds and sympathizers were busy +outside making a terrible fuss about it. They had no more papers, +and could not hold any more meetings, and when they tried to +circulate literature the post-office authorities tied them up; but +still somehow they managed to get publicity, and Peter's "under +cover" men would report to him who was doing this work, and Peter +would arrange to have more raids and more batches of prisoners +brought in. In one of the "bomb-plots" which had been unveiled in +the East they had discovered some pink paper, used either for +printing leaflets, or for wrapping explosives, one could not be +sure. Anyhow, the secret agencies with which Guffey was connected +had distributed samples of this paper over the country, and any time +the police wanted to finish some poor devil, they would find this +deadly "pink paper" in his possession, and the newspapers would +brand him as one of the group of conspirators who were sending +infernal machines thru the mails. + + + + +Section 82 + + +Peter was so busy these days that he missed several nights' sleep, +and hardly even stopped to eat. He had his own private room, where +the prisoners were brought for examination, and he had half a dozen +men under his orders to do the "strong arm" work. It was his task to +extract from these prisoners admissions which would justify their +being sent to prison if they were citizens, or being deported if +they were aliens. There was of course seldom any way to distinguish +between citizens and aliens; you just had to take a chance on it, +proceeding on the certainty that all were dangerous. Many years ago, +when Peter had been working for Pericles Priam, they had spent +several months in a boarding house, and you could tell when there +was going to be beef-steak for dinner, because you heard the cook +pounding it with the potato-masher to "tender it up;" and Peter +learned this phrase, and now used the process upon his alien Reds. +When they came into the room, Peter's men would fall upon them and +beat them and cuff them, knocking them about from one fist to +another. If they were stubborn and would not "come across," Peter +would take them in hand himself, remembering how successful Guffey +had been in getting things out of him by the twisting of wrists and +the bending back of fingers. + +It was amazing how clever and subtle some of these fellows were. +They were just lousy foreign laborers, but they spent all their +spare time reading; you would find large collections of books in +their rooms when you made your raids, and they knew exactly what you +wanted, and would parry your questions. Peter would say: "You're an +Anarchist, aren't you?" And the answer would be: "I'm not an +Anarchist in the sense of the word you mean"--as if there could be +two meanings of the word "Anarchist!" Peter would say, "You believe +in violence, do you not?" And then the fellow would become +impertinent: "It is you who believe in violence, look at my face +that you have smashed." Or Peter would say, "You don't like this +government, do you?" And the answer would be, "I always liked it +until it treated me so badly"--all kinds of evasions like that, and +there would be a stenographer taking it down, and unless Peter could +get something into the record that was a confession, it would not be +possible to deport that Red. So Peter would fall upon him and +"tender him up" until he would answer what he was told to answer; or +maybe Peter would prepare an interview as he wanted it to be, and +the detectives would grab the man's hand and make him sign it; or +maybe Peter would just sign it himself. + +These were harsh methods, but there was no way to help it, the Reds +were so cunning. They were secretly undermining the government, and +was the government to lie down and admit its helplessness? The +answer of 100% Americanism was thundered from every wood and templed +hill in the country; also from every newspaper office. The answer +was "No!" 100% Americanism would find a way to preserve itself from +the sophistries of European Bolshevism; 100% Americanism had worked +out its formula: "If they don't like this country, let them go back +where they come from." But of course, knowing in their hearts that +America was the best country in the world, they didn't want to go +back, and it was necessary to make them go. + +Peter was there for that purpose, and his devoted wife was by his +side, egging him on with her feminine implacability. Gladys had +always been accustomed to refer to these people as "cattle," and +now, when she smelled them herded together in these office rooms for +several weeks, she knew that she was right, and that no fate could +be too stern for them. Presently with Peter's help she discovered +another bomb-plot, this time against the Attorney-General of the +country, who was directing these wholesale raids. They grabbed four +Italian Anarchists in American City, and kept them apart in special +rooms, and for a couple of months Peter labored with them to get +what he wanted out of them. Just as Peter thought he had succeeded, +his efforts were balked by one of them jumping out of the window. +The room being on the fourteenth story, this Italian Anarchist was +no longer available as a witness against himself. The incident set +the parlor Bolsheviks all over the country to raging, and caused +David Andrews to get some kind of court injunction, and make a lot +of inconvenience to Guffey's office. + +However, the work went on; the Reds were gradually sorted out, and +some who proved not to be Reds were let go again, and others were +loaded onto special Red trains and taken to the nearest ports. Some +of them went in grim silence, others went with furious cursings, and +yet others with wailings and shriekings; for many of them had +families, and they had the nerve to demand that the government +should undertake to ship their families also, or else to take care +of their families for them! The government, naturally, admitted no +such responsibility. The Reds had no end of money for printing +seditious literature, so let them use it to take care of their own! + +In these various raids and examinations Peter of course met a great +many of the Reds whom he had once known as friends and intimates. +Peter had been wont to imagine himself meeting them, and to tremble +at the bare idea; but now he found that he rather enjoyed it. He was +entirely delivered from that fear of them, which had formerly +spoiled his appetite and disturbed his sleep. He had learned that +the Reds were poor creatures who did not fight back; they had no +weapons, and many of them did not even have muscles; there was +really nothing to them but talk. And Peter knew that he had the +power of organized society behind him, the police and the courts and +the jails, if necessary the army with its machine guns and airplanes +and poison gas. Not merely was it safe to pound these people, to +tread on their toes and spit in their eyes; it was safe also to +frame up anything on them, because the newspapers would always back +you up, and the public would of course believe whatever it read in +its newspapers. + +No, Peter was no longer afraid of the Reds! He made up his mind that +he was not even afraid of Mac, the most dangerous Red of them all. +Mac was safely put away in jail for twenty years, and although his +case had been appealed, the court had refused to grant a stay of +sentence or to let him out on bail. As it happened, Peter got a +glimpse into Mac's soul in jail, and knew that even that proud, grim +spirit was breaking. Mac in jail had written a letter to one of his +fellow-Reds in American City, and the post-office authorities had +intercepted the letter, and Guffey had shown it to Peter. "Write to +us!" Mac had pleaded. "For God's sake, write to us! The worst horror +of being in jail is that you are forgotten. Do at least let us know +that somebody is thinking about us!" + +So Peter knew that he was the victor, he was "top dog." And when he +met these Reds whom he had been so afraid of, he took pleasure in +letting them feel the weight of his authority, and sometimes of his +fist. It was amusing to see the various ways in which they behaved +toward him. Some would try to plead with him, for the sake of old +times; some would cringe and whine to him; some would try to reason +with him, to touch his conscience. But mostly they would be haughty, +they would glare at him with hate, or put a sneer of contempt on +their faces. So Peter would set his "bulls" to work to improve their +manners, and a little thumb-bending and wrist-twisting would soon do +the work. + + + + +Section 83 + + +Among the first load to be brought in was Miriam Yankovich. Miriam +had joined the Communist Party, and she had been born in Russia, so +that was all there was to her case. Peter, knew, of course that it +was Miriam who had set Rosie Stern after him and brought about his +downfall. Still, he could not help but be moved by her appearance. +She looked haggard and old, and she had a cough, and her eyes were +wild and crazy. Peter remembered her as proud and hot-tempered, but +now her pride was all gone--she flung herself on her knees before +him, and caught hold of his coat, sobbing hysterically. It appeared +that she had a mother and five young brothers and sisters who were +dependent upon her earnings; all her money had been consumed by +hospital expenses, and now she was to be deported to Russia, and +what would become of her loved ones? + +Peter answered, what could he do? She had violated the law, they had +her membership card in the Communist Party, and she had admitted +that she was alien born. He tried to draw away, but she clung to +him, and went on sobbing and pleading. At least she ought to have a +chance to talk with her old mother, to tell her what to do, where to +go for help, how to communicate with Miriam in future. They were +sending her away without allowing her to have a word with her loved +ones, without even a chance to get her clothing! + +Peter, as we know, had always been soft-hearted towards women, so +now he was embarrassed. In the handling of these cattle he was +carrying out the orders of his superiors; he had no power to grant +favors to any one, and he told Miriam this again and again. But she +would not listen to him. "Please, Peter, please! For God's sake, +Peter! You know you were once a little in love with me, Peter--you +told me so--" + +Yes, that was true, but it hadn't done Peter much good. Miriam had +been interested in Mac--in Mac, that most dangerous devil, who had +given Peter so many anxious hours! She had brushed Peter to one +side, she had hardly been willing to listen to what he said; and now +she was trying to use that love she had spurned! + +She had got hold of his hand, and he could not get it away from her +without violence. "If you ever felt a spark of love for a woman," +she cried, "surely you cannot deny such a favor--such a little +favor! Please, Peter, for the sake of old times!" + +Suddenly Peter started, and Miriam too. There came a voice from the +doorway. "So this is one of your lady friends, is it?" And there +stood Gladys, staring, rigid with anger, her little hands clenched. +"So this is one of your Red sweethearts, one of your nationalized +women?" And she stamped her foot. "Get up, you hussy! Get up, you +slut!" And as Miriam continued to kneel, motionless with surprise, +Gladys rushed at her, and clutched two handfuls of her heavy black +hair, and pulled so that Miriam fell prone on the floor. "I'll teach +you, you free lover!" she screamed. "I'll teach you to make love to +my husband!" And she dragged Miriam about by that mop of black hair, +kicking her and clawing her, until finally several of the bulls had +to interfere to save the girl's life. + +As a matter of fact Gladys had been told about Peter's shameful past +before she married him; Guffey had told her, and she had told Peter +that Guffey had told her, she had reminded Peter of it many, many +times. But the actual sight of one of these "nationalized women" had +driven her into a frenzy, and it was a week before peace was +restored in the Gudge family. Meantime poor Peter was buffeted by +storms of emotion, both at home and in his office. They were getting +ready the first Red train, and it seemed as if every foreign Red +that Peter had ever known was besieging him, trying to get at him +and harrow his soul and his conscience. Sadie Todd's cousin, who had +been born in England, was shipped out on this first train, and also +a Finnish lumberman whom Peter had known in the I. W. W., and a +Bohemian cigar worker at whose home he had several times eaten, and +finally Michael Dubin, the Jewish boy with whom he had spent fifteen +days in jail, and who had been one of the victims of the black-snake +whippings. + +Michael made no end of wailing, because he had a wife and three +babies, and he set up the claim that when the "bulls" had raided his +home they had stolen all his savings, two or three hundred dollars. +Peter, of course, insisted that he could do nothing; Dubin was a Red +and an alien, and he must go. When they were loading them on the +train, there was Dubin's wife and half a hundred other women, +shrieking and wringing their hands, and trying to break thru the +guards to get near their loved ones. The police had to punch them in +the stomachs with their clubs to hold them back, and in spite of all +these blows, the hysterical Mrs. Dubin succeeded in breaking thru +the guards, and she threw herself under the wheels of the train, and +they were barely able to drag her away in time to save her life. +Scenes like this would, of course, have a bad effect upon the +public, and so Guffey called up the editors of all the newspapers, +and obtained a gentleman's agreement that none of them would print +any details. + + + + +Section 84 + + +All over the country the Red trains were moving eastward, loaded +with "wobblies" and communists, pacifists and anarchists, and a +hundred other varieties of Bolsheviks. They got a shipload together +and started them off for Russia--the "Red Ark" it was called, and +the Red soap-boxers set tip a terrific uproar, and one Red clergyman +compared the "Red Ark" to the Mayflower! Also there was some Red +official in Washington, who made a fuss and cancelled a whole block +of deportation orders, including some of Peter's own cases. This, +naturally, was exasperating to Peter and his wife; and on top of it +came another incident that was still more humiliating. + +There was a "pink" mass meeting held in American City, to protest +against the deportations. Guffey said they would quite probably raid +the meeting, and Peter must go along, so as to point out the Reds to +the bulls. The work was in charge of a police detective by the name +of Garrity, head of what was called the "Bomb Squad"; but this man +didn't know very much, so he had the habit of coming to Peter for +advice. Now he had the whole responsibility of this meeting, and he +asked Peter to come up on the platform with him, and Peter went. +Here was a vast audience--all the Red fury which had been pent up +for many months, breaking loose in a whirlwind of excitement. Here +were orators, well dressed and apparently respectable men, not in +any way to be distinguished from the born rulers of the country, +coming forward on the platform and uttering the most treasonable +sentences, denouncing the government, denouncing the blockade +against Russia, praising the Bolshevik government of Russia, +declaring that the people who went away in the "Soviet Ark" were +fortunate, because they were escaping from a land of tyranny into a +land of freedom. At every few sentences the orator would be stopped +by a storm of applause that broke from the audience. + +And what was a poor Irish Catholic police detective to make of a +proposition like that? Here stood an orator declaring: "Whenever any +form of government becomes destructive to these ends, it is the +right of the people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new +government, laying its foundations on such principles and organizing +its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect +their safety and happiness." And Garrity turned to Peter. "What do +you think of that?" he said, his good-natured Irish face blank with +dismay. + +Peter thought it was the limit. Peter knew that thousands of men all +over America had been sent to prison for saying things less +dangerous than that. Peter had read many sets of instructions from +the office of the Attorney-General of the United States, and knew +officially that that was precisely the thing you were never under +any circumstances permitted to say, or to write, or even to think. +So Peter said to Garrity: "That fellow's gone far enough. You better +arrest him." Garrity spoke to his men, and they sprang forward on +the platform, and stopped the orator and placed him and all his +fellow-orators under arrest, and ordered the audience out of the +building. There were a couple of hundred policemen and detectives on +hand to carry out Garrity's commands, and they formed a line with +their clubs, and drove the crowd before them, and carted the +speakers off in a patrol wagon. Then Peter went back to Guffey's +office, and told what he had done--and got a reception that reminded +him of the time Guffey had confronted him with the letter from Nell +Doolin! "Who do you think that was you pinched?" cried Guffey. +"He's the brother of a United States senator! And what do you think +he was saying? That was a sentence from the Declaration of +Independence!" + + +Peter couldn't "get it"; Peter was utterly lost. Could a man go +ahead and break the law, just because he happened to be a brother of +a United States senator? And what difference did it make whether a +thing was in the Declaration of Independence, if it was seditious, +if it wasn't allowed to be said? This incident brought Guffey and +the police authorities of the city so much ridicule that Guffey got +all his men together and read them a lecture, explaining to them +just what were the limits of the anti-Red activities, just who it +was they mustn't arrest, and just what it was they couldn't keep +people from saying. For example, a man couldn't be arrested for +quoting the Bible. + +"But Jesus Christ, Guffey," broke in one of the men, "have all of us +got to know the Bible by heart?" + +There was a laugh all round. "No," Guffey admitted, "but at least be +careful, and don't arrest anybody for saying anything that sounds as +if it came from the Bible." + +"But hell!" put in another of the men, who happened to be an +ex-preacher. "That'll tie us up tighter than a jail-sentence! Look +what's in the Bible!" + +And he proceeded to quote some of the things, and Peter knew that he +had never heard any Bolshevik talk more outrageous than that. It +made one realize more than ever how complicated was this Red +problem; for Guffey insisted, in spite of everything, that every +word out of the Bible was immune. "Up in Winnipeg," said he, "they +indicted a clergyman for quoting two passages from the prophet +Isaiah, but they couldn't face it, they had to let the fellow go." +And the same thing was true of the Declaration of Independence; +anybody might read it, no matter how seditious it was. And the same +thing was true of the Constitution, even tho the part called the +Bill of Rights declared that everybody in America might do all the +things that Guffey's office was sending them to jail for doing! + +This seemed a plain crazy proposition; but Guffey explained it as a +matter of politics. If they went too far, these fellows would go out +and capture the votes from them, and maybe take away the government +from them, and where would they be then? Peter had never paid any +attention to politics before this, but both he and Gladys realized +after this lecture that they must broaden their view-point. It was +not enough to put the Reds in jail and crack their skulls, you had +to keep public sympathy for what you were doing, you had to make the +public understand that it was necessary, you had to carry on what +was called "propaganda," to keep the public aware of the odiousness +of these cattle, and the desperate nature of their purposes. + +The man who perceived that most clearly was the Attorney-General of +the country, and Guffey in his lecture pointed out the double nature +of his activities. Not merely was the Attorney-General breaking up +the Communist and the Communist Labor parties and sending their +members to jail; he was using the funds of his office to send out an +endless stream of propaganda, to keep the country frightened about +these Red plots. Right now he had men in American City working over +the data which Guffey had collected, and every week or two he would +make a speech somewhere, or would issue a statement to the +newspapers, telling of new bomb plots and new conspiracies to +overthrow the government. And how clever he was about it! He would +get the pictures of the very worst-looking of the Reds, pictures +taken after they had been kept in jail for weeks without a shave, +and with the third degree to spoil their tempers; and these pictures +would be spread on a sheet with the caption: "MEN LIKE THESE WOULD +RULE YOU." This would be sent to ten thousand country newspapers all +over the nation, and ninety-nine hundred would publish it, and +ninety-nine million Americans would want to murder the Reds +next morning. So successful had this plan proven that the +Attorney-General was expecting to be nominated for President by +means of it, and all the agencies of his department were working to +that end. + +The same thing was being done by all the other agencies of big +business all over the country. The "Improve America League" of +American City was publishing full-page advertisements in the +"Times," and the "Home and Fireside Association" of Eldorado was +doing the same thing in the Eldorado "Times," and the "Patriot's +Defense Legion" was doing the same thing in the Flagland "Banner." +They were investigating the records of all political candidates, and +if any of them showed the faintest tinge of pink, Guffey's office +would set to work to rake up their records and get up scandals on +them, and the business men would contribute a big campaign fund, and +these candidates would be snowed under at the polls. That was the +kind of work they were doing, and all Guffey's operatives must bear +in mind the importance of it, and must never take any step that +would hamper this political campaign, this propaganda on behalf of +law and order. + + + + +Section 85 + + +Peter went out from this conference a sober man, realizing for the +first time his responsibilities as a voter, and a shepherd to other +voters. Peter agreed with Gladys that his views had been too narrow; +his conception of the duties of a secret agent had been of the +pre-war order. Now he must realize that the world was changed; now, +in this new world made safe for democracy, the secret agent was the +real ruler of society, the real master of affairs, the trustee, as +it were, for civilization. Peter and his wife must take up this new +role and make themselves fit for it. They ought of course not be +moved by personal considerations, but at the same time they must +recognize the fact that this higher role would be of great advantage +to them; it would enable them to move up in the world, to meet the +best people. Thru five or six years of her young life Gladys had sat +polishing the fingernails and fondling the soft white hands of the +genteel; and always a fire of determination had burnt in her breast, +that some day she would belong to this world of gentility, she would +meet these people, not as an employee, but as an equal, she would +not merely hold their hands, but would have them hold hers. + +Now the chance had come. She had a little talk with Guffey, and +Guffey said it would be a good idea, and he would speak to Billy +Nash, the secretary of the "Improve America League"; and he did so, +and next week the American City "Times" announced that on the +following Sunday evening the Men's Bible Class of the Bethlehem +Church would have an interesting meeting. It would be addressed by +an "under cover" operative of the government, a former Red who had +been for many years a most dangerous agitator, but had seen the +error of his ways, and had made amends by giving his services to the +government in the recent I. W. W. trials. + +The Bethlehem Church didn't amount to very much, it was an obscure +sect like the Holy Rollers; but Gladys had been shrewd, and had +insisted that you mustn't try to climb to the top of the mountain in +one step. Peter must first "try it on the dog," and if he failed, +there would be no great harm done. + +But Gladys worked just as hard to make a success of this lecture as +if they had been going into real society. She spent several days +getting up her costume and Peter's, and she spent a whole day +getting her toilet ready, and before they set out she spent at least +an hour putting the finishing touches upon herself in front of a +mirror, and seeing that Peter was proper in every detail. When Mr. +Nash introduced her personally to the Rev. Zebediah Muggins, and +when this apostle of the second advent came out upon the platform +and introduced her husband to the crowded working-class audience, +Gladys was so a-quiver with delight that it was more a pain than a +pleasure. + +Peter did not do perfectly, of course. He lost himself a few times, +and stammered and floundered about; but he remembered Glady's +advice--if he got stuck, to smile and explain that he had never +spoken in public before. So everything went along nicely, and +everybody in the Men's Bible Class was aghast at the incredible +revelations of this ex-Red and secret agent of law and order. So +next week Peter was invited again--this time by the Young Saints' +League; and when he had made good there, he was drafted by the Ad. +Men's Association, and then by the Crackers and Cheese Club. By this +time he had acquired what Gladys called "savwaa fair"; his fame +spread rapidly, and at last came the supreme hour--he was summoned +to Park Avenue to address the members of the Friendly Society, a +parish organization of the Church of the Divine Compassion! + +This was the goal upon which the eyes of Gladys had been fixed. This +was the time that really counted, and Peter was groomed and +rehearsed all over again. Their home was only a few blocks from the +church, but Gladys insisted that they must positively arrive in a +taxi-cab, and when they entered the Parish Hall and the Rev. de +Willoughby Stotterbridge, that exquisite almost-English gentleman, +came up and shook hands with them, Gladys knew that she had at last +arrived. The clergyman himself escorted her to the platform, and +after he had introduced Peter, he seated himself beside her, thus +definitely putting a seal upon her social position. + +Peter, having learned his lecture by heart, having found out just +what brought laughter and what brought tears and what brought +patriotic applause, was now an assured success. After the lecture he +answered questions, and two clerks in the employ of Billy Nash +passed around membership cards of the "Improve America League," +membership dues five dollars a year, sustaining membership +twenty-five dollars a year, life membership two hundred dollars +cash. Peter was shaken hands with by members of the most exclusive +social set in American City, and told by them all to keep it up--his +country needed him. Next morning there was an account of his lecture +in the "Times," and the morning after there was an editorial about +his revelations, with the moral: "Join the Improve America League." + + + + +Section 86 + + +That second morning, when Peter got to his office, he found a letter +waiting for him, a letter written on very conspicuous and expensive +stationery, and addressed in a woman's tall and sharp-pointed +handwriting. Peter opened it and got a start, for at the top of the +letter was some kind of crest, and a Latin inscription, and the +words: "Society of the Daughters of the American Revolution." The +letter informed him by the hand of a secretary that Mrs. Warring +Sammye requested that Mr. Peter Gudge would be so good as to call +upon her that afternoon at three o'clock. Peter studied the letter, +and tried to figure out what kind of Red this was. He was impressed +by the stationery and the regal tone, but that word "Revolution" was +one of the forbidden words. Mrs. Warren Sammye must be one of the +"Parlor Reds," like Mrs. Godd. + +So Peter took the letter to McGivney, and said suspiciously, "What +kind of a Red plot is this?" + +McGivney read the letter, and said, "Red plot? How do you mean?" + +"Why," explained Peter, "it says `Daughters of the American +Revolution.'" + +And McGivney looked at him; at first he thought that Peter was +joking, but when he saw that the fellow was really in earnest, he +guffawed in his face. "You boob!" he said. "Didn't you ever hear of +the American Revolution? Don't you know anything about the Fourth of +July?" + +Just then the telephone rang and interrupted them, and McGivney +shoved the letter to him saying, "Ask your wife about it!" So when +Gladys came in, Peter gave her the letter, and she was much excited. +It appeared that Mrs. Warring Sammye was a very tip-top society lady +in American City, and this American Revolution of which she was a +daughter was a perfectly respectable revolution that had happened a +long time ago; the very best people belonged to it, and it was legal +and proper to write about, and even to put on your letterheads. +Peter must go home and get himself into his best clothes at once, +and telephone to the secretary that he would be pleased to call upon +Mrs. Warring Sammye at the hour indicated. Incidentally, there were +a few more things for Peter to study. He must get a copy of the +social register, "Who's Who in American City," and he must get a +history of his country, and learn about the Declaration of +Independence, and what was the difference between a revolution that +had happened a long time ago and one that was happening now. + +So Peter went to call on the great society lady in her grey stone +mansion, and found her every bit as opulent as Mrs. Godd, with the +addition that she respected her own social position; she did not +make the mistake of treating Peter as an equal, and so it did not +occur to Peter that he might settle down permanently in her home. +Her purpose was to tell Peter that she had heard of his lecture +about the Red menace, and that she was chairman of the Board of +Directors of the Lady Patronesses of the Home for Disabled War +Veterans in American City, and she wanted to arrange to have Peter +deliver this lecture to the veterans. And Peter, instructed in +advance by Gladys, said that he would be very glad to donate this +lecture as a patriotic contribution. Mrs. Warring Sammye thanked him +gravely in the name of his country, and said she would let him know +the date. + +Peter went home, and Gladys made a wry face, because the lecture was +to be delivered before a lot of good-for-nothing soldiers in some +hall, when it had been her hope that it was to be delivered to the +Daughters themselves, and in Mrs. Warring Sammye's home. However, to +have attracted Mrs. Warring Sammye's attention for anything was in +itself a triumph. So Gladys was soon cheerful again, and she told +Peter about Mrs. Warring Sammye's life; one picked up such valuable +knowledge in the gossip at the manicure parlors, it appeared. + +Then, being in a friendly mood, Gladys talked to Peter about +himself. They had mounted to a height from which they could look +back upon the past and see it as a whole, and in the intimacy and +confidence of their domestic partnership they could draw lessons +from their mistakes and plan their future wisely. Peter had made +many blunders--he must surely admit that. Did Peter admit that? Yes, +Peter did. But, continued Gladys, he had struggled bravely, and he +had the supreme good fortune to have secured for himself that +greatest of life's blessings, the cooperation of a good and capable +woman. Gladys was very emphatic about this latter, and Peter agreed +with her. He agreed also when she stated that it is the duty of a +good and capable wife to protect her husband for the balance of +their life's journey, so that he would be able to avoid the traps +which his enemies set for his feet. Peter, having learned by bitter +experience, would never again go chasing after a pretty face, and +wake up next morning to find his pockets empty. Peter admitted this +too. As this conversation progressed, he realized that the tour of +triumph his life had become was a thing entirely of his wife's +creation; at least, he realized that there would be no use in trying +to change his wife's conviction on the subject. Likewise he meekly +accepted her prophecies as to his future conduct; he would bring +home his salary at the end of each week, and his wife would use it, +together with her own salary, to improve the appearance and tone of +both of them, and to aid them to climb to a higher social position. + +Peter, following his wife's careful instructions, has already become +more dignified in his speech, more grave in his movements. She tells +him that the future of society depends on his knowledge and his +skill, and he agrees to this also. He has learned what you can do +and what you had better not do; he will never again cross the +dead-line into crime, or take chances with experiments in blackmail. +He will try no more free lance work under the evil influence of low +creatures like Nell Doolin, but will stand in with the "machine," +and bear in mind that honesty is the best policy. So he will +steadily progress; he will meet the big men of the country, and will +go to them, not cringing and twisting his hat in his hands, but +with quiet self-possession. He will meet the agents of the +Attorney-General aspiring to become President, and will furnish them +with material for their weekly Red scares. He will meet legislators +who want to unseat elected Socialists, and governors who wish to +jail the leaders of "outlaw" strikes. He will meet magazine writers +getting up articles, and popular novelists looking for local Red +color. + +But Peter's best bid of all will be as a lecturer. He will be able +to travel all over the country, making a sensation. Did he know why? +No, Peter answered, he was not sure he did. Well, Gladys could tell +him; it was because he was romantic. Peter didn't know just what +this word meant, but it sounded flattering, so he smiled sheepishly, +showing his crooked teeth, and asked how Gladys found out that he +was romantic. The reply was a sudden order for him to stand up and +turn around slowly. + +Peter didn't like to get up from his comfortable Morris chair, but +he did what his wife asked him. She inspected him on all sides and +exclaimed, "Peter, you must go on a diet; you're getting +ombongpoing!" She said this in horrified tones, and Peter was +frightened, because it sounded like a disease. But Gladys added: +"You can not be a romantic figure on a lecture platform if you've +got a bay-window!" + +Peter found it interesting to be talked about, so he asked again why +Gladys thought he was romantic. There were several reasons, she +said, but the main one was that he had been a dangerous criminal, +and had reformed, which pleased the church people; he had made a +happy ending by marriage, which pleased those who read novels. + +"Is that so?" said Peter, guilelessly, and she assured him that it +was. "And what else?" he asked, and she explained that he had known +intimately and at first hand those dreadful and dangerous people, +those ogres of the modern world, the Bolsheviks, about whom the +average man and woman learned only thru the newspapers. And not +merely did he tell a sensational story, but he ended it with a +money-making lesson. The lesson was "Contribute to the Improve +America League. Make out your checks to the Home and Fireside +Association. The existence of your country depends upon your +sustaining the Patriot's Defense Legion." So the fame of Peter's +lecture would spread, and the Guffeys and Billy Nashes of every city +and town in America would clamor for him to come, and when he came, +the newspapers would publish his picture, and he and his wife would +be welcomed by leaders of the best society. They would become social +lions, and would see the homes of the rich, and gradually become one +of the rich. + +Gladys looked her spouse over again, as they started to +their sleeping apartment. Yes, he was undoubtedly putting on +"ombongpoing"; he would have to take up golf. He was wearing a +little American flag dangling from his watch chain, and she wondered +if that wasn't a trifle crude. Gladys herself now wore a real +diamond ring, and had learned to say "vahse" and "baahth." She +yawned prettily as she took off her lovely brown "tailor-made," and +reflected that such things come with ease and security. + +Both she and Peter now had these in full measure. They had lost all +fear of ever finding themselves out of a job. They had come to +understand that the Red menace is not to be so easily exterminated; +it is a distemper that lurks in the blood of society, and breaks out +every now and then in a new rash. Gladys had come to agree with the +Reds to this extent, that so long as there is a class of the rich +and prosperous, so long will there be social discontent, so long +will there be some that make their living by agitating, denouncing +and crying out for change. Society is like a garden; each year when +you plant your vegetables there springs up also a crop of weeds, and +you have to go down the rows and chop off the heads of these weeds. +Gladys' husband is an expert gardener, he knows how to chop weeds, +and he knows that society will never be able to dispense with his +services. So long as gardening continues, Peter will be a head +weedchopper, and a teacher of classes of young weedchoppers. + +Ah, it was fine to have married such a man! It was the reward a good +woman received for helping her husband, making him into a good +citizen, a patriot and an upholder of law and order: For always, of +course, those who own the garden would see that their head +weedchopper was taken care of, and had his share of the best that +the garden produced. Gladys stood before her looking-glass, braiding +her hair for the night, and thinking of the things she would ask +from this garden. She and Peter had earned, and they would demand, +the sweetest flowers, the most luscious fruits. Suddenly Gladys +stretched wide her arms in an ecstasy of realization. "We're a +Success, Peter! We're a Success! We'll have money and all the lovely +things it will buy! Do you realize, Peter, what a hit you've made?" + +Peter saw her face of joy, but he was a tiny bit frightened and +uncertain, because of this unusual sharing of the honors. So Gladys +was impelled to affection, mingled with pity. She held out her arms +to him. "Poor, dear Peter! He's had such a hard life! It was cruel +he didn't have me sooner to help him!" + +And then Gladys reflected for a moment, and was moved to another +outburst. "Just think, Peter, how wonderful it is to be an American! +In America you can always rise if you do your duty! America is the +land of the free! Your example of a poor boy's success ought to +convince even the fool Reds that they're wrong--that any boy can +rise if he works hard! Why, I've heard it said that in America the +poorest boy can rise to be President! How would you like to be +President, Peter?" + +Peter hesitated. He doubted if he was equal to that big a job, but +he knew that it would not please Gladys for him to say so. He +murmured, "Perhaps--some day--" + +"Anyhow, Peter," his wife continued, "I'm for this country! I'm an +American!" + +And this time Peter didn't have to hesitate. "You bet!" he said, and +added his favorite formula--"100%!" + + + + +APPENDIX + + +A little experimenting with the manuscript of "100%" has revealed to +the writer that everybody has a series of questions they wish +immediately to ask: How much of it is true? To what extent have the +business men of America been compelled to take over the detection +and prevention of radicalism? Have they, in putting down the Reds, +been driven to such extreme measures as you have here shown? + +A few of the incidents in "100%" are fictional, for example the +story of Nell Doolin and Nelse Ackerman; but everything that has +social significance is truth, and has been made to conform to facts +personally known to the writer or to his friends. Practically all +the characters in "100%" are real persons. Peter Gudge is a real +person, and has several times been to call upon the writer in the +course of his professional activities; Guffey and McGivney are real +persons, and so is Billy Nash, and so is Gladys Frisbie. + +To begin at the beginning: the "Goober case" parallels in its main +outlines the case of Tom Mooney. If you wish to know about this +case, send fifteen cents to the Mooney Defense Committee, Post +Office Box 894, San Francisco, for the pamphlet, "Shall Mooney +Hang," by Robert Minor. The business men of San Francisco raised a +million dollars to save the city from union labor, and the Mooney +case was the way they did it. It happened, however, that the judge +before whom Mooney was convicted weakened, and wrote to the +Attorney-General of the State to the effect that he had become +convinced that Mooney was convicted by perjured testimony. But +meantime Mooney was in jail, and is there still. Fremont Older, +editor of the San Francisco "Call," who has been conducting an +investigation into this case, has recently written to the author: +"Altogether, it is the most amazing story I have ever had anything +to do with. When all is known that I think can be known, it will be +shown clearly that the State before an open-eyed community was able +to murder a man with the instruments that the people have provided +for bringing about justice. There isn't a scrap of testimony in +either of the Mooney or Billings cases that wasn't perjured, except +that of the man who drew the blue prints of Market Street." + +To what extent has the detection and punishment of radicalism in +America passed out of the hands of public authorities and into the +hands of "Big Business?" Any business man will of course agree that +when "Big Business" has interests to protect, it must and will +protect them. So far as possible it will make use of the public +authorities; but when thru corruption or fear of politics these +fail, "Big Business" has to act for itself. In the Colorado coal +strike the coal companies raised the money to pay the state militia, +and recruited new companies of militia from their private +detectives. The Reds called this "Government by Gunmen," and the +writer in his muckraking days wrote a novel about it, "King Coal." +The man who directed the militia during this coal strike was A. C. +Felts of the Baldwin-Felts Detective Agency, who was killed just the +other day while governing several coal counties in West Virginia. + +You will find this condition in the lumber country of Washington and +Oregon, in the oil country of Oklahoma and Kansas, in the copper +country of Michigan, Montana and Arizona, and in all the big coal +districts. In the steel country of Western Pennsylvania you will +find that all the local authorities are officials of the steel +companies. If you go to Bristol, R. I., you will find that the +National India Rubber Company has agreed to pay the salaries of +two-thirds of the town's police force. + +In every large city in America the employers' associations have +raised funds to hold down the unions and smash the Reds, and these +funds are being expended in the way portrayed in "100%." In Los +Angeles the employers' association raised a million dollars, and the +result was the case of Sydney R. Flowers, briefly sketched in this +story under the name of "Sydney." The reader who wishes the details +of this case is referred to Chapter LXVI of "The Brass Cheek." +Flowers has been twice tried, and is about to be tried a third time, +and our District-Attorney is quoted as saying that he will be tried +half a dozen times if necessary. At the last trial there were +produced a total of twenty-five witnesses against Flowers, and out +of these nineteen were either Peter Gudges and McGivneys, or else +police detectives, or else employees of the local political machine. +A deputy United States attorney, talking to me about the case, told +me that he had refused to prosecute it because he realized that the +"Paul letter," upon which the arrest had been based, was a frame-up, +and that he was quite sure he knew who had written it. He also told +me that there had been formed in Los Angeles a secret committee of +fifty of the most active rich men of the town; that he could not +find out what they were doing, but they came to his offices and +demanded the secret records of the government; and that when he +refused to prosecute Flowers they had influence enough to have the +governor of California telegraph to Washington in protest. +Questioned on the witness stand, I repeated these statements, and +the deputy United States attorney was called to the stand and +attributed them to my "literary imagination." + +In the old Russian and Austrian empires the technique of trapping +agitators was well developed, and the use of spies and "under cover" +men for the purpose of luring the Reds into crime was completely +worked out. We have no English equivalent for the phrase "agent +provocateur," but in the last four years we have put thousands of +them at work in America. In the case against Flowers three witnesses +were produced who had been active among the I. W. Ws., trying to +incite crime, and were being paid to give testimony for the state. +One of these men admitted that he had himself burned some forty +barns, and was now receiving three hundred dollars a month and +expenses. At the trial of William Bross Lloyd in Chicago, charged +with membership in the Communist party, a similar witness was +produced. Santeri Nourteva, of, the Soviet Bureau in New York, has +charged that Louis C. Fraina, editor of the "Revolutionary Age," was +a government agent, and Fraina wrote into the platform of the +Communist party the planks which were used in prosecuting and +deporting its members. On December 27, 1919, the chief of the Bureau +of Investigation of the Department of Justice in Washington sent to +the head of his local bureau in Boston a telegram containing the +following sentences: "You should arrange with your under cover +informants to have meetings of the Communist Party and Communist +Labor Party held on the night set. I have been informed by some of +the bureau officers that such arrangements will be made." So much +evidence of the activity of the provocateur was produced before +Federal Judge G. W. Anderson that he declared as follows: "What does +appear beyond reasonable dispute is that the Government owns and +operates some part of the Communist Party." + +It appears that Judge Anderson does not share the high opinion of +the "under cover" operative set forth by the writer of "100%." Says +Judge Anderson: "I cannot adopt the contention that Government spies +are any more trustworthy, or less disposed to make trouble in order +to profit therefrom, than are spies in private industry. Except in +time of war, when a Nathan Hale may be a spy, spies are always +necessarily drawn from the unwholesome and untrustworthy classes. A +right-minded man refuses such a job. The evil wrought by the spy +system in industry has, for decades, been incalculable. Until it is +eliminated, decent human relations cannot exist between employers +and employees, or even among employees. It destroys trust and +confidence; it kills human kindliness; it propagates hate." + +To what extent have the governmental authorities of America been +forced to deny to the Reds the civil rights guaranteed to good +Americans by the laws and the constitution? The reader who is +curious on this point may send the sum of twenty-five cents to the +American Civil Liberties Union, 138 West 13th Street, New York, for +the pamphlet entitled, "Report upon the Illegal Practices of the +United States Department of Justice," signed by twelve eminent +lawyers in the country, including a dean of the Harvard Law school, +and a United States attorney who resigned because of his +old-fashioned ideas of law. This pamphlet contains sixty-seven +pages, with numerous exhibits and photographs. The practices set +forth are listed under six heads: Cruel and unusual punishments; +arrests without warrant; unreasonable searches and seizures; +provocative agents; compelling persons to be witnesses against +themselves; propaganda by the Department of Justice. The reader may +also ask for the pamphlet entitled "Memorandum Regarding the +Persecution of the Radical Labor Movement in the United States;" +also for the pamphlet entitled "War Time Prosecution and Mob +Violence," dated March, 1919, giving a list of cases which occupies +forty pages of closely printed type. Also he might read "The Case of +the Rand School," published by the Rand School of Social Science, 7 +East Fifteenth Street, New York, and the pamphlets published by the +National Office of the Socialist Party, 220 South Ashland Blvd., +Chicago, dealing with the prosecutions of that organization. + +To what extent has it been necessary to torture the Reds in prison +in America? Those who are interested are advised to write to Harry +Weinberger, 32 Union Square, New York, for the pamphlet entitled +"Twenty Years Prison," dealing with the case of Mollie Steimer, and +three others who were sentenced for distributing a leaflet +protesting against the war on Russia; also to the American Civil +Liberties Union for the pamphlet entitled "Political Prisoners in +Federal Military Prisons," also the pamphlet, "Uncle Sam: Jailer," +by Winthrop D. Lane, reprinted from the "Survey;" also the pamphlet +entitled "The Soviet of Deer Island, Boston Harbor," published by +the Boston Branch of the American Civil Liberties Union; also for +the publications of the American Industrial Company, and the +American Freedom Foundation, 166 West Washington St., Chicago. + +There may be some reader with a sense of humor who asks about the +brother of a United States senator being arrested for reading a +paragraph from the Declaration of Independence. This gentleman was +the brother of United States Senator France of Maryland, and +curiously enough, the arrest took place in the city of Philadelphia, +where the Declaration of Independence was adopted. There may be some +reader who is curious about a clergyman being indicted and arrested +in Winnipeg for having quoted the prophet Isaiah. The paragraph from +the indictment in question reads as follows: "That J. S. Woodsworth, +on or about the month of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand +nine hundred and nineteen, at the City of Winnipeg, in the Province +of Manitoba, unlawfully and seditiously published seditious libels +in the words and figures following: `Woe unto them that decree +unrighteous decrees, and that write grievousness which they have +prescribed; to turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take away +their right from the poor of my people that widows may be their prey +and that they may rob the fatherless. . . . And they shall build +houses and inhabit them, and they shall plant vineyards and eat the +fruit of them. They shall not build and another inhabit, they shall +not plant and another eat; for as the days of a tree are the days of +my people, and mine elect shall long enjoy the work of their hands.'" + +There has been reference in this book to the Centralia case. No one +can consider that he understands the technique of holding down the +Reds until he has studied this case, and therefore every friend of +"Big Business" should send fifty cents, either to the I. W. W. +Headquarters, 1001 West Madison Street, Chicago, or to the +"Liberator," New York, or to the "Appeal to Reason," Girard, Kansas, +for the booklet, "The Centralia Conspiracy," by Ralph Chaplin, who +attended the Centralia trial, and has collected all the details and +presents them with photographs and documents. Many other stories +about the I. W. W. have been told in the course of "100%." The +reader will wish to know, are these men really so dangerous, and +have the business men of America been driven to treat them as here +described. The reader may again address the I. W. W. National +Headquarters for a four-page leaflet with the quaint title, "With +Drops of Blood the History of the Industrial Workers of the World +has Been Written." Despite the fact that it is a bare record of +cases, there are many men serving long terms in prison in the United +States for the offense of having in their possession a copy of this +leaflet, "With Drops of Blood." But the readers of this book, being +all of them 100% Americans engaged in learning the technique of +smashing the Reds, will, I feel sure, not be interfered with by the +business men. Also I trust that the business men will not object to +my reprinting a few paragraphs from the leaflet, in order to make +the public realize how dangerously these Reds can write. I will, of +course, not follow their incendiary example and spatter my page with +big drops of imitation blood. I quote: + +"We charge that I. W. W. members have been murdered, and mention +here a few of those who have lost their lives: + +"Joseph Michalish was shot to death by a mob of so-called citizens. +Michael Hoey was beaten to death in San Diego. Samuel Chinn was so +brutally beaten in the county jail at Spokane, Washington, that he +died from the injuries. Joseph Hillstrom was judicially murdered +within the walls of the penitentiary at Salt Lake City, Utah. Anna +Lopeza, a textile worker, was shot and killed, and two other Fellow +Workers were murdered during the strike at Lawrence, Massachusetts. +Frank Little, a cripple, was lynched by hirelings of the Copper +Trust at Butte, Montana. John Looney, A. Robinowitz, Hugo Gerlot, +Gustav Johnson, Felix Baron, and others were killed by a mob of +Lumber Trust gunmen on the Steamer Verona at the dock at Everett, +Washington. J. A. Kelly was arrested and re-arrested at Seattle, +Washington; finally died from the effects of the frightful treatment +he received. Four members of the I. W. W. were killed at Grabow, +Louisiana, where thirty were shot and seriously wounded. Two members +were dragged to death behind an automobile at Ketchikan, Alaska. + +"These are but a few of the many who have given up their lives on +the altar of Greed, sacrificed in the ages-long struggle for +Industrial Freedom. + +"We charge that many thousands of members of this organization have +been imprisoned, on most occasions arrested without warrant and held +without charge. To verify this statement it is but necessary that +you read the report of the Commission on Industrial Relations +wherein is given testimony of those who know of conditions at +Lawrence, Massachusetts, where nearly 900 men and women were thrown +into prison during the Textile Workers' Strike at that place. This +same report recites the fact that during the Silk Workers' Strike at +Paterson, New Jersey, nearly 1,900 men and women were cast into jail +without charge or reason. Throughout the northwest these kinds of +outrages have been continually perpetrated against members of the I. +W. W. County jails and city prisons in nearly every state in the +Union have held or are holding members of this organization. + +"We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been tarred and +feathered. Frank H. Meyers was tarred and feathered by a gang of +prominent citizens at North Yakima, Washington. D. S. Dietz was +tarred and feathered by a mob led by representatives of the Lumber +Trust at Sedro, Wooley, Washington. John L. Metzen, attorney for the +Industrial Workers of the World, was tarred and feathered and +severely beaten by a mob of citizens of Staunton, Illinois. At +Tulsa, Oklahoma, a mob of bankers and other business men gathered up +seventeen members of the I. W. W., loaded them in automobiles, +carried them out of town to a patch of woods, and there tarred and +feathered and beat them with rope. + +"We charge that members of the Industrial Workers of the World have +been deported, and cite the cases of Bisbee, Arizona, where 1,164 +miners, many of them members of the I. W. W., and their friends, +were dragged out of their homes, loaded upon box cars, and sent out +of the camp. They were confined for months at Columbus, New Mexico. +Many cases are now pending against the copper companies and business +men of Bisbee. A large number of members were deported from Jerome, +Arizona. Seven members of the I. W. W. were deported from Florence, +Oregon, and were lost for days in the woods, Tom Lassiter, a +crippled news vender, was taken out in the middle of the night and +badly beaten by a mob for selling the Liberator and other radical +papers. + +"We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been cruelly and +inhumanly beaten. Hundreds of members can show scars upon their +lacerated bodies that were inflicted upon them when they were +compelled to run the gauntlet. Joe Marko and many others were +treated in this fashion at San Diego, California. James Rowan was +nearly beaten to death at Everett, Washington. At Lawrence, +Massachusetts, the thugs of the Textile Trust beat men and women who +had been forced to go on strike to get a little more of the good +things of life. The shock and cruel whipping which they gave one +little Italian woman caused her to give premature birth to a child. +At Red Lodge, Montana, a member's home was invaded and he was hung +by the neck before his screaming wife and children. At Franklin, New +Jersey, August 29, 1917, John Avila, an I. W. W., was taken in broad +daylight by the chief of police and an auto-load of business men to +a woods near the town and there hung to a tree. He was cut down +before death ensued, and badly beaten. It was five hours before +Avila regained consciousness, after which the town 'judge' sentenced +him to three months at hard labor. + +"We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been starved. This +statement can be verified by the conditions existing in most any +county jail where members of the I. W. W. are confined. A very +recent instance is at Topeka, Kansas, where members were compelled +to go on a hunger strike as a means of securing food for themselves +that would sustain life. Members have been forced to resort to the +hunger strike as a means of getting better food in many places. You +are requested to read the story written by Winthrop D. Lane, which +appears in the Sept. 6, 1919, number of `The Survey.' This story is +a graphic description of the county jails in Kansas. + +"We charge that I. W. W. members have been denied the right of +citizenship, and in each instance the judge frankly told the +applicants that they were refused on account of membership in the +Industrial Workers of the World, accompanying this with abusive +remarks; members were denied their citizenship papers by judge +Hanford at Seattle, Washington, and judge Paul O'Boyle at Scranton, +Pennsylvania. + +"We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been denied the +privilege of defense. This being an organization of working men who +had little or no funds of their own, it was necessary to appeal to +the membership and the working class generally for funds to provide +a proper defense. The postal authorities, acting under orders from +the Postmaster-General at Washington, D. C., have deliberately +prevented the transportation of our appeals, our subscription lists, +our newspapers. These have been piled up in the postoffices and we +have never received a return of the stamps affixed for mailing. + +"We charge that the members of the I. W. W. have been held in +exorbitant bail. As an instance there is the case of Pietro Pierre +held in the county jail at Topeka, Kansas. His bond was fixed at +$5,000, and when the amount was tendered it was immediately raised +to $10,000. This is only one of the many instances that could be +recorded. + +"We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been compelled to +submit to involuntary servitude. This does not refer to members +confined in the penitentiaries, but would recall the reader's +attention to an I. W. W. member under arrest in Birmingham, Alabama, +taken from the prison and placed on exhibition at a fair given in +that city where admission of twenty-five cents was charged to see +the I. W. W." + +Finally, for the benefit of the reader who asks how it happens that +such incidents are not more generally known to the public, I will +reprint the following, from pages 382-383 of "The Brass Check," +dealing with the "New York Times," and its treatment of the writer's +novel, "Jimmie Higgins": + +"In the last chapters of this story an American soldier is +represented as being tortured in an American military prison. Says +the `Times': + +"`Mr. Sinclair should produce the evidence upon which he bases his +astounding accusations, if he has any. If he has simply written on +hearsay evidence, or, worse still, let himself be guided by his +craving to be sensational, he has laid himself open not only to +censure but to punishment.' + +"In reply to this, I send to the `Times' a perfectly respectful +letter, citing scores of cases, and telling the `Times' where +hundreds of other cases may be found. The `Times' returns this +letter without comment. A couple of months pass, and as a result of +the ceaseless agitation of the radicals, there is a congressional +investigation, and evidence of atrocious cruelties is forced into +the newspapers. The `Times' publishes an editorial entitled, `Prison +Camp Cruelties,' the first sentence of which reads: `The fact that +American soldiers confined in prison-camps have been treated with +extreme brutality may now be regarded as established.' So again I +write a polite letter to the `Times,' pointing out that I think they +owe me an apology. And how does the `Times' treat that? It alters my +letter without my permission. It cuts out my request for an apology, +and also my quotation of its own words calling for my punishment! +The `Times,' caught in a hole, refuses to let me remind its readers +that it wanted me `punished' for telling the truth! `All the News +that's Fit to Print!'" + + + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg's 100%: The Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT *** + +***** This file should be named 5776.txt or 5776.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/7/5776/ + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/5776.zip b/5776.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1bc802 --- /dev/null +++ b/5776.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b0a8378 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #5776 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/5776) diff --git a/old/5776-h.htm.2021-01-27 b/old/5776-h.htm.2021-01-27 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..47f35e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/5776-h.htm.2021-01-27 @@ -0,0 +1,12228 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html +PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> +<head> +<title> +100%: the Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair +</title> +<style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + +body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} +P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } +H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } +hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} +.foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } +blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} +.mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} +.toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} +.toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} +div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } +div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } +.figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} +.figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} +.pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; +margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; +text-align: right;} +pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> +</head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's 100%: The Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: 100%: The Story of a Patriot + +Author: Upton Sinclair + + +Release Date: May, 2004 [EBook #5776] +This file was first posted on September 1, 2002 +Last Updated: October 13, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT *** + + + + +Text file produced by Charles Aldarondo + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + + +</pre> + +<div style="height: 8em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h1> +100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT +</h1> +<h2> +By Upton Sinclair +</h2> +<h4> +Published By The Author <br /> <br /> Pasadena, California <br /> <br /> 1920 +</h4> +<p> +<b>TO MY WIFE</b> +</p> +<p> +Who is the creator of the most charming character in this story, “Mrs. +Godd,” and who positively refuses to permit the book to go to press until +it has been explained that the character is a Grecian Godd and not a +Hebrew Godd, so that no one may accuse the creator of sacrilege. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<p> +<b>CONTENTS</b> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0001"> Section 1 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0002"> Section 2 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0003"> Section 3 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0004"> Section 4 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0005"> Section 5 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0006"> Section 6 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0007"> Section 7 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0008"> Section 8 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0009"> Section 9 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0010"> Section 10 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0011"> Section 11 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0012"> Section 12 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0013"> Section 13 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0014"> Section 14 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0015"> Section 15 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0016"> Section 16 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0017"> Section 17 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0018"> Section 18 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0019"> Section 19 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0020"> Section 20 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0021"> Section 21 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0022"> Section 22 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0023"> Section 23 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0024"> Section 24 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0025"> Section 25 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0026"> Section 26 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0027"> Section 27 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0028"> Section 28 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0029"> Section 29 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0030"> Section 30 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0031"> Section 31 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0032"> Section 32 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0033"> Section 33 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0034"> Section 34 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0035"> Section 35 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0036"> Section 36 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0037"> Section 37 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0038"> Section 38 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0039"> Section 39 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0040"> Section 40 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0041"> Section 41 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0042"> Section 42 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0043"> Section 43 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0044"> Section 44 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0045"> Section 45 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0046"> Section 46 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0047"> Section 47 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0048"> Section 48 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0049"> Section 49 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0050"> Section 50 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0051"> Section 51 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0052"> Section 52 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0053"> Section 53 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0054"> Section 54 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0055"> Section 55 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0056"> Section 56 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0057"> Section 57 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0058"> Section 58 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0059"> Section 59 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0060"> Section 60 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0061"> Section 61 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0062"> Section 62 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0063"> Section 63 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0064"> Section 64 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0065"> Section 65 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0066"> Section 66 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0067"> Section 67 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0068"> Section 68 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0069"> Section 69 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0070"> Section 70 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0071"> Section 71 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0072"> Section 72 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0073"> Section 73 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0074"> Section 74 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0075"> Section 75 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0076"> Section 76 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0077"> Section 77 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0078"> Section 78 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0079"> Section 79 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0080"> Section 80 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0081"> Section 81 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0082"> Section 82 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0083"> Section 83 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0084"> Section 84 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0085"> Section 85 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_4_0086"> Section 86 </a> +</p> +<p class="toc"> +<a href="#link2H_APPE"> APPENDIX </a> +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 1 +</h2> +<p> +Now and then it occurs to one to reflect upon what slender threads of +accident depend the most important circumstances of his life; to look back +and shudder, realizing how close to the edge of nothingness his being has +come. A young man is walking down the street, quite casually, with an +empty mind and no set purpose; he comes to a crossing, and for no reason +that he could tell he takes the right hand turn instead of the left; and +so it happens that he encounters a blue-eyed girl, who sets his heart to +beating. He meets the girl, marries her—and she became your mother. +But now, suppose the young man had taken the left hand turn instead of the +right, and had never met the blue-eyed girl; where would you be now, and +what would have become of those qualities of mind which you consider of +importance to the world, and those grave affairs of business to which your +time is devoted? +</p> +<p> +Something like that it was which befell Peter Gudge; just such an +accident, changing the whole current of his life, and making the series of +events with which this story deals. Peter was walking down the street one +afternoon, when a woman approached and held out to him a printed leaflet. +“Read this, please,” she said. +</p> +<p> +And Peter, who was hungry, and at odds with the world, answered gruffly: +“I got no money.” He thought it was an advertising dodger, and he said: “I +can’t buy nothin’.” + </p> +<p> +“It isn’t anything for sale,” answered the woman. “It’s a message.” + </p> +<p> +“Religion?” said Peter. “I just got kicked out of a church.” + </p> +<p> +“No, not a church,” said the woman. “It’s something different; put it in +your pocket.” She was an elderly woman with gray hair, and she followed +along, smiling pleasantly at this frail, poor-looking stranger, but +nagging at him. “Read it some time when you’ve nothing else to do.” And so +Peter, just to get rid of her, took the leaflet and thrust it into his +pocket, and went on, and in a minute or two had forgotten all about it. +</p> +<p> +Peter was thinking—or rather Peter’s stomach was thinking for him; +for when you have had nothing to eat all day, and nothing on the day +before but a cup of coffee and one sandwich, your thought-centers are +transferred from the top to the middle of you. Peter was thinking that +this was a hell of a life. Who could have foreseen that just because he +had stolen one miserable fried doughnut, he would lose his easy job and +his chance of rising in the world? Peter’s whole being was concentrated on +the effort to rise in the world; to get success, which means money, which +means ease and pleasure—the magic names which lure all human +creatures. +</p> +<p> +But who could have foreseen that Mrs. Smithers would have kept count of +those fried doughnuts every time anybody passed thru her pantry? And it +was only that one ridiculous circumstance which had brought Peter to his +present misery. But for that he might have had his lunch of bread and +dried herring and weak tea in the home of the shoe-maker’s wife, and might +have still been busy with his job of stirring up dissension in the First +Apostolic Church, otherwise known as the Holy Rollers, and of getting the +Rev. Gamaliel Lunk turned out, and Shoemaker Smithers established at the +job of pastor, with Peter Gudge as his right hand man. +</p> +<p> +Always it had been like that, thru Peter’s twenty years of life. Time +after time he would get his feeble clutch fixed upon the ladder of +prosperity, and then something would happen—some wretched thing like +the stealing of a fried doughnut—to pry him loose and tumble him +down again into the pit of misery. +</p> +<p> +So Peter walked along, with his belt drawn tight, and his restless blue +eyes wandering here and there, looking for a place to get a meal. There +were jobs to be had, but they were hard jobs, and Peter wanted an easy +one. There are people in this world who live by their muscles, and others +who live by their wits; Peter belonged to the latter class; and had missed +many a meal rather than descend in the social scale. +</p> +<p> +Peter looked into the faces of everyone he passed, searching for a +possible opening. Some returned his glance, but never for more than a +second, for they saw an insignificant looking man, undersized, +undernourished, and with one shoulder higher than the other, a weak chin +and mouth, crooked teeth, and a brown moustache too feeble to hold itself +up at the corners. Peters’ straw hat had many straws missing, his +second-hand brown suit was become third-hand, and his shoes were turning +over at the sides. In a city where everybody was “hustling,” everybody, as +they phrased it, “on the make,” why should anyone take a second glance at +Peter Gudge? Why should anyone care about the restless soul hidden inside +him, or dream that Peter was, in his own obscure way, a sort of genius? No +one did care; no one did dream. +</p> +<p> +It was about two o’clock of an afternoon in July, and the sun beat down +upon the streets of American City. There were crowds upon the streets, and +Peter noticed that everywhere were flags and bunting. Once or twice he +heard the strains of distant music, and wondered what was “up.” Peter had +not been reading the newspapers; all his attention had been taken up by +the quarrels of the Smithers faction and the Lunk faction in the First +Apostolic Church, otherwise known as the Holy Rollers, and great events +that had been happening in the world outside were of no concern to him. +Peter knew vaguely that on the other side of the world half a dozen mighty +nations were locked together in a grip of death; the whole earth was +shaken with their struggles, and Peter had felt a bit of the trembling now +and then. But Peter did not know that his own country had anything to do +with this European quarrel, and did not know that certain great interests +thruout the country had set themselves to rouse the public to action. +</p> +<p> +This movement had reached American City, and the streets had broken out in +a blaze of patriotic display. In all the windows of the stores there were +signs: “Wake up, America!” Across the broad Main Street there were +banners: “America Prepare!” Down in the square at one end of the street a +small army was gathering—old veterans of the Civil War, and +middle-aged veterans of the Spanish War, and regiments of the state +militia, and brigades of marines and sailors from the ships in the harbor, +and members of fraternal lodges with their Lord High Chief Grand Marshals +on horseback with gold sashes and waving white plumes, and all the +notables of the city in carriages, and a score of bands to stir their feet +and ten thousand flags waving above their heads. “Wake up America!” And +here was Peter Gudge, with an empty stomach, coming suddenly upon the +swarming crowds in Main Street, and having no remotest idea what it was +all about. +</p> +<p> +A crowd suggested one thing to Peter. For seven years of his young life he +had been assistant to Pericles Priam, and had traveled over America +selling Priam’s Peerless Pain Paralyzer; they had ridden in an automobile, +and wherever there was a fair or a convention or an excursion or a picnic, +they were on hand, and Pericles Priam would stop at a place where the +crowds were thickest, and ring a dinner bell, and deliver his +super-eloquent message to humanity—the elixir of life revealed, +suffering banished from the earth, and all inconveniences of this mortal +state brought to an end for one dollar per bottle of fifteen per cent +opium. It had been Peter’s job to handle the bottles and take in the coin; +and so now, when he saw the crowd, he looked about him eagerly. Perhaps +there might be here some vender of corn-plasters or ink-stain removers, or +some three card monte man to whom Peter could attach himself for the price +of a sandwich. +</p> +<p> +Peter wormed his way thru the crowd for two or three blocks, but saw +nothing more promising than venders of American flags on little sticks, +and of patriotic buttons with “Wake up America!” But then, on the other +side of the street at one of the crossings Peter saw a man standing on a +truck making a speech, and he dug his way thru the crowd, elbowing, +sliding this way and that, begging everybody’s pardon—until at last +he was out of the crowd, and standing in the open way which had been +cleared for the procession, a seemingly endless road lined with solid +walls of human beings, with blue-uniformed policemen holding them back. +Peter started to run across—and at that same instant came the end of +the world. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0002" id="link2H_4_0002"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 2 +</h2> +<p> +One who seeks to tell about events in words comes occasionally upon a +fundamental difficulty. An event of colossal and overwhelming significance +may happen all at once, but the words which describe it have to come one +by one in a long chain. The event may reveal itself without a moment’s +warning; but if one is to give a sense of it in words, one must prepare +for it, build up to it, awaken anticipation, establish a climax. If the +description of this event which fate sprung upon Peter Gudge as he was +crossing the street were limited to the one word “BANG” in letters a +couple of inches high across the page, the impression would hardly be +adequate. +</p> +<p> +The end of the world, it seemed to Peter, when he was able to collect +enough of his terrified wits to think about it. But at first there was no +thinking; there was only sensation—a terrific roar, as if the whole +universe had suddenly turned to sound; a blinding white glare, as of all +the lightnings of the heavens; a blow that picked him up as if he had been +a piece of thistledown, and flung him across the street and against the +side of a building. Peter fell upon the sidewalk in a heap, deafened, +blinded, stunned; and there he lay—he had no idea how long-until +gradually his senses began to return to him, and from the confusion +certain factors began to stand out: a faint gray smoke that seemed to lie +upon the ground, a bitter odor that stung the nostrils and tongue, and +screams of people, moaning and sobbing and general uproar. Something lay +across Peter’s chest, and he felt that he was suffocating, and struggled +convulsively to push it away; the hands with which he pushed felt +something hot and wet and slimy, and the horrified Peter realized that it +was half the body of a mangled human being. +</p> +<p> +Yes, it was the end of the world. Only a couple of days previously Peter +Gudge had been a devout member of the First Apostolic Church, otherwise +known as the Holy Rollers, and had listened at prayer-meetings to +soul-shaking imaginings out of the Book of Revelations. So Peter knew that +this was it; and having many sins upon his conscience, and being in no way +eager to confront his God, he looked out over the bodies of the dead and +the writhing wounded, and saw a row of boxes standing against the +building, having been placed there by people who wished to see over the +heads of the crowd. Peter started to crawl, and found that he was able to +do so, and wormed his way behind one of these packing-boxes, and got +inside and lay hidden from his God. +</p> +<p> +There was blood on him, and he did not know whether it was his own or +other peoples’. He was trembling with fright, his crooked teeth were +hammering together like those of an angry woodchuck. But the effects of +the shock continued to pass away, and his wits to come back to him, and at +last Peter realized that he never had taken seriously the ideas of the +First Apostolic Church of American City. He listened to the moans of the +wounded, and to the shouts and uproar of the crowd, and began seriously +figuring out what could have happened. There had once been an earthquake +in American City; could this be another one? Or had a volcano opened up in +the midst of Main Street? Or could it have been a gas-main? And was this +the end, or would it explode some more? Would the volcano go on erupting, +and blow Peter and his frail packing-box thru the walls of Guggenheim’s +Department-store? +</p> +<p> +So Peter waited, and listened to the horrible sounds of people in agony, +and pleading with others to put them out of it. Peter heard voices of men +giving orders, and realized that these must be policemen, and that no +doubt there would be ambulances coming. Maybe there was something the +matter with him, and he ought to crawl out and get himself taken care of. +All of a sudden Peter remembered his stomach; and his wits, which had been +sharpened by twenty years’ struggle against a hostile world, realized in a +flash the opportunity which fate had brought to him. He must pretend to be +wounded, badly wounded; he must be unconscious, suffering from shock and +shattered nerves; then they would take him to the hospital and put him in +a soft bed and give him things to eat—maybe he might stay there for +weeks, and they might give him money when he came out. +</p> +<p> +Or perhaps he might get a job in the hospital, something that was easy, +and required only alert intelligence. Perhaps the head doctor in the +hospital might want somebody to watch the other doctors, to see if they +were neglecting the patients, or perhaps flirting with some of the nurses—there +was sure to be something like that going on. It had been that way in the +orphans’ home where Peter had spent a part of his childhood till he ran +away. It had been that way again in the great Temple of Jimjambo, +conducted by Pashtian el Kalandra, Chief Magistrian of Eleutherinian +Exoticism. Peter had worked as scullion in the kitchen in that mystic +institution, and had worked his way upward until he possessed the +confidence of Tushbar Akrogas, major-domo and right hand man of the +Prophet himself. +</p> +<p> +Wherever there was a group of people, and a treasure to be administered, +there Peter knew was backbiting and scandal and intriguing and spying, and +a chance for somebody whose brains were “all there.” It might seem strange +that Peter should think about such things, just then when the earth had +opened up in front of him and the air had turned to roaring noise and +blinding white flame, and had hurled him against the side of a building +and dropped the bleeding half of a woman’s body across his chest; but +Peter had lived from earliest childhood by his wits and by nothing else, +and such a fellow has to learn to use his wits under any and all +circumstances, no matter how bewildering. Peter’s training covered almost +every emergency one could think of; he had even at times occupied himself +by imagining what he would do if the Holy Rollers should turn out to be +right, and if suddenly Gabriel’s trumpet were to blow, and he were to find +himself confronting Jesus in a long white night-gown. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0003" id="link2H_4_0003"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 3 +</h2> +<p> +Peter’s imaginings were brought to an end by the packing-box being pulled +out from the wall. “Hello!” said a voice. +</p> +<p> +Peter groaned, but did not look up. The box was pulled out further, and a +face peered in. “What you hidin’ in there for?” + </p> +<p> +Peter stammered feebly: “Wh-wh-what?” + </p> +<p> +“You hurt?” demanded the voice. +</p> +<p> +“I dunno,” moaned Peter. +</p> +<p> +The box was pulled out further, and its occupant slid out. Peter looked +up, and saw three or four policemen bending over him; he moaned again. +</p> +<p> +“How did you get in there?” asked one. +</p> +<p> +“I crawled in.” + </p> +<p> +“What for?” + </p> +<p> +“To g-g-get away from the—what was it?” + </p> +<p> +“Bomb,” said one of the policemen; and Peter was astounded that for a +moment he forgot to be a nervous wreck. +</p> +<p> +“Bomb!” he cried; and at the same moment one of the policemen lifted him +to his feet. +</p> +<p> +“Can you stand up?” he demanded; and Peter tried, and found that he could, +and forgot that he couldn’t. He was covered with blood and dirt, and was +an unpresentable object, but he was really relieved to discover that his +limbs were intact. +</p> +<p> +“What’s your name?” demanded one of the policemen, and when Peter +answered, he asked, “Where do you work?” + </p> +<p> +“I got no job,” replied Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Where’d you work last?” And then another broke in, “What did you crawl in +there for?” + </p> +<p> +“My God!” cried Peter. “I wanted to get away!” + </p> +<p> +The policemen seemed to find it suspicious that he had stayed hidden so +long. They were in a state of excitement themselves, it appeared; a +terrible crime had been committed, and they were hunting for any trace of +the criminal. Another man came up, not dressed in uniform, but evidently +having authority, and he fell onto Peter, demanding to know who he was, +and where he had come from, and what he had been doing in that crowd. And +of course Peter had no very satisfactory answers to give to any of these +questions. His occupations had been unusual, and not entirely credible, +and his purposes were hard to explain to a suspicious questioner. The man +was big and burly, at least a foot taller than Peter, and as he talked he +stooped down and stared into Peter’s eyes as if he were looking for dark +secrets hidden back in the depths of Peter’s skull. Peter remembered that +he was supposed to be sick, and his eyelids drooped and he reeled +slightly, so that the policemen had to hold him up. +</p> +<p> +“I want to talk to that fellow,” said the questioner. “Take him inside.” + One of the officers took Peter under one arm, and the other under the +other arm, and they half walked and half carried him across the street and +into a building. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0004" id="link2H_4_0004"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 4 +</h2> +<p> +It was a big store which the police had opened up. Inside there were +wounded people lying on the floor, with doctors and others attending them. +Peter was marched down the corridor, and into a room where sat or stood +several other men, more or less in a state of collapse like himself; +people who had failed to satisfy the police, and were being held under +guard. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s two policemen backed him against the wall and proceeded to go thru +his pockets, producing the shameful contents—a soiled rag, and two +cigarette butts picked up on the street, and a broken pipe, and a watch +which had once cost a dollar, but was now out of order, and too badly +damaged to be pawned. That was all they had any right to find, so far as +Peter knew. But there came forth one thing more—the printed circular +which Peter had thrust into his pocket. The policeman who pulled it out +took a glance at it, and then cried, “Good God!” He stared at Peter, then +he stared at the other policeman and handed him the paper. +</p> +<p> +At that moment the man not in uniform entered the room. “Mr. Guffey!” + cried the policeman. “See this!” The man took the paper, and glanced at +it, and Peter, watching with bewildered and fascinated eyes, saw a most +terrifying sight. It was as if the man went suddenly out of his mind. He +glared at Peter, and under his black eyebrows the big staring eyes seemed +ready to jump out of his head. +</p> +<p> +“Aha!” he exclaimed; and then, “So I’ve got you!” The hand that held the +paper was trembling, and the other hand reached out like a great claw, and +fastened itself in the neck of Peter’s coat, and drew it together until +Peter was squeezed tight. “You threw that bomb!” hissed the man. +</p> +<p> +“Wh-what?” gasped Peter, his voice almost fainting. “B-b-bomb?” + </p> +<p> +“Out with it!” cried the man, and his face came close to Peter’s, his +teeth gleaming as if he were going to bite off Peter’s nose. “Out with it! +Quick! Who helped you?” + </p> +<p> +“My G-God!” said Peter. “I d-dunno what you mean.” + </p> +<p> +“You dare lie to me?” roared the man; and he shook Peter as if he meant to +jar his teeth out. “No nonsense now! Who helped you make that bomb?” + </p> +<p> +Peter’s voice rose to a scream of terror: “I never saw no bomb! I dunno +what you’re talkin’ about!” + </p> +<p> +“You, come this way,” said the man, and started suddenly toward the door. +It might have been more convenient if he had turned Peter around, and got +him by the back of his coat-collar; but he evidently held Peter’s physical +being as a thing too slight for consideration—he just kept his grip +in the bosom of Peter’s jacket, and half lifted him and half shoved him +back out of the room, and down a long passage to the back part of the +building. And all the time he was hissing into Peter’s face: “I’ll have it +out of you! Don’t think you can lie to me! Make up your mind to it, you’re +going to come thru!” + </p> +<p> +The man opened a door. It was some kind of storeroom, and he walked Peter +inside and slammed the door behind him. “Now, out with it!” he said. The +man thrust into his pocket the printed circular, or whatever it was—Peter +never saw it again, and never found out what was printed on it. With his +free hand the man grabbed one of Peter’s hands, or rather one finger of +Peter’s hand, and bent it suddenly backward with terrible violence. “Oh!” + screamed Peter. “Stop!” And then, with a wild shriek, “You’ll break it.” + </p> +<p> +“I mean to break it! mean to break every bone in your body! I’ll tear your +finger-nails out; I’ll tear the eyes out of your head, if I have to! You +tell me who helped you make that bomb!” + </p> +<p> +Peter broke out in a storm of agonized protest; he had never heard of any +bomb, he didn’t know what the man was talking about; he writhed and +twisted and doubled himself over backward, trying to evade the frightful +pain of that pressure on his finger. +</p> +<p> +“You’re lying!” insisted Guffey. “I know you’re lying. You’re one of that +crowd.” + </p> +<p> +“What crowd? Ouch! I dunno what you mean!” + </p> +<p> +“You’re one of them Reds, aint you?” + </p> +<p> +“Reds? What are Reds?” + </p> +<p> +“You want to tell me you don’t know what a Red is? Aint you been giving +out them circulars on the street?” + </p> +<p> +“I never seen the circular!” repeated Peter. “I never seen a word in it; I +dunno what it is.” + </p> +<p> +“You try to stuff me with that?” + </p> +<p> +“Some woman gimme that circular on the street! Ouch! Stop! Jesus! I tell +you I never looked at the circular!” + </p> +<p> +“You dare go on lying?” shouted the man, with fresh access of rage. “And +when I seen you with them Reds? I know about your plots, I’m going to get +it out of you.” He grabbed Peter’s wrist and began to twist it, and Peter +half turned over in the effort to save himself, and shrieked again, in +more piercing tones, “I dunno! I dunno!” + </p> +<p> +“What’s them fellows done for you that you protect them?” demanded the +other. “What good’ll it do you if we hang you and let them escape?” + </p> +<p> +But Peter only screamed and wept the louder. +</p> +<p> +“They’ll have time to get out of town,” persisted the other. “If you speak +quick we can nab them all, and then I’ll let you go. You understand, we +won’t do a thing to you, if you’ll come thru and tell us who put you up to +this. We know it wasn’t you that planned it; it’s the big fellows we +want.” + </p> +<p> +He began to wheedle and coax Peter; but then, when Peter answered again +with his provoking “I dunno,” he would give another twist to Peter’s +wrist, and Peter would yell, almost incoherent with terror and pain—but +still declaring that he could tell nothing, he knew nothing about any +bomb. +</p> +<p> +So at last Guffey wearied of this futile inquisition; or perhaps it +occurred to him that this was too public a place for the prosecution of a +“third degree”—there might be some one listening outside the door. +He stopped twisting Peter’s wrist, and tilted back Peter’s head so that +Peter’s frightened eyes were staring into his. +</p> +<p> +“Now, young fellow,” he said, “look here. I got no time for you just now, +but you’re going to jail, you’re my prisoner, and make up your mind to it, +sooner or later I’m going to get it out of you. It may take a day, or it +may take a month, but you’re going to tell me about this bomb plot, and +who printed this here circular opposed to Preparedness, and all about +these Reds you work with. I’m telling you now—so you think it over; +and meantime, you hold your mouth, don’t say a word to a living soul, or +if you do I’ll tear your tongue out of your throat.” + </p> +<p> +Then, paying no attention to Peter’s wailings, he took him by the back of +the collar and marched him down the hall again, and turned him over to one +of the policemen. “Take this man to the city jail,” he said, “and put him +in the hole, and keep him there until I come, and don’t let him speak a +word to anybody. If he tries it, mash his mouth for him.” So the policeman +took poor sobbing Peter by the arm and marched him out of the building. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0005" id="link2H_4_0005"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 5 +</h2> +<p> +The police had got the crowds driven back by now, and had ropes across the +street to hold them, and inside the roped space were several ambulances +and a couple of patrol-wagons. Peter was shoved into one of these latter, +and a policeman sat by his side, and the bell clanged, and the +patrol-wagon forced its way slowly thru the struggling crowd. Half an hour +later they arrived at the huge stone jail, and Peter was marched inside. +There were no formalities, they did not enter Peter on the books, or take +his name or his finger prints; some higher power had spoken, and Peter’s +fate was already determined. He was taken into an elevator, and down into +a basement, and then down a flight of stone steps into a deeper basement, +and there was an iron door with a tiny slit an inch wide and six inches +long near the top. This was the “hole,” and the door was opened and Peter +shoved inside into utter darkness. The door banged, and the bolts rattled; +and then silence. Peter sank upon a cold stone floor, a bundle of abject +and hideous misery. +</p> +<p> +These events had happened with such terrifying rapidity that Peter Gudge +had hardly time to keep track of them. But now he had plenty of time, he +had nothing but time. He could think the whole thing out, and realize the +ghastly trick which fate had played upon him. He lay there, and time +passed; he had no way of measuring it, no idea whether it was hours or +days. It was cold and clammy in the stone cell; they called it the +“cooler,” and used it to reduce the temperature of the violent and +intractable. It was a trouble-saving device; they just left the man there +and forgot him, and his own tormented mind did the rest. +</p> +<p> +And surely no more tormented mind than the mind of Peter Gudge had ever +been put in that black hole. It was the more terrible, because so utterly +undeserved, so preposterous. For such a thing to happen to him, Peter +Gudge, of all people—who took such pains to avoid discomfort in +life, who was always ready to oblige anybody, to do anything he was told +to do, so as to have’an easy time, a sufficiency of food, and a warm +corner to crawl into! What could have persuaded fate to pick him for the +victim of this cruel prank; to put him into this position, where he could +not avoid suffering, no matter what he did? They wanted him to tell +something, and Peter would have been perfectly willing to tell anything—but +how could he tell it when he did not know it? +</p> +<p> +The more Peter thought about it, the more outraged he became. It was +monstrous! He sat up and glared into the black darkness. He talked to +himself, he talked to the world outside, to the universe which had +forgotten his existence. He stormed, he wept. He got on his feet and flung +himself about the cell, which was six feet square, and barely tall enough +for him to stand erect. He pounded on the door with his one hand which +Guffey had not lamed, he kicked, and he shouted. But there was no answer, +and so far as he could tell, there was no one to hear. +</p> +<p> +When he had exhausted himself, he sank down, and fell into a haunted +sleep; and then he wakened again, to a reality worse than any nightmare. +That awful man was coming after him again! He was going to torture him, to +make him tell what he did not know! All the ogres and all the demons that +had ever been invented to frighten the imagination of children were as +nothing compared to the image of the man called Guffey, as Peter thought +of him. +</p> +<p> +Several ages after Peter had been locked up, he heard sounds outside, and +the door was opened. Peter was cowering in the corner, thinking that +Guffey had come. There was a scraping on the floor, and then the door was +banged again, and silence fell. Peter investigated and discovered that +they had put in a chunk of bread and a pan of water. +</p> +<p> +Then more ages passed, and Peter’s impotent ragings were repeated; then +once more they brought bread and water, and Peter wondered, was it twice a +day they brought it, or was this a new day? And how long did they mean to +keep him here? Did they mean to drive him mad? He asked these questions of +the man who brought the bread and water, but the man made no answer, he +never at any time spoke a word. Peter had no company in that “hole” but +his God; and Peter was not well acquainted with his God, and did not enjoy +a tete-a-tete with Him. +</p> +<p> +What troubled Peter most was the cold; it got into his bones, and his +teeth were chattering all the time. Despite all his moving about, he could +not keep warm. When the man opened the door, he cried out to him, begging +for a blanket; each time the man came, Peter begged more frantically than +ever. He was ill, he had been injured in the explosion, he needed a +doctor, he was going to die! But there was never any answer. Peter would +lie there and shiver and weep, and writhe, and babble, and lose +consciousness for a while, and not know whether he was awake or asleep, +whether he was living or dead. He was becoming delirious, and the things +that were happening to him, the people who were tormenting him, became +monsters and fiends who carried him away upon far journeys, and plunged +him thru abysses of terror and torment. +</p> +<p> +And yet, many and strange as were the phantoms which Peter’s sick +imagination conjured up, there was no one of them as terrible as the +reality which prevailed just then in the life of American City, and was +determining the destiny of a poor little man by the name of Peter Gudge. +There lived in American City a group of men who had taken possession of +its industries and dominated the lives of its population. This group, +intrenched in power in the city’s business and also in its government, +were facing the opposition of a new and rapidly rising power, that of +organized labor, determined to break the oligarchy of business and take +over its powers. The struggle of these two groups was coming to its +culmination. They were like two mighty wrestlers, locked in a grip of +death; two giants in combat, who tear up trees by the roots and break off +fragments of cliffs from the mountains to smash in each other’s skulls. +And poor Peter—what was he? An ant which happened to come blundering +across the ground where these combatants met. The earth was shaken with +their trampling, the dirt was kicked this way and that, and the unhappy +ant was knocked about, tumbled head over heels, buried in the debris; and +suddenly—Smash!—a giant foot came down upon the place where he +was struggling and gasping! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0006" id="link2H_4_0006"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 6 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had been in the “hole” perhaps three days, perhaps a week—he +did not know, and no one ever told him. The door was opened again, and for +the first time he heard a voice, “Come out here.” + </p> +<p> +Peter had been longing to hear a voice; but now he shrunk terrified into a +corner. The voice was the voice of Guffey, and Peter knew what it meant. +His teeth began to rattle again, and he wailed, “I dunno anything! I can’t +tell anything!” + </p> +<p> +A hand reached in and took him by the collar, and he found himself walking +down the corridor in front of Guffey. “Shut up!” said the man, in answer +to all his wailings, and took him into a room and threw him into a chair +as if he had been a bundle of bedding, and pulled up another chair and sat +down in front of Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Now look here,” he said. “I want to have an understanding with you. Do +you want to go back into that hole again?” + </p> +<p> +“N-n-no,” moaned Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Well, I want you to know that you’ll spend the rest of your life in that +hole, except when you’re talking to me. And when you’re talking to me +you’ll be having your arms twisted off you, and splinters driven into your +finger nails, and your skin burned with matches—until you tell me +what I want to know. Nobody’s going to help you, nobody’s going to know +about it. You’re going to stay here with me until you come across.” + </p> +<p> +Peter could only sob and moan. +</p> +<p> +“Now,” continued Guffey, “I been finding out all about you, I got your +life story from the day you were born, and there’s no use your trying to +hide anything. I know your part in this here bomb plot, and I can send you +to the gallows without any trouble whatever. But there’s some things I +can’t prove on the other fellows. They’re the big ones, the real devils, +and they’re the ones I want, so you’ve got a chance to save yourself, and +you better be thankful for it.” + </p> +<p> +Peter went on moaning and sobbing. +</p> +<p> +“Shut up!” cried the man. And then, fixing Peter’s frightened gaze with +his own, he continued, “Understand, you got a chance to save yourself. All +you got to do is to tell what you know. Then you can come out and you +won’t have any more trouble. We’ll take good care of you; everything’ll be +easy for you.” + </p> +<p> +Peter continued to gaze like a fascinated rabbit. And such a longing as +surged up in his soul—to be free, and out of trouble, and taken care +of! If only he had known anything to tell; if only there was some way he +could find out something to tell! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0007" id="link2H_4_0007"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 7 +</h2> +<p> +Suddenly the man reached out and grasped one of Peter’s hands. He twisted +the wrist again, the sore wrist which still ached from the torture. “Will +you tell?” + </p> +<p> +“I’d tell if I could!” screamed Peter. “My God, how can I?” + </p> +<p> +“Don’t lie to me,” hissed the man. “I know about it now, you can’t fool +me. You know Jim Goober.” + </p> +<p> +“I never heard of him!” wailed Peter. +</p> +<p> +“You lie!” declared the other, and he gave Peter’s wrist a twist. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, I know him!” shrieked Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, that’s more like it!” said the other. “Of course you know him. What +sort of a looking man is he?” + </p> +<p> +“I—I dunno. He’s a big man.” + </p> +<p> +“You lie! You know he’s a medium-sized man!” + </p> +<p> +“He’s a medium-sized man.” + </p> +<p> +“A dark man?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, a dark man.” + </p> +<p> +“And you know Mrs. Goober, the music teacher?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I know her.” + </p> +<p> +“And you’ve been to her house?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I’ve been to her house.” + </p> +<p> +“Where is their house?” + </p> +<p> +“I dunno—that is—” + </p> +<p> +“It’s on Fourth Street?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, it’s on Fourth Street.” + </p> +<p> +“And he hired you to carry that suit-case with the bombs in it, didn’t +he?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, he hired me.” + </p> +<p> +“And he told you what was in it, didn’t he?” + </p> +<p> +“He—he—that is—I dunno.” + </p> +<p> +“You don’t know whether he told you?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, he told me.” + </p> +<p> +“You knew all about the plot, didn’t you?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, I knew.” + </p> +<p> +“And you know Isaacs, the Jew?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, I know him.” + </p> +<p> +“He was the fellow that drove the jitney, wasn’t he?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, he drove the jitney.” + </p> +<p> +“Where did he drive it?” + </p> +<p> +“H-h-he drove it everywhere.” + </p> +<p> +“He drove it over here with the suit-case, didn’t he?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, he did.” + </p> +<p> +“And you know Biddle, and you know what he did, don’t you?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I know.” + </p> +<p> +“And you’re willing to tell all you know about it, are you?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I’ll tell it all. I’ll tell whatever you—” + </p> +<p> +“You’ll tell whatever you know, will you?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“And you’ll stand by it? You’ll not try to back out? You don’t want to go +back into the hole?” + </p> +<p> +“No, sir.” + </p> +<p> +And suddenly Guffey pulled from his pocket a paper folded up. It was +several typewritten sheets. “Peter Gudge,” he said, “I been looking up +your record, and I’ve found out what you did in this case. You’ll see when +you read how perfectly I’ve got it. You won’t find a single mistake in +it.” Guffey meant this for wit, but poor Peter was too far gone with +terror to have any idea that there was such a thing as a smile in the +world. +</p> +<p> +“This is your story, d’you see?” continued Guffey. “Now take it and read +it.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter took the paper in his trembling hand, the one which had not been +twisted lame. He tried to read it, but his hand shook so that he had to +put it on his knee, and then he discovered that his eyes had not yet got +used to the light. He could not see the print. “I c-c-can’t,” he wailed. +</p> +<p> +And the other man took the paper from him. “I’ll read it to you,” he said. +“Now you listen, and put your mind on it, and make sure I’ve got it all +right.” + </p> +<p> +And so Guffey started to read an elaborate legal document: “I, Peter +Gudge, being duly sworn do depose and declare—” and so on. It was an +elaborate and detailed story about a man named Jim Goober, and his wife +and three other men, and how they had employed Peter to buy for them +certain materials to make bombs, and how Peter had helped them to make the +bombs in a certain room at a certain given address, and how they had put +the bombs in a suit-case, with a time clock to set them off, and how +Isaacs, the jitney driver, had driven them to a certain corner on Main +Street, and how they had left the suit-case with the bombs on the street +in front of the Preparedness Day parade. +</p> +<p> +It was very simple and clear, and Peter, as he listened, was almost ready +to cry with delight, realizing that this was all he had to do to escape +from his horrible predicament. He knew now what he was supposed to know; +and he knew it. Why had not Guffey told him long ago, so that he might +have known it without having his fingers bent out of place and his wrist +twisted off? +</p> +<p> +“Now then,” said Guffey, “that’s your confession, is it?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“And you’ll stand by it to the end?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“We can count on you now? No more nonsense?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“You swear it’s all true?” + </p> +<p> +“I do.” + </p> +<p> +“And you won’t let anybody persuade you to go back on it—no matter +what they say to you?” + </p> +<p> +“N-n-no, sir,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“All right,” said Guffey; and his voice showed the relief of a business +man who has closed an important deal. He became almost human as lie went +on. “Now, Peter,” he said, “you’re our man, and we’re going to count on +you. You understand, of course, that we have to hold you as a witness, but +you’re not to be a prisoner, and we’re going to treat you well. We’ll put +you in the hospital part of the jail, and you’ll have good grub and +nothing to do. In a week or so, we’ll want you to appear before the grand +jury. Meantime, you understand—not a word to a soul! People may try +to worm something out of you, but don’t you open your mouth about this +case except to me. I’m your boss, and I’ll tell you what to do, and I’ll +take care of you all the way. You got that all straight?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0008" id="link2H_4_0008"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 8 +</h2> +<p> +There was once, so legend declares, a darky who said that he liked to stub +his toe because it felt so good when it stopped hurting. On this same +principle Peter had a happy time in the hospital of the American City +jail. He had a comfortable bed, and plenty to eat, and absolutely nothing +to do. His sore joints became gradually healed, and he gained half a pound +a day in weight, and his busy mind set to work to study the circumstances +about him, to find out how he could perpetuate these comfortable +conditions, and add to them the little luxuries which make life really +worth living. +</p> +<p> +In charge of this hospital was an old man by the name of Doobman. He had +been appointed because he was the uncle of an alderman, and he had held +the job for the last six years, and during that time had gained weight +almost as rapidly as Peter was gaining. He had now come to a condition +where he did not like to get out of his armchair if it could be avoided. +Peter discovered this, and so found it possible to make himself useful in +small ways. Also Mr. Doobman had a secret vice; he took snuff, and for the +sake of discipline he did not want this dreadful fact to become known. +Therefore he would wait until everybody’s back was turned before he took a +pinch of snuff; and Peter learned this, and would tactfully turn his back. +</p> +<p> +Everybody in this hospital had some secret vice, and it was Mr. Doobman’s +duty to repress the vices of the others. The inmates of the hospital +included many of the prisoners who had money, and could pay to make +themselves comfortable. They wanted tobacco, whiskey, cocaine and other +drugs, and some of them wanted a chance to practice unnamable horrors. All +the money they could smuggle in they were ready to spend for license to +indulge themselves. As for the attendants in the hospital, they were all +political appointees, derelicts who had been unable to hold a job in the +commercial world, and had sought an easy berth, like Peter himself. They +took bribes, and were prepared to bribe Peter to outwit Mr. Doobman; Mr. +Doobman, on the other hand, was prepared to reward Peter with many favors, +if Peter would consent to bring him secret information. In such a +situation it was possible for a man with his wits about him to accumulate +quite a little capital. +</p> +<p> +For the most part Peter stuck by Doobman; having learned by bitter +experience that in the long run it pays to be honest. Doobman was referred +to by the other attendants as the “Old Man”; and always in Peter’s life, +from the very dawn of childhood, there had been some such “Old Man,” the +fountain-head of authority, the dispenser of creature comforts. First had +been “Old Man” Drubb, who from early morning until late at night wore +green spectacles, and a sign across his chest, “I am blind,” and made a +weary little child lead him thru the streets by the hand. At night, when +they got home to their garret-room, “Old Man” Drubb would take off his +green goggles, and was perfectly able to see Peter, and if Peter had made +the slightest mistake during the day he would beat him. +</p> +<p> +When Drubb was arrested, Peter was taken to the orphan asylum, and there +was another “Old Man,” and the same harsh lesson of subservience to be +learned. Peter had run away from the asylum; and then had come Pericles +Priam with his Pain Paralyzer, and Peter had studied his whims and served +his interests. When Pericles had married a rich widow and she had kicked +Peter out, there had come the Temple of Jimjambo, where the “Old Man” had +been Tushbar Akrogas, the major-domo—terrible when he was thwarted, +but a generous dispenser of favors when once you had learned to flatter +him, to play upon his weaknesses, to smooth the path of his pleasures. All +these years Peter had been forced to “crook the pregnant hinges of the +knee”; it had become an instinct with him—an instinct that went back +far behind the twenty years of his conscious life, that went back twenty +thousand years, perhaps ten times twenty thousand years, to a time when +Peter had chipped flint spear-heads at the mouth of some cave, and broiled +marrow-bones for some “Old Man” of the borde, and seen rebellious young +fellows cast out to fall prey to the sabre-tooth tiger. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0009" id="link2H_4_0009"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 9 +</h2> +<p> +Peter found that he was something of a personality in this hospital. He +was the “star” witness in the sensational Goober case, about which the +whole city, and in fact the whole country was talking. It was known that +he had “turned State’s”; but just what he knew and what he had told was a +mighty secret, and Peter “held his mouth” and looked portentous, and +enjoyed thrills of self-importance. +</p> +<p> +But meantime there was no reason why he should not listen to others talk; +no reason why he should not inform himself fully about this case, so that +in future he might be able to take care of himself. He listened to what +“Old Man” Doobman had to say, and to what Jan Christian, his Swedish +assistant had to say, and to what Gerald Leslie, the “coke” fiend, had to +say. All these, and others, had friends on the outside, people who were +“in the know.” Some told one thing, and others told exactly the opposite; +but Peter put this and that together, and used his own intrigue-sharpened +wits upon it, and before long he was satisfied that he had got the facts. +</p> +<p> +Jim Goober was a prominent labor leader. He had organized the employees of +the Traction Trust, and had called and led a tremendous strike. Also he +had called building strikes, and some people said he had used dynamite +upon uncompleted buildings, and made a joke of it. Anyhow, the business +men of the city wanted to put him where he could no longer trouble them; +and when some maniac unknown had flung a dynamite bomb into the path of +the Preparedness parade, the big fellows of the city had decided that now +was the opportunity they were seeking. Guffey, the man who had taken +charge of Peter, was head of the secret service of the Traction Trust, and +the big fellows had put him in complete charge. They wanted action, and +would take no chances with the graft-ridden and incompetent police of the +city. They had Goober in jail, with his wife and three of his gang, and +thru the newspapers of the city they were carrying on a propaganda to +prepare the public for the hanging of all five. +</p> +<p> +And that was all right, of course; Jim Goober was only a name to Peter, +and of less importance than a single one of Peter’s meals. Peter +understood what Guffey had done, and his only grudge was because Guffey +had not had the sense to tell him his story at the beginning, instead of +first nearly twisting his arm off. However, Peter reflected, no doubt +Guffey had meant to teach him a lesson, to make sure of him. Peter had +learned the lesson, and his purpose now was to make this clear to Guffey +and to Doobman. +</p> +<p> +“Hold your mouth,” Guffey had said, and Peter never once said a word about +the Goober case. But, of course, he talked about other matters. A fellow +could not go around like a mummy all day long, and it was Peter’s weakness +that he liked to tell about his exploits, the clever devices by which he +had outwitted his last “Old Man.” So to Gerald Leslie, the “coke” fiend, +he told the story of Pericles Priam, and how many thousands of dollars he +had helped to wheedle out of the public, and how twice he and Pericles had +been arrested for swindling. Also he told about the Temple of Jimjambo, +and all the strange and incredible things that had gone on there. Pashtian +el Kalandra, who called himself the Chief Magistrian of Eleutherinian +Exoticism, gave himself out to his followers to be eighty years of age, +but as a matter of fact he was less than forty. He was supposed to be a +Persian prince, but had been born in a small town in Indiana, and had +begun life as a grocer-boy. He was supposed to live upon a handful of +fruit, but every day it had been Peter’s job to assist in the preparation +of a large beef-steak or a roast chicken. These were “for sacrificial +purposes,” so the prophet explained to his attendants; and Peter would get +the remains of the sacrificial beef-steaks and chickens, and would +sacrificially devour them behind the pantry door. That had been one of his +private grafts, which he got in return for keeping secret from the prophet +some of the stealings of Tushbar Akrogas, the major-domo. +</p> +<p> +A wonderful place had been this Temple of Jimjambo. There were mystic +altars with seven veils before them, and thru these the Chief Magistrian +would appear, clad in a long cream-colored robe with gold and purple +borders, and with pink embroidered slippers and symbolic head-dress. His +lectures and religious rites had been attended by hundreds—many of +them rich society women, who came rolling up to the temple in their +limousines. Also there had been a school, where children had been +initiated into the mystic rites of the cult. The prophet would take these +children into his private apartments, and there were awful rumors—which +had ended in the raiding of the temple by the police, and the flight of +the prophet, and likewise of the majordomo, and of Peter Gudge, his +scullion and confederate. +</p> +<p> +Also, Peter thought it was fun to tell Gerald Leslie about his adventures +with the Holy Rollers, into whose church he had drifted during his search +for a job. Peter had taken up with this sect, and learned the art of +“talking in tongues,” and how to fall over the back of your chair in +convulsions of celestial glory. Peter had gained the confidence of the +Rev. Gamaliel Lunk, and had been secretly employed by him to carry on a +propaganda among the congregation to obtain a raise in salary for the +underpaid convulsionist. But certain things which Peter had learned had +caused him to go over to the faction of Shoemaker Smithers, who was trying +to persuade the congregation that he could roll harder and faster than the +Rev. Gamaliel. Peter had only held this latter job a few days before he +had been fired for stealing the fried doughnut. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0010" id="link2H_4_0010"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 10 +</h2> +<p> +All these things and more Peter told; thinking that he was safe now, under +the protection of authority. But after he had spent about two months in +the hospital, he was summoned one day into the office, and there stood +Guffey, glowering at him in a black fury. “You damned fool!” were Guffey’s +first words. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s knees went weak and his teeth began to chatter again. +“Wh-wh-what?” he cried. +</p> +<p> +“Didn’t I tell you to hold your mouth?” And Guffey looked as if he were +going to twist Peter’s wrist again. +</p> +<p> +“Mr. Guffey, I ain’t told a soul! I ain’t said one word about the Goober +case, not one word!” + </p> +<p> +Peter rushed on, pouring out protests. But Guffey cut him short. “Shut up, +you nut! Maybe you didn’t talk about the Goober case, but you talked about +yourself. Didn’t you tell somebody you’d worked with that fellow +Kalandra?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“And you knew the police were after him, and after you, too?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“And you said you’d been arrested selling fake patent medicines?” + </p> +<p> +“Y-y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“Christ almighty!” cried Guffey. “And what kind of a witness do you think +you’ll make?” + </p> +<p> +“But,” cried Peter in despair, “I didn’t tell anybody that would matter. I +only—” + </p> +<p> +“What do you know what would matter?” roared the detective, adding a +stream of furious oaths. “The Goober people have got spies on us; they’ve +got somebody right here in this jail. Anyhow, they’ve found out about you +and your record. You’ve gone and ruined us with your blabbing mouth!” + </p> +<p> +“My Lord!” whispered Peter, his voice dying away. +</p> +<p> +“Look at yourself on a witness-stand! Look at what they’ll do to you +before a jury! Traveling over the country, swindling people with patent +medicines—and getting in jail for it! Working for that hell-blasted +scoundrel Kalandra—” and Guffey added some dreadful words, +descriptive of the loathsome vices of which the Chief Magistrian had been +accused. “And you mixed up in that kind of thing!” + </p> +<p> +“I never done anything like that!” cried Peter wildly. “I didn’t even know +for sure.” + </p> +<p> +“Tell that to the jury!” sneered Guffey. “Why, they’ve even been to that +Shoemaker Smithers, and they’ll put his wife on the stand to prove you a +sneak thief, and tell how she kicked you out. And all because you couldn’t +hold your mouth as I told you to!” + </p> +<p> +Peter burst into tears. He fell down on his knees, pleading that he hadn’t +meant any harm; he hadn’t had any idea that he was not supposed to talk +about his past life; he hadn’t realized what a witness was, or what he was +supposed to do. All he had been told was to keep quiet about the Goober +case, and he had kept quiet. So Peter sobbed and pleaded—but in +vain. Guffey ordered him back to the hole, declaring his intention to +prove that Peter was the one who had thrown the bomb, and that Peter, +instead of Jim Goober, had been the head and front of the conspiracy. +Hadn’t Peter signed a confession that he had helped to make the bomb? +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0011" id="link2H_4_0011"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 11 +</h2> +<p> +Again Peter did not know how long he lay shivering in the black dungeon. +He only knew that they brought him bread and water three times, before +Guffey came again and summoned him forth. Peter now sat huddled into a +chair, twisting his trembling hands together, while the chief detective of +the Traction Trust explained to him his new program. Peter was permanently +ruined as a witness in the case. The labor conspirators had raised huge +sums for their defense; they had all the labor unions of the city, and in +fact of the entire country behind them, and they were hiring spies and +informers, and trying to find out all they could about the prosecution, +the evidence it had collected and the moves it was preparing. Guffey did +not say that he had been afraid to kick Peter out because of the +possibility that Peter might go over to the Goober side and tell all he +knew; but Peter guessed this while he sat listening to Guffey’s +explanation, and realized with a thrill of excitement that at last he had +really got a hold upon the ladder of prosperity. Not in vain had his +finger been almost broken and his wrist almost dislocated! +</p> +<p> +“Now,” said Guffey, “here’s my idea: As a witness you’re on the bum, but +as a spy, you’re it. They know that you blabbed, and that I know it; they +know I’ve had you in the hole. So now what I want to do is to make a +martyr of you. D’you see?” + </p> +<p> +Peter nodded; yes, he saw. It was his specialty, seeing things like that. +</p> +<p> +“You’re an honest witness, you understand? I tried to get you to lie, and +you wouldn’t, so now you go over to the other side, and they take you in, +and you find out all you can, and from time to time you meet somebody as +I’ll arrange it, and send me word what you’ve learned. You get me?” + </p> +<p> +“I get you,” said Peter, eagerly. No words could portray his relief. He +had a real job now! He was going to be a sleuth, like Guffey himself. +</p> +<p> +“Now,” said Guffey, “the first thing I want to know is, who’s blabbing in +this jail; we can’t do anything but they get tipped off. I’ve got +witnesses that I want kept hidden, and I don’t dare put them here for fear +of the Goober crowd. I want to know who are the traitors. I want to know a +lot of things that I’ll tell you from time to time. I want you to get next +to these Reds, and learn about their ideas, so you can talk their lingo. +</p> +<p> +“Sure,” said Peter. He could not help smiling a little. He was supposed to +be a “Red” already, to have been one of their leading conspirators. But +Guffey had abandoned that pretence—or perhaps had forgotten about +it! +</p> +<p> +It was really an easy job that Peter had set before him. He did not have +to pretend to be anything different from what he was. He would call +himself a victim of circumstances, and would be honestly indignant against +those who had sought to use him in a frame-up against Jim Goober. The rest +would follow naturally. He would get the confidence of the labor people, +and Guffey would tell him what to do next. +</p> +<p> +“We’ll put you in one of the cells of this jail,” said the chief +detective, “and we’ll pretend to give you a ‘third degree.’ You’ll holler +and make a fuss, and say you won’t tell, and finally we’ll give up and +kick you out. And then all you have to do is just hang around. They’ll +come after you, or I miss my guess.” + </p> +<p> +So the little comedy was arranged and played thru. Guffey took Peter by +the collar and led him out into the main part of the jail, and locked him +in one of a row of open cells. He grabbed Peter by the wrist and pretended +to twist it, and Peter pretended to protest. He did not have to draw on +his imagination; he knew how it felt, and how he was supposed to act, and +he acted. He sobbed and screamed, and again and again he vowed that he had +told the truth, that he knew nothing else than what he had told, and that +nothing could make him tell any more. Guffey left him there until late the +next afternoon, and then came again, and took him by the collar, and led +him out to the steps of the jail, and gave him a parting kick. +</p> +<p> +Peter was free! What a wonderful sensation—freedom! God! Had there +ever been anything like it? He wanted to shout and howl with joy. But +instead he staggered along the street, and sank down upon a stone coping, +sobbing, with his head clasped in his hands, waiting for something to +happen. And sure enough, it happened. Perhaps an hour passed, when he was +touched lightly on the shoulder. “Comrade,” said a soft voice, and Peter, +looking between his fingers, saw the skirts of a girl. A folded slip of +paper was pressed into his hand and the soft voice said: “Come to this +address.” The girl walked on, and Peter’s heart leaped with excitement. +Peter was a sleuth at last! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0012" id="link2H_4_0012"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 12 +</h2> +<p> +Peter waited until after dark, in order to indulge his sense of the +romantic; also he flattered his self-importance by looking carefully about +him as he walked down the street. He did not know just who would be +shadowing him, but Peter wanted to be sleuthy. +</p> +<p> +Also he had a bit of genuine anxiety. He had told the truth when he said +to Guffey that he didn’t know what a “Red” was; but since then he had been +making in quiries, and now he knew. A “Red” was a fellow who sympathized +with labor unions and with strikes; who wanted to murder the rich and +divide their property, and believed that the quickest way to do the +dividing was by means of dynamite. All “Reds” made bombs, and carried +concealed weapons, and perhaps secret poisons—who could tell? And +now Peter was going among them, he was going to become one of them! It was +almost too interesting, for a fellow who aimed above everything to be +comfortable. Something in him whispered, “Why not skip; get out of town +and be done with it?” But then he thought of the rewards and honors that +Guffey had promised him. Also there was the spirit of curiosity; he might +skip at any time, but first he would like to know a bit more about being a +“dick.” + </p> +<p> +He came to the number which had been given him, a tiny bungalow in a poor +neighborhood, and rang the doorbell. It was answered by a girl, and at a +glance Peter saw that it was the girl who had spoken to him. She did not +wait for him to announce himself, but cried impulsively, “Mr. Gudge! Oh, +I’m so glad you’ve come!” She added, “Comrade!”—just as if Peter +were a well-known friend. And then, “But <i>are</i> you a comrade?” + </p> +<p> +“How do you mean?” asked Peter. +</p> +<p> +“You’re not a Socialist? Well, we’ll make one of you.” She brought him in +and showed him to a chair, saying, “I know what they did to you; and you +stood out against them! Oh, you were wonderful! Wonderful!” + </p> +<p> +Peter was at a loss what to say. There was in this girl’s voice a note of +affection, as well as of admiration; and Peter in his hard life had had +little experience with emotions of this sort. Peter had watched the +gushings and excitements of girls who were seeking flirtations; but this +girl’s attitude he felt at once was not flirtatious. Her voice tho soft, +was just a trifle too solemn for a young girl; her deep-set, wistful grey +eyes rested on Peter with the solicitude of a mother whose child has just +escaped a danger. +</p> +<p> +She called: “Sadie, here’s Mr. Gudge.” And there entered another girl, +older, taller, but thin and pale like her sister. Jennie and Sadie Todd +were their names, Peter learned; the older was a stenographer, and +supported the family. The two girls were in a state of intense concern. +They started to question Peter about his experiences, but he had only +talked for a minute or two before the elder went to the telephone. There +were various people who must see Peter at once, important people who were +to be notified as soon as he turned up. She spent some time at the phone, +and the people she talked with must have phoned to others, because for the +next hour or two there was a constant stream of visitors coming in, and +Peter had to tell his story over and over again. +</p> +<p> +The first to come was a giant of a man with tight-set mouth and so +powerful a voice that it frightened Peter. He was not surprised to learn +that this man was the leader of one of the most radical of the city’s big +labor unions, the seamen’s. Yes, he was a “Red,” all right; he +corresponded to Peter’s imaginings—a grim, dangerous man, to be +pictured like Samson, seizing the pillars of society and pulling them down +upon his head. “They’ve got you scared, my boy,” he said, noting Peter’s +hesitating answers to his questions. “Well, they’ve had me scared for +forty-five years, but I’ve never let them know it yet.” Then, in order to +cheer Peter up and strengthen his nerves, he told how he, a runaway +seaman, had been hunted thru the Everglades of Florida with bloodhounds, +and tied to a tree and beaten into insensibility. +</p> +<p> +Then came David Andrews, whom Peter had heard of as one of the lawyers in +the Goober case, a tall, distinguished-looking man with keen, alert +features. What was such a man doing among these outcasts? Peter decided +that he must be one of the shrewd ones who made money out of inciting the +discontented. Then came a young girl, frail and sensitive, slightly +crippled. As she crossed the room to shake his hand tears rolled down her +cheeks, and Peter stood embarrassed, wondering if she had just lost a near +relative, and what was he to say about it. From her first words he +gathered, to his great consternation, that she had been moved to tears by +the story of what he himself had endured. +</p> +<p> +Ada Ruth was a poet, and this was a new type for Peter; after much groping +in his mind he set her down for one of the dupes of the movement—a +poor little sentimental child, with no idea of the wickedness by which she +was surrounded. With her came a Quaker boy with pale, ascetic face and +black locks which he had to shake back from his eyes every now and then; +he wore a Windsor tie, and a black felt hat, and other marks of +eccentricity and from his speeches Peter gathered that he was ready to +blow up all the governments of the world in the interests of Pacificism. +The same was true of McCormick, an I. W. W. leader who had just served +sixty days in jail, a silent young Irishman with drawn lips and restless +black eyes, who made Peter uneasy by watching him closely and saying +scarcely a word. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0013" id="link2H_4_0013"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 13 +</h2> +<p> +They continued to come, one at a time or in groups; old women and young +women, old men and young men, fanatics and dreamers, agitators who could +hardly open their mouths without some white-hot words escaping, revealing +a blaze of passion smouldering in the deeps of them. Peter became more and +more uneasy, realizing that he was actually in the midst of all the most +dangerous “Reds” of American City. They it was whom our law-abiding +citizens dreaded, who were the objects of more concern to the police than +all the plain, everyday burglars and bandits. Peter now could see the +reason—he had not dreamed that such angry and hate-tormented people +existed in the world. Such people would be capable of anything! He sat, +with his restless eyes wandering from one face to another. Which one of +this crowd had helped to set off the bomb? And would they boast about it +to him this evening? +</p> +<p> +Peter half expected this; but then again, he wondered. They were such +strange criminals! They called him “Comrade”; and they spoke with that +same affection that had so bewildered him in little Jennie. Was this just +a ruse to get his confidence, or did these people really think that they +loved him—Peter Gudge, a stranger and a secret enemy? Peter had been +at great pains to fool them; but they seemed to him so easy to fool that +his pains were wasted. He despised them for this, and all the while he +listened to them he was saying to himself, “The poor nuts!” + </p> +<p> +They had come to hear his story, and they plied him with questions, and +made him tell over and over again every detail. Peter, of course, had been +carefully instructed; he was not to mention the elaborate confession he +had been made to sign; that would be giving too dangerous a weapon to +these enemies of law and order. He must tell as brief a story as possible; +how he had happened to be near the scene of the explosion, and how the +police had tried to force him to admit that he knew something about the +case. Peter told this, according to orders; but he had not been prepared +for the minute questioning to which he was subjected by Andrews, the +lawyer, aided by old John Durand, the leader of the seamen. They wanted to +know everything that had been done to him, and who had done it, and how +and when and where and why. Peter had a sense of the dramatic, and enjoyed +being the center of attention and admiration, even tho it was from a +roomful of criminal “Reds.” So he told all the picturesque details of how +Guffey had twisted his wrist and shut him in a dungeon; the memory of the +pain was still poignant, and came out of him now, with a realism that +would have moved a colder group. +</p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> +So pretty soon here were all these women sobbing and raging. Little +Ada Ruth became inspired, and began reciting a poem—or was she +composing it right here, before his eyes? She seemed entranced with +indignation. It was something about the workers arising—the outcry +of a mob— + +“No further patience with a heedless foe— +Get off our backs, or else to hell you go!” + </pre> +<p> +Peter listened, and thought to himself, “The poor nut!” And then Donald +Gordon, the Quaker boy, took the floor, and began shaking his long black +locks, and composing a speech, it seemed. And Peter listened, and thought +again, “The poor nut!” Then another man, the editor of a labor journal, +revealed the fact that he was composing an editorial; he knew Guffey, and +was going to publish Guffey’s picture, and brand him as an +“Inquisitionist.” He asked for Peter’s picture, and Peter agreed to have +one taken, and to be headlined as “The Inquisitionist’s Victim.” Peter had +no idea what the long word meant; but he assented, and thought again, “The +poor nut!” All of them were “nuts”—taking other people’s troubles +with such excitement! +</p> +<p> +But Peter was frightened, too; he couldn’t altogether enjoy being a hero, +in this vivid and startling fashion; having his name and fame spread from +one end of the country to the other, so that organized labor might know +the methods which the great traction interests of American City were +employing to send a well-known labor leader to the gallows! The thing +seemed to grow and grow before Peter’s frightened eyes. Peter, the ant, +felt the earth shaking, and got a sudden sense of the mountain size of the +mighty giants who were stamping in combat over his head. Peter wondered, +had Guffey realized what a stir his story would make, what a powerful +weapon he was giving to his enemies? What could Guffey expect to get from +Peter, to compensate for this damage to his own case? Peter, as he +listened to the stormy oratory in the crowded little room, found himself +thinking again and again of running away. He had never seen anything like +the rage into which these people worked themselves, the terrible things +they said, the denunciations, not merely of the police of American City, +but of the courts and the newspapers, the churches and the colleges, +everything that seemed respectable and sacred to law-abiding citizens like +Peter Gudge. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s fright became apparent. But why shouldn’t he be frightened? +Andrews, the lawyer, offered to take him away and hide him, lest the +opposition should try to make way with him. Peter would be a most +important witness for the Goober defense, and they must take good care of +him. But Peter recovered his self-possession, and took up his noble role. +No, he would take his chances with the rest of them, he was not too much +afraid. +</p> +<p> +Sadie Todd, the stenographer, rewarded him for his heroism. They had a +spare bedroom in their little home, and if Peter cared to stay with them +for a while, they would try to make him comfortable. Peter accepted this +invitation, and at a late hour in the evening the gathering broke up. The +various groups of “Reds” went their way, their hands clenched and their +faces portraying a grim resolve to make out of Peter’s story a means of +lashing discontented labor to new frenzies of excitement. The men clasped +Peter’s hand cordially; the ladies gazed at him with soulful eyes, and +whispered their admiration for his brave course, their hope, indeed their +conviction, that he would stand by the truth to the end, and would study +their ideas and join their “movement.” All the while Peter watched them, +and continued saying to himself: “The poor nuts!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0014" id="link2H_4_0014"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 14 +</h2> +<p> +The respectable newspapers of American City of course did not waste their +space upon fantastic accusations brought by radicals, charging the police +authorities with using torture upon witnesses. But there was a Socialist +paper published every week in American City, and this paper had a long +account of Peter’s experiences on the front page, together with his +picture. Also there were three labor papers which carried the story, and +the Goober Defense Committee prepared a circular about it and mailed out +thousands of copies all over the country. This circular was written by +Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy. He brought Peter a proof of it, to make +sure that he had got all the details right, and Peter read it, and really +could not help being thrilled to discover what a hero he was. Peter had +not said anything about his early career, and whoever among the Goober +Defense Committee had learned those details chose to be diplomatically +silent. Peter smiled to himself as he thought about that. They were foxy, +these people! They were playing their hand for all it was worth—and +Peter admired them for that. In Donald Gordon’s narrative Peter appeared +as a poor workingman; and Peter grinned. He was used to the word +“working,” but when he talked about “working people,” he meant something +different from what these Socialists meant. +</p> +<p> +The story went out, and of course all sorts of people wanted to meet +Peter, and came to the home of the Todd girls. So Peter settled down to +his job of finding out all he could about these visitors, their names and +occupations, their relations to the radical movement. Guffey had advised +him not to make notes, for fear of detection, but Peter could not carry +all this in his head, so he would retire to his room and make minute notes +on slips of paper, and carefully sew these up in the lining of his coat, +with a thrill of mystery. +</p> +<p> +Except for this note-taking, however, Peter’s sleuthing was easy work, for +these people all seemed eager to talk about what they were doing; +sometimes it frightened Peter—they were so open and defiant! Not +merely did they express their ideas to one another and to him, they were +expressing them on public platforms, and in their publications, in +pamphlets and in leaflets—what they called “literature.” Peter had +had no idea their “movement” was so widespread or so powerful. He had +expected to unearth a secret conspiracy, and perhaps a dynamite-bomb or +two; instead of which, apparently, he was unearthing a volcano! +</p> +<p> +However, Peter did the best he could. He got the names and details about +some forty or fifty people of all classes; obscure workingmen and women, +Jewish tailors, Russian and Italian cigar-workers, American-born +machinists and printers; also some “parlor Reds”—large, immaculate +and shining ladies who came rolling up to the little bungalow in large, +immaculate and shining automobiles, and left their uniformed chauffeurs +outside for hours at a time while they listened to Peter’s story of his +“third degree.” One benevolent lady with a flowing gray veil, who wafted a +sweet perfume about the room, suggested that Peter might be in need, and +pressed a twenty dollar bill into his hand. Peter, thrilled, but also +bewildered, got a new sense of the wonders of this thing called “the +movement,” and decided that when Guffey got thru with him he might turn +into a “Red” in earnest for a while. +</p> +<p> +Meantime he settled down to make himself comfortable with the Todd +sisters. Sadie went off to her work before eight o’clock every morning, +and that was before Peter got up; but Jennie stayed at home, and fixed his +breakfast, and opened the door for his visitors, and in general played the +hostess for him. She was a confirmed invalid; twice a week she went off to +a doctor to have something done to her spine, and the balance of the time +she was supposed to be resting, but Peter very seldom saw her doing this. +She was always addressing circulars, or writing letters for the “cause,” + or going off to sell literature and take up collections at meetings. When +she was not so employed, she was arguing with somebody—frequently +with Peter—trying to make him think as she did. +</p> +<p> +Poor kid, she was all wrought up over the notions she had got about the +wrongs of the working classes. She gave herself no peace about it, day or +night, and this, of course, was a bore to Peter, who wanted peace above +all things. Over in Europe millions of men were organized in armies, +engaged in slaughtering one another. That, of course, was, very terrible, +but what was the good of thinking about it? There was no way to stop it, +and it certainly wasn’t Peter’s fault. But this poor, deluded child was +acting all the time as if she were to blame for this European conflict, +and had the job of bringing it to a close. The tears would come into her +deep-set grey eyes, and her soft chin would quiver with pain whenever she +talked about it; and it seemed to Peter she was talking about it all the +time. It was her idea that the war must be stopped by uprisings on the +part of the working people in Europe. Apparently she thought this might be +hastened if the working people of American City would rise up and set an +example! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0015" id="link2H_4_0015"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 15 +</h2> +<p> +Jennie talked about this plan quite openly; she would put a red ribbon in +her hair, and pin a red badge on her bosom, and go into meeting-places and +sell little pamphlets with red covers. So, of course, it would be Peter’s +duty to report her to the head of the secret service of the Traction +Trust. Peter regretted this, and was ashamed of having to do it; she was a +nice little girl, and pretty, too, and a fellow might have had some fun +with her if she had not been in such a hysterical state. He would sit and +look at her, as she sat bent over her typewriter. She had soft, fluffy +hair, the color of twilight, and even white teeth, and a faint flush that +came and went in her cheeks—yes, she would not be bad looking at +all, if only she would straighten up, and spend a little time on her +looks, as other girls did. +</p> +<p> +But no, she was always in a tension, and the devil of it was, she was +trying to get Peter into the same state. She was absolutely determined +that Peter must get wrought up over the wrongs of the working classes. She +took it for granted that he would, when he was instructed. She would tell +him harrowing stories, and it was his duty to be duly harrowed; he must be +continually acting an emotional part. She would give him some of her +“literature” to read, and then she would pin him down and make sure that +he had read it. He knew how to read—Pericles Priam had seen to that, +because he wanted him to attend to the printing of his circulars and his +advertisements in the country newspapers where he was traveling. So now +Peter was penned in a corner and compelled to fix his attention upon “The +A. B. C. of Socialism,” or “Capital and Proletariat,” or “The Path to +Power.” + </p> +<p> +Peter told himself that it was part of his job to acquire this +information. He was going to be a “Red,” and he must learn their lingo; +but he found it awfully tiresome, full of long technical words which he +had never heard before. Why couldn’t these fellows at least talk American? +He had known that there were Socialists, and also “Arnychists,” as he +called them, and he thought they were all alike. But now he learned, not +merely about Socialists and “Arnychists,” but about State Socialists and +Communist Anarchists, and Communist Syndicalists and Syndicalist +Anarchists and Socialist Syndicalists, and Reformist Socialists and Guild +Socialists, to say nothing about Single Taxers and Liberals and +Progressives and numerous other varieties, whom he had to meet and +classify and listen to respectfully and sympathetically. Each particular +group insisted upon the distinctions which made it different, and each +insisted that it had the really, truly truth; and Peter became desperately +bored with their everlasting talk—how much more simple to lump them +all together, as did Guffey and McGivney, calling them all “Reds!” + </p> +<p> +Peter had got it clearly fixed in his mind that what these “Reds” wanted +was to divide up the property of the rich. Everyone he had questioned +about them had said this. But now he learned that this wasn’t it exactly. +What they wanted was to have the State take over the industries, or to +have the labor unions do it, or to have the working people in general do +it. They pointed to the post office and the army and the navy, as examples +of how the State could run things. Wasn’t that all right? demanded Jennie. +And Peter said Yes, that was all right; but hidden back in Peter’s soul +all the time was a whisper that it wouldn’t make a damn bit of difference. +There was a sucker born every minute, and you might be sure that no matter +how they fixed it up, there would always be some that would find it easy +to live off the rest. This poor kid, for example, who was ready to throw +herself away for any fool notion, or for anybody that came along and told +her a hard-luck story—would there ever be a state of society in +which she wouldn’t be a juicy morsel to be gobbled up by some fellow with +a normal appetite? +</p> +<p> +She was alone in the house all day with Peter, and she got to seem more +and more pretty as he got to know her better. Also it was evident that she +liked Peter more and more as Peter played his game. Peter revealed himself +as deeply sympathetic, and a quick convert to the cause; he saw everything +that Jennie explained to him, he was horrified at the horrible stories, he +was ready to help her end the European war by starting a revolution among +the working people of American City. Also, he told her about himself, and +awakened her sympathy for his harsh life, his twenty years of privation +and servitude; and when she wept over this, Peter liked it. It was fine, +somehow, to have her so sorry for him; it helped to compensate him for the +boredom of hearing her be sorry for the whole working class. +</p> +<p> +Peter didn’t know whether Jennie had learned about his bad record, but he +took no chances—he told her everything, and thus took the sting out +of it. Yes, he had been trapped into evil ways, but it wasn’t his fault, +he hadn’t known any better, he had been a pitiful victim of circumstances. +He told how he had been starved and driven about and beaten by “Old Man” + Drubb, and the tears glistened in Jennie’s grey eyes and stole down her +cheeks. He told about loneliness and heartsickness and misery in the +orphan asylum. And how could he, poor lad, realize that it was wrong to +help Pericles Priam sell his Peerless Pain Paralyzer? How could he know +whether the medicine was any good or not—he didn’t even know now, as +a matter of fact. As for the Temple of Jimjambo, all that Peter had done +was to wash dishes and work as a kitchen slave, as in any hotel or +restaurant. +</p> +<p> +It was a story easy to fix up, and especially easy because the first +article in the creed of Socialist Jennie was that economic circumstances +were to blame for human frailties. That opened the door for all varieties +of grafters, and made the child such an easy mark that Peter would have +been ashamed to make a victim of her, had it not been that she happened to +stand in the path of his higher purposes—and also that she happened +to be young, only seventeen, with tender grey eyes, and tempting, sweet +lips, alone there in the house all day. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0016" id="link2H_4_0016"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 16 +</h2> +<p> +Peter’s adventures in love had so far been pretty much of a piece with the +rest of his life experiences; there had been hopes, and wonderful dreams, +but very few realizations. Peter knew a lot about such matters; in the +orphan asylum there were few vicious practices which he did not witness, +few obscene imaginings with which he was not made familiar. Also, Pericles +Priam had been a man like the traditional sailor, with a girl in every +port; and generally in these towns and villages there had been no place +for Peter to go save where Pericles went, so Peter had been the witness of +many of his master’s amours and the recipient of his confidences. But none +of these girls and women had paid any attention to Peter. Peter was only a +“kid”; and when he grew up and was no longer a kid, but a youth tormented +with sharp desires, they still paid no attention to him—why should +they? Peter was nothing; he had no position, no money, no charms; he was +frail and undersized, his teeth were crooked, and one shoulder higher than +the other. What could he expect from women and girls but laughter and +rebuffs? +</p> +<p> +Then Peter moved on to the Temple of Jimjambo, and there a devastating +experience befell him—he tumbled head over heels and agonizingly in +love. There was a chambermaid in the institution, a radiant creature from +the Emerald Isles with hair like sunrise and cheeks like apples, and a +laugh that shook the dish-pans on the kitchen walls. She laughed at Peter, +she laughed at the major-domo, she laughed at all the men in the place who +tried to catch her round the waist. Once or twice a month perhaps she +would let them succeed, just to keep them interested, and to keep herself +in practice. +</p> +<p> +The only one she really favored was the laundry deliveryman, and Peter +soon realized why. This laundry fellow had the use of an automobile on +Sundays, and Nell would dress herself up to kill, and roll away in state +with him. He would spend all his week’s earnings entertaining her at the +beach; Peter knew, because she would tell the whole establishment on +Monday morning. “Gee, but I had a swell time!” she would say; and would +count the ice-creams and the merry-go-rounds and the whirly-gigs and all +the whang-doodle things. She would tell about the tattooed men and the +five-legged calf and the woman who was half man, and all the while she +would make the dishpans rattle. +</p> +<p> +Yes, she was a marvelous creature, and Peter suddenly realized that his +ultimate desire in life was to possess a “swell lady-friend” like Nell. He +realized that there was one essential prerequisite, and that was money. +None of them would look at you without money. Nell had gone out with him +only once, and that was upon the savings of six months, and Peter had not +been able to conceal the effort it cost him to spend it all. So he had +been set down as a “tight-wad,” and had made no headway. +</p> +<p> +Nell had disappeared, along with everybody else when the police raided the +Temple. Peter never knew what had become of her, but the old longings +still haunted him, and he would find himself imagining—suppose the +police had got her; suppose she were in jail, and he with his new “pull” + were able to get her out, and carry her away and keep her hid from the +laundry man! +</p> +<p> +These were dreams; but meantime here was reality, here was a new world. +Peter had settled down in the home of the Todd sisters; and what was their +attitude toward these awful mysteries of love? +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0017" id="link2H_4_0017"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 17 +</h2> +<p> +It had been arranged with Guffey that at the end of a week Peter was to +have a secret meeting with one of the chief detective’s men. So Peter told +the girls that he was tired of being a prisoner in the house and must get +some fresh air. +</p> +<p> +“Oh please, Mr. Gudge, don’t take such a chance!” cried Sadie, her thin, +anxious face suddenly growing more anxious and thin. “Don’t you know this +house is being watched? They are just hoping to catch you out alone. It +would be the last of you.” + </p> +<p> +“I’m not so important as that,” said Peter; but she insisted that he was, +and Peter was pleased, in spite of his boredom, he liked to hear her +insist upon his importance. +</p> +<p> +“Oh!” she cried. “Don’t you know yet how much depends on you as a witness +for the Goober defense? This case is of concern to millions of people all +over the world! It is a test case, Mr. Gudge—are they to be allowed +to murder the leaders of the working class without a struggle? No, we must +show them that there is a great movement, a world-wide awakening of the +workers, a struggle for freedom for the wage slaves—” + </p> +<p> +But Peter could stand no more of this. “All right,” he said, suddenly +interrupting Sadie’s eloquence. “I suppose it’s my duty to stay, even if I +die of consumption, being shut up without any fresh air.” He would play +the martyr; which was not so hard, for he was one, and looked like one, +with his thin, one-sided little figure, and his shabby clothes. Both Sadie +and Jennie gazed at him with admiration, and sighed with relief. +</p> +<p> +But later on, Peter thought of an idea. He could go out at night, he told +Sadie, and slip out the back way, so that no one would see him; he would +not go into crowds or brightly lighted streets, so there would be no +chance of his being recognized. There was a fellow he absolutely had to +see, who owed him some money; it was way over on the other side of the +city—that was why he rejected Jennie’s offer to accompany him. +</p> +<p> +So that evening Peter climbed a back fence and stole thru a neighbor’s +chicken-yard and got away. He had a fine time ducking and dodging in the +crowds, making sure that no one was trailing him to his secret rendezvous—no +“Red” who might chance to be suspicious of his “comradeship.” It was in +the “American House,” an obscure hotel, and Peter was to take the elevator +to the fourth floor, without speaking to any one, and to tap three times +on the door of Room 427. Peter did so, and the door opened, and he slipped +in, and there he met Jerry McGivney, with the face of a rat. +</p> +<p> +“Well, what have you got?” demanded McGivney; and Peter sat down and +started to tell. With eager fingers he undid the amateur sewing in the +lining of his coat, and pulled out his notes with the names and +descriptions of people who had come to see him. +</p> +<p> +McGivney glanced over them quickly. “Jesus!” he said, “What’s the good of +all this?” + </p> +<p> +“Well, but they’re Reds!” exclaimed Peter. +</p> +<p> +“I know,” said the other, “but what of that? We can go hear them spout at +meetings any night. We got membership lists of these different +organizations. But what about the Goober case?” + </p> +<p> +“Well,” said Peter, “they’re agitating about it all the time; they’ve been +printing stuff about me.” + </p> +<p> +“Sure, we know that,” said McGivney. “And the hell of a fine story you +gave them; you must have enjoyed hearing yourself talk. But what good does +that do us?” + </p> +<p> +“But what do you want to know?” cried Peter, in dismay. +</p> +<p> +“We want to know their secret plans,” said the other. “We want to know +what they’re doing to get our witnesses; we want to know who it is that is +selling us out, who’s the spy in the jail. Didn’t you find that out?” + </p> +<p> +“N-no,” said Peter. “Nobody said anything about it.” + </p> +<p> +“Good God!” said the detective. “D’you expect them to bring you things on +a silver tray?” He began turning over Peter’s notes again, and finally +threw them on the bed in disgust. He began questioning Peter, and Peter’s +dismay turned to despair. He had not got a single thing that McGivney +wanted. His whole week of “sleuthing” had been wasted! +</p> +<p> +The detective did not mince words. “It’s plain that you’re a boob,” he +said. “But such as you are, we’ve got to do the best we can with you. Now, +put your mind on it and get it straight: we know who these Reds are, and +we know what they’re teaching; we can’t send ‘em to jail for that. What we +want you to find out is the name of their spy, and who are their witnesses +in the Goober case, and what they’re going to say.” + </p> +<p> +“But how can I find out things like that?” cried Peter. +</p> +<p> +“You’ve got to use your wits,” said McGivney. “But I’ll give you one tip; +get yourself a girl.” + </p> +<p> +“A girl?” cried Peter, in wonder. +</p> +<p> +“Sure thing,” said the other. “That’s the way we always work. Guffey says +there’s just three times when people tell their secrets: The first is when +they’re drunk, and the second is when they’re in love—” + </p> +<p> +Then McGivney stopped. Peter, who wanted to complete his education, +inquired, “And the third?” + </p> +<p> +“The third is when they’re both drunk and in love,” was the reply. And +Peter was silent, smitten with admiration. This business of sleuthing was +revealing itself as more complicated and more fascinating all the time. +</p> +<p> +“Ain’t you seen any girl you fancy in that crowd?” demanded the other. +</p> +<p> +“Well—it might be—” said Peter, shyly. +</p> +<p> +“It ought to be easy,” continued the detective. “Them Reds are all free +lovers, you know.” + </p> +<p> +“Free lovers!” exclaimed Peter. “How do you mean?” + </p> +<p> +“Didn’t you know about that?” laughed the other. +</p> +<p> +Peter sat staring at him. All the women that Peter had ever known or heard +of took money for their love. They either took it directly, or they took +it in the form of automobile rides and flowers and candy and tickets to +the whang-doodle things. Could it be that there were women who did not +take money in either form, but whose love was entirely free? +</p> +<p> +The detective assured him that such was the case. “They boast about it,” + said he. “They think it’s right.” And to Peter that seemed the most +shocking thing he had yet heard about the Reds. +</p> +<p> +To be sure, when he thought it over, he could see that it had some +redeeming points; it was decidedly convenient from the point of view of +the man; it was so much money in his pocket. If women chose to be that +silly—and Peter found himself suddenly thinking about little Jennie +Todd. Yes, she would be that silly, it was plain to see. She gave away +everything she had; so of course she would be a “free lover!” + </p> +<p> +Peter went away from his rendezvous with McGivney, thrilling with a new +and wonderful idea. You couldn’t have got him to give up his job now. This +sleuthing business was the real thing! +</p> +<p> +It was late when Peter got home, but the two girls were sitting up for +him, and their relief at his safe return was evident. He noticed that +Jennie’s face expressed deeper concern than her sister’s, and this gave +him a sudden new emotion. Jennie’s breath came and went more swiftly +because he had entered the room; and this affected his own breath in the +same way. He had a swift impulse towards her, an entirely unselfish desire +to reassure her and relieve her anxiety; but with an instinctive +understanding of the sex game which he had not before known he possessed, +he checked this impulse and turned instead to the older sister, assuring +her that nobody had followed him. He told an elaborate story, prepared on +the way; he had worked for ten days for a fellow at sawing wood—hard +work, you bet, and then the fellow had tried to get out of paying him! +Peter had caught him at his home that evening, and had succeeded in +getting five dollars out of him, and a promise of a few dollars more every +week. That was to cover future visits to McGivney. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0018" id="link2H_4_0018"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 18 +</h2> +<p> +Peter lay awake a good part of the night, thinking over this new job—that +of getting himself a girl. He realized that for some time he had been +falling in love with little Jennie; but he wanted to be sane and +practical, he wanted to use his mind in choosing a girl. He was after +information, first of all. And who had the most to give him? He thought of +Miss Nebbins, who was secretary to Andrews, the lawyer; she would surely +know more secrets than anyone else; but then, Miss Nebbins was an old +maid, who wore spectacles and broad-toed shoes, and was evidently out of +the question for love-making. Then he thought of Miss Standish, a tall, +blond beauty who worked in an insurance office and belonged to the +Socialist Party. She was a “swell dresser,” and Peter would have been glad +to have something like that to show off to McGivney and the rest of +Guffey’s men; but with the best efforts of his self-esteem, Peter could +not imagine himself persuading Miss Standish to look at him. There was a +Miss Yankovich, one of the real Reds, who trained with the I. W. W.; but +she was a Jewess, with sharp, black eyes that clearly indicated a temper, +and frightened Peter. Also, he had a suspicion that she was interested in +McCormick—tho of course with these “free lovers” you could never +tell. +</p> +<p> +But one girl Peter was quite sure about, and that was little Jennie; he +didn’t know if Jennie knew many secrets, but surely she could find some +out for him. Once he got her for his own, he could use her to question +others. And so Peter began to picture what love with Jennie would be like. +She wasn’t exactly what you would call “swell,” but there was something +about her that made him sure he needn’t be ashamed of her. With some new +clothes she would be pretty, and she had grand manners—she had not +shown the least fear of the rich ladies who came to the house in their +automobiles; also she knew an awful lot for a girl—even if most of +what she knew wasn’t so! +</p> +<p> +Peter lost no time in setting to work at his new job. In the papers next +morning appeared the usual details from Flanders; thousands of men being +shot to pieces almost every hour of the day and night, a million men on +each side locked in a ferocious combat that had lasted for weeks, that +might last for months. And sentimental little Jennie sat there with +brimming eyes, talking about it while Peter ate his oatmeal and thin milk. +And Peter talked about it too; how wicked it was, and how they must stop +it, he and Jennie together. He agreed with her now; he was a Socialist, he +called her “Comrade,” and told her she had converted him. Her eyes lighted +up with joy, as if she had really done something to end the war. +</p> +<p> +They were sitting on the sofa, looking at the paper, and they were alone +in the house. Peter suddenly looked up from the reading and said, very +much embarrassed, “But Comrade Jennie—” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” she said, and looked at him with her frank grey eyes. Peter was +shy, truly a little frightened, this kind of detective business being new +to him. +</p> +<p> +“Comrade Jennie,” he said, “I—I—don’t know just how to say it, +but I’m afraid I’m falling a little in love.” + </p> +<p> +Jennie drew back her hands, and Peter heard her breath come quickly. “Oh, +Mr. Gudge!” she exclaimed. +</p> +<p> +“I—I don’t know—” stammered Peter. “I hope you won’t mind.” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, don’t let’s do that!” she cried. +</p> +<p> +“Why not, Comrade Jennie?” And he added, “I don’t know as I can help it.” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, we were having such a happy time, Mr. Gudge! I thought we were going +to work for the cause!” + </p> +<p> +“Well, but it won’t interfere—” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, but it does, it does; it makes people unhappy!” + </p> +<p> +“Then—” and Peter’s voice trembled—“then you don’t care the +least bit for me, Comrade Jennie?” + </p> +<p> +She hesitated a moment. “I don’t know,” she said. “I hadn’t thought—” + </p> +<p> +And Peter’s heart gave a leap inside him. It was the first time that any +girl had ever had to hesitate in answering that question for Peter. +Something prompted him—just as if he had been doing this kind of +“sleuthing” all his life. He reached over, and very gently took her hand. +“You do care just a little for me?” he whispered. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, Comrade Gudge,” she answered, and Peter said, “Call me ‘Peter.’ +Please, please do.” + </p> +<p> +“Comrade Peter,” she said, and there was a little catch in her throat, and +Peter, looking at her, saw that her eyes were cast down. +</p> +<p> +“I know I’m not very much to love,” he pleaded. “I’m poor and obscure—I’m +not good looking—” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, it isn’t that!” she cried, “Oh, no, no! Why should I think about such +things? You are a comrade!” + </p> +<p> +Peter had known, of course, just how she would take this line of talk. +“Nobody has ever loved me,” he said, sadly. “Nobody cares anything about +you, when you are poor, and have nothing to offer—” + </p> +<p> +“I tell you, that isn’t it!” she insisted. “Please don’t think that! You +are a hero. You have sacrificed for the cause, and you are going on and +become a leader.” + </p> +<p> +“I hope so,” said Peter, modestly. “But then, what is it, Comrade Jennie? +Why don’t you care for me?” + </p> +<p> +She looked up at him, and their eyes met, and with a little sob in her +voice she answered, “I’m not well, Comrade Peter. I’m of no use; it would +be wicked for me to marry.” + </p> +<p> +Somewhere back in the depths of Peter, where his inner self was crouching, +it was as if a sudden douche of ice-cold water were let down on him. +“Marry!” Who had said anything about marrying? Peter’s reaction fitted the +stock-phrase of the comic papers: “This is so sudden!” + </p> +<p> +But Peter was too clever to reveal such dismay. He humored little Jennie, +saying, “We don’t have to marry right away. I could wait, if only I knew +that you cared for me; and some day, when you get well—” + </p> +<p> +She shook her head sadly. “I’m afraid I’ll never get really well. And +besides, neither of us have any money, Comrade Peter.” + </p> +<p> +Ah, there it was! Money, always money! This “free love” was nothing but a +dream. +</p> +<p> +“I could get a job,” said Peter—just like any other tame and +conventional wooer. +</p> +<p> +“But you couldn’t earn enough for two of us,” protested the girl; and +suddenly she sprang up. “Oh, Comrade Peter, let’s not fall in love with +each other! Let’s not make ourselves unhappy, let’s work for the cause! +Promise me that you will!” + </p> +<p> +Peter promised; but of course he had no remotest intention of keeping the +promise. He was not only a detective, he was a man—and in both +capacities he wanted Comrade Jennie. He had all the rest of the day, and +over the addressing of envelopes which he undertook with her, he would now +and then steal love-glances; and Jennie knew now what these looks meant, +and the faint flush would creep over her cheeks and down into her neck and +throat. She was really very pretty when she was falling in love, and Peter +found his new job the most delightful one of his lifetime. He watched +carefully, and noted the signs, and was sure he was making no mistake; +before Sadie came back at supper-time he had his arms about Comrade +Jennie, and was pressing kisses upon the lovely white throat; and Comrade +Jennie was sobbing softly, and her pleading with him to stop had grown +faint and unconvincing. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0019" id="link2H_4_0019"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 19 +</h2> +<p> +There was the question of Sadie to be settled. There was a certain severe +look that sometimes came about Sadie’s lips, and that caused Peter to feel +absolutely certain that Comrade Sadie had no sympathy with “free love,” + and very little sympathy with any love save her own for Jennie. She had +nursed her “little sister” and tended her like a mother for many years; +she took the food out of her mouth to give to Jennie—and Jennie in +turn gave it to any wandering agitator who came along and hung around +until mealtime. Peter didn’t want Sadie to know what had been going on in +her absence, and yet he was afraid to suggest to Jennie that she should +deceive her sister. +</p> +<p> +He managed it very tactfully. Jennie began pleading again: “We ought not +to do this, Comrade Peter!” And so Peter agreed, perhaps they oughtn’t, +and they wouldn’t any more. So Jennie put her hair in order, and +straightened her blouse, and her lover could see that she wasn’t going to +tell Sadie. +</p> +<p> +And the next day they were kissing again and agreeing again that they +mustn’t do it; and so once more Jennie didn’t tell Sadie. Before long +Peter had managed to whisper the suggestion that their love was their own +affair, and they ought not to tell anybody for the present; they would +keep the delicious secret, and it would do no one any harm. Jennie had +read somewhere about a woman poet by the name of Mrs. Browning, who had +been an invalid all her life, and whose health had been completely +restored by a great and wonderful love. Such a love had now come to her; +only Sadie might not understand, Sadie might think they did not know each +other well enough, and that they ought to wait. They knew, of course, that +they really did know each other perfectly, so there was no reason for +uncertainty or fear. Peter managed deftly to put these suggestions into +Jennie’s mind as if they were her own. +</p> +<p> +And all the time he was making ardent love to her; all day long, while he +was helping her address envelopes and mail out circulars for the Goober +Defense Committee. He really did work hard; he didn’t mind working, when +he had Jennie at the table beside him, and could reach over and hold her +hand every now and then, or catch her in his arms and murmur passionate +words. Delicious thrills and raptures possessed him; his hopes would rise +like a flood-tide—but then, alas, only to ebb again! He would get so +far, and every time it would be as if he had run into a stone wall. No +farther! +</p> +<p> +Peter realized that McGivney’s “free love” talk had been a cruel mistake. +Little Jennie was like all the other women—her love wasn’t going to +be “free.” Little Jennie wanted a husband, and every time you kissed her, +she began right away to talk about marriage, and you dared not hint at +anything else because you knew it would spoil everything. So Peter was +thrown back upon devices older than the teachings of any “Reds.” He went +after little Jennie, not in the way of “free lovers,” but in the way of a +man alone in the house with a girl of seventeen, and wishing to seduce +her. He vowed that he loved her with an overwhelming and eternal love. He +vowed that he would get a job and take care of her. And then he let her +discover that he was suffering torments; he could not live without her. He +played upon her sympathy, he played upon her childish innocence, he played +upon that pitiful, weak sentimentality which caused her to believe in +pacifism and altruism and socialism and all the other “isms” that were +jumbled up in her head. +</p> +<p> +And so in a couple of weeks Peter had succeeded in his purpose of carrying +little Jennie by storm. And then, how enraptured he was! Peter, with his +first girl, decided that being a detective was the job for him! Peter knew +that he was a real detective now, using the real inside methods, and on +the trail of the real secrets of the Goober case! +</p> +<p> +And sure enough, he began at once to get them. Jennie was in love; Jennie +was, as you might say, “drunk with love,” and so she fulfilled both the +conditions which Guffey had laid down. So Jennie told the truth! Sitting +on Peter’s knee, with her arms clasped about him, and talking about her +girlhood, the happy days before her mother and father had been killed in +the factory where they worked, little Jennie mentioned the name of a young +man, Ibbetts. +</p> +<p> +“Ibbetts?” said Peter. It was a peculiar name, and sounded familiar. +</p> +<p> +“A cousin of ours,” said Jennie. +</p> +<p> +“Have I met him?” asked Peter, groping in his mind. +</p> +<p> +“No, he hasn’t been here.” + </p> +<p> +“Ibbetts?” he repeated, still groping; and suddenly he remembered. “Isn’t +his name Jack?” + </p> +<p> +Jennie did not answer for a moment. He looked at her, and their eyes met, +and he saw that she was frightened. “Oh, Peter!” she whispered. “I wasn’t +to tell! I wasn’t to tell a soul!” + </p> +<p> +Inside Peter, something was shouting with delight. To hide his emotion he +had to bury his face in the soft white throat. “Sweetheart!” he whispered. +“Darling!” + </p> +<p> +“Uh, Peter!” she cried. “You know—don’t you?” + </p> +<p> +“Of course!” he laughed. “But I won’t tell. You needn’t mind trusting me.” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, but Mr. Andrews was so insistent!” said Jennie, “He made Sadie and me +swear that we wouldn’t breathe it to a soul.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, you didn’t tell,” said Peter. “I found it out by accident. Don’t +mention it, and nobody will be any the wiser. If they should find out that +I know, they wouldn’t blame you; they’d understand that I know Jack +Ibbetts—me being in jail so long.” + </p> +<p> +So Jennie forgot all about the matter, and Peter went on with the kisses, +making her happy, as a means of concealing his own exultation. He had done +the job for which Guffey had sent him! He had solved the first great +mystery of the Goober case! The spy in the jail of American City, who was +carrying out news to the Defense Committee, was Jack Ibbetts, one of the +keepers in the jail, and a cousin of the Todd sisters! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0020" id="link2H_4_0020"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 20 +</h2> +<p> +It was fortunate that this was the day of Peter’s meeting with McGivney. +He could really not have kept this wonderful secret to himself over night. +He made excuses to the girls, and dodged thru the chicken-yard as before, +and made his way to the American House. As he walked, Peter’s mind was +working busily. He had really got his grip on the ladder of prosperity +now; he must not fail to tighten it. +</p> +<p> +McGivney saw right away from Peter’s face that something had happened. +“Well?” he inquired. +</p> +<p> +“I’ve got it!” exclaimed Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Got what?” + </p> +<p> +“The name of the spy in the jail.” + </p> +<p> +“Christ! You don’t mean it!” cried the other. +</p> +<p> +“No doubt about it,” answered Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Who is he?” + </p> +<p> +Peter clenched his hands and summoned his resolution. “First,” he said, +“you and me got to have an understanding. Mr. Guffey said I was to be +paid, but he didn’t say how much, or when.” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, hell!” said McGivney. “If you’ve got the name of that spy, you don’t +need to worry about your reward.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter, “but I’d like to know what I’m to +get and how I’m to get it.” + </p> +<p> +“How much do you want?” demanded the man with the face of a rat. Rat-like, +he was retreating into a corner, his sharp black eyes watching his enemy. +“How much?” he repeated. +</p> +<p> +Peter had tried his best to rise to this occasion. Was he not working for +the greatest and richest concern in American City, the Traction Trust? +Tens and hundreds of millions of dollars they were worth—he had no +idea how much, but he knew they could afford to pay for his secret. “I +think it ought to be worth two hundred dollars,” he said. +</p> +<p> +“Sure,” said McGivney, “that’s all right. We’ll pay you that.” + </p> +<p> +And straightway Peter’s heart sank. What a fool he had been! Why hadn’t he +had more courage, and asked for five hundred dollars? He might even have +asked a thousand, and made himself independent for life! +</p> +<p> +“Well,” said McGivney, “who’s the spy?” + </p> +<p> +Peter made an agonizing, effort, and summoned yet more nerve. “First, I +got to know, when do I get that money?” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, good God!” said McGivney. “You give us the information, and you’ll +get your money all right. What kind of cheap skates do you take us for?” + </p> +<p> +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter. “But you know, Mr. Guffey didn’t +give me any reason to think he loved me. I still can hardly use this wrist +like I used to.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, he was trying to get some information out of you,” said McGivney. +“He thought you were one of them dynamiters—how could you blame him? +You give me the name of that spy, and I’ll see you get your money.” + </p> +<p> +But still Peter wouldn’t yield. He was afraid of the rat-faced McGivney, +and his heart was thumping fast, but he stood his ground. “I think I ought +to see that money,” he said, doggedly. +</p> +<p> +“Say, what the hell do you take me for?” demanded the detective. “D’you +suppose I’m going to give you two hundred dollars and then have you give +me some fake name and skip?” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, I wouldn’t do that!” cried Peter. +</p> +<p> +“How do I know you wouldn’t?” + </p> +<p> +“Well, I want to go on working for you.” + </p> +<p> +“Sure, and we want you to go on working for us. This ain’t the last secret +we’ll get from you, and you’ll find we play straight with our people—how’d +we ever get anywheres otherwise? There’s a million dollars been put up to +hang that Goober crowd, and if you deliver the goods, you’ll get your +share, and get it right on time.” + </p> +<p> +He spoke with conviction, and Peter was partly persuaded. But most of +Peter’s lifetime had been spent in watching people bargaining with one +another—watching scoundrels trying to outwit one another—and +when it was a question of some money to be got, Peter was like a bulldog +that has got his teeth fixed tight in another dog’s nose; he doesn’t +consider the other dog’s feelings, nor does he consider whether the other +dog admires him or not. +</p> +<p> +“On time?” said Peter. “What do you mean by ‘on time’?” + </p> +<p> +“Oh, my God!” said McGivney, in disgust. +</p> +<p> +“Well, but I want to know,” said Peter. “D’you mean when I give the name, +or d’you mean after you’ve gone and found out whether he really is the spy +or not?” + </p> +<p> +So they worried back and forth, these snarling bulldogs, growing more and +more angry. But Peter was the one who had got his teeth in, and Peter hung +on. Once McGivney hinted quite plainly that the great Traction Trust had +had power enough to shut Peter in the “hole” on two occasions and keep him +there, and it might have power enough to do it a third time. Peter’s heart +failed with terror, but all the same, he hung on to McGivney’s nose. +</p> +<p> +“All right,” said the rat-faced man, at last. He said it in a tone of +wearied scorn; but that didn’t worry Peter a particle. “All right, I’ll +take a chance with you.” And he reached into his pocket and pulled out a +roll of bills—twenty dollar bills they were, and he counted out ten +of them. Peter saw that there was still a lot left to the roll, and knew +that he hadn’t asked as much money as McGivney had been prepared to have +him ask; so his heart was sick within him. At the same time his heart was +leaping with exultation—such a strange thing is the human heart! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0021" id="link2H_4_0021"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 21 +</h2> +<p> +McGivney laid the money on the bed. “There it is,” he said, “and if you +give me the name of the spy you can take it. But you’d better take my +advice and not spend it, because if it turns out that you haven’t got the +spy, by God, I believe Ed Guffey’d twist the arms out of you!” + </p> +<p> +Peter was easy about that. “I know he’s the spy all right.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, who is he?” + </p> +<p> +“He’s Jack Ibbetts.” + </p> +<p> +“The devil you say!” cried McGivney, incredulously. +</p> +<p> +“Jack Ibbetts, one of the night keepers in the jail.” + </p> +<p> +“I know him,” said the other. “But what put that notion into your head?” + </p> +<p> +“He’s a cousin of the Todd sisters.” + </p> +<p> +“Who are the Todd sisters?” + </p> +<p> +“Jennie Todd is my girl,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Girl!” echoed the other; he stared at Peter, and a grin spread over his +face. “You got a girl in two weeks? I didn’t know you had it in you!” + </p> +<p> +It was a doubtful compliment, but Peter’s smile was no less expansive, and +showed all his crooked teeth. “I got her all right,” he said, “and she +blabbed it out the first thing—that Ibbetts was her cousin. And then +she was scared, because Andrews, the lawyer, had made her and her sister +swear they wouldn’t mention his name to a soul. So you see, they’re using +him for a spy—there ain’t a particle of doubt about it.” + </p> +<p> +“Good God!” said McGivney, and there was genuine dismay in his tone. +“Who’d think it possible? Why, Ibbetts is as decent a fellow as ever you +talked to—and him a Red, and a traitor at that! You know, that’s +what makes it the devil trying to handle these Reds—you never can +tell who they’ll get; you never know who to trust. How, d’you suppose they +manage it?” + </p> +<p> +“I dunno,” said Peter. “There’s a sucker born every minute, you know!” + </p> +<p> +“Well, anyhow, I see you ain’t one of ‘em,” said the rat-faced man, as he +watched Peter take the roll of bills from the bed and tuck them away in an +inside pocket. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0022" id="link2H_4_0022"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 22 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was warned by the rat-faced man that he must be careful how he spent +any of that money. Nothing would be more certain to bring suspicion on him +than to have it whispered about that he was “in funds.” He must be able to +show how he had come honestly by everything he had. And Peter agreed to +that; he would hide the money away in a safe place until he was thru with +his job. +</p> +<p> +Then he in turn proceeded to warn McGivney. If they were to fire Ibbetts +from his job, it would certainly cause talk, and might direct suspicion +against Peter. McGivney answered with a smile that he wasn’t born +yesterday. They would “promote” Jack Ibbetts, giving him some job where he +couldn’t get any news about the Goober case; then, after a bit, they would +catch him up on some mistake, or get him into some trouble, and fire him. +</p> +<p> +At this meeting, and at later meetings, Peter and the rat-faced man talked +out every aspect of the Goober case, which was becoming more and more +complicated, and bigger as a public issue. New people were continually +being involved, and new problems continually arising; it was more +fascinating than a game of chess. McGivney had spoken the literal truth +when he said that the big business interests of American City had put up a +million dollars to hang Goober and his crowd. At the very beginning there +had been offered seventeen thousand dollars in rewards for information, +and these rewards naturally had many claimants. The trouble was that +people who wanted this money generally had records that wouldn’t go well +before a jury; the women nearly always turned out to be prostitutes, and +the men to be ex-convicts, forgers, gamblers, or what not. Sometimes they +didn’t tell their past records until the other side unearthed them, and +then it was necessary to doctor court records, and pull wires all over the +country. +</p> +<p> +There were a dozen such witnesses as this in the Goober case. They had +told their stories before the grand jury, and innumerable flaws and +discrepancies had been discovered, which made more work and trouble for +Guffey and his lieutenants. Thru a miserable mischance it happened that +Jim Goober and his wife had been watching the parade from the roof of a +building a couple of miles away, at the very hour when they were accused +of having planted the suit-case with the bomb in it. Somebody had taken a +photograph of the parade from this roof, which showed both Goober and his +wife looking over, and also a big clock in front of a jewelry store, +plainly indicating the very minute. Fortunately the prosecution got hold +of this photograph first; but now the defense had learned of its +existence, and was trying to get a look at it. The prosecution didn’t dare +destroy it, because its existence could be proven; but they had +photographed the photograph, and re-photographed that, until they had the +face of the clock so dim that the time could not be seen. Now the defense +was trying to get evidence that this trick had been worked. +</p> +<p> +Then there were all the witnesses for the defense. Thru another mischance +it had happened that half a dozen different people had seen the bomb +thrown from the roof of Guggenheim’s Department Store; which entirely +contradicted the suit-case theory upon which the prosecution was based. So +now it was necessary to “reach” these various witnesses. One perhaps had a +mortgage on his home which could be bought and foreclosed; another perhaps +had a wife who wanted to divorce him, and could be persuaded to help get +him into trouble. Or perhaps he was engaged in an intrigue with some other +man’s wife; or perhaps some woman could be sent to draw him into an +intrigue. +</p> +<p> +Then again, it appeared that very soon after the explosion some of +Guffey’s men had taken a sledge hammer and smashed the sidewalk, also the +wall of the building where the explosion had taken place. This was to fit +in with the theory of the suit-case bomb, and they had taken a number of +photographs of the damage. But now it transpired that somebody had taken a +photograph of the spot before this extra damage had been done, and that +the defense was in possession of this photograph. Who had taken this +photograph, and how could he be “fixed”? If Peter could help in such +matters, he would come out of the Goober case a rich man. +</p> +<p> +Peter would go away from these meetings with McGivney with his head full +of visions, and would concentrate all his faculties upon the collecting of +information. He and Jennie and Sadie talked about the case incessantly, +and Jennie and Sadie would tell freely everything they had heard outside. +Others would come in—young McCormick, and Miriam Yankovitch, and +Miss Nebbins, the secretary to Andrews, and they would tell what they had +learned and what they suspected, and what the defense was hoping to find +out. They got hold of a cousin of the man who had taken the photograph on +the roof; they were working on him, to get him to persuade the +photographer to tell the truth. Next day Donald Gordon would come in, cast +down with despair, because it had been learned that one of the most +valuable witnesses of the defense, a groceryman, had once pleaded guilty +to selling spoilt cheese! Thus every evening, before he went to sleep, +Peter would jot down notes, and sew them up inside his jacket, and once a +week he would go to the meeting with McGivney, and the two would argue and +bargain over the value of Peter’s news. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0023" id="link2H_4_0023"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 23 +</h2> +<p> +It had become a fascinating game, and Peter would never have tired of it, +but for the fact that he had to stay all day in the house with little +Jennie. A honeymoon is all right for a few weeks, but no man can stand it +forever. Little Jennie apparently never tired of being kissed, and never +seemed satisfied that Peter thoroughly loved her. A man got thru with his +love-making after awhile, but a woman, it appeared, never knew how to drop +the subject; she was always looking before and after, and figuring +consequences and responsibilities, her duty and her reputation and all the +rest of it. Which, of course, was a bore. +</p> +<p> +Jennie was unhappy because she was deceiving Sadie; she wanted to tell +Sadie, and yet somehow it was easier to go on concealing than admit that +one had concealed. Peter didn’t see why Sadie had to be told at all; he +didn’t see why things couldn’t stay just as they were, and why he and his +sweetheart couldn’t have some fun now and then, instead of always being +sentimental, always having agonies over the class war, to say nothing of +the world war, and the prospects of America becoming involved in it. +</p> +<p> +This did not mean that Peter was hard and feelingless. No, when Peter +clasped trembling little Jennie in his arms he was very deeply moved; he +had a real sense of what a gentle and good little soul she was. He would +have been glad to help her—but what could he do about it? The +situation was such that he could not plead with her, he could not try to +change her; he had to give himself up to all her crazy whims and pretend +to agree with her. Little Jennie was by her weakness marked for +destruction, and what good would it do for him to go to destruction along +with her? +</p> +<p> +Peter understood clearly that there are two kinds of people in the world, +those who eat, and those who are eaten; and it was his intention to stay +among the former, group. Peter had come in his twenty years of life to a +definite understanding of the things called “ideas” and “causes” and +“religions.” They were bait to catch suckers; and there is a continual +competition between the suckers, who of course don’t want to be caught, +and those people of superior wits who want to catch them, and therefore +are continually inventing new and more plausible and alluring kinds of +bait. Peter had by now heard enough of the jargon of the “comrades” to +realize that theirs was an especially effective kind; and here was poor +little Jennie, stuck fast on the hook, and what could Peter do about it? +</p> +<p> +Yet, this was Peter’s first love, and when he was deeply thrilled, he +understood the truth of Guffey’s saying that a man in love wants to tell +the truth. Peter would have the impulse to say to her: “Oh, drop all that +preaching, and give yourself a rest! Let’s you and me enjoy life a bit.” + </p> +<p> +Yes, it would be all he could do to keep from saying this—despite +the fact that he knew it would ruin everything. Once little Jennie +appeared in a new silk dress, brought to her by one of the rich ladies +whose heart was touched by her dowdy appearance. It was of soft grey silk—cheap +silk, but fresh and new, and Peter had never had anything so fine in his +arms before. It matched Jennie’s grey eyes, and its freshness gave her a +pink glow; or was it that Peter admired her, and loved her more, and so +brought the blood to her cheeks? Peter had an impulse to take her out and +show her off, and he pressed his face into the soft folds of the dress and +whispered, “Say kid, some day you an me got to cut all this hard luck +business for a bit!” + </p> +<p> +He felt little Jennie stiffen, and draw away from him; so quickly he had +to set to work to patch up the damage. “I want you to get well,” he +pleaded. “You’re so good to everybody—you treat everybody well but +yourself!” + </p> +<p> +It had been something in his tone rather than his actual words that had +frightened the girl. “Oh Peter!” she cried. “What does it matter about me, +or about any other one person, when millions of young men are being shot +to fragments, and millions of women and children are starving to death!” + </p> +<p> +So there they were, fighting the war again; Peter had to take up her +burden, be a hero, and a martyr, and a “Red.” That same afternoon, as fate +willed it, three “wobblies” out of a job came to call; and oh, how tired +Peter was of these wandering agitators—insufferable “grouches!” + Peter would want to say: “Oh, cut it out! What you call your ‘cause’ is +nothing but your scheme to work with your tongues instead of with a pick +and a shovel.” And this would start an imaginary quarrel in Peter’s mind. +He would hear one of the fellows demanding, “How much pick and shovel work +you ever done?” Another saying, “Looks to me like you been finding the +easy jobs wherever you go!” The fact that this was true did not make +Peter’s irritation any less, did not make it easier for him to meet with +Comrade Smith, and Brother Jones, and Fellow-worker Brown just out of +jail, and listen to their hard-luck stories, and watch them take from the +table food that Peter wanted, and—the bitterest pill of all—let +them think that they were fooling him with their patter! +</p> +<p> +The time came when Peter wasn’t able to stand it any longer. Shut up in +the house all day, he was becoming as irritable as a chained dog. Unless +he could get out in the world again, he would surely give himself away. He +pleaded that the doctors had warned him that his health would not stand +indoor life; he must get some fresh air. So he got away by himself, and +after that he found things much easier. He could spend a little of his +money; he could find a quiet corner in a restaurant and get himself a +beefsteak, and eat all he wanted of it, without feeling the eyes of any +“comrades” resting upon him reprovingly. Peter had lived in a jail, and in +an orphan asylum, and in the home of Shoemaker Smithers, but nowhere had +he fared so meagerly as in the home of the Todd sisters, who were +contributing nearly everything they owned to the Goober defense, and to +the “Clarion,” the Socialist paper of American City. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0024" id="link2H_4_0024"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 24 +</h2> +<p> +Peter went to see Andrews, the lawyer, and asked for a job; he wanted to +be active in the case, he said, so he was set to work in the offices of +the Defense Committee, where he heard people talking about the case all +day, and he could pick up no end of valuable tips. He made himself +agreeable and gained friends; before long he was intimate with one of the +best witnesses of the defense, and discovered that this man had once been +named as co-respondent in a divorce case. Peter found out the name of the +woman, and Guffey set to work to bring her to American City. The job was +to be done cleverly, without the woman’s even knowing that she was being +used. She would have a little holiday, and the spell of old love would +reassert itself, and Guffey would have a half dozen men to spring the trap—and +there would be a star witness of the Goober defense clean down and out! +“There’s always something you can get them on!” said McGivney, and +cheerfully paid Peter Gudge five hundred dollars for the information he +had brought. +</p> +<p> +Peter would have been wildly happy, but just at this moment a dreadful +calamity befell him. Jennie had been talking about marriage more and more, +and now she revealed to him a reason which made marriage imperative. She +revealed it with downcast eyes, with blushes and trembling; and Peter was +so overcome with consternation that he could not play the part that was +expected of him. Hitherto in these love crises he had caught Jennie in his +arms and comforted her; but now for a moment he let her see his real +emotions. +</p> +<p> +Jennie promptly had a fit. What was the matter with him? Didn’t he mean to +marry her, as he had promised? Surely he must realize now that they could +no longer delay! And Peter, who was not familiar with the symptoms of +hysterics, lost his head completely and could think of nothing to do but +rush out of the house and slam the door. +</p> +<p> +The more he considered it, the more clearly he realized that he was in the +devil of a predicament. As a servant of the Traction Trust, he had taken +it for granted that he was immune to all legal penalties and obligations; +but here, he had a feeling, was a trouble from which the powerful ones of +the city would be unable to shield their agent. Were they able to arrange +it so that one could marry a girl, and then get out of it when one’s job +was done? +</p> +<p> +Peter was so uneasy that he had to call up the office of Guffey and get +hold of McGivney. This was dangerous, because the prosecution was tapping +telephone wires, and they feared the defense might be doing the same. But +Peter took a chance; he told McGivney to come and meet him at the usual +place; and there they argued the matter out, and Peter’s worst fears were +confirmed. When he put the proposition up to McGivney, the rat-faced man +guffawed in his face. He found it so funny that he did not stop laughing +until he saw that he was putting his spy into a rage. +</p> +<p> +“What’s the joke?” demanded Peter. “If I’m ruined, where’ll you get any +more information?” + </p> +<p> +“But, my God!” said McGivney. “What did you have to go and get that kind +of a girl for?” + </p> +<p> +“I had to take what I could,” answered Peter. “Besides, they’re all alike—they +get into trouble, and you can’t help it.” + </p> +<p> +“Sure, you can help it!” said McGivney. “Why didn’t you ask long ago? Now +if you’ve got yourself tied up with a marrying proposition, it’s your own +lookout; you can’t put it off on me.” + </p> +<p> +They argued back and forth. The rat-faced man was positive that there was +no way Peter could pretend to marry Jennie and not have the marriage +count. He might get himself into no end of trouble and certainly he would +be ruined as a spy. What he must do was to pay the girl some money and +send her somewhere to get fixed up. McGivney would find out the name of a +doctor to do the job. +</p> +<p> +“Yes, but what excuse can I give her?” cried Peter. “I mean, why I don’t +marry her!” + </p> +<p> +“Make something up,” said McGivney. “Why not have a wife already?” Then, +seeing Peter’s look of dismay: “Sure, you can fix that. I’ll get you one, +if you need her. But you won’t have to take that trouble—just tell +your girl a hard luck story. You’ve got a wife, you thought you could get +free from her, but now you find you can’t; your wife’s got wind of what +you’re doing here, and she’s trying to blackmail you. Fix it up so your +girl can’t do anything on account of hurting the Goober defense. If she’s +really sincere about it, she won’t disgrace you; maybe she won’t even tell +her sister.” + </p> +<p> +Peter hated to do anything like that. He had a vision of little Jennie +lying on the sofa in hysterics as he had left her, and he dreaded the long +emotional scene that would be necessary. However, it seemed that he must +go thru with it; there was no better way that he could think of. Also, he +must be quick, because in a couple of hours Sadie would be coming home +from work, and it might be too late. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0025" id="link2H_4_0025"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 25 +</h2> +<p> +Peter hurried back to the Todd home, and there was white-faced little +Jennie lying on the bed, still sobbing. One would think she might have +used up her surplus stock of emotions; but no, there is never any limit to +the emotions a woman can pour out. As soon as Peter had got fairly started +on the humiliating confession that he had a wife, little Jennie sprang up +from the bed with a terrified shriek, and confronted him with a face like +the ghost of an escaped lunatic. Peter tried to explain that it wasn’t his +fault, he had really expected to be free any day. But Jennie only clasped +her hands to her forehead and screamed: “You have deceived me! You have +betrayed me!” It was just like a scene in the movies, the bored little +devil inside Peter was whispering. +</p> +<p> +He tried to take her hand and reason with her, but she sprang away from +him, she rushed to the other side of the room and stood there, staring at +him as if she were some wild thing that he had in a corner and was +threatening to kill. She made so much noise that he was afraid that she +would bring the neighbors in; he had to point out to her that if this +matter became public he would be ruined forever as a witness, and thus she +might be the means of sending Jim Goober to the gallows. +</p> +<p> +Thereupon Jennie fell silent, and it was possible for Peter to get in a +word. He told her of the intrigues against him; the other side had sent +somebody to him and offered him ten thousand dollars if he would sell out +the Goober defense. Now, since he had refused, they were trying to +blackmail him, using his wife. They had somehow come to suspect that he +was involved in a love affair, and this was to be the means of ruining +him. +</p> +<p> +Jennie still would not let Peter touch, her, but she consented to sit down +quietly in a chair, and figure out what they were going to do. Whatever +happened, she said, they must do no harm to the Goober case. Peter had +done her a monstrous wrong in keeping the truth from her, but she would +suffer the penalty, whatever it might be; she would never involve him. +</p> +<p> +Peter started to explain; perhaps it wasn’t so serious as she feared. He +had been thinking things over; he knew where Pericles Priam, his old +employer, was living, and Pericles was rich now, and Peter felt sure that +he could borrow two hundred dollars, and there were places where little +Jennie could go—there were ways to get out of this trouble— +</p> +<p> +But little Jennie stopped him. She was only a child in some ways, but in +others she was a mature woman. She had strange fixed ideas, and when you +ran into them it was like running into a stone wall. She would not hear of +the idea Peter suggested; it would be murder. +</p> +<p> +“Nonsense,” said Peter, echoing McGivney. “It’s nothing; everybody does +it.” But Jennie was apparently not listening. She sat staring with her +wild, terrified eyes, and pulling at her dress with her fingers. Peter got +to watching these fingers, and they got on his nerves. They behaved like +insane fingers; they manifested all the emotions which the rest of little +Jennie was choking back and repressing. +</p> +<p> +“If you would only not take it so seriously!” Peter pleaded. “It’s a +miserable accident, but it’s happened, and now we’ve got to make the best +of it. Some day I’ll get free; some day I’ll marry you.” + </p> +<p> +“Stop, Peter!” the girl whispered, in her tense voice. “I don’t want to +talk to you any more, if that’s all you have to say. I don’t know that I’d +be willing to marry you—now that I know you could deceive me—that +you could go on deceiving me day after day for months.” + </p> +<p> +Peter thought she was going to break out into hysterics again, and he was +frightened. He tried to plead with her, but suddenly she sprang up. “Go +away!” she exclaimed. “Please go away and let me alone. I’ll think it over +and decide what to do myself. Whatever I do, I won’t disgrace you, so +leave me alone, go quickly!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0026" id="link2H_4_0026"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 26 +</h2> +<p> +She drove him out of the house, and Peter went, though with many +misgivings. He wandered about the streets, not knowing what to do with +himself, looking back over the blunders he had made and tormenting himself +with that most tormenting of all thoughts: how different my life might +have been, if only I had had sense enough to do this, or not to do that! +Dinner time came, and Peter blew himself to a square meal, but even that +did not comfort him entirely. He pictured Sadie coming home at this hour. +Was Jennie telling her or not? +</p> +<p> +There was a big mass meeting called by the Goober Defense Committee that +evening, and Peter attended, and it proved to be the worst thing he could +have done. His mind was in no condition to encounter the fierce passions +of this crowded assemblage. Peter had the picture of himself being exposed +and denounced; he wasn’t sure yet that it mightn’t happen to him. And here +was this meeting—thousands of workingmen, horny handed blacksmiths, +longshoremen with shoulders like barns and truckmen with fists like +battering rams, long-haired radicals of a hundred dangerous varieties, +women who waved red handkerchiefs and shrieked until to Peter they seemed +like gorgons with snakes instead of hair. +</p> +<p> +Such were the mob-frenzies engendered by the Goober case; and Peter knew, +of course, that to all these people he was a traitor, a poisonous worm, a +snake in the grass. If ever they were to find out what he was doing—if +for instance, someone were to rise up and expose him to this crowd—they +would seize him and tear him to pieces. And maybe, right now, little +Jennie was telling Sadie; and Sadie would tell Andrews, and Andrews would +become suspicious, and set spies on Peter Gudge! Maybe they had spies on +him already, and knew of his meetings with McGivney! +</p> +<p> +Haunted by such terrors, Peter had to listen to the tirades of Donald +Gordon, of John Durand, and of Sorensen, the longshoremen’s leader. He had +to listen to exposure after exposure of the tricks which Guffey had +played; he had to hear the district attorney of the county denounced as a +suborner of perjury, and his agents as blackmailers and forgers. Peter +couldn’t understand why such things should be permitted—why these +speakers were not all clapped into jail. But instead, he had to sit there +and listen; he even had to applaud and pretend to approve! All the other +secret operatives of the Traction Trust and of the district attorney’s +office had to listen and pretend to approve! In the hall Peter had met +Miriam Yankovich, and was sitting next to her. “Look,” she said, “there’s +a couple of dicks over there. Look at the mugs on them!” + </p> +<p> +“Which?” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +And she answered: “That fellow that looks like a bruiser, and that one +next to him, with the face of a rat.” Peter looked, and saw that it was +McGivney; and McGivney looked at Peter, but gave no sign. +</p> +<p> +The meeting lasted until nearly midnight. It subscribed several thousand +dollars to the Goober defense fund, and adopted ferocious resolutions +which it ordered printed and sent to every local of every labor union in +the country. Peter got out before it was over, because he could no longer +stand the strain of his own fears and anxieties. He pushed his way thru +the crowd, and in the lobby he ran into Pat McCormick, the I. W. W. +leader. +</p> +<p> +There was more excitement in this boy’s grim face than Peter had ever seen +there before. Peter thought it was the meeting, but the other rushed up to +him, exclaiming: “Have you heard the news?” + </p> +<p> +“What news?” + </p> +<p> +“Little Jennie Todd has killed herself!” + </p> +<p> +“My God!” gasped Peter, starting back. +</p> +<p> +“Ada Ruth just told me. Sadie found a note when she got home. Jennie had +left—she was going to drown herself.” + </p> +<p> +“But what—why?” cried Peter, in horror. +</p> +<p> +“She was suffering so, her health was so wretched, she begs Sadie not to +look for her body, not to make a fuss—they’ll never find her.” + </p> +<p> +And horrified and stunned as Peter was, there was something inside him +that drew a deep breath of relief. Little Jennie had kept her promise! +Peter was, safe! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0027" id="link2H_4_0027"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 27 +</h2> +<p> +Yes, Peter was safe, but it had been a close call, and he still had +painful scenes to play his part in. He had to go back to the Todd home and +meet the frantic Sadie, and weep and be horrified with the rest of them. +It would have been suspicious if he had not done this; the “comrades” + would never have forgiven him. Then to his dismay, he found that Sadie had +somehow come to a positive conviction as to Jennie’s trouble. She penned +Peter up in a corner and accused him of being responsible; and there was +poor Peter, protesting vehemently that he was innocent, and wishing that +the floor would open up and swallow him. +</p> +<p> +In the midst of his protestations a clever scheme occurred to him. He +lowered his voice in shame. There was a man, a young man, who used to come +to see Jennie off and on. “Jennie asked me not to tell.” Peter hesitated a +moment, and added his master-stroke. “Jennie explained to me that she was +a free-lover; she told me all about free love. I told her I didn’t believe +in it, but you know, Sadie, when Jennie believed in anything, she would +stand by it and act on it. So I felt certain it wouldn’t do any good for +me to butt in.” + </p> +<p> +Sadie almost went out of her mind at this. She glared at Peter. +“Slanderer! Devil!” she cried. “Who was this man?” + </p> +<p> +Peter answered, “He went by the name of Ned. That’s what Jennie called +him. It wasn’t my business to pin her down about him.” + </p> +<p> +“It wasn’t your business to look out for an innocent child?” + </p> +<p> +“Jennie herself said she wasn’t an innocent child, she knew exactly what +she was doing—all Socialists did it.” And to this parting shot he +added that he hadn’t thought it was decent, when he was a guest in a home, +to spy on the morals of the people in it. When Sadie persisted in doubting +him, and even in calling him names, he took the easiest way out of the +difficulty—fell into a rage and stormed out of the house. +</p> +<p> +Peter felt pretty certain that Sadie would not spread the story very far; +it was too disgraceful to her sister and to herself; and maybe when she +had thought it over she might come to believe Peter’s story; maybe she +herself was a “free lover.” McGivney had certainly said that all +Socialists were, and he had been studying them a lot. Anyhow, Sadie would +have to think first of the Goober case, just as little Jennie had done. +Peter had them there all right, and realized that he could afford to be +forgiving, so he went to the telephone and called up Sadie and said: “I +want you to know that I’m not going to say anything about this story; it +won’t become known except thru you.” + </p> +<p> +There were half a dozen people whom Sadie must have told. Miss Nebbins was +icy-cold to Peter the next time he came in to see Mr. Andrews; also Miriam +Yankovich lost her former cordiality, and several other women treated him +with studied reserve. But the only person who spoke about the matter was +Pat McCormick, the I. W. W. boy who had given Peter the news of little +Jennie’s suicide. Perhaps Peter hadn’t been able to act satisfactorily on +that occasion; or perhaps the young fellow had observed something for +himself, some love-glances between Peter and Jennie. Peter had never felt +comfortable in the presence of this silent Irish boy, whose dark eyes +would roam from one person to another in the room, and seemed to be +probing your most secret thoughts. +</p> +<p> +Now Peter’s worst fears were justified. “Mac” got him off in a corner, and +put his fist under his nose, and told him that he was “a dirty hound,” and +if it hadn’t been for the Goober case, he, “Mac,” would kill him without a +moment’s concern. +</p> +<p> +And Peter did not dare open his mouth; the look on the Irishman’s face was +so fierce that he was really afraid for his life. God, what a hateful lot +these Reds were! And now here was Peter with the worst one of all against +him! From now on his life would be in danger from this maniac Irishman! +Peter hated him—so heartily and genuinely that it served to divert +his thoughts from little Jennie, and to make him regard himself as a +victim. +</p> +<p> +Yes, in the midnight hours when Jennie’s gentle little face haunted him +and his conscience attacked him, Peter looked back upon the tangled web of +events, and saw quite clearly how inevitable this tragedy had been, how +naturally it had grown out of circumstances beyond his control. The +fearful labor struggle in American City was surely not Peter’s fault; nor +was it his fault that he had been drawn into it, and forced to act first +as an unwilling witness, and then as a secret agent. Peter read the +American City “Times” every morning, and knew that the cause of Goober was +the cause of anarchy and riot, while the cause of the district attorney +and of Guffey’s secret service was the cause of law and order. Peter was +doing his best in this great cause, he was following the instructions of +those above him, and how could he be blamed because one poor weakling of a +girl had got in the way of the great chariot of the law? +</p> +<p> +Peter knew that it wasn’t his fault; and yet grief and terror gnawed at +him. For one thing, he missed little Jennie, he missed her by day and he +missed her by night. He missed her gentle voice, her fluffy soft hair, her +body in his empty arms. She was his first love, and she was gone, and it +is human weakness to appreciate things most when they have been lost. +</p> +<p> +Peter aspired to be a strong man, a “he-man,” according to the slang that +was coming into fashion; he now tried to live up to that role. He didn’t +want to go mooning about over this accident; yet Jennie’s face stayed with +him—sometimes wild, as he had seen it at their last meeting, +sometimes gentle and reproachful. Peter would remember how good she had +been, how tender, how never-failing in instant response to an advance of +love on his part. Where would he ever find another girl like that? +</p> +<p> +Another thing troubled him especially—a strange, inexplicable thing, +for which Peter had no words, and about which he found himself frequently +thinking. This weak, frail slip of a girl had deliberately given her life +for her convictions; she had died, in order that he might be saved as a +witness for the Goobers! Of course Peter had known all along that little +Jennie was doomed, that she was throwing herself away, that nothing could +save her. But somehow, it does frighten the strongest heart when people +are so fanatical as to throw away their very lives for a cause. Peter +found himself regarding the ideas of these Reds from a new angle; before +this they had been just a bunch of “nuts,” but now they seemed to him +creatures of monstrous deformity, products of the devil, or of a God gone +insane. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0028" id="link2H_4_0028"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 28 +</h2> +<p> +There was only one person whom Peter could take into his confidence, and +that was McGivney. Peter could not conceal from McGivney the fact that he +was troubled over his bereavement; and so McGivney took him in hand and +gave him a “jacking up.” It was dangerous work, this of holding down the +Reds; dangerous, because their doctrines were so insidious, they were so +devilishly cunning in their working upon people’s minds. McGivney had seen +more than one fellow start fooling with their ideas and turn into one +himself. Peter must guard against that danger. +</p> +<p> +“It ain’t that,” Peter explained. “It ain’t their ideas. It’s just that I +was soft on that kid.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, it comes to the same thing,” said McGivney. “You get sorry for +them, and the first thing you know, you’re listening to their arguments. +Now, Peter, you’re one of the best men I’ve got on this case—and +that’s saying a good deal, because I’ve got charge of seventeen.” The +rat-faced man was watching Peter, and saw Peter flush with pleasure. Yes, +he continued, Peter had a future before him, he would make all kinds of +money, he would be given responsibility, a permanent position. But he +might throw it all away if he got to fooling with these Red doctrines. And +also, he ought to understand, he could never fool McGivney; because +McGivney had spies on him! +</p> +<p> +So Peter clenched his hands and braced himself up. Peter was a real +“he-man,” and wasn’t going to waste himself. “It’s just that I can’t help +missing the girl!” he explained; to which the other answered: “Well, +that’s only natural. What you want to do is to get yourself another one.” + </p> +<p> +Peter went on with his work in the office of the Goober Defense Committee. +The time for the trial had come, and the struggle between the two giants +had reached its climax. The district attorney, who was prosecuting the +case, and who was expecting to become governor of the state on the +strength of it, had the backing of half a dozen of the shrewdest lawyers +in the city, their expenses being paid by the big business men. A small +army of detectives were at work, and the court where the trial took place +was swarming with spies and agents. Every one of the hundreds of +prospective jurors had been investigated and card-cataloged, his every +weakness and every prejudice recorded; not merely had his psychology been +studied, but his financial status, and that of his relatives and friends. +Peter had met half a dozen other agents beside McGivney, men who had come +to question him about this or that detail; and from the conversation of +these men he got glimpses of the endless ramifications of the case. It +seemed to him that the whole of American City had been hired to help send +Jim Goober to the gallows. +</p> +<p> +Peter was now getting fifty dollars a week and expenses, in addition to +special tips for valuable bits of news. Hardly a day passed that he didn’t +get wind of some important development, and every night he would have to +communicate with McGivney. The prosecution had a secret office, where +there was a telephone operator on duty, and couriers traveling to the +district attorney’s office and to Guffey’s office—all this to +forestall telephone tapping. Peter would go from the headquarters of the +Goober Defense Committee to a telephone-booth in some hotel, and there he +would give the secret number, and then his own number, which was six +forty-two. Everybody concerned was known by numbers, the principal people, +both of the prosecution and of the defense; the name “Goober” was never +spoken over the phone. +</p> +<p> +After the trial had got started it was hard to get anybody to work in the +office of the Defense Committee—everybody wanted to be in court! +Someone would come in every few minutes, with the latest reports of +sensational developments. The prosecution had succeeded in making away +with the police court records, proving the conviction of its star witness +of having kept a brothel for negroes. The prosecution had introduced +various articles alleged to have been found on the street by the police +after the explosion; one was a spring, supposed to have been part of a +bomb—but it turned out to be a part of a telephone! Also they had +introduced parts of a clock—but it appeared that in their super-zeal +they had introduced the parts of <i>two</i> clocks! There was some +excitement like this every day. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0029" id="link2H_4_0029"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 29 +</h2> +<p> +The time came when the prosecution closed its case, and Peter was summoned +to the office of Andrews, to be coached in his part as a witness. He would +be wanted in two or three days, the lawyers told him. +</p> +<p> +Now Peter had never intended to appear as a witness; he had been fooling +the defense all this time—“stringing them along,” as he phrased it, +so as to keep in favor with them to the end. Meantime he had been figuring +out how to justify his final refusal. Peter was eating his lunch when this +plan occurred to him, and he was so much excited that he swallowed a piece +of pie the wrong way, and had to jump up and run out of the lunch-room. It +was his first stroke of genius; hitherto it was McGivney who had thought +these things out, but now Peter was on the way to becoming his own boss! +Why should he go on taking orders, when he had such brains of his own? He +took the plan to McGivney, and McGivney called it a “peach,” and Peter was +so proud he asked for a raise, and got it. +</p> +<p> +This plan had the double advantage that not merely would it save Peter’s +prestige and reputation, among the Reds, it would ruin McCormick, who was +one of the hardest workers for the defense, and one of the most dangerous +Reds in American City, as well as being a personal enemy of Peter’s. +McGivney pulled some of his secret wires, and the American City “Times,” + in the course of its accounts of the case, mentioned a rumor that the +defense proposed to put on the stand a man who claimed to have been +tortured in the city jail, in an effort to make him give false testimony +against Goober; the prosecution had investigated this man’s record and +discovered that only recently he had seduced a young girl, and she had +killed herself because of his refusal to marry her. Peter took this copy +of the American City “Times” to the office of David Andrews, and insisted +upon seeing the lawyer before he went to court; he laid the item on the +desk, and declared that there was his finish as a witness in the Goober +case. “It’s a cowardly, dirty lie!” he declared. “And the man responsible +for circulating it is Pat McCormick.” + </p> +<p> +Such are the burdens that fall upon the shoulders of lawyers in +hard-fought criminal trials! Poor Andrews did his best to patch things up; +he pleaded with Peter—if the story was false, Peter ought to be glad +of a chance to answer his slanderers. The defense would put witnesses on +the stand to deny it. They would produce Sadie Todd to deny it. +</p> +<p> +“But Sadie told me she suspected me!” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” said Andrews, “but she told me recently she wasn’t sure.” + </p> +<p> +“Much good that’ll do me!” retorted Peter. “They’ll ask me if anybody ever +accused me, and who, and I’ll have to say McCormick, and if they put him +on the stand, will he deny that he accused me?” + </p> +<p> +Peter flew into a rage against McCormick; a fine sort of radical he was, +pretending to be devoted to the cause, and having no better sense than to +repeat a cruel slander against a comrade! Here Peter had been working on +this case for nearly six months, working for barely enough to keep body +and soul together, and now they expected him to go on the and have a story +like that brought out in the papers, and have the prosecution hiring +witnesses to prove him a villain. “No, sir!” said Peter. “I’m thru with +this case right now. You put McCormick on the witness stand and let him +save Goober’s life. You can’t use me, I’m out!” And shutting his ears to +the lawyer’s pleading, he stormed out of the office, and over to the +office of the Goober Defense Committee, where he repeated the same scene. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0030" id="link2H_4_0030"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 30 +</h2> +<p> +Thus Peter was done with the Goober case, and mighty glad of it he was. He +was tired of the strain, he needed a rest and a little pleasure. He had +his pockets stuffed with money, and a good fat bank account, and proposed +to take things easy for the first time in his hard and lonely life. +</p> +<p> +The opportunity was at hand: for he had taken McGivney’s advise and got +himself another girl. It was a little romance, very worldly and +delightful. To understand it, you must know that in the judicial procedure +of American City they used both men and women jurors; and because busy men +of affairs did not want to waste their time in the jury-box, nor to have +the time of their clerks and workingmen wasted, there had gradually grown +up a class of men and women who made their living by working as jurors. +They hung around the courthouse and were summoned on panel after panel, +being paid six dollars a day, with numerous opportunities to make money on +the side if they were clever. +</p> +<p> +Among this group of professional jurors, there was the keenest competition +to get into the jury-box of the Goober case. It was to be a long and +hard-fought case, there would be a good deal of prestige attached to it, +and also there were numerous sums of money floating round. Anybody who got +in, and who voted right, might be sure of an income for life, to say +nothing of a life-job as a juror if he wanted it. +</p> +<p> +Peter happened to be in court while the talesmen were being questioned. A +very charming and petite brunette—what Peter described as a “swell +dresser”—was on the stand, and was cleverly trying to satisfy both +sides. She knew nothing about the case, she had never read anything about +it, she knew nothing and cared nothing about social problems; so she was +accepted by the prosecution. But then the defense took her in hand, and it +appeared that once upon a time she had been so indiscreet as to declare to +somebody her conviction that all labor leaders ought to be stood up +against the wall and filled with lead; so she was challenged by the +defense, and very much chagrined she came down from the stand, and took a +seat in the courtroom next to Peter. He saw a trace of tears in her eyes, +and realizing her disappointment, ventured a word of sympathy. The +acquaintance grew, and they went out to lunch together. +</p> +<p> +Mrs. James was her name, and she was a widow, a grass widow as she archly +mentioned. She was quick and lively, with brilliant white teeth, and +cheeks with the glow of health in them; this glow came out of a little +bottle, but Peter never guessed it. Peter had got himself a good suit of +clothes now, and made bold to spend some money on the lunch. As it +happened, both he and Mrs. James were thru with the Goober case; both were +tired and wanted a change, and Peter, blushing shyly, suggested that a +sojourn at the beach might be fun. Mrs. James agreed immediately, and the +matter was arranged. +</p> +<p> +Peter had seen enough of the detective business by this time to know what +you can safely do, and what you had better not do. He didn’t travel with +his grass widow, he didn’t pay her car-fare, nor do anything else to +constitute her a “white slave.” He simply went to the beach and engaged +himself a comfortable apartment; and next day, strolling on the board +walk, he happened to meet the widow. +</p> +<p> +So for a couple of months Peter and Mrs. James set up housekeeping +together. It was a wonderful experience for the former, because Mrs. James +was what is called a “lady,” she had rich relatives, and took pains to let +Peter know that she had lived in luxury before her husband had run away to +Paris with a tight-rope walker. She taught Peter all those worldly arts +which one misses when one is brought up in an orphan asylum, and on the +road with a patent medicine vender. Tactfully, and without hurting his +feelings, she taught him how to hold a knife and fork, and what color tie +to select. At the same time she managed to conduct a propaganda which +caused him to regard himself as the most favored of mankind; he was +overwhelmed with gratitude for every single kiss from the lips of his +grass widow. Of course he could not expect such extraordinary favors of +fortune without paying for them; he had learned by now that there was no +such thing as “free love.” So he paid, hand over fist; he not only paid +all the expenses of the unregistered honeymoon, he bought numerous +expensive presents at the lady’s tactful suggestion. She was always so +vivacious and affectionate when Peter had given her a present! Peter lived +in a kind of dream, his money seemed to go out of his pockets without his +having to touch it. +</p> +<p> +Meantime great events were rolling by, unheeded by Peter and his grass +widow who never read the newspapers. For one thing Jim Goober was +convicted and sentenced to die on the gallows, and Jim Goober’s associate, +Biddle, was found guilty, and sentenced to prison for life. Also, America +entered the war, and a wave of patriotic excitement swept like a prairie +fire over the country. Peter could not help hearing about this; his +attention was attracted to one aspect of the matter—Congress was +about to pass a conscription act. And Peter was within the age limit; +Peter would almost certainly be drafted into the army! +</p> +<p> +No terror that he had ever felt in his life was equal to this terror. He +had tried to forget the horrible pictures of battle and slaughter, of +machine-guns and hand-grenades and torpedoes and poison gas, with which +little Jennie had filled his imagination; but now these imaginings came +crowding back upon him, now for the first time they concerned him. From +that time on his honeymoon was spoiled. Peter and his grass widow were +like a party of picnickers who are far away in the wilderness, and see a +black thunder-storm come rolling up the sky! +</p> +<p> +Also, Peter’s bank account was running low. Peter had had no conception +how much money you could spend on a grass widow who is a “swell dresser” + and understands what is “proper.” He was overwhelmed with embarrassment; +he put off telling Mrs. James until the last moment—in fact, until +he wasn’t quite sure whether he had enough money in bank to meet the last +check he had given to the landlady. Then, realizing that the game was up, +he told. +</p> +<p> +He was surprised to see how charmingly a grass widow of “good breeding” + could take bad tidings. Evidently it wasn’t the first time that Mrs. James +had been to the beach. She smiled cheerfully, and said that it was the +jury-box for her once more. She gave Peter her card, and told him she +would be glad to have him call upon her again—when he had restored +his fortunes. She packed up her suit-case and her new trunk full of +Peter’s presents, and departed with the most perfect sweetness and good +taste. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0031" id="link2H_4_0031"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 31 +</h2> +<p> +So there was Peter, down and out once more. But fate was kind to him. That +very day came a letter signed “Two forty-three,” which meant McGivney. +“Two forty-three” had some important work for Peter, so would he please +call at once? Peter pawned his last bit of jewelry for his fare to +American City, and met McGivney at the usual rendezvous. +</p> +<p> +The purpose of the meeting was quickly explained. America was now at war, +and the time had come when the mouths of these Reds were to be stopped for +good. You could do things in war-time that you couldn’t do in peace-time, +and one of the things you were going to do was to put an end to the +agitation against property. Peter licked his lips, metaphorically +speaking. It was something he had many times told McGivney ought to be +done. Pat McCormick especially ought to be put away for good. These were a +dangerous bunch, these Reds, and Mac was the worst of all. It was every +man’s duty to help, and what could Peter do? +</p> +<p> +McGivney answered that the authorities were making a complete list of all +the radical organizations and their members, getting evidence preliminary +to arrests. Guffey was in charge of the job; as in the Goober case, the +big business interests of the city were going ahead while the government +was still wiping the sleep out of its eyes. Would Peter take a job spying +upon the Reds in American City? +</p> +<p> +“I can’t!” exclaimed Peter. “They’re all sore at me because I didn’t +testify in the Goober case.” + </p> +<p> +“We can easily fix that up,” answered the rat-faced man. “It may mean a +little inconvenience for you. You may have to go to jail for a few days.” + </p> +<p> +“To jail!” cried Peter, in dismay. +</p> +<p> +“Yes,” said the other, “you’ll have to get arrested, and made into a +martyr. Then, you see, they’ll all be sure you’re straight, and they’ll +take you back again and welcome you.” + </p> +<p> +Peter didn’t like the idea of going to jail; his memories of the jail in +American City were especially painful. But McGivney explained that this +was a time when men couldn’t consider their own feelings; the country was +in danger, public safety must be protected, and it was up to everybody to +make some patriotic sacrifice. The rich men were all subscribing to +liberty bonds; the poor men were going to give their lives; and what was +Peter Gudge going to give? “Maybe I’ll be drafted into the army,” Peter +remarked. +</p> +<p> +“No, you won’t—not if you take this job,” said McGivney. “We can fix +that. A man like you, who has special abilities, is too precious to be +wasted.” Peter decided forthwith that he would accept the proposition. It +was much more sensible to spend a few days in jail than to spend a few +years in the trenches, and maybe the balance of eternity under the sod of +France. +</p> +<p> +Matters were quickly arranged. Peter took off his good clothes, and +dressed himself as became a workingman, and went into the eating-room +where Donald Gordon, the Quaker boy, always got his lunch. Peter was quite +sure that Donald would be one of the leading agitators against the draft, +and in this he was not mistaken. +</p> +<p> +Donald was decidedly uncordial in his welcoming of Peter; without saying a +word the young Quaker made Peter aware that he was a renegade, a coward +who had “thrown down” the Goober defense. But Peter was patient and +tactful; he did not try to defend himself, nor did he ask any questions +about Donald and Donald’s activities. He simply announced that he had been +studying the subject of militarism, and had come to a definite point of +view. He was a Socialist and an Internationalist; he considered America’s +entry into the war a crime, and he was willing to do his part in agitating +against it. He was going to take his stand as a conscientious objector; +they might send him to jail if they pleased, or even stand him against a +wall and shoot him, but they would never get him to put on a uniform. +</p> +<p> +It was impossible for Donald Gordon to hold out against a man who talked +like that; a man who looked him in the eye and expressed his convictions +so simply and honestly. And that evening Peter went to a meeting of Local +American City of the Socialist Party, and renewed his acquaintance with +all the comrades. He didn’t make a speech or do anything conspicuous, but +simply got into the spirit of things; and next day he managed to meet some +of the members, and whenever and wherever he was asked, he expressed his +convictions as a conscientious objector. So before a week had passed Peter +found that he was being tolerated, that nobody was going to denounce him +as a traitor, or kick him out of the room. +</p> +<p> +At the next weekly meeting of Local American City, Peter ventured to say a +few words. It was a red-hot meeting, at which the war and the draft were +the sole subjects of discussion. There were some Germans in the local, +some Irishmen, and one or two Hindoos; they, naturally, were all ardent +pacifists. Also there were agitators of what was coming to be called the +“left wing”; the group within the party who considered it too +conservative, and were always clamoring for more radical declarations, for +“mass action” and general strikes and appeals to the proletariat to rise +forthwith and break their chains. These were days of great events; the +Russian revolution had electrified the world, and these comrades of the +“left wing” felt themselves lifted upon pinions of hope. +</p> +<p> +Peter spoke as one who had been out on the road, meeting the rank and +file; he could speak for the men on the job. What was the use of opposing +the draft here in a hall, where nobody but party members were present? +What was wanted was for them to lift up their voices on the street, to +awaken the people before it was too late! Was there anybody in this +gathering bold enough to organize a street meeting? +</p> +<p> +There were some who could not resist this challenge, and in a few minutes +Peter had secured the pledges of half a dozen young hot-heads, Donald +Gordon among them. Before the evening was past it had been arranged that +these would-be-martyrs should hire a truck, and make their debut on Main +Street the very next evening. Old hands in the movement warned them that +they would only get their heads cracked by the police. But the answer to +that was obvious—they might as well get their heads cracked by the +police as get them blown to pieces by German artillery. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0032" id="link2H_4_0032"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 32 +</h2> +<p> +Peter reported to McGivney what was planned, and McGivney promised that +the police would be on hand. Peter warned him to be careful and have the +police be gentle; at which McGivney grinned, and answered that he would +see to that. +</p> +<p> +It was all very simple, and took less than ten minutes of time. The truck +drew up on Main Street, and a young orator stepped forward and announced +to his fellow citizens that the time had come for the workers to make +known their true feelings about the draft. Never would free Americans +permit themselves to be herded into armies and shipped over seas and be +slaughtered for the benefit of international bankers. Thus far the orator +had got, when a policeman stepped forward and ordered him to shut up. When +he refused, the policeman tapped on the sidewalk with his stick, and a +squad of eight or ten came round the corner, and the orator was informed +that he was under arrest. Another orator stepped forward and took up the +harangue, and when he also had been put under arrest, another, and +another, until the whole six of them, including Peter, were in hand. +</p> +<p> +The crowd had had no time to work up any interest one way or the other, A +patrol-wagon was waiting, and the orators were bundled in and driven to +the station-house, and next morning they were haled before a magistrate +and sentenced each to fifteen days. As they had been expecting to get six +months, they were a happy bunch of “left wingers.” + </p> +<p> +And they were still happier when they saw how they were to be treated in +jail. Ordinarily it was the custom of the police to inflict all possible +pain and humiliation upon the Reds. They would put them in the revolving +tank, a huge steel structure of many cells which was turned round and +round by a crank. In order to get into any cell, the whole tank had to be +turned until that particular cell was opposite the entrance, which meant +that everybody in the tank got a free ride, accompanied by endless +groaning and scraping of rusty machinery; also it meant that nobody got +any consecutive sleep. The tank was dark, too dark to read, even if they +had had books or papers. There was nothing to do save to smoke cigarettes +and shoot craps, and listen to the smutty stories of the criminals, and +plot revenge against society when they got out again. But up in the new +wing of the jail were some cells which were clean and bright and airy, +being only three or four feet from a row of windows. In these cells they +generally put the higher class of criminals—women who had cut the +throats of their sweethearts, and burglars who had got I away with the +swag, and bankers who had plundered whole communities. But now, to the +great surprise of five out of the six anti-militarists, the entire party +was put in one of these big cells, and allowed the privilege of having +reading matter and of paying for their own food. Under these circumstances +martyrdom became a joke, and the little party settled down to enjoy life. +It never once occurred to them to think of Peter Gudge as the source of +this bounty. They attributed it, as the French say, “to their beautiful +eyes.” + </p> +<p> +There was Donald Gordon, who was the son of a well-to-do business man, and +had been to college, until he was expelled for taking the doctrines of +Christianity too literally and expounding them too persistently on the +college campus. There was a big, brawny lumber-jack from the North, Jim +Henderson by name, who had been driven out of the camps for the same +reason, and had appalling stories to tell of the cruelties and hardships +of the life of a logger. There was a Swedish sailor by the name of Gus, +who had visited every port in the world, and a young Jewish cigar-worker +who had never been outside of American City, but had travelled even more +widely in his mind. +</p> +<p> +The sixth man was the strangest character of all to Peter; a shy, dreamy +fellow with eyes so full of pain and a face so altogether mournful that it +hurt to look at him. Duggan was his name, and he was known in the movement +as the “hobo poet.” He wrote verses, endless verses about the lives of +society’s outcasts; he would get himself a pencil and paper and sit off in +the corner of the cell by the hour, and the rest of the fellows, +respecting his work, would talk in whispers so as not to disturb him. He +wrote all the time while the others slept, it seemed to Peter. He wrote +verses about the adventures of his fellow-prisoners, and presently he was +writing verses about the jailers, and about other prisoners in this part +of the jail. He would have moods of inspiration, and would make up topical +verses as he went along; then again he would sink back into his despair, +and say that life was hell, and making rhymes about it was childishness. +</p> +<p> +There was no part of America that Tom Duggan hadn’t visited, no tragedy of +the life of outcasts that he hadn’t seen. He was so saturated with it that +he couldn’t think of anything else. He would tell about men who had +perished of thirst in the desert, about miners sealed up for weeks in an +exploded mine, about matchmakers poisoned until their teeth fell out, and +their finger nails and even their eyes. Peter could see no excuse for such +morbidness, such endless harping upon the horrible things of life. It +spoiled all his happiness in the jail—it was worse than little +Jennie’s talking about the war! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0033" id="link2H_4_0033"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 33 +</h2> +<p> +One of Duggan’s poems had to do with a poor devil named Slim, who was a +“snow-eater,” that is to say, a cocaine victim. This Slim wandered about +the streets of New York in the winter-time without any shelter, and would +get into an office building late in the afternoon, and hide in one of the +lavatories to spend the night. If he lay down, he would be seen and thrown +out, so his only chance was to sit up; but when he fell asleep, he would +fall off the seat—therefore he carried a rope in his pocket, and +would tie himself in a sitting position. +</p> +<p> +Now what was the use of a story like that? Peter didn’t want to hear about +such people! He wanted to express his disgust; but he knew, of course, +that he must hide it. He laughed as he exclaimed, “Christ Almighty, +Duggan, can’t you give us something with a smile? You don’t think it’s the +job of Socialists to find a cure for the dope habit, do you? That’s sure +one thing that ain’t caused by the profit system.” + </p> +<p> +Duggan smiled his bitterest smile. “If there’s any misery in the world +today that ain’t kept alive by the profit system, I’d like to see it! +D’you think dope sells itself? If there wasn’t a profit in it, would it be +sold to any one but doctors? Where’d you get your Socialism, anyhow?” + </p> +<p> +So Peter beat a hasty retreat. “Oh, sure, I know all that. But here you’re +shut up in jail because you want to change things. Ain’t you got a right +to give yourself a rest while you’re in?” + </p> +<p> +The poet looked at him, as solemn as an owl. He shook his head. “No,” he +said. “Just because we’re fixed up nice and comfortable in jail, have we +got the right to forget the misery of those outside?” + </p> +<p> +The others laughed; but Duggan did not mean to be funny at all. He rose +slowly to his feet and with his arms outstretched, in the manner of one +offering himself as a sacrifice, he proclaimed: +</p> +<p> +“While there is a lower class, I am in it. +</p> +<p> +“While there is a criminal element, I am of it. +</p> +<p> +“While there is a soul in jail, I am not free.” + </p> +<p> +Then he sat down and buried his face in his hands. The group of rough +fellows sat in solemn silence. Presently Gus, the Swedish sailor, feeling +perhaps that the rebuke to Peter had been too severe, spoke timidly: +“Comrade Gudge, he ban in jail twice already.” + </p> +<p> +So the poet looked up again. He held out his hand to Peter. “Sure, I know +that!” he said, clasping Peter in the grip of comradeship. And then he +added: “I’ll tell you a story with a smile!” + </p> +<p> +Once upon a time, it appeared, Duggan had been working in a moving picture +studio, where they needed tramps and outcasts and all sorts of people for +crowds. They had been making a “Preparedness” picture, and wanted to show +the agitators and trouble-makers, mobbing the palace of a banker. They got +two hundred bums and hoboes, and took them in trucks to the palace of a +real banker, and on the front lawn the director made a speech to the +crowd, explaining his ideas. “Now,” said he, “remember, the guy that owns +this house is the guy that’s got all the wealth that you fellows have +produced. You are down and out, and you know that he’s robbed you, so you +hate him. You gather on his lawn and you’re going to mob his home; if you +can get hold of him, you’re going to tear him to bits for what he’s done +to you.” So the director went on, until finally Duggan interrupted: “Say, +boss, you don’t have to teach us. This is a real palace, and we’re real +bums!” + </p> +<p> +Apparently the others saw the “smile” in this story, for they chuckled for +some time over it. But it only added to Peter’s hatred of these Reds; it +made him realize more than ever that they were a bunch of “sore heads,” + they were green and yellow with jealousy. Everybody that had succeeded in +the world they hated—just because they had succeeded! Well, <i>they</i> +would never succeed; they could go on forever with their grouching, but +the mass of the workers in America had a normal attitude toward the big +man, who could do things. They did not want to wreck his palace; they +admired him for having it, and they followed his leadership gladly. +</p> +<p> +It seemed as if Henderson, the lumber-jack, had read Peter’s thought. “My +God!” he said. “What a job it is to make the workers class-conscious!” He +sat on the edge of his cot, with his broad shoulders bowed and his heavy +brows knit in thought over the problem of how to increase the world’s +discontent. He told of one camp where he had worked—so hard and +dangerous was the toil that seven men had given up their lives in the +course of one winter. The man who owned this tract, and was exploiting it, +had gotten the land by the rankest kind of public frauds; there were +filthy bunk-houses, vermin, rotten food, poor wages and incessant abuse. +And yet, in the spring-time, here came the young son of this owner, on a +honeymoon trip with his bride. “And Jesus,” said Henderson, “if you could +have seen those stiffs turn out and cheer to split their throats! They +really meant it, you know; they just loved that pair of idle, +good-for-nothing kids!” + </p> +<p> +Gus, the sailor, spoke up, his broad, good-natured face wearing a grin +which showed where three of his front teeth had been knocked out with a +belaying pin. It was exactly the same with the seamen, he declared. They +never saw the ship-owners, they didn’t know even the names of the people +who were getting the profit of their toil, but they had a crazy loyalty to +their ship, Some old tanker would be sent out to sea on purpose to be +sunk, so that the owners might get the insurance. But the poor A. Bs. +would love that old tub so that they would go down to the bottom with her—or +perhaps they would save her, to the owners great disgust! +</p> +<p> +Thus, for hours on end, Peter had to sit listening to this ding donging +about the wrongs of the poor and the crimes of the rich. Here he had been +sentenced for fifteen days and nights to listen to Socialist wrangles! +Every one of these fellows had a different idea of how he wanted the world +to be run, and every one had a different idea of how to bring about the +change. Life was an endless struggle between the haves and the have-nots, +and the question of how the have-nots were to turn out the haves was +called “tactics.” When you talked about “tactics” you used long technical +terms which made your conversation unintelligible to a plain, ordinary +mortal. It seemed to Peter that every time he fell asleep it was to the +music of proletariat and surplus value and unearned increment, possibilism +and impossibilism, political action, direct action, mass action, and the +perpetual circle of Syndicalist-Anarchist, Anarchist-Communist, +Communist-Socialist and Socialist-Syndicalist. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0034" id="link2H_4_0034"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 34 +</h2> +<p> +In company such as this Peter’s education for the role of detective was +completed by force, as it were. He listened to everything, and while he +did not dare make any notes, he stored away treasures in his mind, and +when he came out of the jail he was able to give McGivney a pretty +complete picture of the various radical organizations in American City, +and the attitude of each one toward the war. +</p> +<p> +Peter found that McGivney’s device had worked perfectly. Peter was now a +martyr and a hero; his position as one of the “left wingers” was +definitely established, and anyone who ventured to say a word against him +would be indignantly rebuked. As a matter of fact, no one desired to say +much. Pat McCormick, Peter’s enemy, was out on an organizing trip among +the oil workers. +</p> +<p> +Duggan had apparently taken a fancy to Peter, and took him to meet some of +his friends, who lived in an old, deserted warehouse, which happened to +have skylights in the roof; this constituted each room a “studio,” and +various radicals rented the rooms, and lived here a sort of picnic +existence which Peter learned was called “Bohemian.” They were young +people, most of them, with one or two old fellows, derelicts; they wore +flannel shirts, and soft ties, or no ties at all, and their fingers were +always smeared with paint. Their life requirements were simple; all they +wanted was an unlimited quantity of canvas and paint, some cigarettes, and +at long intervals a pickle or some sauer-kraut and a bottle of beer. They +would sit all day in front of an easel, painting the most inconceivable +pictures—pink skies and green-faced women and purple grass and +fantastic splurges of color which they would call anything from “The Woman +with a Mustard Pot” to “A Nude Coming Downstairs.” And there would be +others, like Duggan, writing verses all day; pounding away on a +typewriter, if they could manage to rent or borrow one. There were several +who sang, and one who played the flute and caused all the others to tear +their hair. There was a boy fresh from the country, who declared that he +had run away from home because the family sang hymns all day Sunday, and +never sang in tune. +</p> +<p> +From people such as these you would hear the most revolutionary +utterances; but Peter soon realized that it was mostly just talk with +them. They would work off their frenzies with a few dashes of paint or +some ferocious chords on the piano. The really dangerous ones were not +here; they were hidden away in offices or dens of their own, where they +were prompting strikes and labor agitations, and preparing incendiary +literature to be circulated among the poor. +</p> +<p> +You met such people in the Socialist local, and in the I. W. W. +headquarters, and in numerous clubs and propaganda societies which Peter +investigated, and to which he was welcomed as a member. In the Socialist +local there was a fierce struggle going on over the war. What should be +the attitude of the party? There was a group, a comparatively small group, +which believed that the interests of Socialism would best be served by +helping the Allies to the overthrow of the Kaiser. There was another +group, larger and still more determined, which believed that the war was a +conspiracy of allied capitalism to rivet its power upon the world, and +this group wanted the party to stake its existence upon a struggle against +American participation. These two groups contested for the minds of the +rank and file of the members, who seemed to be bewildered by the magnitude +of the issue and the complexity of the arguments. Peter’s orders were to +go with the extreme anti-militarists; they were the ones whose confidence +he wished to gain, also they were the trouble-makers of the movement, and +McGivney’s instructions were to make all the trouble possible. +</p> +<p> +Over at the I. W. W. headquarters was another group whose members were +debating their attitude to the war. Should they call strikes and try to +cripple the leading industries of the country? Or should they go quietly +on with their organization work, certain that in the end the workers would +sicken of the military adventure into which they were being snared? Some +of these “wobblies” were Socialist party members also, and were active in +both gatherings; two of them, Henderson, the lumber-jack, and Gus +Lindstrom, the sailor, had been in jail with Peter, and had been among his +intimates ever since. +</p> +<p> +Also Peter met the Pacifists; the “Peoples’ Council,” as they called +themselves. Many of these were religious people, two or three clergymen, +and Donald Gordon, the Quaker, and a varied assortment of women—sentimental +young girls who shrunk from the thought of bloodshed, and mothers with +tear-stained cheeks who did not want their darlings to be drafted. Peter +saw right away that these mothers had no “conscientious objections.” Each +mother was thinking about her own son and about nothing else. Peter was +irritated at this, and took it for his special job to see that those +mother’s darlings did their duty. +</p> +<p> +He attended a gathering of Pacifists in the home of a school-teacher. They +made heart-breaking speeches, and finally little Ada Ruth, the poetess, +got up and wanted to know, was it all to end in talk, or would they +organize and prepare to take some action against the draft? Would they not +at least go out on the street, get up a parade with banners of protest, +and go to jail as Comrade Peter Gudge had so nobly done? +</p> +<p> +Comrade Peter was called on for “a few words.” Comrade Peter explained +that he was no speaker; after all, actions spoke louder than words, and he +had tried to show what he believed. The others were made ashamed by this, +and decided for a bold stand at once. Ada Ruth became president and Donald +Gordon secretary of the “Anti-conscription League”—a list of whose +charter members was turned over to McGivney the same evening. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0035" id="link2H_4_0035"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 35 +</h2> +<p> +All this time the country had been going to war. The huge military machine +was getting under way, the storm of public feeling was rising. Congress +had voted a huge loan, a country-wide machine of propaganda was being +organized, and the oratory of Four Minute Men was echoing from Maine to +California. Peter read the American City “Times” every morning, and here +were speeches of statesmen and sermons of clergymen, here were cartoons +and editorials, all burning with the fervor’s of patriotism. Peter +absorbed these, and his soul became transfigured. Hitherto Peter had been +living for himself; but there comes a time in the life of every man who +can use his brain at all when he realizes that he is not the one thing of +importance in the universe, the one end to be served. Peter very often +suffered from qualms of conscience, waves of doubt as to his own +righteousness. Peter, like every other soul that ever lived, needed a +religion, an ideal. +</p> +<p> +The Reds had a religion, as you might call it; but this religion had +failed to attract Peter. In the first place it was low; its devotees were +wholly lacking in the graces of life, in prestige, and that ease which +comes with assurance of power. They were noisy in their fervors, and +repelled Peter as much as the Holy Rollers. Also, they were always harping +upon the sordid and painful facts of life; who but a pervert would listen +to “sob stories,” when he might have all the things that are glorious and +shining and splendid in the world? +</p> +<p> +But now here was the religion Peter wanted. These clergymen in their robes +of snow white linen, preaching in churches with golden altars and +stained-glass windows; these statesmen who wore the halo of fame, and went +about with the cheering of thousands in their ears; these mighty captains +of industry whose very names were magic—with power, when written on +pieces of paper, to cause cities to rise in the desert, and then to fall +again beneath a rain of shells and poison gas; these editors and +cartoonists of the American City “Times,” with all their wit and learning—these +people all combined to construct for Peter a religion and an ideal, and to +hand it out to him, ready-made and precisely fitted to his understanding. +Peter would go right on doing the things he had been doing before; but he +would no longer do them in the name of Peter Gudge, the ant, he would do +them in the name of a mighty nation of a hundred and ten million people, +with all its priceless memories of the past and its infinite hopes for the +future; he would do them in the sacred name of patriotism, and the still +more sacred name of democracy. And—most convenient of circumstances—the +big business men of American City, who had established a secret service +bureau with Guffey in charge of it, would go right on putting up their +funds, and paying Peter fifty dollars a week and expenses while he served +the holy cause! +</p> +<p> +It was the fashion these days for orators and public men to vie with one +another in expressing the extremes of patriotism, and Peter would read +these phrases, and cherish them; they came to seem a part of him, he felt +as if he had invented them. He became greedy for more and yet more of this +soul-food; and there was always more to be had—until Peter’s soul +was become swollen, puffed up as with a bellows. Peter became a patriot of +patriots, a super-patriot; Peter was a red-blooded American and no +mollycoddle; Peter was a “he-American,” a 100% American—and if there +could have been such a thing as a 101% American, Peter would have been +that. Peter was so much of an American that the very sight of a foreigner +filled him with a fighting impulse. As for the Reds—well, Peter +groped for quite a time before he finally came upon a formula which +expressed his feelings. It was a famous clergyman who achieved it for him—saying +that if he could have his way he would take all the Reds, and put them in +a ship of stone with sails of lead, and send them forth with hell for +their destination. +</p> +<p> +So Peter chafed more and more at his inability to get action. How much +more evidence did the secret service of the Traction Trust require? Peter +would ask this question of McGivney again and again, and McGivney would +answer: “Keep your shirt on. You’re getting your pay every week. What’s +the matter with you?” + </p> +<p> +“The matter is, I’m tired of listening to these fellows ranting,” Peter +would say. “I want to stop their mouths.” + </p> +<p> +Yes, Peter had come to take it as a personal affront that these radicals +should go on denouncing the cause which Peter had espoused. They all +thought of Peter as a comrade, they were most friendly to him; but Peter +had the knowledge of how they would regard him when they knew the real +truth, and this imagined contempt burned him like an acid. Sometimes there +would be talk about spies and informers, and then these people would +exhaust their vocabulary of abuse, and Peter, of course, would apply every +word of it to himself and become wild with anger. He would long to answer +back; he was waiting for the day when he might vindicate himself and his +cause by smashing these Reds in the mouth. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0036" id="link2H_4_0036"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 36 +</h2> +<p> +“Well,” said McGivney one day, “I’ve got something interesting for you +now. You’re going into high society for a while!” + </p> +<p> +And the rat-faced man explained that there was a young man in a +neighboring city, reputed to be a multi-millionaire, who had written a +book against the war, and was the financial source of much pacificism and +sedition. “These people are spending lots of money for printing,” said +McGivney, “and we hear this fellow Lackman is putting it up. We’ve learned +that he is to be in town tomorrow, and we want you to find out all about +his affairs.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter was to meet a millionaire! Peter had never known one of these +fortunate beings, but he was for them—he had always been for them. +Ever since he had learned to read, he had liked to find stories about them +in the newspapers, with pictures of them and their palaces. He had read +these stories as a child reads fairy tales. They were his creatures of +dreams, belonging to a world above reality, above pain and inconvenience. +</p> +<p> +And then in the days when Peter had been a servant in the Temple of +Jimjambo, devoted to the cult of Eleutherinian Exoticism, he had found +hanging in the main assembly room a picture labelled, “Mount Olympus,” + showing a dozen gods and goddesses reclining at ease on silken couches, +sipping nectar from golden goblets and gazing down upon the far-off +troubles of the world. Peter would peer from behind the curtains and see +the Chief Magistrian emerging from behind the seven mystic veils, lifting +his rolling voice and in a kind of chant expounding life to his flock of +adoring society ladies. He would point to the picture and explain those +golden, Olympian days when the Eleutherinian cult had originated. The +world had changed much since then, and for the worse; those who had power +must take it as their task to restore beauty and splendor to the world, +and to develop the gracious possibilities of being. +</p> +<p> +Peter, of course, hadn’t really believed in anything that went on in the +Temple of Jimjambo; and yet he had been awed by its richness, and by the +undoubtedly exclusive character of its worshippers; he had got the idea +definitely fixed in his head that there really had been a Mount Olympus, +and when he tried to imagine the millionaires and their ways, it was these +gods and goddesses, reclining on silken couches and sipping nectar, that +came to his mind! +</p> +<p> +Now since Peter had come to know the Reds, who wanted to blow up the +palaces of the millionaires, he was more than ever on the side of his gods +and goddesses. His fervors for them increased every time he heard them +assailed; he wanted to meet some of them, and passionately, yet +respectfully, pour out to them his allegiance. A glow of satisfaction came +over him as he pictured himself in some palace, lounging upon a silken +conch and explaining to a millionaire his understanding of the value of +beauty and splendor in the world. +</p> +<p> +And now he was to meet one; it was to be a part of his job to cultivate +one! True, there was something wrong with this particular millionaire—he +was one of those freaks who for some reason beyond imagining gave their +sympathy to the dynamiters and assassins. Peter had met “Parlor Reds” at +the home of the Todd sisters; the large shining ladies who came in large +shining cars to hear him tell of his jail experiences. But he hadn’t been +sure as to whether they were really millionaires or not, and Sadie, when +he had inquired particularly, had answered vaguely that every one in the +radical movement who could afford an automobile or a dress-suit was called +a millionaire by the newspapers. +</p> +<p> +But young Lackman was a real millionaire, McGivney positively assured him; +and so Peter was free to admire him in spite of all his freak ideas, which +the rat-faced man explained with intense amusement. Young Lackman +conducted a school for boys, and when one of the boys did wrong, the +teacher would punish himself instead of the boy! Peter must pretend to be +interested in this kind of “education,” said McGivney, and he must learn +at least the names of Lackman’s books. +</p> +<p> +“But will he pay any attention to me?” demanded Peter. +</p> +<p> +“Sure, he will,” said McGivney. “That’s the point—you’ve been in +jail, you’ve really done something as a pacifist. What you want to do is +to try to interest him in your Anti-conscription League. Tell him you want +to make it into a national organization, you want to get something done +besides talking.” + </p> +<p> +The address of young Lackman was the Hotel de Soto; and as he heard this, +Peter’s heart gave a leap. The Hotel de Soto was the Mount Olympus of +American City! Peter had walked by the vast white structure, and seen the +bronze doors swing outward, and the favored ones of the earth emerging to +their magic chariots; but never had it occurred to him that he might pass +thru those bronze doors, and gaze upon those hidden mysteries! +</p> +<p> +“Will they let me in?” he asked McGivney, and the other laughed. “Just +walk in as if you owned the place,” he said. “Hold up your head, and +pretend you’ve lived there all your life.” + </p> +<p> +That was easy for McGivney to say, but not so easy for Peter to imagine. +However, he would try it; McGivney must be right, for it was the same +thing Mrs. James had impressed upon him many times. You must watch what +other people did, and practice by yourself, and then go in and do it as if +you had never done anything else. All life was a gigantic bluff, and you +encouraged yourself in your bluffing by the certainty that everybody else +was bluffing just as hard. +</p> +<p> +At seven o’clock that evening Peter strolled up to the magic bronze doors, +and touched them; and sure enough, the blue-uniformed guardians drew them +back without a word, and the tiny brass-button imps never even glanced at +Peter as he strode up to the desk and asked for Mr. Lackman. +</p> +<p> +The haughty clerk passed him on to a still more haughty telephone +operator, who condescended to speak into her trumpet, and then informed +him that Mr. Lackman was out; he had left word that he would return at +eight. Peter was about to go out and wander about the streets for an hour, +when he suddenly remembered that everybody else was bluffing; so he +marched across the lobby and seated himself in one of the huge leather +arm-chairs, big enough to hold three of him. There he sat, and continued +to sit—and nobody said a word! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0037" id="link2H_4_0037"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 37 +</h2> +<p> +Yes, this was Mount Olympus, and here were the gods: the female ones in a +state of divine semi-nudity, the male ones mostly clad in black coats with +pleated shirt-fronts puffing out. Every time one of them moved up to the +desk Peter would watch and wonder, was this Mr. Lackman? He might have +been able to pick out a millionaire from an ordinary crowd; but here every +male god was got up for the precise purpose of looking like a millionaire, +so Peter’s job was an impossible one. +</p> +<p> +In front of him across the lobby floor there arose a ten-foot pillar to a +far-distant roof. This pillar was of pale, green-streaked marble, and +Peter’s eyes followed it to the top, where it exploded in a snow-white +cloud-burst, full of fascination. There were four cornucopias, one at each +corner, and out of each cornucopia came tangled ropes of roses, and out of +these roses came other ropes, with what appeared to be apples and leaves, +and still more roses, and still more emerging ropes, spreading in a tangle +over the ceiling. Here and there, in the midst of all this splendor, was +the large, placidly smiling face of a boy angel; four of these placidly +smiling boy angels gazed from the four sides of the snow-white +cloud-burst, and Peter’s eye roamed from one to another, fascinated by the +mathematics of this architectural marvel. There were fourteen columns in a +row, and four such rows in the lobby. That made fifty-six columns in all, +or two hundred and twenty-four boy angels’ heads. How many cornucopias and +how many roses and how many apples it meant, defied all calculation. The +boy angels’ heads were exactly alike, every head with the same size and +quality of smile; and Peter marvelled—how many days would it take a +sculptor to carve the details of two hundred and twenty-four boy angel +smiles? +</p> +<p> +All over the Hotel de Soto was this same kind of sumptuous magnificence; +and Peter experienced the mental effect which it was contrived to produce +upon him—a sense of bedazzlement and awe, a realization that those +who dwelt in the midst of this splendor were people to whom money was +nothing, who could pour out treasures in a never-ceasing flood. And +everything else about the place was of the same character, contrived for +the same effect—even the gods and the goddesses! One would sweep by +with a tiara of jewels in her hair; you might amuse yourself by figuring +out the number of the jewels, as you had figured out the number of the boy +angels’ heads. Or you might take her gown of black lace, embroidered with +golden butterflies, every one patiently done by hand; you might figure—so +many yards of material, and so many golden butterflies to the yard! You +might count the number of sparkling points upon her jet slippers, or trace +the intricate designs upon her almost transparent stockings—only +there was an inch or two of the stockings which you could not see. +</p> +<p> +Peter watched these gorgeous divinities emerge from the elevators, and +sweep their way into the dining-room beyond. Some people might have been +shocked by their costumes; but to Peter, who had the picture of Mount +Olympus in mind, they seemed most proper. It all depended on the point of +view: whether you thought of a goddess as fully clothed from chin to toes, +and proceeded with a pair of shears to cut away so much of her costume, or +whether you imagined the goddess in a state of nature, and proceeded to +put veils of gauze about her, and a ribbon over each shoulder to hold the +veils in place. +</p> +<p> +Twice Peter went to the desk, to inquire if Mr. Lackman had come in yet; +but still he had not come; and Peter—growing bolder, like the fox +who spoke to the lion—strolled about the lobby, gazing at the groups +of gods at ease. He had noticed a great balcony around all four sides of +this lobby, the “mezzanine floor,” as it was called; he decided he would +see what was up there, and climbed the white marble stairs, and beheld +more rows of chairs and couches, done in dark grey velvet. Here, +evidently, was where the female gods came to linger, and Peter seated +himself as unobtrusively as possible, and watched. +</p> +<p> +Directly in front of him sat a divinity, lolling on a velvet couch with +one bare white arm stretched out. It was a large stout arm, and the +possessor was large and stout, with pale golden hair and many sparkling +jewels. Her glance roamed lazily from place to place. It rested for an +instant on Peter, and then moved on, and Peter felt the comment upon his +own insignificance. +</p> +<p> +Nevertheless, he continued to steal glances now and then, and presently +saw an interesting sight. In her lap this Juno had a gold-embroidered bag, +and she opened it, disclosing a collection of mysterious apparatus of +which she proceeded to make use: first a little gold hand-mirror, in which +she studied her charms; then a little white powder-puff with which she +deftly tapped her nose and cheeks; then some kind of red pencil with which +she proceeded to rub her lips; then a golden pencil with which she lightly +touched her eyebrows. Then it seemed as if she must have discovered a +little hair which had grown since she left her dressing-room. Peter +couldn’t be sure, but she had a little pair of tweezers, and seemed to +pull something out of her chin. She went on with quite an elaborate and +complicated toilet, paying meantime not the slightest attention to the +people passing by. +</p> +<p> +Peter looked farther, and saw that just as when one person sneezes or +yawns everybody else in the room is irresistibly impelled to sneeze or +yawn, so all these Dianas and Junos and Hebes on the “mezzanine floor” had +suddenly remembered their little gold or silver hand-mirrors, their +powder-puffs and red or golden or black pencils. One after another, the +little vanity-bags came forth, and Peter, gazing in wonder, thought that +Mount Olympus had turned into a beauty parlor. +</p> +<p> +Peter rose again and strolled and watched the goddesses, big and little, +old and young, fat and thin, pretty and ugly—and it seemed to him +the fatter and older and uglier they were, the more intently they gazed +into the little hand-mirrors. He watched them with hungry eyes, for he +knew that here he was in the midst of high life, the real thing, the +utmost glory to which man could ever hope to attain, and he wanted to know +all there was to know about it. He strolled on, innocent and unsuspecting, +and the two hundred and twenty-four white boy angels in the ceiling smiled +their bland and placid smiles at him, and Peter knew no more than they +what complications fate had prepared for him on that mezzanine floor! +</p> +<p> +On one of the big lounges there sat a girl, a radiant creature from the +Emerald Isles, with hair like sunrise and cheeks like apples. Peter took +one glance at her, and his heart missed three successive beats, and then, +to make up for lost time, began leaping like a runaway race-horse. He +could hardly believe what his eyes told him; but his eyes insisted, his +eyes knew; yes, his eyes had gazed for hours and hours on end upon that +hair like sunrise and those cheeks like apples. The girl was Nell, the +chambermaid of the Temple of Jimjambo! +</p> +<p> +She had not looked Peter’s way, so there was time for him to start back +and hide himself behind a pillar; there he stood, peering out and watching +her profile, still arguing with his eyes. It couldn’t be Nell; and yet it +was! Nell transfigured, Nell translated to Olympus, turned into a goddess +with a pale grey band about her middle, and a pale grey ribbon over each +shoulder to hold it in place! Nell reclining at ease and chatting +vivaciously to a young man with the face of a bulldog and the +dinner-jacket of a magazine advertisement! +</p> +<p> +Peter gazed and waited, while his heart went on misbehaving. Peter learned +in those few fearful minutes what real love is, a most devastating force. +Little Jennie was forgotten, Mrs. James, the grass widow was forgotten, +and Peter knew that he had never really admired but one woman in the +world, and that was Nell, the Irish chambermaid of the Temple of Jimjambo. +The poets have seen fit to represent young love as a mischievous little +archer with a sharp and penetrating arrow, and now Peter understood what +they had meant; that arrow had pierced him thru, and he had to hold on to +the column to keep himself from falling. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0038" id="link2H_4_0038"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 38 +</h2> +<p> +Presently the couple rose and strolled away to the elevator, and Peter +followed. He did not dare get into the elevator with them, for he had +suddenly become accutely aware of the costume he was wearing in his role +of proletarian anti-militarist! But Peter was certain that Nell and her +escort were not going out of the building, for they had no hats or wraps; +so he went downstairs and hunted thru the lobby and the dining-room, and +then thru the basement, from which he heard strains of music. Here was +another vast room, got up in mystic oriental fashion, with electric lights +hidden in bunches of imitation flowers on each table. This room was called +the “grill,” and part of it was bare for dancing, and on a little platform +sat a band playing music. +</p> +<p> +The strangest music that ever assailed human ears! If Peter had heard it +before seeing Nell, he would not have understood it, but now its weird +rhythms fitted exactly to the moods which were tormenting him. This music +would groan, it would rattle and squeak; it would make noises like swiftly +torn canvas, or like a steam siren in a hurry. It would climb up to the +heavens and come banging down to hell. And every thing with queer, +tormenting motions, gliding and writhing, wriggling, jerking, jumping. +Peter would never have known what to make of such music, if he had not had +it here made visible before his eyes, in the behavior of the half-naked +goddesses and the black-coated gods on this dancing floor. These celestial +ones came sliding across the floor like skaters, they came writhing like +serpents, they came strutting like turkeys, jumping like rabbits, stalking +solemnly like giraffes. They came clamped in one another’s arms like bears +trying to hug each other to death; they came contorting themselves as if +they were boa-constrictors trying to swallow each other. And Peter, +watching them and listening to their music, made a curious discovery about +himself. Deeply buried in Peter’s soul were the ghosts of all sorts of +animals; Peter had once been a boa-constrictor, Peter had once been a +bear, Peter had once been a rabbit and a giraffe, a turkey and a fox; and +now under the spell of this weird music these dead creatures came to life +in his soul. So Peter discovered the meaning of “jazz,” in all its weirdly +named and incredible varieties. +</p> +<p> +Also Peter discovered that he had once been a caveman, and had hit his +rival over the head with a stone axe and carried off his girl by the hair. +All this he discovered while he stood in the doorway of the Hotel de Soto +grill, and watched Nell, the ex-chambermaid of the Temple of Jimjambo, +doing the turkey-trot and the fox-trot and the grizzly-bear and the +bunny-hug in the arms of a young man with the face of a bulldog. +</p> +<p> +Peter stood for a long while in a daze. Nell and the young man sat down at +one of the tables to have a meal, but still Peter stood watching and +trying to figure out what to do. He knew that he must not speak to her in +his present costume; there would be no way to make her understand that he +was only playing a role—that he who looked like a “dead one” was +really a prosperous man of important affairs, a 100% red-blooded patriot +disguised as a proletarian pacifist. No, he must wait, he must get into +his best before he spoke to her. But meantime, she might go away, and he +might not be able to find her again in this huge city! +</p> +<p> +After an hour or two he succeeded in figuring out a way, and hurried +upstairs to the writing-room and penned a note: +</p> +<p> +“Nell: This is your old friend Peter Gudge. I have struck it rich and have +important news for you. Be sure to send word to me. Peter.” To this he +added his address, and sealed it in an envelope to “Miss Nell Doolin.” + </p> +<p> +Then he went out into the lobby, and signalled to one of the brass-button +imps who went about the place calling names in shrill sing-song; he got +this youngster off in a corner and pressed a dollar bill into his hand. +There was a young lady in the grill who was to have this note at once. It +was very important. Would the brass-button imp do it? +</p> +<p> +The imp said sure, and Peter stood in the doorway and watched him walk +back and forth thru the aisles of the grill, calling in his shrill +sing-song, “Miss Nell Doolin! Miss Nell Doolin!” He walked right by the +table where Nell sat eating; he sang right into her face, it seemed to +Peter; but she never gave a sign. +</p> +<p> +Peter did not know what to make of it, but he was bound to get that note +to Nell. So when the imp returned, he pointed her out, and the imp went +again and handed the note to her. Peter saw her take it—then he +darted away; and remembering suddenly that he was supposed to be on duty, +be rushed back to the office and inquired for Mr. Lackman. To his horror +he learned that Mr. Lackman had returned, paid his bill, and departed with +his suitcase to a destination unknown! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0039" id="link2H_4_0039"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 39 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had a midnight appointment with McGivney, and now had to go and +admit this humiliating failure. He had done his best, he declared; he had +inquired at the desk, and waited and waited, but the hotel people had +failed to notify him of Lackman’s arrival. All this was strictly true; but +it did not pacify McGivney, who was in a black fury. “It might have been +worth thousands of dollars to you!” he declared. “He’s the biggest fish +we’ll ever get on our hook.” + </p> +<p> +“Won’t he come again?” asked grief-stricken Peter. +</p> +<p> +“No,” declared the other. “They’ll get him at his home city.” + </p> +<p> +“But won’t that do?” asked Peter, naively. +</p> +<p> +“You damned fool!” was McGivney’s response. “We wanted to get him here, +where we could pluck him ourselves.” + </p> +<p> +The rat-faced man hadn’t intended to tell Peter so much, but in his rage +he let it out. He and a couple of his friends had planned to “get +something” on this young millionaire, and scare the wits out of him, with +the idea that he would put up a good many thousand dollars to be let off. +Peter might have had his share of this—only he had been fool enough +to let the bird get out of his net! +</p> +<p> +Peter offered to follow the young man to his home city, and find some way +to lure him back into McGivney’s power. After McGivney had stormed for a +while, he decided that this might be possible. He would talk it over with +the others, and let Peter know. But alas, when Peter picked up an +afternoon newspaper next day, he read on the front page how young Lackman, +stepping off the train in his home city that morning, had been placed +under arrest; his school had been raided, and half a dozen of the teachers +were in jail, and a ton of Red literature had been confiscated, and a +swarm of dire conspiracies against the safety of the country had been laid +bare! +</p> +<p> +Peter read this news, and knew that he was in for another stormy hour with +his boss. But he hardly gave a thought to it, because of something which +had happened a few minutes before, something of so much greater +importance. A messenger had brought him a special delivery letter, and +with thumping heart he had torn it open and read: +</p> +<p> +“All right. Meet me in the waiting-room of Guggenheim’s Department Store +at two o’clock this afternoon. But for God’s sake forget Nell Doolin. +Yours, Edythe Eustace.” + </p> +<p> +So here was Peter dressed in his best clothes, as for his temporary +honeymoon with the grass widow, and on the way to the rendezvous an hour +ahead of time. And here came Nell, also dressed, every garment so +contrived that a single glance would tell the beholder that their owner +was moving in the highest circles, and regardless of expense. Nell glanced +over her shoulder now and then as she talked, and explained that Ted +Crothers, the man with the bulldog face, was a terror, and it was hard to +get away from him, because he had nothing to do all day. +</p> +<p> +The waiting-room of a big department-store was not the place Peter would +have selected for the pouring out of his heart; but he had to make the +best of it, so he told Nell that he loved her, that he would never be able +to love anybody else, and that he had made piles of money now, he was high +up on the ladder of prosperity. Nell did not laugh at him, as she had +laughed in the Temple of Jimjambo, for it was easily to be seen that Peter +Gudge was no longer a scullion, but a man of the world with a fascinating +air of mystery. Nell wanted to know forthwith what was he doing; he +answered that he could not tell, it was a secret of the most desperate +import; he was under oath. These were the days of German spies and +bomb-plots, when kings and kaisers and emperors and tsars were pouring +treasures into America for all kinds of melodramatic purposes; also the +days of government contracts and secret deals, when in the lobbies and +private meeting-places of hotels like the de Soto there were fortunes made +and unmade every hour. So it was easy for Nell to believe in a real +secret, and being a woman, she put all her faculties upon the job of +guessing it. +</p> +<p> +She did not again ask Peter to tell her; but she let him talk, and +tactfully guided the conversation, and before long she knew that Peter was +intimate with a great many of the most desperate Reds, and likewise that +he knew all about the insides of the Goober case, and about the great men +of American City who had put up a million dollars for the purpose of +hanging Goober, and about the various ways in which this money had been +spent and wires had been pulled to secure a conviction. Nell put two and +two together, and before long she figured out that the total was four; she +suddenly confronted Peter with this total, and Peter was dumb with +consternation, and broke down and confessed everything, and told Nell all +about his schemes and his achievements and his adventures—omitting +only little Jennie and the grass widow. +</p> +<p> +He told about the sums he had been making and was expecting to make; he +told about Lackman, and showed Nell the newspaper with pictures of the +young millionaire and his school. “What a handsome fellow!” said Nell. +“It’s a shame!” + </p> +<p> +“How do you mean?” asked Peter, a little puzzled. Could it be that Nell +had any sympathy for these Reds? +</p> +<p> +“I mean,” she answered, “that he’d have been worth more to you than all +the rest put together.” + </p> +<p> +Nell was a woman, and her mind ran to the practical aspect of things. +“Look here, Peter,” she said, “you’ve been letting those ‘dicks’ work you. +They’re getting the swag, and just giving you tips. What you need is +somebody to take care of you.” + </p> +<p> +Peter’s heart leaped. “Will you do it?” he cried. +</p> +<p> +“I’ve got Ted on my hands,” said the girl. “He’d cut my throat, and yours +too, if he knew I was here. But I’ll try to get myself free, and then +maybe—I won’t promise, but I’ll think over your problem, Peter, and +I’ll certainly try to help, so that McGivney and Guffey and those fellows +can’t play you for a sucker any longer.” + </p> +<p> +She must have time to think it over, she said, and to make inquiries about +the people involved—some of whom apparently she knew. She would meet +Peter again the next day, and in a more private place than here. She named +a spot in the city park which would be easy to find, and yet sufficiently +remote for a quiet conference. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0040" id="link2H_4_0040"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 40 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had been made so bold by Nell’s flattery and what she had said about +his importance, that he did not go back to McGivney to take his second +scolding about the Lackman case. He was getting tired of McGivney’s +scoldings; if McGivney didn’t like his work, let McGivney go and be a Red +for a while himself. Peter walked the streets all day and a part of the +night, thinking about Nell, and thrilling over the half promises she had +made him. +</p> +<p> +They met next day in the park. No one was following them, and they found a +solitary place, and Nell let him kiss her several times, and in between +the kisses she unfolded to him a terrifying plan. Peter had thought that +he was something of an intriguer, but his self-esteem shriveled to +nothingness in the presence of the superb conception which had come to +ripeness in the space of twenty-four hours in the brain of Nell Doolin, +alias Edythe Eustace. +</p> +<p> +Peter had been doing the hard work, and these big fellows had been using +him, handing him a tip now and then, and making fortunes out of the +information he brought them. McGivney had let the cat out of the bag in +this case of Lackman; you might be sure they had been making money, big +money, out of all the other cases. What Peter must do was to work up +something of his own, and get the real money, and make himself one of the +big fellows. Peter had the facts, he knew the people; he had watched in +the Goober case exactly how a “frame-up” was made, and now he must make +one for himself, and one that would pay. It was a matter of duty to rid +the country of all these Reds; but why should he not have the money as +well? +</p> +<p> +Nell had spent the night figuring over it, trying to pick out the right +person. She had hit on old “Nelse” Ackerman, the banker. Ackerman was +enormously and incredibly wealthy; he was called the financial king of +American City. Also he was old, and Nell happened to know he was a coward; +he was sick in bed just now, and when a man is sick he is still more of a +coward. What Peter must do was to discover some kind of a bomb-plot +against old “Nelse” Ackerman. Peter might talk up the idea among some of +his Reds and get them interested in it, or he might frame up some letters +to be found upon them, and hide some dynamite in their rooms. When the +plot was discovered, it would make a frightful uproar, needless to say; +the king would hear of it, and of Peter’s part as the discoverer of it, +and he would unquestionably reward Peter. Perhaps Peter might arrange to +be retained as a secret agent to protect the king from the Reds. Thus +Peter would be in touch with real money, and might hire Guffey and +McGivney, instead of their hiring him. +</p> +<p> +If Peter had stood alone, would he have dared so perilous a dream as this? +Or was he a “piker”; a little fellow, the victim of his own fears and +vanities? Anyhow, Peter was not alone; he had Nell, and it was necessary +that he should pose before Nell as a bold and desperate blade. Just as in +the old days in the Temple, it was necessary that Peter should get plenty +of money, in order to take Nell away from another man. So he said all +right, he would go in on that plan; and proceeded to discuss with Nell the +various personalities he might use. +</p> +<p> +The most likely was Pat McCormick. “Mac,” with his grim, set face and his +silent, secretive habits, fitted perfectly to Peter’s conception of a +dynamiter. Also “Mac” was Peter’s personal enemy; “Mac” had just returned +from his organizing trip in the oil fields, and had been denouncing Peter +and gossiping about him in the various radical groups. “Mac” was the most +dangerous Red of them all! He must surely be one of the dynamiters! +</p> +<p> +Another likely one was Joe Angell, whom Peter had met at a recent +gathering of Ada Ruth’s “Anti-conscription League.” People made jokes +about this chap’s name because he looked the part, with his bright blue +eyes that seemed to have come out of heaven, and his bright golden hair, +and even the memory of dimples in his cheeks. But when Joe opened his +lips, you discovered that he was an angel from the nether regions. He was +the boldest and most defiant of all the Reds that Peter had yet come upon. +He had laughed at Ada Ruth and her sentimental literary attitude toward +the subject of the draft. It wasn’t writing poems and passing resolutions +that was wanted; it wasn’t even men who would refuse to put on the +uniform, but men who would take the guns that were offered to them, and +drill themselves, and at the proper time face about and use the guns in +the other direction. Agitating and organizing were all right in their +place, but now, when the government dared challenge the workers and force +them into the army, it was men of action that were needed in the radical +movement. +</p> +<p> +Joe Angell had been up in the lumber country, and could tell what was the +mood of the real workers, the “huskies” of the timberlands. Those fellows +weren’t doing any more talking; they had their secret committees that were +ready to take charge of things as soon as they had put the capitalists and +their governments out of business. Meantime, if there was a sheriff or +prosecuting attorney that got too gay, they would “bump him off.” This was +a favorite phrase of “Blue-eyed Angell.” He would use it every half hour +or so as he told about his adventures. “Yes,” he would say; “he got gay, +but we bumped him off all right.” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0041" id="link2H_4_0041"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 41 +</h2> +<p> +So Nell and Peter settled down to work out the details of their “frame-up” + on Joe Angell and Pat McCormick. Peter must get a bunch of them together +and get them to talking about bombs and killing people; and then he must +slip a note into the pockets of all who showed interest, calling them to +meet for a real conspiracy. Nell would write the notes, so that no one +could fasten the job onto Peter. She pulled out a pencil and a little pad +from her handbag, and began: “If you really believe in a bold stroke for +the workers’ rights, meet me—” And then she stopped. “Where?” + </p> +<p> +“In the studios,” put in Peter. +</p> +<p> +And Nell wrote, “In the studios. Is that enough?” + </p> +<p> +“Room 17.” Peter knew that this was the room of Nikitin, a Russian painter +who called himself an Anarchist. +</p> +<p> +So Nell wrote “Room 17,” and after further discussion she added: “Tomorrow +morning at eight o’clock. No names and no talk. Action!” This time was set +because Peter recollected that there was to be a gathering of the +“wobblies” in their headquarters this very evening. It was to be a +business meeting, but of course these fellows never got together very long +without starting the subject of “tactics.” There was a considerable +element among them who were dissatisfied with what they called the “supine +attitude” of the organization, and were always arguing for action. Peter +was sure he would be able to get some of them interested in the idea of a +dynamite conspiracy. +</p> +<p> +As it turned out, Peter had no trouble at all; the subject was started +without his having to put in a word. Were the workers to be driven like +sheep to the slaughter, and the “wobblies” not to make one move? So asked +the “Blue-eyed Angell,” vehemently, and added that if they were going to +move, American City was as good a place as any. He had talked with enough +of the rank and file to realize that they were ready for action; all they +needed was a battle-cry and an organization to guide them. +</p> +<p> +Henderson, the big lumber-jack, spoke up. That was just the trouble; you +couldn’t get an organization for such a purpose. The authorities would get +spies among you, they would find out what you were doing, and drive you +underground. +</p> +<p> +“Well,” cried Joe, “we’ll go underground!” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” agreed the other, “but then your organization goes bust. Nobody +knows who to trust, everybody’s accusing the rest of being a spy.” + </p> +<p> +“Hell!” said Joe Angell. “I’ve been in jail for the movement, I’ll take my +chances of anybody’s calling me a spy. What I’m not going to do is to sit +down and see the workers driven to hell, because I’m so damn careful about +my precious organization.” + </p> +<p> +When others objected, Angell rushed on still more vehemently. Suppose they +did fail in a mass-uprising, suppose they were driven to assassination and +terrorism? At least they would teach the exploiters a lesson, and take a +little of the joy out of their lives. +</p> +<p> +Peter thought it would be a good idea for him to pose as a conservative +just now. “Do you really think the capitalists would give up from fear?” + he asked. +</p> +<p> +And the other answered: “You bet I do! I tell you if we’d made it +understood that every congressman who voted this country into war would be +sent to the front trenches, our country would still be at peace.” + </p> +<p> +“But,” put in Peter, deftly, “it ain’t the congressmen. It’s people higher +up than them.” + </p> +<p> +“You bet,” put in Gus, the Swedish sailor. “You bet you! I name you one +dozen big fellows in dis country—you make it clear if we don’t get +peace dey all get killed—we get peace all right!” + </p> +<p> +So Peter had things where he wanted them. “Who are those fellows?” he +asked, and got the crowd arguing over names. Of course they didn’t argue +very long before somebody mentioned “Nelse” Ackerman, who was venomously +hated by the Reds because he had put up a hundred thousand dollars of the +Anti-Goober fund. Peter pretended not to know about Nelse; and Jerry Rudd, +a “blanket-stiff” whose head was still sore from being cracked open in a +recent harvesters’ strike, remarked that by Jesus, if they’d put a few +fellows like that in the trenches, there’d be some pacifists in Ameriky +sure enough all right. +</p> +<p> +It seemed almost as if Joe Angell had come there to back up Peter’s +purpose. “What we want,” said he, “is a few fellows to fight as hard for +themselves as they fight for the capitalists.” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” assented Henderson, grimly. “We’re all so good—we wait till +our masters tell us we can kill.” + </p> +<p> +That was the end of the discussion; but it seemed quite enough to Peter. +He watched his chance, and one by one he managed to slip his little notes +into the coat-pockets of Joe Angell, Jerry Rudd, Henderson, and Gus, the +sailor. And then Peter made his escape, trembling with excitement. The +great dynamite conspiracy was on! “They must be got rid of!” he was +whispering to himself. “They must be got rid of by any means! It’s my duty +I’m doing.” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0042" id="link2H_4_0042"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 42 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had an appointment to meet Nell on a street corner at eleven o’clock +that same night, and when she stepped off the street-car, Peter saw that +she was carrying a suit-case. “Did you get your job done?” she asked +quickly, and when Peter answered in the affirmative, she added: “Here’s +your bomb!” + </p> +<p> +Peter’s jaw fell. He looked so frightened that she hastened to reassure +him. It wouldn’t go off; it was only the makings of a bomb, three sticks +of dynamite and some fuses and part of a clock. The dynamite was wrapped +carefully, and there was no chance of its exploding—if he didn’t +drop it! But Peter wasn’t much consoled. He had had no idea that Nell +would go so far, or that he would actually have to handle dynamite. He +wondered where and how she had got it, and wished to God he was out of +this thing. +</p> +<p> +But it was too late now, of course. Said Nell: “You’ve got to get this +suit-case into the headquarters, and you’ve got to get it there without +anybody seeing you. They’ll be shut up pretty soon, won’t they?” + </p> +<p> +“We locked up when we left,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“And who has the key?” + </p> +<p> +“Grady, the secretary.” + </p> +<p> +“There’s no way you can get it?” + </p> +<p> +“I can get into the room,” said Peter, quickly. “There’s a fire escape, +and the window isn’t tight. Some of us that know about it have got in that +way when the place was locked.” + </p> +<p> +“All right,” said Nell. “We’ll wait a bit; we mustn’t take chances of +anyone coming back.” + </p> +<p> +They started to stroll along the street, Nell still carrying the +suit-case, as if distrusting the state of Peter’s nerves, Meantime she +explained, “I’ve got two pieces of paper that we’ve got to plant in the +room. One’s to be torn up and thrown into the trash-basket. It’s supposed +to be part of a letter about some big plan that’s to be pulled off, and +it’s signed ‘Mac.’ That’s for McCormick, of course. I had to type it, not +having any sample of his handwriting. The other piece is a drawing; +there’s no marks to show what it is, but of course the police’ll soon find +out. It’s a plan of old Ackerman’s home, and there’s a cross mark showing +his sleeping-porch. Now, what we want to do is to fix this on McCormick. +Is there anything in the room that belongs to him?” + </p> +<p> +Peter thought, and at last remembered that in the bookshelves were some +books which had been donated by McCormick, and which had his name written +in. That was the trick! exclaimed Nell. They would hide the paper in one +of these books, and when the police made a thorough search they would find +it. Nell asked what was in these books, and Peter thought, and remembered +that one was a book on sabotage. “Put the paper in that,” said Nell. “When +the police find it, the newspapers’ll print the whole book.” + </p> +<p> +Peter’s knees were trembling so that he could hardly walk, but he kept +reminding himself that he was a “he-man,” a 100% American, and that in +these times of war every patriot must do his part. His part was to help +rid the country of these Reds, and he must not flinch. They made their way +to the old building in which the I. W. W. headquarters were located, and +Peter climbed up on the fence and swung over to the fire-escape, and Nell +very carefully handed the suit-case to him, and Peter opened the damaged +window and slipped into the room. +</p> +<p> +He knew just where the cupboard was, and quickly stored the suit-case in +the corner, and piled some odds and ends of stuff in front of it, and +threw an old piece of canvas over it. He took out of his right-hand pocket +a typewritten letter, and tore it into small pieces and threw them into +the trash-basket. Then he took out of his left-hand pocket the other +paper, with the drawing of Ackerman’s house. He went to the bookcase and +with shaking fingers struck a match, picked out the little redbound book +entitled “Sabotage,” and stuck the paper inside, and put the book back in +place. Then he climbed out on the fire-escape and dropped to the ground, +jumped over the fence, and hurried down the alley to where Nell was +waiting for him. +</p> +<p> +“It’s for my country!” he was whispering to himself. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0043" id="link2H_4_0043"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 43 +</h2> +<p> +The job was now complete, except for getting McCormick to the rendezvous +next morning. Nell had prepared and would mail in the postoffice a special +delivery letter addressed to McCormick’s home. This would be delivered +about seven o’clock in the morning, and inside was a typewritten note, as +follows: +</p> +<p> +“Mac: Come to Room 17 of the studios at eight in the morning. Very +important. Our plan is all ready, my part is done. Joe.” + </p> +<p> +Nell figured that McCormick would take this to be a message from Angell. +He wouldn’t know what it was about, but he’d be all the more certain to +come and find out. The essential thing was that the raid by the detectives +must occur the very minute the conspirators got together, for as soon as +they compared notes they would become suspicious, and might scatter at +once. McGivney must have his men ready; he must be notified and have +plenty of time to get them ready. +</p> +<p> +But there was a serious objection to this—if McGivney had time, he +would demand a talk with Peter, and Nell was sure that Peter couldn’t +stand a cross-questioning at McGivney’s hands. Peter, needless to say, +agreed with her; his heart threatened to collapse at the thought of such +an ordeal. What Peter really wanted to do was to quit the whole thing +right there and then; but he dared not say so, he dared not face the +withering scorn of his confederate. Peter clenched his hands and set his +teeth, and when he passed a street light he turned his face away, so that +Nell might not read the humiliating terror written there. But Nell read it +all the same; Nell believed that she was dealing with a quivering, +pasty-faced coward, and proceeded on that basis; she worked out the plans, +she gave Peter his orders, and she stuck by him to see that he carried +them out. +</p> +<p> +Peter had McGivney’s home telephone number, which he was only supposed to +use in the most desperate emergency. He was to use it now, and tell +McGivney that he had just caught some members of the I. W. W., with Pat +McCormick as their leader, preparing to blow up some people with dynamite +bombs. They had some bombs in a suit-case in their headquarters, and were +just starting out with other bombs in their pockets. Peter must follow +them, otherwise he would lose them, and some crime might be committed +before he could interfere. McGivney must have his agents ready with +automobiles to swoop down upon any place that Peter indicated. Peter would +follow up the conspirators, and phone McGivney again at the first +opportunity he could find. +</p> +<p> +Nell was especially insistent that when Peter spoke to McGivney he must +have only a moment to spare, no time for questions, and he must not stop +to answer any. He must be in a state of trembling excitement; and Peter +was sure that would be very easy! He rehearsed over to Nell every word he +must say, and just how he was to cut short the conversation and hang up +the receiver. Then he went into an all night drug-store just around the +corner from the headquarters, and from a telephone booth called McGivney’s +home. +</p> +<p> +It was an apartment house, and after some delay Peter heard the voice of +his employer, surly with sleep. But Peter waked him up quickly. “Mr. +McGivney, there’s a dynamite plot!” + </p> +<p> +“<i>What</i>?” + </p> +<p> +“I. W. W. They’ve got bombs in a suit-case! They’re starting off to blow +somebody up tonight.” + </p> +<p> +“By God! What do you mean? Who?” + </p> +<p> +“I dunno yet. I only heard part of it, and I’ve got to go. They’re +starting, I’ve got to follow them. I may lose them and it’ll be too late. +You hear me, I’ve got to follow them!” + </p> +<p> +“I hear you. What do you want me to do?” + </p> +<p> +“I’ll phone you again the first chance I get. You have your men ready, a +dozen of them! Have automobiles, so you can come quick. You get me?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, but—” + </p> +<p> +“I can’t talk any more, I may lose them, I haven’t a second! You be at +your phone, and have your men ready—everything ready. You get me?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, but listen, man! You sure you’re not mistaken?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, I’m sure!” cried Peter, his voice mounting in excitement. +“They’ve got the dynamite, I tell you—everything! It’s a man named +Nelse.” + </p> +<p> +“Nelse what?” + </p> +<p> +“The man they’re going to kill. I’ve got to go now, you get ready. +Good-bye!” And Peter hung up the receiver. He had got so excited over the +part he was playing that he sprang up and ran out of the drug-store, as if +he really had to catch up with some I. W. W. conspirators carrying a +dynamite bomb! +</p> +<p> +But there was Nell, and they strolled down the street again. They came to +a small park, and sat on one of the benches, because Peter’s legs would no +longer hold him up. Nell walked about to make sure there was no one on any +of the other benches; then she came back and rehearsed the next scene with +Peter. They must go over it most carefully, because before long the time +was coming when Peter wouldn’t have Nell to coach him, and must be +prepared to stand on his own legs. Peter knew that, and his legs failed +him. He wanted to back down, and declare that he couldn’t go ahead with +it; he wanted to go to McGivney and confess everything. Nell divined what +was going on in his soul, and wished to save him the humiliation of having +it known. She sat close to him on the bench, and put her hand on his as +she talked to him, and presently Peter felt a magic thrill stealing over +him. He ventured to put his arm about Nell, to get still more of this +delicious sensation; and Nell permitted the embraces, for the first time +she even encouraged them. Peter was a hero now, he was undertaking a bold +and desperate venture; he was going to put it thru like a man, and win +Nell’s real admiration. “Our country’s at war!” she exclaimed. “And these +devils are stopping it!” + </p> +<p> +So pretty soon Peter was ready to face the whole world; Peter was ready to +go himself and blow up the king of American City with a dynamite bomb! In +that mood he stayed thru the small hours of the morning, sitting on the +bench clasping his girl in his arms, and wishing she would give a little +more time to heeding his love-making, and less to making him recite his +lessons. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0044" id="link2H_4_0044"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 44 +</h2> +<p> +So the day began to break and the birds to sing. The sun rose on Peter’s +face gray with exhaustion and the Irish apples in Nell’s cheeks badly +faded. But the time for action had come, and Peter went off to watch +McCormick’s home until seven o’clock, when the special delivery letter was +due to arrive. +</p> +<p> +It came on time, and Peter saw McCormick come out of the house and set +forth in the direction of the studios. It was too early for the meeting, +so Peter figured that he would stop to get his breakfast; and sure enough +“Mac” turned into, a little dairy lunch, and Peter hastened to the nearest +telephone and called his boss. +</p> +<p> +“Mr. McGivney,” he said, “I lost those fellows last night, but now I got +them again. They decided not to do anything till today. They’re having a +meeting this morning and we’ve a chance to nab them all.” + </p> +<p> +“Where?” demanded McGivney. +</p> +<p> +“Room seventeen in the studios; but don’t let any of your men go near +there, till I make sure the right fellows are in.” + </p> +<p> +“Listen here, Peter Gudge!” cried McGivney. “Is this straight goods?” + </p> +<p> +“My God!” cried Peter. “What do you take me for? I tell you they’ve got +loads of dynamite.” + </p> +<p> +“What have they done with it?” + </p> +<p> +“They’ve got some in their headquarters. About the rest I dunno. They +carried it off and I lost them last night. But then I found a note in my +pocket—they were inviting me to come in.” + </p> +<p> +“By God!” exclaimed the rat-faced man. +</p> +<p> +“We’ve got the whole thing, I tell you! Have you got your men ready?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes.” + </p> +<p> +“Well then, have them come to the corner of Seventh and Washington +Streets, and you come to Eighth and Washington. Meet me there just as +quick as you can.” + </p> +<p> +“I get you,” was the answer, and Peter hung up, and rushed off to the +appointed rendezvous. He was so nervous that he had to sit on the steps of +a building. As time passed and McGivney didn’t appear, wild imaginings +began to torment him. Maybe McGivney hadn’t understood him correctly! Or +maybe his automobile might break down! Or his telephone might have got out +of order at precisely the critical moment! He and his men would arrive too +late, they would find the trap sprung, and the prey escaped. +</p> +<p> +Ten minutes passed, fifteen minutes, twenty minutes. At last an automobile +rushed up the street, and McGivney stepped out, and the automobile sped +on. Peter got McGivney’s eye, and then stepped back into the shelter of a +doorway. McGivney followed. “Have you got them?” he cried. +</p> +<p> +“I d-d-dunno!” chattered Peter. “They s-s-said they were c-coming at +eight!” + </p> +<p> +“Let me see that note!” commanded McGivney; so Peter pulled out one of +Nell’s notes which he had saved for himself: +</p> +<p> +“If you really believe in a bold stroke for the workers’ rights, meet me +in the studios, Room 17, tomorrow morning at eight o’clock. No names and +no talk. Action!” + </p> +<p> +“You found that in your pocket?” demanded the other. +</p> +<p> +“Y-yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“And you’ve no idea who put it there.” + </p> +<p> +“N-no, but I think Joe Angell—” + </p> +<p> +McGivney looked at his watch. “You’ve got twenty minutes yet,” be said. +</p> +<p> +“You got the dicks?” asked Peter. +</p> +<p> +“A dozen of them. What’s your idea now?” + </p> +<p> +Peter stammered out his suggestions. There was a little grocery store just +across the street from the entrance to the studio building. Peter would go +in there, and pretend to get something to eat, and would watch thru the +window, and the moment he saw the right men come in, he would hurry out +and signal to McGivney, who would be in a drugstore at the next corner. +McGivney must keep out of sight himself, because the “Reds” knew him as +one of Guffey’s agents. +</p> +<p> +It wasn’t necessary to repeat anything twice. McGivney was keyed up and +ready for business, and Peter hurried down the street, and stepped into +the little grocery store without being observed by anyone. He ordered some +crackers and cheese, and seated himself on a box by the window and +pretended to eat. But his hands were trembling so that he could hardly get +the food into his mouth; and this was just as well, because his mouth was +dry with fright, and crackers and cheese are articles of diet not adapted +to such a condition. +</p> +<p> +He kept his eyes glued on the dingy doorway of the old studio building, +and presently—hurrah!—he saw McCormick coming down the street! +The Irish boy turned into the building, and a couple of minutes later came +Gus the sailor, and before another five minutes had passed here came Joe +Angell and Henderson. They were walking quickly, absorbed in conversation, +and Peter could imagine he heard them talking about those mysterious +notes, and who could be the writer, and what the devil could they mean? +</p> +<p> +Peter was now wild with nervousness; he was afraid somebody in the grocery +store would notice him, and he made desperate efforts to eat the crackers +and cheese, and scattered the crumbs all over himself and over the floor. +Should he wait for Jerry Rudd, or should he take those he had already? He +had got up and started for the door, when he saw the last of his victims +coming down the street. Jerry was walking slowly, and Peter couldn’t wait +until he got inside. A car was passing, and Peter took the chance to slip +out and bolt for the drug store. Before he had got half way there McGivney +had seen him, and was on the run to the next corner. +</p> +<p> +Peter waited only long enough to see a couple of automobiles come whirling +down the street, packed solid with husky detectives. Then he turned off +and hurried down a side street. He managed to get a couple of blocks away, +and then his nerves gave way entirely, and he sat down on the curbstone +and began to cry—just the way little Jennie had cried when he told +her he couldn’t marry her! People stopped to stare at him, and one +benevolent old gentleman came up and tapped him on the shoulder and asked +what was the trouble. Peter, between his tear-stained fingers, gasped: “My +m-m-mother died!” And so they let him alone, and after a while he got up +and hurried off again. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0045" id="link2H_4_0045"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 45 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was now in a state of utter funk. He knew that he would have to face +McGivney, and he just couldn’t do it. All he wanted was Nell; and Nell, +knowing that he would want her, had agreed to be in the park at half past +eight. She had warned him not to talk to a soul until he had talked to +her. Meantime she had gone home and renewed her Irish roses with French +rouge, and restored her energy with coffee and cigarettes, and now she was +waiting for him, smiling serenely, as fresh as any bird or flower in the +park that summer morning. She asked him in even tones how things had gone, +and when Peter began to stammer that he didn’t think he could face +McGivney, she proceeded to build up his courage once more. She let him put +his arms about her, even there in broad daylight; she whispered to him to +get himself together, to be a man, and worthy of her. +</p> +<p> +What had he to be afraid of, anyway? They hadn’t a single thing on him, +and there was no possible way they could get anything. His hands were +clean all the way thru, and all he had to do was to stick it out; he must +make up his mind in advance, that no matter what happened, he would never +break down, he would never vary from the story he had rehearsed with her. +She made him go over the story again; how on the previous evening, at the +gathering in the I. W. W. headquarters, they had talked about killing +Nelse Ackerman as a means of bringing the war to an end. And after the +talk he had heard Joe Angell whisper to Jerry Rudd that he had the makings +of a bomb already; he had a suit-case full of dynamite stored there in the +closet, and he and Pat McCormick had been planning to pull off something +that very night. Peter had gone out, but had watched outside, and had seen +Angell, Henderson, Rudd and Gus come out. Peter had noticed that Angell’s +pockets were stuffed, and had assumed that they were going to do their +dynamiting, so he had phoned to McGivney from the drug-store. By this +phoning he had missed the crowd, and then he had been ashamed and afraid +to tell McGivney, and had spent the night wandering in the park. But early +in the morning he had found the note, and had understood that it must have +been slipped into his pocket, and that the conspirators wanted him to come +in on their scheme. That was all, except for three or four sentences or +fragments of sentences which Peter had overheard between Joe Angell and +Jerry Rudd. Nell made him learn these sentences by heart, and she insisted +that he must not under any circumstances try to remember or be persuaded +to remember anything further. +</p> +<p> +At last Peter was adjudged ready for the ordeal, and went to Room 427 in +the American House, and threw himself on the bed. He was so exhausted that +once or twice he dozed; but then he would think of some new question that +McGivney might ask him, and would start into wakefulness. At last he heard +a key turn, and started up. There entered one of the detectives, a man +named Hammett. “Hello, Gudge,” said he. “The boss wants you to get +arrested.” + </p> +<p> +“Arrested!” exclaimed Peter. “Good Lord!” He had a sudden swift vision of +himself shut up in a cell with those Reds, and forced to listen to “hard +luck stories.” + </p> +<p> +“Well,” said Hammett, “we’re arresting all the Reds, and if we skip you, +they’ll be suspicious. You better go somewhere right away and get caught.” + </p> +<p> +Peter saw the wisdom of this, and after a little thought he chose the home +of Miriam Yankovitch. She was a real Red, and didn’t like him; but if he +was arrested in her home, she would have to like him, and it would tend to +make him “solid” with the “left wingers.” He gave the address to Hammett, +and added, “You better come as soon as you can, because she may kick me +out of the house.” + </p> +<p> +“That’s all right,” replied the other, with a laugh. “Tell her the police +are after you, and ask her to hide you.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter hurried over to the Jewish quarter of the city, and knocked on a +door in the top story of a tenement house. The door was opened by a stout +woman with her sleeves rolled up and her arms covered with soap-suds. Yes, +Miriam was in. She was out of a job just now, said Mrs. Yankovitch. They +had fired her because she talked Socialism. Miriam entered the room, +giving the unexpected visitor a cold stare that said as plain as words: +“Jennie Todd!” + </p> +<p> +But this changed at once when Peter told her that he had been to I. W. W. +headquarters and found the police in charge. They had made a raid, and +claimed to have discovered some kind of plot; fortunately Peter had seen +the crowd outside, and had got away. Miriam took him into an inside room +and asked him a hundred questions which he could not answer. He knew +nothing, except that he had been to a meeting at headquarters the night +before, and this morning he had gone there to get a book, and had seen the +crowd and run. +</p> +<p> +Half an hour later came a bang on the door, and Peter dived under the bed. +The door was burst open, and he heard angry voices commanding, and +vehement protests from Miriam and her mother. To judge from the sounds, +the men began throwing the furniture this way and that; suddenly a hand +came under the bed, and Peter was grabbed by the ankle, and hauled forth +to confront four policemen in uniform. +</p> +<p> +It was an awkward situation, because apparently these policemen hadn’t +been told that Peter was a spy; the boobs thought they were getting a real +dynamiter! One grabbed each of Peter’s wrists, and another kept him and +Miriam covered with a revolver, while the fourth proceeded to go thru his +pockets, looking for bombs. When they didn’t find any, they seemed vexed, +and shook him and hustled him about, and made clear they would be glad of +some pretext to batter in his head. Peter was careful not to give them +such a pretext; he was frightened and humble, and kept declaring that he +didn’t know anything, he hadn’t done any harm. +</p> +<p> +“We’ll see about that, young fellow!” said the officer, as he snapped the +handcuffs on Peter’s wrists. Then, while one of them remained on guard +with the revolver, the other three proceeded to ransack the place, pulling +out the bureau-drawers and kicking the contents this way and that, +grabbing every scrap of writing they could find and jamming it into a +couple of suit-cases. There were books with red bindings and terrifying +titles, but no bombs, and no weapons more dangerous than a carving knife +and Miriam’s tongue. The girl stood there with her black eyes flashing +lightnings, and told the police exactly what she thought of them. She +didn’t know what had happened in the I. W. W. headquarters, but she knew +that whatever it was, it was a frame-up, and she dared them to arrest her, +and almost succeeded in her fierce purpose. However, the police contented +themselves with kicking over the washtub and its contents, and took their +departure, leaving Mrs. Yankovitch screaming in the midst of a flood. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0046" id="link2H_4_0046"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 46 +</h2> +<p> +They dragged Peter out thru a swarming tenement crowd, and clapped him +into an automobile, and whirled him away to police headquarters, where +they entered him in due form and put him in a cell. He was uneasy right +away, because he had failed to arrange with Hammett how long he was to +stay locked up. But barely an hour had passed before a jailer came, and +took him to a private room, where he found himself confronted by McGivney +and Hammett, also the Chief of Police of the city, a deputy district +attorney, and last but most important of all—Guffey. It was the head +detective of the Traction Trust who took Peter in charge. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Gudge,” said he, “what’s this job you’ve been putting up on us?” + </p> +<p> +It struck Peter like a blow in the face. His heart went down, his jaw +dropped, he stared like an idiot. Good God! +</p> +<p> +But he remembered Nell’s last solemn words: “Stick it out, Peter; stick it +out!” So he cried: “What do you mean, Mr. Guffey?” + </p> +<p> +“Sit down in that chair there,” said Guffey. “Now, tell us what you know +about this whole business. Begin at the beginning and tell us everything—every +word.” So Peter began. He had been at a meeting at the I. W. W. +headquarters the previous evening. There had been a long talk about the +inactivity of the organization, and what could be done to oppose the +draft. Peter detailed the arguments, the discussion of violence, of +dynamite and killing, the mention of Nelse Ackerman and the other +capitalists who were to be put out of the way. He embellished all this, +and exaggerated it greatly—it being the one place where Nell had +said he could do no harm by exaggerating. +</p> +<p> +Then he told how after the meeting had broken up he had noticed several of +the men whispering among themselves. By pretending to be getting a book +from the bookcase he had got close to Joe Angell and Jerry Rudd; he had +heard various words and fragments of sentences, “dynamite,” “suit-case in +the cupboard,” “Nelse,” and so on. And when the crowd went out he noticed +that Angell’s pockets were bulging, and assumed that he had the bombs, and +that they were going to do the job. He rushed to the drug-store and phoned +McGivney. It took a long time to get McGivney, and when he had given his +message and run out again, the crowd was out of sight. Peter was in +despair, he was ashamed to confront McGivney, he wandered about the +streets for hours looking for the crowd. He spent the rest of the night in +the park. But then in the morning he discovered the piece of paper in his +pocket, and understood that somebody had slipped it to him, intending to +invite him to the conspiracy; so he had notified McGivney, and that was +all he knew. +</p> +<p> +McGivney began to cross-question him. He had heard Joe Angell talking to +Jerry Rudd; had he heard him talking to anybody else? Had he heard any of +the others talking? Just what had he heard Joe Angell say? Peter must +repeat every word all over. This time, as instructed by Nell, he +remembered one sentence more, and repeated this sentence: “Mac put it in +the ‘sab-cat.’” He saw the others exchange glances. “That’s just what I +heard,” said Peter—“just those words. I couldn’t figure out what +they meant?” + </p> +<p> +“Sab-cat?” said the Chief of Police, a burly figure with a brown moustache +and a quid of tobacco tucked in the corner of his mouth. “That means +‘sabotage,’ don’t it?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” said the rat-faced man. +</p> +<p> +“Do you know anything in the office that has to do with sabotage?” + demanded Guffey of Peter. +</p> +<p> +And Peter thought. “No, I don’t,” he said. +</p> +<p> +They talked among themselves for a minute or two. The Chief said they had +got all McCormick’s things out of his room, and might find some clue to +the mystery in these. Guffey went to the telephone, and gave a number with +which Peter was familiar—that of I. W. W. headquarters. “That you, +Al?” he said. “We’re trying to find if there’s something in those rooms +that has to do with sabotage. Have you found anything—any apparatus +or pictures, or writing—anything?” Evidently the answer was in the +negative, for Guffey said: “Go ahead, look farther; if you get anything, +call me at the chief’s office quick. It may give us a lead.” + </p> +<p> +Then Guffey hung up the receiver and turned to Peter. “Now Gudge,” he +said, “that’s all your story, is it; that’s all you got to tell us?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“Well then, you might as well quit your fooling right away. We understand +that you framed this thing up, and we’re not going to be taken in.” + </p> +<p> +Peter stared at Guffey, speechless; and Guffey, for his part, took a +couple of steps toward Peter, his brows gathering into a terrible frown, +and his fists clenched. In a wave of sickening horror Peter remembered the +scenes after the Preparedness Day explosion. Were they going to put him +thru that again? +</p> +<p> +“We’ll have a show-down, Gudge, right here,” the head detective continued. +“You tell us all this stuff about Angell—his talk with Jerry Rudd, +and his pockets stuffed with bombs and all the rest of it—and he +denies every word of it.” + </p> +<p> +“But, m-m-my God! Mr. Guffey,” gasped Peter. “Of <i>course</i> he’ll deny +it!” Peter could hardly believe his ears—that they were taking +seriously the denial of a dynamiter, and quoting it to him! +</p> +<p> +“Yes, Gudge,” responded Guffey, “but you might as well know the truth now +as later—Angell is one of our men; we’ve had him planted on these +‘wobblies’ for the last year.” + </p> +<p> +The bottom fell out of Peter’s world; Peter went tumbling heels over head—down, +down into infinite abysses of horror and despair. Joe Angell was a secret +agent like himself! The Blue-eyed Angell, who talked dynamite and +assassination at a hundred radical gatherings, who shocked the boldest +revolutionists by his reckless language—Angell a spy, and Peter had +proceeded to plant a “frame-up” on him! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0047" id="link2H_4_0047"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 47 +</h2> +<p> +It was all up with Peter. He would go back into the hole! He would be +tortured for the balance of his days! In his ears rang the shrieks of ten +thousand lost souls and the clang of ten thousand trumpets of doom; and +yet, in the midst of all the noise and confusion, Peter managed somehow to +hear the voice of Nell, whispering over and over again: “Stick it out, +Peter; stick it out!” + </p> +<p> +He flung out his hands and started toward his accuser. “Mr. Guffey, as God +is my witness, I don’t know a thing about it but what I’ve told you. +That’s what happened, and if Joe Angell tells you anything different he’s +lying.” + </p> +<p> +“But why should he lie?” + </p> +<p> +“I don’t know why; I don’t know anything about it!” + </p> +<p> +Here was where Peter reaped the advantage of his lifelong training as an +intriguer. In the midst of all his fright and his despair, Peter’s +subconscious mind was working, thinking of schemes. “Maybe Angell was +framing something up on you! Maybe he was fixing some plan of his own, and +I come along and spoiled it; I sprung it too soon. But I tell you it’s +straight goods I’ve given you.” And Peter’s very anguish gave him the +vehemence to check Guffey’s certainty. As he rushed on, Peter could read +in the eyes of the detective that he wasn’t really as sure as he talked. +</p> +<p> +“Did you see that suit-case?” he demanded. +</p> +<p> +“No, I didn’t see no suit-case!” answered Peter. “I don’t even know if +there was a suit-case. I only know I heard Joe Angell say ‘suit-case,’ and +I heard him say ‘dynamite.’” + </p> +<p> +“Did you see anybody writing anything in the place?” + </p> +<p> +“No, I didn’t,” said Peter. “But I seen Henderson sitting at the table +working at some papers he had in his pocket, and I seen him tear something +up and throw it into the trash-basket.” Peter saw the others look at one +another, and he knew that he was beginning to make headway. +</p> +<p> +A moment later came a diversion that helped to save him. The telephone +rang, and the Chief of Police answered and nodded to Guffey, who came and +took the receiver. “A book?” he cried, with excitement in his tone. “What +sort of a plan? Well, tell one of your men to take the car and bring that +book and the plan here to the chief’s office as quick as he can move; +don’t lose a moment, everything may depend on it.” + </p> +<p> +And then Guffey turned to the others. “He says they found a book on +sabotage in the book-case, and in it there’s some kind of a drawing of a +house. The book has McCormick’s name in it.” + </p> +<p> +There were many exclamations over this, and Peter had time to think before +the company turned upon him again. The Chief of Police now questioned him, +and then the deputy of the district attorney questioned him; still he +stuck to his story. “My God!” he cried. “Would you think I’d be mad enough +to frame up a job like this? Where’d I get all that stuff? Where’d I get +that dynamite?”—Peter almost bit off his tongue as he realized the +dreadful slip he had made. No one had ever told him that the suit-case +actually contained dynamite! How had he known there was dynamite in it? He +was desperately trying to think of some way he could have heard; but, as +it happened, no one of the five men caught him up. They all knew that +there was dynamite in the suit-case; they knew it with overwhelming and +tremendous certainty, and they overlooked entirely the fact that Peter +wasn’t supposed to know it. So close to the edge of ruin can a man come +and yet escape! +</p> +<p> +Peter made haste to get away from that danger-spot. “Does Joe Angell deny +that he was whispering to Jerry Rudd?” + </p> +<p> +“He doesn’t remember that,” said Guffey. “He may have talked with him +apart, but nothing special, there wasn’t any conspiracy.” + </p> +<p> +“Does he deny that he talked about dynamite?” + </p> +<p> +“They may have talked about it in the general discussion, but he didn’t +whisper anything.” + </p> +<p> +“But I heard him!” cried Peter, whose quick wits had thought up a way of +escape, “I know what I heard! It was just before they were leaving, and +somebody had turned out some of the lights. He was standing with his back +to me, and I went over to the book-case right behind him.” + </p> +<p> +Here the deputy district attorney put in. He was a young man, a trifle +easier to fool than the others. “Are you sure it was Joe Angell?” he +demanded. +</p> +<p> +“My God! Of course it was!” said Peter. “I couldn’t have been mistaken.” + But he let his voice die away, and a note of bewilderment be heard in it. +</p> +<p> +“You say he was whispering?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, he was whispering.” + </p> +<p> +“But mightn’t it have been somebody else?” + </p> +<p> +“Why, I don’t know what to say,” said Peter. “I thought for sure it was +Joe Angell; but I had my back turned, I’d been talking to Grady, the +secretary, and then I turned around and moved over to the book-case.” + </p> +<p> +“How many men were there in the room?” + </p> +<p> +“About twenty, I guess.” + </p> +<p> +“Were the lights turned off before you turned around, or after?” + </p> +<p> +“I don’t remember that; it might have been after.” And suddenly poor +bewildered Peter cried: “It makes me feel like a fool. Of course I ought +to have talked to the fellow, and made sure it was Joe Angell before I +turned away again; but I thought sure it was him. The idea it could be +anybody else never crossed my mind.” + </p> +<p> +“But you’re sure it was Jerry Rudd that was talking to him?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, it was Jerry Rudd, because his face was toward me.” + </p> +<p> +“Was it Rudd or was it the other fellow that made the reply about the +‘sab-cat’?” And then Peter was bewildered and tied himself up, and led +them into a long process of cross-questioning; and in the middle of it +came the detective, bringing the book on sabotage with McCormick’s name +written in the fly-leaf, and with the ground plan of a house between the +pages. +</p> +<p> +They all crowded around to look at the plan, and the idea occurred to +several of them at once: Could it be Nelse Ackerman’s house? The Chief of +Police turned to his phone, and called up the great banker’s secretary. +Would he please describe Mr. Ackerman’s house; and the chief listened to +the description. “There’s a cross mark on this plan—the north side +of the house, a little to the west of the center. What could that be?” + Then, “My God!” And then, “Will you come down here to my office right away +and bring the architect’s plan of the house so we can compare them?” The +Chief turned to the others, and said, “That cross mark in the house is the +sleeping porch on the second floor where Mr. Ackerman sleeps!” + </p> +<p> +So then they forgot for a while their doubts about Peter. It was +fascinating, this work of tracing out the details of the conspiracy, and +fitting them together like a picture puzzle. It seemed quite certain to +all of them that this insignificant and scared little man whom they had +been examining could never have prepared so ingenious and intricate a +design. No, it must really be that some master mind, some devilish +intriguer was at work to spread red ruin in American City! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0048" id="link2H_4_0048"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 48 +</h2> +<p> +They dismissed Peter for the present, sending him back to his cell. He +stayed there for two days with no one to advise him, and no hint as to his +fate. They did not allow newspapers in the jail, but they had left Peter +his money, and so on the second day he succeeded in bribing one of his +keepers and obtaining a copy of the American City “Times,” with all the +details of the amazing sensation spread out on the front page. +</p> +<p> +For thirty years the “Times” had been standing for law and order against +all the forces of red riot and revolution; for thirty years the “Times” + had been declaring that labor leaders and walking delegates and Socialists +and Anarchists were all one and the same thing, and all placed their +reliance fundamentally upon one instrument, the dynamite bomb. Here at +last the “Times” was vindicated, this was the “Times” great day! They had +made the most of it, not merely on the front page, but on two other pages, +with pictures of all the conspicuous conspirators, including Peter, and +pictures of the I. W. W. headquarters, and the suit-case, and the sticks +of dynamite and the fuses and the clock; also of the “studio” in which the +Reds had been trapped, and of Nikitin, the Russian anarchist who owned +this den. Also there were columns of speculation about the case, signed +statements and interviews with leading clergymen and bankers, the +president of the Chamber of Commerce and the secretary of the Real Estate +Exchange. Also there was a two-column, double-leaded editorial, pointing +out how the “Times” had been saying this for thirty years, and not failing +to connect up the case with the Goober case, and the Lackman case, and the +case of three pacifist clergymen who had been arrested several days before +for attempting to read the Sermon on the Mount at a public meeting. +</p> +<p> +And Peter knew that he, Peter Gudge, had done all this! The forces of law +and order owed it all to one obscure little secret service agent! Peter +would get no credit, of course; the Chief of Police and the district +attorney were issuing solemn statements, taking the honors to themselves, +and with never one hint that they owed anything to the secret service +department of the Traction Trust. That was necessary, of course; for the +sake of appearances it had to be pretended that the public authorities +were doing the work, exercising their legal functions in due and regular +form. It would never do to have the mob suspect that these activities were +being financed and directed by the big business interests of the city. But +all the same, it made Peter sore! He and McGivney and the rest of Guffey’s +men had a contempt for the public officials, whom they regarded as +“pikers”; the officials had very little money to spend, and very little +power. If you really wanted to get anything done in America, you didn’t go +to any public official, you went to the big men of affairs, the ones who +had the “stuff,” and were used to doing things quickly and efficiently. It +was the same in this business of spying as in everything else. +</p> +<p> +Now and then Peter would realize how close he had come to ghastly ruin. He +would have qualms of terror, picturing himself shut up in the hole, and +Guffey proceeding to torture the truth out of him. But he was able to calm +these fears. He was sure this dynamite conspiracy would prove too big a +temptation for the authorities; it would sweep them away in spite of +themselves. They would have to go thru with it, they would have to stand +by Peter. +</p> +<p> +And sure enough, on the evening of the second day a jailer came and said: +“You’re to be let out.” And Peter was ushered thru the barred doors and +turned loose without another word. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0049" id="link2H_4_0049"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 49 +</h2> +<p> +Peter went to Room 427 of the American House and there was McGivney +waiting for him. McGivney said nothing about any suspicion of Peter, nor +did Peter say anything—he understood that by-gones were to be +by-gones. The authorities were going to take this gift which the fates had +handed to them on a silver platter. For years they had been wanting to get +these Reds, and now magically and incredibly, they had got them! +</p> +<p> +“Now, Gudge,” said McGivney, “here’s your story. You’ve been arrested on +suspicion, you’ve been cross-questioned and put thru the third degree, but +you succeeded in satisfying the police that you didn’t know anything about +it, and they’ve released you. We’ve released a couple of others at the +same time, so’s to cover you all right; and now you’re to go back and find +out all you can about the Reds, and what they’re doing, and what they’re +planning. They’re shouting, of course, that this is a ‘frame-up.’ You must +find out what they know. You must be careful, of course—watch every +step you take, because they’ll be suspicious for a while. We’ve been to +your room and turned things upside down a bit, so that will help to make +it look all right.” + </p> +<p> +Peter sallied forth; but he did not go to see the Reds immediately. He +spent an hour dodging about the city to make sure no one was shadowing +him; then he called up Nell at a telephone number she had given him, and +an hour later they met in the park, and she flew to his arms and kissed +him with rapturous delight. He had to tell her everything, of course; and +when she learned that Joe Angell was a secret agent, she first stared at +him in horror, and then she laughed until she almost cried. When Peter +told how he had met that situation and got away with it, for the first +time he was sure that he had won her love. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Peter,” she said, when they were calm again, we’ve got to get action +at once. The papers are full of it, and old Nelse Ackerman must be scared +out of his life. Here’s a letter I’m going to mail tonight—you +notice I’ve used a different typewriter from the one I used last time. I +went into a typewriter store, and paid them to let me use one for a few +minutes, so they can never trace this letter to me. +</p> +<p> +The letter was addressed to Nelson Ackerman at his home, and marked +“Personal.” Peter read: +</p> +<p> +“This is a message from a friend. The Reds had an agent in your home. They +drew a plan of your house. The police are hiding things from you, because +they can’t get the truth, and don’t want you to know they are incompetent. +There is a man who discovered all this plot, and you should see him. They +won’t let you see him if they can help it. You should demand to see him. +But do not mention this letter. If you do not get to the right man, I will +write you again. If you keep this a secret, you may trust me to help you +to the end. If you tell anybody, I will be unable to help you.” + </p> +<p> +“Now,” said Nell, “when he gets that letter he’ll get busy, and you’ve got +to know what to do, because of course everything depends on that.” So Nell +proceeded to drill Peter for his meeting with the King of American City. +Peter now stood in such awe of her judgment that he learned his lessons +quite patiently, and promised solemnly that he would do exactly what she +said and nothing else. He reaped his reward of kisses, and went home to +sleep the sleep of the just. +</p> +<p> +Next morning Peter set out to do some of his work for McGivney, so that +McGivney would have no ground for complaint. He went to see Miriam +Yankovich, and this time Miriam caught him by his two hands and wrung +them, and Peter knew that he had atoned for his crime against little +Jennie. Peter was a martyr once more. He told how he had been put thru the +third degree; and she told how the water from the washtub had leaked thru +the ceiling, and the plaster had fallen, and ruined the dinner of a poor +workingman’s family. +</p> +<p> +Also, she told him all about the frame-up as the Reds saw it. Andrews, the +lawyer, was demanding the right to see the prisoners, but this was +refused, and they were all being held without bail. On the previous +evening Miriam had attended a gathering at Andrews’ home, at which the +case was talked out. All the I. W. W.‘s declared that the thing was the +rankest kind of frame-up; the notes were obviously fake, and the dynamite +had undoubtedly been planted by the police. They had used it as a pretext +to shut up the I. W. W. headquarters, and to arrest a score of radicals. +Worst of all, of course, was the propaganda; the hideous stories with +which they were filling the papers. Had Peter seen this morning’s “Times?” + A perfectly unmistakable incitement to mobs to gather and lynch the Reds! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0050" id="link2H_4_0050"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 50 +</h2> +<p> +From Miriam’s, Peter went back to Room 427. It was Nell’s idea that Nelse +Ackerman would not lose a minute next morning; and sure enough, Peter +found a note on the dressing-table: “Wait for me, I want to see you.” + </p> +<p> +Peter waited, and before long McGivney came in and sat down in front of +him, and began very solemnly: “Now Peter Gudge, you know I’m your friend.” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, of course.” + </p> +<p> +“I’ve stood by you,” said McGivney. “If it hadn’t been for me, the boss +would have had you in the hole right now, trying to sweat you into +confessing you planted that dynamite. I want you to know that, and I want +you to know that I’m going to stand by you, and I expect you to stand by +me and give me a square deal.” + </p> +<p> +“Why, sure!” said Peter. “What is it?” Then McGivney proceeded to explain: +Old Nelse Ackerman had got the idea that the police were holding back +something from him. He was scared out of his wits about this case, of +course. He had himself shut up in a cupboard at night, and made his wife +pull down the curtains of her limousine when she went driving. And now he +was insisting that he must have a talk with the man who had discovered +this plot against him. McGivney hated to take the risk of having Peter +become acquainted with anybody, but Nelse Ackerman was a man whose word +was law. Really, he was Peter’s employer; he had put up a lot of the money +for the secret service work which Guffey was conducting, and neither +Guffey or any of the city authorities dared try to fool him. +</p> +<p> +“Well, that’s all right,” said Peter; “it won’t hurt for me to see him.” + </p> +<p> +“He’s going to question you about this case,” said McGivney. “He’s going +to try to find out everything he can. So you got to protect us; you got to +make him understand that we’ve done everything possible. You got to put us +right with him.” + </p> +<p> +Peter promised solemnly he would do so; but McGivney wasn’t satisfied. He +was in a state of trepidation, and proceeded to hammer and hammer at +Peter, impressing upon him the importance of solidarity, of keeping faith +with his fellows. It sounded exactly like some of the I. W. W.‘s talking +among themselves! +</p> +<p> +“You may think, here’s a chance to jump on us and climb out on top, but +don’t you forget it, Peter Gudge, we’ve got a machine, and in the long run +it’s the machine that wins. We’ve broken many a fellow that’s tried to +play tricks on us, and we’ll break you. Old Nelse will get what he wants +out of you; he’ll offer you a big price, no doubt—but before long +he’ll be thru with you, and then you’ll come back to us, and I give you +fair warning, by God, if you play us dirty, Guffey will have you in the +hole in a month or two, and you’ll come out on a stretcher.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter pledged his faith again; but, seeing his chance, he added: “Don’t +you think Mr. Guffey ought to do something for me, because of that plot I +discovered?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I think that,” said McGivney; “that’s only fair.” + </p> +<p> +And so they proceeded to bargain. Peter pointed out all the dangers he had +run, and all the credit which the others had got. Guffey hadn’t got credit +in the papers, but he had got it with his employers, all right, and he +would get still more if Peter stood by him with the king of American City. +Peter said it ought to be worth a thousand dollars, and he said he ought +to have it right away, before he went to see the king. At which Guffey +scowled ferociously. “Look here, Gudge! you got the nerve to charge us +such a price for standing by your frame-up?” + </p> +<p> +McGivney generally treated Peter as a coward and a feeble bluffer; but he +had learned also that there was one time when the little man completely +changed his nature, and that was when it was a question of getting hold of +some cash. That was the question now; and Peter met McGivney scowl for +scowl. “If you don’t like my frame-up,” he snarled, “you go kick to the +newspapers about it!” + </p> +<p> +Peter was the bulldog again, and had got his teeth in the other bulldog’s +nose, and he hung right there. He had seen the rat-faced man pull money +out of his clothes before this, and he knew that this time, above all +other times, McGivney would come prepared. So he insisted—a thousand +or nothing; and as before, his heart went down into his boots when +McGivney produced his wad, and revealed that there was more in the wad +than Peter had demanded! +</p> +<p> +However, Peter consoled himself with the reflection that a thousand +dollars was a tidy sum of money, and he set out for the home of Nelse +Ackerman in a jovial frame of mind. Incidentally he decided that it might +be the part of wisdom not to say anything to Nell about this extra +thousand. When women found out that you had money, they’d never rest till +they had got every cent of it, or at least had made you spend it on them! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0051" id="link2H_4_0051"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 51 +</h2> +<p> +Nelse Ackerman’s home was far out in the suburbs of the city, upon a knoll +surrounded by forest. It was a couple of miles from the nearest trolley +line, which forced Peter to take a hot walk in the sun. Apparently the +great banker, in selecting the site of his residence, had never once +thought that anybody might want to get to it without an automobile. Peter +reflected as he walked that if he continued to move in these higher +circles, he too would have to join the motor-driving class. +</p> +<p> +About the estate there ran a great bronze fence, ten feet high, with +sharp, inhospitable spikes pointing outwards. Peter had read about this +fence a long time ago in the American City “Times”; it was so and so many +thousand yards long, and had so and so many spikes, and had cost so and so +many tens of thousands of dollars. There were big bronze gates locked +tight, and a sign that said: “Beware the dogs!” Inside the gates were +three guards carrying rifles and walking up and down; they were a +consequence of the recent dynamite conspiracy, but Peter did not realize +this, he took them for a regular institution, and a symbol of the +importance of the man he was to visit. +</p> +<p> +He pressed a button by the side of the gate, and a lodgekeeper came out, +and Peter, according to orders, gave the name “Arthur G. McGillicuddy.” + The lodge-keeper went inside and telephoned, and then came back and opened +the gate, just enough to admit Peter. “You’re to be searched,” said the +lodge-keeper; and Peter, who had been arrested many times, took no offense +at this procedure, but found it one more evidence of the importance of +Nelse Ackerman. The guards went thru his pockets, and felt him all over, +and then one of them marched him up the long gravel avenue thru the +forest, climbed a flight of marble steps to the palace on the knoll, and +turned him over to a Chinese butler who walked on padded slippers. +</p> +<p> +If Peter had not known that this was a private home he would have thought +it was an art gallery. There were great marble columns, and paintings +bigger than Peter, and tapestries with life-size horses; there were men in +armor, and battle axes and Japanese dancing devils, and many other strange +sights. Ordinarily Peter would have been interested in learning how a +great millionaire decorated his house, and would have drunk deep of the +joy of being amid such luxury. But now all his thoughts were taken up with +his dangerous business. Nell had told him what to look for, and he looked. +Mounting the velvet-carpeted staircase, he noted a curtain behind which a +man might hide, and a painting of a Spanish cavalier on the wall just +opposite. He would make use of these two sights. +</p> +<p> +They went down a hall, like a corridor in the Hotel de Soto, and at the +end of it the butler tapped softly upon a door, and Peter was ushered into +a big apartment in semi-darkness. The butler retired without a sound, +closing the door behind him and Peter stood hesitating, looking about to +get his bearings. From the other side of the room he heard three faint +coughs, suggesting a sick man. There was a four-poster bed of some dark +wood, with a canopy over it and draperies at the side, and a man in the +bed, sitting propped up with pillows. There were more coughs, and then a +faint whisper, “This way.” So Peter crossed over and stood about ten feet +from the bed, holding his hat in his hands; he was not able to see very +much of the occupant of the bed, nor was he sure it would be respectful +for him to try to see. +</p> +<p> +“So you’re—(cough) what’s your name?” + </p> +<p> +“Gudge,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +“You are the man—(cough) that knows about the Reds?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +The occupant of the bed coughed every two or three minutes thru the +conversation that followed, and each time Peter noticed that he put his +hand up to his mouth as if he were ashamed of the noise. Gradually Peter +got used to the twilight, and could see that Nelse Ackerman was an old man +with puffy, droopy cheeks and chin, and dark puffy crescents under his +eyes. He was quite bald, and had on his head a skull cap of embroidered +black silk, and a short, embroidered jacket over his night shirt. Beside +the bed stood a table covered with glasses and bottles and pill-boxes, and +also a telephone. Every few minutes this telephone would ring, and Peter +would wait patiently while Mr. Ackerman settled some complex problem of +business. “I’ve told them my terms,” he would say with irritation, and +then he would cough; and Peter, who was sharply watching every detail of +the conduct of the rich, noted that he was too polite even to cough into +the telephone. “If they will pay a hundred and twenty-five thousand +dollars on account, I will wait, but not a cent less,” Nelse Ackerman +would say. And Peter, awe-stricken, realized that he had now reached the +very top of Mount Olympus, he was at the highest point he could hope to +reach until he went to heaven. +</p> +<p> +The old man fixed his dark eyes on his visitor. “Who wrote me that +letter?” whispered the husky voice. +</p> +<p> +Peter had been expecting this. “What letter, sir?” + </p> +<p> +“A letter telling me to see you.” + </p> +<p> +“I don’t know anything about it, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“You mean—(cough) you didn’t write me an anonynious letter?” + </p> +<p> +“No, sir, I didn’t.” + </p> +<p> +“Then some friend of yours must have written it.” + </p> +<p> +“I dunno that. It might have been some enemy of the police.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, now, what’s this about the Reds having an agent in my home?” + </p> +<p> +“Did the letter say that?” + </p> +<p> +“It did.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, sir, that’s putting it too strong. I ain’t sure, it’s just an idea +I’ve had. It’ll need a lot of explaining.” + </p> +<p> +“You’re the man who discovered this plot, I understand?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, sir.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, take a chair, there,” said the banker. There was a chair near the +bedside, but it seemed to Peter too close to be respectful, so he pulled +it a little farther away, and sat down on the front six inches of it, +still holding his hat in his hands and twisting it nervously. “Put down +that hat,” said the old man, irritably. So Peter stuck the hat under his +chair, and said: “I beg pardon, sir.” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0052" id="link2H_4_0052"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 52 +</h2> +<p> +The old plutocrat was feeble and sick, but his mind was all there, and his +eyes seemed to be boring Peter through. Peter realized that he would have +to be very careful—the least little slip would be fatal here. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Gudge,” the old man began, “I want you to tell me all about it. To +begin with, how did you come to be among these Reds? Begin at the +beginning.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter told how he had happened to get interested in the radical +movement, laying particular stress upon the dangerousness of these Reds, +and his own loyalty to the class which stood for order and progress and +culture in the country. “It ought to be stopped, Mr. Ackerman!” he +exclaimed, with a fine show of feeling; and the old banker nodded. Yes, +yes, it ought to be stopped! +</p> +<p> +“Well,” said Peter, “I said to myself, ‘I’m going to find out about them +fellows.’ I went to their meetings, and little by little I pretended to +get converted, and I tell you, Mr. Ackerman, our police are asleep; they +don’t know what these agitators are doing, what they’re preaching. They +don’t know what a hold they’ve got on the mobs of the discontented!” + </p> +<p> +Peter went on to tell in detail about the propaganda of social revolution, +and about conspiracies against law and order, and the property and even +the lives of the rich. Peter noticed that when the old man took a sip of +water his hand trembled so that he could hardly keep the water from +spilling; and presently, when the phone rang again, his voice became +shrill and imperious. “I understand they’re applying for bail for those +men. Now Angus, that’s an outrage! We’ll not hear to anything like that! I +want you to see the judge at once, and make absolutely certain that those +men are held in jail.” + </p> +<p> +Then again the old banker had a coughing fit. “Now, Gudge,” he said, “I +know more or less about all that. What I want to know is about this +conspiracy against me. Tell me how you came to find out about it.” + </p> +<p> +And Peter told; but of course he embellished it, in so far as it related +to Mr. Ackerman—these fellows were talking about Mr. Ackerman all +the time, they had a special grudge against him. +</p> +<p> +“But why?” cried the old man. “Why?” + </p> +<p> +“They think you’re fighting them, Mr. Ackerman.” + </p> +<p> +“But I’m not! That’s not true!” + </p> +<p> +“Well, they say you put up money to hang Goober. They call you—you’ll +excuse me?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, of course.” + </p> +<p> +“They call you the ‘head money devil.’ They call you the financial king of +American City.” + </p> +<p> +“King!” cried the banker. “What rubbish! Why, Gudge, that’s fool newspaper +talk! I’m a poor man today. There are two dozen men in this city richer +than I am, and who have more power. Why—” But the old man fell to +coughing and became so exhausted that he sank back into his pillows until +he recovered his breath. Peter waited respectfully; but of course he +wasn’t fooled. Peter had carried on bargaining many times in his life, and +had heard people proclaim their poverty and impotence. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Gudge,” the old man resumed. “I don’t want to be killed; I tell you +I don’t want to be killed.” + </p> +<p> +“No, of course not,” said Peter. It was perfectly comprehensible to him +that Mr. Ackerman didn’t want to be killed. But Mr. Ackerman seemed to +think it necessary to impress the idea upon him; in the course of the +conversation he came back to it a number of times, and each time he said +it with the same solemn assurance, as if it were a brand new idea, and a +very unusual and startling idea. “I don’t want to be killed, Gudge; I tell +you I don’t want to let those fellows get me. No, no; we’ve got to +circumvent them, we’ve got to take precautions—every precaution—I +tell you every possible precaution.” + </p> +<p> +“I’m here for that purpose, Mr. Ackerman,” said Peter, solemnly. “I’ll do +everything. We’ll do everything, I’m sure.” + </p> +<p> +“What’s this about the police?” demanded the banker. “What’s this about +Guffey’s bureau? You say they’re not competent?” + </p> +<p> +“Well now, I’ll tell you, Mr. Ackerman,” said Peter, “It’s a little +embarrassing. You see, they employ me—” + </p> +<p> +“Nonsense!” exclaimed the other. “<i>I</i> employ you! I’m putting up the +money for this work, and I want the facts!—I want them all.” + </p> +<p> +“Well,” said Peter, “they’ve been very decent to me—” + </p> +<p> +“I say tell me everything!” exclaimed the old man. He was a most irritable +old man, and couldn’t stand for a minute not having what he asked for. +“What’s the matter with them?” + </p> +<p> +Peter answered, as humbly as he could: “I could tell you a great deal +that’d be of use to you, Mr. Ackerman, but you got to keep it between you +and me.” + </p> +<p> +“All right!” said the other, quickly. “What is it?” + </p> +<p> +“If you give a hint of it to anybody else,” persisted Peter, “then I’ll +get fired.” + </p> +<p> +“You’ll not get fired, I’ll see to that. If necessary I’ll hire you +direct.” + </p> +<p> +“Ah, but you don’t understand, Mr. Ackerman. It’s a machine, and you can’t +run against it; you gotta understand it, you gotta handle it right. I’d +like to help you, and I know I can help you, but you gotta let me explain +it, and you gotta understand some things.” + </p> +<p> +“All right,” said the old man. “Go ahead, what is it?” + </p> +<p> +“Now,” said Peter, “it’s like this. These police and all these fellows +mean well, but they don’t understand; it’s too complicated, they ain’t +been in this movement long enough. They’re used to dealing with criminals; +but these Reds, you see, are cranks. Criminals ain’t organized, at least +they don’t stand together; but these Reds do, and if you fight ‘em, they +fight back, and they make what they call ‘propaganda.’ And that propaganda +is dangerous—if you make a wrong move, you may find you’ve made ‘em +stronger than they were before.” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I see that,” said the old man. “Well?” + </p> +<p> +“Then again, the police dunno how dangerous they are. You try to tell them +things, they won’t really believe you. I’ve known for a long time there +was a group of these people getting together to kill off all the rich men, +the big men all over the country. They’ve been spying on these rich men, +getting ready to kill them. They know a lot about them that you can’t +explain their knowing. That’s how I got the idea they had somebody in your +house, Mr. Ackerman.” + </p> +<p> +“Tell me what you mean. Tell me at once.” + </p> +<p> +“Well, sir, every once in a while I pick up scraps of conversation. One +day I heard Mac—” + </p> +<p> +“Mac?” + </p> +<p> +“That’s McCormick, the one who’s in jail. He’s an I. W. W. leader, and I +think the most dangerous of all. I heard him whispering to another fellow, +and it scared me, because it had to do with killing a rich man. He’d been +watching this rich man, and said he was going to shoot him down right in +his own house! I didn’t hear the name of the man—I walked away, +because I didn’t want him to think I was trying to listen in. They’re +awful suspicious, these fellows; if you watch Mac you see him looking +around over his shoulder every minute or two. So I strolled off, and then +I strolled back again, and he was laughing about something, and I heard +him say these words; I heard him say, ‘I was hiding behind the curtain, +and there was a Spanish fellow painted on the wall, and every time I +peeked out that bugger was looking at me, and I wondered if he wasn’t +going to give me away.’” + </p> +<p> +And Peter stopped. His eyes had got used to the twilight now, and he could +see the old banker’s eyes starting out from the crescents of dark, puffy +flesh underneath. “My God!” whispered Nelse Ackerman. +</p> +<p> +“Now, that was all I heard,” said Peter. “And I didn’t know what it meant. +But when I learned about that drawing that Mac had made of your house, I +thought to myself, Jesus, I bet that was Mr. Ackerman he was waiting to +shoot!” + </p> +<p> +“Good God! Good God!” whispered the old man; and his trembling fingers +pulled at the embroidery on the coverlet. The telephone rang, and he took +up the receiver, and told somebody he was too busy now to talk; they would +have to call him later. He had another coughing spell, so that Peter +thought he was going to choke, and had to help him get some medicine down +his throat. Peter was a little bit shocked to see such obvious and abject +fear in one of the gods. After all, they were just men, these Olympians, +as much subject to pain and death as Peter Gudge himself! +</p> +<p> +Also Peter was surprised to find how “easy” Mr. Ackerman was. He made no +lofty pretence of being indifferent to the Reds. He put himself at Peter’s +mercy, to be milked at Peter’s convenience. And Peter would make the most +of this opportunity. +</p> +<p> +“Now, Mr. Ackerman,” he began, “You can see it wouldn’t be any use to tell +things like that to the police. They dunno how to handle such a situation; +the honest truth is, they don’t take these Reds serious. They’ll spend ten +times as much money to catch a plain burglar as they will to watch a whole +gang like this.” + </p> +<p> +“How can they have got into my home?” cried the old man. +</p> +<p> +“They get in by ways you’d never dream of, Mr. Ackerman. They have people +who agree with them. Why, you got no idea, there’s some preachers that are +Reds, and some college teachers, and some rich men like yourself.” + </p> +<p> +“I know, I know,” said Ackerman. “But surely—” + </p> +<p> +“How can you tell? You may have a traitor right in your own family.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter went on, spreading the Red Terror in the soul of this old +millionaire who did not want to be killed. He said again that he did not +want to be killed, and explained his reluctance in some detail. So many +people were dependent upon him for their livings, Peter could have no +conception of it! There were probably a hundred thousand men with their +families right here in American City, whose jobs depended upon plans which +Ackerman was carrying, and which nobody but Ackerman could possibly carry. +Widows and orphans looked to him for protection of their funds; a vast +net-work of responsibilities required his daily, even his hourly +decisions. And sure enough, the telephone rang, and Peter heard Nelse +Ackerman declare that the Amalgamated Securities Company would have to put +off a decision about its dividends until tomorrow, because he was too busy +to sign certain papers just then. He hung up the receiver and said: “You +see, you see! I tell you, Gudge, we must not let them get me!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0053" id="link2H_4_0053"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 53 +</h2> +<p> +They came down to the question of practical plans, and Peter was ready +with suggestions. In the first place, Mr. Ackerman must give no hint +either to the police authorities or to Guffey that he was dissatisfied +with their efforts. He must simply provide for an interview with Peter now +and then, and he and Peter, quite privately, must take certain steps to +get Mr. Ackerman that protection which his importance to the community +made necessary. The first thing was to find out whether or not there was a +traitor in Mr. Ackerman’s home, and for that purpose there must be a spy, +a first-class detective working in some capacity or other. The only +trouble was, there were so few detectives you could trust; they were +nearly all scoundrels, and if they weren’t scoundrels, it was because they +didn’t have sense enough to be—they were boobs, and any Red could +see thru them in five minutes. +</p> +<p> +“But I tell you,” said Peter, “what I’ve thought. I’ve got a wife that’s a +wonder, and just now while we were talking about it, I thought, if I could +only get Edythe in here for a few days, I’d find out everything about all +the people in your home, your relatives as well as your servants.” + </p> +<p> +“Is she a professional detective?” asked the banker. +</p> +<p> +“Why no, sir,” said Peter. “She was an actress, her name was Edythe +Eustace; perhaps you might have heard of her on the stage.” + </p> +<p> +“No, I’m too busy for the theatre,” said Mr. Ackerman. +</p> +<p> +“Of course,” said Peter. “Well, I dunno whether she’d be willing to do it; +she don’t like having me mix up with these Reds, and she’s been begging me +to quit for a long time, and I’d just about promised her I would. But if I +tell her about your trouble maybe she might, just as a favor.” + </p> +<p> +But how could Peter’s wife be introduced into the Ackerman household +without attracting suspicion? Peter raised this question, pointing out +that his wife was a person of too high a social class to come as a +servant. Mr. Ackerman added that he had nothing to do with engaging his +servants, any more than with engaging the bookkeepers in his bank. It +would look suspicious for him to make a suggestion to his housekeeper. But +finally he remarked that he had a niece who sometimes came to visit him, +and would come at once if requested, and would bring Edythe Eustace as her +maid. Peter was sure that Edythe would be able to learn this part quickly, +she had acted it many times on the stage, in fact, it had been her +favorite role. Mr. Ackerman promised to get word to his niece, and have +her meet Edythe at the Hotel de Soto that same afternoon. +</p> +<p> +Then the old banker pledged his word most solemnly that he would not +whisper a hint about this matter except to his niece. Peter was most +urgent and emphatic; he specified that the police were not to be told, +that no member of the household was to be told, not even Mr. Ackerman’s +private secretary. After Mr. Ackerman had had this duly impressed upon +him, he proceeded in turn to impress upon Peter the idea which he +considered of most importance in the world: “I don’t want to be killed, +Gudge, I tell you I don’t want to be killed!” And Peter solemnly promised +to make it his business to listen to all conversations of the Reds in so +far as they might bear upon Mr. Ackerman. +</p> +<p> +When he rose to take his departure, Mr. Ackerman slipped his trembling +fingers into the pocket of his jacket, and pulled out a crisp and shiny +note. He unfolded it, and Peter saw that it was a five hundred dollar +bill, fresh from the First National Bank of American City, of which Mr. +Ackerman was chairman of the board of directors. “Here’s a little present +for you, Gudge,” he said. “I want you to understand that if you protect me +from these villains, I’ll see that you are well taken care of. From now on +I want you to be my man.” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, sir,” said Peter, “I’ll be it, sir. I thank you very much, sir.” And +he thrust the bill into his pocket, and bowed himself step by step +backwards toward the door. “You’re forgetting your hat,” said the banker. +</p> +<p> +“Why, yes,” said the trembling Peter, and he came forward again, and got +his hat from under the chair, and bowed himself backward again. +</p> +<p> +“And remember, Gudge,” said the old man, “I don’t want to be killed! I +don’t want them to get me!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0054" id="link2H_4_0054"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 54 +</h2> +<p> +Peter’s first care when he got back into the city was to go to Mr. +Ackerman’s bank and change that five hundred dollar bill. The cashier +gazed at him sternly, and scrutinized the bill carefully, but he gave +Peter five one hundred dollar bills without comment. Peter tucked three of +them away in a safe hiding-place, and put the other two in his pocketbook, +and went to keep his appointment with Nell. +</p> +<p> +He told her all that had happened, and where she was to meet Mr. +Ackerman’s niece. “What did he give you?” Nell demanded, at once, and when +Peter produced the two bills, she exclaimed, “My God! the old +skint-flint!” “He said there’d be more,” remarked Peter. +</p> +<p> +“It didn’t cost him anything to say that,” was Nell’s answer. “We’ll have +to put the screws on him.” Then she added, “You’d better let me take care +of this money for you, Peter.” + </p> +<p> +“Well,” said Peter, “I have to have some for my own expenses, you know.” + </p> +<p> +“You’ve got your salary, haven’t you?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, that’s true, but—” + </p> +<p> +“I can keep it safe for you,” said Nell, “and some day when you need it +you’ll be glad to have it. You’ve never saved anything yourself; that’s a +woman’s job.” + </p> +<p> +Peter tried to haggle with her, but it wasn’t the same as haggling with +McGivney; she looked at him with her melting glances, and it made Peter’s +head swim, and automatically he put out his hand and let her take the two +bills. Then she smiled, so tenderly that he made bold to remind her, “You +know, Nell, you’re my wife now!” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes,” she answered, “of course. But we’ve got to get rid of Ted +Crothers somehow. He watches me all the time, and I have no end of trouble +making excuses and getting away.” + </p> +<p> +“How’re you’re going to get rid of him?” asked Peter, hungrily. +</p> +<p> +“We’ll have to skip,” she answered; “just as soon as we have pulled off +our new frame-up—” + </p> +<p> +“Another one?” gasped Peter, in dismay. +</p> +<p> +And the girl laughed. “You wait!” she said. “I’m going to pull some real +money out of Nelse Ackerman this time! Then when we’ve made our killing, +we’ll skip, and be fixed for life. You wait—and don’t talk love to +me now, because my mind is all taken up with my plans, and I can’t think +about anything else.” + </p> +<p> +So they parted, and Peter went to see McGivney in the American House. +“Stand up to him!” Nell had said. But it was not easy to do, for McGivney +pulled and hauled him and turned him about, upside down and inside +outwards, to know every single thing that had happened between him and +Nelse Ackerman. Lord, how these fellows did hang on to their sources of +graft! Peter repeated and insisted that he really had played entirely fair—he +hadn’t told Nelse Ackerman a thing except just the truth as he had told it +to Guffey and McGivney. He had said that the police were all right, and +that Guffey’s bureau was stepping right on the tail of the Reds all the +time. +</p> +<p> +“And what does he want you to do?” demanded the rat-faced man. +</p> +<p> +Peter answered, “He just wanted to make sure that he was learning +everything of importance, and he wanted me to promise him that he would +get every scrap of information that I collected about the plot against +him; and of course I promised him that we’d bring it all to him.” + </p> +<p> +“You going to see him any more?” demanded McGivney. +</p> +<p> +“He didn’t say anything about that.” + </p> +<p> +“Did he get your address?” + </p> +<p> +“No, I suppose if he wants me he’ll let you know, the same as before.” + </p> +<p> +“All right,” said McGivney. “Did he give you any money?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes,” said Peter, “he gave me two hundred dollars, and he said there was +plenty more where that came from, so that we’d work hard to help him. He +said he didn’t want to get killed; he said that a couple of dozen times, I +guess. He spent more time saying that than anything else. He’s sick, and +he’s scared out of his wits.” + </p> +<p> +So at last McGivney condescended to thank Peter for his faithfulness, and +went on to give him further orders. +</p> +<p> +The Reds were raising an awful howl. Andrews, the lawyer, had succeeded in +getting a court order to see the arrested men, and of course the prisoners +had all declared that the case was a put-up job. Now the Reds were +preparing to send out a circular to their fellow Reds all over the +country, appealing for publicity, and for funds to fight the “frame-up.” + </p> +<p> +They were very secret about it, and McGivney wanted to know where they +were getting their money. He wanted a copy of the circular they were +printing, and to know where and when the circulars were to be mailed. +Guffey had been to see the post office authorities, and they were going to +confiscate the circulars and destroy them all without letting the Reds +know it. +</p> +<p> +Peter rubbed his hands with glee. That was the real business! That was +going after these criminals in the way Peter had been urging! The +rat-faced man answered that it was nothing to what they were going to do +in a few days. Let Peter keep on his job, and he would see! Now, when the +public was wrought up over this dynamite conspiracy, was the time to get +things done. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0055" id="link2H_4_0055"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 55 +</h2> +<p> +Peter took a street car to the home of Miriam Yankovitch, and on the way +he read the afternoon edition of the American City “Times.” The editors of +this paper were certainly after the Reds, and no mistake! They had taken +McCormick’s book on Sabotage, just as Nell had predicted, and printed +whole chapters from it, with the most menacing sentences in big type, and +some boxed up in little frames and scattered here and there over the page +so that no one could possibly miss them. They had a picture of McCormick +taken in the jail; he hadn’t had a chance to shave for several days, and +probably hadn’t felt pleasant about having his picture taken—anyhow, +he looked ferocious enough to frighten the most skeptical, and Peter was +confirmed in his opinion that Mac was the most dangerous Red of them all. +</p> +<p> +Columns and columns of material this paper published about the case, +subtly linking it up with all the other dynamitings and assassinations in +American history, and with German spy plots and bomb plots. There was a +nation-wide organization of these assassins, so the paper said; they +published hundreds of papers, with millions of readers, all financed by +German gold. Also, there was a double-leaded editorial calling on the +citizens to arise and save the republic, and put an end to the Red menace +once for all. Peter read this, and like every other good American, he +believed every word that he read in his newspaper, and boiled with hatred +of the Reds. +</p> +<p> +He found Miriam Yankovitch away from home. Her mother was in a state of +excitement, because Miriam had got word that the police were giving the +prisoners the “third degree,” and she had gone to the offices of the +Peoples’ Council to get the radicals together and try to take some +immediate action. So Peter hurried over to these offices, where he found +some twenty-five Reds and Pacifists assembled, all in the same state of +excitement. Miriam was walking up and down the room, clasping and +unclasping her hands, and her eyes looked as if she had been crying all +day. Peter remembered his suspicion that Miriam and Mac were lovers. He +questioned her. They had put Mac in the “hole,” and Henderson, the +lumber-jack, was laid up in the hospital as a result of the ordeal he had +undergone. +</p> +<p> +The Jewish girl went into details, and Peter found himself shuddering—he +had such a vivid memory of the third degree himself! He did not try to +stop his shuddering, but took to pacing up and down the room like Miriam, +and told them how it felt to have your wrists twisted and your fingers +bent backward, and how damp and horrible it was in the “hole.” So he +helped to work them into a state of hysteria, hoping that they would +commit some overt action, as McGivney wanted. Why not storm the jail and +set free the prisoners? +</p> +<p> +Little Ada Ruth said that was nonsense; but might they not get banners, +and parade up and down in front of the jail, protesting against this +torturing of men who had not been convicted of any crime? The police would +fall on them, of course, the crowds would mob them and probably tear them +to pieces, but they must do something. Donald Gordon answered that this +would only make them impotent to keep up the agitation. What they must try +to get was a strike of labor. They must send telegrams to the radical +press, and go out and raise money, and call a mass-meeting three days from +date. Also, they must appeal to all the labor unions, and see if it was +possible to work up sentiment for a general strike. +</p> +<p> +Peter, somewhat disappointed, went back and reported to McGivney this +rather tame outcome. But McGivney said that was all right, he had +something that would fix them; and he revealed to Peter a startling bit of +news. Peter had been reading in the papers about German spies, but he had +only half taken it seriously; the war was a long way off, and Peter had +never seen any of that German gold that they talked so much about—in +fact, the Reds were in a state of perpetual poverty, one and all of them +stinting himself eternally to put up some portion of his scant earnings to +pay for pamphlets and circulars and postage and defence funds, and all the +expenses of an active propaganda organization. But now, McGivney declared, +there was a real, sure-enough agent of the Kaiser in American City! The +government had pretty nearly got him in his nets, and one of the things +McGivney wanted to do before the fellow was arrested was to get him to +contribute some money to the radical cause. +</p> +<p> +It wasn’t necessary to point out to Peter the importance of this. If the +authorities could show that the agitation on behalf of McCormick and the +rest had been financed by German money, the public would justify any +measures taken to bring it to an end. Could Peter suggest to McGivney the +name of a German Socialist who might be persuaded to approach this agent +of the Kaiser, and get him to contribute money for the purpose of having a +general strike called in American City? Several of the city’s big +manufacturing plants were being made over for war purposes, and obviously +the enemy had much to gain by strikes and labor discontent. Guffey’s men +had been trying for a long time to get Germans to contribute to the Goober +Defense fund, but here was an even better opportunity. +</p> +<p> +Peter thought of Comrade Apfel, who was one of the extreme Socialists, and +a temporary Pacifist like most Germans. Apfel worked in a bakery, and his +face was as pasty as the dough he kneaded, but it would show a tinge of +color when he rose in the local to denounce the “social patriots,” those +party members who were lending their aid to British plans for world +domination. McGivney said he would send somebody to Apfel at once, and +give him the name of the Kaiser’s agent as one who might be induced to +contribute to the radical defense fund. Apfel would, of course, have no +idea that the man was a German agent; he would go to see him, and ask him +for money, and McGivney and his fellow-sleuths would do the rest. Peter +said that was fine, and offered to go to Apfel himself; but the rat-faced +man answered no, Peter was too precious, and no chance must be taken of +directing Apfel’s suspicions against him. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0056" id="link2H_4_0056"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 56 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had received a brief scrawl from Nell, telling him that it was all +right, she had gone to her new job, and would soon have results. So Peter +went cheerfully about his own duties of trying to hold down the protest +campaign of the radicals. It was really quite terrifying, the success they +were having, in spite of all the best efforts of the authorities. Bundles +of circulars appeared at their gatherings as if by magic, and were carried +away and distributed before the authorities could make any move. Every +night at the Labor Temple, where the workers gathered, there were +agitators howling their heads off about the McCormick case. To make +matters worse, there was an obscure one cent evening paper in American +City which catered to working-class readers, and persisted in publishing +evidence tending to prove that the case was a “frame-up.” The Reds had +found out that their mail was being interfered with, and were raising a +terrific howl about that—pretending, of course, that it was “free +speech” they cared about! +</p> +<p> +The mass meeting was due for that evening, and Peter read an indignant +editorial in the American City “Times,” calling upon the authorities to +suppress it. “Down with the Red Flag!” the editorial was headed; and Peter +couldn’t see how any red-blooded, 100% American could read it, and not be +moved to do something. +</p> +<p> +Peter said that to McGivney, who answered: “We’re going to do something; +you wait!” And sure enough, that afternoon the papers carried the news +that the mayor of American City had notified the owners of the Auditorium +that they would be held strictly responsible under the law for all +incendiary and seditious utterances at this meeting; thereupon, the owners +of the Auditorium had cancelled the contract. Furthermore, the mayor +declared that no crowds should be gathered on the street, and that the +police would be there to see to it, and to protect law and order. Peter +hurried to the rooms of the Peoples’ Council, and found the radicals +scurrying about, trying to find some other hall; every now and then Peter +would go to the telephone, and let McGivney know what hall they were +trying to get, and McGivney would communicate with Guffey, and Guffey +would communicate with the secretary of the Chamber of Commerce, and the +owner of this hall would be called up and warned by the president of the +bank which held a mortgage on the hall, or by the chairman of the board of +directors of the Philharmonic Orchestra which gave concerts there. +</p> +<p> +So there was no Red mass meeting that night—and none for many a +night thereafter in American City! Guffey’s office had got its German spy +story ready, and next morning, here was the entire front page of the +American City “Times” given up to the amazing revelation that Karl von +Stroeme, agent of the German government, and reputed to be a nephew of the +German Vice-chancellor, had been arrested in American City, posing as a +Swedish sewing-machine agent, but in reality having been occupied in +financing the planting of dynamite bombs in the buildings of the Pioneer +Foundry Company, now being equipped for the manufacture of machine-guns. +Three of von Stroeme’s confederates had been nabbed at the same time, and +a mass of papers full of important revelations—not the least +important among them being the fact that only yesterday von Stroeme had +been caught dealing with a German Socialist of the ultra-Red variety, an +official of the Bread and Cake-Makers’ Union Number 479, by the name of +Ernst Apfel. The government had a dictagraph record of conversations in +which von Stroeme had contributed one hundred dollars to the Liberty +Defense League, an organization which the Reds had got up for the purpose +of carrying on agitation for the release of the I. W. W.s arrested in the +dynamite plot against the life of Nelse Ackerman. Moreover it was proven +that Apfel had taken this money and distributed it among several German +Reds, who had turned it in to the defense fund, or used it in paying for +circulars calling for a general strike. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s heart was leaping with excitement; and it leaped even faster when +he had got his breakfast and was walking down Main Street. He saw crowds +gathered, and American flags flying from all the buildings, just as on the +day of the Preparedness parade. It caused Peter to feet queer spasms of +fright; he imagined another bomb, but he couldn’t resist the crowds with +their eager faces and contagious enthusiasm. Presently here came a band, +with magnificent martial music, and here came soldiers marching—tramp, +tramp, tramp—line after line of khaki-clad boys with heavy packs +upon their backs and shiny new rifles. Our boys! Our boys! God bless them! +</p> +<p> +It was three regiments of the 223rd Division, coming from Camp Lincoln to +be entrained for the war. They might better have been entrained at the +camp, of course, but everyone had been clamoring for some glimpse of the +soldiers, and here they were with their music and their flags, and their +crowds of flushed, excited admirers—two endless lines of people, +wild with patriotic fervor, shouting, singing, waving hats and +handkerchiefs, until the whole street became a blur, a mad delirium. Peter +saw these closely pressed lines, straight and true, and the legs that +moved like clock-work, and the feet that shook the ground like thunder. He +saw the fresh, boyish faces, grimly set and proud, with eyes fixed ahead, +never turning, even tho they realized that this might be their last +glimpse of their home city, that they might never come back from this +journey. Our boys! Our boys! God bless them! Peter felt a choking in his +throat, and a thrill of gratitude to the boys who were protecting him and +his country; he clenched his hands and set his teeth, with fresh +determination to punish the evil men and women—draft-dodgers, +slackers, pacifists and seditionists—who were failing to take their +part in this glorious emprise. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0057" id="link2H_4_0057"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 57 +</h2> +<p> +Peter went to the American House and met McGivney, and was put to work on +a job that precisely suited his mood. The time had come for action, said +the rat-faced man. The executive committee of the I. W. W. local had been +drafting an appeal to the main organization for help, and the executive +committee was to meet that evening; Peter was to get in touch with the +secretary, Grady, and find out where this meeting was to be, and make the +suggestion that all the membership be gathered, and other Reds also. The +business men of the city were going to pull off their big stroke that +night, said McGivney; the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and +the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association had got together and worked +out a secret plan, and all they wanted was to have the Reds collected in +one place. +</p> +<p> +So Peter set out and found Shawn Grady, the young Irish boy who kept the +membership lists and other papers of the organization, in a place so +secret that not even Peter had been able to find them. Peter brought the +latest news about the sufferings of Mac in the “hole,” and how Gus, the +sailor, had joined Henderson in the hospital. He was so eloquent in his +indignation that presently Grady told him about the meeting for that +evening, and about the place, and Peter said they really ought to get some +of their friends together, and work out some way to get their protest +literature distributed quickly, because it was evident they could no +longer use the mails. What was the use of resolutions of executive +committees, when what was wanted was action by the entire membership? +Grady said all right, they would notify the active members and +sympathizers, and he gave Peter the job of telephoning and travelling +about town getting word to a dozen people. +</p> +<p> +At six o’clock that evening Peter reported the results to McGivney, and +then he got a shock. “You must go to that meeting yourself,” said the +rat-faced man. “You mustn’t take any chance of their suspecting you.” + </p> +<p> +“But, my God!” cried Peter. “What’s going to happen there?” + </p> +<p> +“You don’t need to worry about that,” answered the other. “I’ll see that +you’re protected.” + </p> +<p> +The gathering was to take place at the home of Ada Ruth, the poetess, and +McGivney had Peter describe this home to him. Beyond the living-room was a +hallway, and in this hallway was a big clothes closet. At the first alarm +Peter must make for this place. He must get into the closet, and McGivney +would be on hand, and they would pen Peter up and pretend to club him, but +in reality would protect him from whatever happened to the rest. Peter’s +knees began to tremble, and he denounced the idea indignantly; what would +happen to him if anything were to happen to McGivney, or to his +automobile, and were to fail to get there in time? McGivney declared that +Peter need not worry—he was too valuable a man for them to take any +chances with. McGivney would be there, and all Peter would have to do was +to scream and raise a rumpus, and finally fall unconscious, and McGivney +and Hammett and Cummings would carry him out to their automobile and take +him away! +</p> +<p> +Peter was so frightened that he couldn’t eat any dinner, but wandered +about the street talking to himself and screwing up his courage. He had to +stop and look at the American flags, still waving from the buildings, and +read the evening edition of the American City “Times,” in order to work up +his patriotic fervor again. As he set out for the home of the little +cripple who wrote pacifist poetry, he really felt like the soldier boys +marching away to war. +</p> +<p> +Ada Ruth was there, and her mother, a dried-up old lady who knew nothing +about all these dreadful world movements, but whose pleadings had no +effect upon her inspired daughter; also Ada’s cousin, a lean old-maid +school teacher, secretary of the Peoples’ Council; also Miriam Yankovitch, +and Sadie Todd, and Donald Gordon. On the way Peter had met Tom Duggan, +and the mournful poet revealed that he had composed a new poem about Mac +in the “hole.” Immediately afterwards came Grady, the secretary, his +pockets stuffed with his papers. Grady, a tall, dark-eyed, +impulsive-tempered Irish boy, was what the Socialists called a “Jimmie +Higgins,” that is, one of the fellows who did the hard and dreary work of +the movement, who were always on hand no matter what happened, always +ready to have some new responsibility put upon their shoulders. Grady had +no use for the Socialists, being only interested in “industrial action,” + but he was willing to be called a “Jimmie Higgins”; he had said that Peter +was one too, and Peter had smiled to himself, thinking that a “Jimmie +Higgins” was about the last thing in the world he ever would be. Peter was +on the way to independence and prosperity, and it did not occur to him to +reflect that he might be a “Jimmie Higgins” to the “Whites” instead of to +the Reds! +</p> +<p> +Grady now pulled out his papers, and began to talk over with Donald Gordon +the proceedings of the evening. He had had a telegram from the national +headquarters of the I. W. W., promising support, and his thin, hungry face +lighted up with pride as he showed this. Then he announced that “Bud” + Connor was to be present—a well-known organizer, who had been up in +the oil country with McCormick, and brought news that the workers there +were on the verge of a big strike. Then came Mrs. Jennings, a poor, +tormented little woman who was slowly dying of a cancer, and whose husband +was suing her for divorce because she had given money to the I. W. W. With +her, and helping her along, came “Andy” Adams, a big machinist, who had +been kicked out of his lodge for talking too much “direct action.” He +pulled from his pocket a copy of the “Evening Telegraph,” and read a few +lines from an editorial, denouncing “direct action” as meaning dynamiting, +which it didn’t, of course, and asking how long it would be before the +friends of law and order in American City would use a little “direct +action” of their own. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0058" id="link2H_4_0058"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 58 +</h2> +<p> +So they gathered, until about thirty were present, and then the meeting +speedily got down to business. It was evident, said Grady, that the +authorities had deliberately framed-up the dynamite conspiracy, in order +to have an excuse for wiping out the I. W. W. organization; they had +closed the hall, and confiscated everything, typewriters and office +furniture and books—including a book on Sabotage which they had +turned over to the editor of the “Evening Times”! There was a hiss of +anger at this. Also, they had taken to interfering with the mail of the +organization; the I. W. W. were having to get out their literature by +express. They were fighting for their existence, and they must find some +way of getting the truth to people. If anybody had any suggestions to +make, now was the time. +</p> +<p> +There came one suggestion after another; and meantime Peter sat as if his +chair were full of pins. Why didn’t they come—the younger members of +the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association—and +do what they were going to do without any further delay? Did they expect +Peter to sit there all night, trembling with alarm—and he not having +any dinner besides? +</p> +<p> +Suddenly Peter gave a jump. Outside came a yell, and Donald Gordon, who +was making a speech, stopped suddenly, and the members of the company +stared at one another, and some sprang to their feet. There were more +yells, rising to screams, and some of the company made for the front +doors, and some for the back doors, and yet others for the windows and the +staircase. Peter wasted no time, but dived into the clothes closet in the +hallway back of the living-room, and got into the farthest corner of this +closet, and pulled some of the clothes on top of him; and then, to make +him safer yet, came several other people piling on top of him. +</p> +<p> +From his place of refuge he listened to the confusion that reigned. The +place was a bedlam of women’s shrieks, and the curses of fighting men, and +the crash of overturning furniture, and of clubs and monkey-wrenches on +human heads. The younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association had come in sufficient force to +make sure of their purpose. There were enough to crowd the room full, and +to pack all the doorways, and two or three to guard each window, and a +flying squadron to keep watch for anybody who jumped from the roof or +tried to hide in the trees of the garden. +</p> +<p> +Peter cowered, and listened to the furious uproar, and presently he heard +the cries of those on top of him, and realized that they were being pulled +off and clubbed; he felt hands reach down and grab him, and he cringed and +cried in terror; but nothing happened to him, and presently he glanced up +and he saw a man wearing a black mask, but easily to be recognized as +McGivney. Never in all his life had Peter been gladder to see a human face +than he was to see that masked face of a rat! McGivney had a club in his +hand, and was dealing ferocious blows to the clothes heaped around Peter. +Behind McGivney were Hammett and Cummings, covering the proceedings, and +now and then carefully putting in a blow of their own. +</p> +<p> +Most of the fighting inside the house and outside came quickly to an end, +because everybody who fought was laid out or overpowered. Then several of +the agents of Guffey, who had been studying these Reds for a year or two +and knew them all, went about picking out the ones who were especially +wanted, and searching them for arms, and then handcuffing them. One of +these men approached Peter, who instantly fell unconscious, and closed his +eyes; then Hammett caught him under the armpits and Cummings by the feet, +and McGivney walked alongside as a bodyguard, remarking now and then, “We +want this fellow, we’ll take care of him.” + </p> +<p> +They carried Peter outside, and in the darkness he opened his eyes just +enough to see that the street was lined with automobiles, and that the +Reds were being loaded aboard. Peter’s friends carried him to one car and +drove him away, and then Peter returned to consciousness, and the four of +them sat up and laughed to split their sides, and slapped one another on +the back, and mentioned the satisfactory things they had seen. Had Hammett +noticed that slice Grady had got over the eyes, and the way the blood had +run all over him? Well, he wanted to be a Red—they had helped him be +one—inside and out! Had McGivney noticed how “Buck” Ellis, one of +their men, had put the nose of the hobo poet out of joint? And young +Ogden, son of the president of the Chamber of Commerce, had certainly +managed to show how he felt about these cattle, the female ones as well as +the males; when that Yankovich slut had slapped his face, he had caught +her by the breasts and nearly twisted them off, and she had screamed and +fainted! +</p> +<p> +Yes, they had cleaned them out. But that wasn’t all of it, they were going +to finish the job tonight, by God! They were going to give these pacifists +a taste of the war, they were going to put an end to the Red Terror in +American City! Peter might go along if he liked and see the good work; +they were going into the country, and it would be dark, and if he kept a +mask on he would be quite safe. And Peter said yes; his blood was up, he +was full of the spirit of the hunt, he wanted to be in at the death, +regardless of everything. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0059" id="link2H_4_0059"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 59 +</h2> +<p> +The motor purred softly, and the car sped as if upon wings thru the +suburbs of American City, and to the country beyond. There were cars in +front, and other cars behind, a long stream of white lights flying out +into the country. They came to a grove of big pine trees, which rose two +or three feet thick, like church arches, and covered the ground beneath +them with a soft, brown carpet. It was a well-known picnic place, and here +all the cars were gathering by appointment. Evidently it had all been +pre-arranged, with that efficiency which is the pride of 100% Americans. A +man with a black mask over his face stood in the center of the grove, and +shouted his directions thru a megaphone, and each car as it swept in +ranged itself alongside the next car in a broad circle, more than a +hundred feet across. These cars of the younger members of the Chamber of +Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association were well +behaved—they were accustomed to sliding precisely into place +according to orders of a megaphone man, when receptions were being given, +or when the younger members and their wives and fiancees, clad in soft +silks and satins, came rolling up to their dinner-parties and dances. +</p> +<p> +The cars came and came, until there was just room enough for the last one +to slide in. Then at a shouted command, “Number one!” a group of men +stepped out of one of the cars, dragging a handcuffed prisoner. It was +Michael Dubin, the young Jewish tailor who had spent fifteen days in jail +with Peter. Michael was a student and dreamer, and not used to scenes of +violence; also, he belonged to a race which expresses its emotions, and +consequently is offensive to 100% Americans. He screamed and moaned while +the masked men un-handcuffed him, and took off his coat and tore his shirt +in the back. They dragged him to a tree in the center of the ring, a +somewhat smaller tree, just right for his wrists to meet around and be +handcuffed again. There he stood in the blinding glare of thirty or forty +cars, writhing and moaning, while one of the black-masked men stripped off +his coat and got ready for action. He produced a long black-snake whip, +and stood poised for a moment; then in a booming voice the man with the +megaphone shouted, “Go!” and the whip whistled thru the air and was laid +across the back of Michael, and tore into the flesh so that the blood +leaped into sight. There was a scream of anguish, and the victim began to +twist and turn and kick about as if in his death-throes. Again the whip +whistled, and again you heard the thud as it tore into the flesh, and +another red stripe leaped to view. +</p> +<p> +Now the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association were in excellent condition for this evening’s +labor. They were not pale and thin, underfed and overworked, as were their +prisoners; they were sleek and rosy, and ashine with health. It was as if +long years ago their fathers had foreseen the Red menace, and the steps +that would have to be taken to preserve 100% Americanism; the fathers had +imported a game which consisted of knocking little white balls around a +field with various styles and sizes of clubs. They had built magnificent +club-houses out here in the suburbs, and had many hundreds of acres of +ground laid out for this game, and would leave their occupations of +merchanting and manufacturing early in the afternoon, in order to repair +to these fields and keep their muscles in condition. They would hold +tournaments, and vie with one another, and tell over the stories of the +mighty strokes which they had made with their clubs, and of the hundreds +of strokes they had made in a single afternoon. So the man with the +black-snake whip was “fit,” and didn’t need to stop for breath. Stroke +after stroke he laid on, with a splendid rhythmic motion; he kept it up +easily, on and on. Had he forgotten? +</p> +<p> +Did he think this was a little white ball he was swinging down upon? He +kept on and on, until you could no longer count the welts, until the whole +back of Michael Dubin was a mass of raw and bleeding flesh. The screams of +Michael Dubin died away, and his convulsive struggling ceased, and his +head hung limp, and he sunk lower and lower upon the tree. +</p> +<p> +At last the master of ceremonies stepped forward and ordered a halt, and +the man with the whip wiped the sweat from his forehead with his +shirt-sleeve, and the other men unchained the body of Michael Dubin, and +dragged it a few feet to one side and dumped it face downward in the +pine-leaves. +</p> +<p> +“Number two!” called the master of ceremonies, in a clear, compelling +voice, as if he were calling the figures of a quadrille; and from another +car another set of men emerged, dragging another prisoner. It was Bert +Glikas, a “blanket-stiff” who was a member of the I. W. W.‘s executive +committee, and had had two teeth knocked out in a harvest-strike only a +couple of weeks previously. While they were getting off his coat, he +managed to get one hand free, and he shook it at the spectators behind the +white lights of the automobiles. “God damn you!” he yelled; and so they +tied him up, and a fresh man stepped forward and picked up the whip, and +spit on his hands for good luck, and laid on with a double will; and at +every stroke Glikas yelled a fresh curse; first in English, and then, as +if he were delirious, in some foreign language. But at last his curses +died away, and he too sank insensible, and was unhitched and dragged away +and dumped down beside the first man. “Number three!” called the master of +ceremonies. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0060" id="link2H_4_0060"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 60 +</h2> +<p> +Now Peter was sitting in the back seat of his car, wearing the mask which +McGivney had given him, a piece of cloth with two holes for his eyes and +another hole for him to breathe thru. Peter hated these Reds, and wanted +them punished, but he was not used to bloody sights, and was finding this +endless thud, thud of the whip on human flesh rather more than he could +stand. Why had he come? This wasn’t his part of the job of saving his +country from the Red menace. He had done his share in pointing out the +dangerous ones; he was a man of brains, not a man of violence. Peter saw +that the next victim was Tom Duggan with his broken and bloody nose, and +in spite of himself, Peter started with dismay. He realized that without +intending it he had become a little fond of Tom Duggan. For all his +queerness, Duggan was loyal, he was a good fellow when you had got +underneath his surly manners. He had never done anything except just to +grumble, and to put his grumbles into verses; they were making a mistake +in whipping him, and for a moment Peter had a crazy impulse to interfere +and tell them so. +</p> +<p> +The poet never made a sound. Peter got one glimpse of his face in the +blazing white light, and in spite of the fact that it was smashed and +bloody, Peter read Tom Duggan’s resolve—he would die before they +would get a moan out of him. Each time the lash fell you could see a +quiver all over his form; but there was never a sound, and he stood, +hugging the tree in a convulsive grip. They lashed him until the whip was +spattering blood all over them, until blood was running to the ground. +They had taken the precaution to bring along a doctor with a little black +case, and he now stepped up and whispered to the master of ceremonies. +They unfastened Duggan, and broke the grip of his arms about the tree, and +dumped him down beside Glikas. +</p> +<p> +Next came the turn of Donald Gordon, the Socialist Quaker, which brought a +bit of cheap drama. Donald took his religion seriously; he was always +shouting his anti-war sentiments in the name of Jesus, which made him +especially obnoxious. Now he saw a chance to get off one of his theatrical +stunts; he raised his two manacled hands into the air as if he were +praying, and shouted in piercing tones: “Father, forgive them, for they +know not what they do!” + </p> +<p> +A murmur started in the crowd; you could hear it mounting to a roar. +“Blasphemy!” they cried. “Stop his dirty mouth!” It was the same mouth +that had been heard on a hundred platforms, denouncing the war and those +who made money out of the war. They were here now, the men who had been +denounced, the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association, the best people of the city, +those who were saving the country, and charging no more than the service +was worth. So they roared with fury at this sacreligious upstart. A man +whose mask was a joke, because he was so burly and hearty that everybody +in the crowd knew him, took up the bloody whip. It was Billy Nash, +secretary of the “Improve America League,” and the crowd shouted, “Go to +it, Billy! Good eye, old boy!” Donald Gordon might tell God that Billy +Nash didn’t know what he was doing, but Billy thought that he knew, and he +meant before he got thru to convince Donald that he knew. It didn’t take +very long, because there was nothing much to the young Quaker but voice, +and he fainted at the fourth or fifth stroke, and after the twentieth +stroke the doctor interfered. +</p> +<p> +Then came the turn of Grady, secretary of the I. W. W., and here a +terrible thing happened. Grady, watching this scene from one of the cars, +had grown desperate, and when they loosed the handcuffs to get off his +coat, he gave a sudden wrench and broke free, striking down one man after +another. He had been brought up in the lumber country, and his strength +was amazing, and before the crowd quite realized it, he was leaping +between two of the cars. A dozen men sprang upon him from a dozen +directions, and he went down in the midst of a wild melee. They pinned him +with his face mashed into the dirt, and from the crowd there rose a roar +as from wild beasts in the night-time, +</p> +<p> +“String him up! String him up!” One man came running with a rope, +shouting, “Hang him!” + </p> +<p> +The master of ceremonies tried to protest thru his megaphone, but the +instrument was knocked out of his hands, and he was hauled to one side, +and presently there was a man climbing up the pine tree and hanging the +rope over a limb. You could not see Grady for the jostling throng about +him, but suddenly there was a yell from the crowd, and you saw him quite +plainly—he shot high up into the air, with the rope about his neck +and his feet kicking wildly. Underneath, men danced about and yelled and +waved their hats in the air, and one man leaped up and caught one of the +kicking feet and hung onto it. +</p> +<p> +Then, above all the din, a voice was heard thru the megaphone, “Let him +down a bit! Let me get at him!” And those who held the rope gave way, and +the body came down toward the ground, still kicking, and a man took out a +clasp-knife, and cut the clothing away from the body, and cut off +something from the body; there was another yell from the crowd, and the +men in the automobiles slapped their knees and shrieked with satisfaction. +Those in the car with Peter whispered that it was Ogden, son of the +president of the Chamber of Commerce; and all over town next day and for +weeks thereafter men would nudge one another, and whisper about what Bob +Ogden had done to the body of Shawn Grady, secretary of the “damned +wobblies.” And every one who nudged and whispered about it felt certain +that by this means the Red Terror had been forever suppressed, and 100% +Americanism vindicated, and a peaceful solution of the problem of capital +and labor made certain. +</p> +<p> +Strange as it might seem, there was one member of the I. W. W. who agreed +with them. One of the victims of that night had learned his lesson! When +Tom Duggan was able to sit up again, which was six weeks later, he wrote +an article about his experience, which was published in an I. W. W. paper, +and afterwards in pamphlet form was read by many hundreds of thousands of +workingmen. In it the poet said: +</p> +<p> +“The preamble of the I. W. W. opens with the statement that the employing +class and the working class have nothing in common; but on this occasion I +learned that the preamble is mistaken. On this occasion I saw one thing in +common between the employing class and the working class, and that thing +was a black-snake whip. The butt end of the whip was in the hands of the +employing class, and the lash of the whip was on the backs of the working +class, and thus to all eternity was symbolized the truth about the +relationship of the classes!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0061" id="link2H_4_0061"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 61 +</h2> +<p> +Peter awoke next morning with a vivid sense of the pain and terror of +life. He had been clamoring to have those Reds punished; but somehow or +other he had thought of this punishment in an abstract way, a thing you +could attend to by a wave of the hand. He hadn’t quite realized the +physical side of it, what a messy and bloody job it would prove. Two hours +and more he had listened to the thud of a whip on human flesh, and each +separate stroke had been a blow upon his own nerves. Peter had an overdose +of vengeance; and now, the morning after, his conscience was gnawing at +him. He had known every one of those boys, and their faces rose up to +haunt him. What had any of them done to deserve such treatment? Could he +say that he had ever known a single one of them to do anything as violent +as the thing they had all suffered? +</p> +<p> +But more than anything else Peter was troubled by fear. Peter, the ant, +perceived the conflict of the giants becoming more ferocious, and realized +the precariousness of his position under the giants’ feet. The passions of +both sides were mounting, and the fiercer their hate became, the greater +the chance of Peter’s being discovered, the more dreadful his fate if he +were discovered. It was all very well for McGivney to assure him that only +four of Guffey’s men knew the truth, and that all these might be trusted +to the death. Peter remembered a remark he had heard Shawn Grady make, and +which had caused him to lose his appetite for more than one meal. “They’ve +got spies among us,” the young Irishman had said. “Well, sooner or later +we’ll do a bit of spying of our own!” + </p> +<p> +And now these words came back to Peter like a voice from the grave. +Suppose one of the Reds who had money were to hire somebody to get a job +in Guffey’s office! Suppose some Red girl were to try Peter’s device, and +seduce one of Guffey’s men—by no means a difficult task! The man +mightn’t even mean to reveal that Peter Gudge was a secret agent; he might +just let it slip, as little Jennie had let slip the truth about Jack +Ibbetts! Thus Mac would know who had framed him up; and what would Mac do +to Peter when he got out on bail? When Peter thought of things like that +he realized what it meant to go to war; he saw that he had gained nothing +by staying at home, he might as well have been in the front-line trenches! +After all, this was war, class-war; and in all war the penalty for spying +is death. +</p> +<p> +Also Peter was worried about Nell. She had been in her new position for +nearly a week, and he hadn’t heard a word from her. She had forbidden him +to write, for fear he might write something injudicious. Let him just +wait, Edythe Eustace would know how to take care of herself. And that was +all right, Peter had no doubt about the ability of Edythe Eustace to take +care of herself. What troubled him was the knowledge that she was working +on another “frame-up,” and he stood in fear of the exuberance of her +imagination. The last time that imagination had been pregnant, it had +presented him with a suit-case full of dynamite. What it might bring forth +next time he did not know, and was afraid to think. Nell might cause him +to be found out by Guffey; and that would be nearly as horrible as to be +found out by Mac! +</p> +<p> +Peter got his morning “Times,” and found a whole page about the whipping +of the Reds, portraying the job as a patriotic duty heroically performed; +and that naturally cheered Peter up considerably. He turned to the +editorial page, and read a two column “leader” that was one whoop of +exultation. It served still more to cure Peter’s ache of conscience; and +when he read on and found a series of interviews with leading citizens, +giving cordial endorsement to the acts of the “vigilantes,” Peter became +ashamed of his weakness, and glad that he had not revealed it to anyone. +Peter was trying his best to become a real “he-man,” a 100% red-blooded +American, and he had the “Times” twice each day, morning and evening, to +guide, sustain and inspire him. +</p> +<p> +Peter had been told by McGivney to fix himself up and pose as one of the +martyrs of the night’s affair, and this appealed to his sense of humor. He +cut off the hair from a part of his head, and stuck some raw cotton on +top, and plastered it over with surgical tape. He stuck another big wad of +surgical tape across his forehead, and a criss-cross of it on his cheek, +and tied up his wrist in an excellent imitation of a sprain. Thus rigged +out he repaired to the American House, and McGivney rewarded him with a +hearty laugh, and then proceeded to give some instructions which, entirely +restored Peter’s usual freshness of soul. Peter was going up on Mount +Olympus again! +</p> +<p> +The rat-faced man explained in detail. There was a lady of great wealth—indeed, +she was said to be several times a millionaire—who was an openly +avowed Red, a pacifist of the most malignant variety. Since the arrest of +young Lackman she had come forward and put up funds to finance the +“People’s Council,” and the “Anti-Conscription League,” and all the other +activities which for the sake of convenience were described by the term +“pro-German.” The only trouble was this lady was so extremely wealthy it +was hard to do anything to her. Her husband was a director in a couple of +Nelse Ackerman’s banks, and had other powerful connections. The husband +was a violent, anti-Socialist, and a buyer of liberty bonds; he quarrelled +with his wife, but nevertheless he did not want to see her in jail, and +this made an embarrassing situation for the police and the district +attorney’s office, and even for the Federal authorities, who naturally did +not want to trouble one of the courtiers of the king of American City. +“But something’s got to be done,” said McGivney. “This camouflaged German +propaganda can’t go on.” So Peter was to try to draw Mrs. Godd into some +kind of “overt action.” + </p> +<p> +“Mrs. Godd?” said Peter. It seemed to him a singular coincidence that one +of the dwellers on Mount Olympus should bear that name. The great lady +lived on a hilltop out in the suburbs, not so far from the hilltop of +Nelse Ackerman. One of the adventures looked forward to by Reds and +pacifists in distress was to make a pilgrimage to this palace and obtain +some long, green plasters to put over their wounds. Now was the time at +all times for Peter to go, said McGivney. Peter had many wounds to be +plastered, and Mrs. Godd would be indignant at the proceedings of last +night, and would no doubt express herself without restraint. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0062" id="link2H_4_0062"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 62 +</h2> +<p> +Peter hadn’t been so excited since the time when he had waited to meet +young Lackman. He had never quite forgiven himself for this costly +failure, and now he was to have another chance. He took a trolley ride out +into the country, and walked a couple of miles to the palace on the +hilltop, and mounted thru a grove of trees and magnificent Italian +gardens. According to McGivney’s injunctions, he summoned his courage, and +went to the front door of the stately mansion and rang the bell. +</p> +<p> +Peter was hot and dusty from his long walk, the sweat had made streaks +down his face and marred the pristine whiteness of his plasters. He was +never a distinguished-looking person at best, and now, holding his damaged +straw hat in his hands, he looked not so far from a hobo. However, the +French maid who came to the door was evidently accustomed to +strange-looking visitors. She didn’t order Peter to the servant’s +entrance, nor threaten him with the dogs; she merely said, “Be seated, +please. I will tell madame”—putting the accent on the second +syllable, where Peter had never heard it before. +</p> +<p> +And presently here came Mrs. Godd in her cloud of Olympian beneficence; a +large and ample lady, especially built for the role of divinity. Peter +felt suddenly awe-stricken. How had he dared come here? Neither in the +Hotel de Soto, with its many divinities, nor in the palace of Nelse +Ackerman, the king, had he felt such a sense of his own lowliness as the +sight of this calm, slow-moving great lady inspired. She was the +embodiment of opulence, she was “the real thing.” Despite the look of +kindliness in her wide-open blue eyes, she impressed him with a feeling of +her overwhelming superiority. He did not know it was his duty as a +gentleman to rise from his chair when a lady entered, but some instinct +brought him to his feet and caused him to stand blinking as she crossed to +him from the opposite end of the big room. +</p> +<p> +“How do you do?” she said in a low, full voice, gazing at him steadily out +of the kind, wide-open blue eyes. Peter stammered, “How d-dy do, M—Mrs. +Godd.” + </p> +<p> +In truth, Peter was almost dumb with bewilderment. Could it really, +possibly be that this grand personage was a Red? One of the things that +had most offended him about all radicals was their noisiness, their +aggressiveness; but here was a grand serenity of looks and manner, a soft, +slow voice—here was beauty, too, a skin unlined, despite middle +years, and glowing with health and a fine cleanness. Nell Doolin had had a +glowing complexion, but there was always a lot of powder stuck on, and +when you investigated closely, as Peter had done, you discovered muddy +spots in the edges of her hair and on her throat. But Mrs. Godd’s skin +shone just as the skin of a goddess would be expected to shine, and +everything about her was of a divine and compelling opulence. Peter could +not have explained just what it was that gave this last impression so +overwhelmingly. It was not that she wore many jewels, or large ones, for +Mrs. James had beaten her at that; it was not her delicate perfume, for +Nell Doolin scattered more sweetness on the air; yet somehow even poor, +ignorant Peter felt the difference—it seemed to him that none of +Mrs. Godd’s costly garments had ever been worn before, that the costly +rugs on the floor had never been stepped on before, the very chair on +which he sat had never been sat on before! +</p> +<p> +Little Ada Ruth had called Mrs. Godd “the mother of all the world;” and +now suddenly she became the mother of Peter Gudge. She had read the papers +that morning, she had received a half dozen telephone calls from horrified +and indignant Reds, and so a few words sufficed to explain to her the +meaning of Peter’s bandages and plasters. She held out to him a beautiful +cool hand, and quite without warning, tears sprang into the great blue +eyes. +</p> +<p> +“Oh, you are one of those poor boys! Thank God they did not kill you!” And +she led him to a soft couch and made him lie down amid silken pillows. +Peter’s dream of Mount Olympus had come literally true! It occurred to him +that if Mrs. Godd were willing to play permanently the role of mother to +Peter Gudge, he would be willing to give up his role of anti-Red agent +with its perils and its nervous strains; he would forget duty, forget the +world’s strife and care; he would join the lotus-eaters, the sippers of +nectar on Mount Olympus! +</p> +<p> +She sat and talked to him in the soft, gentle voice, and the kind blue +eyes watched him, and Peter thought that never in all his life had he +encountered such heavenly emotions. To be sure, when he had gone to see +Miriam Yankovich, old Mrs. Yankovich had been just as kind, and tears of +sympathy had come into her eyes just the same. But then, Mrs. Yankovich +was nothing but a fat old Jewess, who lived in a tenement and smelt of +laundry soap and partly completed washing; her hands had been hot and +slimy, and so Peter had not been in the least grateful for her kindness. +But to encounter tender emotions in these celestial regions, to be talked +to maternally and confidentially by this wonderful Mrs. Godd in soft white +chiffons just out of a band-box <i>this </i>was quite another matter! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0063" id="link2H_4_0063"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 63 +</h2> +<p> +Peter did not want to set traps for this mother of Mount Olympus, he +didn’t want to worm any secrets from her. And as it happened, he found +that he did not have to, because she told him everything right away, and +without the slightest hesitation. She talked just as the “wobblies” had +talked in their headquarters; and Peter, when he thought it over, realized +that there are two kinds of people who can afford to be frank in their +utterance—those who have nothing to lose, and those who have so much +to lose that they cannot possibly lose it. +</p> +<p> +Mrs. Godd said that what had been done to those men last night was a +crime, and it ought to be punished if ever a crime was punished, and that +she would like to engage detectives and get evidence against the guilty +ones. She said furthermore that she sympathized with the Reds of the very +reddest shade, and if there were any color redder than Red she would be of +that color. She said all this in her quiet, soft voice. Tears came into +her eyes now and then, but they were well-behaved tears, they disappeared +of their own accord, and without any injury to Mrs. Godd’s complexion, or +any apparent effect upon her self-possession. +</p> +<p> +Mrs. Godd said that she didn’t see how anybody could fail to be a Red who +thought about the injustices of present-day society. Only a few days +before she had been in to see the district attorney, and had tried to make +a Red out of him! Then she told Peter how there had come to see her a man +who had pretended to be a radical, but she had realized that he didn’t +know anything about radicalism, and had told him she was sure he was a +government agent. The man had finally admitted it, and showed her his gold +star—and then Mrs. Godd had set to work to convert him! She had +argued with him for an hour or two, and then had invited him to go to the +opera with her. “And do you know,” said Mrs. Godd, in an injured tone, “he +wouldn’t go! They don’t want to be converted, those men; they don’t want +to listen to reason. I believe the man was actually afraid I might +influence him.” + </p> +<p> +“I shouldn’t wonder,” put in Peter, sympathetically; for he was a tiny bit +afraid himself. +</p> +<p> +“I said to him, ‘Here I live in this palace, and back in the industrial +quarter of the city are several thousand men and women who slave at +machines for me all day, and now, since the war, all night too. I get the +profits of these peoples’ toil—and what have I done to earn it? +Absolutely nothing! I never did a stroke of useful work in my life.’ And +he said to me, ‘Suppose the dividends were to stop, what would you do?’ ‘I +don’t know what I’d do,’ I answered, ‘I’d be miserable, of course, because +I hate poverty, I couldn’t stand it, it’s terrible to think of—not +to have comfort and cleanliness and security. I don’t see how the +working-class stand it—that’s exactly why I’m a Red, I know it’s +wrong for anyone to be poor, and there’s no excuse for it. So I shall help +to overthrow the capitalist system, even if it means I have to take in +washing for my living!” + </p> +<p> +Peter sat watching her in the crisp freshness of her snowy chiffons. The +words brought a horrible image to his mind; he suddenly found himself back +in the tenement kitchen, where fat and steaming Mrs. Yankovich was +laboring elbow deep in soap-suds. It was on the tip of Peter’s tongue to +say: “If you really had done a day’s washing, Mrs. Godd, you wouldn’t talk +like that!” + </p> +<p> +But he remembered that he must play the game, so he said, “They’re +terrible fellows, them Federal agents. It was two of them pounded me over +the head last night.” And then he looked faint and pitiful, and Mrs. Godd +was sympathetic again, and moved to more recklessness of utterance. +</p> +<p> +“It’s because of this hideous war!” she declared. “We’ve gone to war to +make the world safe for democracy, and meantime we have to sacrifice every +bit of democracy at home. They tell you that you must hold your peace +while they murder one another, but they may try all they please, they’ll +never be able to silence me! I know that the Allies are just as much to +blame as the Germans, I know that this is a war of profiteers and bankers; +they may take my sons and force them into the army, but they cannot take +my convictions and force them into their army. I am a pacifist, and I am +an internationalist; I want to see the workers arise and turn out of +office these capitalist governments, and put an end to this hideous +slaughter of human beings. I intend to go on saying that so long as I +live.” There sat Mrs. Godd, with her lovely firm white hands clasped as if +in prayer, one large diamond ring on the left fourth finger shining +defiance, and a look of calm, child-like conviction upon her face, +confronting in her imagination all the federal agents and district +attorneys and capitalist judges and statesmen and generals and drill +sergeants in the civilized world. +</p> +<p> +She went on to tell how she had attended the trial of three pacifist +clergymen a week or two previously. How atrocious that Christians in a +Christian country should be sent to prison for trying to repeat the words +of Christ! “I was so indignant,” declared Mrs. Godd, “that I wrote a +letter to the judge. My husband said I would be committing contempt of +court by writing to a judge during the trial, but I answered that my +contempt for that court was beyond anything I could put into writing. Wait—” + </p> +<p> +And Mrs. Godd rose gravely from her chair and went over to a desk by the +wall, and got a copy of the letter. “I’ll read it to you,” she said, and +Peter listened to a manifesto of Olympian Bolshevism— +</p> +<p> +To His Honor: +</p> +<p> +As I entered the sanctuary, I gazed upward to the stained glass dome, upon +which were inscribed four words: Peace. Justice. Truth. Law—and I +felt hopeful. Before me were men who had violated no constitutional right, +who had not the slightest criminal tendency, who, were opposed to violence +of every kind. +</p> +<p> +The trial proceeded. I looked again at the beautiful stained glass dome, +and whispered to myself those majestic-sounding words: “Peace. Justice. +Truth. Law.” I listened to the prosecutors; the Law in their hands was a +hard, sharp, cruel blade, seeking insistently, relentlessly for a weak +spot in the armor of its victims. I listened to their Truth, and it was +Falsehood. Their Peace was a cruel and bloody War. Their justice was a net +to catch the victims at any cost—at the cost of all things but the +glory of the Prosecutor’s office. +</p> +<p> +I grew sick at heart. I can only ask myself the old, old question: What +can we, the people do? How can we bring Peace, justice, Truth and Law to +the world? Must we go on bended knees and ask our public servants to see +that justice is done to the defenceless, rather than this eternal +prosecuting of the world’s noblest souls! You will find these men guilty, +and sentence them to be shut behind iron bars—which should never be +for human beings, no matter what their crime, unless you want to make +beasts of them. Is that your object, sir? It would seem so; and so I say +that we must overturn the system that is brutalizing, rather than helping +and uplifting mankind. +</p> +<p> +Yours for Peace..Justice..Truth..Law— +</p> +<p> +Mary Angelica Godd. +</p> +<p> +What were you going to do with such a woman? Peter could understand the +bewilderment of His Honor, and of the district attorney’s office, and of +the secret service department of the Traction Trust—as well as of +Mrs. Godd’s husband! Peter was bewildered himself; what was the use of his +coming out here to get more information, when Mrs. Godd had already +committed contempt of court in writing, and had given all the information +there was to give to a Federal agent? She had told this man that she had +contributed several thousand dollars to the Peoples’ Council, and that she +intended to contribute more. She had put up bail for a whole bunch of Reds +and Pacifists, and she intended to put up bail for McCormick and his +friends, just as soon as the corrupt capitalist courts had been forced to +admit them to bail. “I know McCormick well, and he’s a lovely boy,” she +said. “I don’t believe he had anything more to do with dynamite bombs than +I have.” + </p> +<p> +Now all this time Peter had sat there, entirely under the spell of Mrs. +Godd’s opulence. Peter was dwelling among the lotus-eaters, and forgetting +the world’s strife and care; he was reclining on a silken couch, sipping +nectar with the shining ones of Mount Olympus. But now suddenly, Peter was +brought back to duty, as one wakes from a dream to the sound of an +alarm-clock. Mrs. Godd was a friend of Mac’s, Mrs. Godd proposed to get +Mac out on bail! Mac, the most dangerous Red of them all! Peter saw that +he must get something on this woman at once! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0064" id="link2H_4_0064"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 64 +</h2> +<p> +Peter sat up suddenly among his silken cushions, and began to tell Mrs. +Godd about the new plan of the Anti-conscription League, to prepare a set +of instructions for young conscientious objectors. Peter represented the +purpose of these instructions to be the advising of young men as to their +legal and constitutional rights. But it was McGivney’s idea that Peter +should slip into the instructions some phrase advising the young men to +refuse military duty; if this were printed and circulated, it would render +every member of the Anti-conscription League liable to a sentence of ten +or twenty years in jail. McGivney had warned Peter to be very cautious +about this, but again Peter found that there was no need of caution. Mrs. +Godd was perfectly willing to advise young men to refuse military service. +She had advised many such, she said, including her own sons, who +unfortunately agreed with their father in being blood-thirsty. +</p> +<p> +It came to be lunch-time, and Mrs. Godd asked if Peter could sit at table—and +Peter’s curiosity got the better of all caution. He wanted to see the Godd +family sipping their nectar out of golden cups. He wondered, would the +disapproving husband and the blood-thirsty sons be present? +</p> +<p> +There was nobody present but an elderly woman companion, and Peter did not +see any golden cups. But he saw some fine china, so fragile that he was +afraid to touch it, and he saw a row of silver implements, so heavy that +it gave him a surprise each time he picked one up. Also, he saw foods +prepared in strange and complicated ways, so chopped up and covered with +sauces that it was literally true he couldn’t give the name of a single +thing he had eaten, except the buttered toast. +</p> +<p> +He was inwardly quaking with embarrassment during this meal, but he saved +himself by Mrs. James’s formula, to watch and see what the others were +doing and then do likewise. Each time a new course was brought, Peter +would wait, and when he saw Mrs. Godd pick up a certain fork or a certain +spoon, he would pick up the same one, or as near to it as he could guess. +He could put his whole mind on this, because he didn’t have to do any +talking; Mrs. Godd poured out a steady stream of sedition and high +treason, and all Peter had to do was to listen and nod. Mrs. Godd would +understand that his mouth was too full for utterance. +</p> +<p> +After the luncheon they went out on the broad veranda which overlooked a +magnificent landscape. The hostess got Peter settled in a soft porch chair +with many cushions, and then waved her hand toward the view of the city +with its haze of thick black smoke. +</p> +<p> +“That’s where my wage slaves toil to earn my dividends,” said she. +“They’re supposed to stay there—in their ‘place,’ as it’s called, +and I stay here in my place. If they want to change places, it’s called +‘revolution,’ and that is ‘violence.’ What I marvel at is that they use so +little violence, and feel so little. Look at those men being tortured in +jail! Could anyone blame them if they used violence? Or if they made an +effort to escape?” + </p> +<p> +That suggested a swift, stabbing idea to Peter. Suppose Mrs. Godd could be +induced to help in a jail delivery! +</p> +<p> +“It might be possible to help them to escape,” he suggested. +</p> +<p> +“Do you think so?” asked Mrs. Godd, showing excitement for the first time +during that interview. +</p> +<p> +“It might be,” said Peter. “Those jailors are not above taking bribes, you +know. I met nearly all of them while I was in that jail, and I think I +might get in touch with one or two that could be paid. Would you like me +to try it?” + </p> +<p> +“Well, I don’t know—” began the lady, hesitatingly. “Do you really +think—” + </p> +<p> +“You know they never ought to have been put in at all!” Peter interjected. +</p> +<p> +“That’s certainly true!” declared Mrs. Godd. +</p> +<p> +“And if they could escape without hurting anyone, if they didn’t have to +fight the jailors, it wouldn’t do any real harm—” + </p> +<p> +That was as far as Peter got with his impromptu conspiracy. Suddenly he +heard a voice behind him: “What does this mean?” It was a male voice, +fierce and trembling with anger; and Peter started from his silken +cushions, and glanced around, thrusting up one arm with the defensive +gesture of a person who has been beaten since earliest childhood. +</p> +<p> +Bearing down on him was a man; possibly he was not an abnormally big man, +but certainly he looked so to Peter. His smooth-shaven face was pink with +anger, his brows gathered in a terrible frown, and his hands clenched with +deadly significance. “You dirty little skunk!” he hissed. “You infernal +young sneak!” + </p> +<p> +“John!” cried Mrs. Godd, imperiously; but she might as well have cried to +an advancing thunder-storm. The man made a leap upon Peter, and Peter, who +had dodged many hundreds of blows in his lifetime, rolled off the lounging +chair, and leaped to his feet, and started for the stairs of the veranda. +The man was right behind him, and as Peter reached the first stair the +man’s foot shot out, and caught Peter fairly in the seat of his trousers, +and the first stair was the only one of the ten or twelve stairs of the +veranda that Peter touched in his descent. +</p> +<p> +Landing at the bottom, he did not stop even for a glance; he could hear +the snorting of Mr. Godd, it seemed right behind his ear, and Peter ran +down the driveway as he had seldom run in his life before. Every now and +then Mr. Godd would shoot out another kick, but he had to stop slightly to +do this, and Peter gained just enough to keep the kicks from reaching him. +So at last the pursuer gave up, and Peter dashed thru the gates of the +Godd estate and onto the main highway. +</p> +<p> +Then he looked over his shoulder, and seeing that Mr. Godd was a safe +distance away, he stopped and turned and shook his clenched fist with the +menace of a street-rat, shrieking, “Damn you! Damn you!” A whirlwind of +impotent rage laid hold upon him. He shouted more curses and menaces, and +among them some strange, some almost incredible words. “Yes, I’m a Red, +damn your soul, and I’ll stay a Red!” + </p> +<p> +Yes, Peter Gudge, the friend of law and order, Peter Gudge, the little +brother to the rich, shouted, “I’m a Red, and what’s more, we’ll blow you +up some day for this—Mac and me’ll put a bomb under you!” Mr. Godd +turned and stalked with contemptuous dignity back to his own private +domestic controversy. +</p> +<p> +Peter walked off down the road, rubbing his sore trousers and sobbing to +himself. Yes, Peter understood now exactly how the Reds felt. Here were +these rich parasites, exploiting the labor of working men and living off +in palaces by themselves—and what had they done to earn it? What +would they ever do for the poor man, except to despise him, and to kick +him in the seat of his trousers? They were a set of wilful brutes! Peter +suddenly saw the happenings of last night from a new angle, and wished he +had all the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ +and Manufacturers’ Association right there along with Mr. Godd, so that he +could bundle them all off to the devil at once. +</p> +<p> +And that was no passing mood either. The seat of Peter’s trousers hurt so +that he could hardly endure the trolley ride home, and all the way Peter +was plotting how he could punish Mr. Godd. He remembered suddenly that Mr. +Godd was an associate of Nelse Ackerman; and Peter now had a spy in Nelse +Ackerman’s home, and was preparing some kind of a “frame-up!” Peter would +see if he couldn’t find some way to start a dynamite conspiracy against +Mr. Godd! He would start a campaign against Mr. Godd in the radical +movement, and maybe he could find some way to get a bunch of the +“wobblies” to carry him off and tie him up and beat him with a black-snake +whip! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0065" id="link2H_4_0065"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 65 +</h2> +<p> +With these reflections Peter went back to the American House, where +McGivney had promised to meet him that evening. Peter went to Room 427, +and being tired after the previous night’s excitement, he lay down and +fell fast asleep. And when again he opened his eyes, he wasn’t sure +whether it was a nightmare, or whether he had died in his sleep and gone +to hell with Mr. Godd. Somebody was shaking him, and bidding him in a +gruff voice, “Wake up!” Peter opened his eyes, and saw that it was +McGivney; and that was all right, it was natural that McGivney should be +waking him up. But what was this? McGivney’s voice was angry, McGivney’s +face was dark and glowering, and—most incredible circumstance of all—McGivney +had a revolver in his hand, and was pointing it into Peter’s face! +</p> +<p> +It really made it much harder for Peter to get awake, because he couldn’t +believe that he was awake; also it made it harder for McGivney to get any +sense out of him, because his jaw hung down, and he stared with terrified +eyes into the muzzle of the revolver. +</p> +<p> +“M-m-my God, Mr. McGivney! w-w-what’s the matter?” + </p> +<p> +“Get up here!” hissed the rat-faced man, and he added a vile name. He +gripped Peter by the lapel of his coat and half jerked him to his feet, +still keeping the muzzle of the revolver in Peter’s face. And poor Peter, +trying desperately to get his wits together, thought of half a dozen wild +guesses one after another. Could it be that McGivney had heard him +denouncing Mr. Godd and proclaiming himself a Red? Could it be that some +of the Reds had framed up something on Peter? Could it be that McGivney +had gone just plain crazy; that Peter was in the room with a maniac armed +with a revolver? +</p> +<p> +“Where did you put that money I gave you the other day;” demanded +McGivney, and added some more vile names. +</p> +<p> +Instantly, of course, Peter was on the defensive. No matter how frightened +he might be, Peter would never fail to hang on to his money. +</p> +<p> +“I-I s-s-spent it, Mr. McGivney.” + </p> +<p> +“You’re lying to me!” + </p> +<p> +“N-n-no.” + </p> +<p> +“Tell me where you put that money!” insisted the man, and his face was +ugly with anger, and the muzzle of the revolver seemed to be trembling +with anger. Peter started to insist that he had spent every cent. “Make +him cough up, Hammett!” said McGivney; and Peter for the first time +realized that there was another man in the room. His eyes had been so +fascinated by the muzzle of the revolver that he hadn’t taken a glance +about. +</p> +<p> +Hammett was a big fellow, and he strode up to Peter and grabbed one of +Peter’s arms, and twisted it around behind Peter’s back and up between +Peter’s shoulders. When Peter started to scream, Hammett clapped his other +hand over his mouth, and so Peter knew that it was all up. He could not +hold on to money at that cost. When McGivney asked him, “Will you tell me +where it is?” Peter nodded, and tried to answer thru his nose. +</p> +<p> +So Hammett took his hand from his mouth. “Where is it?” And Peter replied, +“In my right shoe.” + </p> +<p> +Hammett unlaced the shoe and took it off, and pulled out the inside sole, +and underneath was a little flat package wrapped in tissue paper, and +inside the tissue paper was the thousand dollars that McGivney had given +Peter, and also the three hundred dollars which Peter had saved from Nelse +Ackerman’s present, and two hundred dollars which he had saved from his +salary. Hammett counted the money, and McGivney stuck it into his pocket, +and then he commanded Peter to put on his shoe again. Peter obeyed with +his trembling fingers, meantime keeping his eye in part on the revolver +and in part on the face of the rat. +</p> +<p> +“W-w-what’s the matter, Mr. McGivney?” + </p> +<p> +“You’ll find out in time,” was the answer. “Now, you march downstairs, and +remember, I’ve got this gun on you, and there’s eight bullets in it, and +if you move a finger I’ll put them all into you.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter and McGivney and Hammett went down in the elevator of the hotel, +and out of doors, and into an automobile. Hammett drove, and Peter sat in +the rear seat with McGivney, who had the revolver in his coat pocket, his +finger always on the trigger and the muzzle always pointed into Peter’s +middle. So Peter obeyed all orders promptly, and stopped asking questions +because he found he could get no answers. +</p> +<p> +Meantime he was using his terrified wits on the problem. The best guess he +could make was that Guffey had decided to believe Joe Angell’s story +instead of Peter’s. But then, why all this gun-play, this movie stuff? +Peter gave up in despair; and it was just as well, for what had happened +lay entirely beyond the guessing power of Peter’s mind or any other mind. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0066" id="link2H_4_0066"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 66 +</h2> +<p> +They went to the office of the secret service department of the Traction +Trust, a place where Peter had never been allowed to come hitherto. It was +on the fourteenth floor of the Merchant’s Trust Building, and the sign on +the door read: “The American City Land & Investment Company. Walk In.” + When you walked in, you saw a conventional real estate office, and it was +only when you had penetrated several doors that you came to the secret +rooms where Guffey and his staff conducted the espionage work of the big +business interests of the city. +</p> +<p> +Peter was hustled into one of these rooms, and there stood Guffey; and the +instant Guffey saw him, he bore down upon him, shaking his fist. “You +stinking puppy!” he exclaimed. “You miserable little whelp! You dirty, +sneaking hound!” He added a number of other descriptive phrases taken from +the vocabulary of the kennel. +</p> +<p> +Peter’s knees were shaking, his teeth were chattering, and he watched +every motion of Guffey’s angry fingers, and every grimace of Guffey’s +angry features. Peter had been fully prepared for the most horrible +torture he had experienced yet; but gradually he realized that he wasn’t +going to be tortured, he was only going to be scolded and raged at, and no +words could describe the wave of relief in his soul. In the course of his +street-rat’s life Peter had been called more names than Guffey could think +of if he spent the next month trying. If all Guffey was going to do was to +pace up and down the room, and shake his fist under Peter’s nose every +time he passed him, and compare him with every kind of a domestic animal, +Peter could stand it all night without a murmur. +</p> +<p> +He stopped trying to find out what it was that had happened, because he +saw that this only drove Guffey to fresh fits of exasperation. Guffey +didn’t want to talk to Peter, he didn’t want to hear the sound of Peter’s +whining gutter-pup’s voice. All he wanted was to pour out his rage, and +have Peter listen in abject abasement, and this Peter did. But meantime, +of course, Peter’s wits were working at high speed, he was trying to pick +up hints as to what the devil it could mean. One thing was quite clear—the +damage, whatever it was, was done; the jig was up, it was all over but the +funeral. They had taken Peter’s money to pay for the funeral, and that was +all they hoped to get out of him. +</p> +<p> +Gradually came other hints. “So you thought you were going into business +on your own!” snarled Guffey, and his fist, which was under Peter’s nose, +gave an upward poke that almost dislocated Peter’s neck. +</p> +<p> +“Aha!” thought Peter. “Nelse Ackerman has given me away!” + </p> +<p> +“You thought you were going to make your fortune and retire for life on +your income!” + </p> +<p> +Yes, that was it, surely! But what could Nelse Ackerman have told that was +so very bad? +</p> +<p> +“You were going to have a spy of your own, set up your own bureau, and +kick me out, perhaps!” + </p> +<p> +“My God!” thought Peter. “Who told that?” + </p> +<p> +Then suddenly Guffey stopped in front of him. “Was that what you thought?” + he demanded. He repeated the question, and it appeared that he really +wanted an answer, and so Peter stammered, “N-n-no, sir.” But evidently the +answer didn’t suit Guffey, for he grabbed Peter’s nose and gave it a tweak +that brought the tears into his eyes. +</p> +<p> +“What was it then?” A nasty sneer came on the head detective’s face, and +he laughed at Peter with a laugh of venomous contempt. “I suppose you +thought she really loved you! Was it that? You thought she really loved +you?” And McGivney and Hammett and Guffey ha-ha-ed together, and to Peter +it seemed like the mockery of demons in the undermost pit of hell. Those +words brought every pillar of Peter’s dream castle tumbling in ruins about +his ears. Guffey had found out about Nell! +</p> +<p> +Again and again on the automobile ride to Guffey’s office Peter had +reminded himself of Nell’s command, “Stick it out, Peter! Stick it out!” + He had meant to stick it out in spite of everything; but now in a flash he +saw that all was lost. How could he stick it out when they knew about +Nell, and when Nell, herself, was no longer sticking it out? +</p> +<p> +Guffey saw these thoughts plainly written in Peter’s face, and his sneer +turned into a snarl. “So you think you’ll tell me the truth now, do you? +Well, it happens there’s nothing left to tell!” + </p> +<p> +Again he turned and began pacing up and down the room. The pressure of +rage inside him was so great that it took still more time to work it off. +But finally the head detective sat down at his desk, and opened the drawer +and took out a paper. “I see you’re sitting there, trying to think up some +new lie to tell me,” said he. And Peter did not try to deny it, because +any kind of denial only caused a fresh access of rage. “All right,” Guffey +said, “I’ll read you this, and you can see just where you stand, and just +how many kinds of a boob you are.” + </p> +<p> +So he started to read the letter; and before Peter had heard one sentence, +he knew this was a letter from Nell, and he knew that the castle of his +dreams was flat in the dust forever. The ruins of Sargon and Nineveh were +not more hopelessly flat! +</p> +<p> +“Dear Mr. Guffey,” read the letter, “I am sorry to throw you down, but +fifty thousand dollars is a lot of money, and we all get tired of work and +need a rest. This is to tell you that Ted Crothers has just broke into +Nelse Ackerman’s safe in his home, and we have got some liberty bonds and +some jewels which we guess to be worth fifty thousand dollars, and you +know Ted is a good judge of jewels. +</p> +<p> +“Now of course you will find out that I was working in Mr. Ackerman’s home +and you will be after me hot-foot, so I might as well tell you about it, +and tell you it won’t do you any good to catch us, because we have got all +the inside dope on the Goober frame-up, and everything else your bureau +has been pulling off in American City for the last year. You can ask Peter +Gudge and he’ll tell you. It was Peter and me that fixed up that dynamite +conspiracy, but you mustn’t blame Peter, because he only did what I told +him to do. He hasn’t got sense enough to be really dangerous, and he will +make you a perfectly good agent if you treat him kind and keep him away +from the women. You can do that easy enough if you don’t let him get any +money, because of course he’s nothing much on looks, and the women would +never bother with him if you didn’t pay him too much. +</p> +<p> +“Now Peter will tell you how we framed up that dynamite job, and of course +you wouldn’t want that to get known to the Reds, and you may be sure that +if Ted and me get pinched, we’ll find some way to let the Reds know all +about it. If you keep quiet we’ll never say a word, and you’ve got a +perfectly good dynamite conspiracy, with all the evidence you need to put +the Reds out of business, and you can just figure it cost you fifty +thousand dollars, and it was cheap at the price, because Nelse Ackerman +has paid a whole lot more for your work, and you never got anything half +as big as this. I know you’ll be mad when you read this, but think it over +and keep your shirt on. I send it to you by messenger so you can get hold +of Nelse Ackerman right quick, and have him not say anything to the +police; because you know how it is—if those babies find it out, it +will get to the Reds and the newspapers, and it’ll be all over town and do +a lot of harm to your frame-up. And you know after those Reds have got +beaten up and Shawn Grady lynched, you wouldn’t like to have any rumor get +out that that dynamite was planted by your own people. Ted and me will +keep out of sight, and we won’t sell the jewels for a while, and +everything will be all right. +</p> +<p> +“Yours respectfully, +</p> +<p> +“Edythe. +</p> +<p> +“P. S. It really ain’t Peter’s fault that he’s silly about women, and he +would have worked for you all right if it hadn’t been for my good looks!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0067" id="link2H_4_0067"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 67 +</h2> +<p> +So there it was. When Peter had heard this letter, he understood that +there was no more to be said, and he said it. His own weight had suddenly +become more than he could support, and he saw a chair nearby and slipped +into it, and sat with eyes of abject misery roaming from Guffey to +McGivney, and from McGivney to Hammett, and then back to Guffey again. +</p> +<p> +The head detective, for all his anger, was a practical man; he could not +have managed the very important and confidential work of the Traction +Trust if he had not been. So now he proceeded to get down to business. +Peter would please tell him everything about that dynamite frame-up; just +how they had managed it and just who knew about it. And Peter, being also +a practical man, knew that there was no use trying to hide anything. He +told the story from beginning to end, taking particular pains to make +clear that he and Nell alone were in the secret—-except that beyond +doubt Nell had told her lover, Ted Crothers. It was probably Crothers that +got the dynamite. From the conversation that ensued Peter gathered that +this young man with the face of a bull-dog was one of the very fanciest +safecrackers in the country, and no doubt he was the real brains of the +conspiracy; he had put Nell up to it, and managed every step. Suddenly +Peter remembered all the kisses which Nell had given him in the park, and +he found a blush of shame stealing over him. Yes, there was no doubt about +it, he was a boob where women were concerned! +</p> +<p> +Peter began to plead for himself, Really it wasn’t his fault because Nell +had got a hold on him. In the Temple of Jimjambo, when he was only a kid, +he had been desperately in love with her. She was not only beautiful, she +was so smart; she was the smartest woman he had ever known. McGivney +remarked that she had been playing with Peter even then—she had been +in Guffey’s pay at that time, collecting evidence to put Pashtian el +Kalandra in jail and break up the cult of Eleutherinian Exoticism. She had +done many such jobs for the secret service of the Traction Trust, while +Peter was still traveling around with Pericles Priam selling patent +medicine. Nell had been used by Guffey to seduce a prominent labor leader +in American City; she had got him caught in a hotel room with her, and +thus had broken the back of the biggest labor strike ever known in the +city’s history. +</p> +<p> +Peter felt suddenly that he had a good defense. Of course a woman like +that had been too much for him! It was Guffey’s own fault if he hired +people like that and turned them loose! It suddenly dawned on Peter—Nell +must have found out that he, Peter, was going to meet young Lackman in the +Hotel de Soto, and she must have gone there deliberately to ensnare him. +When McGivney admitted that that was possibly true, Peter felt that he had +a case, and proceeded to urge it with eloquence. He had been a fool, of +course, every kind of fool there was, and he hadn’t a word to say for +himself; but he had learned his lesson and learned it thoroughly. No more +women for him, and no more high life, and if Mr. Guffey would give him +another chance— +</p> +<p> +Guffey, of course, snorted at him. He wouldn’t have a pudding-head like +Peter Gudge within ten miles of his office! But Peter only pleaded the +more abjectly. He really did know the Reds thoroughly, and where could Mr. +Guffey find anybody that knew them as well? The Reds all trusted him; he +was a real martyr—look at the plasters all over him now! And he had +just added another Red laurel to his brow—he had been to see Mrs. +Godd, and had had the seat of his trousers kicked by Mr. Godd, and of +course he could tell that story, and maybe he could catch some Reds in a +conspiracy against Mr. Godd. Anyhow, they had that perfectly good case +against McCormick and the rest of the I. W. Ws. And now that things had +gone so far, surely they couldn’t back down on that case! All that was +necessary was to explain matters to Mr. Ackerman— +</p> +<p> +Peter realized that this was an unfortunate remark. Guffey was on his feet +again, pacing up and down the room, calling Peter the names of all the +barnyard animals, and incidentally revealing that he had already had an +interview with Mr. Ackerman, and that Mr. Ackerman was not disposed to +receive amicably the news that the secret service bureau which he had been +financing, and which was supposed to be protecting him, had been the means +of introducing into his home a couple of high-class criminals who had +cracked his safe and made off with jewels that they guessed were worth +fifty thousand dollars, but that Mr. Ackerman claimed were worth +eighty-five thousand dollars. Peter was informed that he might thank his +lucky stars that Guffey didn’t shut him in the hole for the balance of his +life, or take him into a dungeon and pull him to pieces inch by inch. As +it was, all he had to do was to get himself out of Guffey’s office, and +take himself to hell by the quickest route he could find. “Go on!” said +Guffey. “I mean it, get out!” + </p> +<p> +And so Peter got to his feet and started unsteadily toward the door. He +was thinking to himself: “Shall I threaten them? Shall I say I’ll go over +to the Reds and tell what I know?” No, he had better not do that; the +least hint of that might cause Guffey to put him in the hole! But then, +how was it possible for Guffey to let him go, to take a chance of his +telling? Right now, Guffey must be thinking to himself that Peter might go +away, and in a fit of rage or of despair might let out the truth to one of +the Reds, and then everything would be ruined forever. No, surely Guffey +would not take such a chance! Peter walked very slowly to the door, he +opened the door reluctantly, he stood there, holding on as if he were too +weak to keep his balance; he waited—waited— +</p> +<p> +And sure enough, Guffey spoke. “Come back here, you mut!” And Peter turned +and started towards the head detective, stretching out his hands in a +gesture of submission; if it had been in an Eastern country, he would have +fallen on his knees and struck his forehead three times in the dust. +“Please, please, Mr. Guffey!” he wailed. “Give me another chance!” + </p> +<p> +“If I put you to work again,” snarled Guffey, “will you do what I tell +you, and not what you want to do yourself?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, Mr. Guffey.” + </p> +<p> +“You’ll do no more frame-ups but my frame-ups?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, yes, Mr. Guffey.” + </p> +<p> +“All right, then, I’ll give you one more chance. But by God, if I find you +so much as winking at another girl, I’ll pull your eye teeth out!” + </p> +<p> +And Peter’s heart leaped with relief. “Oh, thank you, thank you, Mr. +Guffey!” + </p> +<p> +“I’ll pay you twenty dollars a week, and no more,” said Guffey. “You’re +worth more, but I can’t trust you with money, and you can take it or leave +it.” + </p> +<p> +“That’ll be perfectly satisfactory, Mr. Guffey,” said Peter. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0068" id="link2H_4_0068"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 68 +</h2> +<p> +So there was the end of high life for Peter Gudge. He moved no more in the +celestial circles of Mount Olympus. He never again saw the Chinese butler +of Mr. Ackerman, nor the French parlor-maid of Mrs. Godd. He would no more +be smiled at by the two hundred and twenty-four boy angels of the ceiling +of the Hotel de Soto lobby. Peter would eat his meals now seated on a +stool in front of a lunch counter, he would really be the humble +proletarian, the “Jimmie Higgins” of his role. He put behind him bright +dreams of an accumulated competence, and settled down to the hard day’s +work of cultivating the acquaintance of agitators, visiting their homes +and watching their activities, getting samples of the literature they were +circulating, stealing their letters and address-books and note-books, and +taking all these to Room 427 of the American House. +</p> +<p> +These were busy times just now. In spite of the whippings and the +lynchings and the jailings—or perhaps because of these very things—the +radical movement was seething. The I. W. Ws. had reorganized secretly, and +were accumulating a defense fund for their prisoners; also, the Socialists +of all shades of red and pink were busy, and the labor men had never +ceased their agitation over the Goober case. Just now they were redoubling +their activities, because Mrs. Goober was being tried for her life. Over +in Russia a mob of Anarchists had made a demonstration in front of the +American Legation, because of the mistreatment of a man they called +“Guba.” At any rate, that was the way the news came over the cables, and +the news-distributing associations of the country had been so successful +in keeping the Goober case from becoming known that the editors of the New +York papers really did not know any better, and printed the name as it +came, “Guba!” which of course gave the radicals a fine chance to laugh at +them, and say, how much they cared about labor! +</p> +<p> +The extreme Reds seemed to have everything their own way in Russia. Late +in the fall they overthrew the Russian government, and took control of the +country, and proceeded to make peace with Germany; which put the Allies in +a frightful predicament, and introduced a new word into the popular +vocabulary, the dread word “Bolshevik.” After that, if a man suggested +municipal ownership of ice-wagons, all you had to do was to call him a +“Bolshevik” and he was done for. +</p> +<p> +However, the extremists replied to this campaign of abuse by taking up the +name and wearing it as a badge. The Socialist local of American City +adopted amid a storm of applause a resolution to call itself the +“Bolshevik local,” and the “left-wingers” had everything their own way for +a time. The leader in this wing was a man named Herbert Ashton, editor of +the American City “Clarion,” the party’s paper. A newspaper-man, lean, +sallow, and incredibly bitter, Ashton apparently had spent all his life +studying the intrigues of international capital, and one never heard an +argument advanced that he was not ready with an answer. He saw the war as +a struggle between the old established commercialism of Great Britain, +whose government he described as “a gigantic trading corporation,” and the +newly arisen and more aggressive commercialism of Germany. +</p> +<p> +Ashton would take the formulas of the war propagandists and treat them as +a terrier treats a rat. So this was a war for democracy! The bankers of +Paris had for the last twenty years been subsidizing the Russian Tsars, +who had shipped a hundred thousand exiles to Siberia to make the world +safe for democracy! The British Empire also had gone to war for democracy—first +in Ireland, then in India and Egypt, then in the Whitechapel slums! No, +said Ashton, the workers were not to be fooled with such bunk. Wall Street +had loaned some billions of dollars to the Allied bankers, and now the +American people were asked to shed their blood to make the world safe for +those loans! +</p> +<p> +Peter had been urging McGivney to put an end to this sort of agitation, +and now the rat-faced man told him that the time for action had come. +There was to be a big mass meeting to celebrate the Bolshevik revolution, +and McGivney warned Peter to keep out of sight at that meeting, because +there might be some clubbing. Peter left off his red badge, and the button +with the clasped hands and went up into the gallery and lost himself in +the crowd. He saw a great many “bulls” whom he knew scattered thru the +audience, and also he saw the Chief of Police and the head of the city’s +detective bureau. When Herbert Ashton was half way thru his tirade, the +Chief strode up to the platform and ordered him under arrest, and a score +of policemen put themselves between the prisoner and the howling audience. +</p> +<p> +Altogether they arrested seven people; and next morning, when they saw how +much enthusiasm their action had awakened in the newspapers, they decided +to go farther yet. A dozen of Guffey’s men, with another dozen from the +District Attorney’s office, raided the office of Ashton’s paper, the +“Clarion,” kicked the editorial staff downstairs or threw them out of the +windows, and proceeded to smash the typewriters and the printing presses, +and to carry off the subscription lists and burn a ton or two of +“literature” in the back yard. Also they raided the headquarters of the +“Bolshevik local,” and placed the seven members of the executive committee +under arrest, and the judge fixed the bail of each of them at twenty-five +thousand dollars, and every day for a week or two the American City +“Times” would send a man around to Guffey’s office, and Guffey would +furnish him with a mass of material which Peter had prepared, showing that +the Socialist program was one of terrorism and murder. +</p> +<p> +Almost every day now Peter rendered some such service to his country. He +discovered where the I. W. W. had hidden a printing press with which they +were getting out circulars and leaflets, and this place was raided, and +the press confiscated, and half a dozen more agitators thrown into jail. +These men declared a hunger strike, and tried to starve themselves to +death as a protest against the beatings they got; and then some hysterical +women met in the home of Ada Ruth, and drew up a circular of protest, and +Peter kept track of the mailing of this circular, and all the copies were +confiscated in the post-office, and so one more conspiracy was foiled. +They now had several men at work in the post-office, secretly opening the +mail of the agitators; and every now and then they would issue an order +forbidding mail to be delivered to persons whose ideas were not sound. +</p> +<p> +Also the post-office department cancelled the second class mailing +privileges of the “Clarion,” and later it barred the paper from the mails +entirely. A couple of “comrades” with automobiles then took up the work of +delivering the paper in the nearby towns; so Peter was sent to get +acquainted with these fellows, and in the night time some of Guffey’s men +entered the garage, and fixed one of the cars so that its steering gear +went wrong and very nearly broke the driver’s neck. So yet another +conspiracy was foiled! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0069" id="link2H_4_0069"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 69 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was really happy now, because the authorities were thoroughly +roused, and when he brought them new facts, he had the satisfaction of +seeing something done about it. Ostensibly the action was taken by the +Federal agents, or by the District Attorney’s office, or by the city +police and detectives; but Peter knew that it was always himself and the +rest of Guffey’s agents, pulling the wires behind the scenes. Guffey had +the money, he was working for the men who really counted in American City; +Guffey was the real boss. And all over the country it was the same; the +Reds were being put out of business by the secret agents of the Chambers +of Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Associations, and the +“Improve America League,” and such like camouflaged organizations. +</p> +<p> +They had everything their own way, because the country was at war, the war +excitement was blazing like a prairie fire all over the land, and all you +had to do was to call a man a pro-German or a Bolshevik, and to be +sufficiently excited about it, and you could get a mob together and go to +his home and horsewhip him or tar and feather him or lynch him. For years +the big business men had been hating the agitators, and now at last they +had their chance, and in every town, in every shop and mill and mine they +had some Peter Gudge at work, a “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Whites,” engaged +in spying and “snooping” upon the “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Reds.” + Everywhere they had Guffeys and McGivneys to direct these activities, and +they had “strong arm men,” with guns on their hips and deputy sheriffs’ +and other badges inside their coats, giving them unlimited right to +protect the country from traitors. +</p> +<p> +There were three or four million men in the training camps, and every week +great convoys were sent out from the Eastern ports, loaded with troops for +“over there.” Billions of dollars worth of munitions and supplies were +going, and all the yearnings and patriotic fervors of the country were +likewise going “over there.” Peter read more speeches and sermons and +editorials, and was proud and glad, knowing that he was taking his humble +part in the great adventure. When he read that the biggest captains of +industry and finance were selling their services to the government for the +sum of one dollar a year, how could he complain, who was getting twenty +dollars every week? When some of the Reds in their meetings or in their +“literature” declared that these captains of industry and finance were the +heads of companies which were charging the government enormous prices and +making anywhere from three to ten times the profits they had made before +the war—then Peter would know that he was listening to an extremely +dangerous Bolshevik; he would take the name of the man to McGivney, and +McGivney would pull his secret wires, and the man would suddenly find +himself out of a job—or maybe being prosecuted by the health +department of the city for having set out a garbage can without a cover. +</p> +<p> +After persistent agitation, the radicals had succeeded in persuading a +judge to let out McCormick and the rest of the conspirators on fifty +thousand dollars bail apiece. That was most exasperating to Peter, because +it was obvious that when you put a Red into jail, you made him a martyr to +the rest of the Reds you made him conspicuous to the whole community, and +then if you let him out again, his speaking and agitating were ten times +as effective as before. Either you ought to keep an agitator in jail for +good, or else you ought not put him in at all. But the judges didn’t see +that—their heads were full of a lot of legal bunk, and they let +David Andrews and the other Red lawyers hood-wink them. Herbert Ashton and +his Socialist crowd also got out on bail, and the “Clarion” was still +published and openly sold on the news-stands. While it didn’t dare oppose +the war any more, it printed every impolite thing it could possibly +collect about the “gigantic trading corporation” known as the British +Government, and also about the “French bankers” and the “Italian +imperialists.” It clamored for democracy for Ireland and Egypt and India, +and shamelessly defended the Bolsheviki, those pro-German conspirators and +nationalizers of women. +</p> +<p> +So Peter proceeded to collect more evidence against the “Clarion” staff, +and against the I. W. Ws. Presently he read the good news that the +government had arrested a couple of hundred of the I. W. W. leaders all +over the country, and also the national leaders of the Socialists, and was +going to try them all for conspiracy. Then came the trial of McCormick and +Henderson and Gus and the rest; and Peter picked up his “Times” one +morning, and read on the front page some news that caused him to gasp. Joe +Angell, one of the leaders in the dynamite conspiracy, had turned state’s +evidence! He had revealed to the District Attorney, not only the part +which he himself had played in the plan to dynamite Nelse Ackerman’s home, +but he had told everything that the others had done—just how the +dynamite had been got and prepared, and the names of all the leading +citizens of the community who were to share Nelse Ackerman’s fate! Peter +read, on and on, breathless with wonder, and when he got thru with the +story he rolled back on his bed and laughed out loud. By heck, that was +the limit! Peter had framed a frame-up on Guffey’s man, and of course +Guffey couldn’t send this man to prison; so he had had him turn state’s +evidence, and was letting him go free, as his reward for telling on the +others! +</p> +<p> +The court calendars were now crowded with “espionage” cases; pacifist +clergymen who had tried to preach sermons, and labor leaders who had tried +to call strikes; members of the Anti-conscription League and their pupils, +the draft-dodgers and slackers; Anarchists and Communists and Quakers, I. +W. Ws., and Socialists and “Russellites.” There were several trials going +on all the time, and in almost every case Peter had a finger, Peter was +called on to get this bit of evidence, or to investigate that juror, or to +prepare some little job against a witness for the defense. Peter was +wrapped up in the fate of each case, and each conviction was a personal +triumph. As there was always a conviction, Peter began to swell up again +with patriotic fervor, and the memory of Nell Doolin and Ted Crothers +slipped far into the background. When “Mac” and his fellow dynamiters were +sentenced to twenty years apiece, Peter felt that he had atoned for all +his sins, and he ventured timidly to point out to McGivney that the cost +of living was going up all the time, and that he had kept his promise not +to wink at a woman for six months. McGivney said all right, they would +raise him to thirty dollars a week. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0070" id="link2H_4_0070"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 70 +</h2> +<p> +Of course Peter’s statement to McGivney had not been literally true. He +had winked at a number of women, but the trouble was none had returned his +wink. First he had made friendly advances toward Miriam Yankovich, who was +buxom and not bad looking; but Miriam’s thoughts were evidently all with +McCormick in jail; and then, after her experience with Bob Ogden, Miriam +had to go to a hospital, and of course Peter didn’t want to fool with an +invalid. He made himself agreeable to others of the Red girls, and they +seemed to like him; they treated him as a good comrade, but somehow they +did not seem to act up to McGivney’s theories of “free love.” So Peter +made up his mind that he would find him a girl who was not a Red. It would +give him a little relief now and then, a little fun. The Reds seldom had +any fun—their idea of an adventure was to get off in a room by +themselves and sing the International or the Red Flag in whispers, so the +police couldn’t hear them. +</p> +<p> +It was Saturday afternoon, and Peter went to a clothing store kept by a +Socialist, and bought himself a new hat and a new suit of clothes on +credit. Then he went out on the street, and saw a neat little girl going +into a picture-show, and followed her, and they struck up an acquaintance +and had supper together. She was what Peter called a “swell dresser,” and +it transpired that she worked in a manicure parlor. Her idea of fun +corresponded to Peter’s, and Peter spent all the money he had that +Saturday evening, and made up his mind that if he could get something new +on the Reds in the course of the week, he would strike McGivney for forty +dollars. +</p> +<p> +Next morning was Easter Sunday, and Peter met his manicurist by +appointment, and they went for a stroll on Park Avenue, which was the +aristocratic street of American City and the scene of the “Easter parade.” + It was war time, and many of the houses had flags out, and many of the men +were in uniform, and all of the sermons dealt with martial themes. Christ, +it appeared, was risen again to make the world safe for democracy, and to +establish self-determination for all people; and Peter and Miss Frisbie +both had on their best clothes, and watched the crowds in the “Easter +parade,” and Miss Frisbie studied the costumes and make-up of the ladies, +and picked up scraps of their conversation and whispered them to Peter, +and made Peter feel that he was back on Mount Olympus again. +</p> +<p> +They turned into one of the swell Park Avenue churches; the Church of the +Divine Compassion it was called, and it was very “high,” with candles and +incense—althogh you could hardly smell the incense on this occasion +for the scent of the Easter lilies and the ladies. Peter and his friend +were escorted to one of the leather covered pews, and they heard the Rev. +de Willoughby Stotterbridge, a famous pulpit orator, deliver one of those +patriotic sermons which were quoted in the “Times” almost every Monday +morning. The Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge quoted some Old Testament +text about exterminating the enemies of the Lord, and he sang the triumph +of American arms, and the overwhelming superiority of American munitions. +He denounced the Bolsheviks and all other traitors, and called for their +instant suppression; he didn’t say that he had actually been among the +crowd which had horse-whipped the I. W. Ws. and smashed the printing +presses and typewriters of the Socialists, but he made it unmistakably +clear that that was what he wanted, and Peter’s bosom swelled with happy +pride. It was something to a man to know that he was serving his country +and keeping the old flag waving; but it was still more to know that he was +enlisted in the service of the Almighty, that Heaven and all its hosts +were on his side, and that everything he had done had the sanction of the +Almighty’s divinely ordained minister, speaking in the Almighty’s holy +temple, in the midst of stained-glass windows and brightly burning candles +and the ravishing odor of incense, and of Easter lilies and of mignonette +and lavender in the handkerchiefs of delicately gowned and exquisite +ladies from Mount Olympus. This, to be sure, was mixing mythologies, but +Peter’s education had been neglected in his youth, and Peter could not be +blamed for taking the great ones of the earth as they were, and believing +what they taught him. +</p> +<p> +The white robed choir marched out, and the music of “Onward Christian +Soldiers” faded away, and Peter and his lady went out from the Church of +the Divine Compassion, and strolled on the avenue again, and when they had +sufficiently filled their nostrils with the sweet odors of snobbery, they +turned into the park, where there were places of seclusion for young +couples interested in each other. But alas, the fates which dogged Peter +in his love-making had prepared an especially cruel prank that morning. At +the entrance to the park, whom should Peter meet but Comrade +Schnitzelmann, a fat little butcher who belonged to the “Bolshevik local” + of American City. Peter tried to look the other way and hurry by, but +Comrade Schnitzelmann would not have it so. He came rushing up with one +pudgy hand stretched out, and a beaming smile on his rosy Teutonic +countenance. “Ach, Comrade Gudge!” cried he. “Wie geht’s mit you dis +morning?” + </p> +<p> +“Very well, thank you,” said Peter, coldly, and tried to hurry on. +</p> +<p> +But Comrade Schnitzelmann held onto his hand. “So! You been seeing dot +Easter barade!” said he. “Vot you tink, hey? If we could get all de wage +slaves to come und see dot barade, we make dem all Bolsheviks pretty +quick! Hey, Comrade Gudge?” + </p> +<p> +“Yes, I guess so,” said Peter, still more coldly. +</p> +<p> +“We show dem vot de money goes for—hey, Comrade Gudge!” And Comrade +Schnitzelmann chuckled, and Peter said, quickly, “Well, good-bye,” and +without introducing his lady-love took her by the arm and hurried away. +</p> +<p> +But alas, the damage had been done! They walked for a minute or two amid +ominous silence. Then suddenly the manicurist stood still and confronted +Peter. “Mr. Gudge,” she demanded, “what does that mean?” + </p> +<p> +And Peter of course could not answer. He did not dare to meet her flashing +eyes, but stood digging the toe of his shoe into the path. “I want to know +what it means,” persisted the girl. “Are you one of those Reds?” + </p> +<p> +And what could poor Peter say? How could he explain his acquaintance with +that Teutonic face and that Teutonic accent? +</p> +<p> +The girl stamped her foot with impatient anger. “So you’re one of those +Reds! You’re one of those pro-German traitors! You’re an imposter, a spy!” + </p> +<p> +Peter was helpless with embarrassment and dismay. “Miss Frisbie,” he +began, “I can’t explain—” + </p> +<p> +“<i>Why</i> can’t you explain? Why can’t any honest man explain?” + </p> +<p> +“But—but—I’m not what you think—it isn’t true! I—I—” + It was on the tip of Peter’s tongue to say, “I’m a patriot! I’m a 100% +American, protecting my country against these traitors!” But professional +honor sealed his tongue, and the little manicurist stamped her foot again, +and her eyes flashed with indignation. +</p> +<p> +“You dare to seek my acquaintance! You dare to take me to church! Why—if +there was a policeman in sight, I’d report you, I’d send you to jail!” And +actually she looked around for a policeman! But it is well known that +there never is a policeman in sight when you look for one; so Miss Frisbie +stamped her foot again and snorted in Peter’s face. “Goodbye, <i>Comrade</i> +Gudge!” The emphasis she put upon that word “comrade” would have frozen +the fieriest Red soul; and she turned with a swish of her skirts and +strode off, and Peter stood looking mournfully at her little French heels +going crunch, crunch, crunch on the gravel path. When the heels were clean +gone out of sight, Peter sought out the nearest bench and sat down and +buried his face in his hands, a picture of woe. Was there ever in the +world a man who had such persistent ill luck with women? +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0071" id="link2H_4_0071"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 71 +</h2> +<p> +These were days of world-agony, when people bought the newspapers several +times every day, and when crowds gathered in front of bulletin boards, +looking at the big maps with little flags, and speculating, were the +Germans going to get to Paris, were they going to get to the Channel and +put France out of the war? And then suddenly the Americans struck their +first blow, and hurled the Germans back at Chateau-Thierry, and all +America rose up with one shout of triumph! +</p> +<p> +You would think that was a poor time for pacifist agitation; but the +members of the Anti-conscription League had so little discretion that they +chose this precise moment to publish a pamphlet, describing the torturing +of conscientious objectors in military prisons and training camps! Peter +had been active in this organization from the beginning, and he had helped +to write into the pamphlet a certain crucial phrase which McGivney had +suggested. So now here were the pamphlets seized by the Federal +government, and all the members of the Anti-conscription League under +arrest, including Sadie Todd and little Ada Ruth and Donald Gordon! Peter +was sorry about Sadie Todd, in spite of the fact that she had called him +names. He couldn’t be very sorry about Ada Ruth, because she was obviously +a fanatic, bent on getting herself into trouble. As for Donald Gordon, if +he hadn’t learned his lesson from that whipping, he surely had nobody to +blame but himself. +</p> +<p> +Peter was a member of this Anti-conscription League, so he pretended to be +in hiding, and carried on a little comedy with Ada Ruth’s cousin, an +Englishwoman, who hid him out in her place in the country. Peter had an +uncomfortable quarter of an hour when Donald Gordon was released on bail, +because the Quaker boy insisted that the crucial phrase which had got them +all into trouble had been stricken out of the manuscript before he handed +it to Peter Gudge to take to the printer. But Peter insisted that Donald +was mistaken, and apparently he succeeded in satisfying the others, and +after they were all out on bail, he made bold to come out of his hiding +place and to attend one or two protest meetings in private homes. +</p> +<p> +Then began a new adventure, in some ways the most startling of all. It had +to do with another girl, and the beginning was in the home of Ada Ruth, +where a few of the most uncompromising of the pacifists gathered to +discuss the question of raising money to pay for their legal defense. To +this meeting came Miriam Yankovich, pale from an operation for cancer of +the breast, but with a heart and mind as Red as ever. Miriam had brought +along a friend to help her, because she wasn’t strong enough to walk; and +it was this friend who started Peter on his new adventure. +</p> +<p> +Rosie Stern was her name, and she was a solid little Jewish working girl, +with bold black eyes, and a mass of shining black hair, and flaming cheeks +and a flashing smile. She was dressed as if she knew about her beauty, and +really appreciated it; so Peter wasn’t surprised when Miriam, introducing +her, remarked that Rosie wasn’t a Red and didn’t like the Reds, but had +just come to help her, and to see what a pacifist meeting was like. +Perhaps Peter might help to make a Red out of her! And Peter was very glad +indeed, for he was never more bored with the whining of pacifists than now +when our boys were hurling the Germans back from the Marne and writing +their names upon history’s most imperishable pages. +</p> +<p> +Rosie was something new and unforeseen, and Peter went right after her, +and presently he realized with delight that she was interested in him. +Peter knew, of course, that he was superior to all this crowd, but he +wasn’t used to having the fact recognized, and as usual when a woman +smiled upon him, the pressure of his self-esteem rose beyond the safety +point. Rosie was one of those people who take the world as it is and get +some fun out of it, so while the pacifist meeting went on, Peter sat over +in the corner and told her in whispers his funny adventures with Pericles +Priam and in the Temple of Jimjambo. Rosie could hardly repress her +laughter, and her black eyes flashed, and before the evening was over +their hands had touched several times. Then Peter offered to escort her +and Miriam, and needless to say they took Miriam home first. The tenement +streets were deserted at this late hour, so they found a chance for swift +embraces, and Peter went home with his feet hardly touching the ground. +</p> +<p> +Rosie worked in a paper-box factory, and next evening Peter took her out +to dinner, and their eager flirtation went on. But Rosie showed a tendency +to retreat, and when Peter pressed her, she told him the reason. She had +no use for Reds; she was sick of the jargon of the Reds, she would never +love a Red. Look at Miriam Yankovich—what a wreck she had made of +her life! She had been a handsome girl, she might have got a rich husband, +but now she had had to be cut to pieces! And look at Sadie Todd, slaving +herself to death, and Ada Ruth with her poems that made you tired. Rosie +jeered at them all, and riddled them with the arrows of her wit, and of +course Peter in his heart agreed with everything she said; yet Peter had +to pretend to disagree, and that made Rosie cross and spoiled their fun, +and they almost quarreled. +</p> +<p> +Under these circumstances, naturally it was hard for Peter not to give +some hint of his true feeling. After he had spent all of his money on +Rosie and a lot of his time and hadn’t got anywhere, he decided to make +some concession to her—he told her he would give up trying to make a +Red out of her. Whereupon Rosie made a face at him. “Very kind indeed of +you, Mr. Gudge! But how about my making a ‘White’ out of you?” And she +went on to inform him that she wanted a fellow that could make money and +take care of a girl. Peter answered that he was making money all right. +Well, how was he making money, asked Rosie. Peter wouldn’t tell, but he +was making it, and he would prove it by taking her to the theater every +night. +</p> +<p> +So the little duel went on, evening after evening. Peter got more and more +crazy about this black-eyed beauty, and she got more and more coquettish, +and more and more impatient with his radical leanings. Rosie’s father had +brought her as a baby from Kisheneff, but she was 100% American all the +same, so she told him; those boys in khaki who were over there walloping +the Huns were the boys for her, and she was waiting for one of them to +come back. What was the matter with Peter that he wasn’t doing his part? +Was he a draft-dodger? Rosie had never had anything to do with slackers, +and wasn’t keen for the company of a man who couldn’t give an account of +himself. Only that day she had been reading in the paper about the +atrocities committed by the Huns. How could any man with red blood in his +veins sympathize with these pacifists and traitors? And if Peter didn’t +sympathize with them, why did he travel round with them and give them his +moral support? When Peter made a feeble effort at repeating some of the +pacifists’ arguments, Rosie just said, “Oh, fudge! You’ve got too much +sense to talk that kind of stuff to me.” And Peter knew, of course, that +he <i>had</i> too much sense, and it was hard to keep from letting Rosie +see it. He had just lost one girl because of his Red entanglements. Was it +up to him to lose another? +</p> +<p> +For a couple of weeks they sparred and fought. Rosie would let Peter kiss +her, and Peter’s head would be quite turned with desire. He decided that +she was the most wonderful girl he had ever known; even Nell Doolin had +nothing on her. But then once more she would pin Peter down on this +business of his Redness, and would spurn him, and refuse to see him any +more. At last Peter admitted to her that he had lost his sympathy with the +Reds, she had converted him, and he despised them. So Rosie replied that +she was delighted; they would go at once to see Miriam Yankovich, and +Peter would tell her, and try to convert her also. Peter was then in a bad +dilemma; he had to insist that Rosie should keep his conversion a secret. +But Rosie became indignant, she set her lips and declared that a +conversion that had to be kept secret was no conversion at all, it was +simply a low sham, and Peter Gudge was a coward, and she was sick of him! +So poor Peter went away, heartbroken and bewildered. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0072" id="link2H_4_0072"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 72 +</h2> +<p> +There was only one way out of this plight for Peter, and that was for him +to tell Rosie the truth. And why should he not do it? He was wild about +her, and he knew that she was wild about him, and only one thing—his +great secret—stood in the way of their perfect bliss. If he told her +that great secret, he would be a hero of heroes in her eyes; he would be +more wonderful even than the men who were driving back the Germans from +the Marne and writing their names upon history’s most imperishable pages! +So why should he not tell? +</p> +<p> +He was in her room one evening, and his arms were about her, and she had +almost but not quite yielded. “Please, please, Peter,” she pleaded, “stop +being one of those horrid Reds!” And Peter could stand it no longer. He +told her that he really wasn’t a Red, but a secret agent employed by the +very biggest business men of American City to keep track of the Reds and +bring their activities to naught. And when he told this, Rosie stared at +him in consternation. She refused to believe him; when he insisted, she +laughed at him, and finally became angry. It was a silly yarn, and did he +imagine he could string her along like that? +</p> +<p> +So Peter, irritated, set out to convince her. He told her about Guffey and +the American City Land & Investment Company; he told her about +McGivney, and how he met McGivney regularly at Room 427 of the American +House. He told her about his thirty dollars a week, and how it was soon to +be increased to forty, and he would spend it all on her. And perhaps she +might pretend to be converted by him, and become a Red also, and if she +could satisfy McGivney that she was straight, he would pay her too, and it +would be a lot better than working ten and a half hours a day in Isaac +& Goldstein’s paper box factory. +</p> +<p> +At last Peter succeeded in convincing the girl. She was subdued and +frightened; she hadn’t been prepared for anything like that, she said, and +would have to have a little time to think it over. Peter then became +worried in turn. He hoped she wouldn’t mind, he said, and set to work to +explain to her how important his work was, how it had the sanction of all +the very best people in the city—not merely the great bankers and +business men, but mayors and public officials and newspaper editors and +college presidents, and great Park Avenue clergymen like the Rev. de +Willoughby Stotterbridge of the Church of the Divine Compassion. And Rosie +said that was all right, of course, but she was a little scared and would +have to think it over. She brought the evening to an abrupt end, and Peter +went home much disconcerted. +</p> +<p> +Perhaps an hour later there came a sharp tap on the door of his +lodging-house room, and he went to the door, and found himself confronted +by David Andrews, the lawyer, Donald Gordon, and John Durand, the labor +giant, president of the Seamen’s Union. They never even said, “Howdy do,” + but stalked into the room, and Durand shut the door behind him, and stood +with his back to it, folded his arms and glared at Peter like the stone +image of an Aztec chieftain. So before they said a word Peter knew what +had happened. He knew that the jig was up for good this time; his career +as savior of the nation was at an end. And again it was all on account of +a woman—all because he hadn’t taken Guffey’s advice about winking! +</p> +<p> +But all other thoughts were driven from Peter’s mind by one emotion, which +was terror. His teeth began giving their imitation of an angry woodchuck, +and his knees refused to hold him; he sat down on the edge of the bed, +staring from one to another of these three stone Aztec faces. “Well, +Gudge,” said Andrews, at last, “so you’re the spy we’ve been looking for +all this time!” + </p> +<p> +Peter remembered Nell’s injunction, “Stick it out, Peter! Stick it out!” + </p> +<p> +“Wh-wh-what do you mean, Mr. Andrews?” + </p> +<p> +“Forget it, Gudge,” said Andrews. “We’ve just been talking with Rosie, and +Rosie was our spy.” + </p> +<p> +“She’s been lying to you!” Peter cried. +</p> +<p> +But Andrews said: “Oh rubbish! We’re not that easy! Miriam Yankovich was +listening behind the door, and heard your talk.” + </p> +<p> +So then Peter knew that the case was hopeless, and there was nothing left +but to ascertain his fate. Had they come just to scold him and appeal to +his conscience? Or did they plan to carry him away and strangle him and +torture him to death? The latter was the terror that had been haunting +Peter from the beginning of his career, and when gradually be made out +that the three Aztecs did not intend violence, and that all they hoped for +was to get him to admit how much he had told to his employers—then +there was laughter inside Peter, and he broke down and wept tears of +scalding shame, and said that it had all been because McCormick had told +that cruel lie about him and little Jennie Todd. He had resisted the +temptation for a year, but then he had been out of a job, and the Goober +Defense Committee had refused him any work; he had actually been starving, +and so at last he had accepted McGivney’s offer to let him know about the +seditious activities of the extreme Reds. But he had never reported +anybody who hadn’t really broken the law, and he had never told McGivney +anything but the truth. +</p> +<p> +Then Andrews proceeded to examine him. Peter denied that he had ever +reported anything about the Goober case. He denied most strenuously that +he had ever had anything to do with the McCormick “frame-up.” When they +tried to pin him down on this case and that, he suddenly summoned his +dignity and declared that Andrews had no right to cross-question him, he +was a 100%, red-blooded American patriot, and had been saving his country +and his God from German agents and Bolshevik traitors. +</p> +<p> +Donald Gordon almost went wild at that. “What you’ve been doing was to +slip stuff into our pamphlet about conscientious objectors, so as to get +us all indicted!” + </p> +<p> +“That’s a lie!” cried Peter. “I never done nothing of the kind!” + </p> +<p> +“You know perfectly well you rubbed out those pencil marks that I drew +through that sentence in the pamphlet.” + </p> +<p> +“I never done it!” cried Peter, again and again. +</p> +<p> +And suddenly big John Durand clenched his hands, and his face became +terrible with his pent-up rage. “You white-livered little sneak!” he +hissed. “What we ought to do with you is to pull the lying tongue out of +you!” He took a step forward, as if he really meant to do it. +</p> +<p> +But David Andrews interfered. He was a lawyer, and knew the difference +between what he could do and what Guffey’s men could do. “No, no, John,” + he said, “nothing like that. I guess we’ve got all we can get out of this +fellow. We’ll leave him to his own conscience and his Jingo God. Come on, +Donald.” And he took the white-faced Quaker boy with one hand, and the big +labor giant with the other, and walked them out of the room, and Peter +heard them tramping down the stairs of his lodging house, and he lay on +his bed and buried his face in the pillows, and felt utterly wretched, +because once more he had been made a fool of, and as usual it was a woman +that had done it. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0073" id="link2H_4_0073"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 73 +</h2> +<p> +Peter could see it all very clearly when he came to figure over the thing; +he could see what a whooping jackass he had been. He might have known that +it was up to him to be careful, at this time of all times, when he was +suspected of having rubbed out Donald Gordon’s pencil marks. They had +picked out a girl whom Peter had never seen before, and she had come and +posed as Miriam’s friend, and had proceeded to take Peter by the nose and +lead him to the edge of the precipice and shove him over. And now she +would be laughing at him, telling all her friends about her triumph, and +about Peter’s thirty dollars a week that he would never see again. +</p> +<p> +Peter spent a good part of the night getting up the story that he was to +tell McGivney next morning. He wouldn’t mention Rosie Stern, of course; he +would say that the Reds had trailed him to Room 427, and it must be they +had a spy in Guffey’s office. Peter repeated this story quite solemnly, +and again realized too late that he had made a fool of himself. It wasn’t +twenty-four hours before every Red in American City knew the true, inside +history of the unveiling of Peter Gudge as a spy of the Traction Trust. +The story occupied a couple of pages in that week’s issue of the +“Clarion,” and included Peter’s picture, and an account of the part that +Peter had played in various frame-ups. It was nearly all true, and the +fact that it was guess-work on Donald Gordon’s part did not make it any +the better for Peter. Of course McGivney and Guffey and all his men read +the story, and knew Peter for the whooping jackass that Peter knew +himself. +</p> +<p> +“You go and get yourself a job with a pick and shovel,” said McGivney, and +Peter sorrowfully took his departure. He had only a few dollars in his +pocket, and these did not last very long, and he had got down to his last +nickel, and was confronting the wolf of starvation again, when McGivney +came to his lodging house room with a new proposition. There was one job +left, and Peter might take it if he thought he could stand the gaff. +</p> +<p> +It was the job of state’s witness. Peter had been all thru the Red +movement, he knew all these pacifists and Socialists and Syndicalists and +I. W. Ws. who were now in jail. In some cases the evidence of the +government was far from satisfactory; so Peter might have his salary back +again, if he were willing to take the witness stand and tell what he was +told to tell, and if he could manage to sit in a courtroom without falling +in love with some of the lady jurors, or some of the lady spies of the +defense. These deadly shafts of sarcasm Peter did not even feel, because +he was so frightened by the proposition which McGivney put up to him. To +come out into the open and face the blinding glare of the Red hate! To +place himself, the ant, between the smashing fists of the battling giants! +</p> +<p> +Yes, it might seem dangerous, said McGivney, for a cowardly little whelp +like himself; but then a good many men had had the nerve to do it, and +none of them had died yet. McGivney himself did not pretend to care very +much whether Peter did it or not; he put the matter up to him on Guffey’s +orders. The job was worth forty dollars a week, and he might take it or +leave it. +</p> +<p> +And there sat Peter, with only a nickel and a couple of pennies in his +pocket, and the rent for his room two weeks over-due, and his landlady +lying in wait in the hallway like an Indian with a tomahawk. Peter +objected, what about all those bad things in his early record, Pericles +Priam and the Temple of Jimjambo, which had ruined him as a witness in the +Goober case. McGivney answered dryly that he couldn’t let himself out with +that excuse; he was invited to pose as a reformed “wobbly,” and the more +crimes and rascalities he had in his record, the more convinced the jury +would be that he had been a real “wobbly.” + </p> +<p> +Peter asked, just when would he be expected to appear? And McGivney +answered, the very next week. They were trying seventeen of the “wobblies” + on a conspiracy charge, and Peter would be expected to take the stand and +tell how he had heard them advocate violence, and heard them boast of +having set fire to barns and wheat fields, and how they had put phosphorus +bombs into haystacks, and copper nails into fruit trees, and spikes into +sawmill logs, and emery powder into engine bearings. Peter needn’t worry +about what he would have to say, McGivney would tell him everything, and +would see him thoroughly posted, and he would find himself a hero in the +newspapers, which would make clear that he had done everything from the +very highest possible motives of 100% Americanism, and that no soldier in +the war had been performing a more dangerous service. +</p> +<p> +To Peter it seemed they might say that without troubling their conscience +very much. But McGivney went on to declare that he needn’t be afraid; it +was no part of Guffey’s program to give the Reds the satisfaction of +putting his star witness out of business. Peter would be kept in a safe +place, and would always have a body-guard. While he was in the city, +giving his testimony, they would put him up at the Hotel de Soto. +</p> +<p> +And that of course settled it. Here was poor Peter, with only a nickel and +two coppers in his pocket, and before him stood a chariot of fire with +magic steeds, and all he had to do was to step in, and be whirled away to +Mount Olympus. Peter stepped in! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0074" id="link2H_4_0074"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 74 +</h2> +<p> +McGivney took him to Guffey’s office, and Guffey wasted no time upon +preliminaries, but turned to his desk, and took out a long typewritten +document, a complete account of what the prosecution meant to prove +against the seventeen I. W. Ws. First, Peter told what he himself had seen +and heard—not very much, but a beginning, a hook to hang his story +upon. The I. W. W. hall was the meeting place for the casual and homeless +labor of the country, the “bindle-stiffs” who took the hardest of the +world’s hard knocks, and sometimes returned them. There was no kind of +injustice these fellows hadn’t experienced, and now and then they had +given blow for blow. Also there were loose talkers among them, who worked +off their feelings by threats of vengeance upon their enemies. Now and +then a real criminal came along, and now and then a paid inciter, a Peter +Gudge or a Joe Angell. Peter told the worst that he had heard, and all he +knew about the arrested men, and Guffey wrote it all down, and then +proceeded to build upon it. This fellow Alf Guinness had had a row with a +farmer in Wheatland County; there had been a barn burned nearby, and +Guffey would furnish an automobile and a couple of detectives to travel +with Peter, and they would visit the scene of that fire and the nearby +village, and familiarize themselves with the locality, and Peter would +testify how he had been with Guinness when he and a half dozen of the +defendants had set fire to that barn. +</p> +<p> +Peter hadn’t intended anything quite so serious as that, but Guffey was so +business-like, and took it all so much as a matter of course, that Peter +was afraid to show the white feather. After all, this was war-time; +hundreds of men were giving up their lives every day in the Argonne, and +why shouldn’t Peter take a little risk in order to put out of business his +country’s most dangerous enemies? +</p> +<p> +So Peter and his two detectives blew themselves to a joy ride in the +country. And then Peter was brought back and made comfortable in a room on +the twelfth floor of the Hotel de Soto, where he diligently studied the +typewritten documents which McGivney brought him, and thoroughly learned +the story he was to tell. There was always one of Guffey’s men walking up +and down in the hallway outside with a gun on his hip, and they brought +Peter three meals a day, not forgetting a bottle of beer and a package of +cigarettes. Twice a day Peter read in the newspapers about the heroic +deeds of our boys over there, and also about the latest bomb plots which +had been discovered all over the country, and about various trials under +the espionage act. +</p> +<p> +Also, Peter had the thrill of reading about himself in a real newspaper. +Hitherto he had been featured in labor papers, and Socialist papers like +the “Clarion,” which did not count; but now the American City “Times” came +out with a long story of how the district attorney’s office had “planted” + a secret agent with the I. W. W., and how this man, whose name was Peter +Gudge, had been working as one of them for the past two years, and was +going to reveal the whole story of I. W. W. infamy on the witness stand. +</p> +<p> +Two days before the trial Peter was escorted by McGivney and another +detective to the district attorney’s office, and spent the best part of +the day in conference with Mr. Burchard and his deputy, Mr. Stannard, who +were to try the case. McGivney had told Peter that the district attorney +was not in the secret, he really believed that Peter’s story was all true; +but Peter suspected that this was camouflage, to save Mr. Burchard’s face, +and to protect him in case Peter ever tried to “throw him down.” Peter +noticed that whenever he left any gap in his story, the district attorney +and the deputy told him to fill it, and he managed to guess what to fill +it with. +</p> +<p> +Henry Clay Burchard came from the far South, and followed a style of +oratory long since gone out of date. He wore his heavy black hair a little +long, and when he mounted the platform he would pull out the tremulo stop, +stretching out his hands and saying in tones of quivering emotion: “The +ladies, God bless them!” Also he would say: “I am a friend of the common +man. My heart beats with sympathy for those who constitute the real +backbone of America, the toilers of the shop and farm.” And then all the +banqueters of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association would applaud, and would send their checks to +the campaign fund of this friend of the common man. Mr. Burchard’s deputy, +Mr. Stannard, was a legal fox who told his chief what to do and how to do +it; a dried-up little man who looked like a bookworm, and sat boring you +thru with his keen eyes, watching for your weak points and preparing to +pierce you thru with one of his legal rapiers. He would be quite friendly +about it—he would joke with you in the noon hour, assuming that you +would of course understand it was all in the line of business, and no harm +meant. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0075" id="link2H_4_0075"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 75 +</h2> +<p> +The two men heard Peter’s story and changed it a little, and then heard +him over again and pronounced him all right, and Peter went back to his +hotel room and waited in trepidation for his hour in the limelight. When +they took him to court his knees were shaking, but also he had a thrill of +real importance, for they had provided him with a body-guard of four big +huskies; also he saw two “bulls” whom he recognized in the hallway outside +the court-room, and many others scattered thru the audience. The place was +packed with Red sympathizers, but they had all been searched before they +were allowed to enter, and were being watched every moment during the +trial. +</p> +<p> +When Peter stepped into the witness box he felt as Tom Duggan and Donald +Gordon must have felt that night when the white glare from thirty or forty +automobiles was beating upon them. Peter felt the concentrated Red hate of +two or three hundred spectators, and now and then their pent-up fury would +break restraint; there would be a murmur of protest, or perhaps a wave of +sneering laughter, and the bailiff would bang on the table with his wooden +mallet, and the judge would half rise from his seat, and declare that if +that happened again he would order the court-room cleared. +</p> +<p> +Not far in front of Peter at a long table sat the seventeen defendants, +looking like trapped rats, and every one of their thirty-four rat eyes +were fixed upon Peter’s face, and never moved from it. Peter only glanced +that way once; they bared their rats’ teeth at him, and he quickly looked +in another direction. But there also he saw a face that brought him no +comfort; there sat Mrs. Godd, in her immaculate white chiffons, her +wide-open blue eyes fixed upon his face, her expression full of grief and +reproach. “Oh, Mr. Gudge!” she seemed to be saying. “How can you? Mr. +Gudge, is this Peace. . . justice. . . Truth. . . Law?” And Peter realized +with a pang that he had cut himself off forever from Mount Olympus, and +from the porch chair with the soft silken pillows! He turned away toward +the box where sat the twelve jurymen and women. One old lady gave him a +benevolent smile, and a young farmer gave him a sly wink, so Peter knew +that he had friends in that quarter—and after all, they were the +ones who really counted in this trial. Mrs. Godd was as helpless as any +“wobbly,” in the presence of this august court. +</p> +<p> +Peter told his story, and then came his cross-questioning, and who should +rise and start the job but David Andrews, suave and humorous and deadly. +Peter had always been afraid of Andrews, and now he winced. Nobody had +told him he was to face an ordeal like this! Nobody had told him that +Andrews would be allowed to question him about every detail of these +crimes which he said he had witnessed, and about all the conversations +that had taken place, and who else was present, and what else had been +said, and how he had come to be there, and what he had done afterwards, +and what he had had to eat for breakfast that morning. Only two things +saved Peter, first the constant rapid-fire of objections which Stannard +kept making, to give Peter time to think; and second, the cyclone-cellar +which Stannard had provided for him in advance. “You can always fail to +remember,” the deputy had said; “nobody can punish you for forgetting +something.” So Peter would repeat the minute details of a conversation in +which Alf Guinness had told of burning down the barn, but he didn’t +remember who else had heard the conversation, and he didn’t remember what +else had been said, nor what was the date of the conversation. +</p> +<p> +Then came the blessed hour of noon, with a chance for Peter to get fixed +up again before the court resumed at two. He was questioned again by +Stannard, who patched up all the gaps in his testimony, and then again he +failed to remember things, and so avoided the traps which Andrews set for +his feet. He was told that he had “done fine,” and was escorted back to +the Hotel de Soto in triumph, and there for a week he stayed while the +defense made a feeble effort to answer his testimony. Peter read in the +papers the long speeches in which the district attorney and the deputy +acclaimed him as a patriot, protecting his country from its “enemies +within;” also he read a brief reference to the “tirade” of David Andrews, +who had called him a “rat” and a “slinking Judas.” Peter didn’t mind that, +of course—it was all part of the game, and the calling of names is a +pretty sure sign of impotence. +</p> +<p> +Less easy to accept placidly, however, was something which came to Peter +that same day—a letter from Mrs. Godd! It wasn’t written to him, but +he saw Hammett and another of the “bulls” chuckling together, and he asked +what was the joke, and they told him that Mrs. Godd had somehow found out +about Guffey, and had written him a letter full of insults, and Guffey was +furious. Peter asked what was in it, and they told him, and later on when +he insisted, they brought it and showed it to him, and Peter was furious +too. On very expensive stationery with a stately crest at the top, the +mother of Mount Olympus had written in a large, bland, girlish hand her +opinion of “under cover” men and those who hired them: +</p> +<p> +“You sit like a big spider and weave a net to catch men and destroy them. +You destroy alike your victims and your tools. The poor boy, Peter Gudge, +whom you sent to my home—my heart bleeds when I think of him, and +what you have put him up to! A wretched, feeble-minded victim of greed, +who ought to be sent to a hospital for deformed souls, you have taken him +and taught him a piece of villainy to recite, so that he may send a group +of sincere idealists to prison.” + </p> +<p> +That was enough! Peter put down the letter—he would not dignify such +stuff by reading it. He realized that he would have to put his mind on the +problem of Mrs. Godd once more. One woman like that, in her position of +power, was more dangerous than all the seventeen “wobblies” who had been +haled before the court. Peter inquired, and learned that Guffey had +already been to see Nelse Ackerman about it, and Mr. Ackerman had been to +see Mr. Godd, and Mr. Godd had been to see Mrs. Godd. Also the “Times” had +an editorial referring to the “nest of Bolshevism” upon Mount Olympus, and +all Mrs. Godd’s friends were staying away from her luncheon-parties—so +she was being made to suffer for her insolence to Peter Gudge! +</p> +<p> +“A hospital for deformed souls,” indeed! Peter was so upset that his joy +in life was not restored even by the news that the jury had found the +defendants guilty on the first ballot. He told McGivney that the strain of +this trial had been too much for his nerves, and they must take care of +him; so an automobile was provided, and Peter was taken to a secret hiding +place in the country to recuperate. +</p> +<p> +Hammett went with him, and Hammett was a first-class gunman, and Peter +stayed close by him; in the evening he stayed up in the second story of +the farm-house, lest perchance one of the “wobblies” should take too +literally the testimony Peter had given concerning their habit of shooting +at their enemies out of the darkness. Peter knew how they all must hate +him; he read in the paper how the judge summoned the guilty men before him +and sentenced them, incidentally forcing them to listen to a scathing +address, which was published in full in the “Times.” The law provided a +penalty of from one to fourteen years, and the judge sentenced sixteen of +them to fourteen years, and one to ten years, thus tempering justice with +mercy. +</p> +<p> +Then one day McGivney sent an automobile, and Peter was brought to +Guffey’s office, and a new plan was unfolded to him. They had arrested +another bunch of “wobblies” in the neighboring city of Eldorado, and Peter +was wanted there to repeat his testimony. It happened that he knew one of +the accused men, and that would be sufficient to get his testimony in—his +prize stuff about the burning barns and the phosphorus bombs. He would be +taken care of just as thoroughly by the district attorney’s office of +Eldorado County; or better yet, Guffey would write to his friend Steve +Ellman, who did the detective work for the Home and Fireside Association, +the big business organization of that city. +</p> +<p> +Peter hemmed and hawed. This was a pretty hard and dangerous kind of work, +it really played the devil with a man’s nerves, sitting up there in the +hotel room all day, with nothing to do but smoke cigarettes and imagine +the “wobblies” throwing bombs at you. Also, it wouldn’t last very long; it +ought to be better paid. Guffey answered that Peter needn’t worry about +the job’s lasting; if he cared to give this testimony, he might have a joy +ride from one end of the country to the other, and everywhere he would +live on the fat of the land, and be a hero in the newspapers. +</p> +<p> +But still Peter hemmed and hawed. He had learned from the American City +“Times” how valuable a witness he was, and he ventured to demand his +price, even from the terrible Guffey; he stuck it out, in spite of +Guffey’s frowns, and the upshot was that Guffey said, All right, if Peter +would take the trip he might have seventy-five dollars a week and +expenses, and Guffey would guarantee to keep him busy for not less than +six months. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0076" id="link2H_4_0076"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 76 +</h2> +<p> +So Peter went to Eldorado, and helped to send eleven men to the +penitentiary for periods varying from three to fourteen years. Then he +went to Flagland, and testified in three different trials, and added seven +more scalps to his belt. By this time he got to realize that the worst the +Reds could do was to make faces at him and show the teeth of trapped rats. +He learned to take his profession more easily, and would sometimes venture +to go out for an evening’s pleasure without his guards. When he was hidden +in the country he would take long walks regardless of the thousands of +blood-thirsty Reds on his trail. +</p> +<p> +It was while Peter was testifying in Flagland that a magic word was +flashed from Europe, and the whole city went mad with joy. Everyone, from +babies to old men, turned out on the streets and waved flags and banged +tin cans and shouted for peace with victory. When it was learned that the +newspapers had fooled them, they waited three days, and then turned out +and went thru the same performance again. Peter was a bit worried at +first, for fear the coming of peace might end his job of saving the +country; but presently he realized that there was no need for concern, the +smashing of the Reds was going on just the same. +</p> +<p> +They had some raids on the Socialists while Peter was in Flagland, and the +detectives told him he might come along for the fun of it. So Peter armed +himself with a black-jack and a revolver, and helped to rush the Socialist +headquarters. The war was over, but Peter felt just as military as if it +were still going on; when he got the little Jewish organizer of the local +pent up in a corner behind his desk and proceeded to crack him over the +head, Peter understood exactly how our boys had felt in the Argonne. When +he discovered the thrill of dancing on typewriter keys with his boots, he +even understood how the Huns had felt. +</p> +<p> +The detectives were joined by a bunch of college boys, who took to that +kind of thing with glee. Having got their blood up, they decided they +might as well clean out the Red movement entirely, so they rushed a place +called the “International Book-Shop,” kept by a Hawaiian. The proprietor +dodged into the kitchen of a Chinese restaurant next door, and put on an +apron; but no one had ever seen a Chinaman with a black mustache, so they +fell on him and broke several of the Chinaman’s sauce-pans over his head. +They took the contents of the “International Book-Shop” into the back yard +and started a bon-fire with it, and detectives and college boys on a lark +joined hands and danced an imitation of the Hawaiian hula-hula around the +blaze. +</p> +<p> +So Peter lived a merry life for several months. He had one or two journeys +for nothing, because an obstinate judge refused to admit that anything +that any I. W. W. had ever said or done anywhere within the last ten years +was proper testimony to be introduced against a particular I. W. W. on +trial. But most judges were willing to co-operate with the big business +men in ridding the country of the Red menace, and Peter’s total of scalps +amounted to over a hundred before his time was up, and Guffey sent him his +last cheek and turned him loose. +</p> +<p> +That was in the city of Richport, and Peter having in an inside pocket +something over a thousand dollars in savings, felt that he had earned a +good time. He went for a stroll on the Gay White Way of the city, and in +front of a moving picture palace a golden-haired girl smiled at him. This +was still in the days of two and three-fourths per cent beer, and Peter +invited her into a saloon to have a glass, and when he opened his eyes +again it was dark, and he had a splitting headache, and he groped around +and discovered that he was lying in a dark corner of an alleyway. Terror +gripped his heart, and he clapped his hand to the inside pocket where his +wallet had been, and there was nothing but horrible emptiness. So Peter +was ruined once again, and as usual it was a woman that had done it! +</p> +<p> +Peter went to the police-station, but they never found the woman, or if +they did, they divided with her and not with Peter. He threw himself on +the mercy of the sergeant at the desk, and succeeded in convincing the +sergeant that he, Peter, was a part of the machinery of his country’s +defense, and the sergeant agreed to stand sponsor for ten words to Guffey. +So Peter sat himself down with a pencil and paper, and figured over it, +and managed to get it into ten words, as follows: “Woman again broke any +old job any pay wire fare.” And it appeared that Guffey must have sat +himself down with a pencil and paper and figured over it also, for the +answer came back in ten words, as follows: “Idiot have wired secretary +chamber commerce will give you ticket.” + </p> +<p> +So Peter repaired forthwith to the stately offices of the Chamber of +Commerce, and the hustling, efficient young business-man secretary sent +his clerk to buy Peter a ticket and put him on the train. In a time of +need like that Peter realized what it meant to have the backing of a great +and powerful organization, with stately offices and money on hand for all +emergencies, even when they arose by telegraph. He took a new vow of +sobriety and decency, so that he might always have these forces of law and +order on his side. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0077" id="link2H_4_0077"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 77 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was duly scolded, and put to work as an “office man” at his old +salary of twenty dollars a week. It was his duty to consult with Guffey’s +many “operatives,” to tell them everything he knew about this individual +Red or that organization of Reds. He would use his inside knowledge of +personalities and doctrines and movements to help in framing up testimony, +and in setting traps for too ardent agitators. He could no longer pose as +a Red himself, but sometimes there were cases where he could do detective +work without being recognized; when, for example, there was a question of +fixing a juror, or of investigating the members of a panel. +</p> +<p> +The I. W. Ws. had been put out of business in American City, but the +Socialists were still active, in spite of prosecutions and convictions. +Also there was a new peril looming up; the returned soldiers were coming +back, and a lot of them were dissatisfied, presuming to complain of their +treatment in the army, and of the lack of good jobs at home, and even of +the peace treaty which the President was arranging in Paris. They had +fought to make the world safe for democracy, and here, they said, it had +been made safe for the profiteers. This was plain Bolshevism, and in its +most dangerous form, because these fellows had learned to use guns, and +couldn’t very well be expected to become pacifists right off the bat. +</p> +<p> +There had been a great labor shortage during the war, and some of the more +powerful unions had taken the general rise in prices as an excuse for +demanding higher wages. This naturally had made the members of the Chamber +of Commerce and the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association indignant, +and now they saw their chance to use these returned soldiers to smash +strikes and to break the organizations of the labor men. They proceeded to +organize the soldiers for this purpose; in American City the Chamber of +Commerce contributed twenty-five thousand dollars to furnish the +club-rooms for them, and when the trolley men went on strike the cars were +run by returned soldiers in uniform. +</p> +<p> +There was one veteran, a fellow by the name of Sydney, who objected to +this program. He was publishing a paper, the “Veteran’s Friend,” and began +to use the paper to protest against his comrades acting as what he called +“scabs.” The secretary of the Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association +sent for him and gave him a straight talking to, but he went right ahead +with his campaign, and so Guffey’s office was assigned the task of +shutting him up. Peter, while he could not take an active part in the job, +was the one who guided it behind the scenes. They proceeded to plant spies +in Sydney’s office, and they had so many that it was really a joke; they +used to laugh and say that they trod on one another’s toes. Sydney was +poor, and had not enough money to run his paper, so he accepted any +volunteer labor that came along. And Guffey sent him plenty of volunteers—no +less than seven operatives—one keeping Sydney’s books, another +helping with his mailing, two more helping to raise funds among the labor +unions, others dropping in every day or two to advise him. Nevertheless +Sydney went right ahead with his program of denouncing the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association, and denouncing the government for its failure +to provide farms and jobs for the veterans. +</p> +<p> +One of Guffey’s “under cover operatives”—that was the technical term +for the Peter Gudges and Joe Angells—was a man by the name of Jonas. +This Jonas called himself a “philosophic anarchist,” and posed as the +reddest Red in American City; it was his habit to rise up in radical +meetings and question the speaker, and try to tempt him to justify +violence and insurrection and “mass-action.” If he repudiated these ideas, +then Jonas would denounce him as a “mollycoddle,” a “pink tea Socialist,” + a “labor faker.” Other people in the audience would applaud, and so +Guffey’s men would find out who were the real Red sympathizers. +</p> +<p> +Peter had long suspected Jonas, and now he was sent to meet him in Room +427 of the American House, and together they framed up a job on Sydney. +Jonas wrote a letter, supposed to come from a German “comrade,” giving the +names of some papers in Europe to which the editor should send sample +copies of his magazine. This letter was mailed to Sydney, and next morning +Jonas wandered into the office, and Sydney showed him the letter, and +Jonas told him that these were labor papers, and the editors would no +doubt be interested to know of the feelings of American soldiers since the +war. Sydney sat down to write a letter, and Jonas stood by his side and +told him what to write: “To my erstwhile enemies in arms I send fraternal +greetings, and welcome you as brothers in the new co-operative +commonwealth which is to be”—and so on, the usual Internationalist +patter, which all these agitators were spouting day and night, and which +ran off the ends of their pens automatically. Sydney mailed these letters, +and the sample copies of the magazine, and Guffey’s office tipped off the +postoffice authorities, who held up the letters. The book-keeper, one of +Guffey’s operatives, went to the Federal attorney and made affidavit that +Sydney had been carrying on a conspiracy with the enemy in war-time, and a +warrant was issued, and the offices of the magazine were raided, the +subscription-lists confiscated, and everything in the rooms dumped out +into the middle of the floor. +</p> +<p> +So there was a little job all Peter’s own; except that Jonas, the +scoundrel, claimed it for his, and tried to deprive Peter of the credit! +So Peter was glad when the Federal authorities looked the case over and +said it was a bum job, and they wouldn’t monkey with it. However, the +evidence was turned over to District-attorney Burchard, who wasn’t quite +so fastidious, and his agents made another raid, and smashed up the office +again, and threw the returned soldier into jail. The judge fixed the bail +at fifteen thousand dollars, and the American City “Times” published the +story with scare-headlines all the way across the front page—how the +editor of the “Veteran’s Friend” had been caught conspiring with the +enemy, and here was a photographic copy of his treasonable letter, and a +copy of the letter of the mysterious German conspirator with whom he had +been in relations! They spent more than a year trying that editor, and +although he was out on bail, Guffey saw to it that he could not get a job +anywhere in American City; his paper was smashed and his family near to +starvation. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0078" id="link2H_4_0078"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 78 +</h2> +<p> +Peter had now been working faithfully for six or eight months, and all +that time he religiously carried out his promise to Guffey and did not +wink at a woman. But that is an unnatural life for a man, and Peter was +lonely, his dreams were haunted by the faces of Nell Doolin and Rosie +Stern, and even of little Jennie Todd. One day another face came back to +him, the face of Miss Frisbie, the little manicurist who had spurned him +because he was a Red. Now suddenly Peter realized that he was no longer a +Red! On the contrary, he was a hero, his picture had been published in the +American City “Times,” and no doubt Miss Frisbie had seen it. Miss Frisbie +was a good girl, a straight girl, and surely all right for him to know! +</p> +<p> +So Peter went to the manicure parlor, and sure enough, there was the +little golden-haired lady; and sure enough, she had read all about him, +she had been dreaming that some day she might meet him again—and so +Peter invited her to go to a picture show. On the way home they became +very chummy, and before a week went by it was as if they had been friends +for life. When Peter asked Miss Frisbie if he might kiss her, she answered +coyly that he might, but after he had kissed her a few times she explained +to him that she was a self-supporting woman, alone and defenseless in the +world, and she had nobody to speak for her but herself; she must tell him +that she had always been a respectable woman, and that she wanted him to +know that before he kissed her any more. And Peter thought it over and +decided that he had sowed his full share of wild oats in this life; he was +ready to settle down, and the next time he saw Miss Frisbie he told her +so, and before the evening was by they were engaged. +</p> +<p> +Then Peter went to see Guffey, and seated himself on the edge of the chair +alongside Guffey’s desk, and twisted his hat in his hands, and flushed +very red, and began to stammer out his confession. He expected to be +received with a gale of ridicule; he was immensely relieved when Guffey +said that if Peter had really found a good girl and wanted to marry her, +he, Guffey, was for it. There was nothing like the influence of a good +woman, and Guffey much preferred his operatives should be married men, +living a settled and respectable life. They could be trusted then, and +sometimes when a woman operative was needed, they had a partner ready to +hand. If Peter had got married long ago, he might have had a good sum of +money in the bank by now. +</p> +<p> +Peter ventured to point out that twenty dollars a week was not exactly a +marrying salary, in the face of the present high cost of living. Guffey +answered that that was true, and he would raise Peter to thirty dollars +right away—only first he demanded the right to talk to Peter’s +fiancee, and judge for himself whether she was worthy. Peter was +delighted, and Miss Frisbie had a private and confidential interview with +Peter’s boss. But afterwards Peter wasn’t quite so delighted, for he +realized what Guffey had done. Peter’s future wife had been told all about +Peter’s weakness, and how Peter’s boss looked to her to take care of her +husband and make him walk the chalkline. So a week after Peter had entered +the holy bonds of matrimony, when he and Mrs. Gudge had their first little +family tiff, Peter suddenly discovered who was going to be top dog in that +family. He was shown his place once for all, and he took it,—alongside +that husband who described his domestic arrangements by saying that he and +his wife got along beautifully together, they had come to an arrangement +by which he was to have his way on all major issues, and she was to have +her way on all minor issues, and so far no major issues had arisen. +</p> +<p> +But really it was a very good thing; for Gladys Frisbie Gudge was an +excellent manager, and set to work making herself a nest as busily as any +female beaver. She still hung on to her manicurist job, for she had +figured it out that the Red movement must be just about destroyed by now, +and pretty soon Peter might find himself without work. In the evenings she +took to house-hunting, and during her noon hour, without consulting Peter +she selected the furniture and the wall-paper, and pretty nearly bought +out the stock of a five-and-ten-cent store to equip the beaver’s nest. +</p> +<p> +Gladys Frisbie Gudge was a diligent reader of the fashion magazines, and +kept herself right up to the minute with the styles; also she had got +herself a book on etiquette, and learned it by heart from cover to cover, +and now she took Peter in hand and taught it to him. Why must he always be +a “Jimmie Higgins” of the “Whites?” Why should he not acquire the +vocabulary of an educated man, the arts and graces of the well-to-do? +Gladys knew that it is these subtleties which determine your salary in the +long run; so every Sunday morning she would dress him up with a new brown +derby and a new pair of brown kid gloves, and take him to the Church of +the Divine Compassion, and they would listen to the patriotic sermon of +the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge, and Gladys would bow her head in +prayer, and out of the corner of her eye would get points on costumes from +the lady in the next pew. And afterwards they would join the Sunday +parade, and Gladys would point out to Peter the marks of what she called +“gentility.” In the evenings they would go walking, and she would stop in +front of the big shop-windows, or take him into the hotel lobbies where +the rich could be seen free of charge. Peter would be hungry, and would +want to go to a cheap restaurant and fill himself up with honest grub; but +Gladys, who had the appetite of a bird, would insist on marching him into +the dining-room of the Hotel de Soto and making a meal upon a cup of broth +and some bread and butter—just in order that they might gaze upon a +scene of elegance and see bow “genteel” people ate their food. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0079" id="link2H_4_0079"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 79 +</h2> +<p> +And just as ardently as Gladys Frisbie Gudge adored the rich, so ardently +did she object to the poor. If you pinned her down to it, she would admit +that there had to be poor; there could not be gentility, except on the +basis of a large class of ungentility. The poor were all right in their +place; what Gladys objected to was their presuming to try to get out of +their place, or to criticise their betters. She had a word by which she +summed up everything that she despised in the world, and that word was +“common;” she used it to describe the sort of people she declined to meet, +and she used it in correcting Peter’s manners and his taste in hats. To be +“common” was to be damned; and when Gladys saw people who were indubitably +and inescapably “common,” presuming to set themselves up and form +standards of their own, she took it as a personal affront, she became +vindictive and implacable towards them. Each and every one of them became +to her a personal enemy, an enemy to something far more precious than her +person, an enemy to the thing she aspired to become, to her ideal. +</p> +<p> +Peter had once been like that himself, but now he was so comfortable, he +had a tendency to become lazy and easy-going. It was well, therefore, that +he had Gladys to jack him up, and keep him on his job. Gladys at first did +not meet any Reds face to face, she knew them only by the stories that +Peter brought home to her when his day’s work was done. But each new group +that he was hounding became to Gladys an assemblage of incarnate fiends, +and while she sat polishing the finger-nails of stout society ladies who +were too sleepy to talk, Gladys’ busy mind would be working over schemes +to foil these fiends. +</p> +<p> +Sometimes her ideas were quite wonderful. She had a woman’s intuition, the +knowledge of human foibles, all the intricate subtleties of the emotional +life; she would bring to Peter a program for the undoing of some young +radical, as complete as if she had known the man or woman all her life. +Peter took her ideas to McGivney, and then to Guffey, and the result was +that her talents were recognized, and by the lever of a generous salary +she was pried loose from the manicure parlor. Guffey sent her to make the +acquaintance of the servants in the household of a certain rich man who +was continually making contributions to the Direct Primary Association and +other semi-Red organizations, and who was believed to have a scandal in +his private life. So successful was Gladys at this job that presently +Guffey set her at the still more delicate task of visiting rich ladies, +and impressing upon them the seriousness of the Red peril, and persuading +them to meet the continually increasing expenses of Guffey’s office. +</p> +<p> +Just now was a busy time in the anti-Red campaign. For nearly two years, +ever since the Bolshevik revolution in Russia, there had been gradually +developing a split in the Socialist movement, and the “under-cover” + operatives of the Traction Trust, as well as those of the district +attorney’s office and of the Federal government, had been working +diligently to widen this split and develop dissensions in the +organization. There were some Socialists who believed in politics, and +were prepared to devote their lives to the slow and tedious job of +building up a party. There were others who were impatient, looking for a +short cut, a general strike or a mass insurrection of the workers which +would put an end to the slavery of capitalism. The whole game of politics +was rotten, these would argue; a politician could find more ways to fool +the workers in a minute than the workers could thwart in a year. They +pointed to the German Socialists, those betrayers of internationalism. +There were people who called themselves Socialists right here in American +City who wanted to draw the movement into the same kind of trap! +</p> +<p> +This debate was not conducted in the realm of abstractions; the two wings +of the movement would attack one another with bitterness. The +“politicians” would denounce the “impossibilists,” calling them +“anarchists;” and the other side, thus goaded, would accuse their enemies +of being in the hire of the government. Peter would supply McGivney with +bits of scandal which the “under cover” men would start going among the +“left-wingers;” and in the course of the long wrangles in the local these +accusations would come out. Herbert Ashton would mention them with his +biting sarcasm, or “Shorty” Gunton would shout them in one of his tirades—“hurling +them into his opponents teeth,” as he phrased it. +</p> +<p> +“Shorty” Gunton was a tramp printer, a wandering agitator who was all for +direct action, and didn’t care a hang who knew it. “Violence?” he would +say. “How many thousand years shall we submit to the violence of +capitalist governments, and never have the right to reply?” And then again +he would say, “Violence? Yes, of course we must repudiate violence—until +we get enough of it!” Peter had listened to “Shorty’s” railings at the +“compromisers” and the “political traders,” and had thought him one of the +most dangerous men in American City. But later on, after the episode of +Joe Angell had opened Peter’s eyes, he decided that “Shorty” must also be +a secret agent like himself. +</p> +<p> +Peter was never told definitely, but he picked up a fact here and there, +and fitted them together, and before long his suspicion had become +certainty. The “left wing” Socialists split off from the party, and called +a convention of their own, and this convention in turn split up, one part +forming the Communist Party, and another part forming the Communist Labor +Party. While these two conventions were in session, McGivney came to +Peter, and said that the Federal government had a man on the platform +committee of the Communist Party, and they wanted to write in some phrases +that would make membership in that party in itself a crime, so that +everybody who held a membership card could be sent to prison without +further evidence. These phrases must be in the orthodox Communist lingo, +and this was where Peter’s specialized knowledge was needed. +</p> +<p> +So Peter wrote the phrases, and a couple of days later he read in the +newspapers an account of the convention proceedings. The platform +committee had reported, and “Shorty” Gunton had submitted a minority +report, and had made a fiery speech in the convention, with the result +that his minority report was carried by a narrow margin. This minority +report contained all the phrases that Peter had written. A couple of +months later, when the government had its case ready, and the wholesale +raids upon the Communists took place, “Shorty” Gunton was arrested, but a +few days later he made a dramatic escape by sawing his way thru the roof +of the jail! +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0080" id="link2H_4_0080"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 80 +</h2> +<p> +The I. W. W. had bobbed up again in American City, and had ventured to +open another headquarters. Peter did not dare go to the place himself, but +he coached a couple of young fellows whom McGivney brought to him, +teaching them the Red lingo, and how to worm their way into the movement. +Before long one of them was secretary of the local; and Peter, directing +their activities, received reports twice a week of everything the +“wobblies” were planning and doing. Peter and Gladys were figuring out +another bomb conspiracy to direct attention to these dangerous men, when +one day Peter picked up the morning paper and discovered that a kind +Providence had delivered the enemy into his hands. +</p> +<p> +Up in the lumber country of the far Northwest, in a little town called +Centralia, the “wobblies” had had their headquarters raided and smashed, +just as in American City. They had got themselves another meeting-place, +and again the members of the Chamber of Commerce and the Merchants’ and +Manufacturers’ Association had held a secret meeting and resolved to wipe +them out. The “wobblies” had appealed to the authorities for protection, +and when protection was refused, they had printed a leaflet appealing to +the public. But the business men went ahead with their plans. They +arranged for a parade of returned soldiers on the anniversary of Armistice +Day, and they diverted this parade out of its path so that it would pass +in front of the I. W. W. headquarters. Some of the more ardent members +carried ropes, symbolic of what they meant to do; and they brought the +parade to a halt in front of the headquarters, and set up a yell and +started to rush the hall. They battered in the door, and had pushed their +way half thru it when the “wobblies” opened fire from inside, killing +several of the paraders. +</p> +<p> +Then, of course, the mob flew into a frenzy of fury. They beat the men in +the hall, some of them into insensibility; they flung them into jail, and +battered and tortured them, and took one of them out of jail and carried +him away in an automobile, and after they had mutilated him as Shawn Grady +had been mutilated, they hanged him from a bridge. Of course they saw to +it that the newspaper stories which went out from Centralia that night +were the right kind of stories; and next morning all America read how a +group of “wobblies” had armed themselves with rifles, and concealed +themselves on the roof of the I. W. W. headquarters, and deliberately and +in cold blood had opened fire upon a peaceful parade of unarmed war +veterans. +</p> +<p> +Of course the country went wild, and the Guffeys and McGivneys and Gudges +all over the United States realized that their chance had come. Peter +instructed the secretary of the I. W. W. local of American City to call a +meeting for that evening, to adopt a resolution declaring the press +stories from Centralia to be lies. At the same time another of Guffey’s +men, an ex-army officer still wearing his, uniform, caused a meeting of +the American Legion to be summoned; he made a furious address to the boys, +and at nine o’clock that night some two-score of them set out, armed with +big monkey-wrenches from their automobiles, and raided the I. W. W. +headquarters, and battered the members over the head with the +monkey-wrenches, causing several to leap from the window and break their +legs. Next morning the incident was reported in the American City “Times” + with shouts of glee, and District-attorney Burchard issued a public +statement to the effect that no effort would be made to punish the soldier +boys; the “wobblies” had wanted “direct action,” and they had got it, and +it would be assumed that they were satisfied. +</p> +<p> +Then the members of the American Legion, encouraged by this applause, and +instigated by Guffey’s ex-army officer, proceeded to invade and wreck +every radical meeting-place in the city. They smashed the “Clarion” office +and the Socialist Party headquarters again, and confiscated more tons of +literature. They wrecked a couple of book-stores, and then, breaking up +into small groups, they inspected all the news-stands in the city, and +wherever they found Red magazines like the Nation or the New Republic, +they tore up the copies and threatened the agents with arrest. They +invaded the rooms of a literary society called the Ruskin Club, frequented +mostly by amiable old ladies, and sent some of these elderly dames into +hysterics. They discovered the “Russian Peoples’ Club,” which had hitherto +been overlooked because it was an educational organization. But of course +no Russian could be trusted these days—all of them were Bolsheviks, +or on the way to becoming Bolsheviks, which was the same thing; so Guffey +organized a raid on this building, and some two hundred Russians were +clubbed and thrown downstairs or out of windows, and an elderly teacher of +mathematics had his skull cracked, and a teacher of music had some teeth +knocked out. +</p> +<p> +There were several million young Americans who had been put into military +uniform, and had guns put into their hands, and been put thru target +practice and bayonet drill, and then had not seen any fighting. These +fellows were, as the phrase has it, “spoiling for a fight;” and here was +their chance. It was just as much fun as trench warfare, and had the +advantage of not being dangerous. When the raiding parties came back, +there were no missing members, and no casualties to be telegraphed to +heartbroken parents. Some fool women got together and tried to organize a +procession to protest against the blockade of Russia; the raiders fell +upon these women, and wrecked their banners, and tore their clothing to +bits, and the police hustled what was left of them off to jail. It +happened that a well-known “sporting man,” that is to say a race-track +frequenter, came along wearing a red necktie, and the raiders, taking him +for a Bolshevik, fell upon him and pretty nearly mauled the life out of +him. After that there was protest from people who thought it unwise to +break too many laws while defending law and order, so the district +attorney’s office arranged to take on the young soldier boys as deputy +sheriffs, and give them all badges, legal and proper. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0081" id="link2H_4_0081"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 81 +</h2> +<p> +Peter Gudge often went along on these hunting parties. Peter, curiously +enough, discovered in himself the same “complex” as the balked soldier +boys. Peter had been reading war news for five years, but had missed the +fighting; and now he discovered that he liked to fight. What had kept him +from liking to fight in the past was the danger of getting hurt; but now +that there was no such danger, he could enjoy it. In past times people had +called him a coward, and he had heard it so often that he had come to +believe it; but now he realized that it was not true, he was just as brave +as anybody else in the crowd. +</p> +<p> +The truth was that Peter had not had a happy time in his youth, he had +never learned, like the younger members of the Chamber of Commerce and the +Merchants’ and Manufacturers’ Association, to knock a little white ball +about a field with various shapes and sizes of clubs. Peter was like a +business man who has missed his boyhood, and then in later years finds the +need of recreation, and takes up some form of sport by the orders of his +physician. It became Peter’s, form of sport to stick an automatic revolver +in his hip-pocket, and take a blackjack in his hand, and rush into a room +where thirty or forty Russians or “Sheenies” of all ages and lengths of +beard were struggling to learn the intricacies of English spelling. Peter +would give a yell, and see this crowd leap and scurry hither and thither, +and chase them about and take a whack at a head wherever he saw one, and +jump into a crowd who were bunched together like sheep, trying to hide +their heads, and pound them over the exposed parts of their anatomy until +they scattered into the open again. He liked to get a lot of them started +downstairs and send them tumbling heels over head; or if he could get them +going out a window, that was more exhilarating yet, and he would yell and +whoop at them. He learned some of their cries—outlandish gibberish +it was—and he would curse them in their own language. He had a +streak of the monkey in him, and as he got to know these people better he +would imitate their antics and their gestures of horror, and set a whole +room full of the “bulls” laughing to split their sides. There was a famous +“movie” comedian with big feet, and Peter would imitate this man, and +waddle up to some wretched sweat-shop worker and boot him in the trousers’ +seat, or step on his toes, or maybe spit in his eye. So he became +extremely popular among the “bulls,” and they would insist on his going +everywhere with them. +</p> +<p> +Later on, when the government set to work to break up the Communist Party +and the Communist Labor Party, Peter’s popularity and prestige increased +still more. For now, instead of just raiding and smashing, the police and +detectives would round up the prisoners and arrest them by hundreds, and +carry them off and put them thru “examinations.” And Peter was always +needed for this; his special knowledge made him indispensable, and he +became practically the boss of the proceedings. It had been arranged thru +“Shorty” Gunton and the other “under cover” men that the meetings of the +Communist and Communist Labor parties should be held on the same night; +and all over the country this same thing was done, and next morning the +world was electrified by the news that all these meetings had been raided +at the same hour, and thousands of Reds placed under arrest. In American +City the Federal government had hired a suite of about a dozen rooms +adjoining the offices of Guffey, and all night and next morning batches of +prisoners were brought in, until there were about four hundred in all. +They were crowded into these rooms with barely space to sit down; of +course there was an awful uproar, moaning and screaming of people who had +been battered, and a smell that beat the monkey cage at the zoological +gardens. +</p> +<p> +The prisoners were kept penned up in this place for several weeks, and all +the time more were being brought in; there were so many that the women had +to be stored in the toilets. Many of the prisoners fell ill, or pretended +to fall ill, and several of them went insane, or pretended to go insane, +and several of them died, or pretended to die. And of course the parlor +Reds and sympathizers were busy outside making a terrible fuss about it. +They had no more papers, and could not hold any more meetings, and when +they tried to circulate literature the post-office authorities tied them +up; but still somehow they managed to get publicity, and Peter’s “under +cover” men would report to him who was doing this work, and Peter would +arrange to have more raids and more batches of prisoners brought in. In +one of the “bomb-plots” which had been unveiled in the East they had +discovered some pink paper, used either for printing leaflets, or for +wrapping explosives, one could not be sure. Anyhow, the secret agencies +with which Guffey was connected had distributed samples of this paper over +the country, and any time the police wanted to finish some poor devil, +they would find this deadly “pink paper” in his possession, and the +newspapers would brand him as one of the group of conspirators who were +sending infernal machines thru the mails. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0082" id="link2H_4_0082"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 82 +</h2> +<p> +Peter was so busy these days that he missed several nights’ sleep, and +hardly even stopped to eat. He had his own private room, where the +prisoners were brought for examination, and he had half a dozen men under +his orders to do the “strong arm” work. It was his task to extract from +these prisoners admissions which would justify their being sent to prison +if they were citizens, or being deported if they were aliens. There was of +course seldom any way to distinguish between citizens and aliens; you just +had to take a chance on it, proceeding on the certainty that all were +dangerous. Many years ago, when Peter had been working for Pericles Priam, +they had spent several months in a boarding house, and you could tell when +there was going to be beef-steak for dinner, because you heard the cook +pounding it with the potato-masher to “tender it up;” and Peter learned +this phrase, and now used the process upon his alien Reds. When they came +into the room, Peter’s men would fall upon them and beat them and cuff +them, knocking them about from one fist to another. If they were stubborn +and would not “come across,” Peter would take them in hand himself, +remembering how successful Guffey had been in getting things out of him by +the twisting of wrists and the bending back of fingers. +</p> +<p> +It was amazing how clever and subtle some of these fellows were. They were +just lousy foreign laborers, but they spent all their spare time reading; +you would find large collections of books in their rooms when you made +your raids, and they knew exactly what you wanted, and would parry your +questions. Peter would say: “You’re an Anarchist, aren’t you?” And the +answer would be: “I’m not an Anarchist in the sense of the word you mean”—as +if there could be two meanings of the word “Anarchist!” Peter would say, +“You believe in violence, do you not?” And then the fellow would become +impertinent: “It is you who believe in violence, look at my face that you +have smashed.” Or Peter would say, “You don’t like this government, do +you?” And the answer would be, “I always liked it until it treated me so +badly”—all kinds of evasions like that, and there would be a +stenographer taking it down, and unless Peter could get something into the +record that was a confession, it would not be possible to deport that Red. +So Peter would fall upon him and “tender him up” until he would answer +what he was told to answer; or maybe Peter would prepare an interview as +he wanted it to be, and the detectives would grab the man’s hand and make +him sign it; or maybe Peter would just sign it himself. +</p> +<p> +These were harsh methods, but there was no way to help it, the Reds were +so cunning. They were secretly undermining the government, and was the +government to lie down and admit its helplessness? The answer of 100% +Americanism was thundered from every wood and templed hill in the country; +also from every newspaper office. The answer was “No!” 100% Americanism +would find a way to preserve itself from the sophistries of European +Bolshevism; 100% Americanism had worked out its formula: “If they don’t +like this country, let them go back where they come from.” But of course, +knowing in their hearts that America was the best country in the world, +they didn’t want to go back, and it was necessary to make them go. +</p> +<p> +Peter was there for that purpose, and his devoted wife was by his side, +egging him on with her feminine implacability. Gladys had always been +accustomed to refer to these people as “cattle,” and now, when she smelled +them herded together in these office rooms for several weeks, she knew +that she was right, and that no fate could be too stern for them. +Presently with Peter’s help she discovered another bomb-plot, this time +against the Attorney-General of the country, who was directing these +wholesale raids. They grabbed four Italian Anarchists in American City, +and kept them apart in special rooms, and for a couple of months Peter +labored with them to get what he wanted out of them. Just as Peter thought +he had succeeded, his efforts were balked by one of them jumping out of +the window. The room being on the fourteenth story, this Italian Anarchist +was no longer available as a witness against himself. The incident set the +parlor Bolsheviks all over the country to raging, and caused David Andrews +to get some kind of court injunction, and make a lot of inconvenience to +Guffey’s office. +</p> +<p> +However, the work went on; the Reds were gradually sorted out, and some +who proved not to be Reds were let go again, and others were loaded onto +special Red trains and taken to the nearest ports. Some of them went in +grim silence, others went with furious cursings, and yet others with +wailings and shriekings; for many of them had families, and they had the +nerve to demand that the government should undertake to ship their +families also, or else to take care of their families for them! The +government, naturally, admitted no such responsibility. The Reds had no +end of money for printing seditious literature, so let them use it to take +care of their own! +</p> +<p> +In these various raids and examinations Peter of course met a great many +of the Reds whom he had once known as friends and intimates. Peter had +been wont to imagine himself meeting them, and to tremble at the bare +idea; but now he found that he rather enjoyed it. He was entirely +delivered from that fear of them, which had formerly spoiled his appetite +and disturbed his sleep. He had learned that the Reds were poor creatures +who did not fight back; they had no weapons, and many of them did not even +have muscles; there was really nothing to them but talk. And Peter knew +that he had the power of organized society behind him, the police and the +courts and the jails, if necessary the army with its machine guns and +airplanes and poison gas. Not merely was it safe to pound these people, to +tread on their toes and spit in their eyes; it was safe also to frame up +anything on them, because the newspapers would always back you up, and the +public would of course believe whatever it read in its newspapers. +</p> +<p> +No, Peter was no longer afraid of the Reds! He made up his mind that he +was not even afraid of Mac, the most dangerous Red of them all. Mac was +safely put away in jail for twenty years, and although his case had been +appealed, the court had refused to grant a stay of sentence or to let him +out on bail. As it happened, Peter got a glimpse into Mac’s soul in jail, +and knew that even that proud, grim spirit was breaking. Mac in jail had +written a letter to one of his fellow-Reds in American City, and the +post-office authorities had intercepted the letter, and Guffey had shown +it to Peter. “Write to us!” Mac had pleaded. “For God’s sake, write to us! +The worst horror of being in jail is that you are forgotten. Do at least +let us know that somebody is thinking about us!” + </p> +<p> +So Peter knew that he was the victor, he was “top dog.” And when he met +these Reds whom he had been so afraid of, he took pleasure in letting them +feel the weight of his authority, and sometimes of his fist. It was +amusing to see the various ways in which they behaved toward him. Some +would try to plead with him, for the sake of old times; some would cringe +and whine to him; some would try to reason with him, to touch his +conscience. But mostly they would be haughty, they would glare at him with +hate, or put a sneer of contempt on their faces. So Peter would set his +“bulls” to work to improve their manners, and a little thumb-bending and +wrist-twisting would soon do the work. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0083" id="link2H_4_0083"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 83 +</h2> +<p> +Among the first load to be brought in was Miriam Yankovich. Miriam had +joined the Communist Party, and she had been born in Russia, so that was +all there was to her case. Peter, knew, of course that it was Miriam who +had set Rosie Stern after him and brought about his downfall. Still, he +could not help but be moved by her appearance. She looked haggard and old, +and she had a cough, and her eyes were wild and crazy. Peter remembered +her as proud and hot-tempered, but now her pride was all gone—she +flung herself on her knees before him, and caught hold of his coat, +sobbing hysterically. It appeared that she had a mother and five young +brothers and sisters who were dependent upon her earnings; all her money +had been consumed by hospital expenses, and now she was to be deported to +Russia, and what would become of her loved ones? +</p> +<p> +Peter answered, what could he do? She had violated the law, they had her +membership card in the Communist Party, and she had admitted that she was +alien born. He tried to draw away, but she clung to him, and went on +sobbing and pleading. At least she ought to have a chance to talk with her +old mother, to tell her what to do, where to go for help, how to +communicate with Miriam in future. They were sending her away without +allowing her to have a word with her loved ones, without even a chance to +get her clothing! +</p> +<p> +Peter, as we know, had always been soft-hearted towards women, so now he +was embarrassed. In the handling of these cattle he was carrying out the +orders of his superiors; he had no power to grant favors to any one, and +he told Miriam this again and again. But she would not listen to him. +“Please, Peter, please! For God’s sake, Peter! You know you were once a +little in love with me, Peter—you told me so—” + </p> +<p> +Yes, that was true, but it hadn’t done Peter much good. Miriam had been +interested in Mac—in Mac, that most dangerous devil, who had given +Peter so many anxious hours! She had brushed Peter to one side, she had +hardly been willing to listen to what he said; and now she was trying to +use that love she had spurned! +</p> +<p> +She had got hold of his hand, and he could not get it away from her +without violence. “If you ever felt a spark of love for a woman,” she +cried, “surely you cannot deny such a favor—such a little favor! +Please, Peter, for the sake of old times!” + </p> +<p> +Suddenly Peter started, and Miriam too. There came a voice from the +doorway. “So this is one of your lady friends, is it?” And there stood +Gladys, staring, rigid with anger, her little hands clenched. “So this is +one of your Red sweethearts, one of your nationalized women?” And she +stamped her foot. “Get up, you hussy! Get up, you slut!” And as Miriam +continued to kneel, motionless with surprise, Gladys rushed at her, and +clutched two handfuls of her heavy black hair, and pulled so that Miriam +fell prone on the floor. “I’ll teach you, you free lover!” she screamed. +“I’ll teach you to make love to my husband!” And she dragged Miriam about +by that mop of black hair, kicking her and clawing her, until finally +several of the bulls had to interfere to save the girl’s life. +</p> +<p> +As a matter of fact Gladys had been told about Peter’s shameful past +before she married him; Guffey had told her, and she had told Peter that +Guffey had told her, she had reminded Peter of it many, many times. But +the actual sight of one of these “nationalized women” had driven her into +a frenzy, and it was a week before peace was restored in the Gudge family. +Meantime poor Peter was buffeted by storms of emotion, both at home and in +his office. They were getting ready the first Red train, and it seemed as +if every foreign Red that Peter had ever known was besieging him, trying +to get at him and harrow his soul and his conscience. Sadie Todd’s cousin, +who had been born in England, was shipped out on this first train, and +also a Finnish lumberman whom Peter had known in the I. W. W., and a +Bohemian cigar worker at whose home he had several times eaten, and +finally Michael Dubin, the Jewish boy with whom he had spent fifteen days +in jail, and who had been one of the victims of the black-snake whippings. +</p> +<p> +Michael made no end of wailing, because he had a wife and three babies, +and he set up the claim that when the “bulls” had raided his home they had +stolen all his savings, two or three hundred dollars. Peter, of course, +insisted that he could do nothing; Dubin was a Red and an alien, and he +must go. When they were loading them on the train, there was Dubin’s wife +and half a hundred other women, shrieking and wringing their hands, and +trying to break thru the guards to get near their loved ones. The police +had to punch them in the stomachs with their clubs to hold them back, and +in spite of all these blows, the hysterical Mrs. Dubin succeeded in +breaking thru the guards, and she threw herself under the wheels of the +train, and they were barely able to drag her away in time to save her +life. Scenes like this would, of course, have a bad effect upon the +public, and so Guffey called up the editors of all the newspapers, and +obtained a gentleman’s agreement that none of them would print any +details. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0084" id="link2H_4_0084"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 84 +</h2> +<p> +All over the country the Red trains were moving eastward, loaded with +“wobblies” and communists, pacifists and anarchists, and a hundred other +varieties of Bolsheviks. They got a shipload together and started them off +for Russia—the “Red Ark” it was called, and the Red soap-boxers set +tip a terrific uproar, and one Red clergyman compared the “Red Ark” to the +Mayflower! Also there was some Red official in Washington, who made a fuss +and cancelled a whole block of deportation orders, including some of +Peter’s own cases. This, naturally, was exasperating to Peter and his +wife; and on top of it came another incident that was still more +humiliating. +</p> +<p> +There was a “pink” mass meeting held in American City, to protest against +the deportations. Guffey said they would quite probably raid the meeting, +and Peter must go along, so as to point out the Reds to the bulls. The +work was in charge of a police detective by the name of Garrity, head of +what was called the “Bomb Squad”; but this man didn’t know very much, so +he had the habit of coming to Peter for advice. Now he had the whole +responsibility of this meeting, and he asked Peter to come up on the +platform with him, and Peter went. Here was a vast audience—all the +Red fury which had been pent up for many months, breaking loose in a +whirlwind of excitement. Here were orators, well dressed and apparently +respectable men, not in any way to be distinguished from the born rulers +of the country, coming forward on the platform and uttering the most +treasonable sentences, denouncing the government, denouncing the blockade +against Russia, praising the Bolshevik government of Russia, declaring +that the people who went away in the “Soviet Ark” were fortunate, because +they were escaping from a land of tyranny into a land of freedom. At every +few sentences the orator would be stopped by a storm of applause that +broke from the audience. +</p> +<p> +And what was a poor Irish Catholic police detective to make of a +proposition like that? Here stood an orator declaring: “Whenever any form +of government becomes destructive to these ends, it is the right of the +people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new government, laying +its foundations on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, +as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness.” + And Garrity turned to Peter. “What do you think of that?” he said, his +good-natured Irish face blank with dismay. +</p> +<p> +Peter thought it was the limit. Peter knew that thousands of men all over +America had been sent to prison for saying things less dangerous than +that. Peter had read many sets of instructions from the office of the +Attorney-General of the United States, and knew officially that that was +precisely the thing you were never under any circumstances permitted to +say, or to write, or even to think. So Peter said to Garrity: “That +fellow’s gone far enough. You better arrest him.” Garrity spoke to his +men, and they sprang forward on the platform, and stopped the orator and +placed him and all his fellow-orators under arrest, and ordered the +audience out of the building. There were a couple of hundred policemen and +detectives on hand to carry out Garrity’s commands, and they formed a line +with their clubs, and drove the crowd before them, and carted the speakers +off in a patrol wagon. Then Peter went back to Guffey’s office, and told +what he had done—and got a reception that reminded him of the time +Guffey had confronted him with the letter from Nell Doolin! “Who do you +think that was you pinched?” cried Guffey. “He’s the brother of a United +States senator! And what do you think he was saying? That was a sentence +from the Declaration of Independence!” + </p> +<p> +Peter couldn’t “get it”; Peter was utterly lost. Could a man go ahead and +break the law, just because he happened to be a brother of a United States +senator? And what difference did it make whether a thing was in the +Declaration of Independence, if it was seditious, if it wasn’t allowed to +be said? This incident brought Guffey and the police authorities of the +city so much ridicule that Guffey got all his men together and read them a +lecture, explaining to them just what were the limits of the anti-Red +activities, just who it was they mustn’t arrest, and just what it was they +couldn’t keep people from saying. For example, a man couldn’t be arrested +for quoting the Bible. +</p> +<p> +“But Jesus Christ, Guffey,” broke in one of the men, “have all of us got +to know the Bible by heart?” + </p> +<p> +There was a laugh all round. “No,” Guffey admitted, “but at least be +careful, and don’t arrest anybody for saying anything that sounds as if it +came from the Bible.” + </p> +<p> +“But hell!” put in another of the men, who happened to be an ex-preacher. +“That’ll tie us up tighter than a jail-sentence! Look what’s in the +Bible!” + </p> +<p> +And he proceeded to quote some of the things, and Peter knew that he had +never heard any Bolshevik talk more outrageous than that. It made one +realize more than ever how complicated was this Red problem; for Guffey +insisted, in spite of everything, that every word out of the Bible was +immune. “Up in Winnipeg,” said he, “they indicted a clergyman for quoting +two passages from the prophet Isaiah, but they couldn’t face it, they had +to let the fellow go.” And the same thing was true of the Declaration of +Independence; anybody might read it, no matter how seditious it was. And +the same thing was true of the Constitution, even tho the part called the +Bill of Rights declared that everybody in America might do all the things +that Guffey’s office was sending them to jail for doing! +</p> +<p> +This seemed a plain crazy proposition; but Guffey explained it as a matter +of politics. If they went too far, these fellows would go out and capture +the votes from them, and maybe take away the government from them, and +where would they be then? Peter had never paid any attention to politics +before this, but both he and Gladys realized after this lecture that they +must broaden their view-point. It was not enough to put the Reds in jail +and crack their skulls, you had to keep public sympathy for what you were +doing, you had to make the public understand that it was necessary, you +had to carry on what was called “propaganda,” to keep the public aware of +the odiousness of these cattle, and the desperate nature of their +purposes. +</p> +<p> +The man who perceived that most clearly was the Attorney-General of the +country, and Guffey in his lecture pointed out the double nature of his +activities. Not merely was the Attorney-General breaking up the Communist +and the Communist Labor parties and sending their members to jail; he was +using the funds of his office to send out an endless stream of propaganda, +to keep the country frightened about these Red plots. Right now he had men +in American City working over the data which Guffey had collected, and +every week or two he would make a speech somewhere, or would issue a +statement to the newspapers, telling of new bomb plots and new +conspiracies to overthrow the government. And how clever he was about it! +He would get the pictures of the very worst-looking of the Reds, pictures +taken after they had been kept in jail for weeks without a shave, and with +the third degree to spoil their tempers; and these pictures would be +spread on a sheet with the caption: “MEN LIKE THESE WOULD RULE YOU.” This +would be sent to ten thousand country newspapers all over the nation, and +ninety-nine hundred would publish it, and ninety-nine million Americans +would want to murder the Reds next morning. So successful had this plan +proven that the Attorney-General was expecting to be nominated for +President by means of it, and all the agencies of his department were +working to that end. +</p> +<p> +The same thing was being done by all the other agencies of big business +all over the country. The “Improve America League” of American City was +publishing full-page advertisements in the “Times,” and the “Home and +Fireside Association” of Eldorado was doing the same thing in the Eldorado +“Times,” and the “Patriot’s Defense Legion” was doing the same thing in +the Flagland “Banner.” They were investigating the records of all +political candidates, and if any of them showed the faintest tinge of +pink, Guffey’s office would set to work to rake up their records and get +up scandals on them, and the business men would contribute a big campaign +fund, and these candidates would be snowed under at the polls. That was +the kind of work they were doing, and all Guffey’s operatives must bear in +mind the importance of it, and must never take any step that would hamper +this political campaign, this propaganda on behalf of law and order. +</p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0085" id="link2H_4_0085"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 85 +</h2> +<p> +Peter went out from this conference a sober man, realizing for the first +time his responsibilities as a voter, and a shepherd to other voters. +Peter agreed with Gladys that his views had been too narrow; his +conception of the duties of a secret agent had been of the pre-war order. +Now he must realize that the world was changed; now, in this new world +made safe for democracy, the secret agent was the real ruler of society, +the real master of affairs, the trustee, as it were, for civilization. +Peter and his wife must take up this new role and make themselves fit for +it. They ought of course not be moved by personal considerations, but at +the same time they must recognize the fact that this higher role would be +of great advantage to them; it would enable them to move up in the world, +to meet the best people. Thru five or six years of her young life Gladys +had sat polishing the fingernails and fondling the soft white hands of the +genteel; and always a fire of determination had burnt in her breast, that +some day she would belong to this world of gentility, she would meet these +people, not as an employee, but as an equal, she would not merely hold +their hands, but would have them hold hers. +</p> +<p> +Now the chance had come. She had a little talk with Guffey, and Guffey +said it would be a good idea, and he would speak to Billy Nash, the +secretary of the “Improve America League”; and he did so, and next week +the American City “Times” announced that on the following Sunday evening +the Men’s Bible Class of the Bethlehem Church would have an interesting +meeting. It would be addressed by an “under cover” operative of the +government, a former Red who had been for many years a most dangerous +agitator, but had seen the error of his ways, and had made amends by +giving his services to the government in the recent I. W. W. trials. +</p> +<p> +The Bethlehem Church didn’t amount to very much, it was an obscure sect +like the Holy Rollers; but Gladys had been shrewd, and had insisted that +you mustn’t try to climb to the top of the mountain in one step. Peter +must first “try it on the dog,” and if he failed, there would be no great +harm done. +</p> +<p> +But Gladys worked just as hard to make a success of this lecture as if +they had been going into real society. She spent several days getting up +her costume and Peter’s, and she spent a whole day getting her toilet +ready, and before they set out she spent at least an hour putting the +finishing touches upon herself in front of a mirror, and seeing that Peter +was proper in every detail. When Mr. Nash introduced her personally to the +Rev. Zebediah Muggins, and when this apostle of the second advent came out +upon the platform and introduced her husband to the crowded working-class +audience, Gladys was so a-quiver with delight that it was more a pain than +a pleasure. +</p> +<p> +Peter did not do perfectly, of course. He lost himself a few times, and +stammered and floundered about; but he remembered Glady’s advice—if +he got stuck, to smile and explain that he had never spoken in public +before. So everything went along nicely, and everybody in the Men’s Bible +Class was aghast at the incredible revelations of this ex-Red and secret +agent of law and order. So next week Peter was invited again—this +time by the Young Saints’ League; and when he had made good there, he was +drafted by the Ad. Men’s Association, and then by the Crackers and Cheese +Club. By this time he had acquired what Gladys called “savwaa fair”; his +fame spread rapidly, and at last came the supreme hour—he was +summoned to Park Avenue to address the members of the Friendly Society, a +parish organization of the Church of the Divine Compassion! +</p> +<p> +This was the goal upon which the eyes of Gladys had been fixed. This was +the time that really counted, and Peter was groomed and rehearsed all over +again. Their home was only a few blocks from the church, but Gladys +insisted that they must positively arrive in a taxi-cab, and when they +entered the Parish Hall and the Rev. de Willoughby Stotterbridge, that +exquisite almost-English gentleman, came up and shook hands with them, +Gladys knew that she had at last arrived. The clergyman himself escorted +her to the platform, and after he had introduced Peter, he seated himself +beside her, thus definitely putting a seal upon her social position. +</p> +<p> +Peter, having learned his lecture by heart, having found out just what +brought laughter and what brought tears and what brought patriotic +applause, was now an assured success. After the lecture he answered +questions, and two clerks in the employ of Billy Nash passed around +membership cards of the “Improve America League,” membership dues five +dollars a year, sustaining membership twenty-five dollars a year, life +membership two hundred dollars cash. Peter was shaken hands with by +members of the most exclusive social set in American City, and told by +them all to keep it up—his country needed him. Next morning there +was an account of his lecture in the “Times,” and the morning after there +was an editorial about his revelations, with the moral: “Join the Improve +America League.” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_4_0086" id="link2H_4_0086"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +Section 86 +</h2> +<p> +That second morning, when Peter got to his office, he found a letter +waiting for him, a letter written on very conspicuous and expensive +stationery, and addressed in a woman’s tall and sharp-pointed handwriting. +Peter opened it and got a start, for at the top of the letter was some +kind of crest, and a Latin inscription, and the words: “Society of the +Daughters of the American Revolution.” The letter informed him by the hand +of a secretary that Mrs. Warring Sammye requested that Mr. Peter Gudge +would be so good as to call upon her that afternoon at three o’clock. +Peter studied the letter, and tried to figure out what kind of Red this +was. He was impressed by the stationery and the regal tone, but that word +“Revolution” was one of the forbidden words. Mrs. Warren Sammye must be +one of the “Parlor Reds,” like Mrs. Godd. +</p> +<p> +So Peter took the letter to McGivney, and said suspiciously, “What kind of +a Red plot is this?” + </p> +<p> +McGivney read the letter, and said, “Red plot? How do you mean?” + </p> +<p> +“Why,” explained Peter, “it says ‘Daughters of the American Revolution.’” + </p> +<p> +And McGivney looked at him; at first he thought that Peter was joking, but +when he saw that the fellow was really in earnest, he guffawed in his +face. “You boob!” he said. “Didn’t you ever hear of the American +Revolution? Don’t you know anything about the Fourth of July?” + </p> +<p> +Just then the telephone rang and interrupted them, and McGivney shoved the +letter to him saying, “Ask your wife about it!” So when Gladys came in, +Peter gave her the letter, and she was much excited. It appeared that Mrs. +Warring Sammye was a very tip-top society lady in American City, and this +American Revolution of which she was a daughter was a perfectly +respectable revolution that had happened a long time ago; the very best +people belonged to it, and it was legal and proper to write about, and +even to put on your letterheads. Peter must go home and get himself into +his best clothes at once, and telephone to the secretary that he would be +pleased to call upon Mrs. Warring Sammye at the hour indicated. +Incidentally, there were a few more things for Peter to study. He must get +a copy of the social register, “Who’s Who in American City,” and he must +get a history of his country, and learn about the Declaration of +Independence, and what was the difference between a revolution that had +happened a long time ago and one that was happening now. +</p> +<p> +So Peter went to call on the great society lady in her grey stone mansion, +and found her every bit as opulent as Mrs. Godd, with the addition that +she respected her own social position; she did not make the mistake of +treating Peter as an equal, and so it did not occur to Peter that he might +settle down permanently in her home. Her purpose was to tell Peter that +she had heard of his lecture about the Red menace, and that she was +chairman of the Board of Directors of the Lady Patronesses of the Home for +Disabled War Veterans in American City, and she wanted to arrange to have +Peter deliver this lecture to the veterans. And Peter, instructed in +advance by Gladys, said that he would be very glad to donate this lecture +as a patriotic contribution. Mrs. Warring Sammye thanked him gravely in +the name of his country, and said she would let him know the date. +</p> +<p> +Peter went home, and Gladys made a wry face, because the lecture was to be +delivered before a lot of good-for-nothing soldiers in some hall, when it +had been her hope that it was to be delivered to the Daughters themselves, +and in Mrs. Warring Sammye’s home. However, to have attracted Mrs. Warring +Sammye’s attention for anything was in itself a triumph. So Gladys was +soon cheerful again, and she told Peter about Mrs. Warring Sammye’s life; +one picked up such valuable knowledge in the gossip at the manicure +parlors, it appeared. +</p> +<p> +Then, being in a friendly mood, Gladys talked to Peter about himself. They +had mounted to a height from which they could look back upon the past and +see it as a whole, and in the intimacy and confidence of their domestic +partnership they could draw lessons from their mistakes and plan their +future wisely. Peter had made many blunders—he must surely admit +that. Did Peter admit that? Yes, Peter did. But, continued Gladys, he had +struggled bravely, and he had the supreme good fortune to have secured for +himself that greatest of life’s blessings, the cooperation of a good and +capable woman. Gladys was very emphatic about this latter, and Peter +agreed with her. He agreed also when she stated that it is the duty of a +good and capable wife to protect her husband for the balance of their +life’s journey, so that he would be able to avoid the traps which his +enemies set for his feet. Peter, having learned by bitter experience, +would never again go chasing after a pretty face, and wake up next morning +to find his pockets empty. Peter admitted this too. As this conversation +progressed, he realized that the tour of triumph his life had become was a +thing entirely of his wife’s creation; at least, he realized that there +would be no use in trying to change his wife’s conviction on the subject. +Likewise he meekly accepted her prophecies as to his future conduct; he +would bring home his salary at the end of each week, and his wife would +use it, together with her own salary, to improve the appearance and tone +of both of them, and to aid them to climb to a higher social position. +</p> +<p> +Peter, following his wife’s careful instructions, has already become more +dignified in his speech, more grave in his movements. She tells him that +the future of society depends on his knowledge and his skill, and he +agrees to this also. He has learned what you can do and what you had +better not do; he will never again cross the dead-line into crime, or take +chances with experiments in blackmail. He will try no more free lance work +under the evil influence of low creatures like Nell Doolin, but will stand +in with the “machine,” and bear in mind that honesty is the best policy. +So he will steadily progress; he will meet the big men of the country, and +will go to them, not cringing and twisting his hat in his hands, but with +quiet self-possession. He will meet the agents of the Attorney-General +aspiring to become President, and will furnish them with material for +their weekly Red scares. He will meet legislators who want to unseat +elected Socialists, and governors who wish to jail the leaders of “outlaw” + strikes. He will meet magazine writers getting up articles, and popular +novelists looking for local Red color. +</p> +<p> +But Peter’s best bid of all will be as a lecturer. He will be able to +travel all over the country, making a sensation. Did he know why? No, +Peter answered, he was not sure he did. Well, Gladys could tell him; it +was because he was romantic. Peter didn’t know just what this word meant, +but it sounded flattering, so he smiled sheepishly, showing his crooked +teeth, and asked how Gladys found out that he was romantic. The reply was +a sudden order for him to stand up and turn around slowly. +</p> +<p> +Peter didn’t like to get up from his comfortable Morris chair, but he did +what his wife asked him. She inspected him on all sides and exclaimed, +“Peter, you must go on a diet; you’re getting ombongpoing!” She said this +in horrified tones, and Peter was frightened, because it sounded like a +disease. But Gladys added: “You can not be a romantic figure on a lecture +platform if you’ve got a bay-window!” + </p> +<p> +Peter found it interesting to be talked about, so he asked again why +Gladys thought he was romantic. There were several reasons, she said, but +the main one was that he had been a dangerous criminal, and had reformed, +which pleased the church people; he had made a happy ending by marriage, +which pleased those who read novels. +</p> +<p> +“Is that so?” said Peter, guilelessly, and she assured him that it was. +“And what else?” he asked, and she explained that he had known intimately +and at first hand those dreadful and dangerous people, those ogres of the +modern world, the Bolsheviks, about whom the average man and woman learned +only thru the newspapers. And not merely did he tell a sensational story, +but he ended it with a money-making lesson. The lesson was “Contribute to +the Improve America League. Make out your checks to the Home and Fireside +Association. The existence of your country depends upon your sustaining +the Patriot’s Defense Legion.” So the fame of Peter’s lecture would +spread, and the Guffeys and Billy Nashes of every city and town in America +would clamor for him to come, and when he came, the newspapers would +publish his picture, and he and his wife would be welcomed by leaders of +the best society. They would become social lions, and would see the homes +of the rich, and gradually become one of the rich. +</p> +<p> +Gladys looked her spouse over again, as they started to their sleeping +apartment. Yes, he was undoubtedly putting on “ombongpoing”; he would have +to take up golf. He was wearing a little American flag dangling from his +watch chain, and she wondered if that wasn’t a trifle crude. Gladys +herself now wore a real diamond ring, and had learned to say “vahse” and +“baahth.” She yawned prettily as she took off her lovely brown +“tailor-made,” and reflected that such things come with ease and security. +</p> +<p> +Both she and Peter now had these in full measure. They had lost all fear +of ever finding themselves out of a job. They had come to understand that +the Red menace is not to be so easily exterminated; it is a distemper that +lurks in the blood of society, and breaks out every now and then in a new +rash. Gladys had come to agree with the Reds to this extent, that so long +as there is a class of the rich and prosperous, so long will there be +social discontent, so long will there be some that make their living by +agitating, denouncing and crying out for change. Society is like a garden; +each year when you plant your vegetables there springs up also a crop of +weeds, and you have to go down the rows and chop off the heads of these +weeds. Gladys’ husband is an expert gardener, he knows how to chop weeds, +and he knows that society will never be able to dispense with his +services. So long as gardening continues, Peter will be a head +weedchopper, and a teacher of classes of young weedchoppers. +</p> +<p> +Ah, it was fine to have married such a man! It was the reward a good woman +received for helping her husband, making him into a good citizen, a +patriot and an upholder of law and order: For always, of course, those who +own the garden would see that their head weedchopper was taken care of, +and had his share of the best that the garden produced. Gladys stood +before her looking-glass, braiding her hair for the night, and thinking of +the things she would ask from this garden. She and Peter had earned, and +they would demand, the sweetest flowers, the most luscious fruits. +Suddenly Gladys stretched wide her arms in an ecstasy of realization. +“We’re a Success, Peter! We’re a Success! We’ll have money and all the +lovely things it will buy! Do you realize, Peter, what a hit you’ve made?” + </p> +<p> +Peter saw her face of joy, but he was a tiny bit frightened and uncertain, +because of this unusual sharing of the honors. So Gladys was impelled to +affection, mingled with pity. She held out her arms to him. “Poor, dear +Peter! He’s had such a hard life! It was cruel he didn’t have me sooner to +help him!” + </p> +<p> +And then Gladys reflected for a moment, and was moved to another outburst. +“Just think, Peter, how wonderful it is to be an American! In America you +can always rise if you do your duty! America is the land of the free! Your +example of a poor boy’s success ought to convince even the fool Reds that +they’re wrong—that any boy can rise if he works hard! Why, I’ve +heard it said that in America the poorest boy can rise to be President! +How would you like to be President, Peter?” + </p> +<p> +Peter hesitated. He doubted if he was equal to that big a job, but he knew +that it would not please Gladys for him to say so. He murmured, “Perhaps—some +day—” + </p> +<p> +“Anyhow, Peter,” his wife continued, “I’m for this country! I’m an +American!” + </p> +<p> +And this time Peter didn’t have to hesitate. “You bet!” he said, and added +his favorite formula—“100%!” + </p> +<p> +<br /><br /> +</p> +<hr /> +<p> +<a name="link2H_APPE" id="link2H_APPE"> </a> +</p> +<div style="height: 4em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> +<h2> +APPENDIX +</h2> +<p> +A little experimenting with the manuscript of “100%" has revealed to the +writer that everybody has a series of questions they wish immediately to +ask: How much of it is true? To what extent have the business men of +America been compelled to take over the detection and prevention of +radicalism? Have they, in putting down the Reds, been driven to such +extreme measures as you have here shown? +</p> +<p> +A few of the incidents in “100%" are fictional, for example the story of +Nell Doolin and Nelse Ackerman; but everything that has social +significance is truth, and has been made to conform to facts personally +known to the writer or to his friends. Practically all the characters in +“100%" are real persons. Peter Gudge is a real person, and has several +times been to call upon the writer in the course of his professional +activities; Guffey and McGivney are real persons, and so is Billy Nash, +and so is Gladys Frisbie. +</p> +<p> +To begin at the beginning: the “Goober case” parallels in its main +outlines the case of Tom Mooney. If you wish to know about this case, send +fifteen cents to the Mooney Defense Committee, Post Office Box 894, San +Francisco, for the pamphlet, “Shall Mooney Hang,” by Robert Minor. The +business men of San Francisco raised a million dollars to save the city +from union labor, and the Mooney case was the way they did it. It +happened, however, that the judge before whom Mooney was convicted +weakened, and wrote to the Attorney-General of the State to the effect +that he had become convinced that Mooney was convicted by perjured +testimony. But meantime Mooney was in jail, and is there still. Fremont +Older, editor of the San Francisco “Call,” who has been conducting an +investigation into this case, has recently written to the author: +“Altogether, it is the most amazing story I have ever had anything to do +with. When all is known that I think can be known, it will be shown +clearly that the State before an open-eyed community was able to murder a +man with the instruments that the people have provided for bringing about +justice. There isn’t a scrap of testimony in either of the Mooney or +Billings cases that wasn’t perjured, except that of the man who drew the +blue prints of Market Street.” + </p> +<p> +To what extent has the detection and punishment of radicalism in America +passed out of the hands of public authorities and into the hands of “Big +Business?” Any business man will of course agree that when “Big Business” + has interests to protect, it must and will protect them. So far as +possible it will make use of the public authorities; but when thru +corruption or fear of politics these fail, “Big Business” has to act for +itself. In the Colorado coal strike the coal companies raised the money to +pay the state militia, and recruited new companies of militia from their +private detectives. The Reds called this “Government by Gunmen,” and the +writer in his muckraking days wrote a novel about it, “King Coal.” The man +who directed the militia during this coal strike was A. C. Felts of the +Baldwin-Felts Detective Agency, who was killed just the other day while +governing several coal counties in West Virginia. +</p> +<p> +You will find this condition in the lumber country of Washington and +Oregon, in the oil country of Oklahoma and Kansas, in the copper country +of Michigan, Montana and Arizona, and in all the big coal districts. In +the steel country of Western Pennsylvania you will find that all the local +authorities are officials of the steel companies. If you go to Bristol, R. +I., you will find that the National India Rubber Company has agreed to pay +the salaries of two-thirds of the town’s police force. +</p> +<p> +In every large city in America the employers’ associations have raised +funds to hold down the unions and smash the Reds, and these funds are +being expended in the way portrayed in “100%.” In Los Angeles the +employers’ association raised a million dollars, and the result was the +case of Sydney R. Flowers, briefly sketched in this story under the name +of “Sydney.” The reader who wishes the details of this case is referred to +Chapter LXVI of “The Brass Cheek.” Flowers has been twice tried, and is +about to be tried a third time, and our District-Attorney is quoted as +saying that he will be tried half a dozen times if necessary. At the last +trial there were produced a total of twenty-five witnesses against +Flowers, and out of these nineteen were either Peter Gudges and McGivneys, +or else police detectives, or else employees of the local political +machine. A deputy United States attorney, talking to me about the case, +told me that he had refused to prosecute it because he realized that the +“Paul letter,” upon which the arrest had been based, was a frame-up, and +that he was quite sure he knew who had written it. He also told me that +there had been formed in Los Angeles a secret committee of fifty of the +most active rich men of the town; that he could not find out what they +were doing, but they came to his offices and demanded the secret records +of the government; and that when he refused to prosecute Flowers they had +influence enough to have the governor of California telegraph to +Washington in protest. Questioned on the witness stand, I repeated these +statements, and the deputy United States attorney was called to the stand +and attributed them to my “literary imagination.” + </p> +<p> +In the old Russian and Austrian empires the technique of trapping +agitators was well developed, and the use of spies and “under cover” men +for the purpose of luring the Reds into crime was completely worked out. +We have no English equivalent for the phrase “agent provocateur,” but in +the last four years we have put thousands of them at work in America. In +the case against Flowers three witnesses were produced who had been active +among the I. W. Ws., trying to incite crime, and were being paid to give +testimony for the state. One of these men admitted that he had himself +burned some forty barns, and was now receiving three hundred dollars a +month and expenses. At the trial of William Bross Lloyd in Chicago, +charged with membership in the Communist party, a similar witness was +produced. Santeri Nourteva, of, the Soviet Bureau in New York, has charged +that Louis C. Fraina, editor of the “Revolutionary Age,” was a government +agent, and Fraina wrote into the platform of the Communist party the +planks which were used in prosecuting and deporting its members. On +December 27, 1919, the chief of the Bureau of Investigation of the +Department of Justice in Washington sent to the head of his local bureau +in Boston a telegram containing the following sentences: “You should +arrange with your under cover informants to have meetings of the Communist +Party and Communist Labor Party held on the night set. I have been +informed by some of the bureau officers that such arrangements will be +made.” So much evidence of the activity of the provocateur was produced +before Federal Judge G. W. Anderson that he declared as follows: “What +does appear beyond reasonable dispute is that the Government owns and +operates some part of the Communist Party.” + </p> +<p> +It appears that Judge Anderson does not share the high opinion of the +“under cover” operative set forth by the writer of “100%.” Says Judge +Anderson: “I cannot adopt the contention that Government spies are any +more trustworthy, or less disposed to make trouble in order to profit +therefrom, than are spies in private industry. Except in time of war, when +a Nathan Hale may be a spy, spies are always necessarily drawn from the +unwholesome and untrustworthy classes. A right-minded man refuses such a +job. The evil wrought by the spy system in industry has, for decades, been +incalculable. Until it is eliminated, decent human relations cannot exist +between employers and employees, or even among employees. It destroys +trust and confidence; it kills human kindliness; it propagates hate.” + </p> +<p> +To what extent have the governmental authorities of America been forced to +deny to the Reds the civil rights guaranteed to good Americans by the laws +and the constitution? The reader who is curious on this point may send the +sum of twenty-five cents to the American Civil Liberties Union, 138 West +13th Street, New York, for the pamphlet entitled, “Report upon the Illegal +Practices of the United States Department of Justice,” signed by twelve +eminent lawyers in the country, including a dean of the Harvard Law +school, and a United States attorney who resigned because of his +old-fashioned ideas of law. This pamphlet contains sixty-seven pages, with +numerous exhibits and photographs. The practices set forth are listed +under six heads: Cruel and unusual punishments; arrests without warrant; +unreasonable searches and seizures; provocative agents; compelling persons +to be witnesses against themselves; propaganda by the Department of +Justice. The reader may also ask for the pamphlet entitled “Memorandum +Regarding the Persecution of the Radical Labor Movement in the United +States;” also for the pamphlet entitled “War Time Prosecution and Mob +Violence,” dated March, 1919, giving a list of cases which occupies forty +pages of closely printed type. Also he might read “The Case of the Rand +School,” published by the Rand School of Social Science, 7 East Fifteenth +Street, New York, and the pamphlets published by the National Office of +the Socialist Party, 220 South Ashland Blvd., Chicago, dealing with the +prosecutions of that organization. +</p> +<p> +To what extent has it been necessary to torture the Reds in prison in +America? Those who are interested are advised to write to Harry +Weinberger, 32 Union Square, New York, for the pamphlet entitled “Twenty +Years Prison,” dealing with the case of Mollie Steimer, and three others +who were sentenced for distributing a leaflet protesting against the war +on Russia; also to the American Civil Liberties Union for the pamphlet +entitled “Political Prisoners in Federal Military Prisons,” also the +pamphlet, “Uncle Sam: Jailer,” by Winthrop D. Lane, reprinted from the +“Survey;” also the pamphlet entitled “The Soviet of Deer Island, Boston +Harbor,” published by the Boston Branch of the American Civil Liberties +Union; also for the publications of the American Industrial Company, and +the American Freedom Foundation, 166 West Washington St., Chicago. +</p> +<p> +There may be some reader with a sense of humor who asks about the brother +of a United States senator being arrested for reading a paragraph from the +Declaration of Independence. This gentleman was the brother of United +States Senator France of Maryland, and curiously enough, the arrest took +place in the city of Philadelphia, where the Declaration of Independence +was adopted. There may be some reader who is curious about a clergyman +being indicted and arrested in Winnipeg for having quoted the prophet +Isaiah. The paragraph from the indictment in question reads as follows: +“That J. S. Woodsworth, on or about the month of June, in the year of our +Lord one thousand nine hundred and nineteen, at the City of Winnipeg, in +the Province of Manitoba, unlawfully and seditiously published seditious +libels in the words and figures following: ‘Woe unto them that decree +unrighteous decrees, and that write grievousness which they have +prescribed; to turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take away their +right from the poor of my people that widows may be their prey and that +they may rob the fatherless. . . . And they shall build houses and inhabit +them, and they shall plant vineyards and eat the fruit of them. They shall +not build and another inhabit, they shall not plant and another eat; for +as the days of a tree are the days of my people, and mine elect shall long +enjoy the work of their hands.’” + </p> +<p> +There has been reference in this book to the Centralia case. No one can +consider that he understands the technique of holding down the Reds until +he has studied this case, and therefore every friend of “Big Business” + should send fifty cents, either to the I. W. W. Headquarters, 1001 West +Madison Street, Chicago, or to the “Liberator,” New York, or to the +“Appeal to Reason,” Girard, Kansas, for the booklet, “The Centralia +Conspiracy,” by Ralph Chaplin, who attended the Centralia trial, and has +collected all the details and presents them with photographs and +documents. Many other stories about the I. W. W. have been told in the +course of “100%.” The reader will wish to know, are these men really so +dangerous, and have the business men of America been driven to treat them +as here described. The reader may again address the I. W. W. National +Headquarters for a four-page leaflet with the quaint title, “With Drops of +Blood the History of the Industrial Workers of the World has Been +Written.” Despite the fact that it is a bare record of cases, there are +many men serving long terms in prison in the United States for the offense +of having in their possession a copy of this leaflet, “With Drops of +Blood.” But the readers of this book, being all of them 100% Americans +engaged in learning the technique of smashing the Reds, will, I feel sure, +not be interfered with by the business men. Also I trust that the business +men will not object to my reprinting a few paragraphs from the leaflet, in +order to make the public realize how dangerously these Reds can write. I +will, of course, not follow their incendiary example and spatter my page +with big drops of imitation blood. I quote: +</p> +<p> +“We charge that I. W. W. members have been murdered, and mention here a +few of those who have lost their lives: +</p> +<p> +“Joseph Michalish was shot to death by a mob of so-called citizens. +Michael Hoey was beaten to death in San Diego. Samuel Chinn was so +brutally beaten in the county jail at Spokane, Washington, that he died +from the injuries. Joseph Hillstrom was judicially murdered within the +walls of the penitentiary at Salt Lake City, Utah. Anna Lopeza, a textile +worker, was shot and killed, and two other Fellow Workers were murdered +during the strike at Lawrence, Massachusetts. Frank Little, a cripple, was +lynched by hirelings of the Copper Trust at Butte, Montana. John Looney, +A. Robinowitz, Hugo Gerlot, Gustav Johnson, Felix Baron, and others were +killed by a mob of Lumber Trust gunmen on the Steamer Verona at the dock +at Everett, Washington. J. A. Kelly was arrested and re-arrested at +Seattle, Washington; finally died from the effects of the frightful +treatment he received. Four members of the I. W. W. were killed at Grabow, +Louisiana, where thirty were shot and seriously wounded. Two members were +dragged to death behind an automobile at Ketchikan, Alaska. +</p> +<p> +“These are but a few of the many who have given up their lives on the +altar of Greed, sacrificed in the ages-long struggle for Industrial +Freedom. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that many thousands of members of this organization have been +imprisoned, on most occasions arrested without warrant and held without +charge. To verify this statement it is but necessary that you read the +report of the Commission on Industrial Relations wherein is given +testimony of those who know of conditions at Lawrence, Massachusetts, +where nearly 900 men and women were thrown into prison during the Textile +Workers’ Strike at that place. This same report recites the fact that +during the Silk Workers’ Strike at Paterson, New Jersey, nearly 1,900 men +and women were cast into jail without charge or reason. Throughout the +northwest these kinds of outrages have been continually perpetrated +against members of the I. W. W. County jails and city prisons in nearly +every state in the Union have held or are holding members of this +organization. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been tarred and feathered. +Frank H. Meyers was tarred and feathered by a gang of prominent citizens +at North Yakima, Washington. D. S. Dietz was tarred and feathered by a mob +led by representatives of the Lumber Trust at Sedro, Wooley, Washington. +John L. Metzen, attorney for the Industrial Workers of the World, was +tarred and feathered and severely beaten by a mob of citizens of Staunton, +Illinois. At Tulsa, Oklahoma, a mob of bankers and other business men +gathered up seventeen members of the I. W. W., loaded them in automobiles, +carried them out of town to a patch of woods, and there tarred and +feathered and beat them with rope. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the Industrial Workers of the World have been +deported, and cite the cases of Bisbee, Arizona, where 1,164 miners, many +of them members of the I. W. W., and their friends, were dragged out of +their homes, loaded upon box cars, and sent out of the camp. They were +confined for months at Columbus, New Mexico. Many cases are now pending +against the copper companies and business men of Bisbee. A large number of +members were deported from Jerome, Arizona. Seven members of the I. W. W. +were deported from Florence, Oregon, and were lost for days in the woods, +Tom Lassiter, a crippled news vender, was taken out in the middle of the +night and badly beaten by a mob for selling the Liberator and other +radical papers. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been cruelly and inhumanly +beaten. Hundreds of members can show scars upon their lacerated bodies +that were inflicted upon them when they were compelled to run the +gauntlet. Joe Marko and many others were treated in this fashion at San +Diego, California. James Rowan was nearly beaten to death at Everett, +Washington. At Lawrence, Massachusetts, the thugs of the Textile Trust +beat men and women who had been forced to go on strike to get a little +more of the good things of life. The shock and cruel whipping which they +gave one little Italian woman caused her to give premature birth to a +child. At Red Lodge, Montana, a member’s home was invaded and he was hung +by the neck before his screaming wife and children. At Franklin, New +Jersey, August 29, 1917, John Avila, an I. W. W., was taken in broad +daylight by the chief of police and an auto-load of business men to a +woods near the town and there hung to a tree. He was cut down before death +ensued, and badly beaten. It was five hours before Avila regained +consciousness, after which the town ‘judge’ sentenced him to three months +at hard labor. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been starved. This statement +can be verified by the conditions existing in most any county jail where +members of the I. W. W. are confined. A very recent instance is at Topeka, +Kansas, where members were compelled to go on a hunger strike as a means +of securing food for themselves that would sustain life. Members have been +forced to resort to the hunger strike as a means of getting better food in +many places. You are requested to read the story written by Winthrop D. +Lane, which appears in the Sept. 6, 1919, number of ‘The Survey.’ This +story is a graphic description of the county jails in Kansas. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that I. W. W. members have been denied the right of +citizenship, and in each instance the judge frankly told the applicants +that they were refused on account of membership in the Industrial Workers +of the World, accompanying this with abusive remarks; members were denied +their citizenship papers by judge Hanford at Seattle, Washington, and +judge Paul O’Boyle at Scranton, Pennsylvania. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been denied the privilege of +defense. This being an organization of working men who had little or no +funds of their own, it was necessary to appeal to the membership and the +working class generally for funds to provide a proper defense. The postal +authorities, acting under orders from the Postmaster-General at +Washington, D. C., have deliberately prevented the transportation of our +appeals, our subscription lists, our newspapers. These have been piled up +in the postoffices and we have never received a return of the stamps +affixed for mailing. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that the members of the I. W. W. have been held in exorbitant +bail. As an instance there is the case of Pietro Pierre held in the county +jail at Topeka, Kansas. His bond was fixed at $5,000, and when the amount +was tendered it was immediately raised to $10,000. This is only one of the +many instances that could be recorded. +</p> +<p> +“We charge that members of the I. W. W. have been compelled to submit to +involuntary servitude. This does not refer to members confined in the +penitentiaries, but would recall the reader’s attention to an I. W. W. +member under arrest in Birmingham, Alabama, taken from the prison and +placed on exhibition at a fair given in that city where admission of +twenty-five cents was charged to see the I. W. W.” + </p> +<p> +Finally, for the benefit of the reader who asks how it happens that such +incidents are not more generally known to the public, I will reprint the +following, from pages 382-383 of “The Brass Check,” dealing with the “New +York Times,” and its treatment of the writer’s novel, “Jimmie Higgins”: +</p> +<p> +“In the last chapters of this story an American soldier is represented as +being tortured in an American military prison. Says the ‘Times’: +</p> +<p> +“‘Mr. Sinclair should produce the evidence upon which he bases his +astounding accusations, if he has any. If he has simply written on hearsay +evidence, or, worse still, let himself be guided by his craving to be +sensational, he has laid himself open not only to censure but to +punishment.’ +</p> +<p> +“In reply to this, I send to the ‘Times’ a perfectly respectful letter, +citing scores of cases, and telling the ‘Times’ where hundreds of other +cases may be found. The ‘Times’ returns this letter without comment. A +couple of months pass, and as a result of the ceaseless agitation of the +radicals, there is a congressional investigation, and evidence of +atrocious cruelties is forced into the newspapers. The ‘Times’ publishes +an editorial entitled, ‘Prison Camp Cruelties,’ the first sentence of +which reads: ‘The fact that American soldiers confined in prison-camps +have been treated with extreme brutality may now be regarded as +established.’ So again I write a polite letter to the ‘Times,’ pointing +out that I think they owe me an apology. And how does the ‘Times’ treat +that? It alters my letter without my permission. It cuts out my request +for an apology, and also my quotation of its own words calling for my +punishment! The ‘Times,’ caught in a hole, refuses to let me remind its +readers that it wanted me ‘punished’ for telling the truth! ‘All the News +that’s Fit to Print!’” + </p> +<div style="height: 6em;"> +<br /><br /><br /><br /><br /><br /> +</div> + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of Project Gutenberg’s 100%: The Story of a Patriot, by Upton Sinclair + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 100%: THE STORY OF A PATRIOT *** + +***** This file should be named 5776-h.htm or 5776-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/5/7/7/5776/ + + +Text file produced by Charles Aldarondo + +HTML file produced by David Widger + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from +the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method +you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is +owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he +has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments +must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you +prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax +returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and +sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the +address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to +the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies +you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he +does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License. You must require such a user to return or +destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium +and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of +Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any +money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the +electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days +of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free +distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation’s web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: +Dr. Gregory B. Newby +Chief Executive and Director +gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + +www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/strpt10.zip b/old/strpt10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..75bd2a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/strpt10.zip |
